LI E> RAHY
OF THE
U N IVERSITY
Of ILLINOIS
418-3
M72p
1912
v ■ 1 - £
CLASSICS
The person charging this material is re-
sponsible for its return to the library from
which it was withdrawn on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.
Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons
for disciplinary action and may result in dismissal from
the University.
To renew call Telephone Center, 333-8400
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN
L161— O-1096
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013
http://archive.org/details/palaestrabeingpr12avel
4
v
<>
C
THE TVSCVLAN SYSTEM
476.3
M73f
Ci
A £S I C S
THE TVSCVLAN SYSTEM
AMIDST the numerous and honest
efforts put forth by the best talents
amongst learned and enthusiastic teach-
ers of modern languages to devise a
practical method, whereby a person, mas-
tering a language, could impart his
knowledge to those who are eagerly
endeavoring to acquire that language,
quite a variety of " methods " and gram-
mars came into, and passed out of, exist-
ence. Many of these were based on the
intuitive, or object teaching, principles,
sometimes pictures taking the place of
the real objects. These methods were
styled " natural," whilst, in reality, they
are artificial. Though all of them that
remain suffer from one fault, that they
are not graded, beginning anywhere, end-
ing anywhere, they still are a great
improvement over the old methods,
though they are still frowned at in many
Orthodox institutions.
Latin grammar, too, has seen a few
attempts at improvements by which
experienced Latinists have ventured to
divorce the teaching of the language
from analyzing Caesar, or other authors.
Prof. Paul Traut, for instance, has
applied Ollendorff method; Henn tried
Ahn's method in teaching Latin, while all
the other independent teachers, such as
Booch-Arkossy, Giambatista Buonaven-
tura, and many others, would not venture
outside the texts of the Roman classics.
Witnessing this hesitancy on the part
of earnest scholars on one hand, and the
sterile drudgery of the old method on the
other, I started in Philadelphia with an
associate of mine at Rugby Academy, in
April, 1893, a small periodical, called
Tvscvlvm, bringing, out seriatim my col-
loquial Latin primer, the Palestra,
which was quickly spread in all parts of
the known world, and the whole edition
was quickly exhausted. Three years
later I started rewriting this little book;
but, all my resources being exhausted in
continuing the above periodical, bringing
out Arena, a colloquial Reader, and in
my new Latin periodical, Pr^eco La-
tinvs, T was unable to complete the
primer, stopping short with the Xth
Lesson. The book was used in this form
in many schools, in various countries, and
for self-instruction, until 1902, when,
after eight years of heroic struggle, I
found myself forced to abandon the
whole enterprise.
My agitation in behalf of spoken Latin
was felt in Germany, France, Italy,
Spain, Chile, producing pamphlets, at
least two other Latin periodicals, and one
French in Belgium, and an Italian in
Italy, an International Latin Congress at
Rome, Latin popular courses at the
Berlin University, discussions at the
Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, in
the French Parliament, and in govern-
mental circles in Italy, Russia, Chile, etc.
In 1898 the Educational Department
of the large publishing house of Messrs.
Harper & Brothers had summoned me
up to discuss the publication of my
primer by that firm. This system, in the
opinion of the management, was the most
practical, most rational and the most
up-to-date, and this opinion was based on
practical tests instituted by the- educa-
m.
tional department of the firm, and thus
gaining direct conviction, would not hear
of any venture of publishing any other
book than Palcestra. Seeing this, the
interested champions of the old system
proposed to produce a " better book in
the same method," and the verbal agree-
ment reached was, that Messrs. Harper
& Brothers would publish both books,
and let the public decide. Time went on.
The promised " better book in the same
method " was not forthcoming, while the
famous old firm in the mean time went
into new hands, which, not being con-
cerned in school-book publication, the
threatening revolution was averted.
It was this third, newly-written edition
of Palestra which was to be published
by Messrs. Harper & Brothers, and
which was dormant since their going out
of business. Since then another large
publishing house has taken up the case,
with the result that their " experts " have
taken stand against the attempt, and a
third firm has also made overtures in the
same direction with much the same
result. Thus, while business men, prac-
tical people, were ready and anxious to
invest money in this venture and effect a
change for the better, fertilizing the
barren deserts of antiquarianism, inter-
ests, which I do not care to name, have
successfully defeated the cause of
improvements and advancement.
Neither do I care to refer to other
manifestations of hostility, jealousy and
ill will of those enjoying the fruits of
the perpetuation of the notoriously wrong
old system; but I owe that much to
honest truth, to the honest public and to
myself, that I explain here after so many
years' silence, that the devising and the
publishing of this System were not con-
ceived and executed with any anarchical
or revolutionary purpose, nor with any
secret schemes, hostile spirit, or to
destroy reputation, but with the same
honorable mind and intention as guide
other modest scholars to lay before the
world of letters their fruits of knowledge
and industry.
Times have changed since, and, of
course, men and ideas have since also
changed, and many a foe has become a
friend, many have regretted their silent
victory and the discontinuance of Pr^eco
Latinvs. These, and the numerous
friends and pupils of Palestra in all
parts of the world/ will rejoice to see that
this ill-fated third edition of their old
friend, Palestra will, after all, appear,
finer and better than ever expected.
With this hope, and in this spirit, I
send forth this edition, not radically
changed, but slightly improved and
enlarged, which, I feel sure, will be
highly appreciated.
Arcadivs Avellanvs.
Philadelphia.
HOW TO USE PAL/ESTRA
T "
A. In General.
I [E MET] [OD employed in Pa-
,ka radically differs from all
methods employed in schools or in private
teaching, whether they be called "Nat-
ural Methods/' object teaching, or those
known by the nam'-, of their authors. I
do not consider any method " Natural,"
excepting the unconscious acquisition of
a language, as is the case with a child, or
an adult learning to speak a tongue
passively, by the ears, without individual
effort. AH other methods are artificial
Object teaching is no teaching of a lan-
guage, but simply an attempt at com-
municating the names of a few obvious
IV.
objects. That contrivance can never
serve as a vehicle for conveying complex
ideas, or a vocabulary of 3,000 words,
that is, a whole system of human speech.
• Whilst in those old methods it is quite
feasible for a teacher to undertake to
teach a language without knowing the
language, just as one teaches geography
from maps, telling all about peoples,
countries, cities which he has never seen :
in Palestra this cannot be done. In
the old methods the teacher does not
treat the language, but the philosophy
of language, i. e., grammar, and applies
the set rules and exceptions of the gram-
mar without the safeguards of positive
knowledge of the tongue, the instincts
of the ear, and the balancing power of
habit of speech, and the result often is
disastrous. He does not teach the lan-
guage, he preaches and lectures about-
the language, and he " assigns " lessons
from the book for the pupils to " make
out " as best they can.
And this thing is carried to such an
extent that numbers of college graduates
get imbued with the idea that all there
is of Latin is in their text-books, and that
Latin is a set of cunning philological
devices to be unraveled by translating
same, and read them off in " plain Eng-
lish." They have never learned during
their eight years'^ course of Latin, that
Latin were as much a language, and
more so, than any language now spoken.
A Palcestrites (teacher of Palcestra),
must know enough Latin to master his
lesson. He must speak as much Latin
as his lesson demands, and through the
method he imparts that knowledge to his
class.
He does not read the book, or translate
the lessons for his pupils ; he memorizes
the lessons, or at least the succession of
the leading thoughts of each lesson, and
propounds same at the black-board, as
though his own extempore composition.
Neither he nor the pupils must have the
books in sight; these only are for refer-
ence and exercises : all attention must be
directed to the black-board, the teacher
teaching by Latin speech, the students
learning by hearing, seeing, reading and
answering questions.
No part of any lesson is to be
" explained," Anglicised or " trans-
lated ; " all must be uttered in living
Latin speech without hesitancy, and no
English must be mixed into it. The ver-
nacular is only employed in the gram-
matical part, expounding the forms and
principles.
The accidence of grammar, i. e. } the
cases, endings, declensions, etc., are scat-
tered over the first few lessons, to be
learned, detached, one by one, carried
home by Reading, Writing and Spoken
exercises, and gathered into one in the
course of the first ten lessons.
All books are removed from sight, and
the students copy every word from the
black-board into an appropriate tablet or
pad.
B. In the Class Room.
The Palaestrites will take good care
to ascertain before entering the class that
he perfectly masters his Pensum. I
would advise that he recite, or deliver the
lesson to some friends first, before step-
ping into the presence of his pupils. The
chief pitfall of the Pensum Primum is
lurking right after the first two sentences,
where he may lose his thread ; he will not
know what follows next. Should he feel
diffident as to his memory, it will be ad-
visable to mark down the salient points
in the changes and turns of the subject
matter on a small slip of paper, which he
may conceal in his palm, or sleeve, to
consult in case of perplexity.
Stepping before the black-board, with
chalk in hand, the teacher writes on the
upper part of the black-board, Pensum
Primum, and below it, Lesson First, pro-
nouncing both in a loud and clear voice.
A trifle below, he marks a dot, writes
below it the word, Punctum, pronounc-
ing it aloud, at least twice. Now he
turns to his left, and a line further below,
near the left end of the board, he marks
another dot, and writes under it
" punctum hoc," underscoring the new
word every time one occurs. Turning
half way towards the class, he nearly
touches the dot with his finger, uttering
the word hoc, and walks immediately to
the right end of the board, marking down
another dot, and writing under it " p
(unnecessary to write the old words
every time; the initial letter will suffice)
Mud," underscoring the new word. Now
he returns to the left, points out hoc
once more, and pointing to the distant
one, repeats "p(unctum) illud." Watch
the pupils whether they will not misun-
derstand, because some will say " here "
and " there," but the majority will say
" this " and " that," and this should be
approved with a nod. Wipe off the
" punctum hoc " now (if they have done
copying), and substitute: "hoc est p.,"
and : "illud est p.," emphasizing est,
They all will understand it. Repeat the
thing twice, half facing the class.
With all this understood, you invert the
sentence : " Est hoc punctum ? " making
it interrogative, ask it aloud, answer it
yourself, writing down: " Ita est; hoc
est p. ; est illud p. ? " Thus the lesson
is started and continued. Every question
must first be answered by the teacher;
never ask a question that has not been
answered by yourself first. The class
will feci much interested, then encour-
aged, finally delighted, and all question
of discipline eliminated. The parents,
the brothers and sisters, and the neigh-
bor will know of your work, and the
town will resound with " Quid est hoc?"
" Nonne istud est punctum?"
One pensum is enough for a week, one
section for an hour.
After the lesson is all gone over, at the
last period the Reading Exercise is read
aloud alternately by the pupils. They
need not translate it; the intonation and
the fluent reading will tell whether and
how they understand it. The written
exercise shall be written by the teacher
on the black-board, and copied by the
class, and read aloud by the pupils, each
one reading one sentence, verifying the
correct copying. The sentences are to
be written one below the other, and the
students will write their answers at home,
in the opposite column. The next week's
work begins with revising and correcting
the exercises of the class.
The Spoken Exercise must be memor-
ized during the same time, at home, first
going through it in the school, to ascer-
tain whether the sentences are under-
stood.
After each section, the teacher may
explain in the vernacular all the gram-
matical principles involved, and see that
a vocabulary is constructed by each stu-
dent of all words gleaned during the
lecture ; or he may postpone vernacular
explanation of grammar until after the
end of the three sections.
C. For Self-Instruction.
Students taking this course without a
teacher will first carefully read what is
said in the foregoing chapter concerning
class work'. Then, taking a pad or tablet,
with the book before them, begin to read
the headlines, " Pensum Primum, Lesson
First." Now they know two words.
They then copy these words in ink, or
pencil, and under these words make a
dot, writing under it, Punctum. The
student understands now that the name
of that dot, or point, in Latin, is punctum.
Should he fail to reason out this much,
let him glance at the foot-notes under
No. i ; there he will find " the English
of it."
Knowing this much, he should make
another dot at his left hand, as indicated
by a hand in the book, and write under
it, " punctum hoc," underscoring the new-
word. As the other hand points far, to
the other edge of the pad, and there the
words are to be written "p. (for
punctum) Mud, the contrast will suggest
that the farther dot, with Mud, must
mean " that," therefore the nearer must
mean " this." Should reasoning, power
again fail, the foot-notes will help out.
The next sentence will be : " hoc est
punctum," and "illud est p." The est will
need no explanation. He can now say:
Hoc, or, illud est punctum ; hoc, or, illud
est pensum primum. By inverting the
sentence and writing it down, he will
have: Est (or tstne) hoc punctum? est
hoc pensum primum? — an interrogative
sentence.
The next step is to make the first dif-
ferentiation between the two dots, mark-
ing one as A, the other B, as if by names.
Then come the first two adjectives,
helped by the different sizes of the points.
In doubt, use the foot-notes.
When once so started, any student of
ordinary intelligence will find his way in
the further study, as have others suc-
ceeded before him.
PRONUNCIATION
WITH us, in America, the pronun-
ciation of Latin is no longer a
problem. A committee of college pro-
fessors has been delegated some thirty
years ago, and its findings have been
universally adopted, and there is no High
School, Academy, or College of any
repute that would still cling to the old
barbarism of the " English Pronuncia-
tion." A great credit is due to American
teachers for this freedom of bias, and
courage of convictions.
However, one must not infer from this
circumstance the discovery of some
epoch-making truth; for all the facts in
the case have been known to scholars for
centuries, and Corssen's work in Ger-
many has explained all the facts known to
the world; but German scholars have
lacked the courage of casting off their
prejudices and of accepting truth.
Neither is American Latin pronuncia-
tion entirely correct. For, aside from the
consideration that they affect the recon-
struction of the pronunciation of Repub-
lican Rome, American teachers cannot
rid themselves of a strong English accent
in uttering many Latin sounds, such as a
flat a, a slurred r, a hissing t, an uncer-
tain at for ce, and above all, a mythical
w, for simple v, of which I shall speak
a little below, amongst the individual
letters.
Still, on general principles, America is
far ahead in these matters of all other
countries.
But, since there are numbers of for-
eigners in this country interested in
Latin, who are still held by their native,
mostly German and Italian, prejudices,
because they are not versed in the ques-
tion, and are not acquainted with the rea-
sons why we all say Kikero, instead of
their Tzitzero, Sisero and Tchitchero, I
deem it right and proper to advance some
of the reasons justifying our Roman pro-
nunciation. These are the principal
reasons :
vn.
1. That there were no tz, tsh, zh or
other hissing sounds in either Latin or
Greek, even as late as the IVth and Vth
centuries, is very plain from Jerome's
Latin in the Vulgata, and from the writ-
ings of the early Fathers, who could not
express in Latin some Hebrew, Arabic
and other sounds, like sh in Yeru-sha-
la-im (Jerusalem), Ye-shu-a (Jesus,
Ihesus), 7>ijjon (Sion), Shirzch,
S7*'lomo (Solomon). Neither could
Tacitus, during the early empire, writing
about the German and the British barbar-
ians record one single barbarous name
with any of those sounds. Nor is there
any such sound recorded in Caesar,
Livius, Iustinus, Florus, Ammianus Mar-
cellinus, or any historian, Pomponius
Mela, the geographer ; Plinius Maior, the
naturalist and traveler.
2. On the other hand, Greeks have
always rendered the names of Cicero,
Caesar, Cincinnatus, Cethegus, etc., as
Kikeron, Kaisar, Kethegos; while the
Germans have preserved a number of
Latin names and words as they heard
them pronounced by the Romans, as:
Kaiser (Pompae) Circenses, as Kirche;
career, as Kerker; cellare, as Keller, etc.,
and cythara, in Spanish guitar.
3. All Roman authors are absolutely
reticent on the alleged rule that, if c is
followed 1>y e, i, y, and t followed by i
and another vowel, such and such will be
their sounds. Had the grammarians for-
got ten to mention such a principle, the
comedians, or the critics, like Aulus
Gelliu (or, as the older scholars called
him, AgelUus), or Macrobius would have
recorded it; as it is, not an allusion to it
occurs in any Roman author from Ennius
down to Tertullianu .
4. But if this does not occur in all
Roman literature, its reverse, the most
unquestionable proof, does occur in
nearly all the Roman grammarians, who
treat on this subject. Quintilianus says
distinctly that the letter C carries its
power to every vowel, so that K is
entirely superfluous in Latin, and he
keeps this letter in the alphabet, because
it sometimes has a meaning by itself
(meaning that it stands for the name
Kcbso and some other abbreviations).
5. There have been, and are still, three
K sounding letters in Latin : Ce, Kd, and
Qu. As their names indicate, C stands
before e, as well as before i, and 0; K
before a, and Q before u, followed by
another vowel. But C has gradually dis-
lodged K and C was also used before
ce, gradually also before a, rendering K
entirely useless, this latter retaining its
power in a few words, like Karthago,
Kaput, Kalendse, Kalo. C was originally
formed from the Greek gamma, the third
letter of the Greek alphabet, and was
used as such. Witness thereto is the
columna rostrata of Duilius, bearing
inscriptions thus spelled : Leciones,
Macistratos, Exfociont, (pu)cnadod
Cartaciniensi, for legiones, magistratus.
effugiunt, pugnando, etc. And even
to-day vicesimus and vigesimus are cor-
rect spellings.
The corruption of C into various sibi-
lants was not originated in Italy before
the Vllth century, and thence spread to
other countries.
6. On the other hand, Romans, reduc-
ing Greek names into Latin writing,
though K and Q were present in their
alphabet, have always employed C as the
equivalent of the Greek Kappa, as:
Cecrops (Kekrops), cedrus (kedros),
Celtcc (Kcltai), Cenceum (Kenaion
akron), and so in infinitum.
VIII.
THE ROMAN ALPHABET
The Roman Alphabet, originally
adapted from the Greek, consisted of the
following 23 capital letters :
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N,
0, P, Q, R, S, T, V( U ), X, Y, Z.
From the above, in the course of time,
a set of smaller kind of characters was
devised, which are the following:
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r,
s, t, u, v, x, y, z.
The letter J, j, a mere oblongated
form of I, i, to indicate the consonantal
sound of the latter before a vowel, is not
of Roman origin, and Latinists, even at
the present time, deny it a place in the
Latin alphabet.
The same is the case with U, u,
unknown to the Romans, and it only indi-
cates V, v, when a vowel; otherwise, at
least the capital form is never used in
Latin inscription, but the smaller form is
tolerated by all Latinists in writing and
in print.
Of the Sound of the Letters.
Human speech is a chain of articulated
sounds. Single links of this sound-chain
are the words, and the conventional signs
expressing the elements of these sound-
links are the letters. It is not the letters
that make words; it is the sounds
expressed by these conventional signs,
that make words, and the ears are the cri-
teria thereof, not the eyes. Sounds and
speech have long existed before letters,
and languages do exist without letters or
writing.
The opposite process, as in modern
languages, to produce words from letters
on a preconceived theory, for instance :
this letter is an ache, but its sound is a
mere breath ; this is a yu; this is a dshai;
again a yu, but " short," and an ess, make
a hyudshas, is absurd, because the word is
hooyoos.
No letters are as neat, as adaptable to
so many fanciful shapes, and yet so clear
and precise as are the Roman. If the
barbarians did have letters of their own
before subdued and Christianized by the
Romans, they have lost or abandoned
them for the sake of the superior Roman
letters. The so-called " Gothic," still em-
ployed by Germans, but gradually aban-
doned, as well as the Gaelic, are but the
modifications of the Roman letters. The
Greeks, their civilization being anterior
to the Roman, are still using their own
letters, while the orthodox Slavs, con-
verted by the Greeks, are also using a
kind of hybrid alphabet, which continues
to obstruct Roman civilization amongst
the Eastern Slavs. For, where Roman
letters are used there the civilization of
Rome and its vehicle, the Latin language,
will forever flourish.
Following are the Roman letters and
the sounds they do represent :
A, a = ah, short or long. By the term
" long '\ we mean that the time to utter
its sound is twice as long as that of the
" short." Roman a, when long, sounds
approximately like in " bother," or a
in " father " ; when short, it sounds
almost exactly as o in " dot," " shot,"
" lot."
B, b = bay, has the same sound as in
English. But that this sound did have a
leaning toward v has ample proofs in
Roman inscriptions, like oixit, for z/ixit,
just like Beta of the Greeks, as is also seen
in Italian, French, Spanish and other neo-
Latin tongues, in which instances like
" ta^erne," for " taoerna " ; " aoocado,"
for " ad^ocatus," abound.
C, c = kay. Being but an adaptation
of the Greek T , gamma, and this in turn
brought from Phenicia, therefore a deriv-
ative of the Hebrew 3, gitnel, kindred
IX.
with other Shemitic signs for the same
sound: stood originally for G, as is evi-
denced by the Columna Rostrata of
Duilius, of the first Punic War, where
Leciones, (Pv)cnadod, Macistratos,
Exfociont, Cartaciniensi are read for
legiones, magistratus, effugiunt, pug-
nando. A Roman grammarian also tells
us that though we write " anguis," and
" sanguis," gu being = cv (qv) they are
pronounced as though written " anquis,"
and " sanquis," that is, ancuis, sanoiis.
Same is the case with civis, which is but
a different spelling for quivis (quivis
Romanus = civis Romanus), coquus and
cocus, hicque, hocque, ecque, hicce,
hocce, ecce, and numerous other
instances, where c, g and q are inter-
changed, as a conclusive evidence that c
served both purposes, that of ce (kay)
and ge (gay). The present hissing, or
sibilant, sounds, sh, tz, s, tsh, are out of
the question during the national existence
of the Roman people, and those sounds
have developed amongst the various bar-
barians about the time of Mohammed,
during the Vllth century, probably due
to a rapid utterance of words, as when
we say di-jezv-see, for did you see.
D, d = day, sounds like in English.
E, e = a when long, like a in day,
hay; like eh, or e in let, yes, met, when
short.
F, f = eff ; was formed from the Greek
F, digamma, double gamma, particularly
of the TEolians. Priscianus assures us
that its sound was that of p with the
aspiration h. At the age of Priscianus
ph had already the sound it now has,
whereas in the classical period, Greek
us and tro/>3eum. Besides, we have
positive assurances of the grammarians
and an anecdotic illustration by Quinti-
lianus, in the instance of a Roman
farmer, an examining attorney and
Amphion.
Th = tay-hdh, are also to be pro-
nounced separately, not as a third, sup-
posed resulting sound, as in English, but
as a I strongly aspired, nearly as we do
in pronouncing not hit.
Diphthongs.
Since all vowels, whether they do or
do not form syllables, must be pro-
nounced separately, as aut, ehen, sen, ceu,
diphthongs demand no especial consid-
eration, excepting AE and OE.
In ante-Classical times, say before the
Kimbrian War, these two compounds
were written as in original Greek, AI,
OI, and pronounced as such. All during
that century, in the days of Caesar and
Cicero, down to Octavianus Augustus,
AI and AE, OI and OE were used
promiscuously, and in Augustus' time the
former was already obsolete and aban-
doned, AE being universally used. Soon
after Tiberius, there are inscriptions
bearing the contracted forms 7E, CE ; and
from the second century on, pretor and
pr^fectvs abound, showing conclusively
that Romans about the time of Christ
began using plain Cesar, prefectus,
iedus, cetus (for ai, ae, oi, oe), though
retaining the historical or archaic
spelling of Grsar, pr^fectus, fra-stans, oV-spectus,
aw-traho ; but : prod-ero, ^d-itio, red-eo,
because the prepositions are pro-, se-, re-,
while d is only inserted for the sake of
euphony, to avoid a gap between the
vowels.
Quantity.
By quantity (rhythmos, numerus)
the duration is meant it takes to utter
a syllable: for a syllable is either
short or long. We utter a short sylla-
ble in half the time it takes to utter
a long one. From the natural suc-
cession of these changes, adding also
accent and emphasis, helped by gesticu-
lation, a sing-song undulation of human
voice, or speech, arises. When quantity
(metrum, measure) is artificially or artis-
tically arranged according to certain
plan, which is taught in prosody, song is
produced which in mere reading or reci-
tation is called scansio (scansion, scann-
ing), while in solemn delivery, or as a
complete whole, is a song. Whence
Greek and Latin poets did sing, not
figuratively, but in fact, accompanying
their modulation with beating time with
their feet, and rapidly counting the
rhythmos, or numerus, quantity, with
their fingers. This is still practised by
Latinists of experience. Years ago I
used to furnish samples of these songs
by graphophonic records.
Students may know from the above
that there is a considerable difference
between quantity in speech and quantity
in prosody, or poetry. Quantity sways
poetry, in speech accent predominates*
.mB9.
Syllables, that is, the vowels in them,
are either long, in school-books marked
by an horizontal line ( — ), or short,
marked by a curved line (w), or com-
mon (^). Vowels are long or short by
nature or by position. Thus a is long by
nature in dra mater; short by nature in
tiro, ptlter ; long is a vowel by position
when it is followed by two consonants, as
factum axis (x being a double conso-
nant) ; short by position when a vowel is
followed by another vowel pertaining to
another syllable, as debco, conum. Com-
mon is a syllable when its vowel can be
taken either long or short, as in the case
in the final syllable of a verse, or when it
stands before a separable mute and a
liquid, as cerebrum, tenc-brae, lug#-bris,
which are short in prose, long in poetry.
Accent.
By accent (accentus = ad + cantus,
to + singing) the stress of voice is
meant, whereby we give more promi-
nence to one syllable in a word than to
another, as when we say, conspicuous,
economy. In some Latin words used in
English, accent sometimes coincides with
the original Latin, as adversity, adver-
sitas; sometimes it does not, as cw/ture,
culfwra; philosophy, philosophic. Its
principles in Latin are as follows :
1. In words of one syllable, the first,
or the only., vowel bears the accent, as
hdud, hcu, i, lex, da, qui, sol.
2. In words of two syllables, the
paenultima, or last but one, is accented,
as villa, chdrta, homo, pdnis, dger.
3. In words of three or more syllables
accent is governed by quantity, so that
it is laid on the paenultima, : ^ it be long,
as sondrus, aequdlis ; but if that vowel be
short, as is often the case, the accent falls
one syllable further back, as sequdlitas,
amdbilis, sdllicitatidnibus (similar words
having two accents), habwimus, obedi-
cntia.
4. With enclitics (-que, -ve, -ne) the
immediately preceding syllable bears the
accent (a), when it is long, as homincsne,
Dedsque; (b) when a short syllable pre-
cedes the last as folidque, but dmneque.
Words consisting of two short vowels
retain the accent on the radical, as sua.-
que, ftaque. Accents will be marked
throughout this book.
Sfc.
I.
PENSVM PRIMVM
LESSON FIRST.
punctum 1
• hoc 2 punctum
illud 3 punctum
hoc (.) est 4 punctum
(.) est hoc punctum ?
(.) estne 5 hoc punctum ?
hocne est punctum?
punctumne est illud?
quids est (.) hoc?
illud est punctum
ita est, hoc est punctum!
est punctum
hoc est punctum
illud punctum estl
hoc est punctum
istud (hoc) est punctum A,
quod 7 punctum est istud?
est hoc punctum A?
illud autein 8 est punctum B,
quod punctum est illud?
illud autem ?
• A £ B
punctum parvum 9 punctum magnum 10
Punctum A est parvum, punctum B autem est magnum. — Utrum 11
punctum est parvum ? — Punctum A est parvum. — Utrum punctum est
I.
1 A point, a dot, a puncture. — 2 This, at my hand. — 3 That, that one. — 4 Is. — Ita
so, thus, in that manner. — 5 An interrogative particle, not present in English. It is called
enclitic (onleaning) syllable, itself without any stress, or accent, but throwing all the more
heavy stress on the preceding syllable. It is attached to the word upon which the question
hinges. — 6 What. — 7 Which. — 8 Not present in English; can be rendered by whilst
that, that, on the other hand. — 9 Small, little. — 10 Large, big, great. - n Which of the
A? — Mud punctum est A, quod 12 est parvum. — Estne punctum iilud,
quod est B, magnum, an 13 parvum? — Mud punctum, quod est B, est
magnum. — Quale 14 est punctum A? — Quale est punctum B?
Punctum A non 15 est magnum sed parvum ; punctum B autem non
est parvum, sed magnum. — Nonne 16 punctum B est magnum? — Ita
est; punctum B est magnum. — Quale est illud punctum quod non est
magnum? — Nonne istud punctum, quod non est parvum, est ma-
gnum ? — Utrum punctum est parvum, hoc, an istud ? — Istud nun-
ctum non est magnum, sed illud est.
NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA
pensum
punctum
PRONOMINA DEMON STRATIVA
hoc
Istud
Illud
PRONOMINA INTERROGATIVA
quid?
quod?
quale ?
utrum ?
VOCABVLARIVM I.
NOMINA ADIECT1VA
prlmum
parvum
magnum
PRONOMEN RELAT1VUM
quod
PARTICULA INTERROGATIVA
VERBUM SUBSTANTIVUM
est
ADVERBIA
ita
non
CONIUNCTIONES
sed
an
II.
^tiam 3 haec
Haec una (i) 4 est
Haec 1 est linea. 2
est linea.
linea A, ista altera autarn
est linea B.
Ea 5 linea, quae est A, est brevis, altera autem, quae est B, est longa.
Qme linea est brevis ? — Est linea A brevis ?
two? It cannot be used of more than two. — 12 Same as 7, used relatively, that which. —
13 Or, perhaps. A disjunctive particle (conjunction) mostly introducing an alternative wth
doubt. — u No equivalent in English; it is rendered by the circumlocution, What kind ?
What sort? of what quality ? It elicits an adjective for an answer, whilst quid demants
a noun. — ]r ' Not, no; Sed, but. — ]6 Isn't it so that—?
II.
1 The feminine form of the neuter hoc, this. — 2 A line: really a linnen thread. ~- ■
3 Also, too. — 4 One; ***** like h«c, this x pointing further: Altera, other. — 5 That, tbr
Qualis 6 est linea A? — Nonne, linea A est brevis?
Utra 7 linea est brevis ? — Utra est longa ?
Qualis est una ? — Qualis est altera ?
Estne utraque 8 linea brevis ? — Utraque linea non est brevis: una
est brevis, altera longa.
brevis & 9 tenuis longa & crassa
Ista linea, quae est C, est brevis et (&) tenuis; altera autem, quae est
D, est longa et crassa. — Qualis est una linea, qualis est altera ? — Utra
linea est tenuis? — Utra est crassa? — Estne linea C tenuis, et etiam
crassa? — Estne utraque linea tenuis? — Non; altera linea tenuis est,
et etiam brevis, altera autem longa est, et etiam crassa.
et brevis, & tenuis, & recta nee brevis, nee tenuis, nee recta,
sed et longa, & crassa, & curva.
Linea E non solum 10 brevis est, sed etiam tenuis et recta.
Linea autem F non solum brevis non est, sed nee 11 tenuis, neque
recta; ilia nee brevis est, nee tenuis, neque recta, sed et longa, et crassa
et etiam curva.
Estne linea E talis, 12 qualis est F? — Nequaquam. 13 Ilia nequa-
quam est talis, qualis haec; nam ilia est longa, crassa & curva, haec
autem nee longa est, nee crassa, neque curva, sed et brevis, & tenuis
& recta.
VOCABVLARIVM 2.
NOMEN SUBSTANTIVUM
NOMINA
ADIECTIVA
ADVERBIUM
linea
brevis
tenuis
nequaquam
PRONOMINA DEMONSTRATIVA
longa
crassa
CONIUNCTIONES
haec
utraqua
recta
et & nee
ista
ea
una
altera
curva
tails
etlam necte
autem nam
Ilia
PRONOMINA
INTERROGATIVA.
non solum — sed etlam
PRONOMEN RELATIVUM
quae
quae
qualis
one; q««» feminine for the neuter quod, relative and interrog. pron., which; brevis,
short, brief; longa, long. — 6 Feminine, for neuter quale, what kind, of what quality. —
7 Feminine for the neuter utrum, which of the two. — 8 Each of the two. The -que, is a
detachable enclitic particle, but here inseperable, materially changing the meaning of the
original power of utra (fern., which of the two). When detachable, it means and. —
9 Et, and & mean and\ the latter is a monogram of the former. — Tenuis, thin; crassa,
III.
• on
punctum circulus quadratum
I stud, quod est punctum, est rotundum. 1 — ^Sed etiam hoc alte-
rum est rotundum, tamen non est punctum, sed circulus.
Circulus est rotundus. 2 — Non solum iste 3 unus circulus est ro-
tundus, sed omnis circulus est rotundus, nee ullus est circulus nisi
rotundus. — Estne etiam omne 4 punctum rotundum? — Nequaquam;
est punctum quod non est rotundum; aliquod 5 punctum est b quadra-
tum, aliud est rotundum; at nullus circulus est quadratus, nee ullum
quadratum est rotundum.
At ille circulus est magnus; estne circulus rotundus etiam si 6 est
parvus ? — Est, sane; 7 circulus est rotundus, siye parvus, sive ma-
gnus. _ Anne 8 est circulus qui est punctum ? — Ita sane; aliqui 9 cir-
culus, qui est parvus, est punctum, sed non omnis circulus, nee omne
quadratum est punctum.
VOCABVLARIVM 3-
NOMINA SUBST.
circulus
quadratum omnis omne pronomina di
iste
coniunctiones
at
give-slve
si
NOM.
ADIECTIVA
rotundum
urn
omnis
omne
ulius
ullum
nullus
nullum
aliqui
aliquod
unus
unum
aliud
PRONOMEN RELATIVUM
qui
llle
hie
ADVERBIA
sane
tamen
thick, heavy. — 10 Not alone, not only — but also. Recta, straight. — n Nee - nee . neque,
(for nec+que), neither - neither - nor; — i"a, fern, for neut. illud, that, that one, point-
j ng f ar _ Curva, crooked. — 22 Talis - qualis, such - as, of like quality with... — 13 Not
at all; nam » for, since.
III.
1 Round; — yet; — a circle. — 2 Masculine ending, for the neuter -um. — 3 Iste,
ista, istud, are the masculine, fern, and neut. forms of the same word; the same as to unus,
una, unum; omnia, all; ullus, ulla, ullum, any, any one, in the three genders; n'si, unless,
except; nec U,,U8 — ni8i » nor is (there) any, but. — 4 The neuter form: the two others
being onm'**- — r > The neuter form of aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, some, any: alius, 6lia, aliud,
another. — At, a more emphatic sed, with sharper contrasting: nullus, nulla, nullum, the
reverse of ullus, -a, -urn, none, not one, not any. — ° If. — 7 Indeed; sive-sive, whether,
or. — '" An interrogation with strong doubt, as though "Do you think?" "Do you ima-
gine?" for the most part answered negatively, but not of necessity. — 9 See 5 . It is a
compound of a,iu8 . a,la , a,lu(, « and Q ui » Puncta, the pl oipunct-um; and so all -«ni, and all other, neuter endings of all
declinable parts of speech. - Sex a numeral adj. taking no endings, just like all cardinal
13
magna, seu grandia, non igitur sunt paria, sed disparia. - Nulla omnino 6
puncta sunt hie paria ? - Sunt aliqua, sed non cuncta. - Quaenam sunt
paria, quenam disparia? - Duo prima puncta sunt paria, ita sunt etiam
duo ultima; sed duo secunda, quas sunt media, disparia sunt, nam sunt
grandia, alia autem quatuor sunt parva, cuncta igitur non sunt paria,
sed disparia.
Quota puncta sunt parva? - Primum, secundum, quintum atque
sextiiiu 7 sunt parva. - Quota magna? - Magna sunt tertium atque
quartum. - Quot sunt magna? - quot parva? - Magna sunt duo, parva
autem quatuor. - Estne ullum hie quadratum? - Nullum est; cuncta
sunt rotunda.
VOCABVLARIVM 6.
NNA. ADIECTIVA ADVERBIA
par sex omnino
dlspar sextus, a, urn num
grandia
numerals above ties, tria; six. — Grandia, the n. pi. of the adjectives in Group B. —
Paria, disparia, n. plural of par, and dispar, adj. of Group B, of one ending for all three
genders; they are -*a in pi., not -a, as the adjectives of Group A; pair, unpair, that is
like and unlike.
e Omnino, adv., no endings, altogether, in all; n"Ha omnino puncta absolutely no points.
7 Sexais, a, urn, numeral adj. of the ordinals, the sixth. Here it is in n., because
punctum (a neuter noun) is understood.
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS.
The principles of Grammar here involved refer to the formation of the plurals of all
declinable parts of speech, such as nouns, adjectives and pronouns,
1 1 . Plurals are formed by detaching the endings of the singula) number, and sub-
stituting the endings of the plural number.
12. In applying plural endings the consideration of gender is decisive, just as in
adapting adjectives and pronouns to nouns. We must, therefore, know the gender of
each noun in order to know what plural ending to substitute into the place of the singular
ending detached.
13. Nouns, ending in -us in singular, change this ending into c > in plural; as:
circul us ? pi #> circul-l
14. Adjectives of Group A, agreeing with a masculine noun, and, therefore, taking
their -us ending, also change this ending to -Mn plural.
15. Adverbs, whatever be their masculine ending in singular, change it to -i in plural.
16. Adjectives of Group B, whether of two or one ending, change that to -es in
masculine plural.
14
17. Whence the following paradigm results:
Mmerus Singul&ris.
Pronomlna. Nomen Substantivum. Nomina Adiectlva.
hic Group A Group B
is
parv- brev-
iste circul-us ma S n " t6nu " jc
ille crass- grand- l0
qui rotund- US omn-
rect-
plan-
Mmerus Plur&lis.
hi Group A Group B
.. parv- brev-
isti circul-i magn- t£nu-
ini crass- . grand- CJ >
qui rotund- ' omn-
rect-
plan-
18. Nouns ending in -a in Sing, whether feminine, as most are, or masculine, change
this -a into »» in the plural.
19. Adjectives of Group A, also take the fern, ending -a, and similarly change it to
-*; if agreeing with a masculine noun, the above paradigme (under 17) is followed;
adjectives of Group B change their -is termination to -es.
20. Pronouns, agreeing with zfem. noun in -a (also of any other ending) change
their respective singular endings to ■* in Plural, and the following paradigm results:
Mmerus Singul&ris.
Ndmlna Substantive. Nomina Adiectiva.
Group A Group B
long- brev-
line- obliqu- tenu-
litter- a plan- tal- j$
rect- a qual-
prim- omn-
secund-
Numerus Plur&lis.
Group A Group B
long- brev-
line- obliqu- temi-
litter- ffi plan- tal- eS
rect- ffl qual-
prim- omn-
secund-
Pronomina.
haec
ea
ista
ilia
quaa
hae
ea;
istae
ilia;
auae
15
21. Nouns in -urn, all neuter, change this ending to «a in Plural, in which they are
followed by the adjectives of Group A, while those of Group B change their -is into *ia.
Pronouns follow their own way. As :
Mmerus Singularis.
e
Pronomlna.
Nomina Substantia.
Nomina Adiectiva.
hoc
Group A
Group L
id
punct-
magn-
omn-
istud
pens- um
parv- u m
tal-
illud
quadrat-
rotund-
qual-
quod
plan-
grand-
Numerus
Plur&lis.
haec
Group A
Group B
ea
punct-
magn-
omn-
ista
pens- a
parv- a
tal- j
ilia
quadrat-
rotund-
qual-
quae
plan-
grand-
ia
Examples: hie circulus, qui.... iste parvus circulus, qui.... ille circulus rotundus,
qui.... hi circuli parvi et tinues, qui.... non isti circuli omnes, qui.... cuncti circuli tales,
qui.... omnis numerus talis, qui.... cuncti hi talesque numeri grandes, qui.... isti & omnes
alii numeri, qui....
Haec linea, quae.... ista parva littera, quae.... ilia longa & tenuis linea, quae.... ea ob-
liqua et tenuis linea, quae.... non omnis littera magna, quae.... cunctae eas litteraa grandes,
quae.... hx curvaa et breves linear, quae.... tamen non omnes linear crassae, nee omnes litte-
rae istae, quae....
Haec puncta magna, quae... cuncta ista et talia nomina adiectiva, atque nomina sub-
stantia, quae.... nee istud punctum, quod.... aliud quadratum parvum, quod.... nullum
pensum, nee hoc, quod.... nee illud, quod.... quale punctum hoc, quod.... omne id, quod....
omnia ea, quae.... cuncta ilia, quae.... illud aliud, non hoc, quod.... non istud pronomen,
nee illud, nomen adiectivum, sed hoc nomen substantivum.
22. When a noun, or pronoun, the subject of a sentence, is in plural number, the
copula est must agree with the subject in number, and its plural form, sunt, must be
employed, as: hi circuli sunt parvi; ista duo pensa sunt br£via; pensum hoc atque secun-
dum non sunt longa.
23. If one of the two subjects is of masculine gender and the other is feminine, the
predicate may agree with the masculine subject, as: numerus et littera sunt parv*«
24. If there be several subjects of masculine and feminine gender; the predicate may
agree with the last; or the neuter gender may be used; but if one of the subject is of
neuter gender, the gender of the predicate must be neuter.
Examples: numerus, circulus, littera, linea sunc rect«, or, recta- — Circuli, puncta,
lineae, quadrata, atque litterae sunt magna. — Nee omnis littera est magna, nee omne
16
punctum (est magnum understood). - Omnis circulus est rotundus, sed nullum c^ra-
^SKSS*.-*^^-* 1 - are adiectives of one
ending for all three genders.
26 Unus, a, urn is used in plural occasionally: urn. unit, «»a.
27 The plurals of the other declinable particles:
' ue ^ fl^ra. alteram alteri. alters, altera
aliqui, allqua, aliquod, aliquid aliqui. aliamc, al.quK
EXERCITIVM LEGENDI.
, Istud secundum pensum longum omnino non est, tamen nee
breve." -fonXirculuLt linea curva, sed omnis llnea, curv; t non *
Sis - * Sunt aliqua; litters quae sunt lineae curvas, totes sunt B, C,
t etm al£ ; sed litter. A & Z, qua, sunt prima atque «-
mnm sunt line® curva;, sed recta;, obliquae et plana;. - 4- Hie nul.a
nuTta sit Srata, sed cuncta sunt rotunda. - f. Sunt ahqua nomina
substantW^ et etiam non unum nomen adiectivum, quae sunt longa,
SSS^Hum." "perpendiculum," '**?^*£^
at sunt etiam brevia, nee unum, quaha sunt pensum, breve, qua;
nuinaue e sex litter, sunt singula. - 6. Nee omnis circulus est par; sun
rrrotndi, igitur pares, sea non cunctisive parvi sive magn, sun
igitur dispares. - 7- Nulla linea, qua, est ad P^^gJ
perpendicularis, est nisi recta, non au em curva -J 1 Si id quod longum
non est est breve, etiam exercitium hoc legend, breve est. - 9 - At hoc
"on est ita • nam Id quod nee longum nee breve est, est medium; exer-
ciumegendi istud medium igitur est. - io. Nonne litter* sunt hne* ?-
oudes Stur sunt lines, tales suntlitterae: si linea;, sunt recta; etiam
StteS su rrecS. - . .. Numerus duo (2) est par; etiam numen quatuo
Tsfx sTnt pares, numeri autem unum, tria, quinque, al.ique, sunt,
impares. - 12. Quod medium est, rectum est.
EXERCITIVM SCR1BEND1.
,. Quotum est pensum istud? - 2. Estne pensum istud et! illud unum
et primum pensum ? - ,. Quota; litter* sunt C et D ? - 4- -unt, to paint. — 30 Ger.
of tr. v. caedit, -unt, he slashes, they slash, cut. — 31 Ger. of the tr. v. ambulat, -ant, he
walks, they walk. — 32 Ger. of tr. v. tenet, -ent, he holds, they hold.
'•'■'• Pres. participle of ardens, its ending after transitive verbs and the mentioned pre-
positions, is ardentem, p l. -tes, in neut, sing., ardens, in pi. ardentia. — Vel, cony, or, as
the case may be.
w Vero, properly the noun verum, what is true, used as an adv., but the meaning is
the same as autem.
21
Is, 3 5 qui illuminat, est illuminator ; ^ qui scribit, est scriptor ;
qui delineat, est delineator ; qui pingit, est pictor ; qui habet gladium
et caedit, est miles ; qui ambulat, est ambulator.
Quid est cylindrus ? — Quid roeatur 37 ea res, quse, si ardet, illu-
minat ? — Quot et quales lineae faciunt ciispidem ? — Quse res efficiunt
graphidem ? — Quas res est ad pingendum ? — In 3 « quid est gladius ?
— baculus ? —
Quid agit is, qui habet et tenet candelam ardentem ? — Quid 39
tenet penicillum pictor ? — Quid tenet miles ? — in quid ?
VOCABVLARIVM 7.
Nna Subst.
Nna Adlec.
cylindrus
anterior, ius
lineola
posterior, ius
candela
postre"mus, a, um
candelabrum
parallels, a, um
cuspis
acutus, a, um
graphis, f.
aduncus, a, um
penicfllus
fiflidius
Preposltiones
ca"pulum
supra"
biculus
infr*
illuminator
inter
scriptor
ante
delineator
post
pictor
pdne
miles
super
ambulator
in
res
Verba
faciunt
ffacitj
efficiunt
lefficitl
habet
JhabentJ
illuminat
scribit
delineat
ping-it
caedit
Imbulat
tenet
ardet
Adverbla
ubi
vero
Pronomina
se
ipse, ipsa, ipsum
Idem, e"adem idem,
Coniundlones
quod
vel
Remarks: The Teacher, begins to talk the instant he is drawing the three lines- he
must never draw silently, or make pause in speaking, excepting when awaiting' the
answers of his pupils. Neither must he look into the book, or allow the students to do so-
books must be out of sight. The pictures are outlines, so that the Teacher and the students
should be able readily to reproduce them in teaching and studying.
Students mu st not merely pick out words from these foot-notes, or merely read them
like a novel, they must give account of their contents.
Is (ea, id), when used as a noun, that is, not joined like an adj. with another noun
as, is circulus, but independently, like here, means a man, a male person: be, who . . .-
36 The BOr ending always impljes a maleperS0Hi neyer zfemakj which ' is expressed
by the ending -tnx, illuminat beatrix, doc trix (not doctor), actrix, imperatrix, the male
being actor, doctor, beator, imperator; much less a neuter thing, as is usurped in English
motor, elevator, factor; the Latin ending for neuter things is -orium. The abstraction is
22
II.
A Istee du« line® obliquae faciunt unum fipicem » et unum
/\ Unguium. Apex est cuspis extrst^ et supra lineas,
angulus autem est intrii et infra duas lineas, ubi
has se tatigunt. 3
formed bv the ending -io, f., as, Muminatio, deliaeatio, cassio, ambulatio; -iura, as, scrip*™,
SZ&1B-5U*- So, also scrips the *; tfM the draftsman the
designer- pid™, ^painter; miles (milifem, milifes), the soldier ; ambulator, the mater.
Their endings: illuminators, -es; illuminate, doctrix, &c, illuminate**, ■*»;
doctrto>», -«s ; scriptorew, -es ; pidarem, -es, &c.
37 Quid vocatur? = What is called ? In colloquial Latin more frequent is the form
Quomoio vocatur (quo modo, in what manner ? how? how is this thing called ?)• The
former is strictly Roman, for the latter 1 have no authority except tradition. Grammati-
cally both forms are correct : the former, because vocatur, passive, demands object in
Nominative, vocal, active, an object case, and quid is both; the latter, because a verb is
qualified by an adverb, and quomodo (or, for that matter, quo modo, in two words) does
so qualify. The latter is also borne out by the traditions of the barbarians, as come,
Italian, and comment French. ,.'.,* w
as in quid?— 39 Quid tenet pictor penicillum .? For what? what for? tor what
purpose? to what end? This, apparently so simple question of future purpose, different
from why ? on what account ? in so direct a form as in quid .? does not occur in the
existing works of the Roman authors until Seneca (first half of I. century) who uses it
repeatedly (Mundus in quid incessum absolvit ? in quid sol diem extendit ? Benet. IV- \i.
In quid amicum paro ? Ep. IX. Thence, as a correlative : Laudari in id. Ep. 59. In hoc
pacem peperi ? CI. Caes. In ante-classical and in classical times they resorted to ^ circum-
locutions, qudmobrem ? (quam ob rem, for what thing), quam ob causam ? for what
cause? quern in finem? to what end. Or, simply, quid was asked, when it was clear
for instance, with intransitive verbs, that quid was not the object of the verb, as, .quid
nisti? what did you come for? Or, as in our sentence: quid tenet pictor pemcihum?
what does the painter hold the brush (for) ? where the object, penicillum, plainly shows
Oat quid cannot be the object, just as in English, where for has that function. Popular
Latin has settled on ad quid, used exclusively, and is supported by the Neo-Latin idioms.
II.
i Apex, m. n., the summit, the top point ; -us, a corner, an angle. — 2 E *< ra - prep,
and adv., outside; -intra, prep., inside, within. — 3 Tanjit, -uat, tr. v., he touches,
they touch.
23
Hie sunt tres lineae. Dua- recte sed oblique linese stant 4 super
unam planam. Ubi earn contingunt, 5 efficiunt duos alios angulos ;
habet igitur haec figura e tres angulos, rocaturque triangulum.
Triangulum, itaque, habet tres angulos, duo latera, unum apicem, et
unum fundum. Latera, quas triangulum habet, sunt haec: unum latus
est linea inter litteras A et B, atque A et C; fundus est linea inter litteras
B et C, apex autem, ad litteram A, ubi duo latera se tangunt.
Facitne una linea angulum ?— Quot linea? faciunt angulum? —
Anne lineas parallels faciunt angulum ?— Quales linese faciunt angulum?
Faciuntne duas linea? duos angulos ? — Quid vocatur ea figura, quam
tres linea? faciunt ? — Quid habet triangulum ? — Utrum est latus unum?
Ubi stant duo latera ? — Inter quas litteras est fundus ?
i. AO 2. OAO 3. DOD 4. -£- 5. ~^Q
1. Triangulum est iuxta 7 circulum.
2. Circulus est ante illud triangulum pone quod est alter . circulus.
Triangulum est medium inter duos circulos. Triangulum hoc habet
duos circulos, unum ante se, alterum post (pone) se.
3. Circulus est inter duo quadrata. Circulus habet duo quadrata
iuxta se, unum ante, alterum post. Anterlus quadratum habet circulum
pone se, posterius autem quadratum habet circulum ante se.
4. Punctum est super lineam, infra quam est circulus. Iste est cir-
culus, supra quern est linea, super quam autem est punctum.
5. Hasc est linea, infra quam est punctum, iuxta quam autem est
circulus. Ante circulum est linea, infra quam est punctum.
Infra quam rem est punctum ? Ubi sunt linea et punctum ? Ubi
est circulus ? Pone quas res est circulus ? Super quam rem est linea ?
* Stat, stant, intr. v., stands, stand. — 5 Contingit, -unt, tr. v., touches on, touch on
(con + tangit). The -as and -os endings are the/, and m. pi. object endings. — 6 Figura,
/. n. t shape; vocatur, -antur, tr. v., passive voice (the active is vocat, -ant), i s , are, being
called, is called, are called ; triangulum, n . n. y three-corner, triangle. — Latus, n . n , t p i.
latera, a s id e; -us, m . n ., a bottom. — 7 Iuxta, prep,, beside, by.
24
Nna SubBt.
VOCABVLARIVM .8
Verba Praeposltiones
anftx tang-unt extr f
angulus stant
figfira continent i«xt4
triangulum vocatur
latus
fundus
in.
A Triangulum est super quadratum. I stud est tnangu-
□ lum, infra quod est quadratum.
Infra triangulum, iuxta quod est quadratum oblongum et
obliquum, est quadratum, quod habet iuxta se alterum
quadratum oblongum et obliquum. Superiusi qua dratum habet super se
parvum quadratum, quod est caminus, inferius quadratum autem,
quod est latus unum, etiam habet parvum quadratum, quod est lanua,
triangulum autem, atque quadratum quod est infra se, habent tria parva
quadrata, qua; sunt fenestra?. Ha;c omnia efficiunt casam. Ista figura
est casa. Casa est domus parva. Casa ista habet tres fenestras,
**» U nam ianuam, unum caminum super tectum, et quatuor latera.
Omnes domus habent latera, tecta, ianuas, fenestras atque ca-
minos ; non tamen omnes domus sunt casa;.
Ista domus est alta 2 habet enini quatuor contignatio-
nes, sed est angusta; hasc autem domus ^ =±==±= , est h " m \H S '
quia unam tantum contignationem habet, tCHSTD sed est vawe
lata. Domus magna; aides, aedes autem magna; pa-
latia appellantur (vocantur).
in.
' Adjectives, like superior, inferior, interior, exterior, anterior, posterior, &c are in,
what is called, the comparative degree, like upper, lower, outer, inner &c, in English,
and their endings are, -ior, »., -ior,/., and -™, n.; here the ending *****?*£»*
which is a neuter noun, hence the neuter ending. - Cam.aus, a chimney; 'anua a door,
nestra, a window; casa. {hence, bans, bouse) a small house, cottage; domus, /. n house;
tectum, a roof. - Domus has its pi. dom«s, hence omnes dom**s; the pi. object can be
domo%.
„ -a, -urn, high; enim, conj., for, surely, clearly; cootignatio, -nes, /., story (has
four stories) ; -t»a, a, um, narrow; •"", *. adj. Gr. B, low- «•>'«, conj., because; valde, adv.,
2 -US. -
25
MALLUVIUM
Omnis domus, sive magna, sive parva, habet intra se cubicula ; 3
quodlibet cubiculum autem quamdam supellectilem, Yeluti sel-
lam ad sedendum, mensam ad edendum, grabatum ad cuban-
dum, lectum ad iacendum et dormiendum, atque malluyium,
super quod est pelvis, super earn lirceus, qui aqiiaisi continet, iuxta
earn autem smegma et sabanum ad se layandum. Omnis quoque
domus habet culinam, 4 ubi est focus pfe ad coquendum.
Domus, quas omnem hoc-genus 5 supel- Mm lectilem habet,
vocatur domus instrueta. EBB
Quae res efficiunt casam ? — Quas res habet casa ? — Quid
interest (what is the difference) inter casam atque aedes ? — Quod
genus domus habet tres vel quatuor contignationes ? — Quas partes 6
very; -tus, a, urn, wide; «des,/. n. t sing, and pi.; palatium, =ia, a building on the Palatine
Hill in Rome, a palace; passive of appellat, -ant, tr. v., to call, name (appeal).
3 PI. of cubiculum properly a sleeping chamber, in wider application, room; quilibet,
qualibet, quodlibet, an indefinite pron., whatever, each; quidam, qusedam, f£uoddam, bj. sing.,
quemd., quamd., quod.; pi., quosd., quasd., quajdani; bj. of supeliex, f. n., outfit, furniture;
velut, veluti, indeclinable, adv., as, such as; seHa, a chair; ger. of sedet, ent,he sits, they sit,
for sitting; mensa, a table; ger. of edit, edunt, -dum, for eating; grabatum, a sofa, or couch;
cubat , - ant , -dum, for lying down, (from cubitus, elbow); lectus, a bed ; *acet, -ent, -dum,
intr. v., to be lying ; dormit, -iunt, -iendum, intr. v., for sleeping; malluvium, a washstand;
pelvis, obj. pelvim, pelves, f., a wash basin; urceus, a pitcher; aqua, water; continet ( C on+
tenet), -ent, tr. v., holds; smegma, nn., pi. smegmata, soap; sabanum, pi. sabana, a towel
lavat, -ant, -ndum, f or washing.
4 Obj. of culina, a kitchen; focus, a fire place; coquit, cequunt, -dum\ for cooking.
5 Hoc genus, pronounced like one word, accent on hoc, this kind; so «d genus (idgenus),
this sort, this kind; quod genus (quodgenus), all indeclinable, what sort? what kind ? —
Domus instrueta, (m+struit, struuni, ad struendum, for heaping, piling, laying one upon
another, structor, structio, structura, a builder ; a mason ; the act of building ; the thing
built), a furnished house; the -tus, ta, turn ( r -sus -sa, -sum,) are the endings of the per-
fect participle.
6 PL obj. of pars,/., sing obj. partem.
26
habent omnes domus ? — Quid habent cubicula intra se ? — In quid
sunt selke, mensae, grabatum ? — Quam supellectilem et quas res habet
is qui se lavat ? — Estne focus ad dormiendum ?
VOCABVLARIVM 9-
Nna Subst.
caminus
palatium
cubiculum
ilnua
asdes
supe"llex
fenestra
sella
pelvis
casa
mensa
urceus
domus
grabitum
aqua
tectum
lectus
smegma
contignltio
malluvium
sSbanum
pars
culina
genus
focus
Nna Adlec.
Verba
Coniuoctlonea
oblong-us, a, um
appellantur
enim
altus, a, um
sedendum
quia
angrustus, a, um
edendum
humilis, e
cubandum
Pron. Indef.
latus, a, um
Adverbla
valde
v£luti
iacendum
dormiendum
lavandum
coquendum
quodlibet
quamdam
instructa
interest
continet
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS.
De Partibus Orationis. — Of the Parts of Speech,
28. Following are the parts of Latin speech: 1. Nomina Substantia, names, ex-
pressive of subsistence of things, Nouns, Substantive Nouns; 2. Nomina Adiectiva,
adjustable nouns, Adjectives-, 3. Verba, sayings, words, Verbs; 4. tAdvetbia,^ accessories
to sayings, Adverbs; 5. Pronbmina, name-substitutes, Pronouns; 6. Prcepositiones, fore-
settings, Prepositions; 7. Coniunciiones, couplings, Conjunctions; and, 8. InteriectioneSf
throw-betweens, Interjections.
29. Nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, and pronouns are subject to changes when
joined into coherent speech ; prepositions, conjunctions and interjections do not change.
Changes, proper to the former, excepting the verb, are called Declinaiio, beending off,
Declension; those, proper to adjectives and adverbs, bear the name of Comparatio, pair-
ing, measuring together; and of the verbs, are known as Coniugatio, yoking together,
Conjugation.
NOTE: The more ancient of the Roman grammarians used the term of declinatlo both for
nouns and verbs; Soslpater Charislus (A. U. 375) applied the term of "ordines" to verbs, but he
quotes a very learned grammarian, Comminianus, as having introduced our present term* Conlugatio.
27
De Declinatione. — Of the Declension.
30. The name of a thing (a noun), or its substitute (pronoun), or the word expres-
sive of the quality of a thing (adjective), when simply uttered, is said to be in the Casus
Nominativus, Nominative (naming case), as : hcec casa bumilis.
NOTE : Since these terms are utterly meaningless in English, and often repel students, even
to the point of abandoning the study of Latin, I add the following explication :
In the conception of Roman grammarians the declinable
Latin particles had two forms: one the original, a kind of parent
stock, and another resulting from the accession of endings, or
terminations. The original stock was then conceived as being a
vertical line, from which, by the accession of the endings, the
others had to fall away (cado, 3 cecidi, casum), a fall being called
casus; or had to decline, bend away, (declino, 1 declinavi, dedina,
turn, whence the act is declinatio, nis, f.). This declining away
from the straight, or vertical line had three stages, or drops, casus,
from R to P, (or G), thence to D, and lastly, to Ac. The entire
rout from R to Ac. was, then, Declinatio, the drops from one
stage to the other, were the Casus. These casus, down to the time
of Quintilianus (A. D. 95) were four, the Rectus, R, the Patritius
(Varro, B. C. 27), Genitivus (Quintilianus); Patrius (Gellius,
' A. D. 175), Paternus (Priscianus, A. D. 500), therefore letters
P G ; Dativus, D ; Accusativus Ac. The casus vocativus was i ntro-
duced, as an obverse to Rectus, by Gellius, as the Vocativus (noun), by Charisius. Quintilianus has
introduced the Ablativus, as an obverse to Dativus. Several grammarians recognized six, others
four, others seven and eight cases. Even in our days some Berlin philologists advocate two more
cases, the Locativus and Instrumentalis, but they are not recognized, because neither is true histori-
cally; and thus Latin declension has crystallized in six cases.
Although the first and general division of the declension into two forms, the Casus Rectus, and
all the others Casus Obliqui, is still valid and true, the Rectus, as one of the cases, has received a
special name from its function, Nominativus, given by M. Terentius Varro himself, whose grammar
was the chief source of information for M.Tullius Cicero, whenever he set about to deliver an
oration, or to write a treatise; and this name has come down to us unchanged. The Casus Patritius,
Patrius and Paternus, trying to express the relation existing between a father and his offspring, was
felicitously expressed by Quintilianus by the verb of that relation, gigno, 3 genui,genitum, as Genitivus,
which has ultimately survived. The third case was named Dativus, from the verb do, 1 dedi, datum,
to give, expressive of the relation between the giver and the receiver, the motion towards. The fourth
received the name of Casus Accusativus, from the verb accuso,i vi, turn, to charge, to accuse, ito ex-
press the relation existing between an acting Subject, and a suffering Object. The Casus Vocativus
from voco,i vi, turn, to call, is the case, in which the name of a person or thing addressed, or spoken
to, stands; it is the obverse of the Nominativus. Lastly, the Casus Ablativus, from aufero, 3 abstuli
ablatum, to take away expressing the idea of away, off, along, with, by the opposite of Dativus.
For students the following brief statement will suffice:
31. The Latin language recognizes six cases for the declinable particles; these are the
1. Casus Nominatirus, or naming case, nominative-
2. „ GenitiYus, or, the case of origine and possession, genitive-
28
3 Casus Dativus, or, giving, and approaching case, dative.
4. „ AccusatiTUS, or, the case of suffering the action of others, accusative.
5. ',', Yocativus, or, the addressing case, vocative.
6. ,',' Ablativus, or, the case of departing, off, away, with, ablative.
In this lesson we deal with the ^Accusative case.
32. If we understand the sentences, casa habet unam ianuam, tres fenestras, quatuor
latera et unum caminum super tectum ; cocus stat ante ianuam; miles tenet gladium, we
fairly know the whole theory of the accusative case. To make the matter entirely clear
and distinct, we divide all our nouns into the following five groups, showing the relative
position of the accusative.
Declinationes Quinque. — The Five Declensions.
Norn.
Ace
Sing.
=am
Plur.
=ffi
Slog.
= us, =um
.ura
II. I».
Plur. Slog. Plur.
= i, =a | — | =es, =a, M \
=os, =a I =em, I =es, =a, =ia
IV.
V.
Sing. Plur.
Sing. Plur.
=us
M
=es | s es
=um
,U8
=em | ses
To the 1. Group, therefore, will belong all those particles, nouns, adjectives, pronouns,
which have -a in the Norn- Sing., and -® in Norn. PL
NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA. - SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS.
NOM. SING.
NOM. PLUR.
ACC. SING.
ACC. PLUR.
line- lineol-
litter- candel- ~
figur- ianu- **
cas- fenestr-
line- lineol-
litter- candel- ~
fisrur- ianu- ™
line- lineol-
litter- candel-
fig-ur- ianu-
am
line- lineol-
litter- candel-
fig-ur- ianu-
cas- fenestr-
cas- fenestr-
cas- fenestr-
sell- mens-
sell- mens-
sell- mens-
sell- mens-
aqu- culin-
aqu- culin-
aqu- culin-
aqu- culin-
as
NOMINA AD1ECTIVA. — ADJECTIVES.
parallel-
acut-
parallcl-
acut-
parallcl-
acut-
parallel-
acut-
adunc-
postrem-
adunc-
postrcm-
adunc-
postrem-
adunc-
postrem
oblontr-
alt-
oblon#-
alt-
oblong-
alt-
oblongr-
alt-
antrust-
lat - a
parv-
ansrust-
lat " 9B
an«fust-
lat - am
anjrust-
lat-
mafirn-
matrn-
parv-
majgfn-
parv-
magn-
parv-
lonjr-
rcct-
lonjr-
rect-
lonfif-
rect-
lonsr-
rect-
crass-
obliqu-
crass-
obliqu-
crass-
obliqu-
crass-
obliqu-
rotund-
curv-
rotund-
curv-
rotund-
curv-
rotund-
curv-
as
29
circul-
cylindr
penicfll-
gladi-
bacul-
angul-
fund-
camin-
lect-
urce-
foc-
NEUTRA
candelabr-
capul-
triangul-
tect-
palati-
grabat-
malluvi-
saban-
CROUP II.
NOMINA SUBSTANTIA. — SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS.
US
urn
circul-
cylindr
penicill-
gladi-
bacul-
angul-
fund-
camin-
lect-
urce-
foc-
NEUTRA
candelabr-
capul-
triangul-
tect-
palati-
grabat-
malluvi-
saban-
a
MASC.
& NEUTRA
circul-
cylindr-
penicill-
g-ladi-
bacul-
angul-
fund-
camin-
lect-
urce-
foc-
candelabr-
capul-
triangul-
tect-
palati-
grabat-
malluvi-
saban-
Ulll
circul-
cylindr-
penicill-
gladi-
bacul-
angul-
fund-
camin-
iect-
urce-
foc-
NEUTRA
candelabr-
capul-
triangul-
tect-
palati-
grabat-
malluvi-
saban-
OS
a
NOMINA ADIECTIVA. — ADJECTIVES.
parallel-
adunc-
oblong-
angust-
magn>
long-
crass-
rotund-
acut-
postrem-
alt-
lat-
parv«
rect-
obliqu-
curv-
MASC.
US
NEUTR.
um
parallel-
adunc-
oblong-
angust-
magn.
long-
crass-
rotuna-
acut-
postrem-
alt-
lat-
parv-
rect-
obliqu-
curv-
MASC.
i
NEUT.
a
parallel-
adunc-
oblong-
angust-
magn-
long-
crass-
rotund-
acut-
postrem-
alt-
la t-
parv-
rect-
obliqu-
curv-
parallel-
acut-
adunc-
postrem-
MASC.
oblong-
alt-
MASC.
& NEUT.
angust-
lat-
OS
um
magn-
long-
parv-
rect-
NEUT.
crass-
obliqu-
a
rotund-
curv-
GROUP III.
NOMINA SUBSTANTIA. — SUBSTANTIVE NOUNS.
;uspis, graphis, scriptor,
cuspid
-
graphid-
pictor, miles, contignatio
scriptor-
pictor-
cdes, apex, pelvis
milit-
contignation-
apic- CS
iupellex, latus, pars
»d-
pelv-
supellectil-
latera,
part-
cuspid
-
graphid-
cuspid-
graphid-
scriptor-
pictor-
scriptor-
pictor-
milit-
contignation- Awn
milit-
contignation
aed-
apic-
C1I1
aed-
apic-
pelv-
supellectil-
pelv-
supellectil-
la
tus,
part-
latera.
part-
68
3°
GROUP 111.
NOMINA ADIECTIVA. - ADJECTIVES.
NOM. SING.
MASC.
A FOeM.
brev-
tenu omn-
is
humil-
NEUTR
e
anter-
poster-
MASC. & FOeM.
ior
NEUT.
ius
infer-
inter-
exter-
super
ACCUS. SING.
brev-
omn-
anter-
poster-
infer-
inter-
exter-
super •
brev-
omn-
anterior-
posterior-
inferior-
interior-
exterior-
superior-
tenu-
humil-
masc. & Foeiw.
es
tenu-
humil-
M. A F.
iorem
A. 4 F.
em
NEUT.
e
NEUT.
ius
M. F.
es
NEUT.
ia
NEUT.
a
ACCUS.
PLUR.
brev-
omn-
tenu-
humil-
anterior-
M.1F
posterior-
es
inferior-
nterior-
exterior-
superior-
M. 4 F.
es
NEUT.
ia
NEUT.
a
manws
GROUP IV.
manws | manww
manws
GROUP V.
res
r£s
rem
r£s
NOTES. 1. The stump of a word, to which the endings are affixed, is called the stem. .The
stem in all cases is disclosed by the oblique cases,|some times by the Casus Rectus Thus: in I me-,
the a is an ending, the nominative, whilst in doctor, there l. no case-ending th ^^ e J°^"? *
stem, receiving the endings, as, doctores, doctorem. In some instances the oblique ^J««JV
whole new syllable, or even two, which is called an increment, as: miles, milltes; supellex, supel
lectilem ; iter, itinera (way, road, journey).
2. The I. declension contains no neu t er nouns, ,nor neuter adjective endings. Excepting a very
few nouns, denoting men, such as auriga, a coachman, all nouns in this declension are femin ine AH
adjectives of Group A, in their -a, or feminine, endings belong to this declension **™W™™
Group B belong to this declension. If a noun ends in -a in nom. sing., and Is neuter, cannot belong
hither; all such belong to the III. nominative-
3. All nouns and adjectives in the II. declensions have definite endings in the ^Mttve.
these are -us, -er and -urn ; the first two masc. or f ., the third neuter. All the adjectives of Group A,
in their -us (-er)and -um endings are declined as the nouns of this declension. where fore
4. The III. declension has no set nominative endings, all other declensions have wherefore,
all nouns, which are excluded by these set endings of the other declensions, wil IMongto^' Id,
whatever be their genders. Excepting the -or endings, which are stems, and the -is, whicn,
3i
T U £ h ™h' S S3ke reC ^ e f n " D b , ef ° re the termi nations, all nominatives change in the oblique cases.
These c hang es must be learned with each individual noun and adjective as we go along. Nouns and
adjectives in -x, as this is a compound consonant, consisting of c and s, resume their c in the oblique
cases, as: apex , apicem; doctrix, doctricem, &c. Some nouns, like pelvis, form their accus. sing, in
-In, as, pelvim, though pelvem would not be wrong. All -us nouns in this declension are irregular,
therefore, never masc, but either neuter, or fern. All adjectives of Group B, and all others not
hitherto mentioned, belong to this declension; no adjectives belong to IV and V
.™J; ^"Pf^l^y spe^ng. but few original nouns, and no adjectives and other particles be-
ong to the IVth : declension; a large portion of these nouns are formations from verbs; they may be-
ong to any of the three genders. As we had no applicable noun in our vocabularies for illustrating
he endings, we introduced a new one, manus, f, a hand, domus, also of this group, being an irregu-
lar, forming its ace. pi. in the II, in -os, though -us also occurs.
nth-J^?^ d f, C ! ensi0n has scarce, y more than 5 n °uns h its vocabulary (and no adjectives or
other particles), all fern., excepting one, which is both m. & f., and all defective, excepting, perhaps
two, one of which is res, serving as our model.
**«l'r AS a TZu r ^ e, 1 aH m * & f ' accusatives sin g- of all declensions, end in -m, with the charac-
teristic vowel of the declension preceding, as a for I., u for II., e for III., u for IV., e for V.- and all
m.&f. accusatives of all declensions end in 5, with characteristic vowels of the respective declen-
sions, as a for i f ILi , for nLf u for ^ e fQr yth< _^ q neuter ^^ ^^ h J s . n
ending in any declension: all employ the nomin. endings. All neuter nouns and adjectives employ
their a ox ta endings in their accus. pi. of all declensions, as: Norn. S., smegma, Ace. S. smegma Nom
Pi. smegmata, Ace. Pi. smegmata. '
8. As to quantity, at the present stage, it will suffice, if the student knows, that vowels in the
endings closed by a consonant, like -am, -urn, are short; closed by s, like -es, in nom. and ace pi.
stress"* m SPe6Ch ' ^ merdy emphacized by a stress ' whiIst the shor t are uttered without
De Usu Casus Accusatiyi — Of the Use of the Accusatiye Case.
33. The accusative case has two principal applications:
(a) It is governed by a group of prepositions, such as ante, in, post, pone, infra, intra,
super, supra, iuxta &c, so that whenever any of these prepositions is used, the declinable
particles to which they refer, must follow in accusative case as : candela ardens stat super
mtr^am; quis sedet iuxta mttitem ?
(b) The accusative is the case of the object f a sentence, as is the nominative the
case of the subject. i n the sentence, miles tenet gladium, mUe s is the subject (subiectum)
therefore in the nominative case, gladium is the object (obiectum), upon which the subject
acts therefore in the accusative, or objective case, whilst the verb, tenet, is the predicate
(pradicatum), announcing, or expressing the action of the subject.
De YerMs — Of the Yerbs.
34. Verbs are words denoting the doings or deeds of some body or something and
the bearing of the consequences of such doing as: scriptor tenet grapfaidem ; w here tenet \ s
the doing of the scriptor; but if we invert the sentence and say, graphis tenets and take
the viewpoint of the grapbis, as bearing the consequences of the doing of the scriptor, the
subject, as the grammarians express it, suffers the action of the subject, when the verb
assumes a different form, which is called the suffering form, r forma passiva, and this is
J2
called in grammar Vox Passiva, Passive Voice. Therefore, tenet is an active verb, tenetur
caliea in gr a transitive verbs can become passive.
5 a P 35 Thrive verbs are two kinds: transitive and intransitive, called verna act.va and
verJnenla Vy Z 'Roman grammarians. Tr^veb^jrtwhidi^gven^
x ■+• ,« ;c orMrli Hops not* as to write, paint, hold, because we may ask. What
stars **£^:t% ^ . «* * ,** . ^ * ■«. .
does he wr u , ? ^ an , Hfi sUnds the
S£ •£ SsTbe?^a Se tttag^ For this reason the former are transitive
verts', the Mter are ^intransitive verbs; the former are said to have d.rect government, the
lat %rD!rtcUs\rg r oTe e rnment. when between the verb and its object nothing inter-
venes; indirect is the government, when it is effected through prepositions, as the follow-
ing illustration shows:
Miles
subject
I tenet (transitive) gladium
£ -o- - Accus -
predicate
object
Miles
subj.
NUJU
| sedet, stat, dormit
o — -
predic. (intrans)
super — sellam
ante — casam
iuxta — lectum
infra — mensam
37 All our verbs end in the present time, 3d person sing, in -at, -d, -it, and in -ant,
-ent, -unU -imi, in pi.; whence we group them into four classes, thus:
ambulat
illuminat
delineat
stat
vocat
appellat
cubat
lavat
II.
habet
tenet
ardet
sedet
iacet
continet
III.
facit
efficit
coquit
instrult
scribit contingit
pinffit
cadit
tanffit
edit
IT,
dormit
Wemay roughly say, that the first is the -a- Conjugation, the second is the -e- Com
jugation, the third is theshort 4- Conjugation, the fourth is thelong -f Conjugation, the
characteristic vowels being -a in the I., fin the II., short -« in the 111. and long -t in the
IV. Facit with l»cimi in pi. should not mislead the student, it a irregu ™-
3K When we said c.ndela ardens, we turned the verb ardet ,„to its Par..c,p,um «
sentis, present participle, and gave it a form, readily used as an adjective v a noun, and
declined in the 111., as: Nom. S. ardens, N. PI. ardentes, if -. & ■ but ardent,., ,f n., Ace.
S. m.& f., ardenteia, n. ardens; Ace. PI- •"• & f • ardentes, n. ardentia.
All other verbs can be handled similarly, as: ambulans, stans, vocans, habens, sedans,
faciens, tangens, edens, scribens, coquens, dormiens, and declined like ardent«m, e t na dre s
ardentfa, &c
39. in domus instru c fa we have an example of the Participium Perfecti, or perfect par-
ticiple. which always ends in -tus, -ta, -turn, or -sus % -sa, -sum, always passive, therefore
proper to the transitive verbs, as: illuminatus, a, um, delineatus, a, urn, vocatus, lavatus, ha-
bitus, tentus, factus, effectus, scriptus, pictus, csesus, tactus, esus, a, um. There is also status,
the standing, but that is derived from the factitive form of this verb (stat), which is sisto,3
stiti, statum.
40. The form, ad scribendum.vmgendum, vocandum, &c, is called the gerundium,
which is nothing else, than the neuter gender of the Participium Futuri Passivum, future
passive participle (not present in English, meaning a thing to be done), used as a noun, with-
out a nominative and without plural number; examples: miles tenet gladium ad caeden-
dum; pictor tenet penicillumad pingendum casam; scriptor vocatcocum ad ambulandum.
41. The various pronouns are thus declined:
NOM. SING.
m.
f.
n.
bic
bcec
boc
idem
iadem
idem
is
ea
id
iste
ista
istud
ipse
ipsa
ipsum
tile
ilia
illud
qui
quce
quod
quis
quce
quid
NOM. PLUR.
bi
bee
bcec
iidem
ecedem
eadem
ii
ece
ea
isti
istce
isla
ipsi
ipsce
ipsa
illi
illce
ilia
qui
qua
quce
qui
quce
quce
ACCUS. SING.
m.
f.
n.
hunc
eundem
banc boc
eandem idem
eum
istum
ipsum
ilium
earn
istam
ipsam
illam
id
istud
ipsum
illud
quern
quern
quam
quam
quod
quid
ACCUS. PLUR.
bos
eosdem
has
easdem
bcec
eadem
eos
istos
ipsos
illos
eas
istas
ipsas
illas
ea
ista
ipsa
ilia
quos
quos
quas
quas
quce
qua
Quidam, quadam, quoddam, quilibet, quaeiibet, quodlibet are declined like qui, quas, quod
Aliquis, aliqua, aliquid; Norn. plur. aliqui, aliquae, aliqua; Ace. Sing, fliquem, i'llquam, ill*
^?^£ l £ V "^ ■«?«! «f» »h» o* <**. **«, bf«d; so also alius,
P.. would be r ru ° ra f ^nT' qU ' S ' 1S ' '" a " ^ ^ C ™°* here is in ge, sing.;
in I .E .ft*.'*?**' gtn - S> of ^'* s ' «• "*. ^d ^»«5, ^„ms, a., of various kinds
m Latin it is singular number; but currtis, as sunt sh ows is pi
terialo 1 ; llit^f °'T' f ° r haUHng burdenS ' wei * ht ' «• °™' *"*. «• a ma-
terial or moral burden; adj. oner 6 sus, a, um, burdensome, cumbersome - VeheldT*
u pass, participle, of veho, 3, vexi, vectun, to carry> ^ con ™ ;„ dus , "^
rS :"' u .f d as « «*c «ve, and in this application called a ^ta
not to be confounded with ad scribendum, wh ich is the ge ruudi„m, and is a noun
a vJ i -Sr/LSTatT ^ H b ° Ve ^ ~eCa wagon,
m. to be read and studied: wrfo, vectdre, vectdvi, vectdtum, tr . to practice hauling
carting, to cart constantly. This type of verbs is called freou^teflr £ S S fa
the frequentative of veho. - Gravis, e, adj . Or- B., heavy, weighty ' ve (Germ n Craf
™^Zl 6 Z~ Cdmer - adv - — ■**■ ^-S^:
fLw Z^™' '' a "y ''Sht vehicle, buggy. - C«w, ««««,«, with the Roman
a hght, two-wheeled vehicle, a cabriolet, a pony-cart, to-day, any light open vehicle to
SivToTSsT //m ' f - T larIy ' t00 ' ** "*> *• a coactSilf »L
parative of g av.s, here in pi. - Arcera, ce, an ambulance; cegrotus, i, an adi standing tor
a noun, a s.ck ( person) . _ ^letudindriunt, ii, a hospital there were such n Rnt, f
ESS! ES S£ft *■""■ -^ its principal --™/"- <«-
o y, to near, to Uch ( wlt h prepositions: affero, confero, defero, effero infero nnrfrrn
It™' P l° f r°' refer °' SUffer °' differo) ' a W ™<* used verb. - Crlc cr^f °'
red L~ *"*? f *"*'' "^ rM * ra ' * w ' red; «** »*. m.. a co.on in gen s of
red color. - Alterius, gen. s- of alter, a, um, anoth er; see 9 * '
aot lackinV^f' (de + ! U , nt ; de ~ est > = is awa ^ ofl f)' they lack, non deest, non desunt, it is
r 2w Y 3re " 0t hCkmg - ~ mmr ' oris < comparative of parvus, n, um, pl n u
^Mi~m rd 1 U pr m 'f-° f ° aas ' eris ' weight - burde «. ^-ri .
wo wheek nf th^ ' "' ^ a " d COnj - " S ' SUch aS " ~ C^«/*0», «, a cart; (h
le-buO nf/ T Cart o ad "° SP ° keS ' they Weresolid - - Nonnii (non^nsi
^S *: TS: ~ Pab °' ^ ^ a ^ b ™- - **-• ad - a 'on, only.'
i7- Qiwtuplex? how many fold?
18. Genit. s. of rota. — Axium, see 4.
2 9. Tz/m, adv., then; what happens then?
^l^ dgenUS GnStead ° f " Cuius ^ neris/< which ™™ "of what gender?") and is
r m ^^ •«• M like tas, iSu e s r , eiai-
JJ . &c — 21. Cuiusmodi? see the preceding
4 o
22. Quo} adv., does not change; whither?
23 SifWKm, i a mark, a sign. - Soletferre; the English phrases, As a rule; As is
wont to be; ordinarily, usually, is expressed by the verb soleo, satire solitus sum with
the principal verb (here fero» ferre, tuli, latum, to carry, to bear) in the Infinitive Mood
(here ferre): soleo scribere, 1 used to write, I usually write, 1 am given to writing.
24 Signum cruets; when two nouns are related in a sentence, one of them is in ge-
nitive (crucis); the other may stand in any case, it may also stand in genitive thus:
sigui crucis, of the sign of cross. -Rubri coloris, the quality of color is expressed by ge-
nitive- Cuius coloris? of what color? - rubri, of red; alterius coloris, of another color.
25 Ad celkiter currendum; though currendum is a gerundium, therefore, a noun,
it still retains its verbal power, and is called a "verbal noun,' ' it is qualified by an adverb
(celeriter), and it could not be qualified by an adjective.
4i
II.
fabrica
Non solum currus habet rotas yerum 1 etiam
aedificia sunt quaedam, quae intra se rotas habent, nee
duas, vel quatuor, sed inultas, maiores et minores,
omnis generis. Hocgenus cedificium M>rica 2 appella-
tur. Caminus fabrics celsus 3 et procerus esse solet,
atque atrum (nigrum) fumiim, Yomere. Is qui habet fabricam, est
doininus 4 fabrics, estque fabricator, quia aliquas res, veluti, vehicula,
supellectilem fabricator.
Multa quoque sunt aedificia, quorum partes anteriores
fere 5 nihil aliud sunt nisi iBgentes fenestras. Idgenus
aedificia tabern^ vocantur. Dominus tabern^e est taber-
na'rins, qui est mercator, quia ipse eas res, quas fabrica-
t6res fabricantur, emit, in tabernam suam d^vehit, ibi Thibet et
rendit. Hae res sunt merces 7 , qui eas vendit, est mercator, qui autem
emit, est emptor.
1. Verum, a n. noun, used as an adv. particularly in negative constructions, non so-
!um_verum etiam; non solum- se d etiam; non tantum - ve rum etiam; a much stronger ad-
versative than sed. — /Edifidum (aedes+facio), », a building. - Multus, a, um, many,
much. — Maior, or, us, comparative of magnus, a , um, bigger, larger. — 2. Fabrica, #,
a factory. — 3. Celsus, a, urn, lofty; procerus, a, um, tall. — ' Esse, is the present infini-
tive of est, to be, on account of solet. Two verbs, one of them in the infinitive. - Aier,
Ira, hum, black, fork; fiimus, i, smoke; vom , 3, vdmui, vomitum, to vomit. — 4. Do-
wwitf, 1, (from domiw, m, a house), a landlord, an ownen /^r^/or, is, m., a manu-
facturer; fabncorjabricdnjabricdtus sum, to manufacture. This is the form of a regular
passive verb, although Latin has a class of verbs, like the present called verba deponentia,
or deponent verbs, which are only passive in form, while in meaning they n active.
42
Alius generis aedificium est scliola 8 , quae etiam ludus
litterarius appellari solet. Dominus scholae est ludima-
pster. 9 Fabricatores, mercatores, scriptores solent suos 10
Alios et Alias in scholam, vel ludum, ad ludimagistrum
schoia mittere, qui eos litteras legere, scribere, numerare, et
recte loqui docet. Filii et filiae sunt pueri et puellae. Hi omnes sunt
discipuli et discipulsB ludimagistri, quia discunt ; id autem quod
discunt, est disciplina, quod vero ludimagister docet, est doctrma
litteraruni. Palus 12 iuxta scholam fert yexilluiik
Maxima 13 et ornatissima aedes inter domos solet
esse templum, quod et ecclesia vulgo appellatur.
Templum iuxta se ant 14 ante se, turrim celsam solet
habere. Templum est dormu Dei, 15 quam non tantum
pueri et puellae, sed etiam eorum parentes, hoc est,
patres et niatres, aliique yiri et mulieres frequeutaut, ibiqua
orant et canunt, verlbum Dei, quod sacerdos prsedicat, audiunt,
sicque Deum colunt.
VOCABVLARIVM II.
templum
aedificium, ii
flbrica, as
fumus, i
d6minus, I
fabricator, is, m,
taberna, ai
tabernirius. ii
mercltor, is, m.
merx, cis, f.
emptor, is, m.
schoia, ai
NOMINA SUBSTANTIVA
ludus, i
ludimagister, tri
filius, ii
filia, ■&
puer. i
puella, x.
discipulus, i
discipula, ze
disciplina, ae
doctrina, ae
palus, i
ADVEKB1A
verum rccte
fere vulgo
vexillum, i
turris
templum, i
ecclesia, ae
Deus, i
parens, tis, m. f.
pater, tris
vir, viri
mulier, eris
verbum, bi
sacerdos, dotis, m. f.
PRONOJVUNA
suus, a, urn
NNA. ADI.
multus, a, um
maior, is
celsus, a, um
procerus, a, um
ater, atra, um
ingens, tis
litterarius, a, um
mlximus, a, um
VERBA
esse
vomo, 3, ui, itum
flbricor, 1, atus sum
emo, 3, emi, ptum
ddveho, 3, xi, ctum
exhibeo, 2. ui. iturr
vendo, 3, didi, itum
mitto, 3, misi, ssum
leg-o, 3, gi, ctum
scribo, 3, psi, ptum
numero, 1, vi, turn
loquor, qui, cutus, sum
doceo, 2, cui, ctum
disco, 3, didici
habeo, 2. ui, itum
frequento, 1, vi, turn
oro, 1, vi, turn
cano, 3. cecini, cantum
praidico, 1. vi, turn
colo, 3, colui, cultum
audio, 4. ivi, itum
8. Schoia, a, (not skola but with deep, guttural ch), a school; alius generis, f another
kind; Indus, i, a game, a play; -ius, a, um, literary, particularly the elementary school;
Jlppellari, pres- infin. passive of appellor (-/o). — 9. Ludimagister, tri, m., a schoolmaster.
— 10. Suus, a, um, the possessive pronoun of the 3rd person, sing and plur., his, hers, its;
inflected just like other adjectives. — Filius, ii, a son; filia, x, a daughter. — Mitto, 3
misi, missum, to send; infinit. on account of solet. — Lego, 3 legi, tectum, to rezd',numero,
' vijum, to reckon, calculate; recte, adv., fr. rectus, a, um, right, plain, straight, r\ght\y,
properly, correctly. Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, dep., to speak; infin. on account of docet.
D6teo % doctre, docut, doctum, to teach. — 10. Puer, pueri, «*•> a boy; puella, at, (a dimi-
DUtive, fern, of puer), a girl. — 11. Hi, m. pi. of hie; masculine precedes the feminine in
43
agreement, so that hi includes also the feminine; disMpulus, i % a male pupil, or disciple;
discipula, God, the gods. — Eorum, gen. pi. of is, their Parens, tis t
m- & f-, properly the pres. participle of pdrio, par ere, peperi, partum, to bear a child, a
bearing one, a parent, applied to both, father and mother. — Hoc est, same as id est, that
is. — Pater, tris, m., a father; mater, iris, *., a mother; vir, viri, m-» a man (not a boy
or a women); mulier, is, U a woman (particularly a married one), also as opposed tc
vir. — Frequento, 1 vi, turn, to go habitually (transitive). — Oro, 1 vi, turn, from os,oris,
a., a mouth, to pray, to talk; cano, 3 cecini, cantum, to sing; verbum, i, a word, verbum
Dei, in Christian phraseology, the word of God. — Sacerdos, otis, m. & *., a priest, a
priestess, a clergyman; pt&dico, 1 vi, turn, to announce, to proclaim, to praise, commend.
— Audio, 4 vi, turn, to hear; sicque, and thus; colo, 3 ui, cultum, to cultivate, to respect,
to worship.
III.
*gv * Diico 1 lineam. — Quid ago ? 2 Diico lineam. —
\JL Quid diico ? — Lineam. — Quis 3 diicit lineam ? — Ego. 4
Ista est linea quam ego duxi. 5 — Quis duxit illam
lineam, aliquisne discipulorum, an ego, magister ? Tune
duxisti illam lineam ? — Non tu earn duxisti, sed ego duxi.
* The teacher simply draws a line on the black board; he should not draw the hand,
which is meant to suggest the manner of handling the subject. Neither should he draw
the next picture, but designs letter A. In both cases he must utter the sentences simulta-
neously with drawing. Speech and action must go together.
1. T)uco, is the 1st person sing, in the present tense of the Indicative Mode, of the
active verb duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, 1 draw, I pull. All Latin verbs in the active voice,
in the 1st person sing, present tense, Indie. Mode, end in 0, which expresses the subject,
or doer, I, wherefore, the personal pronoun, unless other considerations demand it, is not
-employed.
44
ego scripsi
Quid ago nunc? — Nunc scrifco 7 litteram ma-
iusculam A. — lam 8 non scribo, iam scripsi litteram ft,
— Quid egi 1 — Scripsi. — Quid scripsi ? — Scripsi litte-
ram ft. — Quis scripsit istam litteram ? — Ego. — Tune
scripsisti illam litteram ? — Non tu earn scripsisti, sed
2. *Ago, 3 egi, actum, to drive, to be acting, to do. Quid ago? what am I doing? —
The small numerals after the verbs, like oro 1 , doceo 2 , duco 3 , audio 4 , indicate the groups,
called conjugations (coniugationes,^ yoking together) to which each of them belongs.
Hence 1 indicates first group, the infinitive of which is -are; the 2nd, -ere; the 3rd, -ere;
the 4th, he; we read them: oro, i vi, turn = oro, ordre, oraVi, oratum; doceo 2 ui, ctum =
doceo, doc£re,d<5cui, doctum; ago 3 egi, actum- igo, feere, £gi, actum; audio 4 v i, turn,
2udio, audire, audivi, auditum.
3. Quis, interrogative pronoun for male persons, quce, for females, or fern, things,
quid, for neuter things. It is sometimes employed for masc. things, though qui is the
proper interrogative there. Who draws the line?
4. Ego, the personal pron. of the first person, without regard to sex, h employed
when emphasis demands.
5. Duxi, ist the 1st person sing, of the past time, or, as grammarians say, perfect
tense (in Latin Tempus Praeteritum Perfectum Indicativi) of the Indicative Mode. I ha ve fed,
or drawn. The Latin expresses the idea with one word, or directly, whilst the English
employs three words; this is called circumlocution (circum-f locutio), or periphrasis. Mark
this latter term. Ego is emphatic here: This is the line which I have drawn. itis, -Aunt. These differences always depend on the charac.
(eristic vowel of the present of the Infinitive of each verb. In eniint.o, or nuntio, that Infi-
nitive is -d't, in deleo it is - thou art, he, she, it is; pi. sumus, estis, sunt. Past, /w/,
fuistufuitjuimus, fuislis, fuerunt. - Bonorum librorum, gen. pi. of bonus liber, a good
book.
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS.
De Nominibus Substantivis.
42. The principal feature of this Pensum is the introduction of the endings of the
Casus Genitivus, or genitive case. This being the first of the oblique cases, it contains the
stem of each declinable particle, ready to receive any of the endings of the other oblique
cases. Therefore the stem of any declinable particle is found by leaving off the genitive
ending, as: temon-/ 5j miliWs, radi-/, ax./ s , oner-/ 5 , sign-*; curr- ws , rot.^.
43. As it is the genitive ending which decides to which declension each and every
noun belongs, the genitive ending must be studied along with the nominative in each and
every noun, and adjective of one ending, when we memorize them, pronouncing them
along in this manner:
rota, rot« capsus, capsi vehiculum, vehiculi
radius, radii currus, currus sarrtcum, sarr&i
par, paris temo, temdnis co i or , coloris
axis, axis onus, oneris pa b , pa b6nis
simplex, simplicis
duplex, duplicis
minor, mindris
44. The following table exhibits all our case-endings hitherto acquired:
Casus
I
II
III
IT
y
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing,
Plur.
NOMINAL
-a
-a;
-us
«er
-urn
•a
any
.es
-a
■ia
-us
-us
-ua
-es
-&
GENITIVUS
-03
-arum
-i
-orum
-is
-um
-ium
-us
-uum
-ei
•erum
ACCUSAL
-am
=as
=um
-OS
-em
-any
-es
-a
-ia
-um
=u
-us
=ua
-em
-es
4 8
Examples of Genitiyes: line*, linearum; Utter*, litterarum; C as*, casarum; can-
del* candelarum; mens*, mens"™; fenestra fenestrarum; pens?, pensorum; circuit cir-
culorum; quadrat*, quadrate™; baculi, baculorum; gladU, gladiorum; tecti, tectum; ax",
axium; gdphidis, graphidum; mflith militum; pelvis, pelvium; Uteris, laterum; generis,
g^nerum; domes, domuum; manes, m^nuum; r ei, rerum.
De Noniinitms Adiectivis.
45 The adjectives of Group A, or -us, -a, =um, as has been stated, when making use
of their' =«s and -em endings, follow the 11 declension; when they employ their -a ending,
they belong to the I., thus:
II I H
MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER
NOMIN,
SING.
magnws
parvus
latws
altws
ruber
magna
parva
lata
alta
rubra
wherefore, they will form their genitives in this manner:
II I
GENITITUS
SING.
GENITITUS
PLUR.
magm
parvz
latx
alt/
rubn'
magnorww
parvorwm
tetorum
zMorum
rubrorum
magn#
parv<£
lat#
alt#
rubra?
magnarwm
parvarww
\2\arum
2\iaium
rubrarum
magnum
parvww
latum
Htum
rubrum
II
magm
parv/
latx
alti
rubn'
mzgnorum
parvorww
Iziorum
dttorum
rubrorum
46. All other adjectives, of whatever ending, that are not -««, -a, -um, -er,
or even these, when they chansre their endings in the comparative degree into -»<>r,
belong to Group B, and are declined in the III. declension, as:
■ior,
NQM. SING.
MASC.
brew's
tenw's
omn/s
quahs
raaior
simple
ingens
FEM.
brtvis
tenuis
omnis
quail's
maior
simple
mgens
NEUTER
breve
tinue
omn^
quale
mains
simple
mgens
■uis,
49
GENITIYUS SING.
m. f. n.
brew's
tenuis
omnis
qual/s
maion's
simpkWs
mgentis
GENITIYUS PLUR.
m. f. n.
brbjium
ttnuium
6mntum
qualium
vcmoxum
simplidz/m
ingentium
Examples: line® brev's et crass®; linearum breVium e t crassarum ; litter® tenuis et
rubr«; litterarum tenuium e t rubramra ; C as® lat® et hum«'Iis ; casarum latarum e t humilium;
candel® rotund® et ardent's ; candelarura rotundarum e t ardentium ; mnis pensi pr i m i ;
omnium pensorum primorum ; m i n or baculus adunc«s, Gen. minoris baculi adunc" ;
minorum baculorum aduncorum ; graphics acut® maioris ; graphidum acutarura maiorum \
var«i generis; variorum g£ n eruni; gravis man"s r ect®;gra'vium man«um rectarum; r ei parv®
et simplicis; r erum parvarum e t simplicium.
47. The following nine adjectival particles, and three plural numerals are thus de-
clined:
NOM. SING.
anus, a, um
ullus a, um
nullus, a, um
solus, a, um
totus, a, um
alius, a, ud
uter, tra, um
alter, a, um
neuter, tra, um
NOM. PL.
uni, x, a
ulli, se, a
nulli, 33, a
soli, aa, a
toti, 33, a
alii, 33, a
utri, 33, a
alteri, 33, a
neutri, 33, a
ACC SING.
unum, am, um
ullum, am, um
nullum, am, um
solum, am, um
totum, am, um
alium, am, ud
utrum, am, um
alterum, am, um
neutrum, am, um
ACC. PL.
unos, as, a
ullos, as, a
nullos, as, a
solos, as, a
totos, as, a
alios, as, a
utros, as, a
alteros, as, a
neutros, as, a
GENITIYUS SING.
m,
f. n.
unius
uWius
nullius
so\ius
totius
i\ius
utrius
alten^s
neutnws
GENITIYUS PL.
not in use
ullorum, arum, orum
nullorum, arum, orum
solorum, arum, orum
totorum, arum, orum
aliorum, arum, orum
utrorum, arum, orum
alterorum, arum, orum
neutrorum, arum, orum
V
NOM. PL.
duo, duae, duo
ambo, amb£, ambo
tres, tres, tria
ACC. PL.
duos, -as, duo
ambos, -as, -bo
tres, tres, tria
GENITIYUS PL.
duorum, duarum, duorum
amborum, ambarum, amborum
trium, trium, trium
De Pronominibus.
48. The various pronouns form their genitives in this way:
NOM. SING.
m. f. n.
hie hcec hoc
is ea id
idem, eadem idem
iste ista istud
ipse ipsa ipsum
Me ilia Mud
qui quce quod
quis quce quid
GEN. SING.
m. f. n.
huius
eius
eiusdem
istius
ipsius
Mius
t cuius
GEN. PLUR.
m. f. n.
horum harum horum
eorum earum eorum
eorumdem earumdem eotumdem
istorum istarum istorum
ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum
illorum illarum illorum
quorum quarum quorum
Mixed Examples: Illius scriptoris magni; illorum scriptorum magnorum; huim
casae humilis; harum casarum humilium; cuius pictoris parvi; quorum pictorum parvorum;
eius fabric* maioris et atrae; earum fabricarum maiorum et atrarum; solius patns httera-
rii; solorum patrum litterariorum ; nullius filias maioris; nullarum filiarum maiorum; alius
pueri minoris; aliorum puerorum minorum.
49. Whenever two nouns, dependent on one another, occur in a sentence, one of
them will be in the genitive case; the other may be in any case, but it also may be in
genitive. If there be three nouns, two will be in genitive; as: rota pilenti; rota pilent» fabri-
catoris . _ If th ese nouns are joined by conjunctions, like et, vel, aut, & c ., or divided by
commas, they are not related, but enumerated, in which case the above rule does not
apply, as: pabo, arcera, sardcum, pilentum sunt currus, vel vehicula.
50. This relation of two nouns may express that relation which exists between a
father and his son, as, filius patris, that is, of origin and source, or of possessor and posses-
sion, as, taberna mercatorls, or of quality, as, crux rubri coloris, and some others.
51. The relation of the possessor and possessed being the most typical and most
frequent application of genitive, it may be stated as a rule, that the possessor is placed
into the genitive case, the possession into any case, and, that the possession precedes, the
possessor follows in the order, as: templum est domus Dei, not Deidomus ; unless some spe-
cial consideration demands the inversion.
De Terbis.
52. Verbs, in all languages, are of two kinds by form, or voice : Verba Acti va, and
Verba Pass.ra, r verbs of active voice, and verbs of passive voice. The Latin lansruare
has a third class of verbs called Verba Deponentia, or deponent verbs, which bear a passive
form, but by meaning they are active either transitive, or intransitive, but they cannot be
used passively, as: fabricor, loquor.
53. Again, all verbs are either laifnita, r Finita. The Infinita are those that are not
circumscribed, or limited, by persons, as, for instance, to write, to walk (since we do not
specify, or limit, who does it); Finita are those that are so limited to persons, as I write
"e walks. >
54. This limitation of the powers of the verbs is effected by the manner ( mo dus) in
which we utter them; the time, in which the action of the verb takes place; and by the
person performing, or suffering the action of the verb.
A) As to manner, or mode, of uttering, four Modi are distinguished: (1) (Modus
Infimtus or Infinitivus (Infinitive mode); (2) modus Indications (Indicative mode) ;
3) Modus Conmnciivus (Conjunctive, also called Subjunctive, mode); and (4) Modus
Imperaiivus (Imperative, or commanding mode).
B) As to the time which specifies the action of the verb, we distinguish these six-
Tempus Praams now-time, present time, or tense) ; T em P us Prceteritum lmperjedum
the time not completely passed (imperfect); Tempus Prceieritum Perfectum, the completely
passed time (perfect tense) ; Tempus Prceteritum Plus-quam- Perfectum, the time, more than
completely passed (pluperfect tense); Tempus Futurum Simplex, the simple time to-come
(simple future); and, Tempus FuturumExactum, thedone-time yet to-come (future perfect
ense). - Of these the Present, the Past, and the Future are called Primary Tenses, the
Imperfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect, are called Secondary Tenses.
C) As to the persons restricting the power of the verb, we distinguish three- the First
tZ2 ( Pe / SO - P » m f^ h ^oer, or speaker; the Second Person (Person, Secunda
towards which he first person acts, or speaks to; and Third Person (Persona Tertia)
Persons, thc St P ?° U aCtS ° r Speaks or the Person spoken about. - These
persons are either in Singular, or in Plural Number.
di„ m D) B ' sides * hese . the L »tin verb has the following parts: four Participia, one Oernn.
dium, one Oerundlvnm, and two Supina.
De Temporibu8 Primitivis.
4 u t 55 ' F ° r „* e . classification of *e verbs, and for the finding of the various time-endines
the Tempora Pr.nmiva, or Principal Parts, furnis h the clews. These are: * '
1st person Praes . p rat
Pres.Indic Infinit Indic . J m
,! - v ° co ' vocare ' vocavi, vocatum
• doceo, OocSre, d6c ui, doctum
"' i cn *°> scribere > scripsi, scriptum
1V ' mdi0 < audire < audivi, auditum
52
From these four stems are all other tenses formed, as will be explained later on.
56 The present of the Infinitive decides in each verb to which conjugation that verb
belongs, it has a different characteristic vowel for each of the four conjugations, as:
1. -ire, — 2. -<>»«. emere
or vendere, to buy, or to sell for a higher, larger, more price; less, smaller price; dearer,
cheaper. - 5. Mm didicerunt, have learned, or studied »» boys. - 6. Future of Co. «'»,
fit, fimus, fitis, tiunt, to become; thou too wilt become learned ; ** **, to thee; lame", and
yet. - 7. Adv. at the same place. - 8. Pra;s. Coni., that we may - 9. Pres- partic in
accus., like ardentem.
55
EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI.
i. Qudmodo fit currus? - 2. Qua? vehicula vectaverunt merces
mercatorum in suas tabernas ? - j. Quo vehuntur ^groti ? — 4 Quod-
genus vthiculum est carpentum? _ j. Quos viros et mulieres vocamus
parentes ? — 6. In quid fabricantur merces domini fabricarum ? — Quid
solet cocus agere quum (when) caminus ^dium fumat? - 8 Quis fit
doctus? — 9. Quid est doctrina? — disciplina? — Quis fuit M T
Cicero ? — 1 1. Quid solent agere ii, qui templa frequentant ? — 12 Num
tabernarn minons vendunt suas merces ut maioris emant ? — Quid fit
(what happens ?) ? v
EXERCITIA LOQUENDI.
1. A. Heus} puer, quid agis ?
2. A. At ego iam hdbeo totum exercitium
scriptum, 3 tu autem non habes.
3. A. AtquP habuisti; quo posuisti earn?
4. A. Quid igitur ages? iam non habes
multum temporis.
5.
6.
A. Tenesne 6 cuncta verba qu£ magister
te docuit? Si non teneas, legam ea ut
audias. Hstne grammatica tua Latina ad
manum?
A. Ages igitur, curre in tabernarn gvi-
phidem emptum, 9 turn recurras domum
cele*riter. Ego et amicus Pictor interea hie
sed£bimus.
A. Tu autem facn u t in tabernarn cur-
ras, non autem ut soles, post pilenta
curses !
B. Quid agam? 2 Id quod tu, nempe, nihil.
B. Verum, profectoest, sedhabebo; prius
tamen emam gdphidem, nullam enim
habeo-
B. Inter libros patris, supermensam, sed
iam non est ibi.
B. Curram protinuss \ n tabernarn, emam,
feram domum, atque pensum illico descn-
bam-
B. Gratias7 tibl Mbe o et ago mfcimas;
multa eorum verborum tineo, non tamen
cuncta.
B. Curram ergo celemme quam 10 pedes
me ferre possunt. Tu autem atque amicus
Pictor, si ita placet, aliquid legetis: nam ego
et pater multos bonosque habemus libros.
InteVea valete !
B. Non faciam! 12
be di? -tstr. ir co f ; m ? ying f the question ' do you ask me> what ■
s At JL rv . ' Partlc - P erf - '**> "' nln • written. — * Ye t. —
l\h,M ,' 7 Dlrect c lon ' whither? with accus.: domum, home. - illico = p ro tinus •
I shall write down. _ e Dost thou ho|d (mentally) . thee; ^ (taag< % umy /"!:
56
7 Qritia, «, In such case usually in pi. «W. to thee; grati.s habeo, and V- ago, or both
toeether, I thank you (1 have and do thanks to thee) ; many of those words ... - Im-
Ztol ofZ, go ahead then. - • Ecptum, see Principle 56, on sup.num; -cums thou
wi un back (re-contraction of retro, backward) ; i»terea, i„ the mean time- - Cele -
rimequam . . . Most swiftly than . . . (my) feet can carry me; placet? ^personally,,
it so pleases (ye), if you please. - Vale.,* «i, itum, , am in my usual «>busUond,hon of
health; I have the health, bodily strength, ability, mental vigor hence valetudo, ... , i.
5S co.valesc.,3 ui , , am regaining my vigorous health ; vale udmanum an hospita o
r 8 a.itari.m (a word of no Roman authority) ; hence also valed.co, va.ed.C.o, from va. te !
farewell' 1 say 'farewell', 'farewell-saying. - » Whilst thou see to it, that . . . fac.
imperat. of «acio, make it happen. - This «t is an adv. as, ut soles, as thou art wont, as
you are accustomed to do. - Cm,' v. .., habitually running, to run forward and back-
ward to roam; frequentative of c«rro,3 and its own frequentative form is curs.to, to run
ceaselessly, to run up and down, back and forth, to be given (particularly to vain) running;
here, as boys do, to run after buggies, wagons. — 12 hall not do (so) !
57
PENSVM QVINTVW.
i.
O Iterum circulum simplicem descripsi. — Hiiic 1 circulo alterum
maiorem ? circiimdabo® ? utsit 2 circulus duplex. — His 3 duofous
drculis tertium addam exterius, ita, ut circulus sit triplex (?§n)
— Nunc ponam punctum ill 4 ((0©))) medium trium circulorum. —
Circulus exterior, qui est maximus, est circum 5 interiorem, minorem,
iile vero est circum lntimuin, & minimum, in medio cuius est pun-
ctum. Punctum est in medio circulo minimo, cui 6 maior estcircumdatus;
hunc maiorem autem maximus cingit.
1. Huic, is the dative case of hie, hac, hoc, f or all three genders ; circulo i 5 the dative
case of circulus ; maiorem, [ s the accus. s., m. & f. of maior, comparative m. & f . of ma-
gnus, a. um, circumdabo j s the simple future of circumdoi, dedi, datum, to surround, to put
around. — Though of the I. conjugation, the a and e, radical vowels, are very short, and
they throw the accent back upon the u f circum, as, circumdare, circumdabo ; I shall put
(give) around (to) this circle another, larger one.
2. Sit, 3d pers. sing. pres. tense, Coniunctivus of sum, es, est, = be, it be ; "t sit, i n
order that it be. It runs: sim, sis, sit, simus, sitis, sint, be I, be thou, be he, she, it ; be we,
be ye, be they.
3. Dat. pi. of hie, hax, hoc, of duo, and of circulus ; to these two circles ; ad + do 3
didi, ditum, f ut . addam, =des, *6et, = demus, detis, -dent, I shall give to, I shall add. Take
notice that do, with its compounds, governs two cases, the accus., of what one gives, or
adds ; we cannot say in Latin I give him a book, two accusatives, but I give to him a book
do ei librum. Triplex, treble, triple threefold ; exterius, adv., outward-
4. In, prepos. when it means direction, like into, it governs accus., like here, I put a
dot into the middle of the three circles ; otherwise, when it answers the question where?
(not whither?), it is joined with abl., as in the next sentence, ia medio.
5. Prep., around, w. ace; minorem, compar. of parvus, a, urn, in ace m. & f.; inti-
mus, a, um, innermost, in ace; minimus, a, um, superl of parvus, the smallest.
6. Cui, dat. of all three genders of qui, quae, quod, to whom, to which; -datus, a, um,
perf. partic of circumdo; this puts qui into dative, cui. — Cingo? xi, ctum, to girdle, to
surround w- something, to encircle.
?8
Istis 7 tribus circulis, cum puncto in medio, quadratum
extrinsecus circumduct quo facto, 8 fit scopus.
Scopi fieri 9 solent e 10 pliiribus tabulis commissis,
E- albo 11 et nigro colore distinctis, quod 12 hi colores e longin-
quoclarius yideri&disceruipossunt — Hae tabulae pictae 13
deinde palo, in terram defosso, & in altitudiuem plunum
scopus pedum erecto, afflguntur.
7 Dative pis- of iste, tres, circulus. - Cum, prep., with, always w. abl., with a dot
in the middle. - Like exterius, on the outside, outward, - *e _ very short, accent on
eXt ™8 Abl s. of quod ; abl. sin. of factum, perf. part- neuter of facio, done, quo f ado a
pure abl. without prepos- cum; (with) which done, with this done, this being done, after
this is done, fit scopus, a target arises, a target turns out. Mark this Latinism ; it is exceed-
ingly frequent; we shall have many of them.
9. Fieri solent e tdbulis, they are usually made of boards. F,o, fieri, facta. sum is
supposed to be the passive form of facio, but it is not quite so. It rather seems to be the
Greek fU6, to beget, it furnishing the perfect of sum, as fni, receiving in return its own
perfect from facio (f actus sum); hence the supposition that it is the passive of facio. Some
idioms- ut fit, as is usually the case; «t fieri solet, assolet, as it usually happens; f»en potest
it is quite possible, perhaps it is so ; fiat lux ! be there light! (in the Bible) ; Hat voluntas tua
happen thy will! (not thy will be made r done) ; fieri quod tibi uou vis, alter! ne fecerk]
that which thou dost not will to happen to thee, thou wilt not do to another. Fiat money,
come-into-being-money, whereas sit would mean be K being!
10. E pluribus tdbulis commissis, out of several (more) boards joined or jointed,
fitted, moulded, or grooved, or glued. E before consonants ex before vowels and h (this
principle is not strictly observed), a preposition, governing ablative case; therefore plus,
tabula and commissus are in abl- pi- whose endings are -is, in I. and II., -ibus in III. and
IV., -ibus in V. — Committor si, ssum, fr. con, together and mUto, in perf. partic, sent,
put' joined, jointed together ; commissura, ae, is the seam, or line of jointure.
11. Mbus, a, urn, white ; niger t gra, urn, black. — Hereafter I shall mark adjectives
of this kind by -us, a, urn, or er, a , urn &c. — Perf- partic. of disiinguo? xi, ctum, pro-
perly to touch asunder, stain or paint in two different colors, so as to make a thing easily
discernible, to make the difference apparent, to distinguish ; in abl. pi., qualifying tabulis,
then: Targets are usually made of several (pieces of) boards, joined together, painted (in,
with; white and black color(s). - - Note (a) the -is abl. pi. endings, all governed by*
(tx); (b) the -o and -e abl. sing, endings, not governed by any preposition ; this latter is
again a pure abl- , .
12. As, since, because ; e longinquo (-urn, i), from a distance, from far. — Clarius,
adv. In comparative, more dearly; pass. Inf. of videre, to be seen; pass Inf. of discerno
(dis ■ asunder, apart )■' crevi, creium, to pick out, or single out one, or more by sight
from a crowd; "as these colors can more clearly be seen and known apart from afar."
13. -US. a % «m, perf. part, of pingo, painted. — -us x i % a pole, dat. s.; terra, ce> earth,
?9
Scopus est res eiusmodi, in quam arma" nostra iaculatoria
collineamus, ac tela nostra, veluti sagittas ex arcu, glandes
& globos funda, aut sclopeto coniicimus & iaculamur, sicque nos
in iaculando exercemus.
Quaestiones 1 *: Quid egi iterum ? — Quomodo est circulus triplex
factus ? 16 — Quam rem circumdedi circulo ? — Ubi est punctum ? —
Cui rei est circulus maximus circumdatus? — Quomodo fit scopus ? —
Quibus 17 coloribus distinguuntur tabulae ? — Ob quam causam ? 18 —
In quern lisum 19 est scopus?
VOCABVLARIVM 13.
Nna Adi.
Verba
Adverbia
triplex, icis
circumdo, dare, dedi, datum
exterius, ctfrius
intimus, a, um
minimus, a, um
sit
addo 3, didi, ditum
extrinsecus
plus, pluris
albus, a, um
cingx>3. xi ctum
circumduco 3, xi, ctum
Pronomlna
nig-er, gra, um
long-inquus, a, um
iaculatorius, a, um
fio, fieri, factus sum
committo 3, si ssum
disting-uo 3, xi, ctum
nos
noster, tra, um
maior, ior, ius
video 2, di, sum
minor, or, nus
discerno 3, crevi, turn
defodio 3, di, ssum
Praepositiones
erigro 3, rexi, ctum
affigo 3, xi, xum
circum
collineo 1, vi, turn
cum
coniicio 3, ieci, ctum
e, ex
iaculor 1 , atus sum
in
exerceo 2, ui, itum
Nna Subst.
scopus, i
tabula, 32
palus, i
terra, as
altitudo, inis, f.
arma, orum, n.
telum, i
sagitta, ae
arcus, us
glans, dis, f.
globus, i
funda, as
sclopetum, i
causa, as
quasstio, nis, f.
usus, us, m
medium, ii
ground, accus. sing, on ac. of in; -defossus, a, um, perf. part, of defddio* dissum to dig
down, qualifies palo, to a pole, dug down into the ground ; altitudo, inis, f., height, or
depth; perf. part, of erigo* erexi,erecium, fr. e, ex + rego* xi, ctum, to straighten,' fr
rex, regio, regula, rectus, a,um, to raise upright, in dat. s. ; affigo** xi, xum (ad+figo, 3 xi,'
xum) to fasten, to attach, in passive form ; "are fastened (fixed) to a pole, dug down
into the ground and raised to the height of several feet".
14. Jlrma, armorum, only pi., fr. armus, i, the shoulder joints ; hence such weapons
as are carried on, or leaning against the shoulder, as spears, battle-axes, arches, in our
times, guns; the others, like swords, darts, slings, are tela, (telum, i); arms; — Noster,
tta, um, poss. pron. of more possessors, our, ours. —Iaculatorius, a, um, fitted for shoot-
ing. — Collineo, 1 vi, turn, to aim. — Sagitta, ce, an arrow; arcus, us, m., an arch, a bow,
mzbl; glans, dis, an acorn, leaden bullets, used by Roman slingers, with the sentence
engraved on several found : ROMA FERI (O Godess Rome, strike!); globus, i a ball ;
funda, 03, a sling; sclopetum, i, a gun, our present fire-arms. — This word was employed
by all Europe since fire arms came into use, and I want to perpetuate it here, though not
known to the Romans. The Roman root is scloppo} vi, turn, to pop, the sound of the
explosion of a gun, or any similar crack. Because some stray MSS. presented the spelling
6o
as stloppo, or even stlopo, the inferences and speculations of German philologers and doctors
should not be listened to. This is the tradition. — Coniicio? iid 9 tectum to throw, to hurl;
iaculor} aius saw, to hurl, to shoot, to fire: a verbum deponens. — Nos, nom. pi. of
ego, we, and its accus., as here; taculando, abl. of ger. by shooting; exerceo 2 , m, citum,
to exercise, to practice "our selves in shooting."
15. Quastiones, nom. pi. of qucestio, nisj., an asking, a question, fr. qucero* sivi,
itum, to seek, inquire, ask.
16. Perf • part, of tacio, made.
17. Abl. pi. of qu', Q Uffi » Q uod ' and Q« is , Q uaB ' Q uid ; by or with what colors . . .
18. Causa, ce, cause, reason; for what reason?
19. Usus, us, m., fr. utor, 3 usus sum, to make use, in accus. s., for what use ?
II.
o
/^\ Alter horum circulorum est integer, 1 alter vero
( j dimidiatus ; du« partes dimidiae huius sunt duo
V — / semi-circuli.
Lineolae, quas priori circulo lindique 2 appli-
cui, eff iciunt, ut haec figura speciem solis re.
ferat; circulus enim ipse erit sol, lineolae autem
radii eius erimt. — Iuxta solem ponimus par
Luna Sol Stella
semi-circulorum, alterum in altero, in similitudinem 3 lunae, ac, de-
nique, ex altera parte parvulum solem collocabimus; ea est Stella.
1. Integer, gra, urn, declined like =us, a, am; accent on in-; whole, unbroken, unda-
maged, not spoiled, -us, a, urn, perf. part, of dimidio 1 , vi, atum, to half, cut into halves;
-dius, a, urn, and as a noun-dium, ii, a half. — Semis, semissis, m., the half, the half
part of a thing, derived from it an idecl. particle, semi-, half (Greek ncmi French demi,
which latter is the corruption of Latin dimi-dium), used in forming compounds like semi,
circulus, semi-vivus, semesus, &c.
2. IJndique, adv., accent strongly on un- from all parts, all around; -co, 1 avi, alum,
Hum, both forms used, both good; perhaps the ««, itum form is prevalent. —Species, eij.,
form, appearance, what is seen (specto); s 6l, is, »., the sun ; refero, 3 retuli, relatum, to
bring back; speciem alicuius rei referre = to have, to carry resemblance of a thing. — Erit'
pi. erunt, is Futurum simplex of Sum, es, est, (he, she, it) will be, (they) will be.
3. In similitudinem, -ludo, tudinis, resemblance, just as we say "in memoriam," in s.
lunae (hma, xj into, in the likeness of the moon; the - ul - is a diminutive particle; colloco 1 ,
r. (hereafter 1 shall mark by r all regular verbs, that is those ending in -vi, turn), fr. locus
i, place, = we shall place; stella, az, a star.
Quoniam^sol, luna atque stellae in coelo sunt, idcirco corpora
coelestia appellantur; ea autem 6mnia, quae in terra videmus, res ter-
restres vocantur.
hora 6-ta, vdspera
horizon
hora 6-ta, mane
horizon
Sol est in medio coelo. — Sol est in summo* vertice coeli. Veriim-
tamenesol non est semper in eodem coeli puncto; subinde est in
homonte : sol surgit in horizonte. - Quum? sol surgit, vel oritur,
est hora sexta (6) matutma ; est mane.
Antequams sol horizdntem attingit, est dilueulum; quum vero
4 Adv. since, as; caelum, i, n. in s, the sky; but in ecclesiastical Latin it is m. in
pi. ,cceh Chorum, ; pi. ,„ class. L. does not occur. - Adv., for that reason; on that account-
corpus, -pons, n. 111., pi. -ra; ccelestis, e, heavenly; terrestris, e, earthly.
5. Summus vertex -us, a, urn; -ex, ids, m. , the greatest the uppermost the highest
r. super, superus supenor, sup^us, and summm> a> f 3 P £ Z^Tttt
turning point of any thing sloping to a peak, as a mountain, as the sky, according to
popular conception, of the head, &c turning 10
6. Adv. however; adv. always ; eodem puncto, at the same int f t .
SJtori ^ a *" ne T rath,g the - earih 3nd the ^thehLon;^ S
f*' *° 1Se : _ 7 - Adv> when; »w. ™H orius sum, dep. v., to rise, to spring, to
draw its beginnings, noun, origo, Ms, t, the rise, the origin, said of the sun stars rivers
nations, &c. -Hora, ae, an hour, likely of Shemitic (Phenician?) orig n fir to' wa h '
whence Greek hora. The Romans have divided the day-time, from sunris to sunset S
shorter Thei? T? ^ 7T " ° f the ^ the hours -re longe or
Lh L prLa i nrr d f° f ° Ur "***■ WSkeS ' Vi£ilS ' 0f three ho ^' duration
each, the pr ma v,g,l,a beginning at sunset, the quarta ending at sunrise. This must be
borne in mind for understanding Roman writings, -tus, a urn, the sixth bourT d ys
s. "he^s: a,s - are counted by the ° rdinai — ; --• «. -. S of s
8. Adv. ere, before than; -go? -tigi, -factum ( ad + tango) to reach, attain, touch ,
62
primos radios nitilos in ccelum dispe^git, est aur6ra, quse idem
sonat atque 'aurea hora'. - Sole", denique, oriente, totum ccelum radns
fulgentibus coruscat; postquamvero in cceliconvexum perTenit,
orbem terrarum uniYersum lumine ac splendore perfundit.
Ab™ hora sexta matutina sol, secundum horas septimam 7 ,
octavam (8), nonam (9), decimam (io), undtfciniani (11 , veluti
per gradus, pedetentim ascendit, donee, hora duodecima (12) ver-
ticem summum attingit: tunc est meridies. - At sol nee hie consi-
Btit," nequemora-tur,sed iter suum prosequitur, ac puncto tempons
.urn, i, twilight, daybreak; -us, a, um, reddish, also the color of red hair; -go? Ja^to
scatter, disseminate (dis+spargo*); I., the dawn; -no} ui,itum to ^^£ T£ *
signifies- idem -ac before consonants, except, perhaps c and t. before which the other is
preferable (aurora is supposed to be the contraction of aurea hora, golden hour).
9. Sole oriente, instead of <— -1 oritar, a very frequent contraction in case of two
statements (sol oritur, ccelum coruscat) of two events taking place at the same time the
"when" then is omitted, the subject of the first sentence is put into abl. (sole), «d ita
predicate verb into corresponding participle (present, past or future), and ,t is made to
agree with its subject in number and case (oriente). This is again one of the pure ablatives,
ungoverned. We shall meet it often; fMgeo? si - to shine, glea m pres. part ab pi.,
qualifying radiis; corusco} - to glitter, said of tremulons light, flash (the sky is glittering
Sh brilliant rays). - Adv. after than; -um, i, the inside hollow part of a thing, like a
ten a globe, a dome, the sky; -nio* ni, turn, fr. per, through, all the way + W J
turn, to come, after (that) that the sun has arrived; -is, is, m. a «"»;"" ! s » l ' a " y
pi. ; h en it means the earth ball; -us, a, um, the entire, the whole; -or, is, m., brfihancy,
splendor; -do.'fudi, fusum, fr. per, through, all the way, throughout, + fundo, fud,, fu-
sum, to pour, to overpour, overwhelm. , „ hc „.„„rn
10 \Ab, prep., before vowels and h, a, before consonants (not strictly observed),
from, since, off, away, departing, movingaway on the same level with the .object, a way
with ablative ; secundum, prep. w. ace, along, acceding to i the following a e ordinal
numerals from seventh till twelfth, all -us, a, um, adjs.; -us, us, m. ace pi ™ to P '
a prep, governing accus. , by steps, fr. grddior? gressus sum, to step, hence 7*^^ «»•
stepping together; adv. step by step, fr. pes; -do? di, sum, fr. ad+scando a sum, to
mount, to go up, ascend; adv. until; adv. then; -es, M, /., noon. fr. med.us+dies.
, \ Jo ■ stk slitum, fr. con+sisto, the transitive form of *.. to come to standstill,
to stop! moror*, atus sum, v. dep. to tarry, also transit to delay, to detain somebody ;
iter Uneris, ». a road, a way, a journey, marching, -«er facere, to travel to march
1 r> cuius sum, v. dep. f r . pro+sequor*. cuius sum, forward-follow to continue, follow,
to pro ecute; a phrase, l-.ta.tl,. immediately ; -no} - to bend, to incline; adv. down wad.
SuTZ upward; -dior? gressus sum, fr. ad + gradior, 1 step to, hence aggressw, ms step-
p to somebody w. hostile intentions, to begin, to start, to step on his downward way.
6:
molinat, iterque deorsum aggreMitur. Deinceps^ fit hora prima
secunda, tertia, quarta, quinta, ac turn demum ad horizontem vergens
occidit & ocoumblt. - Sole ad ocddnnm" horizontem veS
lumen sensim deminuitur: tunc est crepiisculum: postauam ml
honzdntem descendit, est vesper, vel vespera Q
A mane usque" ad meridiem sunt sex hora, inde, usque ad ve-
frsTdTodlrf e VH° r£e: 3b °/ tU igitUr S0 ' iS ^ ad «£™
pus%r n d uTsS ( ; 2 peS : qU ° d ^^^ SPa ' tiUm «* Ve ' ' tem -
Dumissolin coeli convexo moratur, aer est lucid us, quia lux
sin cTer S a reS ^^ "* ^^ Ut e * Clarissime ^ pos-
1 oX?i6 Ve H° CO , rPOr f COeI&t i a ° b eandem Iucem cer "i "on possint,
Locus,i6 ubi sol oritur, est tiriens; ubi occidit, est ticcidens, ve.
usually bec^rshoriened L^ZZ ttfZSgSST*,? ** ^
*,' «M, AfMta, fr. ob+cubo,: t0 lie do^ to d"; ' ° f ** ^ t0 "*
cend' tr ' ' fr0m ab ° Ve ' +SCand °' 3 "'' sam < to mount, to go down to des
cend, -per, t, or -«, m. or -*, *, the evening, Vesper, is, evening star.
14. Adv. till, until, usually with a r ad as- a temnlo usnnA * r
ad tempi.* usque , „ gque ad templum unti ° as 'fa ' as ftTTT' ? "* ^ * ^ Chl "' Ch
there are sixhni>r*-,w„ ^ «. !' the church : from morning tiil nooi
ZJn! rf d Sd b turn ;'d ^ ^ ^^ SimiMy ' ' V '' the risi ^ IV • setting
theothes ' h ^. ad ;. ln su ^ rIat -. most clearly, very clearly; a**, * a< usu ^ pl .,
^^to^'? c S- w " acc ;'? n ac , count ' for - samelight: ^'^i
apart, to'see, to view ' "^ t0 ^ ° Ut by Sight ' t0 discern »* «*. to know
books w«7'i TJ n p S '; ,^ ^ ,, ' ln Pl " ' PlaC6 ' in Ph loca > orum < P la «s; torf, passages in
vS -'-for to Ini f \T'!- $ ' m -' (S0 ' iS ""derstood), the West; -us, us, m the
West, to, r., to look, to be lookmg toward (whither he looks, or, is turned); ' ZriS
6 4
Occasus; quo spectat meridie, est Meridies, vel Auster; e regione
auTem huic est Sept^mtrio, vel Aquilo; hae sunt coeli quatuor plag*.
" Recensio: 17 Qualem circulum vocamus integrum ? — Quae res rete-
runt sDeciem solis? - lurce? Cur vocantur sol, luna, atque stellae cor-
po iSS?- Quota hbmest sol in vertice coeli ? Quando^est
meridies? - Ubiet quando oritur sol? - Quando est diluculum? —
quando crepusculum? - Num sol consistit aut moratur in vertice cceh?
- auid aeit? - Ubi & quando occidit sol? - Quo tempore est lux? -
Ob quam causam cetera corpora caelestia non videntur interdiu ? -
Quae sunt quatuor regiones, vel plagae coeli?
VOCABVLARIVM 14-
Nna. Subst.
species, ei, f.
sol, is, m.
similitude inis, f.
luna, ae
Stella, ae
coelum, i
corpus, oris, n.
vertex, icis, m.
horizon, tis, m.
hora , ae
mane, n. indecl.
diluculum, i
aurora, at
convexumi, i
orbis, is, m.
splendor, is, m.
gradus, us, m.
meridies, i'u f.
iter, itineris, n.
crepusculum, i,
vesper, eris, eri, m.
vespera, ae
ortus, us, m.
occasus, us, m.
spatium, ii
dies, ei, m. & f.
aer, is, m.
locus, i, m. pi. m. n.
oriens, tis, m.
occidens, tis, m.
auster, tri, m.
reglo, nis, f.
septemtrio, nis, m.
aquilo, nis, m.
plaga, ae
recensio. nis,
Nna. Adi.
integer, gra, um
dimidiatus, a, um
dimidius, a, um
semis, issis
coelestis, e
terrestris, e
summus, a, um
sextus, a, um
matutinus.a, um
rutilus, a, um
universus, a, um
septimus, a, um
octavus, a, um
nonus, a, um
deamus. a, um
unde'eimus, a um
duoddcimus, a, um
duodeni, ae, a
diurnus, a, um
lucidus, a, um
caeteri, ae, \
Adverbia
quoniam
idcirco
verumtamen
semper
antequam
quum
postquam
pedetentim
donee
tunc
deorsum
deinceps
demum
sensim
usque
inde
perinde
dum
quia
clarissime
cur?
quando?
Verba
applico 1 , ui, vi, itum, atum
refero, referre, tuli, latum
erit, erunt
colloco 1, vi, turn
surgo 3, rrexi, ctum
orior 4, ortus sum
attingo 3, attigi, attactum
dispergo 3, si, sum
sono, 1, ui, itum
corusco 1, vi, atum
pervenio 4, veni, ntum
perfundo 3, fudi, fusum
ascendo 3, di, sum
consisto 3, stiti. stitum
moror 1, atus sum
prosequor 3, cutussum
inclino 1, vi, atum
aggredior 3, gressus sum
vergo 3 — —
occido 3, cidi, casum
occumbo 3, cubui, cubitum
deminuo 3, ui, utum
descendo 3, di, sum
collustro 1, vi, Itum
cerno 3, crevi. cr£tum
specto, 1 , vi, Stum
Praepositiones
ab, a
sub
secundum
ob
cenbiu, ma. • • j U1
SCT?«lSX h «n, manyness. crowd, multitude; -sus, a, um,
still, noiseless, in abl. s. w. crelo; tor, 3 versus sum, passive of verfo, 2 ti, sum, to turn.
9. -nio* ni, turn, fr. ex + venio, to come out, it comes to pass; quandoque =subinde,
interdum); -//', ce, a, solitary, lonely, individual; adv., just like; -dus, a, um, deep, high;
imum, i, the depth; down into depth; -bor, H psus sum, v. d. to slide, glide, tumble, fall;
-do,'' recidi, casum, to drop, to fall; videantur, (videos di, sum, to see) passive in Tps.
Praes. Couiunctivi to seem, as though they be dropping upon the earth; these are the
"sidera cadentia" of the poets, the "falling stars".
6?
Luna non sua, sed ali^na 10 luce splendet, nempe a sole iiiutuata.
Nee est bicornis 11 siderum regina omni nocte in ceIo: noctes tales
sunt illiiaes, tempus autem interlunium. Quum vero ipsa sese visui
nostro 12 iterum praebet, fit nova luna, vel crescens, turn dimidia, ter-
tia, mox fit plena, quod plenilunium vocatur, ac tandem decrescit,
senescit, fit quarta et ultima, non raro etiam laborat, quin etiam
deficit, quum earn umbra solis obruit.
Intdrdiu, 13 luce solis, per fenestras, domus quoque nostras collus-
trantur, ita ut in cubiculis nostris commode legere, scribere, laborare
queamiis; at noctu candelam, lampades, vel lucernas quaslibet
accendimus, sine quibus laborare, aut qiiidquam agere nequinuis.
Attamen ad somnum 14 capiendum (dormiendum) luce non egenius.
10. -us, a, urn, others', belonging to others, in abl., as is sua, which, the a, e, 6, i,
abl. endings being long and emphatic, I mark, both referring to '«ce, f.; -deo? — , — (Aur.
Augustinus uses spiendui), to shine; -us, a, urn, P- P- fr. mutuor, 1 atus sum, to borrow;
with light borrowed from the sun. Luce i s again an abl. without a prep. ; this kind is called
by the grammarians "ablative of means' '.
1 1. -77/s, e, fr. cornu, us, n., a horn, + bis, twice, the two horned queen (-na, ce, the
masc. is rex, gis, king) of the stars; -nis, e, moonless period-
12. Noster, tra,um, possessive pron. of more possessors, one possession, our, \ n
dative m., the 2d person in pi. is vester, tra, urn, your; -beo, 2 ui, itum, to reach, to hand
a thing to somebody, to lend one's self, "when she again offers herself to our view"; -us, a,
urn, new; pres. part, of cresco, 3 crevi, cteium, to grow; -us, a, urn, full ; -ium, it, Plinius
Maior's word, full-moon; in late Latin there is also a novilunium; -sco, 3 crevi, turn, oppo-
site of crcsco, to decrease; not to be confounded with decretum, i, i ruling, a decree, this
is derived from decemo, 3 crevi, decretum; -sco, 3 ui, — , to grow old; adv., seldom, rarely;
-ro* 7. to work, to toil, to be pressed hard, verging on collapse; here, struggling (with
the shadow of the earth during an eclipse); conj , nay, indeed; -cio 3 feci, fecium intr. to
fail to lack, (deficit, defectus, it is absent, wanting, not there, insufficient; a fault, some-
thing missing); here, she is eclipsed; -ruo, 3 rui, ruium, (accent on 6), to overwhelm,
cover over.
13. Adv. in day time; prep. w. ace, through; queo, quire, quivi, quii, quitum ('short)
a defective werb, I can, like possum; its reverse is nequeo,* vi, ii, Hum, I can not; here,
Pros- Coni. so that we be enabled confortably to; adv., at night; -pas, dis, (Greek, accus.
lampad'J, Latin, -denn f., a i amp; the former, originally a torch, then a lamp carried at
mght; the latter, an oil lamp; but they are used promiscuously; quilibet, qucelibet, quod-
libct, whatever, like qui, quae, quod; -do 3 di, sum, to kindle, to set on fire, to light; prep,
w. abl. without, the reverse of cum, sine, quibus, without which, pi.; indef. pron. quisquam,
qucequam. qiiidquam, anybody, anything; nequeo, as above, "can not do anything."
68
Rec&isio: Quando est nox? — Qualis est nox? — quam ob cau-
sam p _ Quando est luna in coelo ? — - Quando est coelum visu iucun-
d um ? _ Quae sidera obversantur oculis circa 15 polum coeli ? — Num
ilia astra stant ? — Num Orion atque Via Lactea eodem tempore yisun-
tur? 16 _ Q u id de 17 stellis cadentibus? — Quali luce splendet luna? —
Estne luna in coelo die - noctiique ? 18 — quid quum non est ? — Quid
fit post plenilunium? — Quando dicitur 19 luna 'deficere?' — Quid
agimus in domibus ut vesperi et nocte legere queamus ? — Ad quid
agendum non egemus luce ?
14. -nus, l sleep; -*o, 3 cepi, captum, to catch, capere somnum, to get a sleep; egeo?
U l^ __ to need, to be in need of, governs abl. like in English we are not in need of light.
15. Prep. w. ace, about. — 16. Viso? visi, visum, v. frequentativum f video, here
pass-, are seen, can be seen; a further frequent, of this is visito, 1 r., to see often, to go to
see. --17. De, prep., w. abl., of, off, down from, from above, about, concerning. —
18. Adv., day-and-night. — 19. Pass, of dico? xi, ctum, to say, "when the moon is
said. . .'?"
Nna Subst.
t^nebrae, arum
nox, ctis, f.
umbra, x
calisro, inis, f.
visus, us, m.
aspectus, us, m.
polus, i
astrum, i
trio, nis, m,
ursa. ae
sidus, eris, n,
<5culus, i
venator, is, m.
Orion, is, m.
canis, Is, m.
Sirius, ii
via, ae
mu'.titudo, inis, f.
reffina, ae
intcrlunium, ii
plenilunium, ii
llmpas, adis, f.
luccrna, ae
jomnus, i
Conlunct.
cnim
quin
Vraeposltlones
prope
sine
per
dc
VOCABVLARIVM 15.
Nna. Adiect.
opacus, a, um
nocturnus, a, um
lenis, e
lansruidus, a, um
densus, a, um
serenus, a, um
siellatus, a, um
pulchcr, chra, um
iucundus. a, um
lacteus, a. um
innumerlbilis, c
silentiosu?, a, um
sintruli, ae. a
profundus, a, um
imus, a, um
alie"nus, a. um
bicornis. e
Munis, e
novus, a, um
plenus, a, um
Adverbla
pirlter
plerumque
procul
quanddquc
tamquam
raro
inte"rdiu
noctu
die-noctuque
Proaamlna
sese
quisquam,
quaequam
quidquam
quillbet.
quaelibet
quodlibet
Verba
evandsco 3, ui, -
mergro 3, si, sum
obre*po 3, psi, ptum
conspicio 3, xi, ctum
dffero 3, obtuli. oblatum
intueor 2, itus sum
obversor 1 , atus sum
mico 1, cui, —
palo 1, vi, turn
verto 3, ti sum
£venit 4, [ev£n!o 4, ni. ntum]
labor 3, lapsus sum
cado 3, ce"cidi, casum
splendeo 2, ui —
mutuor I, Itus sum
praebco 2, ui, itum
crcsco 3. crevi, cretum
decrcsco 3, vi, turn
senesco 3, ui, —
labdro 1, vi, turn
deficio 3, feci, ctum
<5bruo 3, ui, rutum
queo, quivi, quii, quitum
nequeo 4, vi, ii, ftum
accendo 3, di, sum
cipio 3, cepi captum
e"freo 2, ui, —
viso 3. si, sum
dico 3, xi, ctum
69
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATIC/E.
De Noniinibus Substantivis et Adiectiris.
58. Two new cases are presented in this lesson, the Casus Dativus and the Casus Ab-
lativus. The former is the case of approaching, nearing, the latter is the case of departing,
receding. Their endings are summed up in the following table:
CASUS
1.
II.
ill.
IV.
V.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Sing.
Plur.
Nominativus
-a
-33
-us,-er
-um
-i,-a
—
-es, -a
-ia
-us
-us
-t;
-es
Genitivus
-a*
-arum
-i
-drum
-is
-um,
-ium
-us
-uum
•ei
-erum
Dativus
-ce
is
-6
-is
-*
•ibus
~ui
subi-
-ei
-ibus
Accusativus
-am
-as
-um
-6s, -a
-em,
-es, a,
-ia
-um
-us
-em
-es
Ablativus
-a
*
•6
-is
-e y -i }
-ibus
-u
-ibus
-e
ebus
Note 1. Observe that the dat. and abl. pi. of the I. and II. end in -is, whilst the III.,
IV., and V. end in -bus, with the respective characteristic vowels added, which are i in the
III., i or u (German u) in the IV. and e in the V- Of the u (") I shall speak later on.
Note 2. A few nouns, such as have ■■« ending for the male, an B.
nostra
Nrus. Sing.
nostro
m. f.
n.
m.
f.
n.
Nom.
brevis brevis
breve
maior
maior
maius
Geo.
brevis brevis
brevis
maioris
Dat.
brevi brevi
brevi
maiori
Ace,
brevem brevem
breve
maiorem
maiorem
maius
Abl.
brevi brevi
Nrus. Plur.
brevi
maiori
Nrus Plur.
Nom.
breves breves
br£via
Gen.
breVium
maiores
maiores
maiorum
maiora
Dat.
br£vibus
maioribus
Ace.
breves breves
breVia
maiores
maiores
maiora
Abl.
breVibus
mai6ribus
Nom. Sing.
61. Pronomina.
m. f. n.
hie haec
hoc
ille
ilia illud
Nom.
ingens
huius
illius
Gen.
ingentis
huic
illi
Dat.
ingenti
hunc hanc
hoc
ilium ilium illud
Ace.
ingentem, ingentem, i
ngens
h6c hie
h6c
ill6
ill* illo
Abl.
ingenti
Nrus. Plur
Nrus. Plur.
Nrus. Plur.
hi has
hrc
illi
illas ilia
Nom.
ingentes ingentes
ingentia
horum harum horum
illorum -arum -orum
Gen.
inglntium
his
illis
Dat.
inge*ntibus
Ace.
ingentes ingentes
inglntia
hos, has
hasc
illos
illas ilia
Abl.
ingentibus
his
illis
73
Nrus. Sing.
Nrus. Sing.
Nrus. Sing.
Norn.
ipse ipsa
ipsum
qui
quae
quod
is
ea id
Gen.
ipsius
cuius
eius
Dat.
ipsi
cui
ei
Ace.
ipsum ipsam
ipsum
quern
quam
quod
eum
earn id
Abl.
ipso ipsa*
ipso
quo
qui
quo
e6
ti e6
Nrus. Plur.
Nrus. Plur.
Nrus. Plur.
Norn.
ipsi ipsae
ipsa
qui
quae
quae
ii
eae ea
Gen.
ipsorum -arum
-orum
quorum
quarum
quorum
eorum
earum eorum
Dat.
ipsis
quibus
iis (eis)
Ace.
ipsos ipsas
ipsa
quos
quas
quae
eos
eas ea
Abl.
ipsis
quibus
iis (eis)
Like >s ea id, j s also declined Mem eadem, idem; like qui, quae quod, quidam, quaedam,
quoddam, quis quae quis, aliquis* aliqua, aliquid, quisquam quaequam quidquam, quilibet,
quivis, quiscunque-
EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.
Pron. hffic, noun candela (I.), participle ardens, m., f. Norn. s. : hasc cand£la ardens ;
Gen., huius candelae ardentis; Dat. /;#/«; (one syllable) candelae ardent/; Ace, hanc cand£lam
ardentem; Abl., hdc candeli ardent/.
Note 4. Nouns, as a rule, take e in the abl. of III.; adjectives receive the i\ participles,
when used as nouns, follow the rule of the nouns, if they are employed as adjectives, take
the i as do the adjectives, as is the case here with ardenti. When a participle is used as a
participle with verbal power, as is the case with the Ablativus Absolutus (soleoriente) the
e ending is used. All those nouns and adjectives, that receive » in the abl., will take the
-ium ending in gen. pi., and -ia in nom. and ace. pi.; if neuter.
N °ra. pl. : hae candelae ardentis; Gen., harum candelarum ardent/ww; Dat. his candel/s
zrdtntibus; Ace., has candelas ardentis; Abl., his candel/s ardenttfws.
Hie eirailus integer (11. ) — ; huius circuli integri; huic circuld integro, hunc circulum
integrum; hoe circulo integrd; hi circuli integri; h6rum circul6rum integrorum; his circuits
Integra; hos circulos integros; his circul/s integr/s.
Iste vir (II., m.) magnus; istius viri magni; ist/ vird magnd; istum virum magnum;
iStd vird magnd; isti viri magni; istorum virorum magnorum; istis vin's magn/s; istos
viros magnos; ist/s vir/s magn/s.
Illepuer (II- m.) mdior (comparat. m. of magnus, III.); illius pueri maidris; Mi
puerd maior/; ilium puerum maiorem; illd puerd maior/; illi pueri maior£s; ill6rum pue-
r6rum maiorum; ill/s pilaris mzloribus; illos pueros maiore's; ill/s puer/s maiortfws.
74
Hoc tectum (II. n.) ^///«s (compar. of aHum, m., n .); huius tecti altioris; huic tecto
altiori; hoc tectum iltius; h6c tectd alti6ri; haac ticta altidra; h6rum tectorum altitfrum;
his tectis altidribus; hsec tecta alti6ra; his tectis alti6ribus.
Quis miles (III. m.) novus (II. m.); cuius militisnovi; cui{ one syllable) militi novo;
quern militem novum; quo milite nov6; qui militesnovi; quorum militum nov6rum; quibus
mWitibus nov/s; qu6s milit£s nov6s; quibus militibus novis.
Is auctor (III., m.) Romanus (II., m.); eius auctoris Romim; ei auctori Roman6;
eum auctorem Rominum; eo auctore Romano; ii auctores Romini; eorum auct6rum
Roman6rum; Us (eis) aucttfribus Rominis; e6s auctores Rominos; iis (eis) auctoribus
Rominis.
Quisque sacerdos doctus; cuiiisque sacerdotis docti; cuique sacerdoti docto; quemque
sacerdotem doctum; qu6que sacerdote docto; quique sacerdotes docti; quorumque sacer-
d6tum doctorum; quibusque sacerd6tibus doctis; quosque sacerdotes doctos; quibusque
sacerddtibus doctis.
Ulla turris celsa; ullius turris celsas; ulli turri celsae; ullam turrim celsam; ulla" turri
celsi; ullae turres celsae; ullirum turrium celsarum; ullis turribus celsis; ullas turret celsis;
ullis turribus celsis.
Noster pater (III., m.) bonus (II., m.); nostri patris boni; nostra patri bono; nos-
trum patrem bonum; nostra pitre bon6; nostri patris boni; nostrorum patrum bonorum;
n6stris paribus bonis; nostras patr£s bonds; nostris paribus bonis.
Quae mater (III., f.) clara (I.); cuius matris claras; cui matri clarae; quam matrem
claram; qua matre clad; qua? matres clarae, quirum mitrum clarirum; quibus matribus
Claris; quis matres Clara's; quibus mitribus Claris.
Allerum corpus (III., n-) coeleste (III., n.), alteYius corporis coelestis; ilteri corpori
coelesti; alteram corpus coeleste; alter6 corp6re coelesti; Altera corpora coelestia; alterorum
corporum coelestium; alteris corpdribus coelestibus, iltera corpora coel£stia; alteris corpo-
ribus coelestibus.
llludtempus (III., n.) prceteritum (II., n.); illius t£mporis praet^riti; illi timpori prae-
terit6; illud tern pus praeteritum; ill6 tempore praet^ritd ; ilia timpora praetirita; illdrum
t£mporum prasterittfrum; illis temp6ribus praetiritis; ilia timpora pratiritajillistemporibus
praet£ritis.
Eadem merx (III., f.) tenuis (III., f.) eiusdem mercis tinuis; eidemmerci tinui; ean-
dem (eamdem) mercem t£nuem; eaedem merc£s tenuis; einindem meVciumteniiium; iisdem
(eisdem) m£rcibus tenuibus; eisdem merce*s tenuis; iisdem meVcibus teniiibus.
Una manus (IV., f.) recta (I-, f.); unius mantis rectae; uni minui rectas; unam
manum rectam; una' manii recti; duas manus recta:; duirum minuum rectarum; duibus
minibus rectis; duis manus recta's; duibus minibus rectis.
Uterque dies (V., m.) pulcher; utriusque dial pulchri; utrique di£i pulchr6; utrumque
diem pulchrum; utr6que die pulchro; utrique dies pulchri; utrdrumque dieVum pulchrd-
rum ; utrisque di£bus pulchris; utrdsquc di£s pulchros; utrisque di£bus pulchris.
75
EXERCITIA LEGENDL
i. His (circulis quinque) sextus accedit, * qui superiorem partem
mundi 2 ab inferiori secernit . . . Dimidia enim pars mundi semper supra
dimidia infra est. Hanc lineam, quae inter aperta 3 & occulta est Grseci 4
horizonta vocant, nostri 5 finitortem dixere, alii finientem. Adiiciendus 6
est ad hunc meridianus circulus, qui horizonta rectis angulis secat. —
Ergo horizon, siva finiens circulus, quinque illos orbes — secat, et
efficit decern partes : quinque ab ortu quinque ab occasu. Meridianus
circulus, qui in horizonta incurrit, 7 regiones duasadiicit. —
Sen. Nat. Quaest. V. 17.
i. Goes to, is added. — 2. Gen. mundus, i, world; =no, 3 crevi, turn, to
separate. — 3. Accus. pi. n., open and hidden (=io, 4 ui, turn, to open, occulo, 3
ui, ltum, hidden, concealed) the part above the line, therefore seen, the other,
beneath it, hidden. 4. The Greeks; =ta, Greek accus., the Latin is =era. — 5.
Ours, i. e., the Romans; -ere: same as =£runt, have said, called, finitor (an
ender, a boundary line. — 6. Must be added; =io, pi. abl. at . . . — 7. Runs into;
throws, adds two more . . .
2. Quos nostri Septem solid 1 vocitare Triones,
Cic. N. D., Aart. II. 41.
1. Soleo, 2 tus sum; frequent, of voco, used to call . . .
3. Septimodie (Galli) ferventes 1 glandes, fundis, 2 et ferve-
facta iacuia in casas iacere coeperunt.
Caesar, B. G., V. 35.
1. Hot. — 2. Abl, of funda; heated; -um, i, a dart; to throw; to begin.
4. Quod e tabulis vehiculum erat factum, ut area, 1 arcera dictum
— Varro, LL. 5.
1 . Like a chest, box.
5. A septemtrionali latere summus est Aquilo, medius Septemtrio,
imus Thracias. —Sen. N. Qu. V. 16.
6. Hie 1 mutat mercessurgentea sole, adeum 2 quo Vespertinatepet 3
re §i°. Hor. S. 1.4.29—30.
1. This man; -to, V., to change, exchange; from the East. — 2. To him (to that
7 6
sun); from which. - 3, Becomes warm; the evening region, West; trading from till
Orient to the farthest West.
7. Hie vertex nobis semper sublimis 1 ; at ilium
Sub pedibus Styx 2 atra videt, manesque profundi.
Virg. G. I., 242—3.
1. is, e, high, too high; for us; but that one (accus.).— 2. -jris, f., the lower
world; -nes, ium, the departed souls (see the other zenith, or nadir of the sky).
8. Illic 1 sera rubens accendit lumina Vesper. Vir. Q. 1. 251.
1 Ibi- late; reddish; evening star; a very pretty poetical image; the belated
evening star (in summer) lights up, kindles, the lights of the heavens, as she is
the first to appear.
9. Vertitur interea coelum & ruit 1 Oceano nox,
Involvens umbra magna terramque polumque.
Virg. /En. II. 250—1
1. Dashes; from the Ocean (from the West); -vo 3 , vi, utum, to enwrap;
both, the earth and the heavens (polus).
10. (Litteras) multo mane mihi dedit. Cic. Att. 5. 4. 1.
1. Very early morning; to me.
1 1. A mane usque ad vesperam. Suet * Ca,i 2- ,8 «
12. Hora quota est? Hor. S. II., 6, 44.
I* lam nox humida 1 coelo
Prsecipitat, suadentque 2 cadentia sidera somnos.
Virg., /En. II., 8—9.
1. Damp; to. 1 r., to fall headlong (nox e coelo). — 2. -eo, 2 si, sum, to advise,
suggest. This, with many others, well deserves to be memorized.
14. Esseda 1 festinant, pilenta, petorita, naves. Hor. Ep., II., 1, 192.
1. um, i, a wagon; hurry; petoritum, like sarracum,a heavy wagon, or dray;
ships.
I* sed tamquam in eodem valetudinario iaceam.
Sen. Ep. 27.
77
i6. Supplices 1 audi pueros Apollo;
Siderum regina bicornis audi,
Luna, puellas.
Carmen Saeculare, 35.
I -lex, icis, beseeching; imperative of audio, -Io, inis, god of the sun; the sun.
EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI.
i. Quomodo facimus scopum? — 2. E quibus rebus solet scopus
fieri? 3. Quibus coloribus distinguimus eas tabulas? — quare
( w hy) ? _ 4. Cui rei affiguntur tabulae pictse? — 5. Quidagimusfundis
et sclopetis? — 6. Quae sunt corpora ccelestia?— quare vocantur ita?—
7. Quid fit hora sexta matutina? — hora duodecima? — hora sexta
vespertina? — B. Quid est dies? — 9. Quxt sunt cceli plagae? — 10.
Quo tempore fit nox? — 11. Quae sidera videntur tempore nocturno,
ccelo claro? — 12. Quando laborat et deficit luna?— 13. Quid facimus
in domibus nostris quum sunt tenebrse, atque idcirco non videmus? —
14. Ad quid agendum non egemus luce?
EXERCITIA LOQVENDI.
Pueri Marcus et Publius colloquuntur.
1. M. Eho/Publi, usque domi lates'
Fortasse 2 modo surrexisti.
2. M. Oh ego non sum tain seden-
tarius 5 quam tu, nee mihi cum sole
surgere placet, sed in aprico versari.
Nunc curram 6 visum milites qui iacula-
tum, exercitationis causa, prodiverunt.
3
arcus sagittasaue non euro
quidem placet iaculari, sed sclopeto et
glandibus, ut milites; quam 12 cupiosclo-
petum habere!
4. M. Tune 14 vis pueros dienoctuque
libris incumbere oportere? Ego vero
M. O te f ortunatum ! 10 attamen, ego
11 ; ne funda
1. P. Sum 2 profecto usque domi; at
non modo surgo; nam quotidie cum sole
consuevi surgere. Sed quid novi? 4 quo
tu paras ire?
2. P. At, Marce 7 mi chare, quid tua
interest milites scopo se exercentes spec-
tare? Vide 8 , sis, ego habeo arcum &
sagittas, quando libet 9 , his rebus domi
nostra? memet exerceo.
3. P. Vana 13 sunt quae memoras,
amice; ego omnia quae ad venatumspec-
tant, habeo: subinde quum vacat, etiam
scopo me exerceo; tamen litteras nugis
antep6no.
4. P. Ego autem aliteri 6 sumapatre
avoque doctus: apud me officia praece.
78
dunt, quibus persolutis, litteris aut bonis
artibus vaco,autambulo, vesperi autem,
ccelo sereno, cum patre miro aspectu
siderum delectamur.
5. P. Ego autem sic 18 audivi a magi-
stro:
"Tibi aras, tibi occis, tibi seris, tibi
eidem et metes."
schola finita, libellis 16 valedico, per reli-
quum autem tempus aut domesticus otioi ,
aut vero foris vagor.
5. M. Sibi 17 quisquehabeatquodsuum
est. Ego vero sidera noncuro, sedhora
octava aut nona cubitum eo.
1. Hello, vocative of Publius -eo, 2 ui, — to lurk, to skulk. — 2. Adv.,
perhaps; adv., just now. — 3. I am; still at home; adv., every day; -sco, 3 suevi,
suetism, I am wont. — 4. What news; -ro, 1 r., to prepare; eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go.
5. -us, a, um, given to sitting; then thou, mihi — placet, pleases me (mini, dative
of ego; placeo 2 , ui, itum, to please) = I don't feel like. ..;=cum,i, out-doors, in the
sunshine; -sor, 1 atus sum, to move about. — 6. Fut. of curro; to see; causa -nis
for the sake of practicing; -deo (pro +d+eo), go out, forth, perf. Indie. — 7.
Vocative; take notice that the ending here is e, whilst in the other it is i, becuse,
P. ends in -ius, M. in us; vocat. of meus, mine; us, a, um, dear; mea, tua, sua,
&c. interest, what interest of yours, how does it concern you? -to, r., to look on.
— 8. Imper. of video; sis, (-=si vis, if you will). — 9. Impersonal, when it pleas-
es rne; meniet, me, accus. of ego, +met, a particle strengthening the pronoun,
I exercise myself at (our) home. — 10. =us, a, um, lucky, fortunate; te, accus, of
tu thou, obeserve that in similar exclamations accusative is employed. — 11. -ro 1
r.,tocare;ne — quidem, nor even. — 12. Oh how! 1 =io, ivi, itum, to yearn to
long, to be wistful. — 13. -us, a, um, vain, usless; -ro, 1 r., to mention, = allyou,
say is a vain talk; -us, i, friend, in vocative; -us, us, hunting; all pertaining to;
vacat, 1 impersonal, when I am at leisure; iiuga?, arum, trifles, in dative, because
of antepeno, 3 sui, itum, to place before, to give preference; very many compound
verbs govern dative. — 14. Tu, thou+ne, vis, is the 2d pers. sing. Indie, of volo,
velle, volui, to will (volo, vis, vult, volumus, vultis, volunt);=bo, 3 cubui, cubitum,
to lie upon, to pour over (libris dat. pi., owing to the compounded verb), = thou
wilt all boys . . . Oportet, ere, it is necessary; all boys be obliged. — 15. -us, i,
diminutive of liber, quite frequent; in dative on account of compound, verb,
valedico, to bid 'good bye;' -us, a, um, the rest; -us, a, um, being at home; otior, 1
atus sum, to idle; adv. from, fores, ium, door, double door, — outdoors, abroad;
-gor, 1 atus sum, to stroll, to rove, ramble. — 16. Adv., otherwise; -us, i, grand-
father (both abl, because of a, from; here by); -us, a, um, pp. of doceo taught;
prep. w. accus. with me, French chez, Germ, bei; -um, ii, duty; -do, 3 cessi, ssum
Cprae, fore, before-f-cedo, I go), goes in front, precede; solvo, 3 vi, solutum, to
pay up, to fulfillfconstruction like sole oriente, in pres., sole orto, in perfect);ars,
artis, f. , an art, dat. pi. on account; of vaco, 1 r. , to devote one's time to . . .;
-rus, a, um, wonderful; -tor, 1 atus sum, to rejoyce, delight, w. abl. — 17. Dat. s.
and pi. of se, to himself; quisque, quaeque, quidque, everybody, every one; Pra^s.
Coni., should have; = overbody should have what belongs to him; euro, 1 r. , to
care, sidera non euro ~ I do not care (for the) stars; cubitum eo, I go to bed
(properly, -bo, 1 ui, itum, to lie down). — 18. Sic, thus for thee; co, 1 r., to harrow;
-ro," sevi, satum, to sow;self-same;et = etiam; -to, 3 ssui, ssum, to mow, to harvest,
na.
79
PENSVM SEXTVM.
FIGVRA ista imago 1 est equi. — Equus est
animal 2 quadrupes, domesticum, quia habet quat-
uor pedes, et quia circa domos habitat, estque homi-
ni in laboribus adiumento. Habitaculum 3 equi est
Equus stabulum.
Genera equorum, sectinduni 4 miinera quae perficiunt,suntva-
Celeres equi sunt cursores, 5 qui longinqua itinera percurrunt,
sunt veredi, quo spectant etiam parhippi. Hi veredarios, vel alios
equites in tergo vehunt. Ephippium 6 enim est in tergo, unde utrim-
que stapise pendent. Eques equum conscensurus 7 alterum pedem
i. Imago, inis, f., a likeness, picture, image. — 2. -al, is, n., a breathing
being, fr. animd, 1 r., to breathe, an animal; abl. -i, N. pi. -ia, Gen. -ium; —
-pes, pedis, four footed, adj. of one ending; -us, a, urn, belonging to, or used to,
a house; house-animal, domestic a.; piep. w. ace, about; -to 1 r. (regular, that is,
-vi, -turn), to dwell; dat. of homo, for man, to man; -bor, is, m., work, abl. pi.,
in (his) labors; -turn, i, help, assistance, dat. S., to, for help, = homini adiu-
mento est, is a help to men; mark this double dative. — 3. -um, h dwelling place;
-urn, i, fr. sto, a standing place, a stable.
4. Prep w. ace, according, along; us, eris, n., duty, office; to, 3 feci,
ctum (per + facio), to perform, to do from end to end — according to the func-
tions the horses perform. — 5. -or, is, m.,a runner, a racer (the swift horses); iter,
itineris, n., a road, a way, a journey, i. longinqua, long journeys; -ro, 3 percu-
curri, -cursum, run through; -dus, i, a post-horse; such were held in readiness at
stations, to changed carrying messengers with letters, orders, etc., to distant
points, before modern appliances in this line had developed; quo spectant, quo
adv. whither, -to, 1 r., to look on, = whither belongs, to which is to be added, (a
frequent expression); parhippus, i, an extra horse for certain officials when tra-
veling through the post-stations. — ius, ii, a messenger; -es, itis, m., a rider, a
horseman, a cavalier; -urn, i, the back.
6. -urn, i, with the Romans a horse-blanket, as they knew no saddles, later,
and with us, a saddle; enim = nam, but never begins a sentence, nam does; adv.
on, or, from, both sides; (I. first decl.) later stapedia, and stapes, a stirrup, not
known till the last periods of Rome, -deo 2 pependi, — to hang down, intransitive.
7. Part. fut. act., of conscendo, 3 di, sum, to mount: eques conscensurus, "the
to be mounting rider ;" -ro, 3 ui, rtum,to plant in, set in,w. dat. aliquid alicui rei
8o
stapise inserit, ea se siiblevat, altero pede autem transposito, ephip-
pio insidet, sicque equitat. Mannus rhedas vehit, mannulis pueri
equitant; caballi, denique, sunt plerumque equi veterani, senectute
laboribusque confecti ac decrepiti.
Equi secundum colores quoque inter se differunt. 8 Plurlmi sunt
badii, vel spadices; alii furvi, turn varii, ac, denique, albi, vel can-
didi, et cani.
Dominis equorum sollicitse 9 curse est, uti sui equi mundi ser=
ventur. Munere equos et stabulum curandi 10 acpurgandi agasoet
insero, set something to (into) something, stapise, dat.; abl. s. of ea (is, ea, id)
= by that, by the means of that (stapia);=vo, J r., (sub+levo),to lift up, se, self;
perf. part, of transpono, 3 sui, itum, put across, = with (his) other leg put, lifted
across; insideo, 2 sedi, sessum, also insido, 3 sedi, sessum, i long and emphatic in
both cases, to seat one's self into; and thus; -to, 1 r., ride. — us, i, a carriage-horse;
-Ius, i, a diminutive of the former, a pony; -us, i, originally an outworn, old horse,
later the heavy draft-horse, lastly, any and all horses, whence caballo, cheval,
whence cavalleria, chevalier, cavalry; adv., for the most part; =us, a, urn, grown
old in service, -us, utis, f., old age ; all -tus, tutis form a group of feminine
nouns, belongig to the III., as, iuventus, utis, servitus, utis, virtus, utis, young
age ; slavery, or being in service; virtue; part, praet. of conficio 3 feci, ctum, to
finish up, use up, wear out by use; -tus, a, um, fr. de+crepo, 3 ui, itum, to rattle,
to rattle away, = a rattle-bone, said vulgarly of lean and old people and animals
(German philological interpretation notwithstanding) whence, veterinarius, a
caretaker of old and sick animals^
8. =ro, 3 distuli, dilatum, fr. dis, asunder, + fero, 3 tuli, latum, to carry, part
asunder, to divide apart, to differ (by, according to colors). — Plurimus, a, um,
superl. of multus, a, um, compar. plus; = most, very many; -us, a, um, bay,
color of a horse; -dix, icis, adj. of i ending, yellowish bay; -us, a, um, black, said
of a horse; -us, a, um, spotted, dappled, checkered; -us, a, um, and -us, a, um,
white, the former ordinary, the latter shiny; -us, a, um, gray.
9. -us, a, um, anxious, solicitous; I care; dominis (mihi, tibi, nobis,) curse
est, = the owners (I, thou, we) are deeply concerned, two datives; same as uf ;
-us, a, um, his, theirs, their, -us, a, um, clean; vo, 1 r., to keep, in Passive Voice
I'nesens Coniunctivi, = that their horses be kept clean. — 10. -ro, 1 r., to care for;
go, 1 r. , to cleanse, here said of the stable; -so, nis, m., a groom; I. m., a coach-
man; -gor, #i, ctus sum, w. abl. munere, officio fungor, I discharge, I administer
an office, I function as . . . ; munus curandi, the duty, office, of caring for, a de-
ponent verb.
8i
Mandra
auriga funguntur. Horum 11 igitur est pilos equorum, item setas,
quo nomine iubae et caudse slgnlficantur,strigili quotidiediligen-
ter pectere ac panno detergere et perfricare. Videndum quoque iis 12
est, ut ungulse equorum laventur et perungantur, utque soleisfer=
reis nunquam non munitse sint.
Singula 13 stabula plerumque plures equos
alunt; sua tamen quisque equus mandra
gaudet. IlSic, 14 ad parietem est prsesepe,
ad quod equus capistro deligatur, et ex
quo pabulum suum capit. Supra id, e pa-
riete 14 falisca pendet, fceno semper referta,
ut id equus ad liifoitum carpere possit.
Tabulatum, 15 sub pedibuseqvai, stramine est constratum, quod
ii. Horum est, (the duty, the business) of these (it) is; II., hair I., a bristle,
any coarse hair; abl. of quod nomen, by which name; I., mane; I., tail, =co, ! r., to
indicate, designate, mean, denote, signify, passively, = the manes and tails of the
horses are called, designated; -is, is, f. , a tool to scrape the skin with, a curry
comb; adv., every day, daily; diligently; to, 3 pexi (pexui), pexum (pectitum), to
comb; II., a cloth, a rag; =geo, 2 si, sum, to wipe, wipe down, off; co, 1 ui, ctum to
rub all over. — 12. Dat. pi. of is, ea, id, = they must also see (to it); I. a hoof,
laver, eris, etur, =emur, emini, entur, that I, thou, he, we, ye, they be washed;
Pass. Voice, Prses. Coni: =go, 3 unxi, unctum, to smear, to grease, to anoint; I.,
a slipper; ferreus, a, um, of iron, iron slippers, a horse shoe; the Roman horse
shoes were strapped on the hoofs of the horses; abl. pi., =nio, 4 vi, turn to fortify
strengthen, protect; praes. Coni. passive, be protected; nunquam non, at no time
not, two negatives forming a special kind of affirmative, = they should be at al;
times . . .
13. =us, a, um, mostly pi. single, individual; =lo, 3 ui, Itum, to support, to
give a living; pi., ace. of. plus, more; quisque, quaeque, quidque. each one; I., a
stall, an inclosure; =deo, 2 gavisus sum, to enjoy, to reojice in having, to have. —
Adv. = ibi; paries, etis, m., a wall; =pe, is, 11., a manger, =um, i, a halter; -go, 1
r., to tie down (where they tie down), the English passive does not express the
Latin passive; =um, i, a food = takes his food. — 14. From the wall; I., a hay-
rack; =um, i, hay; fr, refercio, 4 si, rtum, fr, re, + farcio, to stuff, is full of stuffed
with; ad lubitum (fr. lubet, the u sounding like German ii which is interchang-
ible with i, whence the difference of spelling, and, consequently the learned hair-
splittings of the German philologers: it pleases, it is one's choice, whence German
lieben, English love, perhaps all from Hebrew leb, heart), at his pleasure; =po,
82
stramentum, quotidie refectum, equo molle praebet cubile, ubi,
exantlatis diei laboribus, meritam quietem capere, artusque
fessos commode porrigere possit. Sic iacentibus 16 sopor obrepit, ac
placide obdormiscunt. Nam et equi dormiunt, quin 17 et non raro
stertunt.
Recensio: Quid est equus? 1 — Cuiiismodi animal vocatur "dome-
sticum ?" — Quid est stabulum ? — Qust sunt genera equorum ? —
Quomodo conscendit eques equum? — Qui sunt colores equorum ? —
Quae sunt munera agasonum et aurigarum ? — Quae est supellex mandrse ?
Quid et qualis est lectus equi ? — "Quando et quomodo quiescit equus?
psi, ptum, to pluck; possim, possis, possit, possimus, possitis, possint, that I
can, that I be enabled, Praes. Coni., = so he can pluck it at his pleasure.
15. -urn, i, board-floor; =en, inis, n., straw, abl.; perf. part., of consterno,
constravi, turn, to bestrew, to cover over; -turn, i, a litter, a bed for animals; p.
part, of reficio, 3 feci, fectum, to make a fresh, to renew; -lis, e, soft; -=eo, 2 ui,
itum, to reach, to offer, give; =le, is, n., a lying place, bed; exantlo, 1 r., to ex-
haust, to draw, or pump out to the last, = having done a full day's work, abl.
absolutus; -reo, 2 ui, itum, to earn, merita quies, a well earned rest; =io, 3 cepi,
captum, to take; -us, us, m., limbs; -go, 3 porrexi, ctum, to stretch out.
16. Dat. pi. of the Part. Praes. of iaceo, 2 ui, itum, to be lying, = to them
thus lying; dat. on account of the compounded verb obrepo, 3 psi, ptum, to steal
upon, to creep upon; adv., pleasantly, sweetly; -sco, 3 — , — , to fall asleep. — 17.
Coni., nay, rather; adv., seldom, -to, 3 ui, — , to snore.
VOCABVLARIVM 16.
Nna. 5abs. Nna. Adi.
imago, inis, f.
equus. i
animal, is, n.
labor, is, in.
adiumentum. i
habitaculum, i
stabulum, i
tuunus, ei is, n.
cursor, is. m.
iter, itineris, n.
veredus, i
parhippus, i
veredarius, ii
ins, m, f.
tergum. i
ephipptom, ii
stapia, n:
mannus, 1
mannulus, i
caballus, i
senectus, utis, f,
cura ae
agaso, nis, m.
auriga, ae, in.
pilus, i
seta, ae
iuba, ae
cauda, ae
strigilis, is, f,
pannus. i
ungula, ae
solea, ;•:
mandra, ae
paries, etis, m.
prajsepe, is, n
capistrum, t
pabulum, i
quadrupes, dis
falisca, ae
dcmesticus, a, um
fcenum, i,
celer, is, e
lubitum, i
longinquus, a, um
tabulatum, i
veteranus, a. um
stramen, inis. n.
decrepitus, a, um
stramentum, i
badius. a, um
cubile. is, n.
spadix, icis
artus, us, m.
furrus. a, um
sopor, is, m.
varius, a. um
Adverbia.
quo
utrimque
plerumque
quotidie
illic
candidus, a, um
sollicitus, a, um
mundus, a, um
fe:reus, a, um
singulus, a, um
plus, pluris
cdmmode
placide
mollis, e
fessus, a, um
item
S3
VERBA.
habito, 1 !-.
servo. 1 r.
refercio. 4 si. rtum
perficio, 3 feci, tectum
euro, 1 r.
carpo, 3 psi, ptum
percurro, 3 cucurri, cursum
purgo.ir.
consterno, 3 stravi, turn
specto^r,
fungor, gi, ctus sum
reficio, 3 feci, fectum
pendeo, 2 pependi. —
significo, 1 r.
praebeo, 2 ui, itum
conscendo, 3 di, nsum
pecto. 3 xi. xum
exantlo^r.
insero, 3 ui, turn
detergeo, 2 si, sum
mereo, 2 ui, itum
sublevo, 1 r.
perfrico, 1 cui, ctum
porrigo, 3 rexi, ctum
transpono, 3 sui, situm
perungo, 3 xi, ctum
iaceo, 2 ui, itum
insideo 2 di, ssum
munio,* vi. turn
obrepo, 3 psi, ptum
equito^r.
alo, 3 ui, altum, itum
obdormisco, 3
conficio, 3 feci, ctum
gaudeo, 2 visus sum
sterto, 3 ui, —
differo, 3 distuli, dilatum
deligo, 1 r.
PR/EPOSITIONES
circa
secundum
II.
CI. 1 C. Mutius Scsevola, vir indole prseclarus, dominus stabuli,
duos habebat f ilios : Marcum, ruvenem vicenum annorum, atque Iu-
i. Clarissimus, a, urn, superl. of clams, a, um, renowned, distinguished,
here used in the manner of later imperial Rome, and ever since the world over in
Latin letters and speech, it also giving origin to titles placed before the names of
distinguished men of all nations. In our days of democratic usages, everybody is
deemed to be worthy of equal titles, and CI. is so used, either with the name or
for further distinction "Vir" is added. In republican Rome extolling and praising
adjectives were always used at least after the names of great public men either
living or dead; but also wicked and dispised men received epithets after their
names, as (for good men) Vir Clarissimus, Vir Ornatissimus^Vir Amplissimus;
(great Jurists of Imperial Rome) Vir Spectabilis, Spectatissimus; Patres Con-
scripti, Quirites, etc.; for the wicked: Homo ille nequam, sceleratus, furcifer ille,
nebulo, bipedem nequissimus (the most wicked amongst two feeted beings) etc. —
C. = Cams, pronounced Gaius, because C originally stood for gamma, g, of the
Greeks. Germans, and their disciples, are trying to foist upon the student world
the spelling Gains : this should be utterly rejected by all honest Latinists, as
contrary to history and Roman usage. This attempt at Vandalism is all the more
intolerable as the same people are manufacturing archaisms to sicken the stomach.
— Mutius, this and kindred names, are constantly spelled by the above philolo-
gists as Mucius, because many Romans did the same. It should be spelled and
8 4
Hum, fratre biennio minorem. Uterque ephebus 2 insigni erat in pa-
rentem viduum pietate. Hi igitur tres viri, tripartite) 3 labore, om-
nem rem rusticam pecuariamque sui prsedii singulari industria
sciteque administraverunt.
"luli mi/' 4 sic Marcus quondam fratrem affatur, "eras moiitum
ibimus. * *
pronounced as given by me, for the word is derived from mutus, dumb, not
mucus, snivel, and it explains the myth of its first bearer having burned his right
hand to a crisp, without uttering a word. — Scaevola, dimin. of scaevus, a, urn,
left handed, further explaining the above legend. — Indoles, is, f., inclination,
quality, character, in abl., -us, a, um, excellent, praiseworthy (of, or with an
excellent character); -bat, 3d pers. s. of the imperf. indie, of habeo ; it runs:
habebam, bas, bat, bamus, batis, bant, I had, thou hadst, etc. — Marcus, i, here
a proper name; the word itself means a sledge hammer; its diminutive is mar=
cellus, and martellus; =is, is, m. f. here a noun, a youth; =ni, ae, a, distrib. nume-
ral, about, or as many as, twenty, its genit. pi. regularly is orum, but most fre-
quently contracted into -um, as of many other words; genit. is one of the ways of
expressing age, = a youth of about 20 years; Iulius, ii,here a proper name, masc,
an adj. of lulus, (three syllables), the name of ^Eneas' grandson, whence the
Iiilia gens, to which C. Caesar belonged, derived its origin; the word itself is
Greek, but used in Latin, meaning the wooly stalks of plants; -ter, tris, m., a
brother; =um, ii, two years 1 time; -or, us, compar. of parvus, = by two years
younger.
2. -us, i, a lad; =is, e, prominent, excellent; eram, eras, erat, eramus, eratis,
erant, 1 was, thou wert etc.; =ns, tis, parent, here father; -tas, atis, etc. loyalty,
devotion to; -us, a, urn, widowed, -us = a widower, -a, = a widow.
3. Tripartitus, a, um, properly a perf. part., but without a verb; also tri=
pertitus, a, um, adv. tripartito, to divide into three parts, shares; -us, a, um, fr.
rus, ruris, n., field, res rustica, field work, affairs; -arius, a, um, fr. pecu and
pecus, oris, n., cattle, live stock, the affairs thereof; -um, ii, farm; -is, e, singular,
particular; I., diligence, industry; adv. fr. scio, cleverly; -tro, 1 r., perf. Indie. 3d,
pi., it runs: -vi, visti, vit, vimus, vistis, verunt, to attend to. t© administer, ad-
ministrate.
4. Vocative of meus (not of mea, or meum), mine; adv. at some time, on an
occassion; ad + fari, speak to, not in the 1st person, to address; adv- to morrow,
-lo/' ui, itum, to grind grain; fut. Indie, of eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go; eras m61i=
turn ibimus, to-morrow we shall go to (have our grain ground) grind. Here the
rule of all languages, that a verb governs another verb into Infinitive, as, I like
85
Cui 5 ille, ''Quid ita, mi Marce?" inquit, "die, amabo, quid rei sit?
Anne coca sic depleverit 6 cameram penariam, ut iam peniiria
annonse laboremus?"
Turn Marcus, "Recte 7 mones, " inquit, "sic coca adpatremretulit;
negat enim ipsa satis penus habere, unde coquere, panemque facere
possit, nee ego reperio unde pecori pabulum parem. Quocirca 8 pla=
to write, is overruled by a special Latin principle: when this governing verb indi-
cates motion, the verb so governed is put into the supinum; as: eo m6Htum,
imus scriptum, ambulatum, emptum, etc.
5. Dat. of quis: ille, there being no pers. pron. (he, she, it) in Latin, de-
monstr. pronouus are used, to whom, he, the verb is inquit, says, which runs:
inquam, inquis, inquit, — inquiunt, say I, etc. used only in quoting like the
English "said I." Quid ita? how so? Mark the vocatives of luli, and Marce: the
former is ending in ius, its Voc. is i, the latter is us, Voc. e.; die, amabo, tell me,
please, dico in Imperative; amabo is the fut. Indie, I shall like; quid rei sit,
what be the matter? The question is indirect (because "tell me please"), there-
fore sit, Coniunct., instead of est, Indie.
6. =eo, 2 vi, — , to draw off, to empty; perf. of Coni., =verim, veris, verit,
verimus, veritis, verint; I., chamber; -us, a, urn, later -uarius, a, urn, fr. penus,
us, m., later penus, oris, u., last penu, indecl., a larder, stores, provisions; I.,
need, destitution; I., food supply; laboro aliqua re, ex aliqua re, I am suffering
from something; here pres. Coni.
7. Adv., rightly; =eo, 2 ui, itum, to warn; here a common phrase: you are right;
refero, referre, retuli, relatum, perf. Indie. = that is how the (she) cook has re-
ported to father; -go, 1 r., to deny; "She denies her (self) to have;" that is, she re-
ports that she does not have enough (satis, indecl.) of provisions; adv. whence;
=rio, 4 ri, rtum, to find (by searching); -ro, 1 r., to make ready, to prepare, pres.
Coni., the verb depending on unde. — 8. Wherefore; =ceo, 2 ui, itum, to be pleas-
ing; very frequently used about those in authority in the sense of the phrase, "it
seemed best to. . . " especially about the Senate "placuit Senatui;" placuit patri de-
mandare nobis, our father thought best to order us, bid us; nobis dat. of nos; mihi,
tibi, datives of ego and tu; -do, 1 r., to bid, order, downward to commit something
to somebody; misunderstood by the Italians and distorted into domandare to
demand, French demander, to ask; scilicet, as is evident, namely, to wit; per me,
through me; early; fifty; II, bushel; -urn, i, wheat; =le, is, n., rye; I., originally
large baskets, a bin; =ium, ii, granary, storehouse for grains; =mo, 3 psi, ptum, to
86
cuit patri nobis, scilicet mihi, ac per me tibi, demandare, uti eras,
prima luce, quinquaginta (50) modios tritici secalisque e cumeris
granarii depromptosin molam deveheremus, atque molitos quo ocy«
us domum referremus. Tenesne?"
"Quam 9 optime, " inquit Iulius, aequi & boni facio patris consi-
lium; at, Marce, die, velim, quam partem coepti vis ego capiam?
"/Equum 10 mihi videtur, " ait ille, "litpote quum te sim adiil=
tior et fortior, ut ego saccos complerem et ad sarracum baiula-
rem ; tu vero, setate viribusque quum me sis minor, interea equos
cibares et currum apparares? Placetne?"
"Perquam," u inquit hie, "Marce mi; faustam tibi noctem."
produce, take out, perf. part.; I., a mill; ground; adv. superlative, ocyssime, soon,
quo ocyus, eo melius, the sooner, the better; imperii. Coni. we should bring
back; domum, accus., because "end of motion." Dost thou hold.? = do you un-
derstand.
9. "Like one who best" (understands), most exactly; an idiom; I am fully
satisfied, I take my father's will (consilium, mind, resolution, determination) as
most fair, I acquiesce in, I take it for the best: velim, velis, veiit, velimus, veli-
tis, velint. Prass. Coni. of volo, vis, vult, v61umus, vultis, volunt, German
wollen, to will, as a verb; die, velim, tell me, pray; c(Bptum, i, cOepi, c(Bpisse, to
begin, an enterprise, undertaking; capio, 3 cepi, captum, to take, get hold, = what
part of the enterprise do you want me to take (upon myself)? Prses. Coni.
10. -us, a, um, equitable, reasonable, fair, = it seems to me fair; coni., as
one who; -tus, a, um, compar. -tior, fr. adolesco, to grow up, = since 1 be older
than you, thy elder, te abl. of comparison (next Pensum); -tis, e, comp. -tior,
ius, stronger; -eo, 2 vi, turn, to fill, fill up; Imperf. Coni.; -lo, 1 r., to carry some-
thing heavy, to lug; aetas, tis, f., age; same abl., vires, ium, f., strength, same
abl., pi.; since thou be my younger; adv. in the mean time; -bo, 1 r., to feed, Im-
perf. Coni. -rem, res, ret, remus, r£tis, rent.; -ro, 1 r., ad + paro, to fit up, get
ready; .',ame mood and tense; art thou pleased, are you satisfied?
11. Very much; -us, a, um, fortunate, lucky, auspicious, nox in accus., be-
cause the object of precor, I wish to you, is understood, = I wish to you a good
night! Though not a regular form of Roman greeting, but such sentences have
been used, and can be used now with full propriety.
87
Postero 12 die, prima luce, ut inter fratres convenerat, Iulius, so-
lita sua pernicitate ad stabulum decurrit, ostium reserat, pandit,
et ad equos intrat. Audito 13 strepitu, hi subito in pedes subsili=
unt, arrectisque auribus, herum suum iuvenem cum hinnitu ex-
cipiunt.
"Heus 14 equuli, " affatur eos Iulius, 'iamne surrexistis? etiamne
esuritis? este bono animo, iam ego indigentiis vestris illico mini-
strabo. "
His dictis, 15 e loculamento promit sacculum avense paratum, e
sacco maiori haurit f lirfurem quantum satis, utrumque in alveolo
miscet, turn adlata situla aquae, farraginem prsesepi infiindit,
aqua cito conspergit. Equi interea, morse 16 impatientes, ab esu
vix arceri & cohiberi poterant. Copia 17 denique edendi data, equi
cibum prius degustare, turn demum avide vorare coeperunt.
12. Posterus, a, um, rior, tremus, a, um, the next following; first light, abl.,
= the next day, bright and early; ut, = as; -venio, 4 ni, turn, plus quam perfec-
tum, =ram, ras, rat, ramus, ratis, rant, as was agreed; perf. p. of soleo, 2 itus
sum, half deponent, the usual; -tas, tatis, f. , nimbleness; -ro, 1 r., to unlock; -do, 3
di,sum, or passum, to throw openj-tro, 1 r.,to enter. — 13. Perf. of audio, 4 vi, turn,
in abl.; IV., noise, = with the noise heard, abl., abs.; adv. at once; -Ho, 4 lui, — ,
to jump up; -go, 3 rrexi, rectum, p. p. pi.; auris, is, f., ear, with erected ears; II.,
master; IV., neighing; -pio, 3 -cepi, ptum, to receive.
14. Interj., hello! horsies; perf. Indie, of -go, 3 rrexi, ctum, -xi, xisti, xit,
ximus, xistis, xerunt, to rise; -rio, 4 vi, turn, pres. Indie. 2d pi. -io, is, it, imus,
itis, iunt, tu hunger; Imperat. pi. of sum, be ye! II., mental disposition, = be of
good cheer; I., needs; -ter, tra, um, your: adv. at once; -tro, 1 r., fut. to serve,
minister.
15. Abl. abs., with these said; -um, i> a shelf, "pigeonhole," &c; -mo, is, it,
imus, itis, unt, take out; dimin. of saccus; I., oats; p. p. of paro 1 , r., ready; -rio, 4
si, stum, to scoop, dip; furfur, is, m., bran; us, a, um, as much as; -us, i, m- , a
small trough; =eo 2 ui, xtum, to mix, blend; pp. of adfero, 3 tuli, latum, abl. abs.,
I., a bucket; -go, inis, f ., forage; dat. because of compounded verb -do, 3 di, sum,
to pour in; adv., quickly; -go, 3 si, sum, to besprinkle. — 16. I., delay; adj. fr.
patior, pati, passus sum, to suffer, = unsuffering, impatient; IV., eating; adv.,
scarcely; =ceo 2 ui, ctum, to hinder, prevent, restrain; -eo, 2 ui, itum, keep in check,
both pass. Infin.; possum, potes, potest, possumus, potestis, possunt; Imperf.:
poteram, as, at, amus, atis, erant, = they could scarcely be restrained.
— 17. I., chance, permission, abl. abs.; pp. of do, dare, dedi, datum, = with a
88
Dum equi ientaculo 18 vires recreant, famemque explent,
Iulius grundam petit visurus, utrum sarracum oneri vehendo ex omni
parte idoneum firmumque sit. Quapropter 19 rotas detrahit, modi-
olum, canthos, absides tentat, et experitur, axem axungia Unit,
rotas reponit, et quum omnia sarta tecta reperiret, in stabulum red-
it, ut equos loris in aream ad alveum educat et adaquet. Postquam 20
equi sitim quoque longo haustu restinxissent, sequo animo exspe-
ctabant donee eos ad sarracum perductos, Iulius hamaxaret.
Itaque 21 ille profert lora, eaque primum uni, turn alteri, aptarein-
cipit. Levato 22 freno, ori equi oreas inserit, frenum imponit capiti,
idque a latere revincit. Mox helcium 23 per caput infert collo, mo-
chance for eating obtained; -to, 1 r., to get a taste, Infin.; adv., finally; adv.
eagerly; -ro, 1 r., to eat ravenously; coepi, isti, it, imus, istis, erunt, have begun.
18. =um, i, breakfast; abl. of means; -o 1 , r., to restore, renew; es,is, f.,=pleo, 2
vi, turn, to fill out; I., shed; -to, 3 ivi, itum, to seek, to go somewhere; Part. Fut.
Act. of video, 2 di, sum, to see, for the purpose of seeing; ex omni parte, in all
respects; -us, a, um, in fit condition, suitable; -us, a, um, firm, solid.
19. Quamobrem; -ho, 3 xi, ctum, ho his, hit, himus, hitis, hunt, to pull off; II.,
the hub; II., the tire; -sis, sidis, f., the fellies; -to, 1 r. to try; -rior, iri, rtus sum,
to try; I., axlegrease; -no, 3 levi, litum (i short); to smear; -no, 3 sui, itum, to put
back; sartus tectus, us a, um, fr. sarcio and tego, properly of buildings, tropically
of anything, in good repair; redeo, 4 ivi, itum, fr. re + d + eo, d for euphony, to
go back; -um, i, a strap; I., the yard; II., a trough; -co, 3 xi, ctum, Praes. Coni.
-cam, as, at, amus, atis, ant, to lead out; -quo, 1 r., to water (horses), Praes.
Coni. — 20. After that . .. afterward that; -is, is, f., thirst; IV., a draught,
drinking; -guo, 3 xi, ctum, to quench, Plusquam Perf. Coni.; sequus animus, with
acquiesecence, equanimity, -to, 1 r. Imperf. Ind. — bam, bas, bat, bamus, batis,
bant, awaited; until; pp. of perduco, 3 xi, ctum, lead; -xo, 1 r., to harness, to hitch
up, Imp. Coni. rem, res, ret, remus, retis, rent.
21. Therefore; -ro, 3 tuli, latum, to bring forward; harness; adv., firsti-to, 1 r.,
to fit. — 22. -vo, 1 r., to lift, abl. abs.; um. i, a bridle; dat. of os, oris, n., mouth;
I., pi. only, the bit; -ro, 3 rui, rtum, to put in; caput, itis, n., the head, dat. after
a compound verb; a latere, on the side; -cio, 4 nxi, nctum, to tie, fasten. — 23. -um,
-ii, horse-collar; -ro, 3 tuli, illatum, to bring over in; -um, i, the neck; =le, is, n. , the
yoke-strap; a strap on the neck of Roman horses, ornamented with brass plates,
buttons, etc.; -to, 3 xui, xi, xum, II , a ring; II., a hook; -um, ii, or molile, is, 11.,
the traces; -um, i, the end; II., a hook; -um, i, properly a small beam, here the
89
nile nectit annulo temonis; hamo nelcii pendit epirhedium (vel
molile), eiusque extrema unco, tigilli destinat; tandem habenas
extremas ore-is per fibulas adstringit. Eadem 24 cum altero equo re=
petit. His rebus finitis equi currui, currus autem equis erant iuncti.
Interim opus 25 suum sane arduum Marcus quoque consummat,
ultimumque saccum frumento gravem ad currum baiulat. Totus 26 eius
vultus sudore niadet. Nunc demum fratres in sediie 2 * conscendunt,
Marcus prehendit habenas, editoque rnastigiae crepitu, equos in-
citat. Hi connitiintur: 28 pedes movere, currum trahere incipiunt.
Pariter 29 cum equis trahentibus rotse moveri, turn circumagi, dein vol=
whiffle-tree, a mere conjecture, particularly with the adjective sororeum, pointing
to, if not originating a Roman legend, connected with the Horatii et Curiatii,
fratres trigemini;— no ! r., to fasten down; I., pi., only, the reins, lines; ends; I.,
a buckle; — -go, 3 nxi, ctum, to bind, tie. — 24. Ace. pi. of idem, n., the same
(things); -to, 3 vi, Hum, to repeat; -go 3 nxi, ctum, to join. Cicero speaks some-
where of a wagon as being hitched to the horse; this sentence is a reference
thereto.
25. Opus, eris, n., work as completed or under way; adv., really; -us, a, um,
steep, difficult; -mo 1 , r., to complete; -turn, i, fr., fruor, frui fruitus, fructus sum,
to enjoy, means the cereals, bread-stuff, wheat, rye, barley, oats, to which Indian
corn may be added; abi. s., heavy with fr.— 26. -us, a, um, the whole; IV., coun-
tenance ; -or, is, m., sweat, -deo, 2 ui, — , the adj. is -didus, a, um, wet. — 27.
4e, is, n., a seat; -do, 5 di, sum, to grab, seize; edo, 3 edidi, turn, fr. ex + do, to
give out, forth; not to be confounded with edo, 3 edi, esum, to eat; 1. , a whip; likely
of Asiatic origine, for the Romans until the later emperors have not used fiagrum,
flagellum, nor any other cruel whips for horses, but a light switch, or twig; IV.,
a crack; -to, 1 r., to incite.
28.
Connitor, ti, nixus sum (also nisus), to set one's body against a thing
an effort to move, push, overthrow it; -tor, eris, itur, imur, imini, untur; -veo, 2
vi, turn, to move. Infin. pres., because of the other verb, incipiunt;-ho, 3 xi,ctum,
o pull, draw.— 29. Adv., simultaneously, equally, at the same time; Part. Prses.
of traho,abl., pi., w. the horses pulling, Inf. pass, of movere; same of ago; then;
Inf. pass, of volvo, 3 vi, utum, to roll; Inf. p. of verso, 1 r., to keep turning; adv.,
lastly; -um, ii, same as grunda, wagon-shed; Inf. p. of provolvo, 3 vi, utum, to
roll forward. Mark here the infinitives without the necessary governing verb,
which is invariably the defective verb ccepi, ccepisse, in its 3d per. s., ccepit, or
pi., as here, Cceperunt. In descriptions of this sort, when the details of an event
90
vi et versari, denique currus e loco moved, postremo e subgrundio in
aream provolvi. Tunc equi citato 30 gressu aream percurrunt, hinc in
viam vicinalem, illinc denique paulopost in viam regiam iter fle=
ctunt.
Recensio: Quis fuit dominus stabuli? — Quos habuit filios? —
Quid et quomodo hi administraverunt? — Quid dicit Marcus Iulio? —
Quidillerespondet? — Quid ait Marcus de coca? — Quid placuit
patri? — Quid convenit inter fratres? — Quid dicit Iulius a Marco
discedens? — Quid agit Iulius postero mane? — Quomodo cibat
equos? — Posteaquoit? — Quid agit in grunda? — Quomodo haj
maxat?— Interim quid agit Marcus? — Quomodo evehunt equi currum
oneratum e grunda?
VOCABVLARIVM 17,
Nna. Subst.
indoles, is, f.
secale, is, n.
loculamentum.
marcus. i
cuinera. ae
saccuhis, i
annus, i
granarium, ii
avena, ae
frater, tris
mola, 33
furfur, is, in.
biennium, ii
consilium, ii
alveolus, i
ephebus. i
pars, tis. f
situla, 33
pietas, atis, f.
coeptum, i
farrago, inis, f
praedium, ii
saccus, i
mora, as
industria, ae
setas, atis. f.
esus, us, m.
camera, ae
vis vim. vi. f.
copia 33
penuria, ae
pernicitas, atis. f.
ientaculum, i
fames, is, f.
annona, 33
strepitus, us. m.
penus, us, m.
panis, is, m.
pecus. oris, n.
auris, is, f.
herus. i
hinnitus. us, m.
grunda- 33
modiolus, i
canthus, i
•nodius. ii
animus, i
abses. idis. f.
triticum. i
indigentia, 33
axungia, ae
sarta tecta
lorum, i
area, ae
sitis,is,f.
haustus, us, m.
frenum, i
os, oris, n.
oreae, arum
caput, itis, n.
helcium, ii
collum, i
monile, is, n.
annulus, i
hamus. i
epirhedium, i
molile, is, n.
cxtremum, i
are narrated, and presented like in a picture, this general governing verb, for the
sake of abruptness and resulting effect, is omitted. A mighty field for German
philological speculation. As narratives of this kind by their very nature, must
be held in the present time, German doctors of philology give it a special name
of "Historical Present, 1 ' and the construction of these defective Infinitives is
called the ''Historical Infinitive." Students should pay no attention to the
sophistry at all ; what I have said, and my examples explain the whole matter.
30.— Perf. p. of cito 1 , r., to accelerate; IV., a step, = with accelerated steps;
-ro, 3 curri, or percucurri, percursum, to run through; I., way, road; -lis, e,
neighboring, via vicinalis, country-road, thence, soon after, V. regia (us, a, urn)
royal highway, -to, 3 xi, xum, to bend; -do, 3 cessi, ssum, to depart, pres. part.
9i
uncus, i
tigilluin i
liabena* arum
libula. a?
opus ens n.
frumentum. i
vultus, us, m.
sudor, is, in.
sedile, is. n.
mastigiaas
crepitus us
locus, i
subgrundium, ii
gressus, us. m.
via. ae
Nna Adi.
clarus. a. uni
caius. a
mutius, a, urn
scaevus, a, urn
praeclarus, a, uni
viceni, ae, a
insignis, e
viduus, a, um
tnpartitus. a. um
rusticus, a, uni
pecuai ius, a, um
satis
quinquaginta
asquus, a. uni
bonus, a, um
adultus, a, um
fortis, e
minor, or, us
faustus. a, um
posterus, u, um
solitus, a, um
paratus, a, uin
quantus. a, um
impatiens, tis
idoneus, a, um
firmus, a um
estremus. a, um
arduus, a, um
totus. a, um
citatus, a, um
vicinaiis, e
regius, a, um
"V E IR IB .A..
administro, 1 r.
aff ari, affatus sum
molo, 3 ui, itum
eo.* ivi, itum
depleo, 2 vi, —
laboro^r.
moneo 2 ui, itum
refero, 3 tuli, latum
nego
repeno,* pen
paro
placeo, 2 ui, itum
demando^r.
depromo, 3 psi, ptum
volo. velle. volui
capio, 3 cepi, captum
videor, 2 sus sum
compleo, 2 vi, turn
baiulo, 1 r.
cibo^r.
apparo, 1 r-
convenio.* ni, turn
decurro, 3 decucur. i i, sum
resero, 1 r.
pando, 3 di, pansum, passum
audio,* r.
subsilio,*ui, —
arrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum
excipio, 3 cepi, ptum
esurio, 4 r.
ministro, 1 r.
haurio,*si stum
misceo, 2 cui, xtum
affero, 3 adtuli, latum
infundo. 3 fudi, fucum
conspergo, 3 si, sum
arceo. 2 ui, ctum
cohibeo, 2 ui,itum
degusto, 1 r.
voro, 1 r.
coepi, ccepisse
expleo, 2 r.
peto, 3 ivi, itum
detraho, 3 xi, ctum
tento, 1 r.
experior,* rtus sum
lino, 3 levi, litum
repono, 3 posui, itum
redeo.Mvi, itum
educo. 3 duxi, ctum
adaquo. 1 r.
restinguo, 3 xi. ctum
exspecto, 1 r.
perduco, 3 xi, ctum
hamaxo, 1 r.
profero, 3 tuli, latum
apto, 1 r.
levo, 1 r.
insero, 3 ui. r»um
revincio. 4 nxi, ctum
jnfero, 3 tuli. illatum
necto, 3 xui, xi, xum
pendo, 3 pependi, pensum
d> stino, 1 r.
adstringo, 3 nxj. strictum
repeto, 3 r.
finio, 4 r.
ungo, 3 xi. ctum
consummo, 1 r.
madeo, 2 ui, —
prehendo, 3 di, sum
edo, 3 didi, tun
incito, 1 r.
connitor, 3 xus. sus, sum
moveo, 2 vi, turn
circumago, 3 egi. actum
volvo, 3 vi. utum
versor, 1 atus sum
provolvo. 3 vi, utum
percurro, 3 percucurri, per-
cursum
flecto, 3 xi, xum
discedo, 3 cessi, ssuni
dveho, 3 xi, xum
Adverbia.
scite
optime
quondam
perquam
eras
subito
recte
illico
quocirca
avide
scilicet
interim
ocyus
sane
pariter
postremo
illico
paulopost
Interiectio.
beus
92
III.
MOLA
1VTON desunt 1 domus, quae iuxta se rotas, et sub iis aquam
1M habent; domus eius generis est mol Aqua autem sub rota
molari 2 non stat, sed fluit: aqua vero fluens fluvius, vel
rivus vocatur.
Omnis rivus fluit in alveo, inter duas ripas, 3 quas, in nonniillis
locis, pontes iungunt, ut, qui velint, transire possint. Verumtamen 4
aqua e fluvio non recta decurritin rotam aquariam, sed pontem inter
& molam aggeribus et cataracta coarctatur et reprimitur, ut
piscinam efficiat, utque cataracta ope vectis levata, aqua per
canalem eo maiori vi ac pondere rotse irruat, seque palmulis eius
i. Desum, deesse, defui, to be missing, absent, lacking; non desunt, are not
wanting; prep., under; abl. pi. of is, governed by sub, under them. I., a mill, a
grist mill alone, all else is fabrica;mostly pi. because of the two stones, the origi-
nal meaning; here, also the building is so named. The Romans had but hand-mills,
and a larger kind turned by mules, donkeys, mola asinaria; usually combined with a
bakery, when it is called a pistrina.— 2. Adj. of mola, -is e, whence dentes
molares, the grinding, milling teeth; fluo, 3 fluxi, xum, to flow; pres. p. -ens, tis,
flowing; II., II., a stream, a river.
3 I., a bank; -us, a, urn, some; II., a place; pons, pontis, a bridge; Prs. Coni-
of volo, velle, volui, velim, velis, velit, -imus, itis, int, whoever willed (wanted)
possim, is, it, imus, itis, int, could; transeo, 4 vi, turn, to go across, to cross.
4. Adv., however; adv., straightway; -us, a, um, water-, watery; prepositions
often stand between the two nouns they govern; -er, is, m., a mound, a dike; I., a
flood-gate, abl. of means; -to, 1 r., to press into a narrow place; <=mo, 3 pressi, ssum,
to squeeze, press back, passive; I., originally a fish-pond, a pond, a mill-pond;
-is, is, m., a lever, genit., ope vectis, by means of a crow-bar; -vo, 1 r., to lift, raise;
abl. abs., -is, is, m., properly a tube, pipe, a channel, a sluice; abl. of id, eo ma-
93
impingat. Quum hoc fit 5 , rota primum lente moveri, turn verti,
deniqe circumagi, postremo gyrare ac versari incipit. Rota gyrante 6 ,
ope axis, et caeterae rotae dentatae, molucra, verticula, fusi, re!i=
quumque machinarnentum molae in motum agitur. Omnia igitur
quae in mola agitantur a rota aquaria cientur, 7 ipsam autem vis
aquae torque! et impellit.
Intrinsecus, ad parietem, e regione recti ostii suggestus estad,
vicenum pedum altitudinem, ad quern scalse ducunt, et in quo siti
sunt lapides molares sepimento obtecti. His 9 imminet Inftindl-
bulurn, e quo agitato grana frumenti faucibus catilii tenui fluxu
IHabisntur, quae verticillo catilii conteruntur & comminuuntur.
iori vi, by that much greater force; =us, eris, n., weight; dat.; ~o, 3 ui, — , (in +
ruo), to dash against; I., a paddle of a water wheel; -go, 3 pegi, pactum, to strike
against, dat. — 5. When this happens; adv., at first; adv., slowly. The following In-
finitives are governed by incipiunt (they) begin; all the act. transitive verbs in
such cases receive the Inf. of the Passive voice, but they are not passive, such
verbs are called "Middle Verbs," which idea is expressed in English by the Active
Voice; but the intransitive verbs, like gyro, retain their active form; notice also the
gradation of the adverbs: prirnum, tum, denique, postremo; -ro, 1 r., to be rotat-
ing, revolving.
6. Abl. abs., w. the wheel revolving; casteri, ae, a, the other, the rest; -us, a,
urn, fr. dens, tis, m., a tooth, a cog; p. p. cogged; =um, i, a pulley for transmis-
sion of power; II., properly a spindle, a vertical shaft bearing pulleys, wheels,
&c-; =us, a, um, the rest, remaining; -urn, i, machinery; is set in motion. — 7. Cieo, 2
civi, citum,tomake go, to cause movement, to put into motion, = are being stirred,
moved, put into motion by the water-wheel; =queo, 2 si, tum, to twist, to give a
motion like that of a shaft, rolling, forced by a crank, or wheel; *-lio, 3 puli, pulsum,
to drive on, forward.
8. Adv. on the inside; opposite of extrinsecus, on the outside; also intus; an
adverbial phrase, opposite, w. gen. or dat.; =ium, ii, the main entrance, main
door,=opposite the main door; IV., a platform; ad = to the height of some 20 feet;
=ni, se, a, some twenty; =do, inis, f., height., I., steps, ladder; =us, a,um, situate,
is, are situated, fr., sino, 3 sivi, situm, to allow, let; as an adj., -us, a, urn, placed,
situated; -is, idis, in., a stone; -um, i, an inclosure; =go, 3 xi, cturn, to cover over.
9. Dat. pi. of hie; -neo, 2 — , — , to hang over; -um, i, a hopper; -um, i, grain;
-um, i, any, all the cereals, wheat, rye, &c; faux, cis, the throat, any similar
thing, here the opening, mouth, of the upper stone; usually pi.; II., upper stone;
94
Istinc 10 molitum excipitur a saccino, in area lignea, oblique pendenti,
furcaque bidenti quassato. Si saccinum pavitense 11 sit, uti e
serica textum, similam, si levidense, farinam minus subtilem
saccat et excutit. Os saccini ex area eminet, et apludam in
cribrum duplex aut triplex evomit. Cribrum hoc ante arcam in
planum 13 quassatum apludam bifariam aut trifariam secernit, atque
far, furfuremque, item ador, in diversas partes agit, qua^ deinceps in
singulos m6dios dilabuntur. Quum modii pleni fiunt, submovenur 14 ,
IV., flowing; in+labor, 3 psus sum, to drop in; compounded verb w. dat.; II., a
whirling; -ro, 3 trivi, tritum (hence contrition), to crush; -uo, 3 ui, utum, to
smash, to crush or break into small fragments, powder, dust.
10. Adv.=hinc, thence, hence; fr. -lo, 3 ui, itum, as a noun, what has beer
ground; -pio 3 , cepi, turn, to take up, to take out, to receive, pass.; -urn, i, fr. sac
cus, a hair-cloth bag, which shakes out the flour from the gristpassingthrough it
I., a chest;=us, a, urn, wooden; pres. part, of pendeo, hanging obliquely, i. e., the
bag- I a fork; -dens, tis, adj. of one ending, two pronged; -sso, 1 r., pp., shaken
ii '-sis e, closely woven; I., silkstuff, silk-cloth; texo, 3 ui, xtum, to weave,-as
when woven of silk; I., the finest flour (cf. German Semmel); -sis, e, loosely
woven; I., flour; -lis, e, fine, minus s., less fine; -co, 1 r., to strain, sift; -tio,
cussi, ssum, to strike, knock, throw, shake out.
12. -neo, 2 — , — , to stand, or hang out; I., the "shorts" (Germ. Schrott),
what remains of the grist after the flour is shaken out; -urn, i, a sieve; -mo, ui
itum, to vomit, to throw up, out, to pour out.— 13. Horizontally; advs. two-three
folds- -no, 3 crevi, turn, to sift out to separate; far, farris, n., English farina; -ur
uris m., bran; ador, 6ris, or adoris, one of the very few or ending neuter nouns :
and is also used as indeclinable. Originally both far and ador mean two differeni
species of wheat, the former the yellow kind, the latter the red kind, hence alsc
spelt was so called. Both kinds were roasted and eaten, and used in sacrifice. Th<
two names were still retained after either kind was ground or crushed and usee
promiscuously for flour necessarily coarse in those days. Now we mean Enghsl
farina of a coarser grade by far, a smaller, or finer grade is called ador.-Adv.
thenceforward; -bor, 5 lapsus sum, to fall off (each into distinct measures, wooder
eU, tub ). — 14. -veo, 2 vi, turn, to remove; -us, a, urn, empty; -tuo, u
utum fr sub. + statuo, 3 ui utum, to set up something, to stand, to substitute
( t he empty ones removed, and put in their places . . .) ; -to, 3 si, ssum, con «
mitto, to send, are committed to sacks, put into bags; -us, a, urn, full, carnedout
95
in corum locum vacui substituuntur, molita autem in saccos com-
mittuntur, hi autem pleni ad currum efferuntur.
Dum hoc in mola saevo 15 strepitugeruntur, tyr o molinarius bigas,
pontem appropinquantes conspicatur. Nee mora 16 ; herum suum
Cornelium Scaurum, senem molitorem, illico accersit, et
1 ' Aspice 17 mi here, " inquit, ' ' videque bigas ! nullum dubiuni subesse
puto quin hue tendant, grandemque molituram advehant."
Laeto 18 nuntIo motus, " Quid ais? " inquit dominus molseforas itans^
" grandem molituram nobis advehi? quam aveo ut ita sit! "
Bigse interim, traiecto 19 ponte, declivo eius in aream molae tolliti m
appellunt, nee procul ab ostio subsistunt,
15. -us, a, urn, fierce; -ro 3 , ssi, stum, to carry on; -ro, nis, an apprentice; us,
a. um, miller — ; biga, ge, a span of two horses and the wagon; -cor, atus sum,=
to catch a glimpse of. — 16. a phrase, =nor (is there any) delay; I., delay;
us, a, um, fr. cornus, i, f, a cornel-cherry tree; -us, a, um, one having a
swollen ankle, proper names; -or, is, a miller; adv., at once; -so, 3 sivi, situm, to
summon, to call and take along; this verb is mixed up w. arcesso 3 , cessivi, itum;
they should be kept apart. — 17. -cio, 3 pexi,pectum, to look, in Imperative, sing. =
look, my master! -deo, 2 di, sum, to see, Imperat. ; -um, ii, doubt; subsum, esse,
fui, to be under; to, 1 r. , to think, to have the opinion = I do not think to be any
doubt about; quin, but that; this is the invariable conjunction after dubium,
dubito, and after several negatives, like nullus, nemo est - - quin, none, nobody
• - but who; adv. hither ;=do, 3 tendi, turn, sum, to tend; to haul. — 18 -us, a, um,
joyous, gay, joyful; -um, ii, rumor, news, tidings; pp. moveo, moved; aio, ais>
ait— aiunt, to say, to assert; what dost thou say?; adv., fr. fores, ium, a double
door; it has two forms, foras and foris, the former answering to the question
whither? the latter, where?; ito 1 , r. , frequentative of eo, to go leisurly, slowly, to
trudge, pres. p. ; dat. of nos, pi. of ego, to us, for us; advehi, Inf. pass, to be hauled,
brought; construction accusativus cum Infinitivo will always happen after verbs
like dico, aio, credo, puto, the subject (grandis moltiura) becoming the object of
such a verb, and must go into accusative, as here, grandem molituram, the
other verb being put into the Infin. as advehi; adv. how? aveo 2 to wish, to long;
that it be so.
19. Traiicio 3 , ieci, iectum, trans, across, through + iacio, to throw, to pass,
to shoot through, pp.. w. the bridge passed through; II., a slope; I., the yard;
adv., trotting; ad + pello, properly said of ships driven by oars; here the verb is
used as a middle verb, as is also "to drive" in English; adv., far; -sto, 3 stiti,
Stitum, to stop, " not far from the door."
9 6
"SalvPeste!" magna voce acclamat iuvenes senex farinosus,
ecquid, 6bsecro, boni, affertis?"
''Molituram patrue 21 " inquit Marcus, " eamque haud parv^e
molis!"
Tumille: "Bene 22 statuistis," inquit," sequi & bonifacio : Dii
vos ament,"— His dictis ad tyronem se vertit: 24 " Tu autem," inquit,
"nebulo, quid hie oscitas? curres confestim, operasquemeo nomine
extemplo prodire iubebis, ut equis consulant & prospiciant, atque
currum exonerent." Dictum & factum.
Salute 24 interea iterum ultro citroque data et reddita, ad
scamnum secundum parietem sessum itur, ut negotium molitionis,
20. =us, a, um, hail, nom. pi.; Imperativ. 2d per. pi. of sum, be ye! vox, cis,
f., a voice, aloud; ad + clamo 1 , r., to cry; -is, is, here a noun, ace. pi., addresses
the youth in a loud voice; -ex, senis, adj. of one ending, old; -us, a, urn, beset w.
flour, senex farinosus. flouery (white w. flour) old (man, senex standing for a
noun); -cro 1 , r., to beseach, to pray, like English, " what, pray." . . -us, a
um, good, here a noun, bonum, i, a good (thing); =ro, ferre, tuli, latum, to
bring, "what, pray, good do ye bring."
21. -us, ui, the father's brother; the mother's brother is avunculus, i, whence
German onkel, English uncle; in Latin the former is used as a general term for
elderly people, Uncle So-and-so; haud, like non; -es, is, f , a bulk, and not of a
small bulk at that.' 1
22. Adv., bonus, well; -uo, 3 ui, utum, to set up, to decide, perf, Indie. 2d
pers. pi., ye decreed well; sequum & bonum, fair and good, I appreciate, I value;
" may the Gods like you!" a Roman blessing; amo, 1 r., to love, to like, Prses.
Coni.-2 3 . -to, 3 ti, rsum, to turn, he turns himself; =io, nis,a rascal, a wretch;
-to, 1 r., to yawn; fut. Ind. 2d per. s. of curro; adv. at once; " thou wilt at once
run; 3 ' I. m., plural only, help, hands, laborers;- us, a, um, mine, my; -en,
inis', a name, abl., "in my name;" adv. instantly; pro + d + eo, to go forth;
-beo, 2 si, ssum, to order, command; fut. Ind. " thon wilt instantly order them;
-lo, :i ui, ultum, to look out for, w. dat.; -io, 3 pexi, pectum, to look forward, to
provide; -ro, 1 r., to unload. " Said and done;" = no sooner said than, &c.
24. -us, utis, f., greeting, abl. abs.; again; that side and this side; given; -do,
didi, ditum, to give back, w. greetings mutually exchanged; -um, i, a bench; in
lupinum of sedeo; itur, is bein^gone to sit; no equivalent expression in English;
pass., verdegris, money-rust (by joke); ipse=he; -sus, a, um,
" becoined," provided w. coins, wherefore; -I0, 1 r., to feign; altogether; -tior, 4 itus
sum, to lie; " he either simulates, or he tells a downright lie. — 27. L, m., a stranger,
in oncomer.
Nna Subst
machinamentum. 1
regio, nis, f.
ostium, ii
suggestus, us
altitudo, i, nis, f
scala, a?
lapis, idis, m.
sepimentum, i
infundibulum i
cribrum, i
far, farris, n.
furfur, is, m.
ador, is, u.
tyro, nis, m.
molitor. is, m.
bigse, arum
dubium, ii
molitura, se
homuncio, nis, n
nervus, i
vita, ae
necessarium, ii
auris, is, f.
aerugo, inis, f
advena, as
Nna. Advi.
molinarius, a. um
Cornelius, a, um
scaurus, a, um
senex, senis
laetus. a. um
salvus, a, um
farinosus, a, um
nummosus, a, um
Verba
fluo. 3 xi, xum
exonero^r.
susurro, 1 r.
Adverbia
volo, velle, volui
duco 3 , xi, ctum
caveo, 2 vi, cautum
recta
transeo,* vi, turn
obtego, 3 xi, ctum
submoveo, 2 vi turn
lente
possum, posse, potui
immineo, 3 -
substituo, 3 ui, turn
intrinsecus
coarcto 1 , r.
reprimo, 3 pressi, ssum
illabor, 3 psus sum
contero, 3 trivi, turn
committo, 3 si ssum
effero, 3 extuli, elatum
istinc
bifariam, trifariam
levo, 1 r,
comminuo, 3 ui. turn
gero, 3 ssi, stum
clam plane
irruo, 3 ui, -
quasso, 1 r,
conspicor, 1 atus sum
furtim quam
impingo, 3 pegi, pactnm
texo, 3 ui, turn
accerso. 3 sivi, itum
bene
gyro. 1 r.
sacco, 1 r.
aspicio, 3 pexi, ctum
deinceps procul
agito, 1 r.
excutio. 3 ssi, ssum
subsum, esse, fui
illico confestim
cieo, 2 vi, turn
emineo, 2
puto 1 , r.
foras extemplo
torqueo, 2 r. si, turn
evomo, 3 ui, itum
tendo, 3 tetendi, tentum
tolutim ultro citroque
impello, 3 puli, lsum
secerno, 3 crevi, turn
aio
subsisto, 3 stiti, stitum
dilabor, 3 psus sum
ito.ir,
acclamo, 1 r.
obsecro, 1 r.
statuo. 3 ui, tutum
reddo, 3 di, itum
eo,* ivi, itum
dirimo. 3 remi, ptum
traiicio, 3 ieci, iectum
appello. 3 puli, pulsum
credo, 3 didi, itum
Praepositiones
sub
oscito, 1 r.
memoro, ; r.
simulo, 1 r.
prodeo,* ivi, itum
conqueror, 3 questus sum
iubeo, 2 ssi, ssum
tento, ' r.
consulo, 3 lui, hum
intendo, 3 di, turn, sum
prospicio. 3 pexi, ctum
comparo, 1 r,
Principia Grammatics.
DE CONIVGATIONE VERBORVM.
63. De Participiis. Participia are forms of verbs partaking of the
nature of verbs, adjectives and nouns. In English we have two of
them: the Present Participle that ends in =ing, in all the verbs, as,
loving, buying, going, always active, and ought to denote the acting
subject, or the action, as in Latin; the Passive Participle, ending in
-ed, in the regular verbs, as, loved, painted, or some other ending.
as in the irregular verbs, such as written, bought, found; it is always
passive, denoting the thing done.
99
We have four Participia in Latin; they are:
i. Participium Praesentis: J s J^ J™{ iens ) -iens
=antis =entis =entis (ientis) Mentis
2. Participium Praeteriti: ^ * ^ tm ~ . sus £'***»
I. - iv.
%. Activum: -turus, a. am, or sums, a, ntn
I. II. HI iv.
, 4 . Passivum: -andus, -endus -endus, -iendus,
a, um. a, urn. a, urn. a, um.
Participium Futuri
1. Participium Praesentis.
Exemplaadl. .amans, vocans, ambulans, habitans, agitans, properans,
parans, &c, their genitives are, =tis, and are declined on the III., as, pner amans,
pueri amantis, pnero amanti, &c. When, as pure participles, u e verbs are
employed to qualify nouns, they govern the noun, so quahfied, lato genitive, as.
puer amans parentum. . .
Ad II -habens, docens, delens, videns, movens, emmens, contnens,
genitives: habentis, docentis, nom. pi. videntes, abl. sing, eminente, abl. pi.
continentibus, &c. ,
Ad III.: agens, faciens, dicens, scribens, edens, legens, fluens, loquens,
&c; genii.: =tis, all declined in the III., as: agenti, facienti, dicentem; scribente,
edentes, loquentium, fluentibus, &c. ...»•*
Ad IV.. audiens, dormiens, finiens, mentiens, esunens, sitiens, &c; genit.:
-tis, all in the III. , ,
The Partic. Pnes. is formed by dropping the pres. Infimt., or the -o of the
Praesens Indicativi, substituting the participial ending of the respective conjugation.
One must be cautious in the III., where there are a few verbs with -io. in the
Pnes. Indie, likeiacio, pario, capio, lacio, which may be mistaken for the IV.,
where -io is regular; in such a case, if the -io is cut off, it must be restored in the
-iens, (instead of -ens) ending.
2. Participium Praeteriti.
The Participium Praeteriti, or perfct participle, as is called in English
books, or, abbreviated as pp., is always passive, meaning the thing done, as,
written, made, bought, in Latin and in English perfectly agrees with each otfaei
as: amatus, a, um, is loved; scriptus, a, um, is written. Not so the present,
IOO
which, in English, means the thing, as, writing, drawing, painting, almost always
are nouns, meaning the thing written, drawn, or is expressed by a distinct noun,
as, lover, buyer, driver.
Exempla ad I.: amatus, vocatus, agitatus, aratus, quassatus, invitatus,
coarctatus, &c: all are -us, a, um,
Ad II.: habitus, doctus, delectus, visus, motus, cautus, iussus, completus,
contentus, census, &c. ; all -us, a, um.
Ad III.: actus, factus, dictus, scriptus, esus, lectus, tractus, ductus, divisus,
&c; all are -us, a, um.
Ad IV.: auditus, finitus, repertus, munitus, &c; all -us, a, um, handled
like adjectives, or nouns in their respective declensions.
Since the Participium Praeteriti is always passive, meaning the thing done;
and, since only transitive verbs can be made passive, as I have already stated, it
is evident that intransitive verbs, like dormio, sedeo, ambulo, esurio, &c, can
have no perfect participles; for just as we cannot say in English, the bed had been
slept, the chair had been sat, the street is walked, so we cannot say in Latin lectus est
dormitus, sella est sessa, via est ambulata, &c, though the English does say,
" walk your horses," which, grammatically, is absurd.
The Partic. Prset. is found by changing the -m of the supinum into an -s,
thus: amatum, amatus, a, um.
3. Participium Futuri Activum.
As this participle is not present in English, I wish to convey its meaning
to the student by venturing the expression, "the to be doing," something or
somebody; as -auctor scripturus, the to be writing author.
Exempla ad I.: amaturus, vocaturus, ambulaturus, habitaturus, agitaturus;
prscparaturus, laboraturus, paraturus, &c; all are -us, a um.
Ad II.: habiturus, docturus, deieturus, visurus, moturus, &c; all are=us, a,
um.
Ad III.: acturus, facturus, dicturus, scripturus, esurus, lecturus, casurus,
cocturus, empturus, venditurus, fluxurus, &c:; all are -us, a, um.
Ad IV.: auditurus, finiturus, dormiturus, oriturus, &c: all are -us, a, um,
whether active or deponent, in any conjugation-
The ending of this participle is found by changing the supinum, or the pp.
of the deponent verbs, into -turus, a, um, or -surus, a, um. But, since there
are numerous verbs, which have no supina, as emineo 2 , ui, — , and particularly the
-sco verbs, as disco 5 , didici, — , then this participle cannot be formed, and we
cannot say puer est disciturus, homo est senesciturus, auctor emineturus; but
we resort to the fut. act. participle of sum, es, est, futurus, a, um, and ut, saying:
futurum est ut puer discat, ut homo senescat (consenescat), auctor emineat.
IOI
4. Participium Futuri Passivum.
Not present in English. By meaning it is the reverse of the Participium
Futuri Activum, the thing to be done as: puella amanda, the to be loved girl;
liber legendus, the to be read book.
Exempla Ad I.: amadus, vocandus, agitandus, educandus, invitandus, &c.
all are=us, a, um.
Ad II.: habendus. docendus, delendus. videndus, movendus, continendus
iubendus, &c.; all =us, a, um.
Ad III.: agendus, faciendus, dicendus, scribendus, legendus, csdendus,
emendus, vendendus, &c; all -us, a, um.
Ad IV.: audiendus, finiendus, muniendus, &c; all =us, a, um.
This participle, like the perfecti, being passive, excludes all intransitive
verbs, active and deponent. But it has a peculiarity of its own, that its neuter
form is applicable to almost any verb, whether intransitive or deponent, attaching
to it the times of the verbs sum, es, est and the subject of the verb is joined to it
in dative, if necessary, as: mihi scribendum est, I have got to write; nobis
eundum est, we have got to go; omnibus hominibus moriendum est, all men have
got to die; properandum est, one has got to hurry.
Any of the times of sum es, est can be employed with this participle, but
only in the 3d person, because the person is excluded from the verb by its neuter
ending, and it precedes or follows the verb in dative, therefore the verb is
impersonal, as: scio mihi properandum esse, I know that I have got to hurry;
dicis tibi properandum fuisse, thou sayst that thou hadst to hurry; fratri pro-;
perandum erat, my brother had to hurry; scribendum ei fuit, he had to write;
illis ante casam standnm erit, they will have to stand before the cottage;
nescimus ubi nobis sedendum sit, we do not know where we shall have to sit;
sciendum est, it should be known: cavendum erit, one will have to beware, or,
one will have to furnish securit} 7 .
As this dative is really equivalent to Dativus Possessivus, to be specified
later, we may consider this Participium as a noun, and, as such, I class it with this
gerundium, making it the Nominativus Gerundsi, though no grammarian does so.
The Gerundium is the Participium Futuri Passivum used ss a noun; the same
Participium used as an =us, a, um adjective, is the gerundivum.
De Gerundio, et de Gerundive
64. The Gerundium is the Participium Futuri Passivum, in its neuter form,
used as a noun in singular number only, without a Vocativus. Its form and use.
102
Nom. (mihi) scribendum (est, erat, fuit, &c.^
Gen. (exercitatio) scribendi
Dat. (graphis) scribendo (apta, suitable)
Ace. (graphis est) ad scribendum
Abl. (manus) scribendo (fessa, tired)
The Gerundivum.
Nrus. Singularis.
Nom. liber legendus
Qen. libri legendi
Dat. libro legendo
Ace. librum legendum
Voc. (o) liber legende
Abl. (a) libro legendo
Nrus. Pluralis.
Nom. libri legendi
Gen. librorum legendorum
Dat. libris legendis
Ace. libros legendos
Voc. (o) libri legendi
Abl. (a) libris legendis
De Vsu Participiorum.
65. The Latin verb, like the Hungarian, in its simple form, expresses the
subject, the action and the time of the action, as: mitto (Hungarian kiildok), in
which the =0 is ego, I, and also the time now, and mitt, is the action, send; where-
as all modern languages must employ another word (I, ich, je, io, Jach, Ja, &c.)
for the subject, misi (Hungarian kuldtem), is rendered in English as I have sent;
three words. When the verb is thus conjugated by the assistance of a help-verb,
having no direct and simple form to express the required time, the conjugation is
called periphrastic, of which both the Latin and Hungarian avail themselves.
A periphrasis, circumlocution, therefore, consists of two parts : the
respective participle of the main verb, and a help-verb, which in Latin, is sum=
es-est. Wherefore, by combining sum-es-est with any of the four Participia, we
form a complete periphrastic conjugation, as: amans sum, eram, fui, ero, sim,
essem, fuerim, &c-: I am, I have been, I shall be, I be, I would be, I would
have been loving; amatus, sum, erain, fui, ero, &c, I am, I was, I shall be &c.
loved; amaturus, a, urn, sum, sim, essem, fuissem, &c,, 1 am to be, in order that
I be, I should be, I should have been to love; amandus, a, um, sum, sim, forem,
fuissem, &c, I am, I be, I were, I should have been to beloved. Sometimes it is
the help- verb that furnishes the time, at other times it is the participle.
All the time and personal endings of the regular conjugations of the Latin
verbs are furnished by three little verbs, sum=es=est, eo, ire, ivi, itum, and fio,
fieri, factus sum. When the student knows these three verbs, he knows the
entire Latin conjugation, which can be accomplished in this one lesson, in an
hour's time.
io3
VERBVM SVBSTANTIVVM SVM
66. Tempora Primitiva: sum, esse, fui
Modus Infinitivus, Prcesens, esse
Prceleritum, fuisse
Futurum, futurum, am, urn, os, as, a, esse, or, fore
Participia: Present*, ens, tis; Praeterito, caret; Put. Act.-, futurus, a, urn
MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS.
Tempus Prsesens.
S. sum, es, est
PI. sumus, estis, sunt
S. sim, sis, sit
PI. simus, sitis, sint
Tps. Prsetentum Imperfectum.
S. eram, eras, erat
PI. eramus, eiatis, drant
S. essem, esses, esset
PI. essemus, essetis, Assent
S. fui, fuisti, fuit
P. fiiimus, fuistis, fudrunt, fuere
Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum.
S. fuerim, fueris, fuerit
P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint
Tps. Prseteritum Plus quam Perfectum,
5. fueram, fueras, fderat
P. faeramus, fueratis, fuerant
S. fuissem, fuisses, fuisset
P. fuissemus, fuissetis, fuissent
S. ero, eris, erit
P. erimus, iritis, drunt
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
S. futurus, a um
P. futuri, as, a
}sim, sis, sit
simus, sitis, sinl
Tps. Futurum Exactum,
S. fuero, fueris, fuerit
P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint
S. fut
P. f
uturus, a, uml
uturi, se, a J
essem, esses, esset
sesemus, essetis,
essent
A L TERN A TI VA TEMP OP A .
Tps. Futurum Exactum Tps. Imperf. Coniunctivi.
S. fuero, fueris, fuerit S. forem, fores, foret
P. fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint P. foremus, foretis, forent
104
Modus Imperativus.
Lenioiv Asperior.
S. es !
P. este !
S. esto ! esto !
P. estote 1 sunto !
Notes? i. As to quantity; es, of the 2nd pers. is usually long, but it is also
used as short. The e is short throughout, excepting esses, essemus, essetis, as
marked. The a is also marked where it is long. The i is short throughout,
excepting in fui, and fuisti, sis, simus, sitis. The u is short, and where it is
marked, it bears the accent.
2. Sum being no regular verb, but simply expressing existence, it cannot
be passive: wherefore, it lacks pp.
3. By Alternativa Tempora I mean that essem and forem (o short) are
used almost like synonyms; the difference being that the former has the meaning
of were I, the latter, were 1 ever to be. On the other hand fiiero serves both as
Indie, and Coniunct., as the regular direct verb, beside the periphrastic form.
4. Let the stundent mark well that by compounding eram and fui, he
obtains fuerarn, from fui and ero, fiiero. from fui and essem, fuissem, from fui
and sim (s and r are often interchanged in Latin) fiierim. From these elements,
and the ones furnished by eo and fio, is made up the whole Latin conjugation.
The student must not take up the next until he knows sum by heart without a hitch.
VERBVM EO.
67. Tpora Primitiva : eo, ire, ivi, itum,
Mod. Infill., Press., ire, Praeter., ivisse (iisse, isse).
Put., iturum, am, um, os, as, a, esse.
Participia : Prasentis, iens, euntis.
Preset, caret ;
Put., iturus, a, um ; Supina, itum, et, Itu.
Modus Indicativus. Modus Coniunctivus.
Tempus Prassens.
S. eo, is, it. S. earn, eas, eat
P. imus, it is, eunt I P. eamus, eatis, eant.
i°5
S. ibam, ibas, ibat
P. lbdmus, ibatis, ibant
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
S. irem, ires, iret
P. iremus, irdtis, irent.
S. ivi, i visti, ivit
P. ivimus, ivistis, iverunt, ierunt
ive*re, iere
Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum.
S. iverim, iveris, fverit
P. iverimus, iveritis, iverint
Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum.
S. iveram, iveras, iverat
P. iveramus, iveratis, fverant
S. ivissem, ivisses, ivisset
P. ivissemus, ivissetis, ivissent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
S. ibo, ibis, ibit
P. ibimus, ibitis, ibunt
S. hums, a, urn"! sim, sis, sit
P. iluri, ae, a Jsimus, sitis, sint,
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
S. ivero, fveris, iverit
P. iverimus, iveritis, iverint
S. lturus, a, urn ) essem, esses, esset
P. ituri, se, a jessemus, essetis
essent.
Lenior.
S. i !
P. ite!
Modus Imperativus
Asperior.
S. ito! ito!
P. itote ! eunto !
Gerundium.
Nom. eundum (est)
Gen. eundi Ace. (ad) eundum
Dat. eundo Abl. eundo
Note. Most of the endings of the regular conjugation are formed from the
stem of the main verb and the endings of this verb; as: ama + ire, amare, ama +
jS, amas; ama + it, amat, &c; ama + ibam, amabam; ama + ivi, amavi; ama +
iveram, amaveram; ama + ibo, amabo; ama + ivero, amavero; ama + iverim,
amaverim; ama + ivissem, amavissem; ama + iens, amans; ama + iturus
amaturus; ama + eundum, amandum. Quite a sufficient reason for the student
to stop here for memorizing eo most thoroughly.
io6
VERBVM FIO.
68. Tempora Primitiva: fio, fieri, factus sum
Infinitivi: Prsesens, fieri.
Praeteri turn, factum, am, um, os, as, a, esse.
Futurum, factum iri (futurum esse).
Participia: Praesenti, caret; Praeteri ti, factus, a, um;
Futuri, Activo caret.
Passivum, faciendus, a, um.
Modus Indicativus.
Tps. Praes., fio, fis, fit, fimus, fitis, fiunt
" Praet. Imp. fiebam, bas bat, bamus,
batis, bant.
" Praet. Perf., factus, a, um, ti, ae, a,
sum, es, est, &c.
" Plus qm. Perf. factus, a, um, ti, ae, a,
eram, eras, erat, &c.
' Fut. S. fiam, fies, net, emus, etis,fient.
M Fut. Ex. factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, ero,
eris, &c.
Modus Coniunctivus.
fiam, fias fiat, fiamus, fiatis, fiant.
fierem, res, ret, remus, retis, rent.
factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, sim, sis, sit, &c
factus, a, um, ti, ae, a, essem, esses, &c
faciendus, a, um, di, ae, a, sim, sis, &c
faciendus, a> um, di, ae, a, essem, &c.
Notes: i. Some grammarians are particular in leaving out fimus, fitis, as
not present in the classics; others leave them in as I do, for it is unlikely thai
they were not in use, and Roman grammarians recite the full form.
2. This verb, as stated before, stands as the passive of facio, and as a kind
of middle verb, in the sense of "to become," or "to happen." Whence it furnishes
us with a model of the periphrastic forms of the passive conjugation.
3. When it is emplo3 r ed in the meaning of to happen, it has also an active
! m 11 in the Infinitive, futurum, am, um, &c, esse.
4. Take notice that, while eo forms its Fut. Simplex, =bo, which is also the
int. 'ridings of the I. and II. conjugations, this offers us -am, es, et, which
furnishes the Fut. Simplex endings of the III. and IV. regular conjugations,
wli it :>v we have here all the elements making up the regular conjugations.
io7
69. VERBVM POSSUM.
Tempora PrimitLva: possum, posse, potui
Tps. Prses. Infinitivi, posse
Prset. potuisse
Tpre Futuro " caret
Participium Prsesentis, potens, potentis
Cseteris caret
Modus lndicativus
Modus Coniunctivus.
Tern pus Praesens.
S. possum, potes, potest,
PI. possumus, potestis, possunt
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum
5. poteram, p6teras, poterat
PI. poteramus, poteratis, p6terant
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum
S. potui, potuisti, potuit,
PI. potuimus, potufstis, potuerunt,
potuere
Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum
S. potueram, as, at,
PI. potueramus, dtis, erant
Tps. Futurum Simplex
S. p6tero, p6teris, p6terit
PI. pot^rimus, eritis, erint
S. possim, possis, possit,
PI. possimus, possitis, possint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum
S. possem, p6sses, posset
PI. possimus, possetif, possent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum
S. potuerim, potueris, potiierit
PI. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint
Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum
S. potuissem, ses, set
PI. potuissemus, setis, sent
Tps. Futurum Simplex
caret
Tps. Futurum Exactum
S. potuero, potueris, potiierit
Pi. potuerimus, potueritis, potuerint
io8
CONIVGATIO . VERBORVM PERIPHRASTICA.
70. Coniugatio Prima
Coniugatio Secunda
Praesens Infinitivi, amans esse
Praeteritum " amans fuisse
Futurum amans futurus esse
amans fore
Cum Participio Praesentis.
Praesens Infinitivi, monens esse
Praeteritum monens fuisse
Futurum monens futurus es
monens fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct
Tern pus Praesens.
amans
\sum, es,
amans ) '
est
jsumus,
amantes J estis,
/ sunt
\sim, sis,
sit
amantes
simus,
sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
amans
\eram,
(eras, erat
eramus,
)ci ex 111 u. a ,
eratis,
) erant
amans
\essem,
'esses,
esset
essemus,
amantes /essetis,
) essent
amans
amantes
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
fuerim
\fui, fuisti
( fuit
vluimus,
/fuistis,
JfueVunt
) fuere
aman
Ntue
s I fueris,
I fuerit
/fuerimus
tes /fueritis,
) iuerint
am
Tps. Pratt. Plus quam Perfectum
f , \ iuissem
I ii'-ram
\ u'-ram,
ans )
' as, l
Mil' ra
amantes
ai
ramus
atis, ant
amans )
v es, et
Uuissemus
amantes) e itj s
) fuissent
Modus Indie. Modus Co/iiun,
Tern pus Praesens,
monens
)sum,es,
) est
)sumus,
monentes ) estis
) sunt
monens
)sim,s:
)
)simus
monentes ) s jtj s
) ' si
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
)eram,
monens ) eras,
) erat
)eramus,
monentes ) eratis,
) erant
) essen
monens ) esses
) ess
)essemi
monentes ) essetis
) esse
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
)fui,
monens
monentes
) fuisti,
) fuit
) fuimus,
)f nistis ,
)fuerunt
) fuere
)fuerii
monens ) J
fuerim
monentes )f U erit
) fuer
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
)fuiss
monens
) fueram,
) as, at
)fueramus
monentes ) £tis,
) fuerant
monens \ es
^fuissi
monentes ^mus,
Jsitk.
)fuiss.i
CONIVGATIO VERBORVM PERIPHRASTICA.
Coniugatio Tertia Coniugatio Quarta
Cum Participio Praesentis.
aesens Infinitivi, regens esse
aeteritum ' regens fuisse
iturum regens futurus esse
fore
>dus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tern pus Praesens.
ens
entes,
)sum,
) es, est
)sumus,
) estis,
) sunt
)sim,
re s ens )sis, sit,
Jsimus,
regentes ) s itis
) sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
)essem,
regens ) esses,
) esset
)essemus,
regentes )essetis,
) essent
)eram,
ens )eras,erat
|eramus,
entes ) era tis,
) erant
ens
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum
fui,fuisti
fuit
fuimus,
entes
fuistis,
fuerunt,
fuere
Jfuerim,
regens ) ris, rit
)fuerimus
regentes )^ ri tis,
) fiierint
regens
Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum
)fufssem,
)fsses,set
)fuisse-
)mus,
regentes )fuis ^ t . g
) fuissent
ens ) f * eram >
) as, at
Jfuera-
entes )mus, atis
) fiierant
Praesens Infinitivi, audiens esse
Ptseteritum " audiens fuisse
Futurum audiens futurus esse
fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tern pus Praesens.
,. )sum,
audiens * M ' .
) es, est,
)sumus,
audientes) est j S)
) sunt
audiens
)sim,
)sis, sit,
Jsimus,
audientes ) s itis,
) sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
) essem,
audiens ) esses,
) esset
)essemus
audientes )essetis,
) essent
,. )eram,e-
audlens )ras,erat
)eramus,
audientes) eratis,
) erant
audiens
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum
.. )fui, fui-
aud.ens } sti fuU
)fuimus,
)fufstis,
audientes )f U( £ runtl
) fuere
)fuerim,
) ris, rit,
Jfuerimus
audientes )f ue s r j t i s
/ fiierint
Tps. Praeteritum Plus quam Perfectum
aud
)fueram,
lens )ras,rat,
)fuera-
audientes ) rnus,
) ratis,
) fueran
audiens
uissem
)
) sses,set
) fuisse-
audientes { mus >
) fuissetis
) fuissent
I IO
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
)ero, eris
amans j erit>
)erimus,
amantes )ior.
Sing, amans esto!
PI. amantes est6te!
sunto!
Cum Participio Praeteriti.
Praesens Infinitivi amatus, a, um esse
Praeteritum ' amatus, a, um fuisse
Futurum " amatus, a,um futurus
esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tern pus Praesens
amatus, )sum, es,
a, um ) est
amati, )sumus,
Be, a ) estis,sunt
amatus, )sim, sis,
a, um ) sit
amati, ) simus,
ae, a )sitis,sint
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
)futuru
monens
)ero, eris
) erit
) erimus,
monentes ) iritis,
) erunt
monens
)a, um
)sim, s
) si
)futuri ;
)a,simi
monentes )sitis,
) si:
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
)futurus
monens
)fuero,
) is, it
) fueri-
monentes ) mus >
) itis,
) fiierint
^a, um,
monens )
)essem,i
\ ses, t
)futuri,;
)a, esse
monentes )mus,et
)
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
5. monens es!
PI. monentes este!
Asperior.
S. monens esto!
PI. monentes esto
" sunt
Cum Participio Prseteriti.
Praesens Infinitivi m6nitus, a, um es
Praeteritum" m6nitus a um fuis;
Futurum " m6nitus, a um fut-
rus esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniun
Tempus Praesens
monitus \sum, es,
a, um) est
\sumus,
m6n,tl sim »
) sis, sit
)futuri,ae,
audientes 'a, simus
)sitis,sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
Ifuero,
audiens
1 ris,
) rit
• fue*ri-
audientes <
1 mus,
1 itis,
) fuerint
audiens
futurus,
a, um
essem,
esses,
esset
futuri,
a,
audientes) essemus,
) esse'tis,
) essent
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior
S. audiens es!
PI. audientes este!
Asperior
S. audiens e*sto!
PI. audientes estote!
sunto!
Cum Participio Prseteriti.
Praesens Infinitivi, auditus a, um, esse,
Praeteritum auditus, a,um, fuisse
Futurum auditus a, um, futurus
esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunet.
Tempus Praesens.
auditus (sum, es,
a, um
est
auditi \sumus,
33, a \estis.sunt
auditus,
a, um
auditi,
ae, a
sim, sis,
sit
simus,
sitis, sint
I 12
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunct.
Tps. Praeterit- Imperfectum.
amatus )eram, e*ras
a, um
amati
33, a
drat
eramus,
eratis,
e"rant
amatus )essem,
a, um ) esses?
) esset
)essemus
) essetis,
) essent
amati
33, a
Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum.
)fuerim,
amatus ) is, it,
a, um )
)fudrimus,
amati ) itis,
ae, a ) fuerint
)fui, fuisti,
amatus ) fuit
a, um ) fuimus,
amati ) fuistis,
as, a
) fuerunt,
) ere
Tps. Prset. Plus quam Perfectum.
)fuissem,
amatus ) fueram
) as, at,
jfueramus:
a, um
amati ) atis,
se» a ) fuerant
amatus )f u isses,
a, um )fufsset,
amati )fuisse-
)mus,etis,
)fuissent
33, a
amatus
a, um
amati,
33, a
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
)futurus
am&tus
)dro, dris,
) erit,
) primus.
) eritis,
) erunt
a, um
amati,
33, a
) a, um,
)sim, sis,
)sit, futu-
) ri, 33,
)a, simus
)sitis,sint
Tps. Futrum Exactum
amatus
a, um
)fiinro,
) ftieris,
) ftierit
amati
33, a
)fu£rimus,
) iueritis,
) fuerint
amatus
a, um
amati
33, a
)futurus,a,
)um,essem
)esses, 6s-
)set futuri,
) 33, a,, es-
)sdmus, tis
) Assent
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunci
Tps: Praeterit. Imperfectum.
m6nitus
).
) eras,erat
a, um \
. . . )eramus,
m6nitl ) eratis,
335 a ) erant
, . )essem,
monitus ) esses,
a ' um ) esset
)essdmus
) essetis,
ae ' a ) essent
moniti
Tps. Prseteritum Perfectum.
m6nitus )fui, fuisti,
a, um ) fuit
)fuimus,
moniti ) fuistis
33, a ) fudrunt,
) fueVe
m6nitus )fuerim,
a, um )is, fuerit
)fueri-
moniti ) mus,
33, a )eritis,
) int
Tps. Prset. Plus quam Perfect.
monitus )fuissem,
a, um ) es, et
)fuisse-
) mus,
) etis, ent
monitus )fueram,
a, um ) as, at
, ... )fuerdmus
) dtis,
36 ' a ) fuerant
moniti
33, a
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
) futurus,
m6nitus )a,umsim
a, um, ) sis, sit
)futuri,
m6niti, ) a3, a,
33, a, ) simus,
)sitis,sint
m6nitus)ero, eris,
a, um ) erit
, ... )erimus,
moniti, < , . A .
; eritis,
3e ' a ) erunt
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
) futurus,
monitus )a,um,es-
a, um )sem,es-
monitus)fuero,eris
a, um
moniti
33, a
) erit
)fudrimus,
) eritis,
) fuerint
m6niti
33, a
)ses, esset
)futuri,3?,
)a, esse-
)mus,etis
) essent
H3
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum,
rectus, )fui, fuisti,
a, um) fuit
)fuirnus,
recti, )fuistis,
33, a)fuerunt,
) fuere
rectus, )fuerim,
a, um)fueris,
) fuerit
recti, )fuerimus,
se, a)fueritis,
) fuerint
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
rectus, )fueram,
a, um)as,
) fiierat
recti, )fuerdmus,
ae, a)ratis,
) erant
rectus, )fuissem,
a, um)fuisses,
) fuisset
recti, )fuissemus,
se, a)fuissetis,
) fuissent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
rectus, )ero,
a, um) eris,
) ent
recti, )erimus,
ae> a)eritis,
) erunt
rectus, )futurus,
a, um)a, um,
)sim,sis, sit
recti, )futuri,ae,a,
se, a)simus,
) sitis, sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
rectus, )fuero,
St, um)f tieris,
) fuerit
recti, )fuerimus,
33, a)fueritis,
) fuerint
rectus, )futurus, a,
a, um)um,essem,
) ses, set
recti, )futuri,ae,a,
33, a)essemus,
) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
5. rectus, a,
um es !
PI. recti, 33,
a e*stel
Asperior.
S. rectus, a,
um esto !
PI. recti, 33, a est6-
te! sunt6!
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
auditus,)fui, fuisti,
a, um) fuit
)fuimus,
auditi, )fuistis,
33, a)fuerunt,
) fuere
auditus,)fuerim,
a, um)fueris,
) fuerit
auditi, )fuerimus,
33, a)fueritis,
) fuerint
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
audftus,)fueram,
a, um)fueras,
) fuerat
auditi, )fueramus,
33, a)fueratis,
) fuerant
auditus,)fuissem,
a, um)fuisses,
) fuisset
auditi, )fuissemus,
33, a)fuissetis,
) fuissenc
Tps. Futurum Simplex,
auditus,)ero,
a, um) eris,
) erit
auditi, )erimus,
33, a)eritis,
) erunt
auditus,)futurus, a,
a, um)um, sim,
) sis, sit
auditi, )futuri, 33,
33, a)a, simus,
) sitis, sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
auditus,)fuero,
a, um)fiieris,
) fuerit
auditi, )fuerimus,
33, a)fueritis,
) fuerint
auditus,)futurus, a,
a, um)um,essem,
) es, et
auditi, )futuri,33,a,
33, a)essemus,
) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. auditus, a,
um es !
PI. auditi, 33,
a, e'ste !
Asperior.
S. auditus, a,
um esto !
PI. auditi, 33, a e-
st6te ! ' sunto I
ii4
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. amatus, a, urn
es
PI. amati, ae, a
este!
Asp^rior.
S. amatus, a, urn
esto!
PI. amati, ae, a
est6tel
11 sunto!
Cum Participio Futuri Active
Praet.
Fut.
Praes. Infinitivi, amaturum, am, urn,
os, as, a, esse
" amaturum, am, um,
os, as, a, fuisse
" amaturum, am, um,
os, as, a, futurum
esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
)sim,
amaturus ) sis,
a, um ) sit
)simus,
Modus Imperativus.
amaturus
a, um
amaturi
ae, a
)sum,es,
) est
)
)sumus,
) estis,
) sunt
amaturi ) sitis,
ae, a ) sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
)eram,
amaturus )eras,
a, um ) erat
)eramus,
amaturi ) eratis, I amaturi Jesset'ft.
ge a ) erant|ae, a ) essent
) essem,
amaturus ) esses,
a, um ) esset
)essemusj
)<
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
)fui,fuis-
amaturus )ti, fuit,
a, um )fuimus,
)fuistis,
amaturi )fu£runt
;( . a ) fu^re
)fuerim,
amaturus )fiieris,
a, um )fuerit
)fu^rimus
amaturi )fudritis,
ae, a ) fuerint
Lenior.
S. m6nitus, a, um,
es!
PI. mdniti, ae, a,
este!
Asperior.
S. monitus, a, um
esto!
PI. m6niti, ae, a,
estote!
suntol
Cum Participio Futuri Active
Praes. Infinitivi, moniturum, am, um,
os, as, a, esse
Praet. 4 * moniturum, am, um,
os, as, a, fuisse
Fut. " moniturum, am, um,
os, as, a, fore,
futurum esse
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
)sum,
monittirus
a, um
monituri
ae, a
) es,
) est
)sumus
) estis,
) sunt
moniturus
a, um
monituri
ae, a
)sim,
) sis,
) sit
) simus
) sitis,
) sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
)essem,
)esses,
a, um
) eram,
moniturus ) eras>
a, um ) eratj
. , . )eramus
monituri ) tis>
3e » a ) erant
moniturus
monituri
ae, a
) esset
) esse-
)mus,tis
) essent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
moniturus
a, um
monituri
ae, a
)fui,fui-
)sti,fuit
)fuimus
)fuistis
)fue-
) runt
)fudre
. . )fuerim
monitutus ) fueris ,
a > um ) fuerit
)fueri-
monituri )inus,
ae, a ) tis,
)fuerint
"5
Cum Participio Futuri Active
Praesens Infinitivi, recturus, a,
um, esse
Praeteritum " recturus, a>
um, fuisse
Futurum recturus, a, um,
futurus, a, um, esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tern pus Praesens.
recturus)sum,
a, um) es, est
recturi, )sumus,
ae, a) estis, sunt
recturus)sim, sis,
a, um) sit
recturi, )simus,
ae, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
recturus)eram,
a, um) eras, erat
recturi, )eramus,
ae, a) tis, erant
recturus)essem,
a, um) esses, et
recturi, )essemus,
ae, a) tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
recturus)fui, fuisti,
a, um) fuit
. )fuimus,fu-
rectun > )istis, fue-
ae ' a )runt, ere
recturus)fuerim,
a, um) ris, rit
. )fuerimus,
recturi, ) fu<5ritiSf
3e ' a ) Merint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
recturus)fueram, |recturus)fuissem,
a, um) as, fuerat a, um) ses, set
recturi, )fueramus, recturi, )fuissemus,
ae, a) atis, rant' ae, a) tis, sent
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
recturus)futurus, a,
a, um)um, sim,
) sis, sit
recturi, )futuri,ae,a,
recturus)^ro, eris,
a, um) erit
)
)
recturi, )erimus,tis,
ae, a) ^runt
ae, a)simus,sitis
) sint
Cum Participio Futuri Active
Praesens Infinitivi, auditurus, a, um,
esse
Praeteritum " auditurus, a, um,
fuisse
Futurum auditurus, a, um,
futurus, a, um, esse, fore
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
auditur-)sum, es,
us,a,um) est
audituri)sumus, es-
ae, a) tis, sunt
auditur-)sim, sis,
us,a,um) sit
audituri)simus,
ae, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
auditur-)eram,
us,a,um) eras, erat
audituri)eramus,
ae, a) tis, erant
auditur-)essem,
us,a,um) esses, et
audituri)essemus,
ae, a) tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
auditur-)fui, fuisti,
us,a,um) fuit
.)fuimus,fu-
auditun^v' .• ( ,
jistis, tue-
se ' a ) runt, ere
auditur-)fuerim,
us,a,um) eris, rit
)fuerirrms,
)fueritis,
a ) fuerint
audituri
ae
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
auditur-)fueram,
us,a,um) as, at
audituri )fueramus,
ae, a) atis, rant
auditur-)fuissem,
us,a,um) sses, set
audituri)fuissemiis,
ae, a) setis, sent
Tempus Futurum Simplex
auditur-)e'ro, eris,
us,a,um) erit
)
.)
audituri)^rimus,
ae, a) tis, e'runt
auditur-jfuturiif , a,
us,a> um)um, sim,
) sis, sit
audituri)futim, se,
ae, a)a, simus,
) sitis, sint
i6
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
amatu- )Meram,
rus, )as,
a, urn) fuerat
. )fueramus,
amaturl )ratis,
ae ' a ) erant
amatu- )fuissem,
rus, )fuisses,
a, um) fuisset
. )fuissemus,
amatun )fuiss£tis,
ae » a ) fuissent
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
amatu- )ero,
rus, ) eris,
a, um) erit
. )erimus,
amaturi )eritis,
^ a ) erunt
amatu- )futurus, a,
rus, )um, sim,
a, um) sis, sit
.)futuri,ae,a
simus,
x ' a ) sitis, sint
amaturi y
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
amatu- )fuero,
rus, )fueris,
a, um) Merit
. )fuerimus,
amaturi )fueritis,
se ' a ) Merint
amatu- )futurus, a,
rus, )um,essem,
a, um) ses, set
.)futuri,ae,a,
amatun )essemus,
2e> a ) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus.
Le^nior.
S.
amaturus, a,
um 6s !
PI. amaturi se,
a este!
Asperior.
S. amaturus, a,
um esto !
PI. amaturi,ae,ae-
st6te ! " sunt6!
CumParticipioFuturiPassivo.
Praesens Infinitivi, amandus, a, um,
amandi, ae, a, esse
Praeteritum " amandus, a, um,
amandi, 32, a, fuisse
Futurum " amandus, a, um,
amandi, ae, a, fore, futurus, a, um, esse
moni- )fiieram>
turus, )fueras,
a, um) fuerat
moni- )fueramus,
turi, )fueratis,
se, a) fuerant
moni- )fuissem,
turus, )fuisses,
a, um) fuisset
moni- )fuissemus,
turi, )fuissetis,
se, a) fuissent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
moni- )ero,
moni- )futurus, a,
turus, ) eris,
turus, )um, sim,
a, um) erit
a, um) sis, sit
moni- )erimus,
moni- )futuri, se,
turi, )eritis,
turi, )a, simus,
ae, a) erunt
se, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
moni- )fuero,
turus, )fueris,
a, um) Merit
moni- )fuerimus,
turi, )fueritis,
ae, a) fuerint
moni- )futurus, a,
turus, )um,essem,
a, um) es, et
moni- )futuri,se,a,
turi, )essemus,
se, a) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. moniturus, a,
um es !
PI. monituri, se,
a, este !
Asperior.
S. moniturus, a,
um esto !
PI. monituri, se,a,e-
stote ! " sunto!
CumParticipioFuturiPassivo.
Praesens Infinitivi, monendus, a, um,
monendi, ae, a, esse
Praeteritum 44 monendus, a, um,
monendi, se, a, fuisse
Futurum 44 monendus, a, um,
di, ae, a, futurus, a, um, i, se, a, esse
ii7
Tps. Futurum Exactum
recturus)fuero,
a, um)fueris,
) fuerit
recturi, )fuerimus
ae, a)fueritis,
) fiierint
recturus)futurus, a,
a, um)um,essem,
) es, et
recturi, )futuri,ae,a,
ae, a)essemus,
) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus
Lenior.
S. recturus, a,
urn es !
PI. recturi, ae, a,
este !
Asperior.
S. recturus, a,
um, esto !
PI. recturi, ae, a,
estote! ' sunto!
CumParticipioFuturiPassivo.
Praes. Infinitivi, regendus, a, um, esse
Praet. regendus, a,um,fuisse
Fut. regendus, a, um,
futurus, a, um, esse, fore
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
regen- )sum, es,
dus, ) est
a, um)sumusj
regendi,)estis,
ae, a) sunt
sis,
sit
regen- )sim
dus, )
a, um)simus,
regendi,)sitis,
ae, a) sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum,
regen- )eram,eras,
dus, ) erat
a, um)eramus,
regendi 5 )eratis,
ae, a) erant
regen- )essem,
dus, ) esses, et
a> um)
regendi,)essemus,
ae, a) tis, ent
Tps. Futurum Exactum
auditur-)fuero,
us,a,um)fueris,
) fuerit
audituri)fudrimus,
ae, a)fudritis,
)fiierint
auditur-)futurus, a?
us,a,um)um,essem,
) es, et
audituri)futuri,ae,a,
ae, a)essemus,
) tis, sent
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. auditurus, a,
um es!
PI. audituri, ae, a,
este!
Asperior.
S. auditurus, a,
um esto !
PI. audituri, ae, a,
est6te ! " sunto!
CumParticipioFuturiPassivo.
Praes. Infinitivi, audiendus, a, um, esse
Praet. audiendus, a, um, fuisse
Fut. audiendus, a, um,
futurus, a, um, esse, fore
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
audien- )sum,
dus, a, ) es, est
um)
audien- )sumus,
di, ae, a) estis, sunt,
audien- )sim, sis,
dus, ) sit
a, um)
audien- )simus,
di, ae, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
audien- )eram,
dus, ) eras, erat
a, um)
audien- )erdmus,
di, ae, a) tis, erant
audien- )essem,
dus ) esses, et
a, um)
audien- )essemus,
di, ae, a) tis, sent
n8
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunct.
Tern pus Praesens.
aman- )sum,
dus, ) es,est
a, urn)
amandijsumus,
se, a) estis, sunt
aman- )sim, sis,
dus, ) sit
a, um)
amandi,)simus,
se, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
aman- )essem,
dus, ) esses, et
a, um)
amandi, )essemus,
ae, a) tis, ent
aman- )eram,
dus, ) eras,erat
a, um)
amandi, )eramus,
83, a)tis, erant
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
aman- )fui, fuisti,
dus, ) fuit
a, um)fuimus, fu-
amandi,)istis, lue-
39, a)runt, ere
aman- )fuerim,
dus, ) ris, rit
a, um)fue'rimus,
amandi, )fu£ritis,
33, a) fuerint
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunct.
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
aman- )fuissem,
dus, ) ses, set
a, um)
amandi, )fuissemus,
ss, a) tis, sent
aman- )fusram,
dus, ) as, fuerat
a, um)
amandi, )fueramus,
se, a) atis, rant
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
aman- )ero, eris,
dus, ) erit
a, um)
)
amandi, )erimus, tis,
ae, a) erunt
aman- )futurus, a,
dus, )um, sim,
a, um) sis, sit
)futuri,ss,a,
amandi, )simus, sitis
ae, a) sint
Tempus Praesens.
Tps. Futurum Exactum,
aman- )fuero, eris,
dus, ) fiierit
a, um)
jfiif'rimus,
amandi, Jfucritis,
as, a) fuerint
aman- )futurus, a,
dus, )um,essem,
a, um) es, et
)futuri,32,a
amandi, )ess^mus,
33, a) tis,essent
monen- )sum, es,
dus, ) est
a, um)
monen- )sumus,es-
di, 33, a) tis, sunt
SIS,
sit
monen- )sim
dus, )
a, um)
monen- )simus,
di, se, a )sitis, sint
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum
monen- )eram,
dus, ) eras, erat
a, um)
monen- )eramus,
di, 33, a ) tis, erant
monen- )essem,
dus, ) esses, et
a, um)
monen- )essemus,
di, 33, a ) tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
monen- )fui, fuisti,
dus, ) fuit
a, um)fuimus,fu-
monen- )istis, fue-
di, 33, a) runt, ere
monen- )fuerim,
dus, ) eris, ril
a, um)fuerimus,
monen- )fueritis,
di, 33, a) fuerini
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
monen- )fueram,
dus, ) as, at
a, um)
monen- )fueramus,
di, 33, a) atis, rant
monen- )fuissem,
dus, ) sses, se
a, um)
monen- )fuissemus
di, 33, a) se'tis, sen
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
monen- )£ro, eris,
dus, ) e*rit
a, um)
)
monen- )erimus,
di, 33, a) tis, erunt
monen- )futurus, a
dus, )um, sim,
a, um) sis, si
)futuri, 33,i
monen- )simus,
di, 33, a) sitis, sin
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
monen- )futurus, a
dus, )um,essem
a, um) es, e
)futuri, 33, £
monen- )essemus,
di, 33, a) tis,essen
monen- )fuero, eris,
dus, ) fiierit
a, um)
)fue'rimus,
monen- )fue'ritis,
di, 33, a,) fuerint
H9
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
regen- )fui, fuisti,
dus, ) fuit
a, um)fuimus,fu-
regen- )istis, fu-
di, ae, a) erunt, ere
regen- )fuerim J
dus, )fueris,
a, um) fuerit
regen- )fuerimus,
di, ae, a) ritis, rint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum,
regen- )fueram,
dus, )fueras,
a, um) fuerat
regen- )fueramus,
di, ae, a) ratis, rant
regen- )fuissem,
dus, )fuisses,
a, um) fuisset
regen- )fuiss£mus,
di, ae, a) setis, sent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
regen- )ero,
dus, ) eris,
a, um) erit
)
regen- )erimus,
di, ae, a) ritis, runt
regen- )futurus, a,
dus, )um, sim,
a, um) sis, sit
)futuri,ae,a,
regen- )simus,
di, ae, a) sitis, sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
regen- )fuero, is,
dus, ) it
a, um)
)
)fuerimus,
rey;en-
)itis,
l ' *' a ) fuerint
regen- )futurus, a,
dus, )um,essem,
a, um) es, et
)futuri,ae,a,
regen- )essemus
di, ae, a)tis, ent,
) forem
Modus Imperativus
Lenior.
S. regendus, a,
um, es i
PI. regendi, ae, a,
este !
Aspe>ior.
S. regendus, a,
um, esto !
Pi. regendi, ae, a,
estote ! " sunto !
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
audien- )fui, fuisti,
dus, ) fuit
a, um)fuimus,fu-
audien- )istis, fue-
di, ae, a) runt, ere
audien- )fuerim,
dus, )fueris,
a, um)
fuerit
audien- )fuerimus,
di, ae, a) ritis, rint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectu
audien- )Meram,
dus, )fueras,
a, um) fuerat
audien- )fueramus,
di, ae, a) ratis, rant
audien- )fuissem,
dus, )fuisses,
a, um) fuisset
audien- )fuissemus,
di, ae, a) setis, sent
Tps. Futurum Simplex,
audien- )ero,
dus, ) eris,
a, um) erit
)
audien- )erimus,
di, ae, a) ritis, runt
audien- )futurus, a»
dus, )um, sim,
a, um) sis, sit
)futuri,ae,a,
audien- )simus,
di, ae, a) sitis* sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
audien- )fuero, )audien- )futurus, a,
dus, ) is, it)dus, )um,essem,
a, um) ) a, um) es, et
) ) )futuri,ae,a,
,. )fuerimus, )audien- )essemus,
a . udlen - )itis, ) di, Ee, a)tis, ent,
dl ' ae ' a ) fuerint) ) forem
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. audiendus, a,
um, es !
Pi. audiendi, ae,a,
este !
Asperior.
S. audiendus^ a,
um esto !
PI. audiendi, ae, a,
estote!
sunto!
20
7i. GENERAL REMARKS.
i. The periphrastic inflection of the Latin verbs is far more frequent, conse-
quently its proper treatment is far more important than teachers and students will
find it treated in Latin grammars, For instance, a few minutes' search in Li-
vius, beginning with the Preface, and glancing over a few pages, will reveal the
following state of things. Livius begins : Facturusne opera pretium sim ; then
goes on- prsebitura sint voluptatem ; animadversa erant; ut magis— lapsi sint;
donee perventum est; querela gratae futurae erunt; Book I. Chapt. i.palatinum,
in quo ipse erat educatus, muniit ; sacra Diis, ut — instituta erant - facit ; ipsa
vestigia dominum eo deductura erant; Cacus vi prohibere conatus esset ; quam
miratae ha gentes fuerant, &c. The same is found in all other authors.
3. The statement of the grammarians, that the Participium Praesentis (-ans,
-ens -iens) is seldom employed in this capacity, is quite true, particularly of the
ornamental language ; but it is still found in the best authors, as: (Epaminondas)
erat adeo veritatisdiiigens, Nep.;non fore dicto audientes milites, Caes., B. G. I.
39- while in the technical writers, and in the spoken language that form is quite
common: dummodo ad perpendiculum sint stantes, Vitr. II., 8. 9.; ut est patens;
Id o 7 • quae sunt nocentes , id. 12 ; aeternas memoriae sunt ad postentatem per-
manentes; id. III.; omnes sunt causas agentes, foro discos tenentes, aut currentes
seu pila ludentes, &c; the author was a contemporary of Caesar and Cicero.
4 How this periphrastic form differs from the regular form, as to power and
bearing, Caesar may be quoted: Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; a little
further below: Eorum una pars, quam Gallos obtinere dictum est, if contrasted,
although both are ParticipiaPraeteriti, it will be apparent, that the force and bear-
ing of each is different. By form both are the Present of the Indicative of the
periphrastic form, yet the first is evidently present, the second is perfect in mean-
i Q g The reason of this difference may not be obvious, but it is explicable. The
regular conjugation in its passive form lacks the Praeteritum Ferfectum, Plus qua*
Perfectum and Futurum Exactum in the Modus Indicative, wherefore it had to b<
borrowed from the periphrastic form, which is full. Hence, Gallia est divisa is the
pure Prawns Indicativi in periphrastic form, while dictum est, as is used here, U
the Praeteritum Perfectum of Modi Indicativi, of fhe Vox Passiva, which has nc
direct ( >rm of its own, as has the Praesens, Imperf. and Futurum Simplex: amor
121
amabar, and amabor. It must also be evident, that, estdivisa means both, is di-
vided, and has been (and still is) divided.
5. Teachers should take notice, that the regular form of the passive voice, a-
mor, amaris, &c, can not be rendered by "I am loved," "thou art loved," &c, if
they want to know why? let them translate that form back into Latin, and they
will discover that I am loved will be sum amatus, and not amor, in Latin. The
English periphrasis will exactly answer the Latin, and the English has nothing,
excepting an additional periphrasis, say, I am being, by which to render amor,
that is, the regular passive form.
6. In the Fut. Ex. Coni. the pariphrasis is double, as : audituri futuri essemus
and the like, by substituting forem, fores, &c, the expression will be more euphon-
ic and neater : forem us audituri. Often even this is avoided by employing ut, as :
fore ut audiamus.
7. The Infinitives amans esse, fuisse, fore, futurus esse, amatus, a, um, ama-
turus, amandus esse, fuisse, &c. here are left in Nominative, though this can be
thecase with passive constructions only, as: puer scitur parentum arr.ans amaturus
esse ; otherwise, probably 80 times out of a 100 the construction will be Accusativus
cum Infinitivo : scimus puerum amantem, amaturum parentum esse.
122
72.
CONIVGATIO VERBORVM ACTIVA,
Coniugatio Prima.
VERBVM AMO.
Tpra. Primitiva: amo, amare, amavi,
amatum
Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., amare
" " Praet., amavisse
" ** Fut., amaturum, am,
um, os, as, a esse
Part. Prsesentis, amans, -antis
11 Praeteriti, amatus, a, um
" Futuri Act., amaturus, a, um
11 " Pass., amandus, a, um
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunet.
Tempus Praesens.
amo, amas, amat
amamus, tis, ant
amem, ames, amet
amemus, etis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum im perfect um
amabam, bas, bat
amabamus, tis, ant
amarem, res, ret
amaremus, tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum
amavi, visti, vit
amavimus, vistis,
verunt, vere
amaverim, ris, rit
amav^rimus, ritis,
amaverint
Tps. Praeter. Plus quam Perfectum.
amaveram, as, at
dmus, tis, ant
amavissem, es, et
£mus, tis, ent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
Coniugatio Secunda.
VERBVM MOVEO.
Tpra. Primitiva: moveo, vere, vi,
motum
Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., movere
" " Praet., movisse
" li Fut., moturum, am,
um, os, as, a esse
Part. Praesentis, movens -tis
" Praeteriti, motus, a, um
" Futuri Act., moturus, a, um
" " Pass., movendus, a, um
Modus Indie. Modus Coniunct.
Tempus Praesens.
moveo, es, et I moveam, as, at
movemus, etis, ent | moveamus, tis, ani
Tps. Prseteritum Imperfectum.
moverem, res, ret
moveremus, tis, en
amabo, bis, bit
bimus, tis, bunt
amavero, eris, erit
amav£rimus,tis,int
movebam, bas, bat
bdmus, tis, ant
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
movi, visti, vit
m6vimus, vistis,
verunt, vere
moverim, eris, eri
moverimus, eritis
moverin
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum
moveram, ras, rat
eramus, tis, ant
movissem, es, et
tous, tis, en
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
move*bo, bis, bit
bimus, tis, bunt
movero, eris, erit
moverimus, tis, in
123
CONIVGATIO VERBORVM ACTIVA,
Coniugatio Tertia.
VERBVM REGO.
rpra. Primitiva: rego, revere, rexi,
rectum
Nod. Infin., Tps. Praes., regere
Praet., rexisse
" Futurum, recturum,
am, um, os, as a, esse
Part. Praesentis, regens, tis
Praeteriti, rectus, a, um
Futuri, Act., rectiirus, a, um
Pass., regendus, a, um
Modus Indie. Modus Conjunct.
Tempus Praesens.
ego, regis, regit
r^gimus, tis, unt
regam, as, at
regamus, atis, ant
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum
•eg^bam, ebas , ebat
regebamus, tis, ant
regerem, es, et
regeremus, tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
exi, rexisti, rexit
eximus, istis,
erunt, rexere
rexerim, is, it
rexerimus, itis,
rint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
■£xeram, as, at
•exeramus, tis, ant
rexissem, es, et
rexissemus, tis, ent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
*^gam, es, et
regamus, tis, ent
rexero, is, it
rexerimus, itis, int
Coniugatio Quarta.
VERBVM PVNIO.
Tpra. Primitiva: piinio, punire, punivi,
punitum
Mod. Infin., Tps. Praes., punire
Praet., punivisse
Fut., punitiirum, am,
um, os, as, a, esse
Part. Praesentis, piiniens, tis
Praeteriti, punitus, a, um
Futuri, Act., puniturus, a, um
Pass., puniendus, a, um
Modus Indie. Modus Conjunct,
Tempus Praesens.
pumo, punis, punit
punimus, tis, iunt
puniam, as, at
puniamus, tis, ant
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
puniebam, bas, bat
bamus, tis, bant
punirem, res, ret
puniremus, tis, ent
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
punivi, visti, vit
punivimus vistis,
verunt, vere
punivenm, is, rit
puniverimus, tis,
rint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
puniveram, as, rat
veramus, tis, ant
punivissem, es, et
vissemus, tis, .nt
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
puniam, es, et
puniemus, tis, ent
punivero, is, it
verimus, tis, int
124
Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum.
amaturus, a, ) sim,
um ) sis,
amaturi.ae, a) &c.
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
amaturus, )essem
a, um) esses
amaturi,ae,a) &c.
Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum.
moturus, a, ) sim
um ) sis,
moturi, ae, a)&c.
amavero, ens, erit
amaverimus, eritis,
amaverint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
Modus Imperativus.
movero, eris, erit
moverimus, eritis,
moverint
moturus, ) esse
a> um) esse
moturi, se, a) &
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
Asperior.
Lenior.
Asperior.
Sing, ama !
Sing, amato !
Sing, move !
Sing, moveto !
PI. amate 1
Pi. amatcte !
PI. movete!
PI. movetote !
'* amanto !
movento !
Supina.
Gerundium.
Supina.
Gerundium.
amatum
N. amandum (est)
motum
N. movendum(es
amatu
Q. amandi
motu
G. movendi
D. amando
D. movendo
Ac. ad amandum
Ac. ad movendui
Abl. amando
Abl. movendo
73- CONIVGATIO VERBORVM PASSIVA.
Coniugatio Prima.
VERBVM AMOR
Tpra. Primitiva : amor, ari, atus sum
Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., amari
Praet., amatum, am,
um, os, as, a esse, fuisse
Tps. Fut., amatum iri
Coniugatio Secunda.
VERBVM MOVEOR
Tpra. Primitiva: moveor,dri,m6tus,si
Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., mov^ri
" " Praet., motum, am
um, os, as, a esse, fui
44 Tps. Fut., motum iri
125
Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum.
recturus, a, ) sim,
um) sis,
recturi, as, a) &c.
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
xero, eris, erit
xerimus, eritis,
rexerint
recturus, )esserrij
a, um)esses,
recturi, ae, a) &c.
Modus Imperativus.
mg.
I.
Lenior.
rege !
regite !
5upina.
:ctum
rectu
Asperior.
Sing, regito !
PI.
regitote !
regunto !
Gerundium.
N. regendum (est)
G. regendi
D. regendo
Ac. ad regendum
Abl. regendo
Tps. Fut. Simplex Periphrasticum.
puniturus, a, )sim,
um )sis,
punitiiri, as, a) &c.
Tps. Futurum Exactum,
punivero, eris, erit
puniverimus, tis,
puniverint
puniturus, )essem
a, um )esses
punituri,ae>a) &c.
Modus Imperativus
Lenior.
Sing, pun
PI. punite !
Supina.
punitum
punitu
Asperior.
Sing, punito !
PI. punitote !
puniunto !
Gerundium
N. puniendum(est)
G. puniendi
D. puniendo
Ac. ad puniendum
Abl. puniendo
CONIVQATIO VERBORVM PASSIVA.
Coniugatio Tertia.
VERBVM REGOR.
'pra. Primitiva, regor, gi, ctus sum
flod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., regi
Prset., rectum, am,
um, os, as, a esse, fuisse
Tps., Fut., rectum iri
Coniugatio Quarta.
VERBVM PUNIOR.
Tpra. Primitiva, punior, iri, itus sum
Mod. Infinit., Tps. Praes., puniri
c< Pra^t., punitum, am,
um, os, as, a esse, fuisse
Tps. Fut. punitum iri
Modus Indie.
Modus Coniunet. II Modus Indie
Tempus Praesens.
amor, amaris, amd-
tur, amamur, ami-
mini, amantur
amer, ameris, amd-
tur, amemur, ame-
mini, amentur
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum,
amabar, amabaris,
(-bare), amabatur
amabamur, amaba-
mini, amabantur
amarer, amareris,
(-rere), amaretur
amaremur, amar^-
mini, amarentur
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
amatus, a,)sum,
um) es,est
amati, )sumus,
se, )estis,
a) sunt
amatus, a,)sim,
um) sis, sit
amati, )simus,
se, )sitis,
a) sint
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
amatus, a,)eram,
um)ras,rat
amati, )eramus
ae, )eratis,
a) erant
amatus, a,) essem,
um) es, et
amati, Asse-
ss, )mus,tis
a) ent
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
amibor, amaberis,
(-bere), amdbitur,
amabimur, amabi-
mini, amabuntur
amandus, )sim,
a, um) sis, sit
amandi, )simus,
83, )sitis,
a) sint
Tps. Futurum Exactum.
amatus, a,)ero,ris,
u m) erit
amati, )£rimus,
B, Jcritis,
a) erunt
amandus, )essem,
a, um) es,et
amandi, )ess^-
33, )mus,
a)tis,sent
m6veor, moveris,
movetur,movemur,
movemini, y^ntur
Modus Coniunet.
Tempus Praesens.
m6vear, movearis
moveatur, amur,
amini, antui
Tps. Praeteritum Imperfectum.
movebar, moveba-
ris, (-bare), batur,
bdmur, bamini,
movebantur
moverer, movere-
ris, (-rere), move
retur, moveremur,
remini, r^ntu
Tps. Praeteritum Perfectum.
motus, ) sum,
a, um
moti,
33,
) es, est
) sumus,
) estis,
) sunt
motus,
a, um
moti,
33,
) sim,
)
)
a)
SIS, SI
simus,
sitis,
sin
Tps. Praet. Plus quam Perfectum.
motus, ) eram,
a, um ) ras, rat
moti, ) eramus,
se, ) eratis,
a ) erant
motus, ) essem,
a, um ) es, e
moti, ) esse-
33, ) mus, ti
a ) en
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
movebor, movdbe-
ris, (-bior.
S. amator !
PI. amaminor!
a man tor!
Coniugatio Secunda.
Modus Imperativus.
S.
PI.
Lenior.
movdre!
movemini!
Aspe>ior.
S. movetorl
PI. moveminor!
moventor!
73. Remarks. 1. The conjugation of the Latin verbs is the simplest of all
languages ; it is also the most regular and clear-cut. Here the student finds them
all excepting the Deponent Verbs, which run exactly like the Passive form, and
the irregular, impersonal and defective kinds, to be considered in their places, and
the forms are grouped closely, so that with a little careful reading and comparing, all
can be learned in a single lesson. It is advisable that the student refer many verbs
of the text, after finding out from the foot-notes to what conjugation they belong,
find in the paradigma the exact ending. After finding the termination, let the stu-
dent pass the verb through the whole conjugation ; as, for inst. credas ; the foot-
note will say : -do 3 , didi, itum, therefore it is in the III ; we find -as ending in
Tps. Prset. Imperf. Coniunctivi, 2d person sing., the first being -am ; hence : cre-
bam, -as, -at, &c, now we conjugate it all through.
2. Observe that 3d person pi. of Tps. Praet. Perf. Ind. is -erunt, and -e>e,
as, amaverunt and amavere, rexenmt, rexe>e, audiverunt, audivere. The latter
form is somewhat more solemn; some authors, like Cicero and Caesar seldom use it,
Livius almost constantly.
3. The vi and ve syllables in the various endings, excepting in the Praet. Perf.
Ind. of the I, are often contracted, or left out, as : for ivi ( eo, ire ), we may also
say ii, amaverunt, amarunt, audiveram, audivissem, andiverim,as: audieram.au-
dissem, audierim.
4. In the Passive Voice, the Imp. Ind. and Coni. and Fut. Simpl. Ind. also
two alternate forms, for -baris, -bare, &c, quite frequent in high style, as
in Cicero and the poets.
5. The Fut. Ex. Ind., though other grammars neglect to say so, is also the
regular Fut. Simplex Coniunctivi, when it is very hard to differenciate it from the
Perf. Coni., and the Fut. Exactum Indie.
(>. Already in the times of the Roman grammarians a controversy has arisen
about the Modus Imperativus. Many of them denied that times and persons can
bave place in this Mode. The opposition maintained, as do I, that commanding
129
VOX PASSIVA,
Coniugatio Tertia
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. regere !
PI. regimini !
Asperior.
S. regitor !
PI. regiminor !
reguntor !
Coniugatio Quarta,
Modus Imperativus.
Lenior.
S. pun ire!
PI. punfmini!
Asperior.
S. punftor!
PI. punfminor!
puniuntor!
Persorto'the? 6 "„ ^ *"* tim6 ' ^ " *« fUtUre ' h ™ st be ^one by the first
person to the second person tn the present time, though the bidding may be mean
for a 3d person, or 3 d persons, to be carried out in the future • but Z , a
mg itself is still present, and must be addressed to the ,T command-
ae, agedum, age, quasso, litinam, amabo, veils, sis, sodes as • fac LI i
ivus we call the Asperior the w h T" C ° m£S ^ ThiS f ° fm ° f Im P e "'
rceram ne sternito xr Tab m M ' T"* \ " " ^ '^^ in law > as :
sto, Cic. Fin. ™ " i 3 75 & •/ "' ** '^"^ fadt °' C ° lum - XI <- 38, 5 i verum
ot admit all w'TftlT ° f t,! he m SS!Ve f ° rm ' ° Pini ° nS 3gain differ - Cities do
>rms. In the Zedor f " • ' C ° nSerVative ^mmarians, and adopt all
•wished ! * ' be pui " sl ' ed ! ?°» ^ pL. puniuntor I be they
(r^r^rd
130
174- AD VERBVM POSSVM.
AC DE COMPOSITIS VERBI SVM.
Notes- i. This verb has no perfect equivalent in English. I can, I could
come nearest; sometimes . may, or , am able, , an, competent, '« ^.author
i Z ed I have the power, etc., as: furari non potui, we cannot render it I have
not been able to steal," for it is not thequestion of physical or intellectual ab.lity.
but of the authority of moral law forbidding.
a . With the old authors, like Plautus Lucretius, Terentins, &c, this verb
is still used in its old compounded forms: potis sum, &c.
. Its Part Pr*s. is only used as an adjective, just like the sameof sum(en S ,
entis) is only used as a n. noun, a being, while potens means mighty, powerful.
4 The other compounds of sum are: absum, I am away; adsum, I am pre-
, by , at, here; desum, I am not there where I ough to be, I ammissing; desun,
iclo, I am not doing my duty; insum, I am in, beneath, behind a thing; obsum,
,;:„ in the way, obstructing, detrimental to, a hindrance to a thing; P^J'
am at the head, in the lead, in control of a thing, as, dux pnest m.ht.bus, the
general commands, is in the lead of, is over, the soldiers; pr6s„m, the reverse f
obsum, I am advantageous to, useful for, helpful, profitable, conducive to a thmg,
id nihil tibi prdfuit, it has not availed thee anything. The peculiarity of th.s verb
is that a d is inserted after pro, when e follows, as: prodesse, prodes. prodest,
„n,d,ro, &c. thus: prdsum, prodesse. prdfui; subsum, I am underneath, in the
background.
5 . Intersum, intcresse, interfui deserves our special attention. Quid inter-
13*
est? what does it matter? multum, plurimum, nihil, interest, it matters a good
deal, very much, nothing. But: magni, pluris, maximi, cuius, illius interest, it
greately, more, mostly concerns, whom? him, or that one, concerns; mark the geni-
tives. With possessive pronouns; med, tua\ sua* nostrd, vestrd maxime interest,
it very much concerns me, thee, &c, always abl. fern, in sing.
6. The Fut. Ex. applies to both, Indie, and Coni. Should we need the
Fut. Simp., which is lacking, we say: futurum est ut possim, is, it, &c.
132
EXERCITIA LEGENDI.
17. Omne animal quadrupes, domi natum. 1
18 Inter domesticas vero quadrupedes levissima suilla 2 est.
Cels. II. 18.
1. Borne at home, i. e., not a wild beast. - 2. I., pork ; levis, e, light, easi-
ly digested; superlative ; f., because caro, carnis, flesh, meat, feminine gender, is
understood.
19. Ex domesticis animalibus bubula. 3 — Cels. II. 24
3. I. f., caro understood, beef.
20. Primus equi labor est animos 1 atque arm a videre
Bellantum, — — tractuque gementem 2
Ferre rotam, et stabulo frenos 3 audire sonantes.
Virg. Georg. III., 182, ss.
1. II., courage, enthusiasm, of the bellantum, fr. bello : r., fr. bellum, i, war:
pres part, -ans, tis, gen. pi., which ought to be bellantium, here a poetical license.
— 2 -mo 3 , ui, itum, to moan, ferre rotam tractu gementem, to carry (pull) a wa-
gon (rota, poetically) creaking by (being) drawn. -3. spelled also fraenum, often
used in masc. ; -no 1 , ui, itum, to sound, to rattle.
21. Parcius 1 utaris, moneo, rapiente veredo,
Prisce, nee in lepores 2 tarn violentus eas. — Mart, xi 1., 14
1. -cus, a, urn, economical, adv., -ce, compar. -cius, a little more carefully;
-tor, uti, usus sum, to make use of . . . . w. abl. ; -pio 3 , ui, ptum, dashing ; II., a
racer, here a hunting horse ; II., a proper name in Vocative. —2. -us, oris, a hare
-us, a, urn, violent, forcible, adj. instead of an adv. ; make, O Priscus, a more
moderate use of the racer, I warn you, and do not dash (eas = eo, praas. Coniun.J
after the hare so violently.
22. Non rector 1 Libyci niger caballi,
Succinctus 2 neque cursor antecedit.
Nusquam 3 est mulio ; mannuli tacebunt. — Mart, xi 1., 24
1. -or, is, here, a driver ; -ger, gra, grum, black, a black driyer ; -cus, a
urn, of L.bya, an African, genit. , of an Afr. horse. — 2. -us, a, urn, pp. of succing*
sub-cingo 3 , xi, ctum, w. his clothes raised, tucked up, so as to run easier;-or, is,;
forerunner, a slave running ahead of the couch of prominent Romans, to clear th<
*33
ay; -do 3 , cessi, ssum. to precede . — 3. adv., nowhere ; -io, nis, m., a mule-driv.
, any ordinary driver of beasts of burden; -ceo 2 , ui, itum, to keep silent.
3nse: the black driver of the African horses is not present ; neither is here a fore-
nner with tacked up garments; the mule-driver is nowhere : and, the ponies,
ough they hear what you may say, dear friend, will not tell on us, so, speak freely.'
23. Comipedes 1 raptant imposta petorita mulse,
Vel cisio triiugi 2 , si placet, insilias,
Vel celerem mannum, vel ruptum 3 terga veredum
Conscendas propere dummodo iam venias. — Aus. Ep. viii. 5, 8
1, -nipes, dis, hornfooted, i. e., hoofed ; -to 1 , r., frequentative of rapio 3 , ra-
il, raptum, to seize something and flee with it, like a runaway horse; for impo-
a petorita, hitched on, iuncta petorita, a dray, or truck, attached to hornfooted
lies (a poetical expression). — 2. -gis, e, and its contracted form, trigae, arum,
a noun, a yoke, of three, dat., because compounded verb, insilias, (-lio 4 ,ui —)]
jump in, si placet, if you please, please, do. —3. -po 3 , rupi, ruptum, torn, dis-
pted, here, broken in, much ridden; adv., fast, quickly, soon; adv., if only; -nio 4
ntum, to come ; on a mule truck, or, if you like, jump upon a cisium, or on a
1ft mannus, or a much-ridden veredus = you mount, any way, so you quickly
me.
24 Sicut 1 fortis equus senio confectu' quiescit.
Ennius, Cic. Sen. 5, 14
1 adv., like; -is, e, strong; -urn, ii, old age; -ficio 3 , feci, ctum, to "do up,' :
lone up 1 ' by old age ; the apostrophe indicates that s is left out, so as to make
syllable tu short, for the sake of the meter, otherwise it would be long.
25. Optat 1 ephippia bos piger, optat arare caballus.
j Hor., Ep. 1, 14, 43.
^ 1. -to , r., to wish; bos, bovis, m. f., an ox or a cow; -ger, gra, urn, lazy ;
>, r., to plough. Sense: the lazy ox would wish to bear a saddle (here in pi.),'
the decrepit old horse wants to plough ; = no one is satisfied with his own
ling, all would prefer something else.
26. Neque eorum moribus 1 turpius quidquam, aut inertius habetur,
quam ephippiis uti ; itaque ad quemvis numerum ephippiatorum e=
quitum, quamvis pauci, adire audent. — Cses. B. G. iv, 2
-es, urn, m., national trait of character, habits, customes, abl., according
I =*s,e, ugly, what is not pretty, nice, in comparative, neuter, because quid-
am, anything, "neither is there, in their estimation, anything so unbecoming; 1 '
rs, tis, adj. one ending, shiftless; habetur, = considered; than; utor, uti, usus
n, to make use, w. abl. (ephippiis, abl. pi.) ; quiyis, queevis, quodvis, any ; to
134
any number ; saddled horsemen ; quamvis pauci, ever so few ; adeo 4 ivi, ii, itun
o go to, approach ; =deo 3 , sus sa m, to dare.
Stapia, se, stapedia, ae, stapes, pedis, stapedium, ii, re
on the following mediaeval authorities :
27. Dum virgunculse 1 placere cuperam,pes ha^sit stapia, et tracti
interii.
[Inscriptio a Wolphango Lasio, & Hieronymo Magio, lib.
Miscell. C. 14, allata. — Recens est inscriptio, parens Franc. Colonn
Somn. Polyph. Lib. 1, Cap. 19. — Du Cange]
1. I., dimin. of virgo, inis, a maiden, dat. s.; =pio, 3 ivi,itum,to desire;-re,
si, sum, to stick fast ; I. , dat. s. ; pp. of traho 3 xi, ctum, to drag ; =eo 4 , ivi, ii,
turn, to perish. Sense : Trying to please the maiden, my foot got caught in 1
stirrup, and I perished (lost my life).
28. De sellariis 1 et ephippiis— apponunt sellis mala et vitiosa eph
pia, frsena falsa, & corruptas stapedas. Liter Camerarii Scotici, Ca
27.]
1. -ius, ii, a saddle-horse ; ad+pono, 3 sui, itum, to put up; vitiosus, a
faulty; -us, a, um, wrong, false; pp. of corrumpo, 3 rupi, ptum, spoiled.
29. Conscenso 1 equo, dum stapedi pedem conderet, [Miracula
Quirini Martyris lib. 2 , No. 30]
1. Pp. of conscendo 3 , di, sum, abl. abs., so not very frequent, = with
horse mounted, = having mounted the horse, stapes, pedis, m., dat. s.; =>
didi, ditum, to conceal, to ensconce, to hide, to put (his foot into the stirrup).
30. Quum ipse Pontifex 1 equum adscenderit, teneat stapedkr
sellse eius, et arrepto frseno, aliquantulum ipsum addextret, [Clemni
Papa IV., apud Rainaldum, 1311, No. 13]
1. -fex, ficis (fr. pons + facio), properly Roman bridge-builders, til
superintending officers, a body of priests; P. Maximus, their president, thePon
now the Pope; pio, 3 riptii, reptum, to grab, seize; dim. of aliquantus, a, if
some, some little; him; -tro, 1 r., to righten, to straighten, not a Roman word;|
classical words are : sustento, 1 r., sustineo, 2 ui, tentum;erigo, 3 rexi, ctum, sun <
rcxi, ctum, fulcio, 4 si, turn, firmo, 1 r.
Whether the root of the word is Roman, sto + pes. or barbarous, I am j
surf.
:
135
Honesti
31. S pad ices glaucique; 1 color deterrimus albis,
Et gilvo. Turn siqua 2 sonum procul arma dedere,
Stare loco 3 nescit: micat auribus, et tremit artus.
Virg. Georg. III., 82-84.
1. -us, a, urn, here, gray; — rimus, a, um, worst, compar. deterior,ius., no
jsitive degree; dat. pi.; -uj, a, um, yellow (whence German gelb, English,
sllow.) —2. Siquis, siqua, siquid, if anybody, anything; II., sound; adv., far:
:>etical form for dederunt, fr. do, 1 dedi, datum, to give. — 3. II., a place, abl.
ithout prepos.; nescio, 4 vi, ii, turn, not to know; mico, 1 ui, — , to quiver; tremo, 3
i, — . to tremble; here trans.; artus, us, limbs.
32. Colores hi prsecipui, 1 badius, aureus, albineus, russeus,
tyrteus, cervinus, gilvus, scutulatus, albus, guttatus, candidissimus,
iger, pressus. — canus, spumeus, maculosus, murinus, — Pall., IV.,
1. -us, a, um, the chief, principal (colors); bay; golden; whitish; russet;
yrtle-colored, chestnut-brown; fr. cervus, i, a stag, of that color; German gelb,
;llow; checkered; gutta, se, a drop, spotted; glossy white; =ger, gra, grum, black;
•emo,° pressi, pressum, to press, squeeze suppressed, not glowing, faint, dark;
ay; frothy; spotted, dappled; fr. mus, muris, m., mouse, mouse-gray.
33. Caesar pollicitus est 1 sibi earn rem curse futuram, Cses.
• G. 1, 33.
1. Polliceor, 2 itus sum, to promise; to him (self); ea res sibi (Caesari) curse
t, ea res Caesari curae erit, futura est; pollicetur earn rem sibi curse fore, futuram
se.
34. Pollicetur sibi magnse curse fore; Cic, Ver. II., 4, 33. Ea
ntae 1 mihi curae sunt; Cic. Fam. I., 9, 24.
1. -tus, a, um, so great; mihi curae est, it gives me a lot of care; they give
e so great an amount of care.
35- Rati 1 sese Diis curse esse — Sail., lug. 75, 9.
1. reor, reri, ratus sum, to be of the opinion; "thinking that they were not
indifferent matter to the Divine Providence; 4 * that the Divine Providence cared
r them.
36. Ipsis 1 doctoribus hoc esse curse velim; — Quint. II., 4, 5.
136
i. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, he, she, it, self, rel. pron., as Latin has no pers. pro-
nouns in the third person, nominative, is, ille, ipse, hie are used; here it is more
than a personal pron., and means "to the teachers themselves," dat. pi. ; doctor
est is, qui docet; hoc, this (thing), this affair; velim, Praes. Coni. of volo, - I
should wish that this matter be of singular care to teachers.
37. Quern ad strigiles 1 scutica & metus egit herilis,— Pers. V. 131.
1. is, is, f., a skin-scraper, to scrape off dirt from the body when bathing
when applied to horses a curry-comb; I., a whip; IV., fear; Perf. Indie, of ago, has
driven; adj. of herus; 'whom the whip and the master's (masterly) fear has dny
en to the strigilis (i. e. its use)."
38. Vixque datur 1 longas mulorum rumpere mandras,
Quseque trahi multo marmora fune vides. — Mart. V., 22. 7-8
1. Indie, pres., pass., is given; II., a mule; -p©, 3 rupi, ptum, to break, t<
break through, get through; I., here, aninclosure, stalls; =mor, is,n., marble; -ni
is, m., rope; "And scarcely does one get a chance to get out of the endless row
of mulestalls, and what you see them drag with a lot of rope, the slabs of marb
(so far had poor Martialis to walk, in order to find his generous friend, Paulhr
und then he would miss him)."
39. Faber ha^c faciat, oportet, 1 — praesepes, — faliscas; Cato
R. R 4. 1.
1. Impers., oportet, oportere, uit, it is necessary; -pes, pium, f., in Cato 1
lime, second century before Christ, later prsesepium, ii, and praesepe, is, n.,
manger; I., in Cato's time a partition of lattice-work in the manger between tw
animals.
40. Bonas prajsepes, faliscas clathratas ; x clathros interesse oportet
pede. Si ita feceris, 2 pabulum boves non eiicient; Cato, De Re Rust.
4> 1.
Pp. of clathro, 1 r., fr. clathri, orum, or clathra, orum, m., or n., lattice-worl
screen; pes, pedis, m., a foot, w. a foot. — 2. Fecero, is, it, Fut. Coni., if you id
this; -um, i, fodder; bos, bovis, m. f., an ox, a cow, eiicio, 3 eieci, eiectum, Fu
Indie, will not throw out.
41. Crates, l quai iacea 2 vocatur a rulgo, pro equorum statura n<
nimis alta sit, ne cum iniuria, guttur extendatur, ncc nimis humihs, 1
conterat 6culos et caput. — Luminis plurtmum 3 stabulo 1
fundi op6rtet, ne tenebris assueta, quum producuntur ad solcr
*37
vel caligent, vel aciem visus minuant (iumenta); Veget. Mulom
I., 56, 5> 6.
1. -es, is (because -es ium., pi. form, it is assumed to be pi. only, and mostly
so used, excepting here; but, of course, German philologists know better), f. a
grate, a crate, a hurdle, here, "falisca." — This word is uncertain, generally read
as above, excepting by German philologists, who know best; -gus, i, n., common
people; I., size of the body; nimis, adv., too, too much, nimis alta, too high; I.,
here in modern sense, injury; -ur, is,n., the throat; -do, 3 di, turn, sum, to stretch
out; II., an eye; caput, itis, n., a head, = lest it break, bruise the eyes and head
— Here the falisca is a hay-rack similar to those now in use; the name derived
from Falisca, the capital city of Falisci, in Etruria. — us, a, um, the most possible
(of light); -do, 3 fudi, fusum, to pour in, let in; assuesco, 3 assuevi, suetum, to ge t
used to (darkness): -go, 1 r., to grope, to act like blind; V., edge, sharpness; IV.,
sight; minuo, 3 ui, utum, to lessen, to diminish; -um, i, a beast of burden,'
live stock.
42. Quodsi 1 iam in ungues (sanguis) descenderit, cultello leniter in-
ter duos ungues aperies, et mundabis intus, et, postea, stupam, sale
atque aceto infusam, applicabis, ac soiea spartea pes calceatur, maxi-
meque datur opera, ut bos in aquam non mittat pedem, sed ut sicce
stabuletur; Veget. Mulom, 4, 9, 2.
1. = si; -is, i, 3 m., nail, hoof; -is, in is, m., blood; Fut. Ex. Ind., of desccndc
II., dimin. of culter, tri, a knife; adv. lenis, e, gentle; Fut. Ind. of ape>io, to
open; -do, 1 r., to cleanse; adv. within; adv., thereafter; I., tow, waste of hemp,
flax; sal, salis, m., salt; -um, i, vinegar; -co, 1 cui, citum, to apply; I., a slipper-
-us, a, um, of broom, also spartea, a?, as a noun, horse (ox), shoe, like* here; -eo, 1
r., to shoe; adv. of maximus, a, um; operam dare, to endeavor, too see to it, one
has to do all; mitto pedem, to put the foot; one must do all to prevent the ox
from stepping into water; adv. of siccus, a, um, dry; -lor, 1 atus sum, to stable
to house, i, e., the ox must rest in a dry stable after the operation.
43. Luna ministrat equis; Prop. III., 16, 15.
44. Aquam frigidam 1 ei in situla latiori subpones. Veget. Mulom.
[., 11, 13.
1. -us, a, um, cold; -no, 3 posui, positum, to put under, before.
45. Aquam in situla, vel alveo, ita apponis, ne audiatsonum. Ve-
*et. Mulom. II., 95, 2.
1. II., m., a basin, a trough, any not deep vessel; ad + pono; II., a sound-
to place before the sick animal, as not to hear the sound
i 3 8
46. Simul 1 sed nostra vespere ad prasepia Venero, mox plenum
farre sacculum dabo. Phsedr. App. Fab. 29.
, Inverted order, for the sake of the meter; it should be: sed simul, but just
as soon as; Fut. Ex. Inf. of venio; far, here has the meaning of furfur, as it is
unlikely that wheat was fed to horses.
47. Fcenum, vel farraginem viridem 1 ad edendum ap P 6nes am-
mali; Veg. Mulom. I., 32, 5.
1. -dis.e, green; i, e., green corn, or any garden vegetable chopped, either
alone, or mixed with bran.
48. Eadem die m611ibus 1 cibariis utantur et f urf ure ; Veg. Mulom.
I., 6, 11.
1. -lis, e, soft; -ia, orum, n., eatables; abl., because utantur, fr. utor, uti,
usus sum,' I use, I make use of governs abl.
49. Eque^Romanusapllidamedit.. Legerat 2 autem ille aplu
dam veteres rusticos frumenti furfurem dixisse. A. Gell. XL, 7, 3-
A Roman Knight, a gentleman; probably bread made of flour and aplud
not apluda alone; eats. - 2. -go, 3 gi, ctum, to read Pis qm Peri., the man, who
the author criticises, had read; ~tus, eris, ancient; II., a farmer, a country mar-
to have said, so called, the author reproaches a Roman public speaker or usmg a:
old farmer's 1 word, apluda, for the more modern furfur For us aU authent;
Roman words are of the same value, as they are neither ancient, nor modern
for us; we are glad to use them all.
so Ita dentes 1 tympani eius, quod est in axe inclusum, impellend
dentes tympani plani, cogunt fieri molarum circinationem. In qu
machma 2 impendens infundibulum subministrat mohs frumenturr
et eadem versatione subigitur farina; Vitr. X. 5.
1 Dens, tis, m., a tooth; -urn, i, a drum, here a wooden contrivance wil
♦eeth attached to an axle; -lo, 3 puli sum, to drive, to impell; -us, a, urn, honzonta
i e 'upright; cogo, 3 coegi, coactum, to force, to compell drive, by pushing, dn
ing"they effect (fieri); -io,nis,f, revolving. - 2. 1., a machine; -tro, r.,
furnish with, to supply; -tio,nis,f., continued rotation, gyration; -go, egi.
turn, to subdue, to conquer, here, to crush.
51. Maior pars Italic ruido 1 utitur pilo, rotis etiam quas aq
versat, 6biter et mold; Plin. H. N. 18, 97.
I. -us, a, um, grooved, ruffled, here the but of the pilum, pestle, grooved ai
139
made rough for crushing the grain. The word in my recollection is ruvidus, a t
urn, but, as I have no old text at present on hand, I am not able to prove that it
has been doctored by German philology. — Obiter, adv., obtiter- passim, here-
and-there; it also means superficially, en passant, on the way; here the mola
means a hand mill, or turned by mules, as it is contrasted with the one, of whose
rotas aqua versat. Plinius lived in the first century.
52. Cribrorum genera Galliae e setis equorum invenere, 1 Hispaniae e
lino 2 excussoria et pollinaria, ^Egyptus e papyro atque iunco; Plin. H.
N., 18, 108.
1. -nio, 4 ni, turn, to find, to invent, -ere is the poetical form of -erunt, Perf.
Ind. pi.; Gallia?, pi. of Gallia, modern France, ancient Gaul; pi., because there
were many tribes, so also Hispaniae, "Spains," for the same reason. — 2. -um, i,
flax; e lino, instead of the adj. lineus, a, um, flaxen, linnen; -orius, a, um, fr.
excutio, 3 cussi, ssum, to strike out, shake out; -arius, a, um, fr. pollen, inis, n.,
pollen, inis, m., fine dust, flour; a bolting-sieve, like the excussorium, but more
closely woven. These were of linnen; ours are woven of hair or of silk; hence we
distinguish in our time the cribrum, made of horse-hair, or of wire; and the sac-
cinum (cribellum to be understood), as in the text; /Egyptus, i, f., Egypt; II.,
m. f., also -um, i, a plant, a reed grown in Egypt, of which paper was made
(y = ii, long); II., a swamp-plant, rush.
53. Nec poteris similar dotes 1 numerare, nee usus,
Pistori toties quum sit et apta coco.
Mart. XIII. 10.
1. Dos, dotis, f., a gift, -us, lis, m., use, usage; -or, is, the baker, adv., so
often; -us, a, um, adaptable.
54. Utrimque plenum simila, conspersa 1 oleo in sacrificium ; Vulg.
Num. VII. 13.
1. Pp. of conspergo, 3 persi, sum, to besprinkle; oleum, i, oil; -um, i, sac-
rifice.
55. Similago 1 e tritico fit laudatissima; Plin. 18, 89.
1. -go, inis, f. , another form of simila; -um, i, wheat; pp. in superl. of
laudo, 1 r., to praise, most valued.
56. Phsed. Mi patrue, salve ! Dem. salve; sed ubi est Antipho ?
— Ter. Phormio, I. 5, 24.
140
EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI.
I.
I. Quomodo prosunt equi hominibus ? — 2. Quod est munus veredi ?
Cui usui sunt ephippium et stapi* ? - 4. Quos equos vocamus mannos? aique
"mannulos?" - 5. Quare non laborant caballi? - 6. Num equorum plurimi sunt
cani* — 7. Quid solet dominis equorum cordi esse? — .8. Quid agit agaso stn-
gili? - 9. Quid vocamus "setam" equinam? - 10, Quibus rebus mumuntur un-
guis equinae? — n. Quodgenus mensam habet equus in mandra? — 12. Numquid
equus sedet in sella ante pra^sepe? -ecquid fit? - 13. Quem usum praestat (gives;
falisca? — 14. Numquid equis pulcher lectus sternitur in mandra? — quomodo et
quale eius est cubile? — 15. Quando est requies (quies) equorum menta?
II.
1. Responde, amabo, quis, qualisque vir Merit d6minus stabuli, de quo hie
agitur? — 2, Die (say tell), quos, et cuius setatis filios habuerit. — 3. Q md hl »
tres egerunt? — 4. Repete, sis, verba Marci ad Iulium. - 5. Refer (.repeat), ve-
lim (if you please) ipsa verba Iulii, quid vicissim (in turn) ipse a Marco Iratre
q.iaesiverit. - 6. Quid negat coca (also coqua)? - 7- Quid, quo & quamobrem
debebant iuvenes devehere? - 8. Quomodo dispertit (divides, allots) Marcus la-
borem ? — 9 . Quid precatur (wishes) Iulius Marco? - 10. Quando et quomodo
intrat Iulius stabulum? — 11. Qm eum equi exceperunt? — 12. Narra, sis (enar-
rate please) quemadmodum Iulius equis ientaculum paret (Possesne idem 1 em-
pore Praeterito enarrare?). - 13. Quid interea equuli? - 14. Quid equuh egerunt,
ppstquam Iulius iis facultatem edendi fecerat (copiam edendi dederat)?
III.
I. Quo it Iulius dum equi ientando famem explent? -cur? — 2. Quidagit cur-
rui? _ 3< Iis r ^bus peractis quomodo consulit equis (takes care of..)? 4- Q ul
parat agere equis, postquam hi sitim restinxerunt? - 5. Explica, quemadmodum
uiriga hamaxent. — 6. Quodgenus iaborem interim Marcus praestabat? 7-
Quid fit iis, quiarduum laborem persolvunt? - 8. Laboribus exactis (nmtis,
exantlatis, absolutis) quo conscendunt fratres? - Quid agit Marcus? - lO.^Audi-
to mastigisc crepitu quid equi moliuntur (to undertake something to do)t «'
Equis coxmitentibus quid fit rotis, currui? — 12. Sarraco gravi, loco submoto
juomodo incedunt equi? — quo flectunt iter^
nus
1. Cuiusmodia^lificium appellator "mola?" — 2. Quo nomine appellamu
141
aquam fluentem? -3. Quid est pons? — 4. Quomodo fit piscina? — 5. Qui im-
mittimus aquam rotis aquariis molarum? — 6. Quid fit quum vis aquse premi
(presses, pushes) rotam? — 7. Quid est intra molam, ad parietem? — 8. Quid estt
in eo suggestu? — 9. Unde effluunt, et quo cadunt (illabuntur) grana? — 10.
Quomodo fit farina e frumento? — n. Quid fieret, si catillus aut non satis celeri-
ter versaretur, aut plane staret? — 12. Quid fit quum molitumincidit in saccinum?
— 13. Ubi est, et quo munere fungitur cribrum? — 14. Quid fit ubi modii furfuris
pleni fiunt?
V.
1. Quando non stre'peret (would not. .) mola? — 2. Quis est tyro molinarius?
— 3. Postquam conspicatus erat bigas, quid egit tyro? — 4. Repetas, quseso
(pray), verba tyronis. — 5. Quid ad haec dixit Corn. Scaurus? — 6. Qui consalu-
tat senex farinosus iuvenes appropinquantes? — 7. Fuitne revera (real]y) patruus
Marci? — quare sic eum yocat? — 8 Quomodo collaudavit (praised up) patruus
iuvenes advenas? — 9. Quomodo affatur tyronem? — 10. Ad quid agendum debe-
bant operae prodire? — 11. Quare iverunt sessum in scamno? — 12. Negotio moli-
tionis dirempto, quid questus est molitor multis verbis? — 13. Quid nolebat Mar-
cus ut f rater Iulius crederet? — 14. Quid solemus putare de homine, de verbis
:uius dubitamus?
EXERCITIVM LOQVENDI.
lulianus et Petrdnius, pueruli colloquuntur.
IVL. Eho, Petroni, 1 licetne?
Volo te paucis.
Audivi te equis ddmodum dele-
ctari; 3 estne hoc verum?
Ecquis tibi hoc rdtulit? 6
Ita, profecto. Narravitne etiam
me cum patre, quum per tempus licet, 7
quotidie equitare s61itum?
Stabulum patris, quippe 9 quicen.
:urio est, plures equos alit, inter quos
;go quoque habeo mannulum, qui mihi
)^rquam charus est.
PET. Hem, quid est? quid vis?
Libenter? te audiam; loquere.
01c, sane; idem et ego de te
dictum audivi.
Ita narravit Magister. Sicne res
se habet? 6
' Quidni 8 narravit? quin etiam ad-
didit vos equitantes semper Latine col-
loqui solere. Id mihi valde placet. —
Die mihi, sis, quodgenus equum habes?
Ehem, pulchra memoras. Fu-
ttirum spero 10 ut et tu quondam non
modo centurio, sed plane dux evadas.
142
IVL. Parce iocis. 11 Id equidem haud
exspecto futurum, sed potius die, utrum
et tu equitare soleas.
" Nee mirum, 14 Petroni; quis 6b-
secro, posset iucundius ludere? Id equi-
dem ipse non facio, saepe tamen in sta-
bulo intersum, et aurigam pabulum
equis paranti ministro, furfures ave-
nam aut situlam aquae supportando. Tu-
ne idem facis?
" E 16 mannulonunquamdecidi. Nam
quum primum equitare disc^bam, agaso
mannulum capistro ducere solebat, at-
que hie ita me ferendo assuevit, ut me
nullo pacto excuteret.
" Valde gratum mihi feceris; 18 veni
quam ocyssime p6teris. Interim pluri-
mum valel
PET. Non s61eo. Quin id ne tentavi
quidem. Ego alio modo delector; nim
rum 13 cum mercenariis sarracum cor
scendo, teneo habSnas, ago equos i
pratum, ibi iuvo fcenum colligere, sai
racum onerare, quae 6mnia valde r
delextant.
" Subinde, 16 praes^rtim meridian
tempore; aliquando etiam equos ad a
veum ad eos adaquandos educo, alia
mercenariis in hamaxando auxilio surr
At die, Iuliane, nunquamne mannulu
tuus te elisit?
' ' Primum quam p6tero 17 ad vc
vdniam visum quemadmodum equites,
4t Tu quoque, Iuliane, multui
vale!
i. The name of several Roman writers, the most noted being Titus, calk
the Arbiter Elegcntiae, auctor of the Satyricon. — Licet, Hcere, licui
or licitum est, impers., one may, may I (disturb you)? pauci, se, a, tev
abl., forpaucis verbis. — 2. Adv., gladly, cheerfully; Imperat., speal
— 3. Delector, ari, atus sum, 1. c. abl. equis, to rejoice, to be dehghte
with. — 4. Adv. so, indeed. — 5. Refero, referre, retuli, relatum f
report, tell. — 6. Sic res se habet, sic est, ita est- — 7- Per tempus licet, tt
weather permitting; per me licet, I don't object. — 8. Did'nt he? more over,
added. — 9. Adv., in as much as; -io, nis, a captain; =us,^a, urn, dear, belove(
we distinguish charus and carus, the latter meaning 'dear' in price. — 10. I hop
(that it would happen some of these days); dux, ducis, a leader, a general; =dc
si, sum, to come out, to become, Praes. Coni. ~ 11. -co, 3 peperci, parsum,
spare, to stop, Imper.; -us, i, pi. loci and ioca, a joke, Dative, pi. stop makir
fun of me; -to, 1 r., to await, to expect (looking out). — 12. -to, r., to try
attempt, I have not even tried- — 13. Adv., namely, that is to say; II. ^ a 1
hand; -turn, i, a meadow; iuvo, 1 iiivi, iutum, to aid, to assist; -go
ctum, to gather; -to, 1 r., ro amuse, entertain, to delight, act., while delector,
deponent, neuter, or middle verb. — 14. -us, a, um, no wonder; -ro, r.,
adv. comparative, of iucundus, a, urn, pleasant, iucunde, iucundius, iucundi
sime, more, most pleasantly; -do, 3 si, sum, to play; equidem, is said to
quidem, 41 but I take it to be "ec + quidem," like ecce, ecquid, just as the Italia
collet
pra
*43
ay "ebbene," "very well," one can I use "equidem ego," something like English
'why, I.. .;" I am present; supporto, 1 r., to carry up, by bringing by., abl. ger.;
bou too? — 15. Adv. occasionally; alias, at other times; °ium, ii, help, assist-
nce, mark again the two datives, mercenariis auxilio sum, I am an assistance to
tiem; elido, 3 elisi, sum, to fling out, pitch out. — 16. Cado, decido, 3 decidi, — ;
d fall off, with e, ex, de, a, ab, from, in, w. ace, into; primum, adv., at first.;
bl. of ger. of fero, by carrying; =co, 3 suevi, suetum, one of the few "inchotative,"
r =sco verbs, which has a full form, to get used to; nullo pacto, under no condi-
on; exciitio, 3 excussi, ssum, to strike off, out, to shake, throw off. — 17. Just as
3on as I can; to see how you ride. — 18. Thou wilt do a very pleasing thing to
ie; the soonest thou canst.
144
PENSVM SEPTIMVM,
I.
Pensum S6 P timum aggressiif i, 1 iterum ad lineas, a nobis 1am
dudum relictas, revert&nur. *.-.nJ
Hie igitur sunt duse linese. Una earum, A, tam ion-
gaest, quam altera, B; proinde necesse 3 est, ut
h*c quoque tam longa sit quam ilia. Quum vero una a^que tongas*
quam altera, necessario sequitur, ut ese longitudine sint sequales.
c At istas du£*"
the fut Act. part, (a common feature of the Dep. verbs, in which they d.fer iron
he passfve verbs) Norn. p.. m., the subject being we (males); t^— -
be: When we (are the to be) aggress (-ing ones) = when we begin, start at,
commenceour...;iam, dudum, long since; relinquV hqu. hctum o leave
abandon, pp., left; -tor, ti, sus sum, also reverto, 3 t., sum, (re + verto)
back, go back, to return, here, fut. Ind.
a The two advs. tam - quam w. the adj. between them, compare .the ad,.
with another, or two subjects with one adj. in the positive degree, with the sub-
jects in Norn., as: ista mensa est tam alta quam ilia (mensa)- - 3- A" indec .
nenter adjective, w. est or habeo, and Inf. or ut, and Com., wherefore, s,t,
is incumbent, it is necessary. ,
4 . Adv. equally; -ius, a, urn, -urn as a noun, -rio, >n abl. and so as an adv
necessari.y.-quor.'cutus, or -quutus sum (hence also secundus, *« old form
sequundus, for the classical sequondus, a, urn, hence also secundum, a ong
according, and secus, see below), to follow, to come, or go after, to be the second,
to be inferior, Sec, here: it necessarily follows. . .; -is, e, equal, like.
5 . Adv., altogether, entirely; conj., "in view of the fact," as, since; adv., E
little, a trifle; the -ior, lor, ius. ard the gender endings of the coniperat.ve degre,
„| ,11 regular adjectives, as, superior, ior, ius, inferior, ior, ius, long.or, .us, &c.
ergo, in inferences, therefore, consequently; -is, e, adj., unequal, unlike.
'45
est quam inferior, D, sunt ergo inaequales. Quanto 6 enim superior in-
ferior brevior est, tanto est inferior superiore longior. Quoniam 7
vero linea inferior parum est longior quam superior, hse linese parum
sunt dispares.
^ E Verum res in hac figura tertia longe 8 secus
"" F se habent. Nam hse tres lineae multum inter
g se discrepant, 9 suntque multo magis dis-
pares.
Linea enim suprema, E, inulto brevior est quam linea F, sed earn
6. Quanto — tanto, correlative ad vs., as: quanto plus, tanto melius, the
more, the better, that is: by what amount, or measure a thing is more, by that
same amount, or measure it is better. Mark: superior inferiore brevior est = the
upper than the under (lower) is shorter, where the quam is left out, and the se-
cond part of the comparison is put into abl., as we say in English, "than whom
there was no better man."
7- Conjunction, "seing that. .;" really an indeci. n. noun, and used as such,
but it also is an adv., little, too little; they do not much differ, little disparity.
8. The -e ending forms advs. from adjectives of us, a, urn, in the positive
degree, a long way, far. — Secus (also a noun accord, to Charisius, for sexus),
an indeci. adj., and an adv. When an adj., it has a comparative in sequicr, ior[
ius, at least in later authors; its meaning in this form is "not the first/ 4 the next
following, a subsequent, as, sexus sequior, the secondary, or inferior sex, the fe-
minine sex. As an adv., secus, sequus, otherwise, sequius, secius, its compara-
tive, mostly used w. negatives, as, non secus ac (before vowels andc orh, atque),
not otherwise than, just like; nihilo secius (sequius), none the less, never the
^ss. The form setius (but not setus), of late, smuggled into American school
books, and all the references to Caesar, Virgilius, Terentius, &c. are malicious
forgeries, fake archaisms (just like Mucius, Marcius, Sulpicius, Patricius, for
Mutius &c,) and adulterations by German philologists, unknown to Roman gram-
marians. The meaning therefore: "Very different is the case with the things in
this figure/*
9- Discrepo, 1 ui, — , to be out of harmony, to sound differently, to differ;
multo magis, both advs., fr. multus, a, urn, and magnus, a, urn, in comparative,
much more.
146
crassitudine 10 siiperat. Vicissim, 11 quamquam linea F non pa
rum tenuior est quam linea E, ei longitudine przestat.— Nee minus 15
interest inter lineas F et G. Nam ha^c posterior cedit 13 quidem prion
crassitudine, est enim ipsa aliquanto teniuior, illi tamen longitudine
antecellit, estque omnium trium longissima, perinde atque E cun-
ctarum est et brevissima et crassissima; quapropter ha^ duaj linese sui
dissimillimae sunt.
REC&MSIO: Quotum pensum sumus mod6 aggressiiri? — Die, velim, quo-
tum pensum iam finivenmus? 14 - Poterisne min^ dicere quando lineas pri6rum
ppnsdrum reliquerimus? — Die, quo nunc reversuri simus! — Die, anne, et quo-
modoprimae duae linese inter se differant! Utra est longior altera^ - Respon-
de quid discriminis 15 intercedat inter secundas duas lineas! — Interpretare, •
qu'aeso, figuram tertiam, quemadmodum illse tres lineae inter se discrepent! — Die,
sis, quae inter has septem lineas, maxime 17 sui similes, quae aliquantum dissimiles,
ac, tandem, quae dissimillimse inter se sint.
10. -tudo, tudinis, f., a particle forming abstract f. nouns from adjectives,
like- magnitude, valetudo, celsitudo, ftc. from magnus, fortis, valens, celsus, &c;
in abl., by the means of, by thickness; -ro, 1 r„ to overcome, to surpass, to de-
feat, to vanquish.
11. Adv., in turn, on the other hand; conj., albeit; -sto, 1 stiti, stitum, it is
preferable, better, of more consequence, w. dat., ei, "stands before it," better
than, by its length.
12. Adv., compar. of parum, little, minus less; no less difference.
13. -do, 3 cessi, cessum, to yield, w. dat., priori; adv., some, some litte; -lo, 8
— to be eminent, to surpass, excell, w. abl.; perinde ac, if a vowel, ac, g or h
follows, atque is used instead of ac, = the same as, just like; the-issimus, a, um,
is the formative ending of the superlative of the regular adjectives; but a few
-ills, e, ending acjectives change this into iilimus, a, um; mark also sui, the
Genit. of se, as the government of similis, e, like, and unlike, of the personal pro-
nouns; all other objects of government will be in dative, as, nlius similis, dissuni-
lis est patri. Another toothsome bit of philology is found by pedants, when the
Object is verum; if you say "verisimile," you are at once a "Ciceronian, a
•'classical scholar;* 4 but if you say "verosimile," as do I, then you are a black
sheep. This is the pons asini, the shibboleth of "classicism." A good second to
this is "Pra^fectus Urbi."
H7
VOCABVLARIVM 19.
NNA SUBST.
NNA.
ADI.
VERBA.
parum,
discrimen, inis, n.
aequalis, e
inaequalis,
dissimilis,
similis, e
neclsse
e
e
aggredior, 3 sus sum
relinquo, 3 liqui, ictum
revertor, 3 sus sum
sequor, 3 cutus sum
interpreter, 1 atus sum
discrepo, 1 ui, — ,
supero, 1 r.
praesto, 1 stiti, tituai
cedo, 3 cessi, ssum
antecello, 3 — ,
intercede, 3 cessi, sum
ADVBRBIA.
dudum
quanto —
tanto perfnde — ac —
atque
tarn — quam
secus
maxime
»que
magis
Coniunctlones
necessario
vicfssim
quanddquidem
oranino
minus
qudniam
paululum
aliquanto
quamquam
14. I call very particular attention to these questions, involving: one of the
very greatest principles of Latin syntax. Mark that in the second question I place
the little Imperative, die (say, tell) before the question, whereby the question be-
comes indirect, whilst in the first question no such modifying word is employed,
whence the question is direct. As a result, I say in the direct (first) question
sumus — aggressuri, "sumus" being in the Indicatives, whereas in the indirect
(second) question the verb finive>imus in the (Perf.) Coni. Were "die*' not there,
I would say: "finivimus;" whereas, had I used "die" in the first question, instead
of "sumus" I would have said "simus." This principle must be observed in all
interrogations.
15. Discrimen, inis, n., a difference; Genit., because quid has the nature of
a noun; Coni. owing to the above principle, discr. .ntercedit, a difference goes
between; a Latin idiom.
16. Imperat. S. of the Deponent interpreter, to explain, to interpret; quaesOf
the old form of quaero, I beg, I pray, employed only in this way.
17. Adv. in superlative of magnus, maior, maximus; for simile see above,
13, under dissimile, superl. -miUimum,
«•*•■
14?
. Glomus. Digitabulum.
Acus cum acia.
Acus 1 est ferramentum minutissimum ac tenuissimum, cuius ex-
tremitas altera ita extrita et elimata est, ut ne videre quidem
possis; atque ilia vocatur acies; in altera vero extremitate, paullo 2
crassiori est ocellus, 3 qui acu certe tenuior est, atque huic ocello de-
cerpta de glomere dcia inseri solet, quam utroque tenuior em esse
oportere manifestum est.
i. -us, us, f., a needle; dat. and abl. pi. -ubus, much insisted upon by com-
pilers of grammars, as though it were an exception; the fact is, that the sound of i
throughout the fourth decl., just like in the superlatives of adjectives (see Prin-
cipia Gram.) was deepened into u (German, u French) following the principles of
euphony, the u being the predominant vowel of this decl., whereas in the Vth, it is
e, in the III. i and e. We pronounce, therefore, any and all IV. decl. nouns,
without any mistake, as though they were spelled (in German) acubus, lacubus,
fructttbus, drciibus, p6rtubus, &c, and everywhere, where the u bears no accent.
— Ferramentum, i, fr. ferrum, i, iron, hardware, cutlery; fr. minuo, 3 ui, nutum,
to lessen, to reduce, pp. adj. -tus, a, urn, superlat., exceedingly small. Latin su-
perlatives, when not in actual comparison, mean a very high degree of some qua-
lity; -tas, tatis, f., the extreme part; all nouns in -tas, tatis, are abstractions,
therefore f,; extero, 3 trivi, tritum, outworn by rubbing, polishing, pp.;=mo, t., fr.,
lima, «, a file, to sharpen with a file, filed out, pp.; possis, Coni. because ut, and
2d pers., much like in English, if we said: filed out so sharp and fine, that you
could scarcely see it; acies, aciei, f., V; the sharpness of it, the edge.
2. Adv., spelled both ways, paulo, and paullo, a little. Degrees of compari-
son in all languages are formed by adverbs, qualifying the adjectives, as: magnum,
valde magnum; crassior (comperative), paullo crassior, a little thicker.
3. -us, i, dimin. of oculus, an eye; has several meanings, here an eylet, in the
needle; adv., clearly, surely; -po, 3 psi, turn, to tear off ; -us, eris, n., a ball of
thread; sewing thread; -ro, 3 rui, rtum, to sow, to plant, to insert; -tet, uit,
an impcrs. verb, the subj. of which is in accus., as: me ire oportet, I have got to
go; here in Inf. Prses., because the other verb, est: -tus, ta, turn, evident, ap-
parent, manifest.
149
Matres puerorum nequam 4 aut dumtaxat petulantium, acu-
bus, aciaque nigra aut alba, uti res postulat, non raro utuntur. Nati 5
enim sui petulantiores crebro altercantur, rixantur, quandoque
etiam colludendo in simultates, inde in convitia, turn in male-
dicta, ac, postremo, in verbera sese effundunt, quo fit, ut vestes,
prsesertim braccas in genibus, atque tuniculas in ciibitis dis=
cindant et lacerent. Aliquos horum domum tendentes, 6 patres,
ferula vel sciitica excipiunt, et ab iis ob facinora patrata poenas
exigunt.
Tamen matres, postquam nati poenas dedere, 7 facinorum imme-
4. Nequam, adj. of one ending, indecl. in the positive degree; comparative
nequior, ior, ius, superl. nequissimus, a, um, wicked, malicious; adv., at least;
-ans, tis, adj. of one ending, like a pres. part., mischievous; -lo, 1 r., to demand,
as the think may d.
5. Pp. used as a noun, fr. nascor, nasci, natus sum, dep., to be born, an
offspring, son; its old form is gnatus, gnata, which we use below; -tiores, compa-
rat. pi., m.; Latin comparatives very often mean "a little too. . .' or more than
useful; adv. fr. -ber, bra, um, frequent, that often happens, often; -cor, 1 atus,
gum, -xor, 1 atus, sum, to wrangle, quarrel, dispute; adv., occasionally; -do, 3 si,
sum, to be disporting; -tas, tatis, f., spite antagonism; -urn, u, insult, calling
names; -um, i, abuse foul language; adv., lastly; -ber, eris, n., beating, a row, a
"brashing" of one another; -do, 3 dffudi, fusum, to pour out, "they fly into;" -is,
is, f. a garment; -cae, arum, f., trousers; -nu, lis, n., a knee; dimi. of tu-
nica, ae, a coat; -us, i, m., the elbow; -do, 3 di, ssum, cut, or tear asunder; -ro, 1
r., to tear, to tatter, Coni. Prses.
6. -do, 3 tetendi, turn, sum, to tend, to be directed towards, not qualifying
"patres," but "aliquos," some of them sneaking home (after the fight) their fa-
thers excipiunt, receive them, with; I., a switch, or cane; I., a whip; -us, oris, n.,
a mischief, usually a malicious one; -tro, 3 r., to commit, perpetrate; I. punish-
ment; -go, 3 egi, actum, to drive out, to demand, "pcenam exigo ab aliquo, " I
subject some one to punishment,
7. Pcenas dare, the reverse of p. exigere, pater exigit poenas, puerdat pcenas;
dedere, for dederunt, Perf. Indie; -mor, is, opposit of memor, is, adj. of one end-
ing, remembering, mindful; adv., diligently; ro, 3 sivi, turn, con + qusero, to seek
together, to "hunt up;" II., cloth, rag; -um, i, here a thimble; -ro, 3 gessi, stum,
here, "insero;" -turn, i, a patch; -us, a, um, numberless; -men, inis, n., a hole;
-ro, 1 r., to bore; adsuo (assuo), 3 ui, sutum, to sew to; -um, ii, a rent, a tearing,
break., -cino, 1 atum, to stitch, patch together; -ro, 1 r., to pair again, to repair;
=do, ] r.,fr. mendum, i, an error, a fault, to "unfault," to make faultless, to
mend, pp.; gnatus, = natus; -do, 3 didi, ditum, to give back,
150
mores, sedulo conqufrunt pannos, glomera arise, digitabula
acusque, his acias ingerunt, assumenta aptant, acu innumeris
foraminibos terebratis, pannulum adsuunt, discidia consarci-
nant, vestemque reparatam et emendatam gnatis suis reddunt.
Forfex Novacula
Culter Forfex
Ab acu cuncta ferramenta, quibus ad scindendum et secandum
utimur veluti cultrum, forficem, novaculam, aliaque quam plunma,
"acuta" dicimus, propterea quod "aciem" habent plus-mmusve acu-
tarn Ex his omnibus creberrimum 9 ferramentum est culter, cuius
usum pnesertim ad mensam capimus. Nisi 10 enim cultros haberemus,
panem carnes, olera, friictiis, digitis deberemus frangere et dis-
cerpere, aut vero, uti animalia, dentibus et unguibus ianlare et
i3.C6r3.rC
" Verumtamen cultri hi communes 11 non hunt aequo acutiores,
8. -co, 1 etui, ctum, to cut, to whittle, -ter, tri, m., a knife; -fex, ficis, f., a
pair of scissors; I. a razor; quam pliirima, most numerous, very many; =us, a,
um, edged, sharp; plus=minusve (-que), more or less. — 9- Creber, bra, um,
frequent, and all other ~er adjectives form their superl. in -errimus, a, um; usum,
capio, make use of.
10. Conj., unless; caro, carnis, f., flesh, meat, also of fruit; olus, eris, n.,
vegetables; -us, us, m-, fruit; II., a finger; -go, 3 fregi, fractum, to break; -po,
psi, ptum, to tear into pieces; dens, tis, m., a tooth; =is, is, f., finger nail; =10, r.,
to butcher, tear, slash up.
11. -is, e, adj., ordinary, common, aequum and iustum are adjectival nouns,
meaning reasonable, and Just, are used in the so-called ' 'ablative of comparison,
this manner: a^quo, or iusto plus, mains, longius, meaning too much, literally,
more than reasonable, or just; here: these ordinary knives are not made too sharp,
i. e., sharper than right; adv., otherwise; more of us; adv., in asmuch as, as
who; -um, ii, a lip; I., a tongue (also language); -do, 3 si, sum, to hurt, harm,
scratch, offend, injure; -do, 3 di, sum, to cut into; -lis, e, adj., table — , pertaining
to table; hebes, hebetis, adj. of one ending, blunt, dull.
.
i5i
alioquin plures nostrum, prsesertim pueri, quippe qui minus cauti sunt,
digitos, labia, quin etiam ipsam linguam, nonnunquam Ifiederent,
inciderent et sauciarent. Quamobrem placuit fabris cultros mensales
hebetiores fabricari.
Illud ferramentum, quod mater ad scindendum et aptandum assu-
mentum adhibet, 12 est forfex. Est autem forfex culter duplex, quod
duplum habet mucronem, habetque manubriolum annulare, quod
binis vel ternis digitis prehenditur. Multi solent chartam forfice scin-
dere, perinde atque ungues sacare. Creberrimum tamen usum forficum
tonsores habent. Hi artifices sunt, quorum negdtium est capiilos,
hoc est, pilos capitis humani, tondere. Locus, ubi tonsores negotium
suum exercent, tonstrina appellatur. Forfices cultris non parum acu-
tiores decet esse. Si enim tarn hebetes essent quam cultri communes,
crines tondendorum tarn saeve carperent & vellicarent, ut dolor
ferri non posset.
Multo etiam acutius, quin prorsus omnium ferramentorum longe 13
acutissimum est, et esse debet, id, quod tonsores ad radendam bar-
12. =beo, 2 ui, itum, to apply, to employ, use. -— Duplus, a, um, double,
duplicated; -cro, nis, m., a blade, the sharp, or a pointed part of a tool for cutt-
ing; -is, e, adj., ringshaped, like a ring, fr. annulus, i, a ring, a hoop, dim. of
annus, i, a year; binus, a, um, ternus, a, um, another adj. form of duo, and tria;
=do, 3 di, sum, to seize, to grab, to hold. — Tonsor, is, a hair-cutter, a barber. —
-fex, ficis, (ars, tis, f., + facio), an artisan, artist, master of, clever, skilled in
some art; =um, iL, business (nee + otium, leisure); II., hair of the human head
(caput + pilus); =deo, 2 totdndi, tonsum, to shear, cut hair, wool; I., barbershop;
decet, cuit, impers., it behooves, becoming, decent. — Hebes, hebetis, adj. of one
ending, blunt, dull, positive degree; see the above (n), comparative; =nis, is,
hair; fut. pass. p. of those whose hair is to be cut; =po, 3 psi, turn, to pluck, as
fruit, grass, to carve; -co, 1 r., fr. vello, 3 vulsi, vulsum, to Keep pulling, plucking,
tearing out, up, material and moral sense, such as criticising severely; -or, is,
m.. pain; Inf. pass, of fero, ferri non potest, cannot be endured, borne, tolerated,
suffered.
^ 13. Adv., by far; esse debet, it must be; debeo, 2 ui, debitum, I owe, I must;
-do, si, sum, to shave; I., the beard; -us, a, um, right, poper; quilibet* qualibet,
quodlibet, whatever; quantuslibet, quantalibet, quantumlibet, how much ever,
no matter how much; IV.; m., sight; -gio, 3 gi, gitum, to flee, skip, escape, it es-
capes sight, i. e., so thin, that we can not perceive with our eyes.
152
bam adhibent, quodque novacula appellator. Est etiam novacula
proba tarn acuta, at quemlibet pilum, quantumlibet tenuem, qui vel
visum effugiat, facillime secet. Nam si non ita acuta esset, quis,
6bsecro M mortalium vultum, barba asperum et hmridum ton-
sori ad radendum concrederet et praeberet?
REC^NSIO: Quid est acus? — Quid est tenuius ipso corpore
, c6s ? _ Unde decerpitur acia? — Qui utuntur crebro acubus? -
Quid solent pueri petulantes agitare? - Subinde patres qui exc.piunt
eos? - Matres veto? — Quas res vocamus acutas? — quare? - Quern
usum capimas cultri? - Quamobrem non sunt cultri perquam acuti?
_ Quod ferramentum est dapli macronis? - Quid fieret si forfices
cultris acutiores non essent? - Qui sunt tonsores? - Ubi agunt nego-
tia? — Quid est novacula? - Quid acuta est novacula? — Quid neret
si novacula non esset cultro aut forfice acutior? - Quales sunt vuitus
qui longo tempore non raduntur?
u -cro,' r., I beseach, I pray, "who pray," -lis, e, subject to death, mortal,
i.e. man, "what mortal being;" IV., face, countenance; -per, a «m. harsh,
rough -dus. a, urn, said of hairs standing up, as .n fear, horror; -do, d.d.,d.tura,
to entrust; -beo, 2 ui, itura, to hand over, to give, offer, to proffer.
VOCABVLARIVM 20.
*53
NNA. SUBST.
acus, lis, f,
ferramentum, i
extremitas, itis, f.
icies. £i, f.
ocellus, i
£cia, ae
gldmus, eris, n,
natus, i,
simultas.^tis, f,
convitium, ii
maledictum, i
verber, eris, n,
vestis, is, f.
braccae, arum
genu, us, n.
tunfcula, sb
cubitus, i, m.
fdrula, se
scutica, 33
faxinus, oris, n.
poena, as
pannus, i
digitabulum, i
assumentum, i
foramen, inis, a.
discidium, ii
culter, tri, m.
fdrfex, icis, f,
novacula, se
caro, carnis, f.
olus, dleris, n.
fructus, us, m,
digitus, ti
dens, dentis, in.
unguis, is, f.
labium, ii
lingua, se
mucro, nis, m.
tonsor, is
artifex, ficis
aegdtium, ii
capfllus, i
tonstrina, se
crinis, is, m.
dolor, is, m.
barba, as
visus, us, m.
vultus, us, nt.
NNA. ADI.
mimitus, a. urn
manifestus, a, um
nequam, nequior
petulans, tis
immemor, is
aciitus. a, um
plus— minus
creber, bra, um
communis, e
aequus, a, um
cautus, a, um
mensalis, e
hebes, hdbetis
probus, a, um
mortalis, e
asper, pera, um
horridus, a, um
duplus, a, um
ADVERBIA.
certe
dumtaxat
crebro
sddulo
quippe
multe
longe
facfllima
VERBA.
extero, 3 trivi, turn
elimo, 1 r.
decerpo, 3 psi, ptum
insero, 3 ui, rtum
oportet. 2 uit, —
pdstulo, 1 r.
utor, 3 usus sum
altercor, 1 atus sum
rixor, 1 atus sum
colludo, 3 si, sum
discindo, 3 di, ssum
llcero, 1 r.
tendo, 3 tdtendi, turn, sum
patro, 1 r.
•xigo, 3 egi, actum
conquiro, 3 sivi, turn
ingero, 3 gessi. stum
apto. 1 r.
teVebro, 1 r.
adsuo, 3 ui, sutum
consarcino, 1 — atum
reparo, 1 r.
emendo. 1 r-
reddo, 3 didi, itum
seco.* cui, sectum
frango. 3 fregi, fractum
discerpo, 3 psi, ptum
lanio, 1 r.
lsedo, 3 si, sura
incfdo. 3 di, sum
adhfbeo, 3 ui, itum
prehendo, 3 di, sum
tondeo, 2 tdtondi. tonsum
decet, 2 uit, —
carpo, 3 psi, ptum
vellico, 1 r-
rado, 3 si, sum
effugio, 1 fugi, fiigitum
concredo, 3 didi, ditum
prsebeo, 2 ui. itum
154
III.
4*
^&
Duo 6culi. Ocularia.
(Sculi quasi 1 fenestra* sunt animi. Nam oculis quidem c6rni-
mus, 2 sed animo videmus, percipimus, et sentimus. Sensus* vi-
dendi est visus. Boni oculi, visu, tamquam acus sua acie, pene-
trant, 4 profunda coeli, ima aquarum, ingentes siderum orbes, perinde
atque guttas aquse, et micas pulveris scrutantur et indagant.
Maxima itaque pars rerum, quarum notitiam 5 habemus, fere mini-
sterio oculorum cognitse nobis sunt, quamquam caterorum 6 quoque
sensuum opera minime paucae nobis innotescunt.
i. Adv., as it were; II., mind, principle of intelligence: the eyes are the
windows, as it were, of our mind. — 2. -no, 3 crevi, cretum, to sift, select, to
single out, select, set apart, by the eyes, hence, discern, discrete, fr. dis + cerno
(p. 58, 12), to ! ook, to perceive by sight; -io, 3 cepi, ceptum, (per + capio), to
perceive; -tio, 4 si, sum, to feel. — 3. IV. m., the feeling, a sense; IV., m., the
sight. — 4. -tro, 1 r., to go, to pass through, to penetrate; =dus, a, um, deep,
here ace. pi. n., used as a noun, the depths of the heavens; -us, a, um, the low-
est parts, deep, ace. pi. n., the depths; perinde ac (before a guttural, an h or
vowels, atque), just like; as well as; I., a drop; I., a crum, a grain (of dust, pul-
vis, eris, m., dust); -tor, 1 atus sum, to search (like a rag-man in an ashbarrel);
-go, 1 r., to follow a scent, like a dog, to investigate, search. — 5. I., knowledge,
cognition; adv., as a rule, fairly, as is usually the case; -um, ii, a service, aid,
assistance; -co, 3 cogndvi, edgnitum, to know, to be familiar w. a thing, to have
acquaintance w. pp. res cognita3 nobis sunt, things are known to us; do not get
confused about this verb by rendering it * 'I am acquainted with a thing, and
turn it back into Latin by "sum cognitus cum re," because the English verb is
passive, and intransitve, the Latin is active and transitive, as: rem cognesco,
coguovi hominem. but: res mini cognita est, the thing is known to me; homim
sum cognitus, I am known to the man, res toti mundo cognita est, all the world
is aquainted with the thing, i. e., the thing is known to the whole world. ■ - 6.
Caeterus, a, um, Norn. S. never used, the other cases in sing; rarely, pi., =i, «»
a, the rest, the others; I., abl., means, by the means of; minime paucas, f., the
rest, the others, I., abl., means, by tne means of: minime paucae, f., the least
few, = a good many; -sco, 3 ui, to become known, to come to our knowledge.
155
At vero non omnes omnino res, quae exsistunt, 7 etiam sub nostros
sensus cadunt; quin infinite) multa sunt quae sensus nostros fugiunt, et
oppido pauca, quae sensuum potestati obnoxia sunt. Sensus nam-
que omnes, etiam integerrimi, 8 pariter atque animus ipse, imbecilles
sunt, ac limitibus circumscripti, ut vix minimam partem rerum unl-
versitatis cornplecti queant. Prseterea, omnes nostri sensus, prae-
sertim visus, setate, 9 aut vitio natural!, morbis, hebescunt, ita ut
7. -sto, 3 stiti, titum, to stand out, to exist; sub, w. direction, whither, is
joined w. ace, sub sensus cadere, = to fall under our senses; infinito multa, =
infinitely much, many; fugio, 3 ii, ivi, itum, to flee, to escape, transitive, fugit
sensus, escapes our senses; non me fugit, it does not escape me, I am aware;
oppido pauca, far too few; dppido, adv., much like English a "whole lot;" -tas,
talis, f., all nouns of this ending are f., because abstractions, a power, Dat. s.,
-xius, a, urn, subject to, liable, exposed to, = not subjected to the power of out
semses.
8. All adjectives ending in -er, like integer, form their superlatives in =erra-
mus, a, urn, the most sound and unimpaired; -lis, e, (also -lus, a, um, this form
is less frequent, excepting bv the pedantry of the philologists), caneless, support-
less, helpless, frail; =mes, itis, m., a bound, boundary; limitibus (abl.) ctrcum-
scribere, to write down, or draw a line around a thing to set bounds; = our sen-
ses are dull, frail, and limited; -mus, a, um, superl. of parvus, the least; unt-
versitas, tatis, f., allness; rerum, the allness of things, the universe; Uniy£r-
sitas Scientiarum, the Allness of Knowledge, means Theology, Philosophy, Ju-
risprudence, and Medicine, i. e. the Allness of Divine and Human (pertaining to
man as a mortal being, and as a member of society) Knowledge, in one word,
"University.'* — Complector, ti, xus sum, dep., to close around with both arms,
as a bundle, to comprise; pres. Infin., queo, = possum.
9. tas, tis, f., age, abl., w. age; -um, ii, a fault, defect, deficiency; -lis, e,
proper to nature, natural; -bus, i, sickness, desease, abl. pi., -sco, 3 no other parts,
almost all these -sco verbs, called "inceptive," or "inchoative," though not pro-
perly, because they do not mean "beginning," but "becoming" so and so, are
more or less defective, few having perfects, still fewer supina, to become dull;
-lis, e, thin and lean, lank, meagre, feeble, mean; the -ior, ius, comparative end-
ing means "a little more so - and - so," a little too. . . ; minus clarus, = less dis-
tinct, -uus, a, um, small, very small; -lis, e, fine, very fine, i. e., very thin and
small; -quor, qui, cutus sum, dep. 3d conj., the Inf. pres. of which is i, conse-
qui, the Perfect Indie, consecutus sum (^onsequutus), fr. con + sequor, to
follow and to reach a thing; here, to attain, to grasp a thing with sight; vix, ac
ne vix quidem, = scarcely, or not scarcely even; queamus, = possimus.
156
res exiliores, aut minus claras, veluti litteras exiguas, suturam subti-
liorem, acie ocul6rum ctfnsequi vix, aut ne vix qmdem,^ queamus.
Quamobrem, 10 setateadulti6res, quin, ssepenumero ipsi adeo pueri,
oculorum aciem oculariis muniunt, ut rectius ac penitus cernere
queant. Ocularia enim vitra 11 sunt in simiiitudinem lentium, ideoque
et vulgo "lentes" appellantur, quorum proprium est speciem rerum
visarum augere et amplif icare.
Perinde atque innumerae 12 guttse aquae piscinam, vel flu men
efficiunt, sic, vicissim, singular guttse aquae ex innumeris particulis
materia? coalescunt, suntque ipsse per se quasi piscina^: nam in
iis, tamquam pisciculi, millia millium animalculorum, quae infusoria
vocantur, vitam agunt. Nee aqua solum, 13 verum etiam aer, quern
spirdmus, ora adeo nostra atque intestina, non secus atque ipse
io. Here, wherefore, used also interrogatively; adultus, a, um, fr. adole-
sco, 3 adolevi, adultum, to grow up, to grow old; adultus, a, um, a grown person
or thing, compar. -tior, aetate an elderly person; adv. quite frequently; adv. even,
"mind you!' * ipsi, a, pueri, even mere boys; -um, i, here, an eye glass, otherwise
anything pertaining to eyes; -us, i, an eye physician, an oculist; here n., because
vitrum, glass, is understood; -nio, 4 vi, ii, itum, to strengthen, fortify; adv.,
thoroughly, there are many -us advs., like funditus, radicitus, coelitus, divi-
nitus* &c.
ii. -um, i, a glass; lens, tis, f., a lentil in resentence, in similitude of len-
tils; therefore, wherefore, commonly; proprium est, in n., aggreeing w. the next
Infinitives, their proper (nature) being to. . . ; of things seen; augeo, 2 xi, ctum, to
increase, to inlarge; -co, 1 r., to make larger, wider, to amplify.
12. -us, a, um, numberless; Cicero's age used innumerabilis, e, uncount-
able, but the later authors distinguished the two ideas, and adopted this form; I.,
dimin. of pars, particle; I., from mater, matter; -sco, 3 ui, itum, to run, flow, go
together and form something new; per se, by him — her — itself, themselves; II.,
dim. of piscis, is, a fish (Italians pron. pish - is, = fish, Fisch); milie, a thou-
sand, a n. noun and adj. indecl. in a sing, in pi. millia, um, = thousands of
thousands; -um, i, dim.' of animal; not animalcula, se, as some medical writers
put it; -um, i, same name used in English, fr. in + fundo, 3 fudi, fusum; vitam
ago, = to lead a life.
13. Adv,, alone. . but; -aer, aeris, m., the air, atmosphere; -ro, 1 r., to breath;
os, 6ris, n., the mouth; yea, indeed; -um, i, the n. of -us, a, um, Norn, pi., the
inside, meaning the entrails, the contents within the human body; but it also
*57
sdnguis, qui in venis nostris cursat, incredibili multitudine entium
vivorum, qua3 ''bacilli, ' 4 ' 'bacteria, " "fungi," vel "germina " a
doctis vocitantur, scatent. Nulla horum oculis ntidis, 14 quin ne ocu-
lariis quidem fretis, percipi queunt. Nihilominus, 15 viri, artis dptices
peril!, comments sunt lentes opticas, admodum auctificas, tiibulfs,
prod uctlli bus infixas, quarum ope hie quoque exilium rerum miri=
ficus ' microccsmus, ( ' sive "parvus mundus, " pandltur. Ob hanc
rem instrumentum idgenus etiam "microscopium ' ' appellator.
means any other things within, not foreign, domestic, none less; -is, inis, m., the
blood; I., a vein; -dibilis, e, unbelievable; -do, inis, f., manyness; ens, entis, n.,
Priscianus is credited w. the assertion, that C. Caesar has used this word; I have
not seen it, but it is a word, that scientific language cannot well spare, a being,
pp. of sum; -us, a, um, living; II., dim, of baculus, a stick; Greek form bacte-
rion, Lat., -um, ii, = bacillus; II. , a mushroom; -men, inis, n., a sprout; II., a
learned (man), a scientist, fr. doceo, 2 ui, ctum, to teach, a taught (man); -to, 1
r.,fr. voco^to call; -teo, 2 a n. (intrans.) verb, to be teaming, gu'shing',
flowing.
14. -us, a, um, naked; -us, a, um, supported, aided, relying upon; -cipio, 3
cepi, ptum, to perceive. — 15. Adv., having two forms, as written; in one word,
and as separated, each w. different meaning; it has been translated into English
as k 'nevertheless, " in one word; but philologists insist on separating, just as if
the English equivalent were separated, as: never the less. When one word, accent
is on 6; when two words, naturally, it has two accents, nihilo minus, = less by
nothing; optice, es, f., in its original Greek form; there are a few of this kind of
nouns and names in Latin, the full declension of which we shall see a little later;
in colloquial use most of them are Latinized into I., as, optica, se, grammatica, se[
musica, se, rhetorica, ae, &c: ars optices, the art of optics, oculism; -us, a, um[
experienced, sum peritus artis legendi, I am familiar with the art of reading; viri
(homines) periti artis opticas, = men, having a practical knowledge of the art of
optics; commmiscor, comminisci, commentus sum, to contrive, to devise to
feign, to invent, a deponent transitive verb; powerfully magnifying; II dim of
tubus, i, a pipe, a tube; diictilis, e, that can be pulled out, drawn out, "also said
of metals, as of gold, iron, which can be drawn out into fine threads- -cro 3 xi
xum, to fasten; ope, fr. ops, opis, f., mostly used in Ace, opem, and abl 'ope'
by the means of; =us, a, um, that causes wonderment, wondering; a Greek 'term'
II., the small world; i. e., the world of things invisible, or small; -do, 3 di, sum'
passum, to stretch out, to unfold, throw open, expand, spread out; -pium ' ii of
course not known to the Romans; but the opticians, who devised the instrument
kn-w Latin, and formed the term on the pattern of horoscopsum, utilizing microl
cosmos, which, too, is Roman; it cannot well be omited from the scientific Ian
guage; neither should 'telescopium 4 ' objected to, as have all modern tongues
adopted these and many other, similar terms. v "
•58
Moles et machina mundi. — Lucr. V
Si miracula 1 "parvi mundi " attoniti ac stupentes cernimus,
quanto maiorem in admirationem et stuporem nos rapiet ' magni
mundi, ' 1 cuius ipsa nostra terra particula nonnisi exilior est, tran-
quilla contemplatio. Ilia mira nobis videntur, quia infra sensus
nostrossuntposita; hsec autem stupenda, quoniam supra sensus hu-
manos exsurgunt.
Attamen tarn hsec, quam ilia, ex eadem materia, ex iisdem ele=
mentis 2 conf lata sunt, quseque cernuntur, e corpusculis, id est, cor^
poribus individuis, quae Democritus "atomos" appellavit, efficiuntur,
et in quae omnia dividi queunt.
i. -urn, i, ace. pi., a wonder; -us, a, um, amazed, astonished; =peo, ui, v.
n. (verbum neutrum, = intransitive), a. (active, transitive), to be stunned, to
be struck aghast, astounded, stupidus, a, um, one standing bewildered, aghast,
astounded; stupor, is, m., the feeling thereof; here, pres. p., being astounded,
full of wondering; qtsantus, a, um, how great, how much, abl., by how much
greater; =tio, is, f., wondering, admiration; -pio, 3 rapui, raptum (Engl, ravish,
ravage, rob) to snatch away, to grab, seizes and runs away with the thing; -us, a,
um, calm, quiet; =tio, is, f., rhoughful observation, looking at.
2. =tum, i, the first principles, the lowest constituent particles of things, an
element; conflo, 1 r., to blow together, to make, mould, fashion, pp., n. pi., =um,
i, dim. of corpus, abl. pi.; =duus, a, um, undivided, indivisible, one; II., proper
name, Democritus of Elea, one of the greatest thinkers of Greece (about 47o~ "
362 H. C), the author of the atomic theory, still the only one recognized, and
nowise improved upon; -us, i, (though of the II., exceptionally feminine), an
atom, the smallest conceivable particle of matter, which is the end of divisibility,
all this side of it is physical, beyond it, metaphysical, subject to reason and spe-
culation alone; the first composition of atoms is called "molecula,' dim. of mo-
les. — In quae, into which, quae is ace. pi. n., in governing ace, when it means
the direction, or motion toward something, when we may ask, quo?, whither; but
if it answers the question, ubi? where, it demands Abl.
159
Mdxima autem atomorum moles 3 atque congeries illi miri orbes
et globi sunt, quos solem, sidera et Stellas appellamus, quorum prill «
cipatum sol obtinet. Nihil quidquam 4 in tota rerum universitate pul-
chrius, prsestantius et magnificentius sole est. Eum, 5 tamquam
regem et ducem, ambiunt OCto sidera errantia, non suo, sed eius
nutu, sese per immensa spatia, in inani, in apsidibus suis, cir-
cum solem volventia.
Proximum 6 ab sole est sidus Merciirii, lumine ac splendore so-
3. -es, is, f., a bulk, mass, volume, a mole, molo, a break-water; -es, ei, f.,
fr. con + gero, 3 gessi, stum, a hoard, any pile carted, hauled, carried, gathered
together; -us, a, um, wonderful; II., a ball, a globe; IV., the state of being a
ruler, of holding sway, of being a chief; -neo, 2 ui, ten turn, fr. ob + teneo, to
hold. — 4. Nothing whatever; these -ius endings are the neuter of the comparativ-
es of all adjectives: pulcher, chra, chrom, beautiful; prsestans, tis, surpassing,
magnificus, a, um, fr., magnum + facio, grand, fine, great; neuter, because ni-
hil, is an inecl. n. noun; its declinable form is nihilum, i; — sole is in Abl., be-
cause in comparing two things we use either quam, w. Nom., or leave out the
quam, and use Abl.; see Prin. Gram. — 5. Ace. of is, him; like just as; rex,
regis, m., king, accus.; dux, ducis, m., a leader, a guide, a general, a duke; =bso, 4
ivi, itum, to go around, about a thing, or person, especially w. covetous desire,
as a candidate seeking an office, hence, ambitio, nis, f ., the seeking of an office,
distinction, canvassing his own cause; i short; but ambitus, us, m., a passage, a
going around, i long; octo, indecl., 8; erro, 1 r., to lose one's way; sidus errans,
pi., sidera errantia, roving, rambling, wandering stars, also Stellas errantes,
erratica?, and, simply, errones (erro, nis, a rambler, a tramp), are the expressions
by which the Romans called those stars which we now call planets; — IV., a nod,
a weighing down, a gravity, bearing down, fr. a verb nuo, not in use, except in
compounds, abnuo, adnuo, innuo, renuo, to nod off, decline, to nod to, consent,
to nod at, or to encourage a thing by a blink of the eye; and to nod back, refuse;
its frequentative is nuto, 1 r., to waver; = by the gravity of his; -us, a, um, un-
measured; -um, i, a space; inane, is, n., fr., the adj. inanis, e, empty, hollow, in
the emptiness, in the void; -is, idis, f. (p. 88, 19, we called it a felly), spelled
two ways, absis, and apsis, a Greek word, spelled there by psi; here it means the
path of a star, a circle in which a star moves; -vo, 3 vi, voliitum pres. p. vens,
tis, Nom. pi. n. -ventia.
6. -us, a, um, nearest; fr. prope, prep, and adv. near, as prep., it governs
Ace, ad adv., it is constructed w. Ace. or a, ab, w. Abl., near from; more fre-
quently w. ad and Ace, also w. Dat., in Compar. it becomes an adj., propior,
i6o
lis sic perfusum et obrutum, ut acie oculorum vix cerni possit. Longo
spatii interval!*) 7 illud Veneris excipit sidus, in toto stellate^ coelo
longe splendidissimum. Venus quandoque solem anteit; 8 quo fit, ut
terrse primam lucem afferat, quamobrem etiam Lucaxef appelletur;
alias autem subsequitur, et in coelo occiduo, sole iam sub horizontem
merso, iterum sola fulgeat, quum Vesper appellatur.
Veneri, extrorsum, 9 longius a sole, proximus planeta est ipsa
Tellus nostra, quae, cum satellite sua luna, orbitam suam circum so-
lem intra tercentos sexaginta et quinque (365) dies, et aliquot bo-
ras, quod dnnus est, percurrit; hoc est, toties sese circum axem con-
-ius, is, w. the same government; superl., as here; II., fr. merx, mercis, + euro,
the carer, care-taker, God of merchandise, of commerce, communication, and of
thieves, name of the smallest planet, nearest to the sun; obruo, 3 ui, utum, to
overwhelm.
7. -urn, i, the space between the besieging army and the first earth-works,
an intervening space in place or time; Venus, Veneris, name of Goddess of Beauty,
transferred to the most brilliant planet, this side of Mercurius, nearest to the
earth< _ 8# Anteeo, 4 ii, ivi, itum, to precede; quo fit, = whence it happens; affero
Cad + fero). 3 tuli, latum, to bring; Lucifer, i, (lux + fero) one who fetches,
brings light; it is applied both to the morning-star and to the sun, or day; as an
adj., -fer, a, um, applicable to anything bringing light. — As to the biblical Lu-
cifer, see Exercitia Legendi. — Alias, adv., at an other time, and otherwise;
-quoifcutus sum, to follow after; Vesper, is, i, the Latin form of the Greek
Hesperos, the evening star.
; 9. A compound of extra and versum, toward the outside, like adversum,
adversus, introrsum, sursum, deorsum, prorsus, dextrorsum, rursus, retrorsum,
&c, toward, opposite, inward, upwards, downwards, forwards, to the right, again,
backwards; adv. compar. further away; nearest to Venus, Dat.; I., also planetes,
Is, and planes, etis, all m., a planet, the popular form, instead of the circumlo-
cutory form of Republican Rome, stella erratica, sidera errantia, errones, as
above, though this form does not occur in Roman writings that have reached our
age, excepting the authors of the IVth century, but, still, this has survived, and
spread by Christianity into all modern tongues. — Tellus, iiris, f., dimin. of
terra, the earth, poetically, and as an astronomical term; diminutives usually
follow the gender of the parent word, as in animalculum, corpusculum, though the
endings may be diffe.ent; L, a track, an imprint of a wheel on a road; tercenti,
«, a, or tre — , a numeral adj., pi. only 300; sexaginta, indecl., 60; aliquot, in-
deel , some, a few II., a year; toties, adv., as many times; -to, 3 ti, sum, to turn;
i6i
.Svi't na , Ver0 id T VigInti ° Ct ° (28) di " bus > q uod mensis Solaris est,
absolvit. Luna multo propius nobis est quam Venus, ideoque, licet"
Venere minor, tamen oppido maior esse videtur.
rimn^Sif ib , US Ste " iS erra ' ticis11 Mortis stella, Telluri haud ab-
anubs, ruti i colore est conspicua. Ei" e longinquo vicinum est sidus
lovis, cum plunbus satellites, quae giganteum orbem Iovis circumvol-
vuntur. Magnitudine molis Itipiter omnes planetas exsiiperat" fulgore
autem, si Venerem demas, nulli est secundus. Ex ordine" post Iovem
baturni subit stella, quaa tamen ab eo longissime abest, annulisque est
Tiginti, indecl. adj., 20; octo, indecl. numeral adj., 8; diefcus, abl of time- -is is
ShouTfr ''Hi ' 7 1 ' ,H / Um ' t0 Untie ,00Sen ' Pay ° ff ' flnish ' -mpie . - o. Ad :
JS ?' , ' "J' ,tU ' U ' and ™P ers °n^"y. Mcet f » nit, it is free to do that is no
forbidden by .aw, or the win of anybody, although smaller, than Venus; * whole lot
. H. -us, a, um, fr. erro, 1 given to roving, rambling; Mars, tis, m contracted
aZnto°f [I ro, M T^ tiMheG ° d 0t War ' the " a ™ *« thai pla I
n D t t iS, °'"' ; Mh-T T ' iS ' C ' thd reVerSe ° f SimiIiS ' * Unlike > jt *""
pectun, "to "?I ';,: ' *' redd f h ' £,0wlng red; - UU8 > a ' ™> fr- conspicio,* spexi,
jjf f ' f g PS6 ' S ' £ht ' noticeable < attracting attention. - 12. Dat of is ea
i puer d t n r : v; u L a 'r n ' nei e hboring ' to be next to - *■ -■* *. a «££?<£
or lnpuer, Dat. lovi, Ace Iovem, Voc Iupiter, Abl. love; (Zeus-niter Deus nit,r
£"/ c"h t r Paier - the father of the Gods and ■*•>. «* -«gS ft. X22
S th^' fl™ S1 Ven *° th£ ' argest ° f the pIanets; ™> a - ™> fr- gigas, g£an
to, the pants of Roman mythology; as an adj. used by the poets only «J Sose riX!
« St" 8 is of a later origine; • vo -' 3 -*« -' * «* &£. s£:
. tho'u 3 ta^ut- ;: r smre -a sr & to m xcept> t c °t
S^'lhJso 8 " '; 8 , 6 ^' 8atUM ' t0 S0W ' "^ » ' -"wer m of se d;°tl f^
C'beca eTLt U a m nd n T"' ***?*" °< "* ^^ ™* the "-e ^ivenL h
ImS h -Z v, r !f outermost known to the Romans, as though over and above
b at hee 5 fverv ST T* 8UMi ' ltUm ' *"** ^ Up from «*£
returning to is If- is / HZli ' * "^ * ^ ° f annUS > »• a ^ as a circle
ok JnaV 7 ' ' beholdable - '• e - worth looking at, worthy; under the emper-
S affeX I 01 " 1 " 7; ^t T rd b6Came a tit,e in the court > at ** a ^ Vlr SpX
la' t Sp t i)l ^ ; k er,bef0re the name ' as C1 - ac SP- (Clarissimus ac Spectabilis)
Spt. Dn., Spectahhs Dominus, Com. Pulvillus, chiefly applied to judges and law-
162
spectribilis. Ultra Saturnum supersunt 15 adhuc duo planetae, re-
eens reperti, quorum citerior tirani, ulterior autem Neptuni
nomine inslgnitur. .
Quseritur, 16 praeterea inter astrologos, utrumne, prseter hos, as
solem, et ultra Ncptiinum, alii adhuc sint planetae, necne; de qua ta-
men re nihil certi habent dicere. ^.wtoa
Cseterum, 17 sunt et alii siderei errones, quos stellas crinitas,
vel etiam eometas nominamus. Sunt astrologi, qui cometas perpe-
tuas 18 stellas esse, per proprias orbitas, extra mundum solarem, pr6-
prio motu terri, ac, descriptis et eraensis infinitis prope circulis, statis
yers of higher order, and, lastly, to all gentlemen. - 15. Supersum, esse, fui, to be
left over, to remain; adv., yet, as yet, and, originally, thus far; adv. and adj. recens,
tis, fresh, late, new, newly; -rio, 4 peri, rtum, to find, to discover; citerior and ul-
terior, fr. cis, citra, on this side, ultra, ulterior, is, on the farther side; 11., the
names of the two outermost planets, fr. Uranus, i, Gr., for Latin Coelus, 1, the father
of Saturnus; Neptunus, i, God of the seas, brother of Jupiter
16. Passively and impers. of qu
own choice, a judge, hence, to utter or to entertain an opinion, to deem.
i6,
temporibus, ad nos reverti arbitrentur. Alii eos fragmcnta 19 siderum
esse ffutumant, alii, denique, eosdem spirit um et anhelitum spis-
siorem, conglobatum et contortum esse voiunt, eosque tempore in-
terci'dere rentur.
Totam mundi Solaris machinam ab immensa mole solis ac ponde-
re 20 cieri et moveri certum et exploratum est. Satis etiam constat 21
ipsum quoque solem moveri. Ast 22 sol suapte natura, per se, non motu
adventitio, peregrino, movetur, verum ipse sese movet; caeterae
autem, quas Stellas erraticas diximus, eius impulsu et impetuferuntur,
propriaque gravitate, cuncta, in sempiteriuim, moderante mente
Dirina.
19. -urn, i, fr. frang©, 3 fregi, fractum, to break, a breakage, a broken piece;
-mo, 1 r., same as arbitror, iudico, censeo, opinor, puto, to think, to judge, to be of the
opinion; -us, us, m., fr. spiro, 1 r., to breath, breath, any invisible acting power, spirit,
gas, (gast, German Geist, so pronounced by the ordinary country people, is = spiritus,
whence also ghost, and ghastly, Germ, geistig, geistlich); -us, us, fr. anhelo, 1 r.,
breathing, breath, so have the Romans called winds, and wind-like sources of power and
action; -us, a, urn, in compar., thick, said of liquids; -bo, 1 r., to mass, to roll up; -tus,
ta, urn, fr. con + torqueo, 2 si, turn, to twist, to wrench, to coil up; esse Yolunt, so
to be, is their contention; -do, 3 cidi, to fall between, to drop into nothing, to perish, to
go to destruction, to be lost, reor, reri, ratus sum, one of the group of iudico, cen-
seo, arbitror, opinor, puto, cogito, I think, I judge, &c, hence rata pars, an approved
part, a portion, part agreed upon, a rate, also Germ. Rath, rathen.
20. -dus, eris, n a weight; cieo, 2 civi, citum, and cio, cire, so mostly used in
compounds, asaecio, 4 iTi ? itum; to start up, to cause motion, to set a thing into mo-
tion, to move; its frequentative form is cito, 1 r-, to quicken, to summon, to cite, whence
excito, incito, concito, recito, suscito, citus, a, urn, quick, cito, quickly; -ro, 1 r , to
terret out, to explore, find out; certum & exploratum est, = it is certain, demonstrated,
an established fact. — 21. -stat, 1 impers., a proven, established fact. - 22. Same as
at, lest frequent; the -pte, particle is frequently attached to suus, a, urn, in abl , not
quite so often meopte, meapte, tuopte, tuapte, with the force of the English very: suapte
natura, = by its very nature; -titius, a, um, (In German philological affectation, ti-
cius) a formative particle for adjectives, as, adventitius, emptitius, coming from the
outside, extraneous, and, a thing bought, not raised, made, produced by ourselves; -us,
a, um, foreign, (moved by itself, not by an extraneous and foreign movement, "mpart-
ed from the outside; IV., abl., fr. impello, 3 impuii, impulsum, to drive on, against,
oy his (its) push, thrust; IV., a dash, charge, attack; -tas, tatis, weighing down,
neaviness; -us, a, um, everlasting, eternal, -um, i. its noun; in — num, for ever, in
ume everlasting; -ror, 1 r., to temper, to keep in check, abl. abs., mens, mentis, the
rnina, intelligence; -us, a, um, fr., Deus, I divine (with the divine mind controlling, i.
c, under the sway of the will of God).
164
Recensio: Cur dicuntur oculi fenestra animi? — Quid penetrat
acies oculorum? — Quae res nobis innotescunt opera oculorum? —
Suntne omnia sensibus nostris obnoxia? — Quibus modis hebescunt
sensus nostri? — Quando scimus aciem oculorum esse hebetem? —
Qua re munimus oculos hebetes? — Quae est similitudo inter guttam
aquae atque piscinam? — Quid vocamus "bacillos?" — Quid sunt com-
menti homines docti, ad bacteria cenenda?
Quern sensum exeitat in nobis contemplatio "magni mundi?" —
Quidquamne interest inter materiam unius et aiterius mundi? — Cuius
doctrinae est Democritus auctor? — Quae sunt atomorum maximae con-
geries? — Quid praedicamus (docemus, dicimus) de sole? — Quare
prsedicamus solem esse tamquam regem? — Quae duae stellae errantes
sunt inter Tellurem et Solem? — Quid est "Lucifer?" — Quot dierum
spatio conficit Tellus suum cursum? — Quid comitatur (sequitur) Tel-
lurem in suo cursu? — Quid est mensis? — Quae sunt caeterae stellae
erraticae, sive planetae, extrorsum a terra? — Quid quaeritur inter astro-
logos p _1 habe.itne hi quidquam certi dicere? — Quid astrologis de co-
metis videtur (quid putant?)? — Quid ciet et agitat hanc mundi Solaris
machinam? — Abs se-ne, an ab alio quo (alio aliquo) movetur sol? —
quis movet solem? quid movet sol? — Quid moderatur mens Divina?
i6 5
VOCABVLARIVM 21.
NNA. SUBST.
dculus, i
Animus, I
sensus, Us
visus, Us
gutta. ae
mica, ae
notitia, ae
ministerium, il
dpera, ae
potcstas, atis, f.
limes, itis, m.
universitas, atis, f.
vitium, ii
morbus, i
ocularium, Ii
vitrum, i
lens, tis, f.
particula, ae
materia, ae
pisciculus, i
animllculum, i
infusorium, ii
aer, aeris, m.
os, oris, n.
intestina, orum, n.
sanguis, inis, m.
ens, tis, n.
bacillus, i
bacterion, ii, n.
fungus, i
geimen, inis, n.
optice, es, f.
tiibulus, i
microcosmus, i
mundus, i
microscdpium. ii
miriculum, i
admiratio, nis, f.
stupor, is. m.
contemplatio, nis, f.
elementum, i
corpusculum, i
Stomus, i, f.
moles, is, f.
congeries, ei, f,
globus, i
principals, us
rex, regis, m.
dux, ducis, m.
nutus, Us
spitium, ii
intervallum. i
Mercurius, ii
Venus, Ve-neris, f.
Lucifer. i
Planeta, ae, m.
Tellus, uris, f.
annus, i
mensis, is, m.
Mars, tis, m.
Iupiter, Iovis, m.
annulus, i
Uranus, i
NeptUnus, i
Astrdlogus, i
erro, nis, m.
come'ta, ae, m.
motus, Us
fragrme'ntum, I
spfritus, Us
anhe"litus, Us
impulsus, Us
impetus, Us
graVitas, atis, f.
mens, tis, f.
NNA. ADI.
imus, a, um
obnoxius, a, um
imbocillis, e
naturalis, c'
exilis, e
exiguus, a, um
subtilis, e
adultus, a, um
proprius, a, um
innUmerus, a.um
vivus, a, um
nudus, a, um
fretus, a, um
peritus, a, um
opticus, a, um
auctificus, a, um
prodUctilis, e
mirificus, a, um
attdnitus, a, um
tranquillus, a, um
individuus, a, um
praestans, tis
magnificus, a, um
octo
immensus, a, um
inanis, e
proximus, a, um
tercenti, ae, a
sexaginta
mille
erriticus, a, um
absimilis, e
rUtilus, a, um
conspicuus, a, um
vicfnus, a, um
ffigante"us, a, um
spectrins, e
citerior, is
ulterior, is
crinitus, a, um
perpetuus, a, um
spissus, a, um
adventitius, a, um
peregrinus, a, um
sempite'rnus, a, um
divmus, a, um
VERBA.
cerno,3 crevi, turn
perspicio,3 pexi, ctum
sentio, 4 si, sum
perietro, 1 r.
scrutor.i atus sum
indigo, 1 r.
cogndsco, 3 vi, nitum
innotesco,3 ui, —
existo.3 stiti, stitum
circumscribo, 3 psi, ptum
complector, 3 xus sum
hebesco, 3
cdnsequor,3 cutus sum
Sugeo, 2 xi, ctum
amplrfico, 1 r.
coalesco, 3 ui, itum
spiro, 1 r.
vdcito.i r.
sca'teo, 2
percipio,3 cepi, ptum
comminiscor, 3 mentus
sum
pando, 3 pandi, nsum,
passum
stupeo, 2 ui
r£pio, 3 ui, ptum
exsurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum
conflo.i r.
obtineo, 2 ui, tentum
a"mbio,4 ii, vi, turn
volvo, 3 vi Utum
dbruo, 3 ui, utum
anteeo,4 ivi I ii I , itum
sUbsequor, 3 cutus sum
converto, 3 ti, sum
absolvo, 3 vi Utum
licet, 2
exsUpero.i r.
demo, 3 psi, ptum
sUbeo,4 ivi I ii I , itum
supersum, esse, fui
reperio.4 peri, turn
insignio,* vi, turn
describo, 3 psi, ptum
emetior,4 emensus sum
sisto,3 stiti, sta turn
revertoi-,3 versus sum
arbitror.i atus sum
iutumo.i r.
cdnglobo, 1 r,
cdntorqueo.s si, rtum
inte"rcido,2 di, —
reor, 2 ratus sum
cieo, 2 civi, citum
expldro, 1 r.
constat, 1
mdderor, T atus sum
e'xcito, 1 r,
praedico, T r,
ADVERBIA.
qua"si
fere
dppido
saepenUmero
atdeo
p^nitus^
nihildminus
quanddque
Slias
extrdrsum
tdties
haud
adhuc
recens
necne
caeterum
CONIUNCTIO.
ast
PR.EPOSITIONES.
CIS
ultra
1 66
:
PRINGIPIA GRAMMATICAL
DE NOMINIBYS ADIECTIYIS.
74. A Nomen Adiectivum, as the words indicate (ad + iacio, I throw, I cast, I add
thereto), is a companion word to the noun (nomen, the name of the thing in question),
and follows, or, precedes it, according to each other's importance. The adjective so at-
tached will alter, or modify the force, bearing, or relation of the Nomen Substantivum;
as, casa mea; lingua Latina; duo homines. Casa, lingua, homines, the No
mina Substantia, are altered in their extent of bearing by throwing the Nomina Adiec
tiva, meus, a, urn, Latinus, a, urn, duo, du£, duo alongside of them. This process is
called "qualifying."
75. The principle of qualifying a noun demands that the qualifying adjective be ex-
actly fitted to the noun, otherwise it does not qualify. This fitting means that the adjec-
tive takes its sex, or gender endings, of whatever gender (sex) the noun be (masc, fern.
or neuter), and must also take the same case (Norn. Gen. &c), and the same number, as
the noun has; thus: casam meam, casas meas, casas meas; lingua Latins; unus homo,
unius h6minis, uni homini, unum hominem; duo homines, du6rum hdminum, du<5bus
hominibus, duos hdmines, each following its own declension.
76. Adjectives qualify God, man, things; Iupiter Optimus, Maximus; Alma Ve-
nus; Dii immortales! Dii boni! Deus mi! (Vocative); homo novus; vir praeclarus; homo
p£rditus; ingSnuus adole*scens; matrona n6bilis; pulchemma virtus; arbor celsa, nox
opica, sol surgens.
a. Vast numbers of adjectives qualify persons, families, dwelling places, towns,
countries alone. Grammarians call such adjectives proper names, but they are only ad-
jectives, or nouns standing for adjectives, the "thing" itself being the man, the woman,
the ship, town, country understood. A man gets the name of a thing (of his trade, dwell-
ing place, a nick name &c.) , say, Mare, the sea, his name will be Marius, his slaves, or
a follower of his, will be Mariawws, a woman, Mariana (now a days ignorantly written
Marina. The ancestor is lulus his son is Iulius, (four syllables) , so the descendants; his
clientele, luliinus, the female, luliina (simple people think this name to be Iulia + Anna,
which latter is Hebrew); the ancester is Tullus, the son is Tullius, the daughter Tullia; so
Horitus, Patritus, Sextus, Virgilis, the descendants Horat/us, Patrit/us, Sext/us, Virgil/us,
&c. Some times it is a nick-name, (cum magno) Naso, hence such nouns as Lab eo
Curio, Mam, P611io, Cicero, or Asim'us (veluti 4sinus, vel ha'bens a'sinum), Taurus, Ci-
tulus, Cato, &c
b. A man, by nationality, is (talus, Gallus, Germanus, Hisp;inus, Persa; a woman
167
ftala, Galla, Germa'na, Hispa'na, Persa; a man like them, or who lived, deal* with them;
their languages, institutions, habits, what they produce, or own, are Milieus, GilUeus,
GermamVus, Hispdn/ais, PeraVus, a, urn; while the country of the people is Italia, Gal-
lia, Germania, Hispa'nia, Persia.
Such being the case, in the names Carolina, Louisiana, Indiana, Montana, and also
Oceanica, somebody must have made mistakes, for these names can only mean women,
or female things, not states; these must end in -ia, as Virginia, Georgia, &c.
c. Names of countries are often expressed by the name of the people, in Norn, pi.,
as Parisii, S£nones, Bruttii; or the neuter ending of the adjective, formed from the name
of the people, as, Belgium, from Belga, Belgius, a, urn.; Tuscus, dim. Tusculus, a, urn,
Tusculum: medius, a, urn, dim. mediolus, a, urn, mediolanus, a, urn, Mediolanum, i,
(Milano).
d. A man, living in, or belonging to, a town, municipality, a country, a place; or a
thing pertaining to a locality, or owned there, made of a certain substance, animal, plant,
mineral; or specifying time, season, &c.,is expressed by the formative particles -anus, a,
urn, -enus, a y urn, -inus, a, urn; the a, e, i being long and accented when referring to
living beings, the / usually short in lifeless substances, though not always; so Rom dims,
Afridnus, mundanus, urbinus, Philadelphemis, terr&ius, Latinus, Tiburtinus, Tarenti-
mus, equinus, bovinus, marinus, vespertinus, quercinus (though the more general adj.
isquernus, a, urn); but serotinus, fraxinus, crastinus, pr&inus (dark green).
The barbarians had their own way in employing these Latin endings, when they
formed Indian, Grecian, Hungarian, Academician, physician, musician, with -us to be
understood. This same barbarism is still raging in medicine and chemistry, where there
is no end to formal/;;*, glyceric, morphine, cs&tine (caff£ in), cocaine (i. e. cacao-ine,
mixing up first cacao with cocus nut, vulgo cocoa, next the -inus, a, urn, ending, when
the Latin ending is -icus, a, urn, as cacaoticus, a, urn) , and it is pronounced by the less
civilized, as eoken, when it is supposed to be co - cab - in.
e. When an adj., or a noun, has the formative particle -anus, -enus, -inus, in itself
already, or it has some other odd ending, as Mtdidlanum, or Parisii, -ensis, e, or -acus,
a > urn, particles are employed, and then we have Mediolanus, e, or Parisians, a, urn,
oth for man and thing. There is a difference, however, between -anus and -ensis; for the
Utter usually implies, when contrasted with the former, that the man so qualified is but
a temporary sojourner at a given place, and the same idea is implied as to things, so that
\tex>anus (hispus, a, urn means hairy, shaggy, rough) is a man of that nationality,
whereas Hispanmsw, is a Roman living, or doing business in Spain. So also milites, res,
ztstrenses, arma castrazs/tf. Soldiers, things, arms now in the camp. Corinthus is a
place, Corinth/us is a man or a thing of that place, Corinthi^s/s is a colonist of th t
place, Corinthians sinus, pontus, the bay; the sea, lying at, belonging to, Corinthus.
rhe man is Romanus, things of th* Romans are Romanenses, or Romanienses, or fash-
oned after the Roman, tastes, Romanians, A rich man is dives, riches are divite, on
i68
provarbially rich is Divitiacus (Greek mispelling and German philological affectation to
the contrary not withstanding).
The dwellers of Italy, after the Roman times, have badly mixed up these formative
particles, and have spread their barbarism in all countries. They were no more ltali, but
Italia*/, the Ind* became India**", as we find it also in an American Latin grammar, ap-
plied to the American aborigines, so named by the Italian discoverers) , whereas they call-
ed other dwellers of Italy, from the names of their respective provinces Colabres*. Genu-
ese, Umbrese, also Francese, Anglese, Japonese, but Sicilian. Thus the -ensts, e, was
found by the barbarians a handy formative particle to designate natives of the various
races, and so we have to-day Anglais, Francais, Japonais, Chinese, Japonese, Portuguese.
and the like. , T , r
But, according to Roman usage, a citizen, or native of Italia is Italus; an Italian
man is homo Italics, the woman is mulier Italica, terra, lingua Italica; the soldiers, the
settler, officials of Italy in foreign countries, were called by Roman writers ^licenses.
Men and things in Gallia, whether Roman or Gallus, were designated by the forma-
tive -anus, a, urn, attached to the second adj., -kus % a, urn, as Gi\\\canus, a, urn, homi-
nes, milites, equi, mores Gallicani, on which pattern was formed the term Ang\icanus t i-
e , Roman men, horses, manners of Anglia, as a Roman provice, so that Ecclesia Ang al-
cana, in Christian Roman times, is a Church, or congregations of Romans, or ot Angli>
subject to Rome, doing Roman things in the fashion of Angli.
From the above it must seem evident that it is not an indifferent matter what end-
ings modern Latinists affix to their present names of men and places- Yet we read Phiia-
delphensis, Baltimorensis, Harvardensis, Columbiensis, Yalensis, Princetoniensis, Boston-
iensis, and so on, engraved on their seals, displayed on documents and buildings-
77. The most general formative of adjectives to designate material, out of which a
thing consists, is -eus, a, urn, as lapideus, ligneus, chartfeus, linteus, vitreus, aureus, ar-
g£nteus, fe*rreus, argiMceus, &c.
78. Oleo, 2 ui, itum, to give forth smell, and to perceive smell, in its Pres. part.,
olens, tis, and in a new formation, olentus, a, urn, supplies a small group of adjectives,
as, violate, that smels force, violence (vis + oleo), so also vinolentus, (vmum), tcmu-
le-ntus (temttum. any spirituous liquor), somnol&itus, sanguinol&itus, pulverulentus,
lutuldntus, truculentus, &c • .
7 9 . Dico, volo facio, joined with an adjective, form a new set of adjectives, as, oe-
nedicus, maledicus, one speaking well or illy of a person or of a thing; benzoins, maie-
volus; benSficus, malleus, magnificus, munificus; munus, ens, m, a present, a g ,
man giving freely. . i«
80. QualiH and talis lend themselves as formative particles for producing adjec
lives suitable to answer the question they imply, leaving off the qu and It, as «tion4IB
e, nationals, animalis, rivalis, coniugalis, hyemalis, autumnuhs, cap.tahs, fiha hs be
lis, patru^is, and changing into i, long, when of human, as, vinlis, senilis, puenhs,
169
i short, when referring to things, as, fictilis, ductilis, hibilis, humilis, gracilis, f^cilis*
difficilis, fl£bilis, fertilis, &c.
81. Odi, odisse, to hate, a defective verb, but used by many authors in a regular
form, having a regular perfect in osus sum, like a Deponent; but as an adj., it is exosus,
a, uniy hateful. Joined with nouns in -osus, a, urn, form, it creates adjectives somewhat
of an ironical or disparaging imputation, as = scabidsus, a, urn, fr. scabo, 3 scabi, to
scrape, to scratch, to itch, scurfy, itchy, scabby (whence schaben, shave, shabby) ; glo-
ridsus, bragging, mulierosus, too fond of women ; pannosus, ragged; nummdsus, pecu-
nidsus, whence libellus famosus, or libellus diffamatorius (not ^-famatorius, as has also
crept into English, for it does not imply the idea of pealing off, taking off, like a gar-
ment), any written or printed matter scattering, diffusing, disseminating bad reputation,
now called in English libel, criminal libel.
82. Unda, x, a wave, in its form as a compound verb, abundo, 1 f., the waves
running over, to overflow, also supplies a few adjectives, as, abundans, tis, redundans,
tis, particularly in -cundus, -undus, -bundus, a, urn, shape, as, iocabundus, in a jocking,
humorous mood, iracundus, verecundus, furibundus, ludibundus, pudibundus, vaga-
bundus, &c.
83. Udor, is, moisture, uvidus, a, urn, moist, wet, is the source of many adjecti-
ves, as, ma'didus, humidus, frigidus, cilidus, foetidus, lucidus, fulgidus, tdbidus, dbidus,
aMgidus, callidus, sdrdidus, feVvidus, paVidus, ldnguidus, maVcidus, rigidus, &c.
84. Fero, and gero, I carry, I wear, compounded with a noun, form a number of
adjectives, as, lucifer, a, urn, signifer, velifer, fructifer, furcifer, cdrniger, a, urn, liniger,
mdriger, l£thifer, armifer, 2rmiger.
85. One of the most fertile formatives is the -a'rius, a, urn, ending, the origin of
v/hich is obscure. It may come from utor, usura, or it may be the suffix -or, -drius,
simply modified for the purpose, for, in meaning they are parallel to some extent, this
relating to the subject, to other, in most cases to a subjective object, i. e., a person, re-
cipient of the action, as, donatdm/s, is the adj. of donator, the gift-giver, while dona-
tes is either the person receiving the gift, or the thing so donated. Very frequently it
denotes a person by his occupation, as, notarius, a man writing with signs, notse, not
with letters, a short hand writer; pardrius, partia'rius, tabernarius, carpentaVius, legati-
nus, beneficiarius, emiss^rius, mandatirius, dentaVius, ocula'rius; the neuter ending, -urn
denotes the thing, the place, &c, as, grananum, loca'rium (store or other rent), colum-
barium, armarium, calenddrium, poma'rium. Most of these are used as nouns.
86. Besides the above there are many other particles forming adjectives, such as,
-bilis, e, (from habeo), ha'bilis, rationa'bilis, optdbilis, &c, -ivus, a, urn, as festivus, fur-
tivus; -itius, a, um } from the pps. of verbs, as, emptitius, adventitius, ementitius; almost
all the present participles, as diligens, tis, £minens, cdntinens, parens, infans, &c, and a
number of verbs from adjectives, by assuming -ax, ex, endings, as, tenax, tenuis, dicax,
is, mordax, loquax, audax, capax, vindex, icis, prsecox, cdcis, victrix, &c.
170
87 With this fuller acquaintance with the Latin adjectives, we may now group
them, on the same lines as heretofore, into three sets, according to their terminations, as:
( -us, a, um, like longus, rectus, plenus, a, urn
GROUP A-l " er » a ' um ' like inte 2 er > tener ' P ulcher ' a ' um
( -ur, ft, um, like satur, ura, um, camur, mura, um
a We known already that all these adjectives are declined just like nouns of the
same endings, in -us, -er, and -um,they following the II. declension, while in, -a they are
declined in the I.
b. Some adjectives of -er throw off this e when we apply other endings, as, Integra,
nulchra integram, pulchram, whereas tener, liber do not, and, accordingly we say, te-
Lra, libera, teneram, liberam. The two -ar, a, um adjectives follow this same rule, and
we say, sfturam, dmuram, sfturis, c4muris.
r m. f ».
) -er, is, e, as,
f is, is, e, as,
5 J -er, is, e, as, ifcer, a*cris, *cre, c£leber, bris, bre
brevis, brevis, breve, tenuis, is, e
-er, -es, -ur, as pauper, is, dives, itis, cicur, is
, -ns, as ingens, tis, diligens, tis
GROUP C ~) -ior, ior, ius, as m&or, malor, mams
-ex, -ix, -ox, as *udax, d&is, senex, senis, felix, felicis, velox, 6cis.
-ax,
c. As no adjectives belong to IV and V, while all adjectives of Group A belong to
II, I II, it must follow that the III must take all the rest. The difference between the ad-
jectives of Group B and Group C is, tot the first set has three endings (although he
-is is e type is called "is, e>" and "adjectives of two endings, because m and /. are
alike), while the second set (Group C), excepting the comparatives of all adjectives (-101,
ior ius), consists of adjectives of one ending for all three genders, so that we say. to
pauper, hoc pauper, hoc pauper; and, since they have no gender endings, for the sake of
grouping we add the Genitive ending, thus: pauper, pauperis.
d One adjective, N^.pluris, has but one ending in sing., the neuter form of the
comparative degree, but in pi. it is regular: plures, plures, plura; gen plunum, for all
three; Dat pluribus, all three; Ace. like the Norn., Voc. same, Abl. like the Dat.
e The adj. nequam is altogether indeclinable, in the positive degree; in the compa-
rative'it is ndquior, ndquior, nequius, regular, and in the superlative, nequissimus. a, um,
the most malicious, most wicked, regular.
88. Popular usage has interchanged the endings of a few adjectives, so that they
I7i
have two forms now. Disregarding derivation and philological caprice, 1 place into the
first row the forms most used; they are: f«*««"uw
exanimis, e, and exanimus, a, um, lifeless
hilaris, e, " hilarus, a, um, gay
inermis, e, inermus, a, um, unarmed
opulentus, a, um, " dpulens, tis, wealthy
The adj. necesse is also indecl., having absolutely no other form, and seems to be
compounded from nee + esse; wherefore it governs the subject into Dative, and demands
as a complement the times of a sum - es - est, thus: mihi necesse est, 1 am compelled
to; nobis necesse erat, we had got to; si tibi necesse fuisset, hadst thou been compelled-
omnibus hommibus necesse est mori, it is incumbent upon all man that they die all men
must die. - But this adj. has also an other, full form, necessarius, a um.
DE COMPARATIONE ADIECTIVORVM.
89. Qualities of things are either absolute, or relative. In the former case the qual-
ity is fixed, admitting no change or measurement, or degrees, as, when I say, dead No
person, or animal can be more dead, or less dead. Quite a number of qualities belongs
to this class, as: Romanus, vivus, ligneus, for no Roman is more Roman than another
living, wooden, &c.
90. Some qualities are seemingly absolute; yet, since the terms are poetically or
otherwise applied figuratively, or not to the proper subject, they are taken to be relative-
such for inst., are the bodily defects, as: ccecus, a, um, blind, surely an absolute quality'
for a person is either blind, of not blind; balbus, a, um, a stammerer, blxsus a um a
lisp, mutilus, a, um, mamed; claudus, a, um, lame; valgus, a, um, bow-legged; virus
a, um, knock-kneed; luscus, a, um, one eyed, calvus, a, um, bald; &c Hither can be
added the colors, as, niger, gra, um, candidus, a, um, ruber, bra, um, flavus, a, um
vnidis, e, c;eruleus, a, um, cinerfeus, a, um, &c, some of which will admit real com-
paratives, some only with an auxiliary, some none at all.
91. While, as a principle, only relative qualities are graded, both upward and down-
ward, as, large, larger, largest, or few, fewer, fewest, and colors are relative qualities
still it is not customary to say black, blacker, blackest, white, whiter, whitest but we
grade these adjectives by the aid of other adjectives, and say, dark blue, light yellow or
by nouns, jet black, coal black, snow white.
92. Adjectives are compared, or measured on three grades, or degrees, Gradus Po-
siltvus, Gradus Comparative, and Gradus Supetlativus, thus:
172
Gradus Positivus Gradus Comparative
-us, a, um, longus, a, um
rectus, a, um
-is, is, e brevis, is, e
levis, is, e
-n8, tis diligens,
-ax, audax,
-ix, -ox, -ix, felix,
ex, ox, precox
-ex, simplex
-ilis, e faalis, e
difficilis, e
humilis, e
gracilis, e
similis, e
dissimilis, e
-er, a, um integer, gra, um
-er, is, e icer, 2cris, acre
-er pauper
-dicus, mal£dicus, a, um,
-ficus magnificus, a, um
-volus benevolus, a, um
longior, ior, ius
rectior, ior, ius
br£vior, ior, ius
lSvior, ior, ius
dilig£ntior, ior, ius
audacior, ior, ius
felicior, ior, ius
prasc6cior, ior, ius
simplicior, ior, ius
facilior, ior, ius
difficilior, ior, ius
humilior, ior, ius
gracilior, ior, ius
similior, ior, ius
dissimilior, ior, ius
interior, ior, ius
icrior, ior, ius
paupenor, ior, ius
maledic£ntior, ior, ius
magnific6ntior, ior, ius
benevolSntior, ior, ius
Or- Superlativus
longissimus, a, um
rectissimus, a, um
brevissimus, a, um
levissimus, a, um
diligentissimus, a, um,
audacissimus, a, um
felicissimus, a, um,
prascocissimus, a, um
simplicissimus, a, um
facillimus, a, um
difficillimus, a, um
humillimus, a, um
gracillimus, a, um
simillimus, a, um
dissimilimus, a, um
integ£rrimus, a, um
acerrimus, a, um
paup£rrimus, a, um
maledicentissimus, a, um
magnificentissimus, a,um
benevolentissimus, a, um
ADIECTIVA A N 6 M A L A.
93. A certain small group of adjectives, as though worn out by most frequent uj
is irregular in all languages, and some parts of them are entirely lost, but repaired as|
were, by borrowing remnants of other words, from unknown sources. Thus, m English,
good in Compar. will be better, in Superl. best, entirely strange words.
bonus, a, um,
mains, a, um,
magnus, a, um,
parvus, a, um,
multus, a, um
meliot , ior, ius
p£ior, pe*ior, pel us
miior, ior, mams
minor, nor, minus
plus (pluris)
optimus, a, um
pgssimus, a, um
maximus, a, um
minimus, a, um
pliirimus, a, um
a. The adj. dives, dMHs, just like many verbs, may drop its vi, in comparative
17*
and superlative, as ditior, ditior, diiius, or it may retain it, as divitior, divitior, divitius,
and ditissimus, a, um, or divitissimus, a, um, the richest, or very rich; but, of course, it
cannot be employed of food, for that is Anglicism.
b. Frugi, is properly a noun in Dat., fr. frux, frugis, particularly in pi., fruges,
frugum, whatever good things the earth bears, produce, whence fruor, frui, fruitus, or
fructus sum, to enjoy, whence fructus, us, fruit; so whatever is serviceable as fruit, pro-
duce; therefore, a man, useful, upright, rational, modest, economical, frugal: homo
frugi, a sober, frugal, conservative, righteous man. This adj. takes no other endings;
but its comparative and superl. are fruga'lior, ior, ius, frugalissimus, a, um.
ADIECTIVA ADVERBIALIA.
94. Certain particles, serving both as propositions and adverbs, assume adjectival
forms by receiving certain formative endings; as, clam, w- Abl., (clam patre, without
the knowledge of the father,) on the sly, seeretely; also as adv., efTugit clam; having
also a kind of dimin form, cldnculum, stealthily. Its adj. form is clandestinus, a, um,
secret, underhanded, sneaky. These are of two kinds :
fl.» with two different superlatives, as:
Adv.
Adj.
Compar.
1st Superl.
2nd Superl.
extra,
exterus, a, um,
exterior, ius,
extre*mus, a, um,
e*xtimus, a, um
infra,
inferus, a, um,
inferior, ius,
infimus, a, um,
imus, a, um,
super,
superus, a, um,
superior, ius,
supre*mus, a, um,
siimmus, a, um.
post,
ptfsterus, a, um,
posterior, ius,
postre'mus, a, um,
pdstumus, a, ur
b. t while the following have no positive degrees, the adverbs themselves filling that
place, as:
Adv.
Comparative
Superlative
citra,
cite'rior, ior, ius,
citimus, a, um,
intra,
interior, ior, ius,
intimus, a, um,
ultra,
ulterior, ior, ius,
liltimus, a, um,
prope,
prdpior, ior, ius,
proximus, a, um,
prae,
prior, prior, prius,
primus, a, um,
c. The Positive of the upper group is seldom used in singular, but quite frequently in
pi., as £xtera gentes, foreign nations; superi. orum are the Gods, of the Heavens, fnferi-
orum are the Gods of the Underworld; p6steri, orum, are the descendants. Their Super-
latives differ in this way: extr£mus, a, um, the farthest end, £xtimus, a, um, is the out
most; infimus, a, um, the lowest, imus, a, um, farthest down in the depth. Supr£mus, a,
um, highest up, siimmus, a, um, is the paramount, the chief, the utmost. Postre'mus, a,
*74
urn, is the hindermost, whereas p6stumus (pronounce pdstumus), a, urn is most used of
children (also of the young of animals) last born, i., e., after which no other was born;
most particularly of children born after the father's death. For this reason the word for
centuries was spelled (as it is still spelled in English, and other modern languages) post
+ humus, after earth, after inhumation, but this is now exploded. Figuratively it is also
used of literary products published after the author's death.
COMPARATIO DEFECTIVA.
95. The following three adjectives lack Positive degree, and are used in Gompara-
tive and Superlative only:
detenor, ior, ius, worse, detirrimus, a, urn
6cyor, ior, ius, sooner, 6cyssimus, a, urn
potior, ior, ius, of more consequence potissimus, a, urn
96. These few have no Comparatives:
falsus, a, urn, untrue
diversus, a, urn, different,
inclytus, a, urn, distinguished,
novus, a, urn, new,
sacer, sacra, urn, hallowed,
mentus, a, urn, deserved,
falsissimus, a, um
diversissimus, a, um
inclytissimus, a, um
novissimus, a, um, the latest
sacerrimus, a, um
meritissimus, a, um
97. Adjectives formed from verbs by the particles -ilis, -bilis, and a few others, lack
Superlatives; as:
igilis, e, deft, agil
m6bilis, e, wavering
agrestis, e, uncouth
to the same class belong:
dgilior, ior, ius
mobilior, ior, ius
agrestior, ior, ius
Placer, cris, ere, brisk
iter, 4tra, itrum, dark, black
coecus, a, um, blind
declivis, e, sloping
diuturnus, a, um, long lasting
longinquus, a, um, far, distant surdus, a, um, deaf
vulgaris, e, ordinary, common teres, teretis, rounded
opimus, a, um, fattened, rich
propinquus, a, um, lying near
protSrvus, a, um, brazen-faced
salutaVis, e, conducive
sdtur, tura, um, satiated
»7?
to which must be added:
adolescens, tis, a growing lad, or girl adolescentior, ior, ius
iuvenis, is, young, a youth, junior,
senex, senis, old, old man, senior,
Note. — Under 76, *, we mentioned Persa. a man of Persian nationality, so is
Belga, Turca, &c. This is a group of defective adjectives, almost all of them serving as
masculine nouns. To this group belong incola, an inhabitant; dccola, a dweller - by;
alunigena, a foreigner, a person born elsewhere; indigena, a native, (do not say "na-
tive born", it is absurd: "native" means "born"). Late Romans felt the necessity of
forcing these latter two adjectives into -us, a, urn, shapes, but we should not imitate
that, but say "equus indigena", as has Apuleius, the adj. having one ending, that of I,
and all of them must be so declined, whatever the gender may be. So ddvena, may be a
male or female stranger, "a comer," arriver, whereas ndvita, or, contracted, nauta a
boat hand, or sailor, auriga, a coachman, scurra, a clown, scriba, a clerk, &c-, are sup-
posed to mean male persons only.
COMPARATIO PERIPHRASTICA.
98. Some adjectives, as has been stated, will not admit any grading, or comparison,
others will suffer such in a poetical, or rhetorical style; still others, owing to the difficulty
of pronunciation, cannot well take the endings. Moreover, there are some very fine grad-
es and .shadings in the meaning of some of the adjectives, for the expression of which
the ordinary Comparatives and Superlatives are either too weak, or too coarse In al
such cases we resort to periphrasis, circumlocution.
99. Particles of speech, whose function is to qualify the adjectives, either raising or
owenng, intensifying or checking, rendering the meaning solemn, ironical, or ridiculous
xc, are the ad verb! a, adverbs.
a. For the positive degree,
(0 Upwards: valde, perquam, idmodum, mire, miro modo, mirum in modum
water morem, magndpere, summopere, non parum, haud parum, &c
Examples: valde dives, perquam doctus, admodum peritus, very versed, mire cra-
us exceedingly acceptable, or grateful; idmodum scitus, or very frequently invtrted
otus admodum, very clever; miro modo cultus, wonderfully cultured; mirum in mo-
lum sagax, alert, quick witted to a wonderful degree, prater modum audax, bold beyond
neasure; magnopere studidsus, immensely energetic, striving; summopere cautus, ex-
^ea.ng^y cautious; non parum eruditus, quite scholarly; haud parum effieax, efficient to
i?6
(2) Admodum is frequently joined with the noun puer, turning it into an adj.,
forming the idiom admodum puer, as: Linguam Latinam admodum puer didici, I have
learned Latin when but a mere child.
(3) Adv. multo, joined with mane, makes multo mane, very early morning.
(4) Per and prce can be joined with some adjectives to intensify their qualifying
powers, as: homo ^rdoctus, a very well informed man; culter prxacutus, a pretty sharp
knife; and ve- as vegrandis, of vast size.
(5) Downwards: satis, satis superque, utique, utcunque, mediocriter, vix, vixdum,
vix ac ne vix quidem, parum, perparum, asgre, male, nequidquam, nequaquam, haud
ita &c
' Examples: satis, satis superque versatus, sefficiently experienced; is, utique, semper
naratus est, he, of course, to be sure, is always ready; u+cunque superbus, no matter
how proud; mediocriter facundus, eloquent to mediocrity; vix, vixdum dignus, scarcely
worthy vix ac ne vix quidem liberals, scarcely, or even less than scarcely liberal; parum,
Deroarum humanus, little, very little obliging; xgre contentus, ill contented; male sanus,
not well balanced in mind; nequidquam (nequicquam, as some spell it; different in mean-
ing from ne or nee quidquam, though the same word, notwithstanding philological
contention to the contrary; most used with verbs) frustra, Apuleius, altogether in vain,
quite uselessly; nequaquam verum, not at all true; haud ita multum, not so very
C Note. — The particle ve, modifies perhaps only two or three adjectives in this di-
rection, as; vtors, insensate, and vesinus, insane.
b. For the Comparative degree:
(1) The most regular adverb for comparing adjectives upward, is magis, the ad-
verbial comparative of magnus, a, urn, as, magis utile, more useful; downward, minus
adv. compar. of parvus, a, urn, as: minus utile, less useful.
Notice that here the degree is imparted by the adverbs, the adjectives themselves
being in Positive degree- It follows that both adv. and adj. could not be in Compar.
deeree as: magis, or minus utilior. You will also notice that, like in English, the bear-
ing and power of the periphrastic form is never the same as that of the simple form, as:
wis*/, and more wise, are not exactly identical, so in Latin, sapientior, and magis sapiens
do not mean exactly the same thing; just like in the verbs.
(2) All the adverbs employed in the Positive degree to qualify the adjectives are
out of place here; but those befitting the Comparative, are usually also suitable for the
Superlative but they cannot be in the Comparative or Superlative, as magis, or nj
nus for we'eannot say magis doctt* minus long/or: the adv. must be in the Positive
decree. These are few; as: multo longior, longe doctior. paullo brevior, oppido maioi.
"quo plus, more than reasonable; iusto severior, unduly strict; dicto celenus quicker hj
intakes to say it; quo 6cyus. eo melius, the sooner, the better; parum rectius, a little,
or little more right, or straight.
"77
Note 1. Multum, and dictum, are really n. nouns in Abl., fully coinciding with
what we called "Ablative of Comparison," as, for instance, Alius minor est patre pater
maior est filw, where the objects of the comparison are in Abl., the quam being omitted.
Parum on the other hand is in Accusative. We have several such nouns and adjectives in
Ace and Abl., serving this purpose alone, as we shall see below. - The quo and eo,
also tan/o — quanto, or inverted, quanto - tanto are similarly employed in Abl. as-
quanto plus, tanto peius, the more of it, the worse it is. - Long* is the regular type of
the adv. formed from adjectives-
Note 2. — When two qualities of the same noun are compared, as, for inst , this
fable is longer than wide, it is customary in Latin to put both adjectives into Compara-
ble degree and say: mensa ista est ldngior quam latior. Grammarians make a cast iron
rute of this usage, but the Roman authors do say also, mensa, ista est longior quam lata
See Exer. Legendi, 6i.
t «. N °!? 3 ; _ The P ° Wer ° f the Latin Com P ara tive degree somewhat differs from that
of the other languages, in as much as it expresses not only a comparatively higher degree
for instance: vicinus noster opulentior nobis est, our neighbor is wealthier than are we
here we have a real comparative; but, if 1 say, vicinus noster vir opulentior est the sent-
ence will mean: our neighbor is a rather wealthy gentleman, or a wealthier kind of.
C. For the Superlative degree.
• (1 2 T ! ie r f. SUlar gnding Sdverb 0f Superlative, upward, is maxime, downward mi-
nime , the -standing principle remaining that the adjective has no superlative of its own
the adverb leading that power. But if the adj. does have a superlative of its own for we
do use periphrasis quite often even in that case, for the different shadings it imparts
hen the adj. must stand in the Positive degree, thus: puer hie moribus maxime idoneus,'
his boy owing to his good moral qualities, is most suitable. Here the adj., idoneus
cannot be graded, hence the periphrasis, the adj. remaining in its Posrtive degree bu-
rT rh-T 1 " 16 St ° SU ! f' SimUl £tiam ParentibllS maxime obs ^ uens . et minim gar-'
rulus, this boy is a very studious one, at the same time he is also very submissive to his
parents, and the least talkative. =>numissive to nis
H. (2> 7 h !u SUP r la ^ Ve admitS many more qualifying adverbs, both upwards and
downwards, than the Comparative, particularly exaggerations. The most oiZry are
multo, longe, the Genitive pi. of the object of comparison (because we really do no
ompare the abstract quality, but the subject, bearing the quality and the Hubert being a
noun, ,t must necessarily put the other nouns, or their representatives, into Genitive) or
the preposition ex, with its Abl., or inter, w. Ace, or a P ud. w. Ace. n this manner -
multo maxima pars, by fa the largest part; Apud Helvetios longe CnobinsLS £fc
orix S M *■! C Si?' ^ the " dvetii by fo the »*W «« ^e S t (manias ol"
Zn;,p i ° mnmm Romanorum fuit eloquentissimus; M. Ter. Varro inter
omnes Romanos doetissimus fuit; acerrimus autem ex omnibus nostris sensTbus else
178
sensum videndi (Cic de Or. 287) the keenest of all our senses to be our sense of
seeing.
Exaggerations in praise or in vituperation are incomparably done in Latin by the
stately issimus, a, urn, with, or without adverbial expletive phrases, such as: hominum,
or patrum memoria, within men's or our fathers' recollection, toto quam late patet terra-
rum orbe, in, or on, upon all the orb of the earth as far and wide as it is open (for pe-
netration); toto coelo, by a whole heavens; oppido, by a town-size, &c.
(3) Roman grammarians of the different ages, from Varro to Priscianus, i., e., from
the Classical age to the end of the fifth century, were themselves divided as to the spell-
ing and pronunciation of the -Aims, a, urn, ending of the Superlative, including the -thus
ending of the IV, and, generally of the u standing for i, in places like carnrfex existmio,
and the like. This dispute has drawn in also y % in lacryma, hyems, satyra, Sylla, and it
is still going on, teachers of Latin, even without sufficient information in genera lin-
zuistry, paleography, inscriptions, and the works of the Roman grammarians, will join
in it, by copying oddities from German pedants. Latin orthography has never been de-
finitely settled For nearly seven centuries no grammars existed, usage by the most cul-
tured speakers and writers was the model to go by. All the grammars that arose later,
were mere treatices, and the language died out long before a system could have been
worked out. It is only our own age that has produced systematized grammars. Reason
and good taste, therefore, would seem to demand, that we should not affect a better
knowledge of Latin than the Romans themselves professed, nor to prescribe how the
Romans ought to have spoken.
The facts, therefore, are: (a) short i. like in wr, and virtus, in the old form of
speech, (ante-classical, and classical), had the sound of German u (French u)\ this sound
thinned out into our present i (English ee), long, or short, and so it survived.
(b) Everybody knew the words and their sounds; few could read or write; those
who did know, there being no dictionaries, they wrote "phonetically," i. e., following
the ears As the y represented the Greek v (ii) sound, and this answered the sound of the
unaccented u (while the accented u was rendered in Greek by ov\ it was natural that
i t u zndy got mixed up. Accordingly, when a word was known to be Roman, % and u
were interchanged, and opttmus, optwmus, existmio and existwmo, port/bus and porta
bus, carmfex and carnufex were written, though always pronounced the same way, i. e.,
by u. When, on the other hand, the word seemed to be Greek, like in Sylla, lacryma,
satyra, hyems, sylva, the more conservative and more learned used the j\ the more de-
mocratic employed either of the other two letters. Whilst Quintilianus may well protest
that iht genre of Satyr* was entirely "ours," he does not say that the name was; and tf
he did he could not say that the word must be spelled satira or sat*ra. But be it spelled
satira 'satwra, or satyra, the pronunciation will be the same, satura. The spelling is im-
material, the word is the thing. I keep to the conservative, Roman scholarly spelling and
pronunciation, quia, "Praetor minima non curat." Caesar favored the u
179
(4) Besides those adjectives which by their nature cannot admit grading, like m6r-
tuus, nitus, vivus, Romanus, ligneus, &c, and those which are already superlatives in
themselves, like primus, ultimus, imus, m£dius, &c, some others belong to this group,
which, though admitting gradation in the abstract, will refuse the endings. Such are the
ones with -us, a y urn preceded by a vowel, as: idoneus, apt, fit; vaoius, empty, vacant;
necessirius, egr£gius, prominent, excellent, irduus, steep, difficult; pius, devoted, aflec-
tionate, though in Church-Latin its superl. is quite frequent, as piissimus. To this group
must be added the adjectives in icus, idus, inus, <5nus, as: modicus, a little: rubidus,
reddish; peregrinus, a stranger; sonorus, sonorous, well-sounding; then: cadiicus, down-
falling, perishable; dnus, gray-haired; cicur, tame; claudus, ferus, wild; gna'rus, know-
ing; memor, mindful, mirus, wonderful, praeditus, gifted with; lastly those formed of
nouns and verbs: inceps, -cipitis, doubful; inops, is, without means; magnanimus; p£-
stifer, a, um; rega'lis, e, royal.
The Comparatives and the Superlatives of these, and similar adjectives, are thus
formed:
Gracilis
Positives
Qr. Comparative
Gr. Superlativus
innocuus
harmless
magis inndcuus
more harmless
mixime inndcuus
most harmless
inge'unus
wellborn
magis ing£nuus
mdxime ing£nuus
idoneus
magis indoneus
mdxime iddneus
c6ngruus
agreeing
minus congruus
less
minime congruus
least
sospes
hale
minus sospes
minime sospes
praxeps
headlong
minus praxeps
minime praxeps
ime process can
be applied to the regular, as:
bedtus
happy
doctus
magis beatus
minus doctus
mdxime beatus
minime doctus
Note. — The adj. parvus, recognized irregular, is also used regularly by technical
writers, like Vitruvius, who freely employes the forms pdrvior, parvissimus, a, urn.
100. Qualifying. — Let us learn the principle once and for all, that a noun is
qualified by an adjective; an adjective, a verb, and an adverb are qualified by an adverb;
a letter, a written letter, a well written letter; litteras, littene scripts, litter* bene scri-
i8o
ptae. Any one saying, or writing in English, "he knows full well," makes a mistake, be-
cause well is an adverb, full is an adjective; he must say, "he knows fully well," qualify,
ing an adverb by an adverb. < §
While in English we find no difficulty in understanding inscriptions like •Village
Cash Steam Bakery," i. e., four nouns placed side by side disconnected, in Latin we
could not understand wether the village were cash, cash were steam, or the village cashed
steam, or steamed cash, baked cash, baked steam, or villaged the bakery. Exactness and
precision are demanded by Latin, as the standards of right thinking, well-disciplined mind,
and of refined tastes.
Nouns will not qualify nouns in Latin, excepting in a few instances, such as, vir
optimae indolis, a gentleman of the best character, using Genitive for an acquired quality,
and puer magno dpite, a boy (with) a big head, Ablative with an inborn quality. In
English, like in the French and Italian, Spanish, &c, as having no formal Genitives, but
using the Latin preposition de, or its equivalent of, along with an Abl., though the nativ-
es think that it is a Genitive, use this Ablative for qualifying a great variety for things.
The real English Genitive, i.e., the -w of the 111. decl. cut down into 's, as "At Mr.
Brown's," is not employed for qualifying, excepting as possession, and "in honor of,"
as is the case of churches, schools, hospitals, and similar institutions; as: Saint Peter's
Church, Samaritan Hospital, Mount Desert University, in which cases "Peter's" is Ge-
nitivus Possessivus, Samaritan and Mt. Desert are adjectives.
With classical precedents before us, we shall say of the first ad Saudi Petri, asdes,
fanum, templum to be understood; or expressed, as, Fanum (aides, templum) Divi
Petri. In the other cases we must use adjectives, as: Valetudinarium Samaritanum, Uni-
versitas Scientiarum Deserto-Montanum, Columbianum, or, if named after a founder or
benefactor, we shall say: Academia de Brown, i. e., de nomine viri Brown sic appellata,
nomine Brown nuncupata, or, viro, nomine Brown, dicata, vota, sacra.
"Professor N. N. (nomen), of Riverbank College," does not mean that he is the
property of the buildings, or of the corporation, i. e., of is not the mark of a Genitive, but
of an Ablative, as stated above. Collegium means a gathering of teachers, or masters, and
Prof. N. N. is one out o/them; wherefore, we say: Magister N- N., e Collegio Ripario-
Fluviali.
As to Churches, denominations and clergy the following principles should be observed.
A. The Roman Church having authentic and full Roman succession, has also ter-
minology essentialy Roman, such as sacerdos, Pontifex, ara, sacrificium, hostia, celebra-
re, &c. On the other hand, many of her technical terms are either latest Greek, vulgar-
Latin of the post Roman age, or a large number of words and phrases, are Hebraic Still,
the better Latinists of the Roman Curia, and the clergy generally, have always preference
for pure, untainted Roman Latin. Accordingly, the Pontiff is Pontifex Romanus; the
Church is Coetus Rumanus (for the vulgar Ecclesia)] the clergy, Clerus Romanus; the
priest, Sacerdos displicime, iurisdictionis, obediential Romanae; the bishop, Episcopus
(Greek) disciplinx Roman*; the religious orders, Clerus Regularis, Ordines Religiosi;
i8i
the Benedictine Order, Ordo Divi Benedicti (but it might be better: Ordo de Divo Be-
nedicto), or, in street language, Benedictini. The orders of women: Nonnce (nuns, a Ro-
man word, meaning something like aunties), a later name, Virgines Sanctimoniales, fr
sanctimonia, saintliness, holiness. As Orders, like above: Ordo Divas (Sanct* a less
proper expression) Ursulas, or, Ordo de Diva Ursula, de Divo Dominico, de Diva
Scholastica, &c.
B. Those outside of Roman obedience, called erroneously Protestantes, for the
classical form Obtestantes, expresses that idea, are Sect*, like Secta3 Stoicorum
Academicorum, Epicuri, Philosophorum, meaning a "School," its individual followers
massecla; as: Secta Palaao Catholicorum, Gallicanorum, Anglicanorum, Episcopalium
Presbyteralium, Methodicorum, Baptistarum, Anabaptistarum, Ccetualium (Congregatio-
nalium); their clergy: clerus, clerici, prasdicatores, pastores, curatores animarum; the
individual: Reverendus N. N., Minister (Pradicator) Ritus Lutherici, Galviniani, An-
glicani, &c.
DE ABLATIVO ADIECTIVORVM.
101. Grammarians have devised many rules and exceptions for the terminations of
the adjectives of the III declension in Ablative singular, for this alone is in doubt the
Ablatives of I and II being fixed and immutable. The Abl. s. in III. ends in -e, or -/.
The question is, which of the adjectives (of the nouns we shall see elsewhere) will take
-e> which will prefer =/. How must we say: Viro audace, puella suavi, puero petulante?
or Viro audaci, puella suave, puero petulanti?
The interest of the Latin language is, that it should not become hateful on account
of pedantry of which the Latin grammars have become the storehouse. Priscianus does
not justify any such. I abide by his simple principles, and I generalize the rest.
Accordingly:
a. All adjectives that will take -ia in Norn. pi. n., and -turn, in Gen. pi., will end
in -i in Abl. sing.
b. All other adjectives, wether they do, or do not take increment in the oblique ca-
ses; wether they end in -is, e, -x, or -ps, or any other double or two or three consonants-
find examples in Roman authors both for Abl. e, and Abl. i.
Romans in this matter were guided by two principles, euphonia, or the sound most
pleasing to the ears, by breaking the monotony of e-e-e into i, and versa vice, from i-i-i
into e; and prosodia, or quantity, i. e., the longness or shortness of the syllables: form-
ing the words e being always short, i always long. As the adj. usually follows the noun,
and bears the stress, there can be no reason for wondering if -/ was the prevalent and
dominant ending, while e formed the exception. Wherefore,
(1) Ail adjectives, including present participles, should end in -i in the Ablative of
the third declension.
1 82
(2) Present participles, when they are employed as pure verbs, as is the case in the
Ablativus Absolutus (sole orient*, aviculae canunt, puero discent* soror tacet), or nouns,
as continent*, parent* confluent*, should end in e; but if they are adjectives, must follow
the rule of the adjectives.
(3) When we know that the Norn. pi. n. ends in a, and, as a consequence, Gen.
pi. ends in -urn (instead of -ium and -ia, respectively) the Abl. sing, of the adjective may
be -*; as: pater ambulat cum homine pauper* (pauper, Norn, pi n. -pern, Gen. pi. -per-
um); but, if we said, -cum homine pauper/, we commit no mistake. — So also bipes, bi*
pedis, Abl. bipeda, Norn. pi. n. bipeda, Gen. pi. bipedum; the same quadrupes, dis, da,
dum, no matter what other books may teach; almost all other adjs. are -ija, ium; but
all the comparatives are — a, urn, and in Abl. may be either * or i.
A D V E R B I A.
102. Here we mean those adverbs alone, which are formed from adjectives. Adverbs
of this kind are parts of speech, which answer the question, How? — qu6modo? — qui?
quem^dmodum? — as: well, badly, swiftly, bene, male, celenter.
103. Adverbs, as stated above, qualify, verbs (hence their name: ad + verbum),
adjectives, and adverbs, but no nouns, for we cannot say a badly booh, a harshly voice,
while we may well say, a badly printed book; a very poorly illustrated book, liber ma-
lus, liber valde malus, liber misere pactus, liber perquam misere pactus, et miserrime
illustratus.
104. The most frequent use of adverbs is with verbs: How do I speak? qui, or, qu6"
modoloquor? I speak slowly, lente loquor; he spoke eloquently, diserte loquebiitaV;
speak clearly and distinctly, 16quere dirt et distincte! Loquere Latine! speak Latin (ly, i.
e., like a Latin); scisne Latine? do you know Latin (ly to speak?). Latine satis bene
cflleo, sed Graece minus bene, I am quite, or sufficiently well, versed in (speaking) Latin
(-ly), but Greek (-ly) less well-
Note 1. — Grammars and teachers of modern languages are entirely mistaken
when they assume, and teach, that, in phrases: I speak English, 1 speak French, German,
&c, the verb is transitive, and English, French, German, &c, are direct objects in Accu-
sative. Latin shows what the truth is. The verb is intransitive, and the supposed objects
are adverbs, English/?, French/?, German/?, i. e., in the manner, after the, according to
the manner of--.. The cause of the misunderstanding is the absence of endings, so
glorified in by the modernists, and some of the adjectives, at least in English, bearing ad-
verbial endings, or none at all, as: he works hard, an adj. for the regular adv. hard/y.
should we insert, and use the adv. as we should, "he works hardly," the meaning wit
also be inverted- Hence the Latin endings are invaluable.
i8,
Note 2. — "English," "French," "German" can also be direct objects of the
verb "to speak;" but they will be only adjectives, and the real object, "language," must
be expressed: ''I speek the English language," loquor linguam Anglicam, Gallicam, Ger-
manicam;" but we could not say, "Loquor Anglicum," in neuter, nor in feminine, w.
"lingua" understood. This is the false assumption of the teachers of modern tongues. —
We have a third way in Latin, for we can say, "Loquitur lingua* Latina\" i. e., with
Ablative, a kind of "means."
Note 3. — Modern linguists equally mistake when they ask a person of another
nationality, wether he, or she has the knowledge of this or that tongue, and use the ex-
pression, "Do you speak? Parlete voi? Parlez vous? Sprechen Sie? The person so ask-
ed, ought to answer: "If 1 did, you would hear it. ' The question is not, wether one
does or does not speak, but whether he, or she, can, does he, or she know how to speak.
In Lau'n we ask it rationally: "Scisne Latine?" or "Callestne Latine?" "Dost thou
know," "Canst thou Latinly?" "Clever thou art Latinly?"
105. As there are two main groups of adjectives, one of the II declension, and the
other of the III, so the adverbs are formed one vvay from the one group, and another
way from the other group. — To form an adv. from an adj. of group A, take off the
-us, a, urn, whether Positive or Superlative degree, and substitute an -e\ v/hich in all the
adverbia of this group is long, excepting bene, male, superne, inferne; as:
Adj.
Adv.
Super!,
Adv.
GROUP A
longus,
crassus,
pulcher,
long£
crass£
pulchre\
longissimus,
crassissimus,
pulcheVrimus,
longissim£
crassissim£
pulcherrim6
The process of forming adverbia from the adjectives of the Groups B and C of the
III. declension is this: leave off the s of the Genitive of the adjectives proper, and sub-
stitute the ending -iter; in the present participles omit the -is of the Gemtive, and sub-
stitute °er, in this way: adj. brevis, Genit. breVis, cut off s, add -ter, and you have brivt-
ter. In diligens, Genit. dilig£nt/s, leave 4s off, put -er in the place, and you obtain dili-
ginter. Therefore:
Adj.
Adv.
Pres. part.
Adv.
br£vis
br&viter
diligens
dilig£nter
tinuis
itnxxiler
fervens
fer venter
6R0UPS B & G
gravis
griviter
reVerens
xtwtxintet
felix
itWtiter
urgens
uvg&nter
tenax
ttniciter
£minens
tmminier
Note 1. — Of this group audaxjdcilis and difficilis do not follow the rule; audax
'S formed into auddcter, throwing off the i; fdcilis follows Group A, or, perhaps, takes
1 84
its neuter form, and becomes fdcile, (though in the older authors faciliter is also found),
as we all know the phrase "f*cile princeps," easily the chief; while difTicilis has its adv
in difficulter.
Note 2. — On the other hand, some adjectives of the II, form their adverbs on the
pattern of the 111, or on both; as:
viol£ntus, viol£nter
alius, a, ud, other, aTiter
durus, dure\ and diiriter
firmus, firme\ and firmiter
hum^nus, hum£ne\ and hurrdniter
validus, valde, and vilide*
106. The irregular adjectives bonus, malus, magnus, parvus,
also irregular in their adverbs:
multus, a, um, are
bonus,
bene,
melius
6ptim6
malus
male
p£ius
p£ssime*
magnus
magn6pere
magis
m^xime*
parvus
parum
minus
minime*
multus
multoties
plus (pluries)
plurimum
107. Some nouns in Norn, neuter, derived from adjectives, are used as adjectival
adverbs, as: cceterum, othervise, as to the rest, very frequent in transition from one
subject to another; patum, little, not much; paululum, a trifle; paucillum, a little bit;
postremum, lastly.
108. Adjectives, ordinarily qualifying fern, nouns, are employed in their Abl. s. forms
as adverbs; such are: dextrd % recta, to the right (hand; but recta also means straight
forward, or straight way, when, instead of manus, via is understood); sinistra, Icevd, to
the left.' So are also used the prepositions infra, beneath, intra, within, supra, above (in
a book-note, in referring to a statement above, we say: ut supra, as above).
109. Quite a number of adverbs are but the accusatives or the ablatives of nouns, as:
circum, around, circum circa, round about; multum, a great deal; die, de die, diu, at day
time; dienoctuque, node, noctu, vesperi, heri, hodie (hoc die), homo (hoc anno, this
year), initio, principi6, in the beginning; tempore, or in tempore, seasonably; quotidie,
every day; quotinnis, every year; pridie, the preceding day; postridie, the next day;
gratis (for mere) thanks-
Note. _ Fores, forium, a double door, or folding door, a door of two leaves, there-
fore pi. only, is used adverbially, with accusative, pi., when answering the question 'wither?'
but abl. pi., when answering the question 'where?' as: Qu6 is? whither dost thou go? eo
for as, I go out, abroad, outside. Unde venis? whence dost thou come? V£nio foris. -
Ubi es? Sum foris. Whence forinsecus, on the outside the forum, the square, the market
place, the forum (court house), forSnsicus, a, um, relating to the square, or the court,
,8 5
fodneus, circumfodneus, men, or houses around the squre, court-square- From the same
word is the English foreigner, misspelled.
110. A set of adverbs is formed from nouns and the pps. of verbs, by the ending
im t as: plrtim, partly; passim, here and there, at every few steps; s&isim, noticably, per-
ceptibly; caVptim, pluckingly, plucking on the run; fiirtim, stealthily, on the sly; gradd-
tim, step-by-step; vicissim, mutually; alterndtim, in turns; victim, each village in turns;
viritim every man in turns; catervitim, in packs, in crowds. — We may add to this
group the adverbs in -lus, as: divinitus, by special divine providence; ccelitus, by heaven-
ly aid; radicitus, radically, by root and branch, fiinditus, by the very foundations (to
uproot, to overthrow); mordicus, and mordicitus, by biting, by the teeth (grabbing,
snapping).
111. A few adverbs are compounded of prepositions and nouns, as: impr^sentia'rum
for the time being; prascipue, praesdrtim, above all; obviam, on encountering; invicem'
one-another; ex quo, since (the time); ab hinc, ago; extimplo, instantly; illico, confet-
ti m, right off; ex ad v£rsum, on the opposite side; necopina'to, unforeseen; imposterum,
hereafter.
112. The pp. of verto* ti, versutn, to turn, to turn around something, transative,
in its masc. form, versus, (or n. versum, in compounds, as adversum) is a preposition w '
accusative, as, versus domum, or domum versus, toward the house. Compounded with
prepositions, both forms, produce a number of adverbs; as: sursum, upwards, deorsum
downwards; dextrorsum, on the right; sinistrorsum, or l&vdrsum, leftwards;' prorsum
forwards; retrorsum, backwards; quorsum? whitherwards? in what direction? or for
what purpose?
Note. — On this analogy the philologists for centuries claimed also the adverb
seorsim, separately, all by itself, and it is now universally spelled as seors^m. I maintain
the old form, seors/m, because the other form would mean "towards itself," se -f versum;
whereas the old form is derived from the verb ordior* orsus sum, to begin, to start a
new row, a new order, + se, = away; apart, so that seorsim means, in an order, apart
for, or by itself.
RATIONES COMPARANDI.
113. Adjectives, as well as Adverbs can be compared, providing the meaning and the
forms permit. — There are three degrees, or grades, in comparing: Gradus Positivus,
Gradus Comparative, and Gradus Superlativus. In the first two grades there must be
at least tv/e adjectives, or adverbs, either expressed, or understood, in order to t^tct
comparison, or there may be as many groups. In the superlative, at least three adjecth es
or adverbs must be present or understood. These three grades must be strictly observed,
and we cannot leap from one to the other; that is, we are not allowed to say, as we often
1 86
hear in English: "Which is the best of the two?" "Utrum est optimum?" because two
adjectives cannot be compared in the third grade, we can compare them only in the first
and second grades. The following are the principles:
1. Gradus Positivus: The two adjectives, adverbs, or groups thereof, must both
stand in Norn. sing, or pi, as: luna non est tarn magna quam tellus; sed luna tarn ro-
tunda est quam tellus. In such sentences the subjects alone are expressed, in the second
part of the comparison, and the adjectives are understood, as though we said: luna non
est tarn magna, quam magna est tellus. In this sentence: Vir tarn bonus est quam docius,
two adjectives are expressed, qualifying one subject. In the sentence: Puer iste tarn diu
et sedulo laboravit, quam scite et affabre, two groups of adverbs are expressed and com-
pared (This boy has worked as long and diligently, as intelligently and skilfully). The
two parts of comparison in the Positive Degree, both in Nominative, are joined by the
particles tarn and quam.
Note. — As in other languages, when the two parts of the comparison either agree
or disagree, we express the conclusion in Latin by other phrases, such as: sunt cequales
inter se; sunt incequales; pares, dispares; similes sui, similes or dissimiles inter se; sunt
absimiles, inter se discrepant, differunl, divergunt; and the degree of agreement of di-
vergency is expressed by phrases like: apprime congruunt inter se, ex omni parte consen-
tiuntsibi; ad amussim concordant; parum sibi conveniunt; inter se pugnani, sibi re-
pugnant; longe secusy or longe dliter se habent; oppido diversa sunt, &c
2. Gradus Comparativus. — The comparative degree of the adjectives is formed
by adding to their stems the respective endings: -ior, ius, -lior, lius, -rior, rius; the ad-
verbs taking -ius alone. When comparison is instituted between two things, or groups,
the subjects, or their representatives, can stand either in Norn., as tellus est minor quam
sol; or, omitting quam and using the object of comparison with Ablative; as: tellus min-
or est sole. —The order of words in ornate style is often changed, so that quam is placed
between the two nouns, as: tellus, quam sol, minor est; labor, quam otium, utilior est,
or, as verbs: laborare, quam otiiri, utilius est (the Infinitives being used as neuter nouns),
labor is more useful than leisure, idleness.
Note. — Mark the idioms: asquo plus (plus quam aequum = more than right, that
is, too much); iusto minus, less than right, or just, i. e., less than it ought to be; quo
plus, eo melius, the more, the better; quanto plus, tanto melius, by how much more, by
that much better; serius ant 6cyus, sooner or later, luce clarius, more clearly than day-
light; dicto citius, or celeVius, more quickly, or rapidly, than it takes to say; piullo plus,
or ^mplius, a little more than. Sometimes the second part of the comparison is only
implied, as: Tacuisse satius erat, it would have been wiser to keep silent. Very often
this degree is used independently, as: Doctiores negabant id fieri posse, the more
learned (men) did not think it possible (denied that it was feasible, or capable of being
accomplished).
3. GraduN Superlativus. — The superlative degree of the adjectives is formed
by attaching its proper formative endings, =issimus, a, urn, -illimus, a, urn, and -errimus,
1 87
a urn, to the stems of the respective groups of adjectives. This being the th'rd degree
those adjectival potentialities are understood to be present, this third being either above,'
or beneath the other two, as: casa est alta, domus est altior, turns est altissima; or down-
wards: turns est alta, domus est minus alta, casa est minime alta; or: iste vir parvus
die minor, hie minimus. Such qualification would always be relative; but the Latin su-
perlative .s, for the most part, absolute; as, for instance: Deus Optimus, Maximus,
which does not mean best and bigest," but "all good and all great;" vir doctissitnus,
vir clartsstmus, mean "my learned sir," "my distinguished sir;" tristissima noctis
imago, a very sad image (recollection) of that night.
EXERCITIA LEGENDI.
Since the students, by this time, are familiar with all the essentials of the nouns ad-
jectives, verbs, adverbs, constructions, idioms, I am introducing here a selection of read-
ing matter of a wide range, not only illustrating our vocabulary, phraseology and idioms,
but also of permanent value, that will acquaint the student with the intellectual, ethical
and moral life of the wisest of the Romans, and will assist the students with a source of
masterful thoughts and expressions, and will be of service to them whatever their future
careers may be.
p. Fateor, 1 me sellularias quidem artes minus callere: vestem de
textnna emere; baxeas istas de sutrina prjestinare; enimvero annulum
nee gestare, gemmam & aurum iuxta plumbum & lapillos nulli sestimare-
stngiiem & ampullam, caeteraque balnei utensilia, nundinis mercari.
rTorsus enirr inon eo infitias,* nee radio, subula, nee lima, nee torno,
nee idgenus ferramentis uti nosse; sed his praoptare me fateor, uno
cnartano calamo me reficere poemata omne genus, &c.
Apul., Florida
1. -or, fasus sum, I confess, I admit (Apuleius, the author, speaking to a gather-
ing)^, a , nm, fr. sdlula, f r . sella, ars sellularia, sedentary, mechanical art, occupation;
rim. V ; n -' (ve, ; bl,mneut ™ m . '"trans.), but also transitive, as here, magis v. minus
sSil'li ( ° ttIe versed ! » mechanics; -is, is, f, clothes; I., a weaver's shop; 1. a
spec al kind of shoe; I., shoemaker's shop; -no,* r., to purchase; adv.. for; II., a ring;
.n;/'a- IreqU ;^ ro 'I^ M ''^ W,t0wear;I -' a * em; -«>M,gold; -urn,!, lead;
us, i, dim. of lapis, idis, stone, pebble; dat. of nullum, in the sense of nihilum; - mo ,'
i88
r to value; = (I confess, I frankly state) to value gems and cold, along (like) lead and
pebble, for nothing; ampulla, *, a cruet, a small vessel, here for oil and perfumery,
-urn, 1, a bath; -silia, um, pi., n. appliances; -nee, arum, market, fair; -cor, atus sum;
to purchase buy. — 2. Infitias ire, an idiom, to gainsay, to deny, = I do not deny at
all; II., here a metallic needle of a shoemaker; I., an awl; 1., a file; 11, a lathe; ncm t
novisse, or, contracted, nosse, to know, = 1 do not know how to use; we often said that
utor governs the AM., and these nouns are in AM.: -to, 1 r., rather wish, prefer; II., here,
a writing pen, or "papery pen," ■*«. a, um is the adj. of charta, paper, .. e„ a pen ad-
apted, suitable for writing on paper: reficio? feci, ctum, to repair, mend, correct, make a
new; poema, atis, n., -ata, pi., a poem, verses, poems.
58. (Rosa; 1 ) tardissime proveniunt semine, quod in ipso cdrtice est,
sub ipso flore, opertum lanugine. Ob id 2 potius caule conciso inserun-
tur, & ocellis, radicis, ut arundo, &c.
Plin. H.N. 21, 4, 10.
1. I , a rose; adv. superb fr. tardus, a, um, slow, late; -*&»,« ni, turn, to come
forth; -en, mis, abl. s., seed; -fa*, ids. m., a bark (the seed of the rose is beneath the
bark itself); flosjloris, m., flower; -rio* ui, rtum, to cover; -go, mis, f., fine down of
plants, or other things, abb, by, with. - Ace. of (is, ea), id, on account of prep, ob =
for that reason, on that account; adv. rather; -is. is, m., stalk, abl.; conado? dt. sum,
to cut in; lb, an eyelet, abb pi.; -dix, dicis, f., a root; ut = as: -do, mis, f., a reed.
59. Utraque (sutura & fibula) optima est ex acia molli, non nimis
torta, quo mitius corpori insidat. Utraque neque nimis rara, 2 neque
nimis crebra iniicienda. Si nimis rara est, non continet, 3 si nimis crebra
est, vehementer afficit; quia quo saepius acus corpus transsuit, quo-
que plura loca iniectum vinculum mordet, eo maidres inflammationes
oriuntur, magisque aestate.
Celsus, V., 26, 21.
1. Fr. suo? stti, sutum, to sew, a sewing, a seam; I., a clasp; -is, e, soft; adv. too
much; pp. of -queo? tot si, rtum, to twist; i.e., whether a surgeon uses stitching, or
clasps' for holding a wound together, both should be of a soft kind of thread, not twisted
bard; mitts, e, gentle, mild = by that much more gently; Pnes. Com. = that it may
settle against the body. -- 2. -us, a, um, rare, far apart; -er, a, um, frequent; fut p. p.,
to be thrown, put, in. - 3. tieo* ui, turn, to hold, hold together; few,* feci, fectum,
to affect; the more frequently, at more frequent spots; the needle sews through the body,
this is et quo, not quoque, also; locus, is n. in pb, excepting when it means passages in
books; -um, i, a tie; -1. contracted fr. trecenorum; we shall seethe numerals in our next Pensum; dimension
:an be expressed by Gen., as here, and Abl., as we shall see; quinquagenum, 5o, high,
3en. like the above; -is, is, f., basis, base, basement Abl., within; II., a labyrinth; in-
rico} r., to entangle; extrico* r., to disentangle, fr. tricce, arum, entanglement, a trick,
abilis, e, that cannot be disentangled; obj. of reliquit; quo, whither; introeo* ivi, ii,
turn, to enter, Fut. Ex.; -urn, ni, flax, linnen, without a ball of thread; -us, fis, a going
>ut, an exit; -nio,* ni, ntum, to find; nequeant, = non possint.
61. Ctinstituantur 1 autem in tribus porticibus exedrae spatitfsge,
labentes sedes, in quibus philtfsophi, rhetores reliquique, qui studiis
lelectantur, sedentes disputare possint. In duplici autem porticu collo-
:entur haec membra. 2 Ephebeum 3 in medio, hoc autem est exedra
implissima, cum sedibus, qua* tertia parte longior sit quani lata,
Vitr., V. 11.
1. -tuo,a ui, Mum, fr. con + statuo, to set up, establish; -us, us, f., a covered
round, or walk, like in our armories, where soldiers may practice in rain or shine Vi-
ruvius describing here how a Palasstra is to be built; I., a sitting-room, or chair-room;
*s> «, f., a seat; II., a philosopher; III. , a rhetorician, i. e., masters and professors of
•nilosophy, of Rhetorics; -quus, a, urn, the other, the rest, = casteri; -urn, ii, literary
ffort, study; -tor} atus, sum, v . n ., (intrans.), to delight one's self, to enjoy; -to* r.,
) discuss literary topics, to dispute, exchange opinions. — 2. -brum, i, & limb, parts,'
xedrae. — 3. -urn, i, the place of the lads; the hoc qualifies medium; the qua qualifies
*tf'« (exhedra, Mkt cat-hedra) ; mark well the way Vitruvius puts it: "longior sit
uamlata" according to grammarians: "longior quam tetior." Vitruvius was an archi-
sct of the "classical" period.
I<
62. Pellibus 1 & laxis arcent male frigora brrfccis,
Oraque sunt longis horrida tecta comis.
Ovid. Trist. V. 49, 5°-
4. 4s is, f , skin, a pelt (Germ, pelz); -us, a, um, loose, not tight, laxe; arct>
ui, ctum, ciium, to hinder; -gus, oris, n., cold, pi.; brace*, arum, f., pi trousers;
they (the Scythian barbarians, the Slavs of the Dobrudzha, ui 1 the region of the mouth
the lster, or lower Danube) badly keep off the cold (from their bodies) by the (mej
of) elts and loose trousers (which garment was also adopted by the tonus ; os *
n., means not only the mouth, but the face as well, particularly in pi., as here, the ord .
*f ora horrida (shaggy, rough) tecta sunt comis (1.) longis.
63. Oblinitur 1 minimae siqua est suspectio rimae,
Punctaque lasciva, quae terebrantur acu.
Mart. XL, 45.
l -no s Uvi,6blitum, here pass., to smear over, to paste in; siqua, if any; -
nis, fr'., peeping in; I., a crevice, a crack; -um, i, a hole, fr. puugo? pupugi punctu
to prick in pi., -us, a, um, playful, feminine, qualifying acus, us, f., a need e, -bro
to bore; sense: If there be any peep-hole of a chink, or puncture (in the door) pricked)
a mischievous needle, they are pasted up (with great caution).
64 Indumenta^ e pellibus sylvestrium murium, eonsfCrcinant.
n ' Ammi. Marc. 31, >
1. -um, i, fr. induo? ui, utum, to dress, a garment; -tris, e, fr. sylva, x, a
est, wild; rnus, muris, a mouse; -no} r., to stitch together.
6 C unus et alter.
Adsuitur pannus; ""- A - p " '*'
66. DAi. Non, Hercle, adolescens, iam hos dies complusculos
Quemquam istic vidi sacruficare, neque potest
Clam me esse, siqui sacruficant, semper petunt
Aquam hinc, aut ignem, aut vascula, aut ciiltrum au
vc
■
US 1
Aut aulam extarem, aut aliquid.
Plant., Rud. I., 2, 43-47
1. No, by Hercules, my boy; -cens, lis, m., f., a growing one, a youth; -«■
um, several, many; accus- of quisquam, anybody; istic isthtc, = h.c; -pco>*
sacrifice, in old spelling; clam me, without my knowledge; peto* ™> %\**'\
to ask; -culum, i, a vessel; aula, tis virtutes meas aestimetis.
ApuL, Met. Vll.
1. -to, 1 r., judge, deem, Praes. Coni.; -us, a, um, needy, pauper; pp. of abiicio?
ci, ctum, a castaway; dinin. of pannus, i, a cloth; do not judge by these rags; -tus>
itis, f., manliness, worth; -mo, 1 r., to value, to estimate.
68. rigetque 1 barba,
Qualem forficibus metit supinis
ToilSOr. Mart., Vlll., 3 .
1, Rigeo, 2 v. n., to be stiff, bristling; I., a beard; meto* messui, messum, (whence
(erman messer, a knife), to mow, to reap; -us, a, um, lying flat on the back, sloping,
pering.
69. Fuerunt etiam qui omentum 1 forfice praeciderent.
Celsus, Vll., 21.
1. -um, i, f at of the body; a membrane, skin, covering of the bowels; -do* di,
m t to clip off. — Compare this author's "Fuerunt qui prxci&rent," with
ir (pp. 162 — 163) "Sunt astrologi, qui cometas reverti zrbitrentur," using
oniunctivus w- the respective tenses. Were here definite persons meant, Celsus would
we said: Fuerunt Sabinus et Quadratus, duo fratres, qui — — praecideVunt, or pr^ci-
jrant; while I would say: Agricola et Agrippa, duo astrologi sunt, qui cometas ad nos
verti arbitrantur.
70. Ut 1 ex novacula comperistis, tonsor est.
Petr. 1 os
1. As; comperio,* peri, pertum, or, *rior* pertus sum, to find out by experience,
srf. indie. 2d pers. pi. = as you have already found out by the razor, he is a barber.
71. Tarquinius 1 autem dixit se cogitasse, 2 cotem novacula posse
aecidi. Turn Attium 3 iussisse experiri; ita cotem in comitium allatam,
spectante & rege & populo, novacula esse discissam.
Cic, De Div. /., 17, — Liv. I., p.
*. Lucius Tarquinius Priscus, the 5th king of Rome (616 -579 B. C) was for-
iden by Attius Navius, a famous augur, to add more classes to the nobility, the auspic-
being against it Disbilieving in augury, he inquires of the augur, whether the thing,
trquinus had then in mind, was possible. Attius answered that it was. "Well," said
i king, "I was thinking, whether a hone could be cut by a razor. As you said, that
could, do it." They went up the Capitolium, and the augur did so cut the hone with
J razor, the king and the people looking on- This story is told by Livius, repeated by
192
Cicero and others. — 2. 4c?, 1 r., to think, perf. Inf.; cos, cotis, f., a hone, a wetstone;
novacula in abl., - with, or by. — 3- The name is derived from atta, oe, = tata, =
pap a? __ pope, = pater = father, as children call their fathers, or all respectable old
men; whence to make Accius of it, as our philologers affect, is absurd; iubeo, 2 iussi,
iussum, perf. Inf., to order; -rior,^ rtus sum, to make an experiment, to try; comitia,
drum, a legislative assembly; ad + fero, to take, fetch; -to, 1 r., to look on; rex, regis,
m-, king, II , people, abl., with the king; dis + scindo, 3 scidi, scissum, to cut asunder.
72. Numida, 1 mortuo super incumbenti Romano, vivus, naso,
auribusque laceratis — — laniando d^ntibus hostem, exspirasset.
Livius, XXII, 51, 9.
1. I., a Numidian, soldier of Hannibal; mbrior? tuus sum, to die; ~bo* cubui,
cubitum, to lie upon; -us, a y urn, a living one; II. , a nose; -is, is, f. } an ear; the order
vivus Numida, Romano mortuo ac super (se, Numidam) incumbenti, hostem (suum
Romanum), dentibus laniando, exspirasset (-visset), breathed out, = died.
73. At facere, et fungi, 1 sine corpore, nulla, potest res;
Nee praebere 2 locum, porro, nisi inane, vacansque;
Ergo praeter 3 inane, & corpora, tertia per se
Nulla potest rerum in numero natura relinqui,
Nee qucE sub sensiis cadat ullo tempore nostros,
Nee ratione animi, quam quisquam possit apisci.
Lucr. I., 444 — 9.
1. -gor,* funtus sum, to be active, to function. — 2. -eo, 2 ui, Hum, to hand over
to give, locum prcebeo, I yield up may place; adv., moreover; inane, is, n., empty
place, space, "vacuum;" vaco, 1 r. , to be void, empty, vacant. — 3. Prepos., besides
except; tertia, refers to res, that is, besides, or, excepting space and bodies (or, as m
would say now a days, matter) no third (thing) numero, per se, by itself alone, can to
left in nature, i- e., nature knows but matter and space, and it knows no third thing, in-
dependent of them. — Relinquo, z reliqui, lictum, to leave (cannot be left in nature)
nee (eiusmodi res) quae ullo tempore sub nostros sensus cadat, aut quam (rem) quisquarr
(anybody) ratione animi, by the power of his intellect, possit a(d\)pisci, poetical li
cence, for adipiscor, :i adeptus sum, to grasp, attain by reason.
74. Et iam Sarmaticis permutant carbasa braccis.
Val % Flac, Argon. V., 4 2 5
\. -icus, a, urn, fr. Sarma'ta, x, or, Sauroma'ta, an inhabitant of Sarmatia, Sauro
matia, all the countries north of the mouth of the Ister, or lower Danube, to-da;
19?
Dobrudzsha, Bessarabia, Ucraina, Ruthenia, (Ruthen, or Rus£n, a branch of the Rossi,
;>r Russi), the Roxolani, possibly the Poles, and other Slavic races dwelt; in one word,
Slavs. to, 1 r., to change; -us, i, and -urn, i, hemp, cloth made of it; = they (Ro-
mans, Greeks) are already exchanging their canvas (garments) for the Slavic trousers.
75. Narbonensis 1 Provintia appellator pars Galliarum quae Interno
Mari adliiitur, Braccata an tea dicta.
Plin., H. N., III., 4, 5.
1. Narbonne, Narbonnais; fr. pro + venio; 4 veni, ventum, to come forth, to fall to
Dne's lot; the two consuls drew lots and thus secured their respective jurisdictions over
the territories, which for this reason were called Provintia (not provintia, as universally
spelled); pi., because there were numerous Gallic nations; Mare Internum, one of the
several names of the sea now called "Mediterranean (Mediterraneum)" incorrectly, as
we shall see later; ad + luo, fr. lavo, 1 lavi, lotum, lavatum, to wash; pp., "be-trouser-
*d." Under the Empire also the Romans have adopted that garment.
76. La. Quaenam 1 balaena meum voravit vidulum,
Aurum atque argentum ubi omne compactum fuit?
Ch. £adem 2 ilia, credo, quae meum marsiipium,
Quod plenum argenti fuit, in sacciperio.
La. Eheu, 3 redactus sum usque ad hanc unam tuniculam.
Plant., %ud., II. , 6, 61—63.
1. What, pray, what on earth; I., a whole; -to} r., to swallow; II., a satchel, a
valise; -um, i, gold; -urn, i, silver (order = ubi omne aurum & argentum meum);
compingo* pegi, pactum, packed, bound up. — 2. Idem, kadem, idem, the same; idem
ille, £adem ilia, idem illud, the very same one; -do* didi, ditum, to believe; -um, ii, a
purse; mark the Gen., plenum argent full of silver; -um, ii, a traveling bag. — 3.
Alas! -redigo, 3 redegi, redactum, fr. re ■ d - + ago, to drive back = I am reduced;
dimin. of tunica, a coat; the sense: what a villainous whale has gobbled up my valise
in which all my gold and silver was packed away? Ch. I think, it is the very same one,
which (devoured) my green bag, that was full of silver. La. Alas, now I am reduced to
his mean little jacket (have no other clothes).
77. Sensi 1 quidem quum ista feci, — non arte, — sed motii
magno animi ac dolore, ut discmderem tiinicam, ut cicatrices
ostenderem.
Cic. De Orat. II., 47, 195.
194
1. -Ho,* si, sum, to feel; motus, us, commotion; -ot, is, m., pain, cicatrix, icis, f.,
a scar; -do, 3 di, sum, turn, to show (in order, that I may show my scars).
78. Epigramma 1 80. Ferulae. 2
Invisa 3 nimium pueris, grataeque magistris
Clara Prometheo munere ligna sumus.
Mart. XIV.
1. -ma, matis, n., an inscription; a concise expression, usually of a mocking, ironic-
al, or ridiculous kind, an epigram; 80 = octuagesimum. — 2. I., a switch, rod, birch,
used by schoolmasters on boys. — 3. -us, a, urn, a thing, one does not like to see (in +
video), qualifies ligna; adv., very much; Dat. pi. ; *us, a, urn, agreeable, gratifying;
Dat. pi.; -us, a, urn, clear, splendid, excellent, refers to ligna. Prometheus snatching
the fire of the heavens, gave life, therefore intelligence, to man; -us, etis, n. , a gift of
Pr. , are famous light and life-givers to boys; hateful to them, but gratifying to the
masters.
79. Ferulaeque tristes, 1 sceptra paedagogorum
Cessent, et Idus dormiant in Oct6bres.
Mart. X, 62.
1. -is, e, sad, mournful; -urn, i, * sceptre; 11., a tutor, educator, leader of a child,
Greek, usually a learned slave, in wider sense, a schoolmaster, a teacher; -so, 1 r., to
cease, Praxes. Coni., Idus, iduum, f., the dividing day of the months into two halves in
the Roman calendar; this was the l5th day of March, May, July and October, on the
13th of all other months; October, bris, the 8th month (from March, the original first
month of the early Romans); the order: et dormiant (ferula) usque in Idus Octobres, =
let the switches sleep until the 15th of October, i. e., the boys getting their vacation till
the middle of October, let the rods have rest.
80. Hie frangit 1 ftfrulas, rubet ille flagellis,
Hie scuticri.
luv. II. , 6, 479—80.
1. -go, 9 fregi, fractum, to break (hie, this fellow), i. '., broken over him; -beo*
tubesco, 3 ui, to be red, i. e., by being beaten, or bleeding; -urn, i, a whip; this other
fellow; I., abl., a horse, or dog-whip, usually braided, and also employed in the school,
and on slaves.
81. Nemo assum&itum panni rudis assuit vestimento veteri;
*9?
alioquin aufert supplementum novum a veteri, et maior scis-
sura fit.
Vulgata, Marc, 2. 21.
1. II., cloth; -is, e, rough, coarse; -um, i, clothing; -us, eris, adj., of one ending
old, antique, Dat, = no one will sew a patch of a coarse (or new) cloth, upon an old
garment; adv., otherwise; -urn, i, a supply; a\rfero, auferre, a'bstuli, Mitum, to take
away, to despoil: otherwise he (would) take away a new supply from the old (garment
i. e-, tearing even those portions near the hole, which might stand repair, and supply a
cover for the hole) ; I., the cut, tearing, hole; fit maior, becomes larger.
82. Melior ea (oliva), quae digitis legitur, 1 quam ilia, quae cum di-
gitabulis.
Varro, De R. R., /., 55
1. -go, 3 legi, ledum, to pick, the original meaning of the verb; the other meaning,
to tead, is secondary, and figurative; urn, i, originally leather sheaths for the fingers, to
protect them from thorns .
83. — — ex quo uno genere est Tutor, 1 mimus vetus, oppido
ridiculus.
Cic. De Or at., I„ 64, 259.
1. -oris, m., name of a person; II., a mimic actor; adv., exceedingly; -us, a, um t
laughable.
84. -sin 1 ad nos pertinerent, servirent, prasterquam oppido pauci.
Cic, Fam. 14, 4, 4.
1. = si non, sin vero, sin autem = if not, whereas, if not, if otherwise; ad nos
pertinet, = belongs to us; -wo, 4 vivi, ii, Hum, to serve, to do the work of a servant, to
work; adv., excepting; oppido pauci, = mighty few. The text is confused, as the
ohject of pertinerent may be either res, or liberti, of which Cicero speaks in the text.
85. Animadvertendum 1 etiam, siqua erunt loca palustria, et pro-
pter easdem causas, et, quod arescunt, crescunt animalia quaedam mi-
nuta, quae non possunt oculi consequi; et per aera intus in corpus,
per os ac nares perveniunt, atque efficiunt difficiles morbos.
Varro, De RR., /., 12, 2.
196
1. 4o, z ti, sum, (animum 4- ad + verto), to observe, notice, to look out; est left
out, = one must look out, beware; siquis, siqua, siquid, if any; locus, i, m., in sing.,
n. in pi.; -tris, e, marshy, swampy; -sco? to dry out; -sco? crevi % cretum, to grow;
aet, aeris, m., but, as the word, really, is Greek, its accus, s- is very frequently aera, as
is in Gr., so also nom. and ace pi., though the Latin endings aerew, aer^s, are also
used, the a^r, the atmosphere; intus in corpus (accus. ), into the body; nates, turn, f.,
the nostrils; to arrive, pass through; II., sickness, deseas. — This is the famous pass-
age of M. T. Varro, "the most learned Roman," in which the first mention is made of
the bacteria (bacilli).
86. — si iam possent in homine uno cerni omnia quae nunc tecta 1
sunt, casurusne in conspectum videatur animus; an tanta sit eius tenu-
itas, ut fiigiat aeiem?
Cic, Tusc. I., 22. 50.
1. Tego* texi, tectum, to cover; which, at present, are covered; cado* cecidi, ca-
urn, to fall; fut. act. part.; -us, us, sight, what is in sight; -tas, atis, f., thinnes; fugit
aciem (oculorum), flees the edge (of the eyes, = sight); = should the soul seem to us
to fall into sight; or is its thinnes so great, that . . .
87. Itaque saepe aut cogitatione, 1 aut aliqua vi morbi impediti, aper-
tis, atque integris & oculis, & duribus, nee videmus, nee audimus: ut
facile intelligi, possit, animum et videre et audire, non eas partes, quae
quasi fenestras sunt animi.
Cic., Tusc, I., 20, 48.
1. -io, nis, f., thought, abl.; vis, ace vim, abl. vi, f., strength, force, power, in
sing, only these three cases, in pi. r., vires, virium, viribus, &J. -dio,* r-, to hinder, to
disable; intelligo, 3 lexi, ledum, to understand, = it can easily be understood.
88. — ex tot generibus nullum est animal, praeter h6minem, quod
habeat notitiam dliquam Dei.
Cic, Leg. /., S, 24.
89. Natura vero nihil hominibus brevitate vitae praestitit 1 melius:
hebdscunt sensus, membra torpent, praemoritur visus, auditus, inces-
sus, dentes etiam, ac ciborum instrumental et tamen vitae hoc tempus
adnumeratur.
Plin., H. N., VIL, 50, 168.
r97
1. Prcesto, 1 stiti, stitutn, to give, = natura nihil melius dedit hominibus, quam
brevitatem vitas; -urn, i, a limb; torpeo* torpesco? to be inactive, shiftless; pmmorior*
tnus sum, to die away; incessus, us, m ., the gait; ac = velut, ceu, tamquam; vita,
dat, to life; and yet this condition, or time, is accounted as life.
90. Et dixit ad me: Quid tu vides? Et dixi: Vidi, et ecce cande-
labrum aureum totum, et lampas eius super caput ipsius; et septem lu-
cernae eius super illud; et septem infusoria lucernis, quse erant super
caput eius.
Vulgata, Zach. 4, 2.
Students will note the striking- difference between original Roman Latin, as quoted above and below, on
one hand, and the Latin of the Vulg-ata, or Latin Bible, a translation, partly from Hebrew directly, partly from the
Greek of the 'Septuaginta Interpretes," or some other. The diction is poetical of the Orient, almost naive, play-
ng on words and images of words, seeking- exaggerations and assonance, or rhymes, to which precision and clear-
ness are sacrificed. The translator, in trying- to be exact, and faithful to the original, gives us a text, that is not only
un-Latin, but also unintelligible. Having- no Hebrew or even Greek text at hand, I offer here, at random, a trans-
lation of this verse into Roman Latin:
At (nuntius, = angelus) sic me affatur: Quid vides? Cui ego: Video, inquam, in
conspectu candelabrum ex integro aureum, quod in vertice lampadem fert cum septem
lychnis (luminibus), quibus, superne, totidem sunt infusdria.
We cannot say in Latin, "dicit ad me"; we must say did* sihi, or, affatur me, quserita me, ex me: percon-
tatur, sciscitatur a me. The ipse, tu. eius, &c. are entirely superfluous. Quid tu vides, would be right, if he had firs
said, what he himself, the angel, was seeing:, thus: Ego candelabrum video, quid tu vides? The Infusorium here
means the hold, or tank of the oil lamp ; but our physicists have approprieted the word for the meaning we give
it in our text.
91. Attonitus, est stupef actus. Nam proprie 1 "atttfnitus" dici-
tur, cui casus vicini fulminis, et s6nitus tonitruum dant stuporem.
Serv. ad Virg. HI., 1J2,
1. Adv., properly, strictly speaking; -us, a, urn, pp., fr., ddtono, 1 ui, Hum, to
thunder, to sound at; -us, us, a fall; -us, a, urn, near-by; -men, Ms, n., a thunderbolt;
w, us, a noise; -tru, us, n .. a thunder; -por, is, m., a speechless wonderment, bewil-
derment; therefore: "attonitus" properly means a speechless stupefaction, astounding,
brought about to one by a near-by thunder-clap.
92. Me (Democritus), atonios quas appellat, id est, c6rpora indi-
Yidua, propter soliditatem, 1 censet in infinito inani, in quo nihil, nee
summum, nee infimum, nee medium, nee ultimum, nee extremum sit,
ita ferri, ut concursionibus inter se cohaerescant: ex quo efficiantur ea,
198
qusd sint, quseque cernantur, omnia ; eumque motum atomorum nullo
a principi6, sed ex aeterno tempore intelligi convenire.
Cic, De Fin. 1,6, 17.
1 4as, talis, \., coherent continuity and hardness; -seo* ui, sum, to deem, to es-
timate; pass, of fero, to dash, to rush, fly, to be carried; -sco, to cleave together; qux
sint all that exist; and which; from no beginning; intelligi convemte, it behooves that
it be believed.
93. Ex materia, qu^e individua est, et quae semper uniusmodi,
suique similis, & ex ea, quae corporibus dividua gignitur, 1 tertium
mated ge genus e duobus in medium admiscuit.
Cic. De Univ. VII. . 19.
1. Gigno?genui, gentium, to beget, pass.; divisible and proper to each separate
body; admisceo, 2 miscui, mixtum; mixed a third one-
94. Homines enim sunt hac lege generati, 1 qui tuerentur globum,
quern in hoc templo medium vides, quae terra dicitur: hisque animus
datus est ex fills sempiternis ignibus, quae sidera & Stellas vocatis,
quse globose & rotiindae, divmis animae m^ntibus, circulos, suos or-
besque conficiunt celeritate mirabili.
Somn. Scip., 3, 6
1. -ro/ r., same as gigno, to beget, generate; ea lege (lex, gis, f , law) under that
condition; quo here means ut; tueor, turn, iuitus sum, to protect, also to behold, to
look at- templum here figuratively taken, the heavens, the world; which globe you be-
hold as' midway, middle; a soul has been given them out of those everlasting fires,
which ye call .... by the divine intellect of the soul (here anima, not animus) driven,
they complete their circles and tracks- • . . - The Sommum Scipionis is one of the most
charming compositions of the Roman literature. Its authorship is attributed to Cicero.
though no absolute proof is extant for it, excepting its language, style, the way of rea-
soning, which certainly are exceedingly Ciceronian, and the authority of Macrobius,
who had preserved it for us, and is usually published as a "fragment" of Cicero.
95. Pluribus de causis haec omnia accidunt: 1 prima, circulorum,
quos Graeci apsi'das in stellis vocant.
Plin.. H. N. t II. t 15, 62.
199
1. -dti, 6unt t impers., it happens, they happen; prima (i. e ., causa); here as a
Greek word, with Gr. ace pi.
96. lam vero Chrysippus ipsum mundum deum dicit esse,
— — prasterea & aquam, & terrain, & aera, solem, lunam, sidera, uni-
rersitat^mque rerum.
Cic, S\\ D., I., i 5 , 39.
97. — — quid potest esse sole maius? — qui tanta incitatione fer-
tur, ut celeritas eius quanta sit, ne cogitari quidem possit, tamen nobis
stare videatur.
Cic, Acad. II. , 26, 82.
The Roman thinkers considered the sun as the principal celestial body, of immense
size, but they thought that it was turnmg around the earth.
98. Sed yaga praeterea dicuntur liimina septem:
Luna & Mercurius, Venus, Sol, Mars quoque fulgens,
Hie Iovis & sidus, super omnia sidera lucens,
Celsior his Saturnus, tardior, 1 omnibus astris.
Aus. Eel. 3, 1 j f /6.
1. -dus, a, um } slow, because the outermost known to them.
99- lam ipsa terra ita mihi parya visa est, 1 ut me imperii nostri,
quo quasi punctum eius attingimus, poeniteret
Somn. Scip., 3, 8.
1. Seemed to me soo small; ut me imperii nostri poeniteret, that I regretted or
elt ashamed of our* world empire; 4 ' by which we were touching its extreme limits
point).
100. e quibus unum globum possidet 1 ilia, quam in terris
aturniam nominant. Deinde est hominum generi prosperus 2 et salu-
ans ille fulgor, qui dicitur Iovis; turn nitilus, horribilisque terris, quern
> artium dicitis; deinde subter mediam fere regi6nem Sol 6btinet, dux
•t pnnceps, et moderator luminum reliquorum, mens mundi & tempe-
atio, tanta magnitudine, ut cuncta sua luce illustret & compleat. Hunc
200
ut comites 3 consequuntur Veneris alter, alter Mercurii cursus; in infi-
m6que orbe Luna, radiis Solis accensa convertitur.
Somn. Scip., 4, jo,
1. Possideo, 2 sedi, sessum, (post + sedeo), to own, to hold, to possess. — 2. -uS f
a, urn, (pro + spero, hopeful), beneficent; -tis, e, helpful to one's salvation, welfare,
generi, Dative = for, to; -or, is, m., glittering, glowing light; Gen. of lupiter; terns
Dative for, to; subter = sub, Ace; -io,ms, f., properly, kingdom, territory, region;
dux, duds, m.', a leader, a guide, a general; -ceps, cipis, the chief; -tor, is, fr. modus,
i, a mode, a measure, limitation; moderor} tus sum, to set bounds, limits, to moderate;
-quus, a, urn, the rest, the others, the remainder; mens, Us, f., the reasoning mind, the
intellect; -tio, nis, f., to control the temperature, heat and cold, calmnes and excitement,
the act or the agent of doing this; Abl., with so geat a size; cuncta, neuter, = all there
is . __ 3. Here, only means sequor, 1 follow, ut comites (comes, itis, m. f., fr. con + eo
one accompanying another, particularly a higher personage, one of a suite) as escorts.
!0I . ex utraque re et mundi voliibilitas, 1 — — et stellarum
rotiindi ambitus cognoscuntur: primusque sol, qui astrorum oMinet
principatum, ita movetur, ut quum terras larga 2 luce compleverit,
easdem modo his, modo illis ex partibus opacet.
Cic. t N. D., II. , 19, 49-
1. -tas, tdtis, f., fr. volvo* vi, lutum, to roll, act. and n., the adj. -bilis, e, that
can wallow, roll; the ability of rolling, wallowing; -us, us, here Norn, pi., the going
around, the reference is to the spherical forms, roundness of the celestial bodies; -sco,*
cognovi, cbgnitum, to know v to understand; = from, or, by those two phenomena,
both, the volubility (rollingness) of the world, and the round circuits (sphericity) of the
stars become apparent. — -us, a, urn, wide, spacious, bountous; modo — modo, now,
now — now; -co, 1 r., to darken-
102m ___ mirabatur id cuiquam 1 pro percepto liquere, Stellas istas,
quas a Chaldseis & Babyl6niis, sive jEgyptiis observatas ferunt (quas
multi crraticas, Nigidius crrones vocat), non esse plures quam vulg<3
dicerentur. Posse enim fieri existimabat 2 (Favorinus, philosophus), ut
alii quidam planetes pari potestate essent.
e/f. GelL, U^. A., 14, i-
1. bat. quisquam, qucequam, quidquam, anybody, anything; -cipio, 3 cepi, ceptum,
201
:o perceive, grasp with reason; -queo, 2 to be liquid, to be like liquid, "as plain, as flow-
ng as water," = he wondered, that (it) should be perfectly clear to anybody, -'to be
:lear as though perceived, for a perceived (thing); that they were not more than ordi-
larily said. -- 2. -mo, 1 r., to deem, estimate; posse fieri, to be possible, feasible; some
)ther "planetes" be of equal power.
103. E duodecim signis 1 Sol quidem et Luna singula sunt signa
;ortiti, 2 caeteri vero quinque planete, id est, Saturnus, Iupiter, Mars, Ve-
111s, Mercurius, bina.
/. Firm. Mat. Math. II. , 2, 1.
1. Signs of the Zodiac. — 2. -tior,* titus sum, to receive; bint, ce, a, two.
104. Quasritur inter medicos, 1 cuius generis aquae sint utilissimge.
Plin. H. N. 31, i, 2/.
1. II., a physician.
105. Eudoxus, Platonis 1 auditor, in astrologia, iudicio doctissi-
n6rum hominum, facile princeps.
Cic. De Div. II. , 42.
1, Plato, nis; -or, is, a hearer, a pupil; -cium, ii, a judgement, an opinion, Abl.,
7 the judgment, in the opinion.
106. Praeterea 1 nulla ars contemplativa sine decretis suis est; quse
jrseci vocant "dogmata," nobis "decreta" licet appellare, vel "scita,"
'el "placita," quae in geometria, & in astronomia invenies.
Seneca, Ep. 95.
1. Adv., besides; -us, a, urn, fr. contemplor , 4 atus sum, to gaze at a thing truth -
ully, to meditate over, = abstract; dogma, atis, n., has survived in Latin in that mean-
ig, decretum, i, retained its original meaning; scitum, i, failed to come into circulation;
lacitum, i, has become a very popular word amongst scholars and philosophers in the
mse suggested by Seneca. — While Cicero is using "astrologia," Seneca employes
'astronomia," which finally survived in that application. In Greek nouns of ia ending,
rt accent i, excepting, perhaps, *Academia, which may be accented either in Greek -ia,
r Roman way, -emia.
202
107- Com*5tas Graeci vocant, nostri, crinitas.
Plin. H. N., //., 24, 89.
108. Quid 1 ergo mirarmur, cometas, tarn rarum mundi spectacu
lum, nondum teneri legibus certis; nee initia illorum finesque notescen
quorum ex ingentibus intervallis recursus est? N©ndum sunt anni mill
quingenti, 2 ex quo Graecia
— — — stellis numerbs & nbmina fecit.
Multeque hodie sunt gentes, 3 quae tan turn facie noverint coelum, qu<
nendum sciant cur luna deficiat, quare obumbretur. Hoc apud nos que
que nuper 4 ratio ad certum perduxit. Veniet 5 tempus, quo ista, que
nunc latent, in lucem dies extrahat, & longioris asvi diligentia.
Sen. Qu t N. VII., 25.
1. Here = cur, quare; -for, 1 atus sum, to wonder, = why should we wond.
(what, then, do we wonder); constr. accusativus cum infin ; tivo; -us, a, urn, rare, scare
-urn, i, a sight; not yet; pass. Inf., to be held; lex, gis, f., a law; = that the comet
so rare sights of the world, are not yet fixed by definite laws; -ium, ii, a beginning; *i
is, m., an end; -sco* to become known; -lum, i, borders; -us t Us, running back, =
from the immense intervening spaces of what (bodies) is their course backward. — 2.
is not yet 1500 years; ex quo = since; I., Greece. — 3. Gens. Us, f., a nation; facie
ei, a face; novi, novisse, a defective verb, to know; Perf. Coni., = who know the sk
only by appearance. — 4. The other day, but a short while ago; -to, nis, f., reasoi
knowledge, science; -um y i, a certitude. — 5. Time will come; lateo, 2 ui, to be hiddei
unknown; dies = tempus, astas, aevum; -ho, 3 xi, ctum, to produce, to dra\v to dayligh
cevum, i, an epoch, an age; -tia, ce, activity, diligence. A beautiful sentiment, worthy <
a philosopher, as contrasted with the dogmatism of the scentists of our days.
109. — — spiritlis lethales 1 alicubi aut e scrobibus emissi, ai
ipso loci situ mortiferi; alicubi fatidici specus, quorum exhalati6n
temulenti futura prascinant, ut Delphis, nobilissimo oraculo.
Plin., H. N., II., 93, 207.
1. 4s, e, deathly; adv., at some place; scrobs, is, m., (to philologists, scrobis, is)
ditch, a hole in the ground; -us, us, position; -fer, a, urn, death-bearing; -us, a, m
fate telling; -us, us, (Dat & Abl. pi. specubus), a cave, a grotto; -tio, nis, f., ou
breathing (Abl., by); -us, a, urn, drunk, dazed; -urn, i, what is to be, to come, to ha:
pen, future; -no? cini, fr. prae + cano, 6 cecini, cantum, to sing, because Greek and R<
203
man verses are uttered as a song, called "scanning" (scando, 1 r., fr. scando? to mount),
and the utterances of the oracles were usually in verses; ^Delphi, ornm, & place in Pho-
cis, Greece, with Apollo's famous oracle; -culum, i, fr. os, oris, n., a mouth, where the
priestess of Apollo, seated over such an opening in the ground, dazed with some gas,
uttered the ora'cula.
no. Placet enim Stoicis, eos anhelitus terra, qui frigidi sint,
quum fliiere coeperint, ventos esse:
Cic, De Div., II., ig, 44.
in. Ratione igitur & mente Divina, ad originem temporis, curri-
culum inventum est solis & lunoe — ut terram lunae cursus pro-
xime ambiret, eique supra terram, proxima solis, circumvectio esset.
Lucifer deinde, & sancta Mercurii stella, cursum habent solis celeritate
parem.
Cic, Tim., IX., 26.
112. Nam ea, quae est media & nona, 1 Tellus, neque moyetur, &
infima est, et in earn feruntur omnia, suo nutii, & pondere.
Somn. Scip. t IV. , 10.
1. -us, a, urn, ninth.
1 1 j. Quomodo cecidisti 1 de coelo, Iticifer, qui mane oriebaris?
corruisti in terram, qui vulnerabas gentes?
Vulgata, Isai. XIV., 12.
1. Cado? cecidi, casum, to fall, Perf. Indie; corruo,* id, to collapse, to tumble, to
fall in a heap; -to, 1 r ., to wound; gens, Us, f, a nation. This passage refers to the king
of Babylon, the Hebrew poet characterizing him as the light- bearing morning star (luci"
fer), rising in the morning, but he, who had wounded so many nations, finally has tum-
ped upon the earth, &c- Somehow this image was confused with the idea of the falling
angels, and, as though "lucifer" had been a name, it came to mean in Christian tradi-
tions as the chief devil. — The marks of interrogation really mean exclamations.
114 Siquidem 1 Deus est qui viget, qui sentit, qui meminit, qui
prtvidet, qui tarn regit & moderatur, & moyet id corpus, cui propo-
situs est, quam hunc mundum ille princeps Deus; & ut mundum, ex
204
quadam parte mortalem, ipse Deus asternus, sic fragile corpus animus
sempiternus movet. Nam, quod semper movetur, aeternum est
quod autem motum affert alicui, quodque ipsum agitatur aliunde, 2 quan-
do finem habet motus, vivendi finem habeat, necesse est. Solum, igi-
tur, quod sese movet, quia nunquam deseritur 3 a se, nunquam ne mo-
ved quidem desinit; quin etiam ceteris, quae moventur, hie fons, ho<
principium est movendi. Ita fit, ut motus 4 principium ex eo sit
quod ipsum a se movetur; id autem nee nasci potest, nee mori.
Sornn. Scip. Vlll. 19—20
1. If, provided; if, indeed; but here: for, inasmuch as; vigeo? ui, to thrive, to b
in full vigor, to prosper, flourish; memini, isse, defective verb, to remember; -deo, 2 di
sum, to foresee, support, sustain; -go? xi, ctum, to rule, govern; quam, like, just like
ex quadam parte, in some respects, to some extent; -gilis, e, frail; corpus, accus. Th
argument is: For, indeed, he (qui) who, has an independent existence, who feels, cai
remember, provides for the sustenance, who governs, directs and moves the body ove
which he presides, is God, just like that chief God (doing all these things to) this world
(meaning the sun); and that eternal God doing this same thing to the universe; so doe
the everlasting mind (soul) keep this frail (human) body in motion. — 2. From some
where else, from the outside. — 3. -to, 1 rui, rtum, to abandon, desert; fons, Us, m.,
source. — 4. Genit.; -ium, it, beginning (of motion, moving); ex eo sit, from hin
(it) be, = the beginning of motion starts from him, who, or, as here, from it, which
moves by itself; and it, (that one) can neither be born, nor die. From our grammatics
point of view, this passage contains, in a nut shell, the entire theory of the Latin vert
as treated in these two lesson, i.e., active, passive, middle, reflexive, the pure passiv
with the agent (a se movetur); and otherwise, too, thoroughly Ciceronian reasoning
argument and style. Read once more the last paragraph, of our text.
EXERCITIA SCRIBENDA.
I.
1. Reversi ad lineas, quid sumus acturi? — 2. Ubi reliquimus li-
neas p _ Jg vide sis, utrum ista prima pars huius pensi sit tarn long:
quam pars altera; turn die, utra sit !6ngior, utra brevior. — 4. Nume;
pars, quae est altera brevior, est etiam facilior, quae autem hac l6ngio
est, est propterea etiam difficilior? — 5. Utra in parte sunt plura, in utn
20^
>auciora vocabula? — 6. Suntne has duas partes Pensi Septimi numero
ocabulorum aequales? — 7. Estne ea pars, quae multo plura vocabula
iumerat, parum longior? — 8. Si ista pars prior alteri brevitate pnestat,
umquid illam difficultate hanc superare necesse est? — 9. Estne omne
I, quod facillimum esse manifestum sit, ob earn rem etiam optimum?
- 10. Quidquamne optimo melius esse potest? — 11. Numquid is, qui
essimo quoque 1 parum est melior, bonus dicendus? — 12. Numquid
ui nihilo paullo plus habet, satis habet?
1. Mark the expressions: pessimus, or optimus quisque, -ma quoque, -mum q UO d-
ue, anybody (of the) worst (kind), or best (kind), declined regularly: -mi cuius que,
no, -ma, -mo cuique; -mum, -mam, -mum quemque, quamque, quodque (quidque).
bl, as here: -mo, -ma, -mo quoque, quaque, quoque. To this belongs: primo quoque
mpore, at the first opportunity.
II.
i. Si 1 scire vellemus quid acus esset, qui (quomodo), precor (rogo,
ro, obsecro), earn describeres? — 2. Quare est ima 2 acus extrita et eli-
idta? — 3. Quamobrem nequimus (non possumus) aciem minute
:us cernere? — Si acia acii tenuior non esset, sed aut aeque crassa at-
ue acus, aut paulo crassior, quid 9 fieret? — 5. Si braces pueri petu-
intis, quas mater scissas & laceras resarcire ac reparare velit, albidi 4
int colons, quid videtur res postulare, nigrane an flava 5 rubrane an vero
Iba acia sibi esse utendum? — Quo potissimum 6 fit modo ut pueri,
?re nunquam 7 non petulantes, tuniculas aut braccas pnesertim in ge-
ibus & ciibitis discindant ac lacerent? — 7. Quand6quidem patribus,
uippe quos plerumque severiores 8 matribus esse constat, pnesertim
3rdi est, ne sui nati in petulantiam iusto effusiores sint, quibus rebus
^lent filios facinorosos, se domum recipientes, excipere & compescere?
- 8. Quid turn matres statuunt? — 9. Ut suere possit, quid oportet
latrem conquirere?
1. These questions are made somewhat more complicated, on purpose, so as to
resent some of the features of what is called "consecutio temporum/ 4 considered the
lost difficult portion of the Latin language. With a little closer observation we can
:quamt ourselves with the run of these times and modes. In the present sentence all the
206
verbs (excepting the parenthetic precor) are in the Coniunctivus, and its Jmperfectum,
thus ^'L desirous to know, what a needle were, how (pray), would* thou be-
write (describe) it? The conditional mode here is demanded by si. The Imperfect of the
win verb, volo, is vellem.pUvellemus, in this connection, is actual present Of we
wanted now to know); the "scire," in Pres. Infin., because one verb puts the other ,nto
Inf., shows this; but the other verb (quid acus) esset, is again conditioned not in con-
Lquence of the first, but by syntactical reason, whereas the third, descnberes for two
reasons, syntactical and logical, is in Imperf. Coni., w meaning of present- The syn .
and grammatical presents of of these verbs would be: s. vehmus sere, quid acus sit, this
would" if it be our will, to know, what a needle be, it is nearly all future, and the
Mverbwould follow in Put- Ind., or Coni, qui describes, or desenpsens (-ro, -ns,
&tc. which form in Indie, is called Put. Exactum). - To make the forms more ckai
in the Perfect, 1 change the first verb to first person sing, S. (or quum) scire vol*,,
volume voluissem quid acus esset, or fuisset, q„. describes or desenps^ -
This is an illustration in a nucleus, necessary for the present, but we shall see mud
^e of it in its proper place. - Now how shall 1 answer it ? ™}^*m~
tinn- Si scire vellemus, quid acus esset, then I consider my verb, descubo, a tiansi
tive'verb, following from it a definition, or declaration, wherefore, 1 shall put my sub
ject acus, or its representative pronoun, ea, in Accusative, to be my object, making ai
Accusative cum Infinitivo of it, thus: earn (or, acum) ferramentum esse (Infinitivus.
minutissimum, cuius, &c, as in the main text.
2 Acus, us, is f., -us, a, um, properly, deep, low; we say medium cmlum, summc
domus, instead of medium punctum, media pars coeeli, summa pars, suprema pars do
mus; ima acus, instead of ima pars acus, w. Gen.
3. What would happen? - 4. -us, a, um, whitish. - 5. -us, a, um yellow, -er,
um red- mihi est utendum, 1 must make use of ... - 6. Adv., mainly, chiefly- /
Two negatives, one positive = subinde, plerumque. - 8 . Severus, a, um stern ,r
Compar , quam left out, therefore AM. matribus; constat, constare, impersonal and it
manmng an Accus. c Infin. -it stands fast.it is established, proven, a well know
fact that they are sterner than the mothers; cordi est, is them to heart, = are most eoi
cerned; more than justly, i e., too much; effusiores, effusus, a, um, = poured ac
given to; facinorosus, a, um, too mischievous; compesco,' cm, atum, to curb, to cheel
to subdue.
III.
i fcxplica, 1 velim, quae causa sit, quare tenui6rem et exiliorei
partem mucronis cuiusque ferramenti ad scindendum "aciem" appellt
mus ? _ 2 . Quid 2 si puer accipiat malum, nee cultellum habeat; nui
malum abiiciet? - x. Quid causae^* est, quare cultri, quibus ad mei
207
sam utimur, ad instar novaculae non exacuentur? — Quod genus ferra-
menti est forfex? — j. Quid est tonstrina? — Quid accidit 4 ei, cuius ca-
Mllos tonsor hebeti ac stridenti forfice tentat tondere? — 7. Quidnam
fieri oportet, ne id capiti hominis tondendi 5 eveniat? — 8. Quid videtur
/erosimile, si puer novacula ludat? — 9. Qualem oportet vultum eius
/iri esse, qui quinis 6 senisve diebus non rasus sit? — 10. Quid opor-
eret 7 tonsorem facere, si filiolus eius, optima quam haberet, novacula,
3aculum secaret?
1. Imperative Lenior, of the first conjugation, fr. ex + plico, to fold out, to un-
old, explain; velim, Prass. Coni. of volo, be I willing, may I will, please, kindly; and
>n this introduction's account we say sit, instead of est, and, also appell^mus, instead of
ppell^mus; see the Colloquia. — 2. Like in English "What, if . . ." malum, i, an
pple; diminutive of cutter, tri; a dimin. is usually of the same gender, (here, cultUlus,
) as the parent word; abiicio, 3 ieci, tectum, ab + iicio, to throw away.
3. Quid has the nature of a noun, hence it governs another noun intoGenit, caus#,
/hat is the cause, reason; ad instar, or, instar, indecl., in likeness, in the manner, or
ashion of, like, w. Genit.; exacuo, 3 ui, utum, to sharpen. — 4. Accidit, 3 an impers.
erb, only used in the 3rd person, to befall (ad + cado), governs Dat. (ei), as do most:
ompounded verbs; strideo* di, and strido* di, to squeak, creak, buzz; tento} r., to
ry, to attempt. — 5. Capiti hominis tondendi, to the head of a to-be-hair-cutted man,
gerundivum of tondeo; ivenit,* like accidit, an impers. verb, "outcome.;," happens,
efalls, comes to pass.
6. Quinis - senisve, instead of quinque - sexque, quinque aut sex; rasus, pp. of
ado. — 7. Imperf. Coni. of oportet* uit, to have to, must, an impers. verb, govern-
ig Accus., quid oportet me facere? what have I got to do, what would the barber . . .?
Iwlus, i, dim. oifilius, a little son, sonny; dptimum quod hibto = the best 1 have;
tco} cui, ctum, to cut slowly, to whittle, to cut little by little.
IV.
1. Ministerio quarum rerum utitur animus ad sensum visus perci-
'iendum? — 2. Quare vocamus visum "aciem" oculorum? — 3. Num
•mnia, qu^ scimus, visui debemus, 1 uti, v. c, cognitidnem linguarum,
nusic^, cantus; quid tibi his de rebus videtur? — 4. At vero, 2 si mira-
ula rerum nature scrutari & indagare volumus, auditune, ac ministerio
urium, id efficere suscipiemus? — 5. Quibus potissimum 3 rebus hebe-
antur nostri sensus? — 6. Si pater, aetete adultior, 4 minutissimas litte-
208
rulas legere, aut mater, aettte provectior, ocello acfts exiguae subtilissi-
mum linum inserere velit, nee per imbecillitatem aciei visus id facere
possit- quid utriimque facturum arbitraberis? — 7. At, si Marco Tullio
Ciceroni, dicenti, 5 'oculos quasi fenestras esse animi,' fides habenda
sit, omnes eos, qui hebetatione ocul6rum laborent, animis quoque he-
betes esse nobis persuadebimus?
1 Visui debemus, = we owe (it) to sight; the first' meaning of debeo is, I owe,
whence, debitutn, i , what is owed, debitor, is, is the man (not a woman) who owes
whence on English billheads, as a remnant of the good, old Latin times: To John Smith
Dr., means "Johanni Smith debitor (is owed to J. S.). Most naturally, it governs Da-
tive, wherefore visiA Dat. of IV, - Lingua, a, a tongue, a language; musica, a, of a
muse, belonging some of the muses, whence the freak formation of the French, s'amuser
as if se ad-musare, to be-muse one's self; music; cantus, us, a singing. — Quia no
videtur? what seems to you? what is your opinion on this matter? — His de rebus, or
de his rebus, of, or about these things.
2. But then: suscipio* cepi, ceptum, Fut. Ind., shall we undertake?
3. Adv., mainly, chiefly; really but an expletive.
4 A little more aged, elderly; dimin. of Utter a; aetate provectior, a little more ad
vanced in age: linum, i, flax, linnen thread, see Ex. Leg., 60; inibecillttas, tatts, f
fr in + bacillus, without a cane, canelessness, helplessness, weakness; utrumque, ead
one, Accus. masc, mother included, because the masc. precedes; arbitraberis, dep. verb
Fut. Ind., wilt thou deem, what will you judge, think?
5. 1 paraphrase this sentence in this looser form: Verum, si cr£dimus (si credendun
est) M T. Ciceroni, qui dicit "Oculi quasi fenestra sunt animi," an ideo persuadebimu
nobis (faciemus ut cred^mus) omnes eos £tiam ammo h£betes esse, quia Mbetes sun
visii? In plain English (should some one need it) "But now, if we lend belief to M. I
Cicero saying (leaving out "that") The eyes to be something like the mind's windows,
shall we persuade ourselves all to be laboring with mental dullness, who are dull of ey
sight?
V.
1. Quare dicimus guttam aquae similem esse piscinae? — 2. Cbinan
scatent "bacteria?" — 3. Ope cuius rei yalemus 1 "bacillos" visu con
sequ j? _ 4 . Quemnam sensum in nobis dxcitat 2 tarn minons, quan
maic3ris mundi contemplate? — 5. E quibus corpusculis creditur om
nis materia coalesces? — 6. Quae est atom6rum maxima congeries? -
7. Quare putamus solem, tamquam regem ac ducem, medium inte
209
Stellas erraticas locum obtinere? — 8. Quid est, 3 quod nonnullas Stellas
"erraticas" appellamus? — 9. Quibus nominibus insignitur stella Vene-
ris, et quamobrem? — 10. Quas Stellas sunt Telluri ex utraque parte vi-
c j nae p — ! ,. intra quot dierum spatium abs61vit Tellus cursum suum
circum solem? — 12. Quid est, et quid agit Luna? — 13. Quanam re
estsidus Martis conspicuum? — 14. Qui sunt caeteri planetae, et quo
ordine se excipiunt? — 1 ?. Quid putant aliqui astrologi de cometis? —
16. Quid interest inter motum planetarum, atque solis? — 17. Estne
quidquam, quod motum materia?, "machinaeque mundi," moderetur?
1. Valeo? ui, itum y to be in full possession of one's bodily powers, is the first
meaning of the verb; here it is used like possumus, but the latter may mean moral,
ethical, legal, &c., abilities, here out of question, while valeo means only physical ability,
here better.
2. -to} r., fr. cieo, 2 (or, cio, 4 ) civi, citum, to cause motion, or movement, whence
citus, a, urn, quick; cito, quickly; cito, 1 r., con-, in; ex - re-, sus- (sub-), to wake up,
quicken up, canem incitare, to set a dog upon somebody; equum coweitare, to spur on,
to whip up one's horse.
3. Instead of quare, or quid causce est (Gen. because quid has the force of a noun),
and follows quod, or quare, conjunctions.
EXERCITATIONES L0QVEND1.
We have reached a stage also in our oral exercises, where the students may pass
over the bridge of my Lain to that of the most illustrious of Roman Colloquialists^
Marcus Attius Plautus (184 B. C), and Publius Terentius Afer (159 B. C) — As {
was preparing this course, I hit upon the work of an old scholar, Georgius Fabritius,
Chemnicensis, who in 1543 had published these very things, and much more, picking
out the elegances, grouping them under appropriate headings, Cicero for writing letters f
and our two authors for colloquia. — Such being the case, I abandoned the enterprise
confining my labors to verifying the passages), as I do not wish "actum agere," take
the old scholars collection, here, openly giving credit both to his learning and industry.
Before, however, taking that step, I deem it proper to introduce tw3 of my own
colloquia, by the way of introduction, to explain a few things the student must know at
entering the ancient Roman, the unknown, the complex, from modern Latin, from the
known, from the simple, which is the method of synthesis, as opposed to analysis, now
generally in vogue, i. e-, beginning with the ancient, staying in the ancient in the com-
210
plex, in the unknown, pretending to be afraid of the simple, of the known, of the
modern.
I.
A. Quis tu es? 1
" Et quid es tu?
11 Scisne quis ego sim? 3
"' Quern igitur me esse putas? 5
" Video 7 te scire quis sim; sed potesne
hariolari quid sim?
" Recte, Hercle, 9 divinas, nam id pro-
f£cto sum; sed, die, amabo, quid tu sis!
44 Siccine? 11 Quibusnam rebus studes?
" Itaque etiam scis Latine.
" Intellig6sne 13 siquid tibi Latine di-
cam?
11 Recte mones; audi ergo:
Virtutis expers lQ verbis iartans gib-
nam,
Ignbtos fallit, notis est derisui!
" Quid si non can£ndo ac recitando, 18
sed lente & tractim verba singula gfferam?
11 Tibi ergo, quid dixerim, 19 clarum
non est.
" Pireo 21 tibi, faciam ut p6stulas:
ausculta igitur: 'Qui nullam partem vitutis
habet, sed verbis tantum elatis m£morat
suam gl6riam, de*cipit eos qui eum non
cogn6scunt, sed iis qui eum noverunt, de-
risioni tantum est? Nuncne capis quod
po£ta dixit?
B. Sum Qu 2 Sempr6nius.
11 Sum puer, ut vides.
" Puto me scire 4 quis sis.
44 Tertullium 6 te esse suspicor, f ilium
Publii, mercatoris.
44 Ita opinor; 8 studiosum schola'sticum
te esse divino.
" Id ipsum 10 et ego sum quod tu es,
nempe litteramm studiosus.
r< Cunctis, quibus sodales. 12
" Haud plus scio quam caeteri.
" Si clara voce et lente dixeris, spero
fore ut intelligam.
44 Audiam, loquere. 15
" Nonp£nitus inteUixi, quod 17 recit£-
veras, fortasse quia canSndo verba protu-
listi.
" Si verba ISntius & distinctius protii-
leris, sensum facilius 4ssequar.
44 Latine nondum satis scio, ut drmi-
na ex improviso 20 excipiam. Fac, aliis id
verbis £xplica.
44 Hxc prosus di versa 22 res est; quod
drmine recitando dixisti, non satis intel-
l£xi; quid autem soluta oratione dixeris,
mihi prorsus est clarum.
1. We could say: Quis es? Tu quis es? Quisestu? — 2. Quid tu es? — 3. W e
have really two sentences here: Scisne, the leading sentence, and quis ego sim? the de-
pendent sentence; then this is also an indirect question (interrogatio obliqua). In al.
such constructions the verb of the dependent sentence is in Conjunctivus. When the verb
211
of the leading sentence is in the present time (either Indicativus or Coniunctivus), the
the dependent verb can be in Praes. Praet. Perf., or Futurum; here it is in Praes.
4. Again two sentences in one: (l) puto me scire, (2) quis sis. Verbs of knowing,
believing, judging, thinking, like scio, intelligo, dico, aio, credo, puto, arbitror, iudico,
existimo, &c. , called by modern grammarians verba sentiendi & declarandi, demand
that the subject following should not be joined by quod, ut, &c , as in modern languages,
but should become the object of such a verb, and the verb of the sentence so joined into
one, should follow in corresponding (pres., past, fut.) Infinitive, so that of puto (quod)
ego scio (as a modern tongue would have it), two sentences joined by quod, become
contracted into puto me scire, and the dependent verb follows the rule, as above.
5. Quern is the Accus. of quis (quis ego, quod sum, putas), on the same principles
as the above; this construction is called an Accusativus cum Infinitivo.
6. Tertullius is shaped from tertillus, dlmin. of tertius, some numerals served as
names of persons, the second, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth child. Suspicor, 1 dtus
sum, one of the "verba sentiendi & declarandi," therefore Ace. c. Inf. The name, Pub-
lius, was the Roman John, always abbreviated as P.
7. One of the Verba S. & D., therefore Ace. c. Inf., though vve could also say:
Video quod non intelligis." Hariolor, 1 atus sum, to guess, to fortell, to prophecy.
8. Opinor, 1 atus sum, to think, to have the opinion; studiosus, i, an endevorer, a
student; scholasticus, a, um, pertaining to school; -no, 1 r., to foretell, to conjecture, to
guess, to prophecy.
9. An irregular Vocative case in Latin, of Hercules, by H . . . id sum, = I am
that (what you say); dico, due 0, and facto, form their Imperatives in die, due, fac,
though in the old writers we also find the regular forms, as, face; the amabo here means
please,
10. Id ipsum et = I, too, am the same (thing) quod, what . . . et = etiam.
11. Sic + ci -f- ne = is that so? Studeo = I endeavor, its government is in-
direct, i. e., not Ace., but 'Vat., quibus rebus, cui rei, studes? what (things, thing)
are you after?
12. Sodalis, is, a comrade; eunctis Dat, I am studying all, my fellows do.
13. Both verbs in Fut. Simpl. Indie
14. This form is dixero, not dixerim; the former is the Fut. Coni. simple form,
and also the Fut. Exact. Indie; here the Coni. is meant, Spero fore = spero futurum
esse; intelligo, is the Prses- Coni., because after the Prass. and Fut. of the leading verb,
only Prass. Fut. and Praet Perf. of the Coniunctivus can follow, not the Imperf. nor the
Plusquam Perf.
15. The Imperat. of the deponent verb.
16. Expers, Us, fr. ex + pars, shareless, one who has no part in a thing, expers
virtutis, one having no share in virtue, or merit; iacto, 1 r., to bandy, throw about, to
brag; ignotus, a, um, one who is not known, its opposite is notus, a, um, the poet using
212
these words for gnarus and ignarus, a knowen and an unknower; -lo 3 fefilli, falsutm
to mistake, to delude; derisus, us, to laugh down, to make sport of somebody, mark the
Dat. : derisui, ludibrio, contemptui, glorias, gaudio, auxilio est, it serves for derision,
mockeri, contempt, glory, joy; the sense: The vain braggard, without any merit of his
own, may well fool people not knowing him, but for people of experience (or, who
know him) he serves for a laughing stock; a much quoted fable of Phasdrus (I.,
11, 12.)
17. Had we used quid, instead of quod, we would have divided the sentence, like
those, above, and for recitaveras we would say "recitavisses." As it is, we remain in the
Indicativus, but the times remain the same, Plusquam Perfectum (-veras, and ~visses) t
as anterior (or foregoing) to i( inUllexi, (i because he had to recite, before the other could
understand. — Canendo profero, prbtuli, -latum, to bring forth the words by singing.
Roman poems, whatever their meters (these, for instance, are very pretty iambic feet),
are actually sung, not figuratively alone, as do also my pupils.
18. Recito} r., fr. re = retro, back, backward, + cito, 1 r-, fr. citus, a, urn, quick,
lively, to summon up, to call back, to reproduce, to recite; technically different from ca-
nere, and scandere, a fluent telling, or reading in meters, without the chant. — Tractim,
adv., drawn, slowly; 'effero, 3 extuli, elatum, to pronounce.
19. Quid dixerim, clarum est. Of the two sentences the latter is the leading one;
since its verb is in present time, the verb of the dependent sentence {dixerim) the past
being involved, can only stand in the perfectum Coniunctivi, and neither the Imperf.
nor the Plus quam Perf. could stand in its place.
20. Carmen, inis, n., a poem, a verse; ex improviso, unprepared, unforeseen, by
surprise; excipio 3 cepi, ceptum, to take up, to take out of the hand, to succeed, to con-
tinue, to pick up as it comes, to receive, take in, as it flows- Do, explain, please.
21. Pareo, 2 ui, Hum, properly, to appear, to follow suit, to obey; ausculto, 1 r., to
listen. Elatus, a, urn, (effero), loud, boastful; cognosco, 3 cognovi, cbgnitum, to know
to be familiar with; decipio 3 cepi, ptum (de + capio), to catch down, to trap, to deceive;
novi, novisse, defective, to know; capio 3 cepi, captum, to catch, to understand.
22. Diver sus, a, urn, fr. diverto, 3 ti, rsum, fr. verto, turned away, different, this is
quite a different thing.
II.
C. D.
C. Fuitne 1 Quadr^tus apud te? D. Nullus 2 Quadra'tus apud me fuit, nee
ego ullum eius n6minis novi.
Minim m£moras; atqui 3 ego rogdvi " At, inquam, nemo mihi eo ndmine 4
eum u tad te veniret, et ad te nuntium meum c6gnitus est. Cseterum toto die domi eram,
defeVret nee quisquam me appellavit-
Ais r ' tu te eum non novisse? H Aio vero.°
2IJ
C. Fallens, 7 amice, bene eum novisti,
non minus quam me.
Atqui ego eum cei ie misi, ideo autem
misi, quod sci^bam eum tibi probe 9 cogni-
tum esse.
Nugas 11 agis; tu Lucium Quadritum
Ventidium sine dubitatione nosti.
Sine 13 ut dicam. SaceVdos quidam,
parochus 14 pagi vicini, quum a nostdtibus
fando audivisset, me discipline linguae La-
tine dilige'nter operam navaYe, per patrem
mihi centussem pollicitus est, si quimlibet
e Robinsone Crusoeo paginam in Latinum
conv£rterem. Pliant propositum; inchoivi
opus, sed rep£nte voces offe'ndi, quas nee
ipse sci£bam, nee in vocabulirio mindri
quod solum hibeo, reperire quibam. Turn
mihi in mentem incidit 16 te vocabularium
pl£nius habere; primum quern reperissem
amicum ad te mittere stftui, qui id paulis-
per abs te p£teret. Hunc primum r£peri,
hunc misi.
At ego v£reor, 20 ne tu, si id tibi e<5-
dem tempore mecum contigisset, commo-
dore vocabularium mihi negaturus £sses.
interim, quoniam nemo tibi pre-
mium 22 dbtnlit, grande vocabularium pau-
lisper abs te impetra'tum iri srjero; atque id
cause est, quare modo ad te v£nerim.
D.
C D. Fieri potest; 8 at certe non m£mini
nominis, nee, profecto, hie fuit
Unde, obscero, scie*bas eum mihi co-
gnitum esse, quum ego ne nomen quidem
eius, quod sciam, 10 unquam audiverim?
O, Ventidium, puerum suburba'-
num, 12 rufum coma*, ed£ntulum, voce rau-
cum, ali6quin egr£gium studiosum, opti-
me novi. £cquid eum ad me misisti?
A, sic res se habet! £quidem, JEde-
pol, 17 lubentissimo immo id tibi per Venti-
dium commoda'ssem, 18 si is ad me venisset,
fortasse domum vocftus. Ceterum letus
tibi gratulor de tanta bona fortuna. Uti-
nam 19 mihi acquis doctus parochus incide-
ret, qui idem mihi pollicer£tur, nam opus
idgenus et ego vol£nter susciperem.
11 Nee, Pol, 21 Jte* mere. Ceterum quid
ob£sset etiamsi nega'rem, id ab alio aliquo
impetra*res.
6ptime statuisti, 23 amice; en tibi
grande vocabularium, utere eo quantum
satis, tibique e sente'ntia consule.
1. In this exercise we mostly deal with the past time- This is used in Latin when
the event is absolute, not relative. Absolute is the event, when in that sentence nothing
further can be added to it, as: Hast thou been in Rome? The same event, or occassion
will be relative, when I can qualify, or extend it, as: I was in Rome, when Fuistine
Rome? Fui! — Rome eram, quum Quadratus, i, proper name; apud, prep., w.
ace, by, with, along, at.
2. Nullus, a, urn, no one, none, no kind; it qualifies persons as well as things,
214
where nemo, a noun, conld not qualify; ullus, a, urn, with a negative = ™Jta. J«t ®*
in English any, not any. Novi, novisse, a verb that has no present, and the past (novi)
is used in its stead, it means cognovi, nosco, cognosco.
3. Atqui, = yet; rog&vi ut - veniut, et deferret, a typical construction with ut
expressive of purpose, intention, "in order that,'" bringing in Con., in ' *« depen ^
verbs, both because ut, and because dependent, whilst the leading verb, rogaw occasions
the Imperf. of both dependents, because itself is in Prat. Perf. - Nunhum, i, a mess-
age; d'efero? d'etuli, delatum, to bring down to a place.
4. Above we said "eius n6minis," now "eo n6mine;" like in English: of that
name, or with that name; domi eram. = I was at home; appellant, has called perf-
5. Ah tu, = dost thou say, or assert, follows Ace. c Infin. - 6. Vero, like p
fecto, yes (indeed) I do. , f fallo*
7. Fallot? falsus sum, I deceive, mislead, I fool, is in Pass. Voice here, tr. jo* ,
fefelli.fahum; Falleris, amice, = friend, thou are mistaken.
8. It is possible, it may be; m'emini, meminisse, to remember, it ■ g°^f ° ot ™'
like here (nominis), and Ace , as a transitive verb; it is one of the four defective verbs,
lacking the form of the present time, these are: mimmi, ccepx, odi, now.
9. Adv., bene, recte, rite. - 10. As far as 1 know; quum, has two meanings one,
at the time when, the other: as, since; in the former it governs Indicative, in the lattet
Coni., accordingly, audiverim is in Perf. Coni. ...
11. Nugce, arum, p l. only, joke, nonsense, = thou art joking, trifling. - Luctus,
a very frequent name, always abbreviated as L. Ventidius, a Roman name, fr. ventu s +
dies; in compounding nouns, the first part stands in Gen. or Abb, though the ^ exception
are numerous, as: agrf-cultura, foeni-secium; ped^planum (abb) * un ^ mbul ° e !T g
dropped); Icarnf- (carnii) fex; pater-familias (Norn.), respubhea; &c, nosu,
WS 12. Suburbanus, a, urn, fr. sub + urbs, below the city, suburban; -us, a, urn , red,
reddish, qualifying puer, coma, in Abb, by hair of the head; -us. a, urn, fr. ex + a ■
tis, a tooth, toothless; -us, a, urn, hoarse; adv., otherwise; -us, a, urn, eminent tout
standing), -us, i, a student; ecquid, for et quid, whatfor.
13. Sino? sivi, situm, in Imperat., to allow, permit- - 14- Parochus, t, with the
Romans a public purveyor, who furnished the traveling officials with board, MM™
horses: with Christians, a parson, a parish-priest, and parochta, * (though; of course
philologists differ as to derivation), the parish, parish-house; nos tras ' at < 5 ' ° MS '°
people; fando audire, to know from hearsay, by hearing said; operm dare or navare
to be engaged in study; centussis, is, m., a dollar; any money consisting c .100 smaue
units- pollkeor,Htus sum, to promise; pagina, ae, a page; converto? it, sum, xo tur
over,' to translate. - IS- -urn, i, proposition, purpose; inchoo} r., to begin; adv., sua
denly; -do? di, sum, to hit upon, to find, to stumble; quibam, fr. queo, irreg. lean,
Imperf.: I could. — 16. Fr. in + cado, to come into one's mind; pauhsper, for a little
21?
while. Mark the conjunction quern, instead of ut, after mitto; observe the successions of
the times of the verbs and the modes.
17- Latter-day philologists are trying to interpret away the etymology of this ex-
clamation and that of Ecastor; we hold fast to the old tradition, that these words are
compounded from Aides + Pollucis, and Aides + Castoris, per Ade(m), Po/ (lucis),
for Castor and Pollux were worshiped in one temple, but called after either, or both. The
exclamation is very often but Pol! spelled by the philologists /., /K, i>3 1
PL Pater, salveto; amboque adeo. 9 Dee., salvus sies!
— Rud. } I., 2, 75. "
217
Ag. Salvus sisl Ly. t Dii te ament! — Pan., III., 5, 6.
Me. Salvus atque fortunatus 10 semper sies. Ev., Dii te
ament! Me. quid tu? recten r , atque ut vis vales?
AuL, II., 2, 5.
Tibi Dii semper, adolescens, quisquis es, faciant bene!
Men,, V., y, 32.
Pe. Salva sis! Mu., saliitem accipio mihi et meis. 11
Epi.,lV.,i,2i.
Salve, quid agis? ut vales? Per., ll„ 2 , 22.
Dii te ament plurimum! Si., salvos sis! Tr., ut vales?
5i., non male; quid agis? Most, ill., 2 , 28.
Ca. 6 amice salve, atque aequalis; ut vales? Me., et tu
jEdepol, salve, valen? 12 valuistin? Ca., valeo, et
valui rectius. Me. Quid agit tua uxor? ut valet? Ca. t plus
quam ego volo. Me. Bene, Hercle, est. — Trin, 1, 2, 10.
Salve mi sodalis, 13 ut valuisti? quid, parentes mei valent?
Mer. } V., 2, ioj,
Heg., Quid pater? vivitne? Phi., vivum, quum inde abi-
imus, liquimus. At nunc vivat nee ne, 14 id Orcum scire
oportet, scilicet. Capt. II. , 2, 32,
Valuistin' usque? Ep. t sustentatum'st 15 sedulo.
Ge. Bene atque amice dicis; Di dent quae velis.
Propino tibi salutem plenis faucibus.
Coenabis apud me, quoniam salvus advenis.
Sti., III., 2, 14.
Here, salve; salvum te advenisse gaudeo.
Usquene 16 valuisti? Th., usque, ut vides. Tr., factum dip-
time. Most. II., 2, 18.
Saluto te.
Ha. Mi homo, & mea mulier, vos saluto.
Ph. Et nos te. Cist., IV., 2, 57.
Socerum 17 suum Lysiteles salutat. Ch. Di dent tibi,
Lysiteles, quae velis. Trin. v., 2, 27.
Amphitruo ux6rem salutat laetus, speratam suam.
Am. II., 2, 41.
2l8
Herum saluto primum, ut aequum 18 est; postea,
Siquid supersit, vicinos impertio.
Si. Salve, quid agitur? Pseud., /., 5> 4 o. «
Iubeo te solvere.
Salvere iubeo, te mi Saturies, bene. 19
Da. Salve et tu. Most., III., i, 41. "
Iubeo vos salvere. Ph., noster Geta, quid agis? ut vales?
Ge. Valeo, & venio ad minus valentem. — True, II., y, 23. «
Pa. Iubemus te salvere, mater. Sa., salvete, puellae.
Rud., I., 5, 5. ■
Iubeo te salvere voce summa, quoad vires valent.
*Asin„ II., 2, ^0. '«
Iubet salvere suus vir uxorem suam. — Mer., IV., 3, 14. «
Herum atque servum plurimum Philto iubet
Salvere. Le. Dii tibi duint, 21 Philto, quaecunque optes;
quid agit filius? Ph. Bene vult tibi. Le., ^depol, miituum
mecum facit. Trin., II., 4, 34 "
Pa, Salve mi pater. La. Gnate mi, salve. Ph. Bene
factum te advenisse* Mec, ///„ 5, 5. Ter.
Philotis, salve multum. Ph., 6, salve, Parmeno.
Sy. Salve, Mecastor, 22 Parmeno. Pa., & tu, ^Idepol, Syra.
Hec. I., 2, j. "
Ci. Salve, anime mi. An. mi expedite Clinia, salve.
Cl. Ut vales? An. Salvom 23 venisse gaudeo.
Heau. II., 4, 25. '
Menedeme, salve; nuntium 24 apporto tibi.— Heau. III., 1, 18. "
De ,, Salvere Hegionem plurimum iubeo. He. 6 te qusere-
bam ipsum; 25 salve. Ada., III., 4, 14. "
1. The author calls his two books "Elegantiae Plauti & Terentii;" I have taken e
liberty of changing the title into something more dignified, correct and classical, Serv,
nis, m., is a general term for human speech; talk, discourse, where the people, or true
persons, do the talking than one; opposed to this is ordtio, nis, f., when the talk is d(2
by one man, as in a church, in meetings, in judicial courts- — German philologis
have attempted to tinker and interfere with the name of Plautus; I adhere to traditit ,
and restore it, as above. — These two authors, for more then 2,000 years have toi
219
toked upon as priceless models of Spoken Latin, though, of course, there have been
•itics, who have attempted to find fault with one or the other. Moralists find much
wit with the lascivious language both use. The fault was of that primitive age, not of
idividual men, and here, on our pages, such things have no place, for we are seeking
le elegancies of their speech. Of Plautus Varro is reported to have said; In argumentis
:xcilius poscit palmam, in sermonibus Plautus; Varro ap. Non. 374, 9. Of Terentius
lys Cicero: "cuius fabellas, propter elegantiam sermonis, a C. Lselio putabuntar scribi;
H. 7,3, 10.
Every one of these quotations has not only been verified by me, but entirely written
at of the texts of the Roman authors themselves, for Georgius Fabritius has used num-
jrs, presumably the pages of the I. Camerarius edition, by Heruagius, which I could
Dt possibly use, and had to find every one myself, and marked them by the initial let-
rs of the plays, the Roman numerals meaning the Actus, the Arabic designating the
:cend and versieuli, with absolute correctness. I have also extended several of these
notations, some of them receiving different meanings from what our author took them
i mean.
Students will do well by memorizing the various phrases, for no modern "classical
:hoolar" could teach them anything nearly as good and elegant Latin, no, nor even
icero himself.
2. These three words are in Vocative, II., decl. ; all -us endings changing to -e in
oc. , while nieus becomes mi. No other endings admit a special Voc. Animemi, just
ceon modern languages, "my soul." Salve! is the Imperat.
3. While hems in those days meant the owner, and master of slaves, we need not
! so very fastidious about it, and may use the term for "Mr." just as well as do the
lermans use it in the form of "Herr;" exoptatus, a, urn, wished for.
4. In + speratus, a, urn, unlooked for.
5. -is, e, also as a noun, -is, is, a countryman, a man of the same country; quis-
ws, whoever; be there any need, necessity; pray; say so, and command me.
6. Adv., after; brother, whom I behold after so many years.
7. Adv., i, e„ am I not unwelcome?
8. Cedo, pi., cette, Imperat., e short, has no other form = here with your hand!
lake hands! — it is supposed to be derived fr- -ce (like in hicce), and do, though not
.lite certain.
9. Adv., nay, even, yes. indeed. Sies is the old form for sis.
10. -a, urn, lucky, happy; recten' for xtcitne, abbreviated both for the sake of
leter, and, because in ordinary speaking such contractions are frequent in all tongues;
I vis vales? art thou as well as thou wishest?
11. Dat. pi. of mens, a, um, = I accept the greating for myself and for mines (for
ly folk, my people).
12. Valen', = valesne? plus quam ego volo, notice the emphatic ego, the meaning:
220
is the old, theatrical joke, "she (the wife) is of better health than / should like 1:
to be!
13. -is, is, m.f., a companion, partic, those belonging to the same club or callin
14. Utrum, whether, left out, = be living or not; Orcus, i, m., the lower worl
hell; its God Pluto, death, "Orcus scit," hell knows, "fortis quam Orcus, " "stroi
as hell;" this expression is not offensive as its English equivalent, as is seen here
whether my father is alive or dead, the Lower World alone could tell, scilicet, scire
licet, that can be known, = as you will understand.
15. For sustentatum est, fr. -to, 1 r., to prop, hold, support, susiain, = I have he
my ground, I have taken good care of myself; sedulo, adv., fr. sedeo, diligently. Amu
Adv., in a friendly way, kindly; may the Gods grant thee all your heart's deroes. -
Propino, 1 r ., to drink for one's health; faux, cis, f., a throat; cceno, 1 r., to sup.
16. Adv., still, all along.
17. -er, eri, father-in-law.
18. -us, a, um, as it is reasonable, as it behooves: supersum, esse,fui, what remain
impertio* r., also -iot,* itus sum, to impart, with Dat., also w. Ace, in aliquem, aliqu
as here, to give share to the neighbors.
19. Iubeo to bene saivere, = I bid thee to be of good health.
20. Quo + ad, as far as, vires valent, my strength allows, powers reach.
21. Duint, an old form for dedennt, and dent, fr. do, may the Gods give; optc
r., to wish from the heart; bene vult tibi, he sends his regards, = wills veil to the
-us, a, um, and -urn, i, = by JE., hi is doing to me, just what I to him, mecum,
with me.
22. Me + Castor, i.e., iuvet, = so help me Castor, mostly women say so.
23. In old Latin o is frequently interchanged with u, as servos, volt for serves. vu\
24. -um, ii, an announcement, a message; -us, i, is he who carries it; -o, 1 r.
the verb.
25. Thou art the very man 1 was seeking.
PENSVM OCTAVVM.
221
Ntimmi
Tessera argentaria
Moneta
Y
Pecunia
Res, quam digitis me tenere videtis, niiiimiiis 2 est. Hie omnium
irnmum nostr6rum minimus, libella vocatur.
Si hiiic ilni libellae alteram addo 3 habebo duas, si tertiam, tres; si
iartam, quatuor; si, denique, quintam, habebo quinque; has autem
1. The teacher holding a penny between his thumb and index finger. He should
ve in readiness the other coins up to half - a - dollar, and a dollar bill, showing them
turn, as the text calls for them. He may fill out the gaps left open between he decades
counting and writing in Roman figures, which are fully given in the next section.
Here we enter upon the subject of numerals, which entails the business and partly
: law language of Rome, almost never touched upon in school-books. I need scarcely
'ntion that our present notation of numerals was entirely unknown to the Romans,
d thus, here, we confine ourselves to Roman numerals alone.
2. II., a coin, in wider sense, money; its Gen. pi. is usually contracted into -urn,
• -drum;]., the dimin. of libra, and lb. t Ital. lira, French
r *0, and the smallest unit of a pound of 12 ounces, a cent; libra also means the
les, fr. libro, 1 r., to balance, to swing a lance, a cane. Of the Roman coins later.
iella can be used for the smallest coin of any nation, adding the necessary adjectives,
Ciallica, Germanica, &c.
3. -do* addidi, additum, fr. ad + do, dare, dedi, da + um, to give to it, to add,
verning Dat. for indirect object, and Ace. for direct, addo alicui aliquid; -or, is. m.,
222
yal6re aequant quinrfrium, qui hie nummus est. Nunc compute
quot nummos habeam: una, diiae, tres, quatuor, quinque; haece
siimma omnium; nunc idem numeris Romanis consignabo: I, 1
in, mi, v,
Modo 5 sex nummos hie habeo: unum quinarium, atque quinqi
singulas libellas. Si has quinque singulas libellae tantum valent 6 quai
turn iste unus quinarius, necesse est me decern libellas habere; comp
temus igitur, atque numeros, ut supra, describamus: VI, sex, VII, s<
ptem, VIII, octo, Villi, novem, X, decern. Hi igitur sex nummi idem v
lent atque iste denarius, 7 hie autem tantiimdem valet quantum i ;
sex; nam et hie quinarius, et illae libellae dimidium valent unius denar
denarius vero valet duplum utriusque. Denarius ergo et quinarii
sunt sdsquialter 8 denarius, hoc est denarius et semis, sive denarii
cum dimidio, quinarius autem medietas est denarii, Sesquialter den •
rius effieit quindecim 9 libellas, sic: XI, undecim, XII, duodecim, XII
tredecim, XIIII, quatuordecim, XV, quindecim; quibus si addam ca
teras libellas quinque, universim habebo viginti, nempe: XVI, sexdecir
XVII, septemdecim, XVIII, octodecim, XVIIII, novemdecim, XX, \-
ginti,
worth, value; -us, a, um, having, being, counting five, here, a 5 cent piece, shown
the teacher.
4. -to^r., fr. con -f puto, 1 r., to reckon, to count; here we count in f., becai;
libella; L, the total, the sum; -gno, 1 r., to sign, to mark, to mark down. — Take not;
that we use the original form of writing /owr, as I1II, the subtractive form, IV, is a la
device. Mark also that philologists are at sea concerning the question, why Romans hi
used the letter V to designate^, when the word begins with a q ? They all know tit
I, II, III, 1III, represent the fingers (wherefore, in English are also called digits, digiti, it
so called in Latin); many seek abstruse reasons; Mommsen frankly states he does it
know. Yet the thing is obvious to any person of common sense. Open your left ha ,
show the students, count your fingers by your right index-finger, starting from the srr
finger, I, II, III, IIII, stretchout your thumb, point out your left index-finger, with ;
space between that, and your thumb, resembling the shape of a V.
5. Adv., now. — 6. -leo, 2 ui, Hum, to be worth; tantum-quantum, as much — •
— 7. II., originally -us, a, um, having, counting, being ten; here a dime, a 10c. pit
to be shown; duplum, i, here a noun, a double. — 8. -ter, a, um, one and a half; sen
semissis, m., a half;-tos, talis, f., the halfness, a half. — 9. Accent on the first syllal
all these numerals are indeclinable; look out for the accents. In ordinary language £
22$
Nunc e saccule 10 alterum prodiico niimmum: hie quadrans est,
/aletque viginti quinque libellas, quas sic numero:XXI, viginti una, XXII*
/iginti dtiae, XXIII, viginti tres, XXIIII, viginti quatuor, atque XXv!
/iginti quinque. Si quadranti adderem quinarium, efficerem, summam
(XX, triginta; si huic denarium adderem, haberem XXXX, qnadra-
;mta libellas, duo autem quadrantes efficient L quinqoagmta libellas,
ave medietatem centiissis, 11 qui semicentussis vocatur. En semicen-
:iissem! Duo semicentusses efficiunt integrum centussem. En cento-
;em chartaceum, 12 qui tessera est argentaria.
Centussis valet C 13 centum libellas, viginti quinarios, decern dena-
ios, ^quatuor quadrantes, duos semicentusses; Iibella igitur est una
entesima, quinarius una vigesima, denarius una decima, quadrans,
ina quarta, semicentussis, una dimidia pars centussis, tres quadrantes
utem sunt linus do&rans, sive septuagmta quinque libelte. Cen-
lways say octodecim, novemdecim, but in literary and fancy language we use duode-
iginti, undeviginti, by subtracting two, and one, from twenty. Wo find on Roman
larbles also XIIX = 18, and XIX = 19.
10. -us, i, here, a pocket; -co/ xi, dum, to pull forth; -ans, Us, m ., a fourth part,
quarter; w . the Romans this meant a minute coin, the fourth part of an as, but other
ungs too, here, a quarter of a dollar.
ii. Centussis, is, m ., fr. centum asses; as, assis, m., a Roman copper coin of va-
ious values in the different ages of Rome, the last (since 191 B. C. down through the
mpire) being about 7y A mills, the original having been a pound (hence libra) crude
opper, and when stamped with the figures of animals (pecu, pecus), obtained the name
f pecunta. Details below-
i2. ~eus, a, urn, made of paper; 1., properly a square piece of marble, of which
losaics are made; but in Roman history it also served as tickets in distributing bread;
ere used as a bankbill, bank note; -us, a, urn, of silver, of money, of a bank.
13. Letter C, the initial letter of centum, stands for 100. While the Semitic nations
ave used, and are still using, the letters of their alphabets for numerical notations the
•reeks adopting the same method, the Romans have employed only C and A/, not as
^noting numerals, but as initials of words, denoting numerals; see section II. — Va-
t centum libellas, worth a hundred libellas, of course not in Roman, but modern appli-
ition: for the Roman coins had values by weight, on the duodecimal system, hence
'■naoappendo, expendo, dispendo, dispenso, to weigh out the share for every one; here
e reckon numerically, on the American (but can be done in any other) decimal system-
- Dodrans, tis, = ^th, ^ths of anything, but, originally, it meant 9 twelfth of an as-
-uupium, i, the double; quadrupium, i, the four fold; centupium, i, the hundred fold*
224
tussis igitur centuplum est libellse, d<5cuplum denarii, quadruplum
quadrantis, diiplum semicentiissis.
Centussis et quadrans numerant CXXV, centum viginti quinque
libellas; centussis & semis, sive sesquialter, CL, centum quinquaginta,
tessera unius centussis, semicentiissis atque quadrans efficiunt centiis-
sem et dodrantem, duo centusses CC ducentas, 1 * tres, CCC tercentas.
quatuor.CCCCquadringentas, quinque £) quingentas, decen-
tiisses, denique, numerant CD 15 mille libellas.
14 Bearing in mind that C in the original Roman alphabet meant to correspond
gamma, i. e., G of the Greeks, and Cimel of the Semitic nations, we can easily und
stand why it sometimes sounds as K some other times as g, as: v&inti, vieurt, v«n
ducenti tre«nti, quadrin^enti, quin^enti, sexcenti, septin^enti, ochitfenti. non^ent
While «nti, *, a, and ^enti, x, a, mean centum, = 100; in 30 tr* tnta, 40 quadra^ <
&c, the -ginta formative particle is the Greek -conta, as, tnaconta, tettataconta, &c
changed, to suit Roman ears, as gitda.
15. As mentioned above (4), the question, why did the Romans employ V, X, I
D to designate 5, lo, 50 and 500, has baffled, and defied all phitojw to th< .present da;
We still see in all books, on all monuments, &c, the numerals MDCCCLXVII, = m
MDCCCCXL or MCMXI, = 1911; sometimes CDCCDXI, or even COC 00X1, an
this confusion dates back to Roman times and marbles. Now all this is simply misu,
derstood. The Romans simply did not use D, i. e., our printed D, nor our printed
nor yet our printed M, to designate numerals. The solution of the mystery is th.s: It
Roman M, in handwriting, had this shape (J$ = Mi " e ' = 10 °° ; 0mitthe ' e
curve, and you will have £) half an M, i. e. 500, it resembles a D but it is not on
omit now the other curve, just leaving a vestige of the curve, removing the idea
"hundred," and the stump at the foot of the central column, thus \j\ resembling an
(but it is not), will mean 50; while the X represents two v v s, one upon the other, i
verted upon their edges, wherefore CO, is the imitation of the old m, as above, and C
is an overdone CO and this is a hastily made old M. But Ritschl is sure that the attem
at explaning this notation o numera s from the Roman alphabet, must be abandoned.
22£
,nH^ mneS t n * mmi f ' Unt ex {ere ' 16 uti liWlte e CU P™' ^inarii e ni-
colino, partim vero ex argento, uti caeteri ad centussem usque, partim
ve,oexauro Hi omnes monetae" quoque appe , Iiinturj ^J am in
abrura rnonetana, vel nummaria, qu* "moneta" vccatur, e meSl o
crudo in nummos cudiintur.
«J££°T tempeS . tsite18 charte wh ^ coins were
me it of In le d C °' nS * hemsdveS; ' Um ' *• * «** P^cts of mines, mainiy
me line or non, lead, copper, &c; -us, a, urn, raw; -do*di sum tr. ™,Ja u„
er, forge; also percutio? cussi, ssum, to smite strike s used in thT!!' P
» i« iniiic, siriKe, is used in the same sense.
onoL d a ° **"" cripto, pro arbitrio haurire ex argentaria possit.
eor, reri, ratus sum, to deem, to be of the opinion, ratus, a, urn, approved, accepted,
igreed upon, rata pars, a rate, a proportion; -ro? tuli, collatum, to bring to, to contri-
bute, or pay up one's share when entering a partnership; -us, us, in law and business, a
-evenue, * return: -go,* coegi, coactum, in business, to force, to compel, to cause, to
:ollect, to make collections; -urn, ii, fr. nee + otium, a business; -do* diti, ditum, to
ound, start, create.
22. Sors, Us, i„ one's destiny, condition, lot; in pi. sortes, ium, a lot, that is cast,
hat comes to one; in business language, a share, a stock; -tio, nis, f., a tie, a binding, a
'ond, an obligation; quotio, nis, m ., a word that I am now restoring to its original
hape, as, in my opinion, it must have looked; in all its history it has always been spell-
d as coao, entirely unintelligible to me, unless it refers to cocus. \ have no doubt at all
•ut that my restoration is correct, to signify a brocanteur, a haggler, a broken whose
Jt frequent expression was sure to be: quot? quotum, quoties, how much, the "how
nanieth," how many times, &c, whence called "quotio." Another word for him
5 narilator.
23. Basilica, a>, a stock and produce exchange, a bourse; II., a customer, -ens,
W. a protege\ a dependent, a customer, one whom an other protects, represents; IV.,
he proceeds of a transaction in business, otherwise, the bearing of a field, farm, enter-
! I., one's private means; resfamiliaris, = fortune, possessions owned privately.
24. I ., m., a dweller, inhabitant; -tas, tatis, i.Jr.civis, is, a citizen, fr. quivis,
very one, a community, the allness of citizens, a village, a town, a country, a state,
ter on a city; -fo/r, frequ. of ago, to carry on, to do, to be active in; -co} r., to save
P, to lay by; -es, ei, f., j n business, credit, reliability, integrity; -lis, e, saving, ar gen-
ma parsimonialis, a savings bank; in tuto {-urn, i) in safety; -or, is, a layer down, a
epositor; -eo* ui, to be in need, governs Abl. ; -urn, ii, an exchange, fr. cambio* psi,
™> to exchange, barter, trade (whence Fr. changer), here a cheque; -io? si, stum, to
-oop, to draw liquid, to bail, dip, lade water, any liquid, in business is said of monev,
) draw money by a cheque.
228
Offlcia ac negotia argentariarum multifaria 25 sunt, quorum unum
est iis, qui solvendo sunt, atque sive hypotheca in sua immo-
bilia, sive syngrapha, vel alia securitate, sive, denique, per praedem
argentariae satisdare possit, media ad negotia agenda suppeditare,
hoc est, aes mutuum dare. Si hoc fiat, argentaria fit creditor, 26 qui
autem mutuum accepit, fit debitor, qui tempore stato tarn fcenus,
quam usiiram rependere debet Summa usurae per centesimam 27
lege statuta est; qui statute centesima plus exigit, fcenerator est.
Fit aliquando, nee admodum raro, ut aliqui tantum aes alienum 28
contrahant, ut ab eo graventur, itaque sintobaerati, i. e M ab onere debi-
torum ita opprimantur, ut ne legitimas usuras quidem, neduin foe-
nus, s61vere et abolere possint. Hi miseri et infortunati in mcitas 29
25. -us, a, urn, manyfold; sum solvendo, I am solvent, solvendo non est, he is in-
solvent, it is the Dat- of gerundium, w.par left out; I., a mortgage; -Ha, urn, pi., real
estate, immovables, w. bona (goods) understood; I., a promissory note; -tas, talis, f.
fr, se + cura, free of care, a security; prces, pmdis, m., a guarantor, a surety, a bonds-
man; satisdo, 1 dedi, datum, to vouch for, to guarantee; media, orum, means for doing
something, pi. ; in medieval business language, hence Engl, means; -dito, 1 r., to supply; mu
tuus, a, urn, that is done, or given in return in kind, mutual, the term cannot be applied
to a man, as we hear in English, "a mutual friend," it is absurd; we must say,
common friendr' but mutuus amor, mutual love, as a noun: pecuniam in mutuum dare.
v. accipere, to lend, or receive lent money; adj., pecunia mutuata, either lent, or bor-
rowed, money; verb: mutuor* atus, sum, to lend, or to borrow.
26. -or, is, m., one who lends belief, a creditor; really it ought to be f., creditnx,
ids, but the bank becomes personified before the law, as a man; -or, is, m , an "ower,'
one who owes, a debtor; -us, oris, o short, n., the capital lent on interest; I-, the money
paid for using an other man's money, interest, has nothing common with the disparag-
ing meaning "usury" bears, by misunderstanding the word; -do, 3 di, sum, to pay back.
27. I., what is called ' per centum," by the hundred; -go, egi, actum, to demand
-or, is, m., has both meanings, a capitalist, and a usurer.
23. -us, a, urn, others', other people's money, borrowed money, debt; -vor, apu
sum, to be weighed down, encumbered; -us, a, urn, sunk in debts; -mo, 3 pressi, ssum
overwhelm, to be burdened, oppressed; -us, a, urn, lawful; much less, let alone; -Uo;
evi, Hum, properly, to lose fragrancy, to "oil" away, to blot out, to abolish.
29. Incite, arnm, pi, properly, the corner of a table of games, like chess; in incitai
agu redigi, reduci, to be pushed, driven into the corner, to be cornered; in business, i
means bankruptcy; dolus malus, in law, a deliberate fraud; veneo,* ivi, ii, Hum, (i n
latter either long or short), fr. v£num + eo (also spelled va-) to go to sale, fr. venus
229
sunt redacti (nisi dolo malo id fiat), cuntaque sua bona sub hasta
veneunt.
Recensio: Cuius, potissimum, nominis 30 nummos seligeres, si
octuaginta (80) libellas erogare deberes? — Quod genus aptissimum
nummum oportebit me huicsummae addere, ut nonaginta (90) habeam?
- Si mihi ad pontonem 31 admodum properanti contingat ut eplie-
meridem libellarem empturus, pusioni, diurna venditanti, loco
libellae, impriidens, quincentiissem aureum dem, quantum iactnrse
tulero? — Quanto minus est dodrans centusse semisse? — Quanto est
dodrans plus quadrante? — Quota pars dodrantis est quadrans? —
Quotuplex 32 sum ma est semicentussis unius quinarii? — Quanto est
plus denarius una libella?
Si casam suburbanam 33 concupivisti, eamque praestinare tecum
statuisti, quin et arrhabonem quoque iam dederis, nee tamen nisi
unam tertiam pretii, h. e„ duo millia centussium numeratam pecuniam
habeas, quid ages ut casteram pecuniam corrades? — Luerabitiirne 34
is, an detrimentum capiet, qui v. c, sortes "Navigations Littoralis,"
quarum par valor sit centum centussium, modo autem centum & triginta
quinque centussibus stet, lymphatus terrore qu6dam Panico, cen-
fc, m., sale; venire sub hasta, = to sell at auction, fr. the lance stuck into the ground
to indicate the place and auction.
30. Of, mainly, what denomination; habere pecuniam in nominibus = to have
outstanding claims (moneys in the names, i. c, list, ot debtors); nomina cogere, to
:ollect debts; -go* legi, ledum, to pick out and lay apart; not octoginta, see Sec II ;
■io} r„ to expend.
31. -to, nis, m ., a floating bridge, pontoon, also a ferry boat, as here; -is, idis, f.,
daily anything, a daily paper; pure Latin, diurnum i, whence, diurnale, whence jour-
™l),znd y diarium,ii; -ius t a, urn, of a libella; -is, nis, an urchin; -to} r „ to hawk
about; -ns, tis, adj., unaware; $5-00 gold; I., a loss; ir.fero, to bear.
32. Num. interrog., how many fold? there is a better term, in colloquial Latin
juotuplum? answer: duplum, triplum, &c.
33. -us, a, urn, below the city, suburban; -bo, nis, m ., earnest-money; pecunia nu-
wa, praesens, = cash, counted, present money; adnumero, denumero, I pay in cash.
34. -ot} atus^ sum, to gain, to make profit also lucrifico, lucrifacio; -turn capio
iccipio, I lose; -lis, e, shore, coastwise; stare aliqua r'e, costs so much; -tus, a y urn,
:razed; -or, is, m ., fear, terror; -us, a, urn, adj. of Pan, the pastoral god of fields, &c,
I
230
tussibus octuaginta septem vendat: quantum detrimenti accipiet? an
veto lucrum fecit? — Si pecuniam in sortibus, veluti Corporis Civita-
tatum Foederatarum Chalybifici, 35 vel Societatis Saccharifies, vel vero
Societatis Olearte Obryzatae, locare velles, cuius id ministerio opera-
que faceres? — Si ex usuris foenoris tui vivere velles, reditumque trium
millium centusium annuum 36 mereri; possetque caprit tuum sex cen-
tesimas fructificare, quot millia centussium habere te oporteret? —
Quam in argentariam ii suam pecuniam superfluam 37 dep6nunt, qui ea
negotium non agunt? — Quomodo rectores, 38 consultores, flducia-
rii, magistratiisque civilis comperiuntur, utrum quaedam argentaria
solvendo sit, an sit in incitis?
who was supposed to strike people with sudden terror, hence the phrase Tenor Panics,
though for the words I know no Roman authority; see Ex- Leg.
35. U. S. Steel corporation; Sugar Making Co., Standard Oil Co., if the oil is the
object of qualification, de Oleo Obry^ato (also spelled obrussa, a); as oil to Romans
meant olive oil, the term Petroleum, legitimately formed from petra, cb, a rock, and
oleum, i, oil, is acceptable, and will be, de Petroleo, Obry^ato-, -loco} r., to place wh;
is erroneously termed, to invert.
36. -us, a, urn, yearly; -co, 1 r., to bear fruit, here, profit, returns.
37. -us, a, urn, what flows over, that can be spared.
38. -or, is, m., who directs; -or, is, m , an adviser; -us, i, a trustee; -us, us, the
public authorities; -rior* rtus sum, and -rio} peri, rtum, to find out.
VOCABVLAR1VM 22
NNA. SUBST.
ntimmus, i
libe"lla, ae
vilor, is, m
quinarius ii
summa, ae
denarius, li
semis, semissis, m.
medietas, tltis, f.
sicculus, i
quadrans, tis, m.
centiissis, is, m.
tessera, ae
d6drans, tis, m
centuplum, i
decuplum, i
quadruplum, i
duplum, i
cuprum, i
nic6linum, i
mon£ta, ae
metallum, i
tempestas, twtis, f.
sche'da, as
fiscus, i
monimentum, i
honor, is, m.
diirnitas, tatis, f.
commodum, i
intemperies, ei, f.
ndi^entia, »
afflictio, nis, f.
6pes, <5pum, pi. f.
caput, itis, n,
qu<5tio, nis, m,
basilica, ae
consuetudinarius, ii
cliens, tis
proventus, us
fortuna, ae
incola, ae
nee6tium, ii
fides, fidei, f.
arg-cntaria, ae
fiduciiria, ae
parsimonialis, is, f.
depdsitor, is,
cambium, ii
hypothe'ea, ae
immobilia, um, pi., u.
syngrrapha, ae
security, tis, f.
praes, praedis, m.
me"dia, orum, pi. n.
ass, aeris, n.
creditor, is, m.
debitor, is, m.
foenus, oris, n.
usura, ae
centesima, ae
foenerator, is
231
incitae, arum. pi. f.
sors, tis, f.
dolus, i
obliffatio, nis, f.
ponto, nis. m.
terror, is, m.
ephemeris, idis. f.
lucrum, i.
pusio, nis, m.
corpus, oris, n.
diurnum, i
civitas, tatis, f.
ADVERBIUM.
CONIUNCTIO.
quincentussis, is. m.
rector, is, m.
decentussis, is, m.
consultor, is, m.
prope"modum
ne"dum
iactura, ae
fiduciarius, ii
arrhabo, nis, m.
mag-istratus, m.
detrime"ntum, i
pecunia, ae
reditus, us
NNA.S ADI.
scsquialter, a, um
arg-entarius, a, um
publicus, a, um
mutuus, a, um
chartaceus, a, um
aurarius, a, um
privatus a, um
alienus, a, um
centesimus, a,um
thesaurarius, a, um
opulentus, a, um
obaeratus, a, um,
monetlrius, a, um
ferax, cis
locuples, e"tis
legitimus, a, um
nummirius, a, um
crudus, a, um
monetalis, e
splendidus, a, um
ratus, a, um
miser, a, um
lautus, a, um
pretiosus, a, um
familiaris, e
tutus, a, um
infortunatus, a, um
libellaris, e
quotuplus, a, um
suburba"nus, a, um
multifarius, a, um
imprudens, tis
Panicus, a, um
fcederatus, a, um
numerous, a, um
littoralis, e
superfluus, a, um
civilis, e, quotuplex, icis
annuus, a, um
addo, 3 iddidi, turn
zomputo, 1 r.
^nsigno, 1 r.
/41eo, 2 ui, itum
iescribo, 3 psi, ptum
)roduco, 3 duxi, ctum
lumero, 1 r.
:udo, 3 cudi,cusum
atisdo.kiedi, datum
■uppedito, 1 r.
>rodo, 3 didi, ditum
ognosco, 3 gnovi, quitum
'raestino. 1 r.
levito * r.
ffugio 3 fugi, turn
v 'erto,3 ti, sum
VERBA
a ppeto, 3 tivi titum
prosequor, 3 cutus sum
rependo, 3 di, sum
gravor, 1 atus sum
opprimo, 3 pressi, ssum
coeo, coire, vi, turn
corrado, 3 si, sum
affluo, 3 fluxi, xum
possideo, 2 sedi, ssum
contraho, 3 xi, ctum
confero, 3 tuli, latum
cogo, 3 coegi, actum
condo, 3 didi, ditum
aboleo, 2 evi, ui, itum
redigo, 3 egi, actum
seligo, 3 egi, lectum
edo, 3 £didl £ditum
agito, 1 r.
comparco, 1 r.
concr£do, 3 didi, itum
depono, 3 posui, itum
£geo, 2 ui
haurio, 4 hausi, stum
solvendo
v£neo, 4 ivi, ii, itum
erogo, 1 r,
vendito, 1 r.
lympho, 1 r.
luctor, 1 atus sum
loco, 1 r.
fructifico, 1 r-
2J2
II.
NVIVIERVS unus inftium 1 6mnium numer6rum est; signifi
catque cuiuslibet rei unitateni, quae est dmnium quanti
tatum integrarum minima.
Uti minima quantitas Integra unitas, ita (hipla 2 quan
titas vel qualitas alicuius rei duplicitas, tripla, trinitas audit.
Omnes praeterea numeri ab uno proflcisciintur,3 nec sunt hi ni
multiplicitates unitatum. Ipsi numeri per se etiam vocantur unio
binio ternio, quaternio, quinio, atque senio; secundum locu
autem' primarius, secundaria, tertitirius, quaternarius, quinarm
senarius, septenarius, octonarius, novenarius atque denarius. Sumrr
decern numerorum, vel rerum, decuria,* vel, Graeco vocabulo, deca
decern decadum centiiria, decern centuriarum una chilias appe
latur. ,
Is qui decern moiiachise ve l sacerddtibus praeest, decanus, q
totidem militibus, decurio, qui centum militibus imperat centurr
qui, denique, mille militum dux est, chiliarchus appellatur.
1 .urn, ii, fr. in + eo, entrance, beginning; -co} r., signum + facio, to indica
betrav to convey news, meaning, presence, intentions, by signs; -tas tatis, f., onene
S of IS thing, and of the many combined into one, as, umtas propos.U,
frequent; -to, tatis, f. r. quantus, a, urn, how great! (in size or number) manm ess.
2. -us, a, urn, two fold, double; also a n. dupla, at, double price, and -urn t,V
double, particularly in law, to flue one, or condemn one to pay the double; -«te s ta
f. the doubleness, not in the sense employed in French and English, as bad fa, h,
a um treble; -ta. tatis, f , threeness; intrans. it hears, it obeys its name, it is called-
3 .cor 3 fectus sum, to start; -ta, tatis, f., manyness, manyfoldness.
4. All -nio.nis.i., the number one, two, &c; -us, a, um, the first and foremc,
the Tf'a'boS 71^-cas, di s, ,., the sum of ten; I., a sum or a body of 100; -.
aaisX asumTorabodyof 100a The Or. word is cMioi, with deep .p.ttur.1 , ,
like the Germ-, and it ought not to be misrepresented and barbarized into Ktio.
6 chm, i,Gr. -chos, fr. monds, alone, a monk; pm + sum, to be at the head
233
Quandoquidem duo sunt plus quam unum, perfnde tria, quinque
>cem, atque mille etiam, multo plus sunt, clarum? est unum esse
lantitatem singularem, omnes vero alios numeros et quantities plu-
iles esse, efficereque pluralitatem. Magna pluralitas est multitiido.
Nullus tamen est niimerus, etiam quern mente concipere* possi-
s maximus, qui, addito alio niimero augeri, quique duplicari, vel
jltiphcan nequeat. Quum vero numerus increments semper est
pax, semperque patiens, nee dllis linritibus circumscribi ac defi-
i possit: At nos singula persequi supersedemus,™ et certum limi-
n statuendo, numeros, qui citra hunc sunt, partim singillatim par-
i vero per summa capita & carptim evolvere & explicare satis iudi-
3imus.
S^riem 11 autem numerorum ordine sic t&ximus:
' ad , ° f ; T\ \* P . refeCt ° f ten monks ' or priests > a su P erior of ten monks or priests;
ecclesiastical dignity; in Engl, the c is dropped, and is corrupted into dean, a school
ntary, as schools, originally, were all monastic institutions; -io, nis, m ., a comman-
of 10 a sergeant; -ro> r ., to have the supreme command of an army, restricted-
ly, to command with authority, double government: aliquid, alicui; -io, nis, m'
•mmanderof 100, a captain (scholastic, capita neus); dux, ducis, m fr duco* xi
to guide to draw, to lead, a guide, a leader, a general; II., the commander of
K), a colonel.
7. -us, a, mn, dear, est, w . adjectives, as clarum est, mquum est, & c . , usually
vs after it an accus. c Infinit. construction; -is, e, a manyfold-kind; -tas, tatis,i,
wraess, a plurality; -do, inis, f., a manyness, numerousness.
8. -M cepi, ceptum, f r . con + capio, to seize, grasp together, to conceive.
9. -turn, i, f r . in + cresco, to grow upon, an increase; -pax, cis, adj. one ending
apto, to seize, the inward space-ability to hold liquids, grain, transferred, the ability
:eive and hold things abstract, thoughts, learning, & c ., -tiar* passus sum, to suffer,
pres. part., patient, or bearing of... i. e„ there is no number but which would
an increment of more numbers; -es, itis, m ., a boundary line, to set, or write a b.
about; -nio,* r ., to set b. lines.
10 -deo* sedi, sessum, to refrain, to desist, not to proceed; the image is evidently
introm carpenters, bricklayers, and such, who, to take a rest, sit down upon the
the wall, & c ., they have been working at; a prep, and adv., on this side; merely
hing the tops of the heads; adv., grazingly, as when a horse, or cattle, grab a
«ul of grass on the run; -vo, vi, lutum, to unroll; -co} r ., and cui, citum, to un-
; Wr., to judge.
11. -es, ei, V., a row; -xo* ui, xtum, to weave, figuratively.
234
Nri
bar*
i
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ii
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
3°
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1,000
2,000
10,000
100,000
1,000,000
Nri
Romani 2
I
II
III
mi (iv)
v
VI
VII
VIII
Villi (IX)
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIIII (XIV)
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII (XIIX)
XVIIII (XIX)
XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII
XXIIII (XXIV)
XXX
XXXX (XL)
L
LX
LXX
LXXX
LXXXX (XC)
c
cc
ccc
CCCC (CD)
D
DC
DCC
DCCC
DCCCC (C<*> )
CO 00
CO CO
xico
^cicn
CO ICO
Numeri
Verbis expressi
unus, a, urn 3
duo, duas, duo
tr£s, tr£s, tria
qultuor
quinque
s6x
s£ptem
6cto
novem
decern
undecim
duodecim
tr£decim
quatuordecim
quindecim
s£decim 4
sept6mdecim
oct6decim
nov£mdecim
viginti
viginti unum
viginti duo
viginti tria
viginti quatuor 5
triginta
quadrdginta
quinquaginta
sex^ginta
septudginta
octudginta 6
nona'ginta
centum
duc£nti, as, a 7
terc£nti, as a
quadring£nti, as, a
quing£nti, as, a
sexc£nti, as, a
septing£nti, as, a
octing£nti, as, a
nongenti, as, a
mille 9
du6 millia
decern millia
centum millia
mille millia
Quaedam
Nrorum Signa
VCD, DO, V = 5,000
(CD) ' * = 10,000
CCCD))
^ = 50.000
c = 100,0C
Dm
icco
(Q)
D = 500 • ,
(PO). MM= 1,000,000
235
lam hi numeri, quibus omnes fere gentes octingentos et ultra annos
nur, 11 non sunt Romani, sed Indico-Arabici, eosque docti Gobari-
a appellant. Hos autem numeros non solum species, figura atque
tas cuiusque characterise commendat, sed praesertim ea proprie-
ut, si a dextro ad laevum, singuli eorum, veluti per gradiis, per sin-
i loca provehantur, valorem suum decuplicent, in hunc fere'modum:
vum
dextrum
44,444
444,444
4,444,444
4
44
qua'tuor
444
quadraginta
quatuor
4,444
quadringenta quaddginta
quatuor
quituor millia, quadringenta
quadraginta quatuor
quadraginta quatuor millia, quadringenta
_quadr^ginta quatuor
quadringenta quadraginta qua'tuor millia, quadringenta
quadraginta quituor
quadras" & quater centina, & quadraginta quatuor
millia, quadringenta quadraginta quatuor
1
4,444,444,444
444,444,444
44,444,444
quadringe'nties & quadra'gies
quadringenta & quadragin-
ta qua'tuor millia, quadrin-
genta quadraginta quatuor
quater millies quadringe'nties quadra'gies
quadringenta & quadraginta
qua'tuor millia, quadringenta
quadraginta qua'tuor
quadra'gies quater millies, quadring^nties quadra'gies quadringenta & quadra-
ginta quatuor millia, quadringenta quadraginta quatuor.
236
Secundum hanc n6rmam descriMmus itaque mimeris, et enunti
mus 15 verbis sequentes quantities:
o nulla 16
13 tredecim
17 septemdecim
18 octodecim
23 viginti tria
35 triginta quinque
52 quinquaginta duo
78 septuaginta octo
89 octuaginta novem
91 nonaginta unum
1101
2433
3262
4576
5685
6921
7619
8800
901 1
10 1 centum et unum
222 ducenta viginti duo
370 tercenta septuaginta
583 quingenta octuaginta tria
694 sexcenta nonaginta quatuor
711 septingenta undecim
888 octingenta octuaginta octo
966 nongenta sexaginta sex
999 nongenta nonaginta novem
mille centum et unum
bis mille quadringenta triginta tria
ter mille ducenta sexaginta duo
quatuor millia quingenta septuaginta u
quinque millia sexcenta octuaginta quin( e
sex millia nongenta viginti unum
septem millia sexcenta novemdecim
octo millia octingenta
novem millia undecim
10,100
12,001
13,876
25,912
57,714
71,500
80,005
99,901
decern millia centum
du6decim millia unum
tredecim millia octingenta septuaginta sex
viginti quinque millia nongenta du6decim
quinquaginta septem millia, septingenta quatuorde.n
septuaginta unum millia quingenta
octuaginta millia quinque
nonaginta novem millia nongenta unum
112,613 centum du6decim millia sexcenta tredecim
373 '200 tercenta septuaginta tria millia ducenta
58/329 quingenta octuaginta unum millia, tercenta viginti novem
619568 sexcenta undeviginti millia quingenta du6deseptuaginta
77 /lII septingenta septuaginta septem millia, centum undecim
888*222 octingenta octuaginta octo millia, ducenta viginti duo
999*333 "ongenta nonaginta novem millia, tercenta triginta tria
237
1,000,000 decies centum mfllia (mflle mfllia)
1,313,001 tredecies centum & tr&lecfm mfllia, unum
2,028,720 vfcies centena & vigfnti octo mfllia, septingenta vigfnti
3,500,930 tricies & qufnquies centena mfllia, nongenta trigfnta
5,723,614 quinquagies & septies centena & vigfnti tria mfllia sexcenta
quatu6rdecim
6,685,375 sexagies sexies centena & octuagfnta quinque niillia, terceuta
septuaginta quinque
7,811,569 septuagtes octies cent6na & undecim [mfllia, quingenta sexa-
gfnta novem
8,113,892 octuagies & semel centena & tredecim millia, octingenta no-
naginta duo
9,272,905 nonagies&bis centena & septuaginta duo mflli, nongenta
quinque
10,139,100 centies & semel centra & trigfnta novem mfllia, centum
20,371,280 ducenties & ter centena & septuaginta unum mfllia, ducenta
octuagfnta
153,640,317 mflle quingenties, & trfcies series centra & quadragfnta mfl-
lia tercenta septemdecim
1.227,365,193 duodecies mfllies, ducenties septuagi6s ter centra & sexagfnta
quinque mfllia, octingenta nonagfnta tria.
1 \ 7 Tl !! Ski ? d0fn0tati0n0f <* uantities was unknown both to the Greeks and Ro-
mans. Neither the time of their introduction, nor the place of their origine can be traced
:th certainty. See Prinapta,
1. Rome knew no other numerals than these. As we have no Roman MSS., all
ir Knowledge .s based on stone monuments engraved throughout all centuries, commem.
'tag l stoncaIeyents,pri«s,dist J ncesinmil e s 1 weights, men in armies, prisoners
i ™ $ CeS ' a " kte> the imperfect c °Py in e of the Rom »» originals, causes
general diffidence, excepting when verified by stone monuments. Though, on the other
iiI^ n0t3 ? w flar^enUmeralSandfractions ' theseare our on"y sources. Roman
imerals in calculations were gradually abandoned between XI and XIII centuries, as the
obar notation began assuming more definite shapes, which was finally accomplished
^TT"!' 011 1 6 art ° f Pdnting - In as much as the R o m an numerals were letters
i.e the ind,co : Arabic signs were s^«, by contrast, these latter were called figurx,
nee the form in the modern languages.
3. Mark that the first three alone can be declined, the rest, up to 200 cannot- -
*« T'? freqUent With P ' Ural n0Uns > ° nly in certain cases and when it means
m as urn Roman,. Duo, and tres, of course, have no singulars- - - This class of nu-
'T*^°1V accum ulation of units, 1 + 1 = 2, +I = 3 , +, =4, &o. nine in ,11
tn a .emarkable consensus of the human mind of all ancient nations, Egyptians, Hin-
°s, Persians, Arabs, Hebrews, Greeks, Romans, &c, denoting simply a heap of
238
Huh. rrfmnre was called numeri cardinales, by Priscianus, or
which the door swings; so all other numerals hinge, and swing on these- Ot *
see below. c t „rWs of course, should recite all
4 Sedecim, or sexdeam, is immaterial. — 5. Students, or course,
the way up: viginti quinque, viginti sex, &c, through all the decades.
6. Practically all the world, from the Roman times up to**^ seems * .£
been dazed with the form orffcfato. dragging in same into modern anguag s as o
genarian," in English. This all is absurd. * ^^* ?^J^ ^^^a gL
ta, quincginta, quatuorginta were also right. ^^S^lC^Z so h
but flginta, (just as in Gr. aconta, and econta, the a and e being ™^ ' Lh they hai
Latin) the Romans had to "go out of their way" to bring he a in for which th * n
the v y model in octavus, a, urn, whence they formed octa vagm , and °" «c g t
the form ocUwginta arose, and on this very pattern were the rest (septus sex ^urnqu
uadra- and ■£-> formed, or, simply contracting, oeb+J^ujto oct« ta
7 While centum takes no forms, ducenti, at, a, and the rest, up to mine,
larly declined adjectives, only in plural: -tor™, ™^^ower°n d ; disconnected
8. On Roman stones this letter resembles our design, the lowe _end «
and either a short line is drawn accross its inside, like in a cap. Gr ^theta o
seen there. The |_ looks like an inverted cap J., some times with the edges
ward, resembling an anchor- ... fe
9. In sing, an indeclinable adj.; in pi., it is usually a noun, declined in Hid,
with hundreds'after it, is again used as an adj. For duom^ we an a o say
mttle, and Una millia; so also decern, or dena rmlha centum oicenUna m *
logical faddism wants mille to bespe lied in pi. ^^^^J^G^
must affect archaism, then, for m.lle, too, we should speU metle (a is spe ^
to mean a »»&, and so the English spells it mtle, for m.lle yet the ^Roman ^
fe» or tfpfe wfltorfie, a mile stone, a thousand-step stone, as admitted oy
dists themselves. The same Roman marbles show also the pi. as ™' W ' a .
10. instead of many Ms, a numeral, divided by a vert ical me, as * *■ 'Ji^
in denoting thousands. Some times this first numeral is put w. h.n a square as . ^
sands are also expressed by the ordinary numerals, with a ^ ov*r l ^ it
T ,f y- win, M out. M with a line over it means nothmg more then tn
X" leaving M out- M with a hue over it means uui.mis .»«■« »----
a numeral not a mL letter; but if it be followed by another M than ha hue mean.
multiplication, and together they mean a thousand times thousand, = 1,000 000
in the 4th column I present the various combinations and shapes of C L ,
found in post-Roman codices, for ^^-^i^
found in post-Komau muii«, ■"■ — k— •=. ---- . ,-. rpn table
writers that the old fO was originally the Gr. capital Phi, is quite acceptable
rhoTofthe M was derived from the Etruscans, and readily assimilated because
word i Be it as it may, the fact is that all these shapes are nothing more than
239
modifications of the old m, a central vertical line, and the two side curves, dropped from
the left for 500, added one more on the right, to express its multiples, replaced again
for a thousand, added one or two more on both sides for the multiples of a thousand,
&c It does not matter that the shape sometimes is triangular, some other times circular,
or a circle, with a vertical line or a cross in it, it always means the same thing. The L
on the marbles has the shape of an inverted ± occasionally, as is here presented in
50,000.
11. The grammatical agreement ought to be with gentes utuntur. I change it,
in order to include ourselves, as also a gens, Us, f., = a nation; annos, duration of time
usually w. ace, though not always, and absolutely. — Indicus, a, um, Arabicus, a, um,
the first adj. as the nation's name, only in m,, Indus, and *Arabs, is; the 2d, hidius, a,
um, Atabius, a, um. in f., denoting the country; the 3d, -icus, a, um, to denote men
(homo, mulier, &c.) and things, this form is used in connecting, both Indico - Arafo.
12. While these numerals are not properly Gobaric, (see Principia), but the imme-
diate descendants thereof ; philologists for generations have been using this term, instead of
mere "Arabic," because the latter term applies properly to Arabia, while by Gobar they
mean ro specify the numerals as used in N- W. Africa, i. e., Mauritania, whence they are
supposed to have been introduced through Spain. The word itself means dust, dust
writing, of numerals, by which the Mauri would write, say, ilif, or be, or sin (a, b, s)
= 1, 2, 3, . . . and place dots after them, as we now use %eros (see below).
13. -ter, eris, m., Gr., properly a brandmark, the tool used to burn such mark upon
animals; the shapes and figures so burned; later, figures of numerals. -ho* xi, vectum>
to draw, to pull, bring forward; to tenfold.
14. Mark the principle of qualification: mille is a noun, qualified by two adjectives
after & and one before &•; now adjectives cannot be qualified by anything else than
adverbs, adverbs again by adverbs; hence, quadrag^s, and quater, are numerical advs.
Centena (-[, x, a) is another adj. of centum (the first being in ducenti, ce, a); but cen-
tum itself could be used.
A. For about two more steps we still stand on Roman ground, as we shall see in
:he sestertii. The principles themselves are Roman throughout, but the application there-
3f is carried beyond known Roman quantities expressed in words or numerals. Boethius v
ibacus, however, shows, that these numerical regions were nor unknown at least to later
Romans (see Boethius' abacus below).
B. As the Roman abacus and Roman notation, although long surviving the national
existence of Rome, has proved themselves inadequate to the exigencies of later ages,
whilst Roman alphabet had triumphed over all, never to be dethroned by any, the saga-
:ity of the East gave us new notation and a new system of it, and this, combined with
he docility of the Latin West, through slow evolution, has created a more elastic system
)f numerals and arithmetical operations- Scholars found that measuring large and prac-
240
tically endless objects by a small measure, like centum, was like measuring land by in-
ches, or scooping out a lake with buckets. Hence, some scholar, at some age (I am not
able to state who, and when), has devised the term millio, nis } f., on the pattern of
unto, binio, but with stretched meaning of multiplying mille by mille, and brought it
into circulation as a large unit, or measure of seven places. It has revolutionized mathe-
matics, and was immediately adopted by all idioms of the Neo-Latins.
C. Since we never expect to re-establish Rome, even with her shortcomings, neither
do we expect to meet Romans in this world, and to blush before them for our barbarism;
and, since we have shown the Roman usage in numerals all the way; the preservation of
Latin demands that it show itself pliable, and applicable to modern usages: I profess to
adopt millio, nis, in Latin, for modern uses, as did the Scholastics, and I thank them
for it with all my heart.
15. .^r., to utter; we can also say effero? extuli, elatum; also prbnuntio, but
this term is more used for uttering an opinion, particularly by a judge, would be less
suitable in this application.
16. The device of this figure in arithmetic was as revolutionary as the digits them,
selves, and by its adoption a full decas was invented. Sanscritists claim that its original
name was, sunya, empty. The rest of the world believes that it is derived from the Ara-
bic safrun, sifrun, sifr, empty; later Greeks made it t^iphra; Fibonacci (1202) called it
lephyra, then, {ephiro, then {enfro, finally zero; then the French changed it into chiffre-
the Dutch into cijfer, the Germans into differ, whence also English cipher (and as a
comical appendage, Germans, living among English, disliking to be called Sdufer, a,
heavy drinker, change it into Cypher) . In colloquial Latin the form {erus is also used,
but in literary Latin the word "nulla'' i. e-, nulla quantitas, is used as a f noun. — Its
first application is said to have been in some Indian grant in 738, and it occurs in the
Nana Ghat numerals, in the Bombay Presidency, in the 3d century, and in several other
systems, partly as a litte circle, partly as an O, with a little a in it, while in the Gobar
system dots, like 7.. = 700, take its place-
Of course the teacher is free to use any numerals as he may think of; so the students
get a good drill by hearing, and writing down such by dictation.
241
Quum argentumiaccipimus auterogamus; quum negtftia agitamus;
quum debita solvere, pecunias in nominibus cogere instituimus, vel
quemcunque siimptum facere paramus, summulas, sive quantities
maiorees minoresve, ad calculos 2 reducere, atque ratiocinari solemus.
Haud secus fit quum negotiator 3 suis adventoribus rationales
exscribit, vel quum debitor creditori obligati6nem, creditor vero debitori
apocham aut quietantia subsignat; at vero praesentem peciiniam
solutor, accepttfre coram denumerat
1. Like in French, as a general term for money; negbtia ago, agito, to carry on
business; pecunia in nominibus, a business term, outstanding claims, i. e., money un-
paid, standing in the account books after the names, of debtors; peciiniam cogere, ( go 3
coegi, coactum), to collect debts; -tuo* ui, tutum, here, to undertake; IV., fr/ sutnd*
psi, ptum, to take, to taking; the image is derived from the fact, that the Romans hav-
ing only coins, no paper money, they had to keep all their money in small, flat baskets
(compare English budget), flscella/fiscina, fiscus, which were kept on shelves, assorted-
people of great wealth, particularly the State, had to have a special chamber for this
purpose; under the empire the fiscus, State treasury, had officials, administering this de-
partment, called pmfectus fisci, all the officials, fiscales. These people had to take down
the baskets, and take coins from the fiscinis, sumere peciiniam, sumptum facere, make
expenditure; par o facere, I get ready to do a thing.
2. II., a pebble, little stone; rationes ad calculos reduco: when the Roman could
not perform an arithmetical operation mentally, off-hand, just as we do, had to resort to
the regular operation. This was the abacus, or a table, some painted white, others black,
on which the fractions of the as, used nearly for all measures, and, at least later on',
grooves, or painted lines were drawn for columns of numerals, and others, horizontally
to the left were places for the various measure units. In the grooves little bone pegs on
the painted ones a handful of pebbles, were placed, which could be moved very rapidly
to the measures and amounts to be indicated by the places and the number of pebbles,
or pegs, with fractions and all, indeed, much quicker and simpler than we can do in
our improved method. Later Latins reduced the rationes ad calculos reducere, to calcu-
We, to pebble, adopted by all languageSo — Ratiocinor, 1 atus sum, to calculate to
reckon, in the business language.
3. -tor, is, m., a business man; -tor, is, m., a customer; -les, ium, f. ( sc . litterse)
a bill; Mo, nis, a note, a written acknowledgment of debt; I-, a receipt; -tia, orum, n .,
pi., a late Latin word, introduced by the necessity of business, a written elease from all
debt, a quitclaim, whence to quiet, Germ, quittung, fr. quieto,*- r „ still a Roman word
whence the Neo-Latin idea of quieting a man by payment, expressed by Latin paco* r .[
to appease, as Ital. pagare, pagament, Fr. payer, payment, whence Engl, to pay, ma ke a
242
Rationes vero putare, 4 sive ratiocinari, secundum certam normam
solemus, qua summas singulas in unum conferimus, easque inter se
addendo in unam summam universam cumulamus; quse autem
summa sic prodit, summasummarum appellator.
Ponamus 5 itaque huius rei sequens exemplum:
Rusticus 6 quidam annonam suam mensuris ac pr^tiis hie
subiectis vendidit:
De iugeribus 7 clxxii, m6dios tritici ivcxxviii, HS in
singulos, pro quibus accepit HS xiiccclxxxiv = $53°.95
payment. — Pec. pmsens, present money; in late Latin p. parata, ready money, cash,
whence Germ, bar, bares Geld; -tor, is, rm, the payer; -tor, is, the recipient, payee.
coram, prep. & adv. governs abl., present, face-to-face; p. numetata, also cash money,
whence, denumero, adnumero, numero, to pay down cash, spot cash.
4. Rationes putare, to make a reckoning, accounting, figuring; 1., a model,
pattern, scheme; -lo, 1 r. , to heap, to pile up; cumulus, i, a heap, pile; the scholastics
call such a pile a columna, ce, a pillar, from its resemblance, adopted by all Neo-
Latin tongues.
5. Pono excemplum, I take for an example-
6. II., fr. rus, ruris, n., a country place, field, us, a, urn, fieldy, of a field; as a
noun, a field man, a land man, land-owner, country-man, often in the sense of
"hayseed,''* rude, ignorant. I., the yearly product of a farm; L, a measure of any kind;
-ium, ii, price, value.
H For the purpose of acquainting the student with this exceedingly important phase
of Roman life, never touched upon in Latin grammars and other text books, I have taken
the opportunity, when dealing with numerals, to introduce a practical example of Roman
money, reckoning, measures, values, farm produce (of the farm itself we shall speak in
Part II), making actual calculations both in Roman and American money values. The
quantities of produce and their prices are partly based on the statements of Roman
authors, as is seen in Exerc Legendi, partly they are direct accounts of Varro, Colu-
mella and Plinius themselves.
7. lugerum, u in sing. II., in pi. Ill-, an acre of land, much smaller then ours; we
shall speak of it later. — Modius, ii, and -urn, i, Gen. pi. -urn, and orum, a dry mea-
sure, = 16 sextarii, = 1 | 6 Gr. medimnus, = one peck; triticum. i, wheat. The Ro-
man iugerum, acre, was 240 feet long, 120 wide, altogether 28,800 ° feet, as compared
with an English acre, 43,500 square feet. Columella tells us, that the Roman farmer had
to sow six modios of wheat in an average good land, or about a bushel and a half; but
243
item* i,x secalis 8 dccc, num. in, in universum ncD = 102.28
item, lx " hordei— ice num. in, ..... m D c= 153.52
De VII iugeribus vineae 9 dcccxi, urnas vini,
ccchs singulis xi, tens ficcc= 257.64
Fceniio centupondia cc, hs nummis xxxvii vEcx> = 316.28
chordictp.^iiHSt6tidem v"dcxxiv= 247*67
Unse libras pondo nccc, nummis in, v7idccxxv= 331.08
Pondo m&lis iiidccc, nummis singulis . . ." mDCCC= 182.34
Sextarios lactis mmcc, tr£ssibus, ~
' VD= 249.40
Caseos librarum mi, hs in, _ x7im= 515.28
Summa Summarum i^xvidccxxxiii = $2887.28
the returns were almost never more then four fold, let us say 24 modii per acre, i. e 6
medimni (or medimna), or as many bushels. At this rate, a field of 172 iuger'a would
bring: 4,128 modii, which I value, by what Columella says about the price of wine being
nigher, at HS (sestertii) 12,384, = $530.95. A thousand sestertii nummi (or, simply
nummi) are equivalent to $42.94. By these data we can understand why all Italy had
to be fed partly by Sicily, partly by Africa (which term means only our modern Algiria
or thereabouts), Cyrenaica and Egypt, (^gyptus). Particularly Byzatium, the southern
portion of Zeugitana, (now Tunisia), was celebrated by its immense fertility, each grain
of wheat returning more than one hundred grains.
8. Secale, is, n., (all nouns in e are n.), rye. — Hordeum, i, barley.
9. finea, x, a vinyard; urna^ describes its making by the Slav barbarians, giving no
names for churn and churning; I give this interesting description as a reading matter in
Exerc.. Legendi.
11. -to, 1 r. , sub + puto, to reckon up, to make a computation.
12. Adv. firstly; deincps, cipis or, cipitis, as an adj. of one ending, the next follow-
ing; as an adv. has no endings, = dein, deinde, thereafter, then, and so forth; from
right to left; -us, a, um, fr. nov us, a, um y new, late, last, only in superlative, the last,
the nearest to us; -do, 3 diti, ditum, to put, or place, lay under, ditus, a, um, a subject,
or underling; -go? legi, ledum, to pick, to gather, collectio, nis, a picking, a gleaning;
collegium, ii, a gathering, an association, a club, a union, such as augurum, pontificum,
also of laborers; collegium magistrorum, a college; here it means the process of adding,
units into a bunch.
13. Since, as, as one which; -us, i, a heap; also artrous, i; -go, inis, m., a rim,
edge, border; -to, 1 r., to mark; mihi 'excidit memoria, dropped out (to me) from memo-
ry, I have forgotten, = lest we forget.
245
pr6ximo, qui denariorum est, adnumer&bimus. Ne tamen nobis interea
excidat, in margine connotabimus. Turn sic procedemus:
Quinque et duo sunt septem; et quatuor, undecim; et tria, quatu6r-
decim; et octo, viginti duo; et sex, viginti octo; et duo, triginta; et sex,
triginta sex; et quinque, quadraginta unum; et duo, quadraginta tria; et
novem, quinquaginta duo, Haec duo sub denariis describemus, nota-
bimus quinque, idquecumulo addimus pr6ximo, quo facto, pergemus: 14
Quinque et quinque efffciunt decern; et novem, novemdecim; et
duo, viginti unum; et unum, viginti duo; et septem, viginti novem; et
sex, triginta quinque; et septem, quadraginta duo; et tria, qua-
draginta quinque; et duo, quadraginta septem. Posito nunc puncto ad
laevum, post denarium, septem sub ciimulo proximo, cis 15 oiinctum,
subscribemus, atque quatuor connotatum ciimulo sequenti connume-
ramus.
Quatuor et unum sunt quinque; et quatuor, sunt novem; et octo
septemdecim; et tria, viginti; et quatuor, viginti quatuor; et unum, vi-
ginti quinque; et quinque, triginta; et quinque, triginta quinque; et tria,
triginta octo. Supersunt 16 tria; haec transducemus in cumulum sequen-
tern:
Tria et quinque sunt octo; & duo, sunt decern; et unum, undecim,
et tria, quatuordecim; et duo, sedecim; et tria, novemdecim; et duo, vi-
ginti unum; et unum, viginti duo, et unum, viginti tria; & quinque, sunt
viginti octo. — Quum nullus alius cumulus supersit, cui hie numerus
resicluus 17 addatur, cum altero describimus; atque cum ceteris duobus
niimeris, cis punctum, efficiet summam binum millium octingentorum
octuaginta septem centussium, atque viginti octo libellarum j qui ses-
14. -go, 1 rrexi, rectum, to go on, to proceed.
15. Prep, with an Ace, on this side.
16. -sum, esse, fui, to remain over; -co* duxi, ctum, to guide, lead, transfer over.
17. -us, a, urn, f r . re + sedeo, to sit back, down; resido, 3 sedi, — , to sit down, to
settle down men or things, to settle, sink to the bottom, what is left over, as sediment;
the medieval formation, residentia, a, the seat, home of an important person, whence
''residence" in modern idi' ms, is barbarous. — Binum for -norum, (bini, ae, a, = 2)
is frequent. With the sestertii the Romans have most frequently used an other class of
numerals, which we shall treat in our next pensum; excequo, 1 r., equals-
246
tertios niimmos sexaginta sex millium septingentorum triginta trium,
summam proventus annonae rustici venditae, exsquat.
At vero haec pecunia non est merum"> lucrum & emolumentum
agricolae. Nam ex eo reditu 19 alenda ac sustentanda familia est,
domus sarta tecta servanda, vestitui, valetiidini, securitati caven-
dum ac providendum; vcctigalia pendenda, stipendia, & manupretia
solvenda danma reparanda ac sarcienda, & commoda vitae, quae nee
pnedium gignit, nee manus familiaeproducunt, in tabernis mercatomm
sunt praestinanda, ac praesenti pecunia comparanda. Haec omnia lm-
pensa^ sunt ac sumptus; qui, quoniam e reditu erogantur, e summa
redituum subtrahenda erunt. Ista vero subtracts in hunc fere tit
modum:
Reditus, 2887.28
Sumptus, 1928.63
18. -us, a, urn, mere, pure, unmixed; -urn, i, profit, gain; -urn, i, gain, a fruitfull
result coming to one from effort; 1 , m-, a land-cultivator, a farmer-
19. IV., returns, income; -to, 1 r-. to support, maintain; I., the household, the real
meaning of this word is from famulus, i, a servant, znd famulor,^ atus sum, to be a
servant, all in a household, excepting the head, the father, or pater famtltas (as an oW
Genit.) including wife and children with the servants, not he, his wife and children, so
tUt familia by itself often means the servants; alone; sartum tectum, repaired roof, s t-
servare, to keep things in good repair; IV., clothing; hygiene, a good condition of health,
Jos. talis, freedom from dangers, safety; atvtre seem itati ab tncendto, agrandwc,
would also comprise what is understood, but not expressed, by the barbarous words in-
surance," "assurance," "assecurazione," unknown to Romans; perhaps cautela ao tn
cendio, de gremdine, (hail), might better express the idea; but cauUla de morte (rather
than de vita), and, with the verb: cavere de morte, to insure one's life, cavere de incen.
dio, degrandine, to insure against fire, hailstorm, would suitably express those ideas,
certainly better than the terms now employed. - Pendo, solvo vegtigal, (-is, n.) I pay
taxes; -urn, ii, money paid to a hired man; -urn, it, wages; -urn, t, damage; -to, 1..
to make good; -cio* rsi, rtum, to make amend, amendment, reparation; commoda vim,
necessaries of life; gigno* gtnui, Hum, to beget, to produce; -co? *i, ctum, to bring
forth; -no} r-, to purchase; -ro, 1 v., to aquire, to get; all gerundiva, n. pi. Norn.- while
cavere and provide! e, to look out for, put their objects into Dat. - 19. Impensa, arum,
usually pi., fr. in + pendo, 1 weigh into, i. e., 1 weigh out metal money into a thing,
while expensa, ce, a word of the IVth century, means, 1 weigh out money from my
247
£sto, 20 itaque, hocce exemplum subtracti6nis! Posita in medio
summa maiori, quae diminuenda 21 est, minorem, subtrahendam,
illi, paribus numeris, subscribimus. Turn, ab unitate profecti, 22 sic ex-
ordimur: Tria ex octo (ablata) 23 linquent quinque; hoc quinque infra
Ifneam sub niimeris infer6ribus ductam subscribimus,etopus prosequi-
mur: sex e duobus, utpote e minori, subtrahi nequeunt; quapropter a
membro proximo mutuabimur decern, quae mente addimus duobus,
ut sint du6decim; quo facto, pergimus: sex e duodecim linquent sex;
hoc subscribimus; nunc 10 "puncutm denarium" vulgo dictum, interponi-
mus, ad libellas a centussibus secernendas; et sic prosequimur: octo e
sex (ademptis enim illi, decern unitatibus, sex nonnisi sunt relicta) tolli
nequeunt; proinde, ita ut supra, oportebit dena proximo membro in
mutuum detrahi, turn dicemus; octo e sexdecim linquet octo, hoc
describimus; duo e septem reddet quinque; novem ex octo detrahi
perinde nequeunt, iterum ad proximum membrum mutuum petitum
recurremus, quo impetrato, instamus: novem ex octodecim reddet no-
vem; unum uni subductum nihil reddet, nee subnotabimus quidquam,
treasury; subtraho* xi, dum, to draw down, pull down, to discount, deduct subtract;
-dio, nis, f., the drawing down, off, taking off, deducting, subtraction; in or ad hunc
modum, in this manner, fere, about.
20- Imperat. Asp. of sum, be there! hicce, hxece, hocce, this here. The process of
our arithmetical operations were unknown to the Romans, as stated in the addition; all
of them grew out, through a slow process of centuries, mainly in Italy, as the chief busi-
ness center of the world.
21. Diminuo* ui, nutum, with the philologists ^minuo, to lessen, . to diminish;
paribus, n., in pairs, number w. number. — 22. P. p. of profitiscor, to start; -or, 4 or
sus sum, to begin. — 23. tAufero? abstuli, ablatum, like tollo, 3 sustuli, subldtum, take
away; linquo, 3 liqui, — ; to relinquish, to leave, to leave over, -urn, hi, a limb, a mem-
ber; numerals, as such, can be called hoc quinque, sing, n., and can take the verb in
sing., just as in modern languages: five or five is, ore, armak^s, but of course, also in pi.;
secerno* secrevi, secretum, to look apart, to separate; adimo* emi, ptum, indir. object
Dat , idimo, alicui aliquid, I take away something (to) somebody; nonnisi, only; te-
linquo, 3 liqui, lidum, to leave over; oportet detrahi, without a subject i- e., oportet nos
ut detrahamus, we must take off ten, dena; reddo, 3 reddidi, redditum, to give back, to
leave; perinde, adv., in like manner; recurro? recurri, recucurri, recur sum, to run back,
to resort to . .; -tro, 1 r., to obtain what we ask; insto, 1 institi, instatum, to keep up, to
press on, to insist; subnoto, 1 r., to sign, to write under.
248
Purus 2 * itaque agricote proventus, quern sibi lucro reputare liceat,
Centusses erunt octingenti quinquaginta octo, atque sexaginta quinque
libellae.
Recensio Qui numerus significat, unitatem minimam integram?—
Quid est duplicitas,tiinitas?-Quibus nominibus insigniuntur nurner
i 2 s 4 5 6 oer se? — Quid vocatur decuna, quid centuna? —Qui
sunt decurionesf centuriones, chiliarchi? - Quid est pluralitas? multitu-
do? — Cur existimar.t docti seriem numerorum infinitum esse?—
Recita numeros ad decern usque!- Ad viginti!- Scribe numens
Romanis duodetriginta!- Scribe sis undequadragintal-Nota Romano
modo centum sepLginta quatuor!- Redde notis Roman's mil e non-
gTnta duodecim.- Exscribe numeris Romanis bis mille qu.ngenta qum-
quaginta!- Exprime hos Gobaricos numeros 1296 Romanis!- Effer
Sne hos numerosTTJl D LXXX1II Romanos verbis, et exscnbe Goba-
rSsl- Scribe Romano modo quinque millia!- Scribe Romano more
deCe Qu^!us modis scribitur mille?- DuomiUia?- Quinque millia?-
Dec-m millia?- Quinquaginta millia?- Centum milia?- Ducenta
milUa?- Quingenta milHa?- Mille millia?- Decies, vices, qu.nquag.es,
centies, miilium millia? .„ „„o.
Efferto verbis: 2, 22, 222, 2,222; 22,222; 222,222. 3,333,333,
16,745,800; 1,234,016; 1,000,100 ^tnmil
Exscribe Gobaricis: vicies et semel centena et septuagmta octom |
lia, nongenta undecim. Tricies et septies centena & sexaginta tna millia
ducenta octuaginta unum. trecen-
ExscribeGobarice, turn adde hos numeros: cent » m f^ um ' { ^
ta quadraginta septem; mille quadringenta quatuordec.m, quingente
sexa'ginta duo; duo' millia decern: quinque mill* i oc mgenta octua^n .
undeviginti millia duodeviginti; procede et elaboral vide sine errore,
Detrahe illi summs quindecim millia septingenta septemdecim!
24 . .«,, a, urn, dean, clear, pure; IV., proceeds, returns; lucro reputare licet Dtt-
that he may count as a clear revenue.
VOCABVLARIV-M 23
249
NNA SUBST
initium, ii
unitas, tatis, f.
qualitas, tatis, f.
duplicitas, tatis, f.
trinitas, tatis, f.
multiplicitas, tatis, f.
unio, nis, f.
binio. nis, f .
ternio, nis, f,
quaternio, nis, f.
quinio, nis, f.
senio, nis, f.
decuria, as
decas, adis, f.
centuria, as
chilias, adis, 1
monachus, i
decanus, i
decurio, nis, m.
centurio, nis, m.
dux, cis, m. f.
chiliarchus, i
pluralitas, tatis, f.
multitude dinis, f.
i ncrementum. i
limes, itis, m.
series, el, f.
arg-e'ntum, i
sumptus, tis, m.
calculus, i
neg-otialor. is, m.
adve"ntor, is, m.
rationales, ium, f.
obligalio, nis, f.
a"pocha, as
quiet^ntia, orum, n.
soltitor, is, m
acceptor, is, m.
rusticus,
anndna, as
mensura, as
premium, ii
iilgrerum, i
mddius, ii
triticum, 1
secale, is, n.
hordeum, i
sestertius, Li
vinea, as
urna, a;
vinum, i
foenum, i
centupondium, ii
lana, as
pondo, n., Indecl.
mel, mellis, n.
sextarius, ii
lac, tis, n.
tressis, is, n.
caseus, ei,
dextrum. i
lasvum, i
nulla, as
cumulus, i
marg-o, inis, m.
lucrum, i
emolumentum, i
re"ditus, us, m.
familia, as
vestitus, us, m.
valetudo, inis, f.
securitas, tatis, f.
vectig-al, is, n.
stipendium, ii
damnum, i
impensa, as
subtractio, nis, f,
membrum, i
eens, tis, f.
species, ei, f.
character, £ris, m.
proprietas, tatis, f.
grradus, us, m.
PROPOSITIONS*
citra
cis
coram
triplus, a, urn
clarus, a, um
capax, cis
Indicus, a, um
VERBA.
significo, 1 r.
proficiscon 3 , fectus sum
impero, 1 r.
concipio, 3 cepi, ptum
duplico, 1 r.
multiplico 1 , r.
patior, 3 passussum
definio. 4 ii, vL turn
supersedeo, 2 sedi, ssum
evolvo, 3 vi, utum
explico, 1 !*.
iudico, 1 r.
texo, 3 ui, turn
commendo 1 , r.
proveho, 3 xi,ctum
decuplico 1 , r.
agito, 1 r.
cogo, 3 coegi, actum
instituo, 3 ui, tutum
ratiocinor, 1 atus sum
NNA. ADI,
Gobaricus, a, um
chord us, a. um
novissimus, a, um
residuus, a, um
subsigno, 1 r.
denumero, 1 r.
puto, 1 r.
cumulo, 1 r.
prodeo 4 , ivi, ii, itum
subiicio, 3 ieci, iectum.
supputo, 1 r.
subdo, 3 didi, ditum
prastereo, 4 ivi, ii, itum
adnumero, 1 r-
excido, 3 cidi. —
connoto, 1 r.
procedo, 3 cessi, cessum
pergo, 3 rrexi, ctum
supersum, esse, fui.
exaequo, 1 r.
sustento, 1 r.
provideo. 2 di, sum
pendo, 3 p£pendi, sum
reparo, 1 !-.
sarcio, 4 si, rtum
merus, a, um
purus, a, um
gigno, 3 genui, itum
compare 1 r.
subraho, 3 xi, ctum
diminuo, 3 ui, utum
exordior, 4 itus sum
aufero, 3 abstuli, latum
linquo, 3 liqui, —
secerno, 3 crevi, cretum
adimo, 3 emi. ptum
relinquo, 3 liqui, ctum
detriho, 3 xi, ctum
recurro, 3 curri —
impetro, 1 r.
insto, 1 stiti, titim
subduco, 3 xi, ctum
reputo, 1 r.—
ADVERB IA.
carptim
deinceps
utpote
perinde
250
III.
PVERI plenlmque egentes 1 sunt, quoniam raro tantam, quanta
animo satis sit, pecuniam habent, quum tamen nunquam non
am^lici sint. Pneterea delet'tat 2 etiameos argentum effundere atque
prodi'gere, quantumvis parentes eos frugalitatem, parsimoniamque
doceant. Quis* puer, autquaj puella, dbsecro, est, qus tabernam cupe-
diiiiiriani, vel mensam pomfiriam, aequo animo prastenre possit? Quis
puerdrum* es t, quin lactantibus e taberna belliiriis, quis non fra-
grantia" pomorum obtutuque delectabilium appetentia, et.am rem-
tens, capiatur? Quis, quaeso, tantis, talibusque blandimentis* effi-
caci nisu obluctetur? Non est exspectandum.
\ Pres p of lgeo?ui, to be wanting, needy; tantus - quantus, so much, sc .great
- as much, as'great; animo satis, enough for one's heart, mind; -us, a, urn. fr. fames,
U f hunger hunery; fiunquam non = semper.
VS'S, fmpefs., I me, it amuses me; -go? de g i, actum, to squander; -tusvts,
.terns', -tumvis, ever so much; -tas, Mis, f, fr., -galis, e, fr- frux, gis f., the produce
of the earth, one living on fruges, the habit of living on the produce of one s farm, mod-
erate, temperate, economical, frugal, frugality; two accus. alqm, alqd doceo.
3 By grammar we should use qui, because quis has the nature of a noun; but
usage has it this way; pray; -us, a, urn, fr. cupedia, drum, „., delicaaes of food conf -
tTons confectionery; -*, a, urn, of fruit, a fruit stand; cequus, a, urn equable, not ner-
vous and excitable, abb, with equable mind; -» « m, ttum to .pass by.
4 in pi. the word usually means "children/' I. e., of both sexes, laOo >, frequ.
of lido? to lure, to entice; -laria.orum, n., sweet meats; I, sweet scent ragrancy,
^^£KJm Pleasant, sweet mannered, ■*,,*««,«■.. to natter,
cajole fawn; things ag eeable, pleasant, winning, luring, blandishments; -cox as, effe ■
e succelful, efficacious; IV., an effort, an act of leaning against a thmg to mov b
rmtor, as above; connitor, as we said of the horses, m Pensum Sextum, -tor,
smw, to resist with a struggle; not to be awaited, expected.
251
Puerulo cuidam misello, in tali tantoque discrimine 6 quondam
versanti, pro magnitudine urgentis famis, proque copia fructuum
allectantium, nimis quam macra, quamque flaccida, pro scelusl erat
crumena^Marsupium 7 adeo ipsum, quod nummis decebat turnere,
exenteration, ac prope inane iacebat, quippe in quo vix una alterave
libella, rari quinarii, oauciores denarii, & vix ullus quadrans, tinnie-
bant.
"Eheu, 8 me miserum, "suspirat puer," quam liigeo, me adeo
egenum esse! Quum minimum, 9 unam tesseram quincentussium, si
non decentussium, hie in crumena conditam me habere deceret, quum
alii nummos aureos modio metiantur, pasne lacrymae mihi oboriuntur.
Pro Deum 10 hominumque fideml quam quorsum me vertam ambigo
Pro certo enim scio, opes meas, exiles ut 11 sint, profiindere, etiam iussu
6. -en, inis, n., a difference, diversity, adversity, difficulty, danger, risk; on some
occassion; -sor* atus sum, to find one's self, to be in; in proportion to; -geo, 2 ur si, to
coax on, to harass, to harry; I., plenty, abundance; ad + lacto {A)\ -cer,ra, crum
lean; nimis quam, mitum q. quantum, an idiom, "it is terrible how;'' -idus, a, um,
drooping, languid, as when a stiff thing gets soaked; an exclamation "for the crime of
it!" I , a pocketbook.
7. -turn, ii, a purse, a pouch, for coins; even; -cet, 1 uit, impers., it be-
hooves; ~meo* ui, to be swelling; -ro, 1 r., to disembowel; -nnio,* r ., to ring, the sound-
ing of bells, metals.
8. An exclam., alas! ro} r., to sigh; -geo* xi, ctum, to mourn; -us, a, urn, a later
adj for egens.
9. At the least; do* didi, ditum, f r . con + do, to put away, to be concealed,
hidden; nummos modio metiri, = to measure coins by the bushel; -Hor* sus sum, to
measure; I., a tear; -or, 4 ortus sum, to start to flow.
10. A very frequent exclamation, "By the justness, truthfulness, of the Gods and
men!" Deum, for De6rum; fides, ei, f., accent on f/-, Gen. e short an exception of
the V. deck, though poets say: fidei, this should not be done in speech; quotsum, fr-
quo + versum, in which direction, different from quo, whither?, and qua, which way?
— Ambigo*—, — , I am undecided.
11. Ut sint exiles, scanty though they be; opes, urn, f. wealth, possessions; -do*
dhfitsum, to pour fourth, eff... to pour out, to throw away, to waste; IV-, m., not used
but in Abl., as here, by the bidding, by the order; Abl. abs. (with) the stomach (being)
the judge, -us, i, the stomach; -dex, icis, m ., a judge; -urn, i, an apple, it differs from
malum, i, the evil, bad, by the quantity of a, long, in the latter, short; -dium, ii, the
measuring asunder, disbursing money, expenditure, Abl.; to fill out; to satisfy.
252
parentum, me non debere. At vero, aeque certo constat, stomacho
iudice, me fame urged; eamque posse uno alterove malo, vol quolibet
alio fructu, dispendio paucorum nummum expleri ac satiari. Quidnam,
Hercle, faciam?
Pendens, 12 itaque, animi, puer cornu vici circumambulat, iterum
iterumque consistit, reputat tenues opes, interea ad illecebras, inops
consilii identidem respectat: utrum satius sit nummos comparcare, ut
iiissus erat, an vero guise indulgere. Yincit 13 denique cupido, cedit ac
victa iacetparsimonia, atquepuer, gula incitatus et accensus redambulat,
ante mensam pomariam se sistit, et fructibus omnis intentus, oculos
inter acervos pomorum quaquaversum inhians, avidus circumferebat.
Simul ac pomarius adventorem suum conspicit, propius accedit,
et comiter 14 eum consalutat atque,
n Heus, mi puer, n inquit, "quidquamne est quod velis?"
"Sane,quidem, virbone;multa prorsus sunt quae vellem, nontamen
satis scio quae velim."
"Ego, certe, satis habeo quod vendam, modo tu satis argenti
habeas, quo emas," respondet ill! pomarius.
12. Pendeofpependi,— , is the n. f or intrans. form of pindo* pependi, pensum,
to hang up, to put on scale, to weigh, to pay out; to be hanging, P. animi Genii, to
be of drooping mind, sad, despondent; -nu, us, n., a horn; similar protruding things, a
house- or street-corner; II., a row of houses, a street, a village; *sto* stiti, turn, to stop;
thin, scanty; I., a luring, tempting thing; inops, inopis, meansless, i. consilii to be at a
loss 'to know what to do; adv., again and again; -to, 1 r., frequ. to look back, hence re~
spectable, one worth to be looked back upon when passing us; -co} r., to save up; J
prop, the throat, gulosus, a, urn, one "throaty," glutton, living for his gullet; -geo* st,
urn, to overlook, to countenance, to ignore, to permit, not to check, or protest, w. indirJ
obj- in Dat.
13. -co? vici, ctum, to defeat, to overpower; do, inis, f., a craving for something,
an appetite for, a longing; and personified, the little son of Goddess Venus, w. a bow and
arrows, setting the hearts aflame; -do t s cessi ssum, to yield, to go, to give up; to, 1 r-,
to stir, 'to spur on; re c/-ambulo, I walk back; sisto* stiti, stiturn, trans, and n. I stop
someone, or myself; IV., m, fruit; -do* di, turn, sum, to stretch, to wind up, to draw
tight to be alert, or worked up mind, omnis intentus, all worked up, w. mind keenly
set; II., a pile; in all directions; -hio, 1 r., to be agap, gaping; -us, a, urn, eager, ra-
venous.
14. Adv. affably.
253
"At ego non omne peciilium tuum merctfri^ volo, sed exiguam
partem, nee argento ad id eareo."
^"Age, itaque, s^lige^ quidquid tibi collubeat. Dispice totam con-
g^riem; vide, sis, quam praclar^istesintanaiiassaB, hi dactyli fiei-
que saccharo conditi; ecce eocossae, mala aurantium fulva & flava
citrea; niices iuglandes & ayelianae; turn contuere recentia mala
rubiciinda, viridia, acidula atque diilcia; sapidissima pira & persica,
armenica tarn suaviter fragrantia; turn, ceine, velim, uyas tenerrimas!
fraga selectissima, aut vero, si has delitiae minus placent, specta sis
arienas tarn flavas, quam rutilas."
15. -cor, 1 atus sum, to buy; -reo*, ui, itum, to lack.
16. -go,* ligi, ledum, to pick out, and lay aside; libet, lubet (u as in German), it
pleases! — £>*spicio, 3 spexi, ctum, to look about, around; -is, Si, f., con + gero, a
mass, a collection, a heap; I., a. sativa, the botanical name of what is called a "pine
apple;" II., what is called a "date/' the same word meaning also the Latin "datum-" II
the fruit and the tree of the -'fig," f., -urn, i, sugar; -dio* r ., to season; I., nux cocossa "
also, simply cocus, Hispanicized, coco (called cocoa, in English, by mixing it up with
Portug. cacao, or chocolate beans, faba cacaoticce) \ m. aurantium, botanically Citrus
Aurantium, the Latin is but an adaptation of the Arabic narandsh, the n being assimi-
lated to Ital. and French una, un ( n ) orandsh, and thus, it resembling Lat aurans
aurantium (-siom, of the Fr.), aurantium came into use as Gen- pi., all the more since
the golden yellow (fulvus, a, urn) color fitted the term admirably well. While we do not
change the Gen. as a rule, there is no reason why aurans, by itself could not be used at
least as well as in modern tongues orange, and German pomeran^e, in which the "pom"
stands ioxpomum (anyof the larger fruits, in Fr. also for potato, pomme de terre, pomum
terra), particularly an apple. — Flavus, a, urn, yellow; citreum, ei, the fruit of citrus i
f., the lemon tree; nux, cis, f., a nut; -ans, dis, f. a walnut tree, and a walnut also 'by
itself; I., nux understood, a hazlenut, a filbert; -eor* Urn sum, to look at something-
's, a, urn, reddish, red; -is, e, green ; -us, a, urn, gently sower; -is, e, sweet; -us
a, urn, of good taste; -urn, i, a pear; -urn, i, a peach (fr. Fr. pecker, an d Germ. Persisclu
pfirsiche, pfirsich), f r . Lat. Persicus, a, urn, from Persia, the tree usually, of most fruits
-us, i, f., the fruit, -urn, i, n . — Armenicum, i, {-us, i, f., the tree) the fruit apricot,
(fr. L. apnean, to be basking in the sunshine); -vis, e, sweet, pleasant, adv.; -gro 1 r .
toemitfragrancy; I., a grape; -ga, drum, pi. n ., strawberries; -tice, arum, p i. f. f r '
dehno* levi, litum, to sooth; I., a banana, a Roman word; -lus, a, urn, 'red-
dish, red.
254
"Quanti 17 constant isthaec mala?"
"Pr&ia malorum plerumque magnitvidine" ac specie metimur;
minuscula dupondio stant, maiuscula altero tanto."
"Quanti uvae?" , ., ,., ... :< -
"Uvas ad pondus"* vendimus: nigras quidem paullo minows,
17 . Quanti constat? is the regular way of asking, how much a thing costs. Constat
E^^^^^g^^J^^XZi in the same
End. costs, is shortened from the Oerm. aiso >w, >
Z. Quantus, a, urn, whenever it has any reference to value, is a was used I m Gen. ^n
,- u w«c minus ,rf nut into Gen., pluiis, minons constare, stare, adjs. ma
Z m £ZfZlZ7nif^ make much of it, 1 value highly. Quanti vstirna*
wmn U ch ryon b tnkitisworth ? how highly ^^rtT^l
scholastics, too, have used them, they « good enougt , fon me. ^ _ ^
i sslNIr^^otpract^R man small coJand values, regardless whether
i££ £ o a rt° f no P t in season, or whether they ^£££££2.
have made up this .11. Section, combining a >* ^^^V prece di„g two
information, easy reading, as a relaxation after the ^^with sLtth^g the prepo-
<,. rtions _ Metior aliquid aliqua re, 1 measure something with something, v v
Sn in L. is left out; an Abl. of this kind is called the Abl. of Instrument. - Altera
tanto, "by another that much," as much more, i. e. 4 asses , expression be-
19 lid pondus vendimus, we sell by the weight; we have us e this exp ess
fore: ad ca.iam pingere, or scribere;" Pondus ensn weigh whe _/^ « -
Sec lb, whence Germ. 0ta* Engl. ^\t h nder to £ d n hUJ m check, to
m ., 20 asses; ■**,■ *, ««*». (P™ + habeo), to hmd er to ho dm ha , ^ ,.
forbid; qudmims (quo + nunus), one word, wh en J con J unctl ° /roHI , n0 .
when separated, it changes meaning, and bears ^.^f^Z^ldh. it means,
thing hinders us from, or that not, when ^ ™^^Tn, bunch, a cluster
hy which less: as a conj , it always governs the ve.b in Com. .
of grapes; quinquessis, is, m., quinque asses; Abl. s. i. e., at the rate at.
255
aibas pluris, scilicet vicessibus; nihil tamen prohibet, quominus et
raceiiium quinquesse, emas/'
"Uvas tuas nimis caras 20 esse puto: quasi acinos singulos sem~
bellis vendites."
"Pretia, mi puer, magnarii 21 statuunt, nos minutularii, obsequimur."
"Si caetera eadem proportione 22 vendas, singulas avellanse quin-
cunce, deunce iuglandes apud te venibunt."
"Non vendo singulas, sed heminis, 23 dupondio."
"Quemadmodum baccas?" 24
"Neutiquam; 25 rubos, mora, ribes ? casterasque, suis quasque
temporibus, quasillis, sextarios complectentibus, deciissibus ven-
ditamus."
"Nisi aequo pluris constent, malum aurantium emere mallem/' 26
20. -«s, a, urn, fr. c&reo? ui t to lack, dear, expensive; different from chorus % a, um 1
dear, agreeable, pleasant, which is the Gr, chan\omai, fr. charts, favor, grace, whence
L chdritas, tatis, f., love, Fr. charite, cher, and Eng. chanty, cheer; which all, of course,
philologists will not admit, and make both of them cams, a, nm; we keep to tradition.
— Acinus, i, single berries of the grape; I., semi libella; to, 1 \\, frequ. of
vendo, often w- the additional imputation of hawking, peddling, but not neces-
sarily.
21. -ws, H, a wholesaler; -us, ii, a retailer; -quor? cuius sum, to follow suit.
22. -to, nis, ratio, proportion; deunx, cis, m., and quincunx, cis, m., the as was
divided into twelve uncice, five of them were quincunx, which word was also used in land
measure, planting trees, &c; if we take off one uncia from an as, the remaining ll|l2ths
are called deunx. — Veneo? ii, ivi, itum, fr. venus, lis, a sale, selling, + eo? ivi, Hum,
= venum eo, to be offered for sale, "it sells."
23. I., a measure for liquids and grains, 'A of a sextarius, which is yUh of a mo-
dius, therefore, about half a pint.
24. I., a berry,
25. Adv. not so, not quite; II., blackberry, and bush; -urn, i, (tree, or bush -us, i,
f.) mulberry, here m. Idceum, raspberry is meant; ribes rubrum, also album, is the cur-
rant (and this is Corinthiacum) ; r. grossularium (the Linnsean botanical names) is the
goosberry; us, and -urn i, dimin. of qualum, i, -us, i, a basket, a fruit-hamper, a wicker
basket, market-basket; -us, ii, about a pint, two heminae; -tor* xus sum, to embrace,
to contain; -is, is, m., decern asses.
26. One of the three verbs: volo, velle, volui, I do will; nolo, nolle, nolui, I do not
ml; malo, malle, malui (magis volo), I rather will, I refer, Imperf. Coni.
256
"Pdteris c6mmode,^ vili enim stant, nempe tressibus minus-
cula, ilia maiuscula quinquessibus, duodena vero selecta semicentussi.
"Quanti sestimas persica?" ,
"Persica, dum perddrant" semper in pretio sunt; sed quum faci e
fracdscant, vili6ri etiam pretio subinde venduntur. Alioquin » staDili
pretio, bicessibus, selectiora tricessibus mna, commun.a hbella, dupon-
dio, sesquitertio, sesquiquarto etiam singula offerings. Corbibus quo-
que veneunt centussi cum dodrante, et bicentussi."
"At tu mihi ceteris propolis, 30 carioris venditare videns.
27. Adv., comfortably, easily, at pleasure; adv., cheaply, fr. vilis e, cheap, or
cheap kind; tressis, is, tres asses; duodeni, ce, a, twelve; as many as twelve, whence Fr.
douraine, thence Eng. do^en.
28 -ro » r , fr. duro} r., to last, while they last, as Ions as they last, fr. durus a
urn, h.rd, for, when fruit begins to become soft, it rots; in pretio est, ,s valued, .t
commands a good price; -sco? -, -, to become spoiled, to rot.
29 Adv. , otherwise, else; -is, e, regular, standing, stable; -is, «. m. 20c; -is, is,
m 30 ; -ni, *. a, as many as six, six; -*. a, urn, 2«, i. e two asses and one hah o
The 'fti d, which is one sestertius, which is but the contracted form for ,t; £ three -«
and one quarter of the fourth; this form can be continued r, sesqu qumtus, , urn s^
stx tus, a, urn, &c, the number sex, septem, octo, &c mean he fraction to be added to
the integral expressed by sesqui, so that sesqui quintus will be 4|, sesqu, sextus, 5*. &c
Corbis, is, m . & f- a basket; -is, is, m-, 200c, = $2.00.
30. 1. m. a small retail merchant, a peddler.
31 Minim gentium, not in the least, Miriam gentium, ubinam terrarum, are th
original's of exclamations, like, "Where on earth?" "Where in the wor d? - Nonn*
prlterit, it does not pass me, = I am well aware; 1, mostly : spelled S^ «ra a kmd of
'East Side " or "Bowery," in Rome, etymology uncertain, likely sub + urbe, abb.eva
ted 'SVC", whence Varro thinks it to be derived "a Sucus.no," but the C was
changed to B (but, of course, the German philologist turns it around, mak.ng Varro say
So^what he really did say). - Semis, issis, m., we have : used. thready as
"half" as "semicirculus," "semicentussis," but ongmally it means . semi as -us it
TL unci" I of an as, a trifle; *, fr. dis, asunder, in all directions to sel about
1 oadcasf "say 1"; infitias ire, fr. infitice, arum, (fr. in + fateor, non fateor d.ffiteor,
Jo,' usedin Ace only, because eo, a verb of motion, toward an en ; winch, ; an
Ace . as is the case with a supinum; 1 shall not deny, gainsay; -«s a » ', wdhe, d
.us a urn, decaying, rank, stinking, whence rancor, ts, m„ foul smell.-.'-, a, urn, small.
,Wn mean; Tus^um, p. p. of vUo? crooked, bent, shrunk, shrivelled (whence Fr.
257
"Minime quidem gentium, 31 Non me prasterit quosdam esse po-
marios, praesertim in subiirra, qui merces suas semisse, vel tenia*
cio, vilioris divenditent; hoc, inquam, infitias non ibo, verum fructus
quoque eorum marcidi, raneidi, y^sci ac vieti sunt; quos si ullo
pretio vendant, me plus lucri faciunt"
"Quisque mercator suas laudat merces."
"Et recte, profecto! An vis ut vitiiperent?" 32
"Ex aequo deberent aestimare. 33 Sed quid multa? Haec nihil ad rem.
Tempus rterea dum hie disputamus, labitur. Fac potius, porrige
mihi unum e flavis malis aurantium. Nam ilia fiilva, seminum exper-
tia, cum umbilicis, utpote spuria, nolo; insuper, da mihi etiam unum
e languidius rubentibus et acidulis malis: ea mihi pr6be sapiunt; dul-
cia non moror. — Sic; factum bene; me satis bene emisse 34 autumo;
debeo autem tibi deciisses, quos, en tene!"
vieux old), hence, vietor (philologized into vitor because in Germ the e does not sound),
is, a '* bender," a binder, a cooper, a frequent Latinized family name with the Germans
for ''Binder."
32. -ro^x.y to blame.
33. Ex xquo xstimare, to value a thing according to its merit; but why should
we say more? in short; these matters are neither here nor there, do not belong to the
thing; they do not alter. to} r., dis + puto, to be of different views, to dissent, to
differ w. somebody; t. labitur, time slips, slides. — -go* rrexi, rectum, to reach out,
over, hither, "rather" hand to me: -men, inis y n., a seed; expers, tis, fr. ex + pars, that
has no share, is not participant, that has no... w. Gen. has no seed, seedless; II., a navel;
4us, a, urn, frequent as Roman family name, as a word not used, excepting by the Ro-
man lawyers, an illegitimate child, false, illegitimate, something bogus, adulterated,
spurious; probe, rightly, properly, much, well; -pio, 3 hi, it, ui\ to taste, taste well, has
a good taste; transferred to moral good taste, to have a good, sober sense, mind, to be
wise, sapiens, entis, one having a good, common sense, a man of good taste; non sapis,
you have no good sense; sapisne? are you at your senses? sapere aude (Hor.) dare know,
dare bt wise! the opposite, insipidus, a, urn, tasteless, of food, and of talk; non moror,
nihil moror, \ have no use for a thing "nihil morot tuam f elicit atem servitute emptam^"
says the hungry and shivering wolf to the well-fed city dog, with the hair worn around
his neck, by wearing a collar, and being tied up during the day: "I have no use for your
happiness, bought at the price of slavery."
34. Bene 'emere, to buy advantageously; male emere, to buy at an unfair, excessive
rate; -mo, 1 r.,f v. aio, to say, so in older usage, in class, and later application, puta
258
Gratias tibi, herule 35 mi, habeo agoque pliirimas. Dedi tibi quae
habui optima, ideoque vili emistiL Casterum, veni et alias saepius, nun-
quam falleris. Multum vale!"
Postero die, quum iam nee 36 mala supererant, et decusses expen-
si, puerum sero guise p jenituit
Kecensio: — Quare sunt pueri pleriimque egentes? — Quid in-
super delectat pueros? — Quid praesertim allectat pueros? — Narra sis
quid quondam puero cuidam contigerit? — Quomodo puer hie con-
queritur? 37 — Quid ambigebat? — Quae praecepta 38 in animo eius
cogito, existimo, arbitror; -beo, 2 ui, itum, in its first meaning, I owe; here they
are ! hold !
35. -us, i, dimin. of herus, a master, little Mr.; gr. habeo et ago, 1 feel thankful,
and I give you thanks; the best I had; hast bought cheaply; come at another time, alias.,
adv., at another time, also otherwise; repeatedly, more frequently, oftener; fallor? falsM
sum, active; fallo* fefelli, ) 'ahum, to deceive, to trick, to cheat; passive: I mistake. 1
delude myself 1 deceive myself, here in Fut. as shown by the accent, in pres. Indie, it is
falleris, accent on a. — Fare well much!
36. Nee — et, contrast is often expressed in this manner; neither have the apples
remained, — and the money, too, was spent, -do? di, sum, as already stated, to wei^h
out, to spend, expend; puerum sero panituit, (it) has repented the boy too late; the boy
regretted too late. We shall see this peculiar construction soon. A few L. words retain
their old spellings w. a, an eyesore to philologists, and they do not know just what to
do about the thing, such as rruznia, fo?mina, f^tus, pom^rium, Pami, &c, so they spite-
fully change them partly to ce, and this is tie most frequent, partly to e, and say .that
the ce is wrong, the other is right The truth is this: the <*, just as it still is in Dutches
equivalent tow, as the originals clearly show, as: poena, pwnio, p^nitet pumt; mania,
mania, munire; pom^rium, post murium, &c; and by the same lack of knowledge-
and judgment they make ob^dio, from obedio, just to be contrary.
37 .ror*questus sum, dep-, also, simply, queror* questus sum, the e is short and
unaccented, in the first, accent on b, to complain, different from quaro* quaxtvt, quo-
tum (in polite language, like Engl, "pray," the form quceso is used, as in our text), to
cpplc \f\ nsk
38. -turn, i, originally the pp. of pmcipio* cepi, ptum, to order, command, bid,
instruct teach, hence the noun, a command, an order, a rule of action, prescribed by
some authority, a rule of grammar, or other learning; he who teaches, lays down rules
i
259
secum pugnabant? — Pendens animi, quid agebat? — Postremo quid
vicit? et quid fit? — Quid pomarius? — Quid puellus volebat? — Quid
siuidet? 39 — Enumera aliquot genera fructuum! — Interroga pretium!
— Uvas acinisne pomarius vendit? — Si venditor nimium postulate
quid dicimus de pretio? — quid si aequum, aut parum? — Baccas qua
mcnsura et quanti solent vendere? — Malane an baccae piiiris vene-
unt? — De persicis quid docetur. — Fructus propolarum in suburra
quales solent esse? — Post multa verba quid emit puer? — Mala au-
rantium fulva quare respuit puer? — Carone an ^quo pretio se emisse
existimavit? — Num etiam p6stero die eadem mens puero fuit? — si
non, quare?
is a preceptor; secum pugnat, a thing in contradiction with itself, things that do not
agree, that cannot be brought into harmony (in our example the parents bid one thing,
[he stomach suggests another).
39. deo* st, sum, to give an advice, to make a recommendation, to suggest, to offer
some solution of a difficulty.
40. -lo} r ., to have a good will for, good feeling, good wish, then: to ask, to put in
a claim, to demand.
41. I , a measure of all kinds, whether of liquids, grain, or dry, land, or distance
)r weight.
42. RSspuo* ui y — f r . re + spuo* spui, sputum, to spit; to spit backward upon
)r toward a thing that we despise, and, therefore, we do not want; figuratively, to de-
fine, to refuse, reject, repell. — Est mihi, = habeo, puero fuit mens, = pue r habuit
nentem, eandem mentem, <( was the boy of the same mind next day?"
260
VOCABULARIUM 24,
frugrilitas, Itis, f.
bellSria, orum, n.
fragrlntia, ae
obtiitus, us, m.
appc'^ntia, ae
bland irruntum i
disc; imcn, ini.->, n.
fames, is f.
scelus, eris, n,
crumena, ae
mars pium, ii
llcryma, «
fides, ei, f.
iussus, us, m.
sttfmachus, i.
iudex, icis, m.
fructus, us m.
milum, i
fam£licus, a, um
cupedinlrius, a, um
pomlrius, a, um
aequus, a um
delectltilis, e
dfi'icax, cis
micer, era, um
fllccidus, a, um
disp£ndium. ii
cornu, us n.
vicus, i
illdcebra, ae
srula, ae
cupido. inis, f.
contraries, ei, f.
ananlssa. ae
daxtylus, i
ficus, i, f.
siccharum, i
cocoss.i. ae
malum, i aurantium
citreum. i
nux, cis, f.
iu^lans, dis, f.
avelUna, ae
pirum. i
eij£nus, a, um
exi.is, e
inops, pis
aVidus, a, um
fulvus, a. um
f la-, us, a, um
slpidus, a, um
rubicun^us, a, um
6geo, 2 ui
delectat. 1 vit
pr6digo, 3 £gi, actum
praetSreo 2 , ivi, itum
lacto/r-
renitor. 3 nisus sum
obluctor, 1 atus sum
urgeo 2 ursi
d£cet, 2 uit
tumeo, 2
ex&itero, 1 r.
tinnio, 4 r.
suspiro, 1 r.
liigeo, 2 xi ctum
condo, 3 didi, turn
m£tior, 4 mensus sum
ADVhRBIA.
c Jmiter
sane
certe
modo
scilicet
quasi
n.utiquam
cdmmode
ob6rior, 4 tus sum
dmbigo, 3
prof undo, 3 fudi, sum
satior, 1 atus sum
pendeo. 2 p£pendi
consisto, 3 stiti, turn
indulgeo. 2 si, turn
vinco, 3 vici, ctum
cedo, 3 cessi sum
inhio, 1 r.
mercor, 1 atus sum
careo. 2 ui, itum
seligo, 3 I6gi, lectum
c611ubet, 2 buit, bitum
est
condio, 4 r.
vili
potius
insuper
sero
nimis quam
quorsum
certo
pro certo
id£ntid«m
NNA. SUBST.
pdrsicum, i
arme'nicum. i
uva, ai
frag-a, o um
delitiae, arum
arie'na, ae
pre'tium, ii
dupondius, ii
pondus, cris, n,
biedssis, is, m.
rac^mui. i.
qui:.auessi , is, m.
acinus, i
sembeTia, ae
mag-nlrius, ii
minutulSiius, ii
propdrtio, nis, f.
deunx, cis, m.
NNA. ADI.
vlridis, e
acidulus, a, um
rutilus, a, um
carus.a.um
vilis, e
stlbilis, e
seni, ae, a
sesquitdrtius, a, um
VERBA
contueor, 2 tuitus
quincunx, cis, m.
hemina, ae
bacca, ae
rubus, i
morum, i
ribes, is
quasillus, i
deciissis, is, m.
trice"ssis, is, m.
corbis, is, m. f.
. piopola, ae, m.
suburra, ae
sems, i sis, m.
teriincius, ii
umbilicus, 1
he"rulus, i
praeceptum, i
mensu-a, ae
marcidus, a, um
rSncidus, a, um
vescus, a, um
virtus, a, um
e"xpers, tis
spurius a, um
p<5sterus, a, um
sum
fragro, 1 r.
specto, 1 r.
consto, 1 stiti. statum
prohibeo, 2 ui, itum
v^ndito, 1 r.
6bsequor, 8 cutus sum
v£neo, 4 ivi, itum
complector, 3 xus sum
aestimo, 1 r.
perdu ro, 1 r.
fracesco. 3
praeterit, 4 vit, turn est
laudo, 1 r-
vitupero, 1 r.
quaquavdrsum
simul sc
recte,
profecto
probe
llias
postre"mo
EXCLAMAT10NES
pr6 scelus
disputo. 1 r.
porrigo, 3 rexi.etum
rubeo, 2
sapio, 3 ivi, ii, ui
moror, 1 atus sum
autumo, 1 r.
fallor, 3 falsus sum
exp£ndo, 3 di, sum
poenitet, 2 uit
co aquerdr, 3 questus
sum
pugno, 1 r.
sua^deo, 2 si, sum
postulo, 1 r.
r£spuo, 3 ui
eo infitias
eheu
pr6 f idem
Hercle
age
tea
fac
CO IVNCTIO
qu6minus
utpote
261
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATIC/E
NOMINA NVMERALIA.
114. The Nomina Adiectiva Numeralia can be classified into the following six
groups:
1. Numeralia Cardinalia
2. Numeralia Ordinalia
3. Numeralia Distributiva
4. Numeralia Multiplicativa
5. Numeralia Proportionalia
6. Numeralia Adverbia.
In this lesson we are considering the Cardinalia, so called from cardo, inis, m , a
hinge, or pivot, upon which a door, or other things turn: because all other numer-
als turn on these, i. c, are formed from them.
115. The numerals are adjectives, excepting the last kind, commonly of the -us, a,
urn group, usually emphatic, preceding the noun to be qualified, if not, they hold some
other place.
116. When no object is to be qualified, as in reckoning, the neuter form is used,
though Boethius uses the masculine, w. numerus understood.
117. In colloquial language, in the decades from 20 to 100, the simpler form is
used: viginti unum, v. duo, v. tria, in more formal language we say: unum €r viginti
duo & viginti, tria et viginti, etc, which is followed by the Germans, and, partly in
English.
118. The numerals 18, 19, 28, 29, etc, colloquially are octodecim, novemdecim,
viginti octo, viginti novem; in the other style: duodeviginti, undeviginti, d lodetriginta',
undetriginta, etc, i. e-, by subtraction: two from twenty, one-from twenty, etc.
119. Of the Cardinal Numerals only the first there, unus % a, urn, duo, ce, o, ires,
1'i
r-s-
?
6
7
X
s
Numeri Paullo tardius
I
Z
*
J-*
t
6
5
9
9
Variationes, ex Iohanne
Hispal. Libro Algorismi,
ex Edit. Boncompagni
■s-
4
•V-
Numeri Boethii
1
%
?
pn
b
h
A
8
£>
Numeri e Saeculo XII.
>
\>
3
I
1
&
A
%
3
-e-
Numeri e Sasculo XIII.
t
z
?
*
<*
&
a
%
^
o
Numeri E. MS. Saeculi XIV(?)
\
7
>
*
7
6
n
8
9
O
Numeri Ex Anno 1508.
i
Z
3
4
5"
h
7
8
9
o
Numer Ex Anno 1550.
/
z
3
4
5
6
7
S
9
o
The Saracens (i. e., the Arabs, or Mauri, of West Africa and Spain, the shar&ca,
easterners) have worked out this new arithmetic in their own figures, retaining some of
the Hindus, and called these figures (derived from their alphabet) gobar, or dust, be-
cause they did calculate, and form these figures in the dust. After some time the Chris-
tians began to learn it, until Iohannes Hispalensis wrote a book on it? which was widely
270
opied in France and Italy. This book was reproduced in Rome, by the Prince Boncom-
pagni, in 1857, under the original title: "Liber Algorism! de Pratica Arismetrice."
As any one can easily understand from the above, the terms algorismi, algonsmt,
algorithm!, are corruptions of M-Chovari^mu i. e. Chiva, a celebrated city of Turkes-
tan, Turkistan.
The above table shows the successive stages of development of the Hindu Arabic nu-
merals employed by all nations in the common bond of Roman civilization, whatever
may be the alphabets they are using.
From this table it seems clear, that Boethius, who lived between the years 440
500 A. D., cannot have used numerals that have not been known before the Xth
century. .
The diffusion of Algorismus, and of the Gobar numerals with it, during the latter
part of the Middle Ages, was of a slow process, being confined to copying by hand.
Pope Sylvester II, (Gerbert), about 1000 A. D., gave it the greatest publicity. As Italy
continued to be the industrial and commercial center of the world, the new ^ arithmetic
has found the greatest appreciation there, and it was put into practical use, in business,
and finding many applications, in commerce, in trades, architecture, navigation and in
scientific labors, new branches, parts, calculations were successively devised and added
thereto, it gradually developed into what it is to-day. In 1202 Fibonacci issued one edi-
tion the most advanced at his time. Treviso was then a great commercial center, where
the new system received several new additions. But the greatest diffusion was brought
about after 1450, the time of the discovery of the art of printing by Guttenberg (a name
derived not from Gutenberg, but from Kuttenberg, a town in Bohemia, though the Ger-
mans, of late, insist in misspelling it in the above manner). The first printed edition was
published in 1478. In Germany the first edition was published by Kobel in 1 550, as
"Teutsche."
All this sufficiently explains how young, really, our modern arithmetic is.
or io
IV. RES PECVNIARIA ROMAN ORVM.
The most frequently used terms in Roman money-matters are ces, as, nummus;
specifically argentum, aurum, sestertius. The word moneta, whence German Murine,
and French Monnaie (whence English money), and mint (from the German Mun&\ in
the Roman period, never signified money, but rather the die of the coins, and the place
of the coinage, the temple of Iuno, namely luno Moneta, the "warning Iuno;" still, in
after- Roman period it did assume that meaning and it gave birth to the words quoted-
When the first copper coin was stamped with the figures of cattle, as the main as-
sets of the early Roman citizens, the coin became pecunia, from pccus, cattle- The ma
terial of the pecunia was ces, ceris, bronze, as pecunia, the word was changed into as,
271
assis, and this word kept running parallel with pecunia, as a general term, as we see by
the expressions, ces alienum, debt; still, it did not include silver and gold. Later also
argentum, and shortly after also aurum, entered the field as coin materials; the former
also becoming a general term, like the French argent, while aurum remained abstract for
good and bad, as "golden," and "mammona," of the Bible.
JEs, as money, meaning also currency, and value, whence also rnstimo, and existimo
seem to be derived, in account books it stood for "cash receipts," usually in plural, cera
and in this form it gradually became ara,
274
as: "ducena millia sestertium," or "sestertium octingentena millia;" but the word "mil-
lia ,, very often is entirely omitted, and then ststtrtia is restored, as: "Daturum liberis
eius ductna ststtrtia/' instead of "ducena sestertium millia;'"' not "ducentos ststtrtios/
because that would mean 200 sestertii, whereas here 200,000 are meant-
4. Millions are expressed:
a In the regular way; that is, as a million is expressed in Latin by the adverbial
numeral, qualifying the adjective-numeral centum millia, as one million is = ten (times)
hundred-thousand, two millions = twenty-hundred-thousand, &c, it will be always the
adverbium that counts, so that the rest can be left out altogether, as we shall see. Ac-
cordingly, decies centena millia sestertium = 1,000,000 sestertii, or, decies centum (for
centum is also an adjective) millia sestertium; centies centum (centena) m. s., 10,000,00;
millies centena (centum) millia s. = 100,000,000 sestertii. This is the regular way, noth-
ing to be remembered about it.
b As stated above, the adverbium alone counting, and by an ellipsis, the centum mil-
lia left out, as Cicero has it (and others) HS quater decies P. Tadio numerata Athenis —
planum faciam;" he could have said quite as well: "Sestertium decies & quater" (both
being adverbs, qualifying each other) centena millia left out; any practiced Latin reader
knows instantly that Hs, followed by an adv. means Gen. pi. for the sestertius, be-
cause the noun mille, and the adj. centum must be understood; and so quater decies, or
decies et quater centena millia HS mean 14 (times) one hundred thousand, i. e. |=
1,400,00:) sestertii.
c By a long and every day usage the sestertium finally became sestertiwm, w, a
regular neuter noun, to which the adverbia alone were added, so that the adv. alone, in
this construction, meant "centum," or "centena" millia sestertium; as: "Quum ei testa-
mento sestertium millies relinquatur;" Cic, Off. 3, 24.; Nonne sestertium centies
octuagies — Romse in quaestu reliquisti? Cic. Pis. 35, 86. Some times sestertium itself |
omitted, without causing any obscurity, the adv. making the meaning quite clear, as
"Dissipatio, per quam Antonius septies millies avertit," Cic. Phil. 54; i. e., the dissi
pation, or squandering, by which A. embezzled seven (times) thousand (times),
hundred thousand sestertii" must be understood.
The "sestertii/' then is the small silver coin, equivalent to dupondius + S- or
semis, i. e-, two and a half asses, % denarius, or 4X cents, two pence and half a farth-
ing; this was the ordinary "currency," for larger sums.
The "sestertium/' was 1,000 sestertii, $42 94, in our money, £8, 17s Id, sterling,
British money.
The "sestertzV pL n., with distributive numerals, as "sestertia dena," is in use for
two thousand and over.
For millions: "centena millia sestertium," Gen. pi. instead of -orum, though it is
in no wise wrong to say "$6516™©™!!!," it is the really legitimate form.
With an ellipsis: "sestertium quater decies (centena millia left out).
275
With the ellipsis of "sestertium," as: "Antonius septies millies" (centena millia
sestertium) avertit
After the age of Augustus the value of sestertius was about % less.
When the sestertius expressed by Roman numerals, we must watch how the numer-
ils are marked, thus:
HSXX = sestertii viginti
HSXX = sestertia vicena (millia = 20,000)
HSXX = sestertium vicies (2,000,000)
The silver coins were stamped with the figures of bigce, or quadrigce, one yoke or
wo yokes of horses, when they were called nummi bigati, or quadrigati, which,' of
:ourse, was not a special coin, of some particular denomination, but popularly so cal'led.
jvius Drusus, when Tribunus Plebis, ordered X of copper to be mixed into the silver,
litherto pure. As these latter coins bore the figure of Victoria, they were called
Victorian. These pieces were the quinarii, in the time of M. Ter. Varro (contemporary
if Caesar and Cicero).
3. Nummus ^uteus, or simply aureus, i, were the Roman gold coins first in-
roduced in Rome 51 years after the adoption of the silver coins, during the second Punic
Var, 218—202 B. C.
The first aurei were quite large pieces, worth 400 sestertii (100 Hs = #492); but
lese were soon reduced so that one pound of gold (12 ounces) yielded 40 pieces; finally
lero changed this ratio to 45. The standard aureus contained 120 grains of gold. Ac-
Drding to our present gold measure, adopted from Troves, a city of France, a pound of
old consists of 12 ounces; the ounce contains 20 penny weights, and this contains 24
rains; the Troyes pound, then, contains 5760 grains. The aureus was then worth 100
IS, or 25 denarii, but all this only in round figures, for really the Roman gold coin was
'orth some $5.10 (£1, Is Id).
oi I P
V. MENSVRA LIQVORIS & GRANL
Of the various kinds of vessels for liquids used in the Roman household, such as
itchen, dining room, wine cellar, &c, I shall speak in their respective places; here I
lall refer only to those which served as measures.
Most of the Roman vessels were made of clay, which, if they contained v/ine, were
)ated with pitch on the inside, and were also so sealed hermetically, inorder to preserve
ie wine from spoiling. Vessels were also made of wood, gold and silver, glass, and
yrrha, a kind of stone, or china, and also of onyx, for perfumes.
276
Romans knew nothing of beer, nor Of any of the destilled (not distilled) liquors;
instead, they had a large variety of wines, and oil. Their grains were very nearly the
same as ours, excepting Indian corn.
The largest vessel for liquids, paiticularly wine, as a measure, was the cuUeus, t
also -inn, 4 which was a large leathern bag, or skin, the kind erf which is stiU used
in the East. One kind of culleus *as used for parricides to be sewed into, and thrown
mt ° T^dlowing are the relative sizes of the various liquid and grain measures of the
Romans, and their equivalents in our measures.
20 amphorae, or quadrantalia = 6 gallons 7 pints
40 urn*; 2 urnx = 1 amphora = 3 gallons VA pints
60 modii; 3 modii = 1 amphora = 2 gallons TA pints
120 semodii; 6 semodii = 1 amphora = 1 gallon 1* pints
160 congii; 8 congii = 1 amphora - 6 pints
960 sextarii; 48 sextarii = 1 amphora = 1 pint
1,920 heminae; 96 heminas = 1 amphora = % pint
3,840 quartarii; 192 quartarii = 1 amphora = 1 gill
11,520 cyathi; 576 cyathi = 1 amphora = ^ pint
culleus =
137^ gallons
Oil and honey were also sold by the pound.
The tonnage of ships were expressed by amphora, urn*, modn.
For p-rain modii and congii were mainly used.
Be id the'e properly Roman measures, also some Greek measures were employed,
such SSS- 6 modii, or bushel, while in liquids metrOa, *. = 12 congn, o.
nSf^S mentioned vessel for wine, oil, or even for ^it is ^U (<
short) a word adopted in the Slav. Hungarian and Wallach.an languages to denote va
I w ne or other vessels, but of a larger kind; it was = 3 urn,, or 1* mphor*
The poets also frequently mention crMra, * and crater, ens m. but th was n
measure/but a wide, rather shallow bowl, in which wine was mixed, to be ladled ou
into cyathi, p6cula, scyphi, or dikes.
ao
VI. DE PONDER1BVS.
Weights, like money values, in the Roman system, start from the -, as the stanc
„<\ nnitv Because the original as was 12 ounces, or one pound m we.ght, this as «<
all "and ^Sl^e synonymous. Though the as was reduced in size and we.gh
Seiibra still remained the standard weight of 12 ounces, and it stall remams m Go
277
d silver, as we see in the British money system, where the letter L (£) the initial of
A, still designates a pound of Eastern silver, or easterling, now called a pound steii-
U which in America, though the system has changed, is still expressed by $ = silver.
All payments having been made by the weight, pondus, eris, n. , this word was
adually corrupted into pondus, i, only used in AbL, as: libra pondo dence, as much as
i pounds "in," or by weight, pondo libra bince, by weight, two pounds. The word,
ldually, became indeclinable, whence the German Pfund, and thence the English pound
r t derived, whilst the Neo-Latins retained libra, lira, livre.
This unit, whether called as, or libra, as a standard, was called solidum, of which
dorus Hispalensis, in the Vllth century, wrote, that to the "veteres," or ancients, this
>rd meant "integrum, " totum, cui nihil deest, which meaning the word still has, as
11, entire, whole, not curtailed, not mutilated, not hollow.
In this way solidum stipendium (Livius), solidum solvere, (Cic.) i. e., full pay (of
ldiers), and to pay in full, became technical terms respectively in the military service
d in law. From the first is derived the words soldo, Italian, solde, French, Sold, Ger-
in, primarily military pay, and their derivatives, soldato, soldat, Soldat, soldier, the
id man of arms. In law solvere solidum, or in solidum, are still in use. — As a noun,
idus, i, under the emperors has taken the place of "aureus," as above, when that coin
is reduced in size by Emperor Nero.
Libra being the central point, all other weights must be either the fractions or the
iltiples of libra; but as this is the same as the as, its fractions (minutiae, fractiones,
auras) are also the same, though there were also some other fractional weights, popu-
ly used, mostly adopted from the Greeks.
The following are the weights used by the Romans:
1. Calcus, i, the smallest of the weights of the Romans, towards the end, Isidorus
ntions it, as being the weight of two grains of lentils. The word itself is the parent of
\ diminutive form, calculus, mentioned wi f h the abacus.
2. Siliqua, a, is % part of the solidus (see 7.), or septula (see as). The word
ans a pod; but as this applies to many plants producing different kinds of pods, I
nk, the mutilated text of Isidorus, where a tree is mentioned, we must take it to mean
: pod, i. e., the carob tree, the fruit of which (dark brown pods) is called St. John's
ad, the food, not a bad one, of the "filius prodigus" and his swine. When, therefore,
qua means a weight, not coin, as above, either this pod, or certain number of its seeds'
ist be understood.
3. Ceratium, ii, the Gr. equivalent of siliqua; the Romans also called it semiobolus
i» siliqua, = 2 calci.
4. Obolus, i, = 3 siliquas, = 2 ceratia, = 4 calci.
5. Scripulus, i, the smallest weight of the older Romans, = 6 siliquse. Its name is
ived from scrupus, i, a rough piece of rock, or stone, better known in its diminutive
n, scrupulus, i, a little rough pebble, which hurts if we step on it with bare foot, or
278
thin sole; figuratively, through the theological language, a little rough stone, that 01
conscience cannot digest (/ = u = u) .
6. Drachma, ce, l A of the uncia, = 3 scripuli, = 18 siliquae.
7. Solidus, i, = sextula, X uncia, ^ as, or libra: as a coin, = aureus, reduced 1
half its former size, L e-, to 60 grains of gold; 2 sextulae, = 1 duella.
8. Stater, iris, m., as weight not mentioned by any Roman author; 1 stated =
sextulae. Isidorus gives it a puerile derivation, stat ter, i. e., stat tres aureos solidos; t
Greeks call it stater, hence its name, as a coin, in which capacity it is several times me
tioned in the New Testament (as Matt. 3, 17, 26).
9. Quadrant,, Us, m., or, as the Jews called it, "codrans," = # uncia.
10. Steel, is, n., not known to any Roman author, but to Isidorus, corrupted fro
siclus (shekel), a Jewish coin; as a weight in Roman Palaestina it was equal to X unci
% stater, = 2 drachmas.
11. Uncia, f land, a yoke of oxen could plough in a day, of course, breaking up wild land with
vooden ploughs.
10. Centutia, ce, originally, as indicated by the name, 100 acres; but, subsequently
I was doubled in size, and meant 200 acres, the name, however, remained unchanged.
OE
282
EXERCITATIO LEGENDL
115. Apollo, quaso, subveni 1 mihi atque idiuva;
Confige sagittis fures thesaurarios.
Plant., Aul. II. , 8, 25, 26.
1. -wV ni t ntum, to come to aid, Imperat; -go? xi, ctum, to stab; I., an arrow:
fur Jut is, m., a thief; adj. of thesaurus, treasure.
116. Sint ergo & ipsa materia, qua flng£ntur, 2 quam simillima 2 verititi; & decla-
m£tio, in quantum* mixime potest, imititur eas acti6nes, in quorum exe>citati6nem
rep£rta est. _ . . ..
Quint., II., 10, 4.
1. -gosnxitfictum, to feign, to invent. 2. A periphrastic superlative, the most
likely, having the most resemblance to truth, w. Dat- — 3- As far as it is most possible;
imitor, 1 tatus sum, to do after, to imitate; = for the practicing of which it has been in-
vented, or found.
117. Quatemos HS, 1 quos mihi Senftus decreVt, 2 & ex arano dedit, ego ha*beo, &
in cistam transferam txfisco.
Ctc., Verr., 2, III., 197,
1. See Principia, on Sestertius. — 2. Decerno? decrevi, turn, to decide, decree; cera
HumJh fr. .*s, ®ri$] (see Principia), the State treasury; fiscus, i, here, the money-
basket, in the treasury, as opposed to cista, (z, a chest.
1L8. Sed & catera, quibus opus fuerit 1 in domum Dei tui, quantumcunque necks*
est ut exp£ndas, dibitur de thesauro, & defisco Regio.
Vulgata, I. Esdroe, 7, 20
1. Opus est, what is required, necessary, w. Dat- or, ut, accordingly it should b<
domui, or pro domo; however much, ever so much. Thesaurus here, as in several othe
authors means a safe, a money-chest; originally the word means a hoard, hoarded u\
valuables, while the fiscus here, as also in the next (119), that is, under the early empe
rors, was the sovereign's private treasury.
119. Casar 1 6mnia habet,^«s eius privfta tantum, ac sua; univeYsa in impeni
eius sunt, in patrim6nio pr6pria.
Seneca, De Ben., Vil., 6
1 -ar, is, already under Augustus, and ever since, the family name of C Casar be
gan to be used as the Germans still use it, but spell the word as Kaiser, but Romans, too
283
sometimes spelled it Kaisar, and Kaesar; = owns all; privatus, a, urn, private, one's
own, = his treasury (owns) only the private (properties) and (what a,e) his; pattimo-
nium, ii t what one inherits from one's father, = in his hereditary possessions (he owns)
riis personal properties.
Then, as to treasuries, we should know this: The Church writers gave preference to
thesaurus, thesaurarium, whence the Latin countries have retained that term for their
state and private treasuries; but when speaking, or writing Latin, the true Roman term
s used with preference, cerarium, it, Republ. Rome has also used fiscus in the same
sense; the early emperors used fiscus as their own, but later, down to our own times,
Iscus meant the State treasury, and even long before, or, better, always, had that meali-
ng implied, for confisco, 1 v., has always meant to seize private property legally condem-
ned, and turn the proceeds over to the public, State treasury; while "fiscaljs" still implies
ill treasury officials, or even general money, or financial matters. An additional word is
y'ayiy ce, treasure, and treasury, a word, not unfrequent, perhaps Persian, as used in the
memorial verse:
"Ga^rfrequens Lib} cos duxit Karthago triumphos,"
memorable for the fact, that it contains all the letters of the Roman alphabet. I will add,
:hat the compilers of the English dictionaries do not know what the word gazette , or
more properly ga^etta (an Italian formation) means. If they knew enough Latin, they
:ould have found it out, that it is the diminutive of ga^a.
120. Sed hoc ipsum concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari, 1 ergo e'tiam
:ar£re mortuos vitce cbmmodis, idque esse miserum; certe ita dicant necesse est.
Cic, Tusc., i, 36.
1. -vo, 1 r., to deprive; mots, Us, f., death, Abl-; constr. pass. = men to be de-
prived by death, of good things; careo? ui, Hum, to lack, to miss, gov. AbL; id — mi-
mum = and that is a pitiable condition.
121. lllae si bona* fide animum tuum intraverunt, nunquam a'mplius intrabit dolor,
wnquim sollicitudo, nunquam afflicHdnis into 1 supervicua vexaYio.
Seneca, Cons, ad Helviam, 16.
1. Initus, a, urn, ineffectual, void, useless; -cum, a, urn, what is superfluous, un-
lecessary; -io, nis, f., fr. veho? xi, ctum, to haul, drag, frequ. to drag hither and thi-
her, vexation.
122. Inter pignus 1 autem & hypothecam (quantum ad actionem hypotheca'riam it-
inet), nihil interest; nam de qua re inter creditorem & debitdrem conv£nerit, ut sit pro
lebito obliga'ta: utraque hac appellatione contin£tur; sed in aTiis differentia est. Nam
>ignoris app£llati6ne earn proprie rem contineYi dicimus, qu# simul e'tiam traditur 2 ere-
284
dit6ri, m£xime si mobilis sit. At earn, quae sine traditi6ne, nuda 3 conventi6ne tendtur
proprie hypoth£cae app£llatione contineYi dicimus.
Iustinianus, Inst. IV., 6, y
1. -us, oris (eris), n., a pledged thing, pledging; ad — attinet (ad + teneo) a:
regards as far as the action at law is concerned), = there is no difference; convenit
whimpers., = agreed upon; be pledged, bound down, tied up for the debt; both an
comprised.
2. Is, at the same time surrendered, delivered up to; maxime, particularly. — 3.
-us, a, urn, naked, bare, mere, = by mere verbal agreement, held; properly, in prope
sense.
123. Quum & privati aequum 1 postula"rent, nee tamen solv'endo are ali'eno Respi
blica esset, quod medium inter aequum & utile erat, decrev£runt.
Livius, 31, 1
1. -us, a y urn, right, reasonable, here a n. noun; -/0, 1 r. to demand; I., compounc
ed from res -f publicus, a, urn, common affairs, "commonwealth;" nee solvendo (
non solvendo) est, = is insolvent; ces alienum, other people's money, = debitum, deb
Dat., because /w, = equal to (paying) demands so, which is understood; ~ius t a, w
the middle, = quod erat medium, the midway between what is reasonable, or just,
utilis, e, useful; decerno? deerevi, decretum, to decree.
124. Volui HSQ, 1 egi per prcedem ill! daret, Antii quum hab£ret venule; n61uit
Cic, Attic. IX., 9,4
1. The text is much squeezed and difficult to disentangle, but the interpreters of t
XVII. century have resolved it to mean: ego, quum haberem arum et domum Lanuv
volui Antii {Porto d'An^io, at present) domum emere, quae hortulis meis Lanuvin
quumessent finitimi, facile coniungi possent; quamobrem, per praedem (here a pubi
surety, a man publicly accredited, a guarantor;' , ut Phameae, qui turn ibi venalem (vh;;
js for sale) haberet domum, solveret HSQ; sed ille noluit (vendere eo pretio). On pg£
234 we have the abbreviation (Q), as meaning 500,000, quingenta inillia. In our text i
not so marked, nor are H3, they should be. But with a little practice we shall recogni;
that the only Q, as an abbreviation means quingenta millia; since it is more than 100,00
according to the principles laid down in the explanation of the sestertius, we turn ih
numeral adverbial quingenties, while the HS will be pronounced sestertium, \. e.: sestei
tium quingenties, = 500,000 sestertii, = $21,470.
125. Pecuniam numerant; 1 et postea venit in mentem foeneratoribus nihil se \\\vi\
illud Senilis Consultum, quod ex syngrapha ius did lex Gabinia vetaVet. Turn fit S. C.
ut et ea syngrapha esset qui vi caeterae.
Cic., Mtic, V., 21, 11
1. This verb means both, to count, and also as adnumero, and denumero, to com
285
to somebody, and count down, denumero; here in the latter sense; comes to the mind;
money lender; helps-nothing; a senate decree, enactment, it is usually abbreviated, as, S.
C , as in the next line; a promissory no'e; ius, iuris, n., ius dicere, to pass a judgment;
to sit in judgment; a law passed by Gabinius; veto} vetui, vetitum, to forbid, = after
the money lenders had paid down the money, they found out (or came to their minds),
that the Senate decree would not help them any, because the Gabinian law forbids the
enforcement of judgments on notes. Then a Senate decree was passed, that this particu-
lar note be of the same force as all others.
126. nam n£que indulge'ndo 1 invetera'scere eorum ces alienum patiebatur,
neque multiplica'ndis usuris cre'scere-
Corn. Nepos, Mtic. 2, 5.
1. -geo, 2 si, Hum, allow; -asco, 3 avi, — , to grow old in a thing, to stay too long in
a thing, to continue too long; -tior, 3 passus sum, to suffer; -co, 1 r., to manyfold, to in-
crease, to make many or much; I., the using of money, what is paid for using other
people's money, now erroneously called "interest." That is: Atticus the wealthy banker
friend of Cicero, would not tolerate that his customers' debts should stand too long by
forbearance, nor that their debts should grow larger by the accumulation of interest.
127. Alemannorum Rex Suomdrius ultro cum suis improvisus occurrit, ferox ante
S£vie*nsque in damna Romina, sed turn lucrum existimans insperitum, si propria retina-
re permittere*tur. Et quia vultus incessusque 1 supplicem indicabat susce'ptus. bonoque
Inimo esse iussus & plicido, nihil arbitrio suo relinquens, pacern ge'nibus 2 curvatis ora-
bat. Et earn cum concessione prseteritorum sub hac meruit 3 lege, ut captivos r£dderet
nostras, & quoties sit nec£sse, militibus alime'nta praebeVet, susceptorum vilium more
securitates accipiens pro illa'tis: quas si non ostendisset in tempore, sciret se rursus ea de
re fatigindum.
Ammianus Marc. XVll. y /o, 4.
1. -us, us, m., gait, going, walk; -plex, ids, adj., one begging on his knees, one
humbly praying; -pio? cepi, ceptum, to take up, to befriend one, to accept one. — 2.
Genu, genus, n., the knee. — 3.-eo, 2 ui, Hum, to earn, to deserve, = was granted to him
under the condition (lege); whenever; provisions; susceptor, is, m., a military contrac-
tor to furnish provisions for the army, his department is called by the Germans "com-
missariat," now used also in English; the vilis, e, here does not mean what his interpret-
ers think, as furnishing mean things, but, simply, that King Sommer of the Alemani,
had to serve as an ordinary purveyor and get the securitates, a written acknowledgement,
receipt, from the Roman officers for all provisions supplied; which if he failed to ex-
hibit on demand, he could know, that he would be annoyed, and compelled to repeat
furnishing the same supplies. This is one of the meanings of securitas, one of the group
of words almost synonymous, as cautio, satisdatio, prces.
286
128. Namque stipulabitur quis, 1 ut solvergtur sibi, quod esset iudidtum; multo m*-
gis is, qui in rem actione conveniebitur, satisdare cogeb&ur, si alidno n6mine iudicium
accipiebat. Ipse autem, qui in rem agSbat, si suo n6mine pet6bat, satisdare non co-
gebalur-
lustinianus, Inst. IV., //.
1. Stands for aliquis, quite frequent, as "dicet quis," somebody may say, some
one may ask; here: let us say, some one will stipulate, that judgment should be paid to
himself; much more the one; this convenit is used impersonally, but here it is passive,
which is less frequent; upon a person an agreement was reached in litigation as to the
thing in question, and payment to be made to him, such a person had to furnish security,
satisdare cogebatur, when such a person received judgment in another party's name; "in
rem actione convenire" is the opposite of "qui in rem agit," the complainant, who brings
the suit in his own name, he does not "satisdare."
129. Clama're 1 omnes qui 4derant, nihil impude'ntius Sciptio qui centesimis cum
anatocism© contdntus non esset; alii, nihil stultius. Mini autem impudens magis, quam
stiiltus, videbatur: nam aut bono nomine? centesimis contentus erat, aut non bono, qua-
ternas centfsimas sperSbat. Q ^ ^. V, 21, ,2.
1. Infin. without any grammatical reason, a frequent use in lively narratives, when
the other verb, causing this Inf. such as "coeperunt" is omitted; there was nothing more
shameless than the usurer Scaptius; I., what is now called per centum, to the Romans
was centesima; anatocismus, is compound interest; others, (were howling, there was)
nothing more stupid.
2- Here "bonum nomen" means a good debtor, a collectible account- Cicero did
not think that Scaptio was a fool, but a knave, as who preferred bad debts at four per
centum, than good accounts at one per cent. The Roman per cent, was by the month,
not by the year.
130. Erunt qui in eo quoque audaciam repreh£ndant, quod aliquot nominibus de
cdpite, 1 quantum c6mmodum fuerit, frum£nti decumam detr<£xerit
Cic, Verr. 2, 1., 4, u.
1. Nomina here again mean debtors; caput, is the total debt, or obligation, also
capital, in business; the decumani, or frumentum decumanum, is the tithe, tithe grain,
the Sicilian farmers in place of taxes have agreed to pay to Rome, the decumani were
also its collectors; Verres, therefore, the most scoundrelly Roman governor, would take
off from the principal of the grain due the State from any, or each tithe-farmer's indebt-
edness, or taxes, just as much as he pleased (quantum commodum fuerit), and making
false entries.
287
131. Quae vero aetas longa est? aut quid omnino h6mini longum? Nonne modo
pueros, modo adolesc£ntes, in cursu, a tergo insequens, necopinantes assecuta est sene'-
ctus? 1 Sed quia ultra nihil habemus, hoc longum ducimus. 2 Omnia ista, perinde ut cu-
ique data sunt, 3 pro rata parte, a vita aut longa, aut breVia dicuntur.
Cic , Disp. Tusc. I., 39, 94,
1. -us, utis, f., oldness, agedness, age, old age, = old age has attained, or come up
with, has overtaken, in a run, now boys, now youths, following them from their backs
(a tergo) unawares.
2. Duco* xi, ctum, here means we deem, = because beyond we have nothing (i. c .,
no matter how long we live, old age ends it, and we shall neither continue life inde-
finitely, nor shall we go back and start life anew), we consider life long.
3. According as these things have been accorded to people; in that proportion they
are called long or short from (the duration) of life.
These loose translations are made for adding the student to reason out the cohesion
of the Latin sentences, and glean out the true meaning for himself.
132. Item in Necyomintia 1 cocionem pervulgite dicit (LabSrius), quern veneres aru-
lalbrem dixeVunt.
A. Gellius, N. A., 16, y,
1. Gr., necyomantia, the calling up, or summoning the dead, for revealing the fu-
ture, here Laberi us' work; widely used, diffused, hence, used by everybody, therefore,
vulgar, vulgarly, whereas cocio is a misspelling of quotio, as stated in the footnote.
133 Quod enim praeteVea genus 1 pecunice cogendce praeteriit?
Cic. } Verr. 2, II., 48, 120.
1. The order: Nam, quod aliud genus pecuniam cogendi (per te, o Verres) pneteri-
vit? or, what other method of collecting money have you allowed to pass (you, without
you taking advantage of it?)
134 Ex fratris 1 litteris incredibilia quaedam de Cassaris in me amore cognovi: eaque
sunt ipsius Caesaris ubemmis litteris confirma'ta. Britannici 2 belli e*xitus exspectatur.
C6nstat enim aditus 3 insula esse munitos mirificis molibus. Etiam illud iam cognitum
est neque argtnti scripulum* esse ullum in ilia insula, neque ullam spem praedas, nisi ex
mancipiis, ex quibus nullos puto te litteris, aut, musicis eruditos exspectare. — ' Pa'ullus 5
in m£dio Foro basilicam iam pasne tixuit iisdem antiquis coliimnis Itaque Claris
amici (me dico & Oppium, dirumpans 6 licet) , &c.
Cic., Attic. IV., 16, 14, &c.
1. Cicero's brother, Quintus Cicero, commander of an army corps under C. Csesar
288
and distinguished himself in a brave defence against the Gauls (Caesar B. G. V. 43-48)
but has made a bad mistake, when he allowed the Germans to surprise his camp (B.
G VI 36—39)- As Nl. Cicero, a famous orator, with great influence among conservative
politicians at Rome, like Cm Pompeius, C Caesar was very much in need of his
friendship for his own political ends. So "Quintus Frater" writes him o the grea
affection of Cesar, which was followed by a "profuse letter" (uberrima litter*) of
K 2 England was then Britannia, from the Britons, originally immigrated from Gaul.
The war of conquest of Britannia is described by C Caesar in the Vth Book of his me-
m0,r 3. -us, iis, w., an access, entrance; I., an island; -«, is. f., a mole, a sea wall, a
^^Scripulus, or scrupulus, i, as explained above fa part of an uncia; Cicero says,
that there was not a grain of silver in all Britannia, that Caesar could plunder; nor any
hope of other booty than what he could make on the prisoners of war selling them as
slaves- but even these were such, as Atticus (or any one else) would not expect to find
among them one learned in letters, or music. This letter shows what was thought in
Rome of Caesar's exploits in Gaul and Britain. Successive events have shown that they
were not mistaken; he needed an enormous amount of loot to carry on wars to , jet more
loot, to build up and maincain a political party in Rome, upon which to build up an
imPe ? L h Tmilius Paullus, Consul, 50 B. C; Basilica, *, Gr, palace of the king but
this one was the Basilica Portia, built by Portius Cato, nearly a century and a half be-
to eTn toe center of the chief square in Rome, the Forum and used for court, and for
fman rial exchange, was now being repaired, the old colonnade (columns antique), old
Pillars) i being re set, (paene texuit = has nearly woven, i. e., ,n a poetical way, row,
of pillars resembling stretched out threads) .
6 D { rutnpoSrupi,ptum, to break up, to smash; to burst, = We, then Caesar:
friend (1 mean me and Oppius, even though you burst), by envy, o, my friend Atticus
said by Cicero for a joke,
135 Hoc erat etiam capitalior.i quod idem (L. Carpinatius) pecuniam iis qui al
^ n M\ a indmtrcMntm;foenoridabat. Ea autem foeneratio erat huiusmodi. mdices, u
SmhtquTsush ui cc/deret; nam, quas pecunias iis ferebat exp*nsas,> quiuscun
coTahebat. aut scribae istius, aut Timarchidi, aut etiam ips, ist. referebat acceptas.
Cic. y Verr, 2, U-> 7°' l '°
1. -lis, e, compar., fr. caput, huge, capital, as in "capital Joke;" fcenoridareD*
to lend out money on interest, or usuary; indices in Vo. dressing he ud V
earning; -do? ssi, ssum, to go, = this gam would go to him. - 2. herre expens s
carry on (in his account book) as an expenditure to them, .. e., crediting them witl
289
»ans, as though lent to them, with whom he so agreed, the same items were credited to
ie clerc, or to T., or to himself, as if received.
136. Maiores 1 enim nostri sic habuerunt, et ita in l£gibus posive'runt, furem dupli
mdemnari, foeneratorem quadrupli.
M. Cato, De Re Rustica, Ptcef.
1. -res, urn, pi. only, ancestors; the ancients said "posiverunt," the "classical" pe-
od changed it to "posuerunt;" fur, Juris, a thief; condemned to (pay) twofold; usurer
>urfold.
137. Quod ille uncidtim 1 vix de deme'nso suo
Suum defraudans g£nium, compdrsit miser,
Id ilia univeVsum abripiet.
P. Ter., Phorm. i, r, /o.
1. Adv. of uncia, by the ounce, bit by bit; demetior* mensus sum, to measure out,
art. p. , what has been measured out to him, = what he kept saving up by mere drips,
om his scanty earnings; -do, 1 r., to cheat; -us, ii, life's pleasure, joys of life, enjoy-
lents, happiness, = depriving himself of life's pleasures; -co, 1 rsi, — to save up; the
x>r thing; id universum, all that, she will snatch and run away with.
138- Ego ideo, servos tu an habeas ad agrum colendum, an ipse mutudrias 1 6peras
im vicinis tuis cdmbias, neque scio, neque laboro.
L. Apuleius, De Mag., Bip. p. 20.
1. -us, a, um y loaned, lent; opera, arum not only "hands," hired laborers, as in
ens. VI urn, but also the labor they perform, a day's work; to exchange; laboro, here,
= gives me no concern.
139. An. bene vale! *Ag. & tu bene vale!
Arrhabonem 1 hoc pro mina mecum fero.
Ly. Pe*rii, Hercle. Ag. Imo haud miilto post, quam in ius veneris.
Ly. Quin e'gomet tibi me addico, 2 quid Prastore opus est?
Verum, obscero te, ut liceat simplum solvere ,
Trec£ntos Philippos, 3 credo, corrddi potest:
Cras auctionem fa'ciam.
Plaut., Poen., V, 6, 21 — 27.
1. -bo, nis, m., or, arrha, x, earnest money; I., Gr. money, 100 drachmas = 100
marii, some $18; hoc, this thing; in ius venire, to come before the court. —2. -co, 3 xi,
um, to give one's self up, into servitude; verum, but; to pay one fold, not double, as
lieves.
290
3. II , or -pens, (nummus) *, gold coin ordered struck by Philippus, king of Mact
donia, father of Alexander Magnus, of 20 drachmae; to scrape together; -fco. nis, f
sale, auction.
140. Rupta quies: Deus ancipitem lymph foeraV- urbem
Mygdoniae' 2 Pan iiissa ferens saevissima Matris;
Pan nemorum bellique potens 3 quern lucis ad horas
Antra tenent, patet ad madias per d£via noctes.
— — talesque metus* non Martia cassis,
Eumenidumque comas, non tristis ab adhere Gorgon
S P* rserit ' Val. Flacc. Argon, 1. 1. , 4 6~5:
1. Lympha, a, (same as Nympha, originally) fresh well water, water, poetically,
much abused word in modern medicine; -pho* r., to craze, to strike with frenzy, ma.
ness- -icus a, urn, pavor, metus, panic stricken (in Livius twice, Seneca, Plinius. —
Place in Macedonia, Mydonia Mater = Cybele, mother of the Gods; saevissima mss
very fierce, cruel orders, commands; Pan, Panos Ace Pana, a sheperd God; he carries
sudden fright in battles, the "pavor Panicus," an expression not used in Roman Lati
where pavor, or like here, metus lymphaiicus is the expression.
3 Nemorum potens, the mighty of the groves; quern antra (-urn, t) tenent, wnc
aveshold, ad horas lucis, till the hours of light, = who keeps retired from midmgl
till sunrise in some cave; but who is at large in hidden recesses till midnight.
4 IV m fear, pi ;-is,idis,l t a helmet; -des, urn, the Furiae, their comx we
loose flying; tristis Gorgon, (Gorgo, onis), the melancholical Medusa, one of the tht
sisters, (daughters of Phorcus), with hair of snakes, turning into stone any one who
she would look at, = not the sight of the Martian helmet, and the sight of the hairs
the Furies, not Medusa, the melancholical, has scattered from the air above such a tern
as did Pan, &o
136. Da. Heus, iam jippetit 1 meridies;
Tr. Absolve 2 hunc quaeso v6mitum, ne hie nos £necet.
Qu*tuor quadraginta ill! debentur minae:
Et son&fcenus. Piaut., Most., III., ,, n 9 -4
1. -to? ivi, itum, here, approaches.
2 -vo* vi, utum, to untie, loosen, Imper., IV. m., vomit, here by contempt, fl
plied to a man; -co} r., to kill little by little; are owed to him 44 minae, both pnncil
and interest.
137. Caupdnem 1 quoque vicinum, atque ob id aemulum, deformaVit (divina, 1
291
iga) in r^nam: & nunc senex ille dblium inna'tans vini sui, adventores prfstinos, in faece
ubmissus, officiosis ronchis raucus appe*llat
L. Apul,, Metam , I., p. g, Bipont.
1. po, nis, an innkeeper; II., a neighbor; for that reason; II., a competitor; -mo, 1
., to disfigure: a wise woman, a sorceress; I. > a frog; -um, i, a barrel; -to, 1 r , to swim
1; -or, is, a customer; -us, a, urn, former; fax, facts, f., usually pL, dregs, lees, of
ine; crept down, lying low; -us, a, urn, respectful, obliging, submissive; II., Gr., prop-
rly, snoring, croaking; -us, a, um, hoarse; -lo 1 r ., to call, to appeal to.
138. St. Neque unquam 1 quisquam est, cuius ille ager fuit,
Quin p£ssume ei res vorterit, cuium fuit-
Alii exulatum 2 abierunt, alii em6rtui,
Alii se suspendeYe; hem! nunc hue 3 cuius est,
Ut ad incitas redact us!
Plant., 7rin., II. , 4, 132—11,6.
1. Ever; anybody; old form, pessume, for pessime; vtfrtit, old form, for v^rtit; an-
ently cuius, a, urn, = cuius id fuit.
2. -lo, 1 r. , to go into banishment.
3. Hue, ad incitas, ut redactus est, = how hither, into bankruptcy he was driven,
educed.
139. Nam quum — proconsul Africam r£geret, eique \tgitus filius esset a Senatu
atus, quumque quidam rationalis acrius contra plurimos Afrorum saeviret, &c.
Capitol., Gord., 7.
140. RATIONALES LITTERAE.
Inscr. Orelli, $g.
141. Loci communes: Faculties 1 augere, non minuere oportire, &, impud£ntem
se, qui pro beneficio non gratiam, verum 2 merc£dem postulet; contra autem de pecunia
itiocinari, sordidum 3 esse, quum de gratia referenda deliber&ur.
Cic. De Invent. 2, 49, 115.
1. -Us, urn, {., means, property; ~nuo? ui, utum, to lessen- — 2. But; -ces, Sdis,
, reward, wage; -lo, 1 r., to ask, claim, demand. — 3. -us, a, urn, dirty, here moral
irtiness, sordid; gratia referenda, thanks to be rendered, = it is dirty to make money-
ilculations, when . . .
142. Ut boni rdtiocinatores 1 esse possimus, & addendo, deducendoque videre, quse
iliqui summa fiat.
Cic, Off., L, 18, 59.
292
1. -tor, is, a calculator; dedtco* xi, ctutn, to guide, lead, draw, off, down, away
here, to subtract; - quum, i, a remainder.
143. VIAM FECEI AB PEGIO AD CAPVAM ET IN EA VIA PONTEIS OMNElS MILIARIO!
TABELARIOSQUE POSEIVEI HINCE SVNT NOVCERIAM MEILlA LI.
Milestone by P. Popilius Lcenas, Cos., 1^2, B. C
(viam feci a Rhegio ad Capuam, et in ea via pontes omnes
mi/iarios, tabe/ariosque posui; hinc [ce] sunt Nuceriam
mi/ia 51).
Here is a sample of archaic Latin, rendering long i by ei t ab before a consonant; pi
-« is also expressed by eis; not duplicating / in mi//iarios (lapides, milestones), tabef/a
riosTmail rotations; posivi for posui, Uke inPlautus; hince, forhin^e; 1* express*
by ou like in Greek, Afowceria, for W ... - - To affect archaism in milia, but not
tabe//a, and posivi too, is clownish.
144. ... dicimus enim et "mille homines docuit," & mille h6minum magister. 1
plurali vero declinatur, milia, milium, milibus, uno / sublato.
Cledonius y Jirs Gram., Put. p. 100
Cledonius was a Roman Senator of the Vlth century, living at Constantinople, at
he, with his countrymen, at that age, pronounced mi/ia with one /.
145. Mille, numerus, a qaibiisdam per unum / scribitur, quod mi/ia dicimus, nc
mi//ia; alii, melius, per duo U existimant scrib&idum.
Mag. Aur. Cassiod. De Orth. y Put. p. 229
Magnus Aurelius Cassiodorus was a learned minister of Theodoricus (or Dietricl
king of the Ostrogoths, and died about 575 A. D. - According to his statement sor
people also wrote mi/e for mille, which he disproves, but he agrees that mi/ia was t
pronunciation also in Italy, in the Vlth century, Rome politically having seased to ex
100 years before. • .. .
These two otherwise venerable, authors have no standing before German philolog
and their writings would be frowned at by the Universitaten, und Gymnasun, to =
■'unklassisch," but they are most welcome to back up Brambachian doctrines to overthn
what is"klassisch," and to show how all the world has been mistaken during 2,UW yea
146 Ita unum mille, & duo millia certa atque dir6cta ratidne dicitur. • (l|
cilius millipassum dixit pro mille passibus, aperteque ostendit mille & vocabulu
esse & singulan numero dici, eiusque plurativum esse mlha.
A, uellius, o\. si-, *>
)8
Aulus Gellius, a famous Roman grammarian and critic, who died about 175 A. D.,
i his Nodes Attica, frequently quoted also by me, was a specialist in noticing all cu-
rsities of expressions and words, usages of writers, and of the people, as in che present
i.tance noting Locilius' milli, for mill*, states directly, that the pi. of mille is millia;
it conceivable that he would not have specifically mentioned the pi. milia, had such a
t ng been known to him? Neither does Quintilianus (middle of the I. century) have
a/ reference to this extraordinary doctrine.
147. Quod dicitur hoc mille denarium, a quo multitudinis fit millia dendria.
[ina sic loquuntur: hoc mille denarium, non hoc mille denatii; & hoc duo millia dena-
r 'tn, non duo millia denaVii.
M. Ter. Varro. De L. Lna. VIII.
Marcus Terentius Varro, the most learned of all Romans, was a contemporary, and
ind of Marcus Tullius Cicero, to whom he has also dedicated his books De Lingua La-
a, the first four of which have never reached our age; and Cicero would always consult
fee books, whenever preparing an oration, or other literary work. Had he ever heard
jmi/ia, when he directly speaks of the word, could he have overlooked so curious an
option?
When all the world's schools accept Brambach's misrepresentations, falsifications
d forgeries, without a single protest, and adulterate every lexicon, every author, every
i oolbook in the whole civilized world, it will show on one hand how few Latinists have
I t-hand knowledge, how few of them study, and, on the other hand, it is time that at
st one protest should be recorded in the world of education in behalf of truth and his-
< ical honesty.
148. Rusticorum pradiorum iiira sunt hasc: iter, ictus, via, aquaeddctus. Iter est ius 1
idi, ambulindi hominis, non 6tiam iumetitum ageiidi. Actus est ius ageiidi vel iumen-
ii, vel vehiculum. Ita qui hibet iter, actum non habet; qui actum hibet, et iter habet,
im sine ium£nto. Via est ius eundi, & agendi, & ambulandi: nam & iter, & actum
1 in se cdntinet. Aquceductus est ius aquas duc^ndae per fundum alie'num. 2
Iustinianus, Instit. II., 3.
1. lus,iuris, n., the right; Gerundium of eo± vi, turn, of going; ago, here in
I first meaning, to drive. — 2. -us, a, urn, what belongs to others, = other
spies' ground.
149. E lacte 1 fit et butyrum, barbaranim gentium lautissimus cibus, & quia dlvites
I'lebe discernat. Plurimum e bubulo, 2 & inde nomen; pinguissimum ex 6vibus. Fit &
; capnno^; 3 sedhyemecalefa:cto lacte; aestate expresso tantum crebro iactatu in longis
'■is, angusto foramine spiritum accipie'ntibus sub ipso ore, alias prseligito. Additur pa-
n aquae, ut ac£scat. 4 Quod est maxime coictum, 5 in summo fluitat, id exemptum,
294
addito sale, oxygala appellant. Reliquum decoquunt in ollis. 6 Ibi quod superndtat, 7 bu •
rum est oleosum natiiri. Quo magis virus rdsipit, 8 hoc praestintius iudicatur. Plurit;
compositi6nibus miscftur inveteratum. Natura ems adstringere, 9 mollire, reple,
purgire. , >r _
Plinius, H.N. 28, 733, \\
1. Lac, lactis, n., milk; -urn, i, butter; -tus, a, urn, luxurious, sumptuous; pie,
bis, f., the lower class of people.
2.-u$,a t utn, fr. bos, bovis, an ox, also cow, generally cattle, here, cow-mi;
hence the name, that is, in Greek, bovs, bos, and tyros, cheese; -is, e, fat; ovis, is,
sheep.
3. -us, a, urn, fr. capra, ce, a she goat; hyems, mis, f., winter; pp. of calefacio, >
heat; -tas, atis, f., summer; exprimo* pressi, ptessum, to squeeze out; creber, bra, u,
frequent; IV., m., shaking, throwing hither and thither; vas, vasts, n., a vase, a ves: ;
•men, ims, n., a hole; IV., m., air, breathing; os, oris, n., mouth, opening of a ves: ;
otherwise, at other times; -go} r., to tie up.
4. -sco, 3 to become sour.
5 Cogo? coegi, coactum, to thicken; -urn, i, the tops; -to, 1 r., to float; -mo? e ,
ptum,\o take out, taken out; sal, is, m, and m, salt; I, in Gr. n-, here the neuter g -
der is used, and, meaning, properly, sour milk, but here Plinius indicates the curd, r
curds, but, since salt is added, he means what we call cottage cheese, and so he mixes p
things. In Latin the sour milk proper we call coagulum; when boiled and strained 11 a
pointed bag, the watery portion flows out, and this is called serum, in Latin (a m h
abused word in medicine), its name in English is whey; but all this has nothing in cc .-
mon with butter; for this is obtained from cream, in Latin, flos lactis, which by be g
beaten about in a vessel (a pity that Plinius gave no name to it), the condensed pori n
of which is butyrum, and the remaining milk is called by us oxygala, ,. e., butter nc
while the solid portion, in the former case, what Plinius calls oxygala, from the shap)l
the bag, in colloquial Latin is called formago, whence the French have derived 1 11
frontage.
6 Olla ce a pot; -quo, 3 xi, ctum, to boil down. In Plinius' opinion the barbar I
(probably the Poles, or the little Russians, Ruthenians in Upper Moesia now Ruma a
and Bessarabia) boiled down the whey, of which the "oxygala" was taken out, and
tained butter. This is a mistake.
7 -no,' r., to float on the surface; -us, a, urn, oily; Abl., by its nature. Wen
conjecture what the barbarians did, for 1 have seen it done myself. While they can N
boiled do*n, not the whey, or serum, but what we call oxygala, 1. 1., b" 1 ^
full of granules of butter, which would melt thereby, and would float on the surface
strong smelling oil, and ultimately, when cooled down, it won Id be = ye low buter
all meat elements and stearin extracted; it is just as likely that the butter itself was rH
295
i, which leaves a sediment with a pungent taste and smell quite palatable. The next
Mitence seems to justify this supposition.
8. Resipio, 3 — , — , fr. re + sapio, to smack, to savor; virus, i, n., usually hand-
d as indeclinable n. noun, poison, particularly found in the bodies of animals, here, a
ungent taste and smell, as stated above, = the more pungent in taste, all the more ex-
tent it is judged.
9. -go* xi, strictum, to bind (whence string) ; -lio* r ., to soften; -pleo, s vi, turn,
> fill up, or out; -go, 1 r., to cleanse, = its medicinal properties are: to solidify the
Dwels, to soften (and promote digestion), to fill out hunger, cleanse (the stomach and
owels).
150. Merula. 1 Dt fructu, inquit, hoc dico quod, forta'sse, an tibi satis sit, Axi, in quo
jct6rem hibeo non solum, qui alveaxia sua loca'ta ha'bet quotinnis quinis millibus pon-
3 mollis, sed 6tiam nunc Varronem nostrum, quern audivi dic£ntem, duo milites se ha-
jisse in Hispinia fdtres Veianios ex agro Falisco locupl£tes, quibus quum a patre re-
:ta £sset parva villa, & agellus non sane ma'ior iugero lino; hos circum villam totam al-
lium fecisse, & hortum habuisse, ac reliquum thymo & cythiso obsevisse, & api&tro.
os nunquam minus, ut peraeque ducerent 2 d£na millia sest^rtia ex melle recipere esse
Jlitos.
M. Ter. Varro, De Re Rust., III. \6.
1. Nn. prop, of the speaker; IV., m., very often, like here, means returns, output,
•ofit, not fruit proper; Vocat. of *Axius, the person spoken to; auctot, is, not of books
one, but originator of something, authority for some statement we quote; alvear, is,
■ a beehive, alvearium, ii, the whole colony of hives, a beehouse; loco, 1 r., to let for
nt; adv. yearly; for pondo see Prin. Gram. VI., De Ponderibus; mel t mellis, n., honey;
inc V. nosh urn, he was present and participant of the conversation; duo is frequent for
ios; villa, ce, a country place; II., a patch of field; same, adv., indeed, Abl., of one
:re; hortus, i, a garden; the rest; cythisus, i, -urn, i, a kind of clover; obsero, 3 sevi>
turn, to sow to; apiastrum, i, % plant, liked by beas, balm.
2. Duco very frequently means to judge, deem, consider, very reasonably, or rea-
nable; about "sestertia" see Prin. Gram. IV. on Roman money.
151. Interim studiosi agricolationis 1 hoc primum docendi sunt uberrimum esse redi-
n vineaVum; atque, ut omittam ve*terem illam felicita'tem arvorum, quibus & ante iam
• Cato, & mox Ter£ntius Varro, prodidit singula iugera vinearum sexc£nas urnas vini
aebuisse; id enim maxime asseve*rat in primo libro Rerum Rusticarum Varro; nee una
giont provenire solitum, verum & in Faventino agro & in Ga'llico, qui nunc Pice'no
ntribuitur; haec 2 iis certe cemporibus. Sed Nomentana r£gio nunc celeb6rrima fama' est
ustris, & praecipue qua-m possidet 3 S6neca, vir excell£ntis ing£nii, atque doctrinae, cuius
296
in praediis vineanim itigera singula ctilleos octdnos reddidisse plerumque compeVtum e ;
Nam ilia vidSntur prodigialiter 4 in nostris Ceretanis accidisse, ut aliqua vitis apud te e
c£deret uvarum numerum du6ruminillium, & apud me octuag£nae stirpes insitse ini I
bi£nnium sept£nos culleos peraequarent, ut primae vineae centinas amphoras iugerar
praebeVent, quum prata, & pascua, & sylvae, si centinos sest£rtios in singula iugera el
ciant, 6ptime domino consulere videa'ntur. Nam frum6nta, maiore quidem parte Itfli
quando cum quarto 5 responderint, vix meminisse p6ssimus. Cur ergo res infamis 6 est?
Col. III.
1. Mo, nis t f., the cultivating of the fields; -tura, ce, is its abstraction; studios,
i, m., a striver after, a student, here as well as in a school; uber, ens, adj. of one endii
copious, abundant, plentiful, fertile; IV., m., returns; I., a vineyard; -to, 8 si, ssum,
leave unmentioned; tas, tatis, f., happiness, prosperity: -urn, i, a cultivated field, i
etical, for ager, gri y really a field ploughed, but not sown; -do* didi, ditum, pro + <
to give away, to betray, to record, as history, here in this sense; sexceni, x, a, about,
as many as 600; about urna see text; prcebeo* ui, itum, to hand over, to give, furni
-ro} r., to assert; Varro's often quoted work De Re Rustica; nio* ni, ntum,)
come forth.
2. These (things); surely, no doubt (have happened) in those times-
3. -deo, 2 sedi, ssum, (potis sum + sedeo, I hold in my power, I am settled o
to hold, to own, though not strictly speeking; L. An. Seneca, the famous Stoic ph
sopher, tutor to Nero, born at Corduba (Cordova ) in Hispania Baetica, a wealthy la
owner and farmer, as here stated; died 65 A. D-; ocibnos as many as eight; compel
peri, rtum, and -rior^ rtum est, is a well established fact, well known.
4. Fr. prodigium, ii f (pro = prae + dico, to foretell events), a marvel, a worn
an unnatural, or supernatural event; adv. -aliter, in a wonderful, extraordinary m
ner; as many as eight; stitps, pis, f., stock; insrro* sevi, insitum, to plant; -«*
(within) two years' (time); as many, as seven; a vineyard; as many as a hundi
-urn, i, a meadow; -cm, orum, seldom pascuum, i. a grazing land; 1-, a forest; consu
ui, sultum, to take care, to give good advice, to provide for, = one would consider 1
t had done the right thing towards (by) its owner-
5- When the grains answer (respond) with the fourth, i- e. , fourth increment,
crease, four times as much as was sown; memini, isse, has no pres. time even in Ini-
the perf., as here, is employed, = we can scarcely remember.
6. -is, e, that has no (good) fame, not reputable, disreputable; why is (or staff
be) viticulture of questionable repute (as a lucrative investment, and occupation)?
152. Nam ut amplissimas 1 imptSnsas vineae pdscant, non tamen excSdunt sepr
ugera unius 6peram vinitons, quern vulgus quidem parvi aeris, vel de lapide n6x |
297
isse compirari putat; sed ego plurimorum opinioni disseiitiens, pretiosum vinitorem
iprimis 2 esse ce*nseo; isque licet sit emptus sex, vel potius sest£rtiis octo millibus, quum
>um solum septem iugerum totidem millibus numm6rum partum, vinea'sque cum sua
te, id est, cum pedam£ntis & viminibus binis millibus in singula iugera positas duco.
: turn in assem consummatum 3 premium sestertiorum XXIX millium. Hue account se-
sses 4 usurarum sest^rtia tria millia, & quadringenti octuaginta nummi bi£nnii tempcris
o, velut mfintii vineaVum, cessat a fructu. Fit in assem summa sortis 5 et usurarum
1XII millium quadringentorum LXXX nummorum; quod quasi nomen, si, ut foenera-
' cum debiibre, ita rusticus cum vineis suis f£cerit, eius summae, ut in perp£tuum
edicam usuram semissium dominus constituat, percipere debet in annos singulos mille
>ting£ntos quadraginta sestirtios nummos, qua computatione vincit tamen reditus VII
[erum usuram trium millium quadringentorum octuaginta nummorum. Quippe, 6
deteYrimi generis sint vineas, si cultae, singulos utique culleos vini, singula earum iuge-
peraequ^bunt; utque trec£ntis nummis quadrag£nae urnae v£neant, quod minimum pr£-
m est annonae, consiimant tamen septem cullei sesteVtia duo millia, & centum num-
)S, ea porro summa exc£dit usuram semissium. Atque hie calculus, 7 quern posiiimus,
ascini rati6nem continet; sed nos exstirpinda vin£ta cens£mus, quorum singula iugera
nus quam ternos culleos praebent.
Colum. III. 3.
1. Amplus, a, urn, superl., wide, broad, large; I., outlay; I., vineyard; -SCO, 3 po-
ci, to ask, to demand, Prses. Coni. because ut, here = be it, that . . . granting,
.t . . . even though; vinitor, is, the manager of vineyards, vintage, presses, and all
:>aratus pertaining to wine-making, a vintner; opera, ce, labor, operation, = still se-
1 acres do not exceed the capacity of a vintner; vulgus, i, n. (often m. with many
:hors) not used in pi., ordinary folk, the average man; cheaplv; lapis, idis, here
ans a kind of pier, upon which slaves used to stand for sale; -us, i, a malafector, or a
ivict; -ro, 1 to get f procure, = whom, according to popular belief, one could get
aply (parvi aeris), even, for that matter, a convict from the selling piers.
2. Adv. fr. in primis, above all; debit e is lacking, == the vinitor should be an ex-
lsive man; i. e., a slave, bought at high price; solum, i, the ground; pario* peperi,
turn, paritum, in its secondary meaning, to acquire, the vinitor may cost as much as
seven acres of land, 6, or rather 8 thousand sestertiis; dos, dotis, f., in secondary
aning, a by-product, or accessories, -urn, i, stakes, props, -men, inis, n., twigs,
;r, a slip.
3. -mo, 1 r., fit, fr. fio, c — the whole price (expense) is summed up to an as.
4. Semis, issis, half an as, s — usurarum, half per cent, interest, i. e., per month,
ch is equivalent to our 6% per year, here, upon the investment; biennius, a, urn, of
1 two years; I., infancy; ceases from tearing.
5. Here, sors, sot tis, f, capital invested; nomen, inis, n ., here, an investment, a
d claim, not yet collected; a lender with his debtor; prcedictus, a, urn, foresaid inter-
298
est, perpetuus, a, urn, standing, not ceasing, permanent; each year; vinco? vici, victu
to surpass, to vanquish (in ordinary parlance, it beats).
6 For as, in as much as, namely, superl. of det'erior, ius, has no positive degr,
ut - sim det- even though they be the worst; peraquo? v., to match, to equal; vent
ivi ii, Hum (venum - eo) to command a price, sells, intrans., I., the yearly crop, 01
put; -mo? psi, ptum, to use up, i. e., shouli the cost be; excedtt, {-do? cessi. ssum)
VI " C 7. ^'calculation, reckoning; II., proper name; ratio, nis. f., = calculus; exstirp
r., fr. ex + stirps. is a stem, to root up, to uproot; -urn, t, vinea; ternos, = tres; -be
ui, Hum, to hand, or reach over, to give, produce.
,
15 3 _ 3. Numerus est unititum collectio, vel quantitatis acinus, ex uniti
profusus » Htiiu^ igitur prima divisio est in impirem atque pirem Et par quidem e
qui potest in squilia duo dividi, uno medio non intercedente;* impar veto, quern nut
in aqualia dividit, eo, quod in medio pratdictus unus mtercedat.
4 Ilia autem secundum Pythagoricam disciplinam 3 talis est; par numerus est,
sub eadem divisidne potest in maxima parvissimique dividi: mixime spitio, parvissn
quantit te^ n£M1L1VS LARGVS-'
COLLOQVVNTVR
/Em. Larg. — Salvus sis tu quoque
lippe; ego nusqum propero, sed ito 3
turn. Quonam tu is?
/Em. L. Quid ais? tune in argentai
is, ibique negotia curas? Num tu rati(
rius, an actarius es? Ignosce, 4 nescivi.
/Em. L Hoc 6tiam magis miror. A
tu, in parsimoniali te dep6nere solitun
cuniam? Fidem meam exceVit. 6
/Em. L. Utrum ego cordatus sim
ne, haud scio; sed ego certe pecuniam
comparco-
301
Ph. C. Ecquid de pecunia tua agis? dif-
indisne ac prddigis? 8
Ph. C. Vera quidem m£moras, nee id in-
:ias ibo; 9 tamen refert, qui pecuniam com-
ires: si tu earn proprio labore meres, com-
ircabis; sin vero gratis accipis, quum va-
>rem eius nescias, facile prodiges.
Ph. C. Laudo tuam docilem indolem.
jcemplum meum sequere! Vide, sis, modo
10s centusses cum dimidio dep6no, quos
septem diebus, mannulum cuiusdam vi-
curando, meVui; et hoc per totum annum
rosequar.
Ph. C. Nss, plus erit. Licet inspicias
lodo libellum meum parsimonialem. Cer-
imodo: ecce deposita, quae sunt caput,
ve sors; en ; vide usuras trium centesima-
im; insuper, hie additum vides anatocis
ium annuum, prseteriti anni; horno 13 res
iagis prospere geram.
Ph. C. Vale multum!
/km. L. Quaeris? pecunia pro usu est,
itaque pro arbitratu meo utor ei.
/Em. L. Recte, profecto, mones, ac pro
tua astate multum te sapere arbitror. Enim-
vero ego nullam pecuniam mereo, et, si
quam habeo, patri, raro aliis, inacceptis re-
fero, 10 ergo et facile pessumdo. lam et nunc
in condimentariam 11 iturus eram, ut guise
cederem, sed tempore mihi occurristi, me-
lioraque me docuisti.
s£m. L. Si per annum perse verabis, 12
si recte rationor, in parsimoniali tuae fidei
crediti erunt centum et triginta centusses!
Dii, vestram fidem! quantae divitiae!
/Em, L. Ego, Hercle, istam rem nunquam
antea ita luculenter, 14 et ad captum, decla-
ratam vidi! Quam stulte ego hactenus feci!
At non imposterum fa'ciam. Ob istam vero
tuam doctrinam magnam tibi habeo reddo-
que gratiam. Dehinc tuum sequar exem-
plum. Vale plurimum!
1. Phil - hippos, qui equis delectatur; curius est qui curat. — /Emilius est qui na-
is est in yEmilia, provintia Italian; largus, liberalis, facilis, qui diffundit pecuniam; et-
m amplus. — 3. Ho, 1 r., eo lente, non propero. — 4. -sco? vi, turn, non nosco, da ve-
1am! pardon me! — 5. Quantum sciam. — 6. Plus est quam quod ego credere pos-
m - — 7. Qui cor sanum, mentem, rationem sanam, habet- — 8. Effundo, dissipo,
icio, non conserve — 9. Infitias eo, dico contra, nego; refert, interest, est alicuius
lomenti; sin vero, si autem non, sed . . . — 10. Aliis debeo, adtribuo; pessumdo, ab-
cio in aquam. — 11. Taberna dulciaria; gula, guitur, faux, amor edendi et bibendi. —
2, Non desisto. — 13 Hoc anno. - 14. Lucide; ad intellectum; claram factam; hue
sque, post hoc; ex hoc tempore.
802
ELEGANTLE SERMONIS,
E
M. ATTIO PLAVTO, P. TERENTIO AFRO.
Salutem Nuntiandi.
ERVS meus tibi me salutem multam vcluit dicere,
Pseud. IV, 2, 25- IMai
Mater et soror Tibi salutem iusserunt dicere. Ph. :^alv
sient. Mil., IV. 8, 5,
Salutem dicito patri et matri, Et cognatis, & si quern alii
benevolentem videris. Cap. II , 3, 28-:
Salutem multam dicito patrono. — Cur. Nuntiabo.
Cur. IV., 2* :
Multam me tibi Salutem iussit dicere. — Cur. lh m9 50.
Salutem tibi ab sodali solidam nuntio. — Back. //., 2, to.
Salutem primum iam a principio propitiam
Mihi atque vobis, spectators, nuntio. — (Men. Prol., /, 2.
Salutem ei nuntiet verbis patris,
Ilium bene gerere rem & valere, et vivere,
Et eum rediturum a tutum. — Trin. ,//., ?, 42-44.
Adeundi.
MEVS pater hie quidem est, quern video; ibo, alloquar; quid fit, pate
r Mer. II. , 3, 32.
Accedam atque hanc appellabo. — Ampb. L, i, n-
lam hunc non ausim praeterire, quin constistam et colloquar.
Pere gre in patriam redisse salvum. _ sti ' Ik \ 6
304
Recte tuum patrem rediisse salvum peregre gaudeo. — Trin. v., 2, $4.
Ut exspectatus Peregre advenisti! — True. /., 2, 81.
Venire salvom volupe est. — Photm. IV., 3, 5. Tei
Pan. Mea mater salve. So. Gaudeo venisse salvam. — Hec. III., 2, /8.
Salvom te advenire, Demea, gaudemus. — Add. /., /, 55.
Here, salve; salvom te advenisse gaudeo. — Phorm. /., 3, 5 6 -
Bene factum te advenisse, Pamphile,
Et adeo, quod maxumum est, salvum atque validum.
Pa. Creditur. Hec - IIL > * 6 '
1 Volupe est, iucunde, amoeneest, an old adv., as though from an adj. volupus,
urn, which does not exist, the noun being voluptas, tatis, as though from volup^ts
Ritschl to the contrary notwithstanding.
305
PENSVM NONVM.
I.
/^BSOLVTIS 1 in Penso Octavo iis numeralibus, qui quantitatem
xprimunt, superest ut de iis disseramus, qui certa ac definita loca re-
am in ordine positarum indicant, Sic, pensum quod modo tractamus,
Dcamus nonum, quoniam pensa nostra ordinem, sive seriem 2 efffci-
nt, quae series a penso primo incipit, ac per secundum, tertium, quar-
im, quintum, sextum, septimum, ac, denique, octavum progressa, in
Dnum ducit. Tractavimus autem haetenus octo pensa, unumquodque
ngillatim, quibus si ulteriora duo, nonum nempe atque decimum, ad-
?mus, universim decern pensa, sive Partem Primam, absolvemus.'
Quot fgitur pensa absolvimus? Absolvimus octo.
Quotum pensum tractamus nunc? Nunc tractamus nonum.
Quotum tractabimus prdxime? 3 Proxime tractabimus decimum.
Quot pensa complectetur Pais Prima? Pars Prima complectetur
?cem pensa.
Quantum est hoc? !; quantum istud? 12: ecquantum* isthoc? 123.
Quotnam sunt iste lineote, | | | ? quot h*e, I I I I ?
Hoc quantum est? X
i h„n bS ° l T\ Vi ' UtU ?' finirC ' terminare 5 "Pram, esse, fui, restat, manet; «*,*
i, num s .verba facere; locus, i, in pi. n. loca.
2. Series, ei, f., res in ordine stantes, posits.
3 Proxime, mox, paulo post.
4. £/- quantum? die, sodes! quantum; isthoc, istud hoc; istic, isthic, isthunc &c„
5 nic, istum hunc.
306
I, 2, 3, 4, V.
Ouales sunt isti numeri? Primus est numerus Romanus; secundus
tertius, et quartus sunt Arabici, at quintus iterum Romanus est.
Estne unusqmsque 5 horum numerorum Arabicus? Estne quisqu
Romanus? Nonne quidam sunt Romani, quidam vero Arabia?
Quoti sunt Romani? — quoti Arabici?
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Hi numeri omnes ad unum« sunt Arabici. Estne ullus horum Ro
manus? Nullus est Romanus; ne unus quidem; quisque eorum -
Arabicus.
1, 2, 3, 4, V, 6, 7, 8, 9, X, 11, 12, 13, 14, XV
Ulline in isto numerorum ordine sunt Romani? suntne nonnuli' ir
ter eos Romani? Priores quique numeri quatuor sunt :, Arab >c> quinti
vero quisque est numerus Romanus. Quotusquisque* inter hos num
ros Arabicos est Romanus? Singulo cuique quarto Arabico Romani
succedit^ numerus. Quotumquemque Arabicum antecedit numer
Romanus?
Hoc in ordine figurarum prima qusquei" est linea plana ; quan
que harum excipit punctum parvum, quodque autem ist6rum subsequ
tur punctum maiiisculum.
5. Quisqu* unus, omnes et singuM; unusquisque. umquaique.unumquodqueM
simpliciter quisque, quceque, quidque, omnino omnis, ubi nemo, nihil exc.p.tur. «**•
q ™2£qLL. quidam vir, = aliquis certus vir; quidam res, «rta ahqua res.
6. Omnes ad unum, = a prime ad ultimum. Ullus? aliquis unus? Nullus, ne.
unus (veluti uni««s, v. unullus).
7 Wonnullus, a, urn, non est nullus, est aliquis ; sunt aliquot, pauci.
8 Quotus - quisque? quotus singulorum locorum? omnis tertius o. decimus.
?! Succedo* cLi, ssum, sub - cedo, eo post, ex imo, ab infra; antecedo, .
pro-, dis-, con-, ad (ac-)- cedo, eo.
10. Vide 5-tam. Excipio? cepi, ceptum sequor.
307
Vicinum 11 ac finitimum a laevo cuiusque puncti mai6ris minus est,
uique autem puncto minusculo a laevo, contigua vicinaque est lineola-
Quotaquaeque figiira in hoc ordine est linea? Quotumquodque est
mnctum minus? — maius? — Quam et qualem quodque punctum mi-
iiisculum figuram contiguam ac vicinam habet a tevo? a dextro?
^uota quaeque puncta sunt hie media? — quota ultima?
Series 6mnium numerorum, quibus rerum quanimque, in ordine
>ositarum, indicamus locum, haecce 12 est:
1 primus, a, um
2 secundus, a, um
3 tardus, a, um
4 quartus, a, um
5 quintus, a, um
6 sextus, a, um
7 Septimus, a, um
8 octaVus, a, um
9 norms, a, um
d£cimus, a, um
1 und£cimus, a, um
2 duod£cimus, a, um
3 tirtius dScimus, a, urn 16
4 quartus d£cimus, a, um
5 quintus d£cimus, a, um
6 sextus d£cimus, a, um
7 Septimus, d£cimus, a, um
8 octavus d£cimus, a, um
(duodevic£simus, a, um)
9 nonus d£cimus, a, um
(und£vic£simus, a, um)
20 vic^simus, a, um
(vigdsimus, a, um)
21 primus et vic£simus, a, um
(vig&imus primus, a, um)
(unus et vige'simus, a, um)
22 secundus et vice'simus, a, um
(vige'simus secundus, a, um)
(vidimus et alter, a, um)
23 tirtius et vice'simus, a, um
(vidimus tardus, a, um)
24 quartus, a, um, et "
(vic£simus quartus, a, um)
25 quintus et vice'simus, a, um
(vidimus quintus, a, um)
30 tric&imus (trigeminus), a, um
31 primus, a, um, et "
32 secundus, a, um,et"
(alter, tera um,et"
33 tirtius, um,et "
40 quadra'g&imus, a, um
50 quinqua^simus, a, um
11. -us, a, um, quod nobis adiacet, tangit fines nostros, contiguum.
12. -ce, ut hic^, hxece, hocce, en, vide, cerne hunc, hanc, hoc, huncce, &c.
13. Ita potissimum auctores Romani; colloquendo tamen dicimus tred&cimus, qua.
nor deamus, quindecimus, sedecimus, septemdecimus, octodecimus, novemdecimus, vi-
£simus, &c.
308
60 sexag£simus, a, um
800
70 septuag£simus, a, um
900
80 octuag£simus, a, um
1,000
90 nonag£simus, a, um
2 000
100 centesimus, a, um
3.000
101 primus, a, um et centisimus, a, um,
4,000
(unus, a, um et centisimus, a, um)
5,000
102 secundus, a, um, et centisimus, a, um
(alter, era, um) et centisimus, a. um
6 000
103 tirtius, a, um et centisimus, a, um
7,000
200 ducentSsimus, a, um
8,000
300 trecent£simus, a, um
9,000
tercentisimus, a, um
10,000
400 quadringent£simus, a, um
20,000
500 quingintesimus, a, um
50,000
600 sexcentisimus, a. um
100,000
700 septing£nt£simus, a, um
1,000,000
=3
octing£ntisimus, a, um
nongente'simus, a, um
mill£simus, a, um
bis mille'simus. a, um
ter mill£simus, a, um
quater mill£simus, a, um
quinquies (quinque)
mill£simus, a, uir
sex (s£xies) mille'simus, a, um
septem (s£pties) mille'simus I
octo (octics) mille'simus, a, ut
novem (n6vies) mill£simus |
decern (de'cies) mille'simus
vicits mille'simus, a, um
quinqua'gies mill£simus, a, um
ce'nties mile'simus, a, um
millies mille'simus, a, um
Q
II.
VVM unam quantitatem in alteram ducimus, 1 'multiplic&re' di-
cimur. Quum vero multiplicamus, unam quantitatem 'multiplicandam,
alteram autem ^ultiplicatoriam/ sive, vulgo, numerum 'multiplicato-
rem 7 appellamus- Quantitas autem multiplicanda Numeris Distributivis
multiplicatoria vero Adverbiis Numeralibus, ut in tabella sequenti, ex-
primuntur; nempe:
1 X
2 x
2 x
2 x
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 -
semel unum est singulum 3
bis bina 3 sunt quatdrna
bis terna sunt sen a
bis quatirna sunt oct6na
1. Duas quantitates congerimus, cumulamus, = ducimus. 'Multiplicator' revei;
homo est, tamen, brevitatis causa etiam numerum, quo multiplicamus, mathematici it;
vocant.
2. Ita scripsit Varro, teste Nonio Marcello.
3. Sic habet Cicero. Casterum, prater poetas, nemo apud Romanos numeris Cardi
nalibus sive multiplicative, sive etiam vel ornate sciibendo, vel de quantitate non nume
309
2 x 5 =
10
2 x 6 =
12
2 x 7 =
14
2 x 8 =
16
2 x 9 =
18
2 x 10 =
20
3 x 3 =
9
4 x 4 =
16
5 x 5 =
25
6 x 6 =
36
7x 7 =
49
8 x 8 =
64
9 x 9 =
81
10 x 10 =
100
10 x 100 =
1,000
100 x 100 =
10,000
bis quina sunt dena
bis sena sunt duodena
bis septina sunt quateYnad£na
bis octona sunt s£nad£na
bis nove*na sunt duodevic£na
bis dena sunt vicena
ter terna (trina) sunt nov£na
quater quaterna sunt s£nad£na
quinquies quina sunt vic£naquina
series s£na sunt tric^nase'na
s£pties sept£na sunt undequinqua^na
octies octona sunt sexag£na quaterna
novies nov£na sunt octuag£na singula
defies d£na sunt centra
dtem sunt cubus trium, tria autem sunt radix cubica,
Ratiocinium, 7 quo retr6rsum, ad deprehendendam radicem quadra-
n, aut cubicam, alicuius quantitatis efficientem 8 operamur, 'extractio
licis quadrate/ aut 'extractio cubi/ appellatur.
Perinde atque quantities, sive cumuli unitatum, tarn in minores
antitates, quam in unitates resolvi ac dividi patiuntur, 9 sic et omne
egrum, proinde etiam unitas ipsa, in partes efficientes diss6Ivi ac re-
:i queunt Quum unitatem, aut quamlibet 10 rem unam, bifariam, tri-
jm, quadrifariam, plurifariam dividimus, partes sic ortas communi-
aequales esse intelligimus, quamvis et inaequales esse pdssint
Quum igitur rem bifariam diviserimus, res erit dimidiata, consta-
que e duabus partibus, sive duobus dimidiis, atque integrum sic bi-
titum 11 niimeris hunc in modum significamus: J£. Rem tripartitam.
strifariam divisam, sic designamus: Ys; quadripartitam, sic: *4.
merus sic expressus fractiira, sive f ractio, 12 vocari solet; superior
5. Cubus, i, Graecis idem atque alea; est mensura quaqua versum quadrata in lati-
nem, longitudinem, et aliitudinem.
6. Eventus, us, — turn, i, quod evenit, fit, 2ccidit, quo in eventu, quo in casu, si
fiat, siquid eveniat.
7. -um } ii, ratiocinatio, calculatio, computatio; retro, versus tergum; deprehendo, 3
Mm, reperio, praesertim quum aliquis non vult reperiri, videri-
8. Efficiens causa, res. numerus, quidquid rem efficit, sine quo fieri non posset;
or, 1 atus sum, non quiescc, sedulo aliquid facio; extraho, 3 xi, ctum, traho — ex, eli-
evello, extorqueo, exquiro, radicem.
9. Patiuntur resolvi, patior, pati, passus sum, sino, perfero, tolero, non reluctor,
recuso, indulgeo, permitto; solvo* vi, utum, nodum, ligaturam quidquid sit ligatum,
mis, filum, dissolvo, resolvo, renodo; sinunt ut ad unitatem reducantur.
10- Quilibet, qucelibet, quodlibet, quaecunque res ad libitum; bifariam, &c, adv-
inationes non mutant: in duas, tres, quatuor, plures partes; communiter, more solito-
o. in ordinarium.
11. Bipariio* —, titum y divido in duas partes; designamus. Tripartitus, a, urn
rtitus, a, urn, part, prat-, sine verbo, divisum in tres partes.
12 Frango*fregi t fractum, rumpo, contero, comminuo; ~ra, ce, res fracta, rupta ;
ms > f., est potius actus frangendi, sed et res fracta, non integra.
316
quidem a scholis 13 'numerator,' quod niimerat partes, quot sumimu
inferior autem 'denominator,' quia docet quot in partes res divisa <
nominantur. Efferendo 14 autem hos numeros, genere foeminino term
nationum utimur, eo quod semper vocabulum 'pars 7 subaudiendum ei
Verbis, proinde, hos numeros sic exprimimus:
\ unum dimidium
una dimidia (pars)
\ una teVtia
i una quarta
unus quadrans
\ una quinta
■J- una sexta
\ una s^ptima
\ una octava
■J- una nona
^ una d£cima
T \ una undeama
T \ una duod£cima
3^- una tred£cima
* una vig£sima
duae t^rtise
duas quintal
duae sextan
tres quadrantes
dodrans, tis, m-
quatuor quintan
quinque sextae
sex s£ptimae
septem octavae
octo nonas
novem d£cimae
decern undeximae
duodecim quindecimse
"9
_9_
1
u
1 1
1 2
^ viginti quatuor
cent£simae
^^ triginta mill6srm£
H sesquialter, tera, urn
H sesqui tertius, a um
li sesqui quartus, a, um
1^ sesqui quintus, a, um
1£ sesqui sextus, a, um
1\ sesqui Septimus, a, um
H sesqui octavus, a, um
H sesqui nonus, a, um
1 T \ sesqui dScimus, a, um
2\ duo cum dimidio
3 T \ tres c dodrante
4 T 2 ¥ quftuor c. duabus
sed£cimh>
6 ¥ 8 -^ sex c. octo vic£simis
13 Per scholas Academias, Seminaria atque Scientiarum Universitates intelligimi
quae Medio >Evo, h. e. a saeculo Xl-mo ad XV-mum floruerunt, quarum magistn ac e
ctores uno verbo "Scholastici" appellantur.
14 Fffero, 3 extnli, elatum, hoc in sensu significat verbo edisserere, dicere, enunf
te, pronuntiare; alias mortuos ad sepulcra cvehere, sepelire: subaudio est audio men ,
sine verbo, sine loquela, vulgo 'subintelligere.'
Nota. Here we close our arithmatical exercises, to be applied in our next Pensu,
For this reason Recensio and Vocabularia are omitted, there bring no new words.
This is the way how the Kepplers, Newtons, Leibnitzes, and all Christendom 1 >
learned and taught arithmetic and mathematics, from the birth of the new arithmetic j
our own times, and so did I myself- So too Algebra, Geometry, and all other branc >
of Mathematics are Latin creations, and they should be restored so in all schooK
neither the teachers, nor the students understand the barbarized Latin-Greek tecnn.
terms, for which modern tongues have no expressions.
317
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS
I. DE NVMERALIBVS.
Of the six classes of numerals, specified in Pens. Octavum, we have treated four
mally, of the two others, the Multiplicativa (as simplex, duplex, triplex, etc ), men-
led incidentally, while the Proportionalia, only two-three in all, will be referred to
tx on.
122. A very pleasing and characteristic Latinism is introduced in this Pensum No-
n with the Numeralia Ordinaria, the interrogative adjective for that class of numerals,
his, a, urn, (already referred to in Pensum Secundum), as connected with Pronomen
efinitum quisque, quceque, quidque, quodque, each one, every one, and further empha-
d, unusquisque, unaquceque, unumquodque (uniuscuiusque, unicuique, unumquem-
, etc. each part declined in its own way). When we say in English, "How many of
cnew that," we use the cardinal numerals, and think of a promiscuous little band of
i; the Roman mind saw the image of a regular, orderly row of men, of which per-
s each 5th, 10th, 50th knew the thing, and so the Roman said, "quotusquisque no-
m id scivit?" "The each how manieth of us knew that?" The same idiom is used with
as, like; so if I wish to say, "Just as one will sow for himself will also reap," the
n idiom will be: "Ut quisque sibiseverit, itaet metet." The same is the case with
ie superlatives, as: ' 'All respectable people deny that it was done," m Latin, "Opti-
^ quisque id factum (esse) negat." The average wicked man (or people of the wicked-
rind) will point to the crowd (supporting) as his proof;" "Argumentum pessimi cu-
ue turba est"
123. The Distributiva. — Singulus, a, urn is occasionally used in singular (semel
m est singulum), but usually pi. Bird, *, a, pi. only, used of things in pairs (bini
0; of things in twos, with pi. nouns, as bina castra, so terna (trina); all the rest is
1, often for style's sake, in the place of the Cardinalia, in prose more than in poetry.
124. The Adverbia answer the English o?ice, twice, thrice to qualify verbs and nu-
al, or other adjectives, as ter optimus, terque quaterque beati.
II. DE VERBIS.
125. A. Verba Depon6ntia. — This is a system of regular verbs, passive only in
Hi but active, some transitive, some intransitive in meaning, wherefore having all
; participia, consequently also gerundia. Deponentia, because, as the Roman gram-
ians explain, they have laid down their passive meanings; but in reality they convey
nd of immanent action as hortor, I busy myself m urging on, loquor, \ keep myself
mg. Their cunjugation is as follows :
318
Coniugatio
VERBA DEPONENTIA.
ii
in
IV
Tempora
Primitiva
MODVS INFINITIWS
Tpus Prses.
Tpus Prset.
Tpus Fut.
hortor ari
atus sum
hortari
hortatum, a
hortaturum,
im,esse
, um, ' '
PARTICIPIA
Prses entis
Prseteriti
Futuri Activum
Futuri Passivum
vereor, en
veritus sum
vereri
veritum, am, um, esse
veriturum, am, um, esse
hortans, antis verens, entis 16quens, entis
hortatus, a, um veritus, a, um locutus, a, am
hortaturus, a, um veriturus, a, um locuturus, a, um
hortandus, a, um verendus,a, um loquendus, a, um
MODVS INDICATIVVS.
Tempus Prxsens.
loquor, loqui
locutus sum
loqui
locutum, am, am, esse
locuturum,am,um,esse
largior, largiri
largitus sum
largiri
largitum, am, am,
largiturum,am,um.
hortor
hortaVis [-re]
hortftur
hort^mur
hortamini
hort Oritur
horttfbar
hortabans[-re.
hortaba'tur
hortabamur
hortabimini
hortaba'ntur
hortatus
a, um
hortati
as, a
horta'tus
a, um
horta'ti
as, a
vereor
vereVis [-re]
verdtur
ver£mur
ver£mini
ver£ntur
loquor
loqueris
16quitur
16quimur
loquimini
loquuntur
Tempus PrxUritum Imperfection.
vergbar loqu£bar
verebans loquebans [re]
vereba'tur loqueba'tur
verebamur loqueba'mur
vereba'mini loquebamini
verebintur loqueblntur
Tempus Prseteritum Perfectum.
locutus
a, um
locuti,
as, a
largiens, entis
largitus, a, um
largiturus, a, um
largiendus, a, um
Urgior
largiris
largitur
largimur
largimini
largiuntur
largidbar
largieba'ris
largieb^tur
largieba'mur
largiebdmini
largieba'ntur
largitus
a, um
largiti
as, a
Tempus Prseteritum Plusquamperfectum
6nm
£rat
erimus
eritis
erant
hortibor
horta'beris [re.
hortibitur
hortdbimur
hortabimini
hortabuntur
horta'tus
a, um
hortfti,
as, a
locutus,
a, um
locuti,
as, a
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
ver£bor loquar
ver£beris [re] loqueris [re]
ver£bitur loquitur
verdbimur loqudmur
verebimini loquimini
verebuntur loquuntur
Tempus Futurum Exactum.
veritus, "\
a, um
viriti,
as, e
ero
e*ris
6rit
eVimus
iritis
<£runt
locutus, ^
a , um i
locuti, |
e*ro
<5ris
a.lim I e>it
his
X, a J ^runt
largitus,
a, um
largiti,
as, a
laVgiar
largiens
largiitur
largi£mur
largidmini
largidntur
largitus, "
a, um
largiti
as, a *
sum
es
est
sumus
estis
sunt
e"ram
e"ras
£rat
erlmus
eritis
e"rant
e"r6
€x\s
6rit
Primus
iritis
drunt
I
horter
horteris
hortetur
hortemur
hortemini
hortentur
hortarer
hortareris
hortarctur
hortaremiur
hortaremini
hortarentur
VERBA DEPON^NTIA
MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS
Tempus Prsesens.
II III
verear loquar
verar.s loquaris
vereatur loquatur
vereamur loquamur
vereamini loquamini
verea^tur loquantur
Tempu Prxteritum Imperfectum
vererer loquerer
verereris loquereris
vereretur loqueretur
vereremur loqueremur
vereremini loqueremini
vererentur loquerentur
Tempus Prasteritum Perfectum.
319
fiortatus
a, urn
tiortati,
ae, a
)rt£tus,
a, um I
>rtaU |
x, a
)rtaturus
a, um
irtaturi
se, a
•rtaturus,
a, um
•rtaturi,
as. a
Lenior,
« <
Asperior,
lociitus,
a, um
lociiti.
36. a
sim
sis
sit
simus
sitis
sint
Tempus Prasteritum Plusquam Perfectum.
IV
largiar
largiaris
largiatur
largiamur
largiamini
largiantur
largirer
largireris
largiretur
largiremur
largiremini
largirentur
largitus,
a, um
largiti,
x, a
sim
sis
sit
simus
sitis
sint
essem
esses
esset
esse'mus
esse"tis
essent
largitus,
a, um
largiti,
ae, a
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
veriturus,
a, um
verituri,
36. a
locuturus
a, um
locuturi,
ae, a
Tempus Futurum Exdctum.
essem
esses
csset
essemus
ess£tis
essent
verituruS:
a, um
verituri ,
as. a
essem
esses
esset
esse'mus
esse"tis
essent
locuturus,
a, um
locuturi,
ae. a
sim
sis
sit
simus
s tis
sint
essem
esses
csset
essemus
esse'tis
essent
largitiirus,
a, um
largituri,
36, a
largitiirus,
a, um
largituri,
36, a
essem
esses
esset
esse'mus
essetis
essent
MODVS IMPERATIVVS.
S. hortare
PL hortamini
S. 2, hortator
" 3, hortator
PI. 2, hortaminor
3, hortantor
Ace.
Abl.
ora.
en.
at.
cc.
bl.
hortatum
hortatu
1.
hortandum est
hortandi
hortando
(ad) hortandum
'ab) hortando
verere
veremini
veretor
verStor
vereminor
verentor
S V P I N A.
veritum
veritu
G E R V N D I A.
II.
verendum est
verendi
verendo
(ad) verenum
(a) verendo
loquere
loquimini
loquitor
loqu itor
loquiminor
loquuntor
locutum
locutu
III.
loquendum est
loquendi
loquendo
(ad) loquendum
(a) loquendo
largire
largimini
largitor
largitor
largiminor
largiuntor
largitum
largitu
IV.
largiendum est
largiendi
largiendo
(ad) largiendum
(a) largiendo
320
126. Mark the difference between a regular active and transitive verb in passive for
say, dico, passive dicor, and a deponent, say loquor, in the Futurum Infinitivi; dicor%
have it dictum in, to be told, loquor, on the contrary locuturum esse, which is the actr
form of the regular verb, as dicturum esse.
127. From the above (125) mentioned immanently active character of the Dep
nents though otherwise active and transitive grammatically, follows, that we cannot s;
in Latin I am admired, I am followed, I am being imitated, and the like, hence, we mi
either find other verbs, or use active construction.
128. Inasmuch, however, as the Participium Pratenti is always passive, necessi
broke through this inflexible principle of grammar, and did not allow the Deponentia
lay down their original passive character. Wherefore, as it is a very difficult matter
recall, or even to ascertain, which of them have retained their Participia Prateriti in n
passive form and meaning, for easy reference 1 record them here:
Abominatus, adeptus, arbitratus, comitatus, commentatus, complexus, conatus, cc
fessus, defunctus, demeritus, despicatus, dignatus, dilargitus, dominatus, blanditus,
blanditus, exsecratus, exhortatus, expertus, frustratus, imitatus, interminatus, interpre
tus, lamentatus, largitus, machinatus, meditatus, mensus, admensus, dimensus, demens
emensus, permensus, remensus, mentitus, ementitus, mercatus, mentus, metdtus, dii
tatus, modulatus, moratus, oblitus, orsus, exorsus partitus, dispertitus, impertitus,
ctus, pollicitus, populatus, professus, stipuiatus, testatus, contestatus, detestatus, testifi
tus, velificatus, veneratus-
129. Only such of the Deponentia have a full set of four Participia as have dir
government, i. e- accusativus, or indirect government with Ablativus, as:
sequor,
sequens,
secutus,
secuturus,
sequendus
patior,
patiens,
passus ,
passurus,
patiendus
ulciscor,
ulciscens,
ult us,
ulturus,
ulciscendus
fruor,
fruens,
fruitus, fructus,
fruiturus,
fruendus
fungor,
fungens,
functus,
functurus,
fu'igendus
utor,
utens,
usus,
usurus,
utendus
N ta i. — Lcetor, nitor , proficiscor do not have Part- Futuri Passivum, while
scor has only vescens, and vescendus.
N t a 2 — Those Deponentia which are intransitive, and, therefore admit neit
Accusativus, nor Ablativus. have three Participia, labor, labens, lapsus, Ifpstrus.
^ f a 3 _ Orior, oriri, ortus sum has that peculiar character about it, that in Pr
Infin-, oriri, it belongs to the 4th Conjugation, as well as in the Imperf. lnd et Coniun
oriebar and onrer, and Pra^s. lnd- 2d pers.,it also displays the characteristic long/, as
ris, but in 3d oritur, in the 3d Conjugation, and so throughout the whole Conjugal ,
in the Part Praet. ortus, the short « is dropped, in the Part Futuri Activum the sa.
short i is retained, oriturus, a, urn. As a neuter (intransitive) verb, it has no onemius ,
urn, , Part. Fut. Pass.) but an old form of this, as an adjective, takes its place, muna ,
a, urn.
321
130. The Deponentia, just like the Passiva, change their -6ns, -iris, -ens, -iris,
;ndings in 2d person sing. Prses. Ind., Prass. Con., Imperf. Ind. et Coni., Fut. Simpl.
nd. into -are, -ere, -ere, -ire, so that for hortan's, wtxeris, \6queris, hrgiris, north's,
itxtaris, loqudris, hrgidris, &c., we can also say and write hovtdre; vtx'ere, loquere (but
n Fut. Simpl. loquere), hrgire, hortzbare, vtxtbare, loqueb^, tergitbare.
Nota. — In the older phase of Latin, what is called "ante-classical" speech, i. e.,
)efore Caesar and Cicero, the Prsesens Infinitivi in the Vox Passiva, consequently also in
Deponentia, now nominaii, prceverti, &c, had the form of nominarter, praeverti^, often
mitatad by the classical and later poets.
VERBA ANOMALA.
All verbs in no language follow one and the same model of conjugation, but some
leviate and follow some other rule or model. Such are few in Latin, and were called by
he Roman grammarians Verba Anomala (-us, a, um), that is, irregular. We have treat-
id some of them, namely sum, possum, eo,fio (pp. 103—107); the remaining ones are
ero, feror, volo, nolo, malo, queo, nequeo, v£neo and edo. These are conjugated in the
olio wing manner:
131. Verbum Fero.
VOX ACTIVA.
fPRA primitiva— fero, ferre, tuli, latum
p rces. Infinitivi, ferre
p rcet. " tulisse
Fut. laturum, am, um
-os, -as, a esse
p articipium Prcesentis, ferens, -tis
Prceteriti, latus, -a, -um
Act. laturus, -a, -um
Futuri
Pass, ferendus, -a, -um
MODVS INDICATIVVS.
Tpus Prcesens.
e>o, fers, fert,
eVimus, feYtis, ferunt
Tps. Frcet. Imperfectum.
erSbam, fer£bas, ferebat,
erebamus. fereba'tis. fer£bant
MODVS CONIVNCTIWS.
Tempus Prcesens.
f£ram, fe'ras, feVat,
terimus, feritis, f£rant
Tpus. Prcet. Imperfectum.
feVrem, fe'rres, fe*rret,
ferr6mus, ferr£tis, feVrent.
Tps. Prcet. Perfectum.
tulerim, tuleris, tiilerit,
tule'rimus, tul^ritis, tulerint
Tps. Prcet. Plus quam Perfectum,
tulissem, tulisses, tulisset,
tulis$6mus, tuliss£tis, tulissent
Tps. Futurum Simplex,
laturus, -a, -um, sim 7 sis, sit,
latiiri. -ae, -a, simus, sitis> sint
322
Tps. Prcet. Perfectum.
tuli, tulisti, tulit,
tulimus, tulistis, tulenint, tulere
Tps. Ptcet. Plus quam Perfectum.
tuleram, tuleras, tulerat,
tuleramus, tuleratis, tulerant.
Tps. Futurum Simplex.
f£ram, feVes. fSret
feremus, fer&is, fSrent
Tps. Put. Exactum.
tulero, tuleris, tulerit
tulenmus, tuleritis, tulerint
GERVNDIVVM.
N. Singulars. 1 N. Pluralis.
Tempus Futurum Exactum.
laturus, -a, -urn, £ssem, esses, 6sset
laturi, -x, -a, essemus, -tis, -sent
MODVS IMPERATIVVS.
Lenior,
Sing, fer!
ferte!
PI
Tertia Persona.
ferto!
Asperior.
Sing, ferto!
PI. fert6te!
Tertia Persona,
Sing, ferto!
PI. fer unto!
A/om.ferendus,a,um
Gen. fer£ndi, x, i
Dai. ferendo, x, o
/4cC.ferendum, am, um
Voc. ferende, a, um
Abl. (a)fer£ndo,a,o
fer£ndi, ae, a
ferendorum, arum,
ferendis
ferdndos, as, a
ferendi, x t a
(a) ferendis
Supina.
zAccus. latum
Abl. latu
GERVNDIVVM.
Norn, ferendum est
Gen. ferendi (lebor)
Dat. ferendo (aptus)
/to. ' ad fer£ndum (missus)
Voc. caret
Abl. (a) ferendo (destitit)
*.. i. «. r ,, « •<£; SltttS irs i£\
Si'JSTA'Sft «SE- * "- >•"" * *°"' d s " i,! "
fer. 1 , they say, it is rumored. ...
No* 2. II, compound,: *M> («d - too), to tat * tot. to J™ * J»
323
fTo, to bring in front, or before, whence, prcelatus, in eccles. Latin, a priest olaced in
ink before others; profero, to bring forth, before the public, into the open; refer o, to
ring back, to put on record, to record, to report, as: ad Senatum referre, to lay before
he Senate; whence, telator, who is appointed to make a report, a reporter; particularly:
lultum refert, there is a great deal of difference, it is of a great importance; parum, or
ihil refert, it is of little, or of no consequence, importance. Suffero; (sub — fero), to
derate, to bear; qffero (ob — fero), to tender, offer.
Nota 3 . The carrying idea is also expressed by other verbs, according to the various
ays and methods it is done; such are: veho, 3 -xi, -ctum, on a wagon, ship, horseback,
rid compounds: aveho, adveho, conveho (whence English convey), eveho, deveho, inve-
o, reveho. Gero? gessi, stum, to wear, as clothes, or carry habitually; compounds:
ggero, egero, digero, congero, ingero, obgero, regero, suggero. Porto? r. , to carry some-
ling bulky, or to a distance, apporto, asporto, exporto, deporto, comporto, importo, re-
orto, supporto, hence also porta, a gate, mdportus, a port, harbor. Baiulo} r., to carry
eavy weight, bags, trunks, &c,
Verbum Feror
vox passiva.
pra primitiva, feror, ferri, latus sum
MODVS INFINITIVVS.
ps. Prcesens, ferri
Prceterit. latum, -am, -urn,
-os, -as, -a esse
rut. latum iri
The Participium Praeteriti, and
Fut. Passivum
find with the other Participia in the
Active Voice.
MODVS INDCIATIVVS.
f£ror, ferris, feVtur,
f£rimur, ferimini, feruntur
MODVS CONIVNCTISVV.
Tempus Prcesens,
f£rar, ferans, ferftur
ferimur, feramini, ferintur
fer£bar, ferebans (-re), ferebatur
ferebamur, ferebimini, fereMntur
Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum.
feVrer, ferrens (-re), ferr£tur
ferr£mur, ferr£mini, ferr£ntur
Tempus PrceUritum Perfectum
latus, -a, -urn, sum, es, est,
iati, -as, -a, sumus, estis, sunt
latus, -a, -um, sim, sis, sit,
lati, -as, -a simus, sitis, sint
324
Tempus Prcetkitum Plus quam Perf'ectum.
latus, -a, -um torn, eras, erat, I latus, -a, -um essem, fees, Jet
lati -x, -a eramus, eratis, erant | hfl. -«, -a, essemus, esset.s, essent
Tempus FutHrum Simplex.
f6rar, fer£ris (-re) , fer&ur,
feremur, ferimini, fer6ntur
fer£ndus, -a, -um sim, sis, sit
fer£ndi, -as, -a simus, sitis, sint
Tempus Futurum Exactum.
i + •«,«, *™ em erit I fer^ndus, -a, -um 6ssem, £sses, dsset,
T'-Zl SS Ss^nt I ferendi, * -a essemus, essetis, essen
MODVS IMPERATIVVS.
Unior,
Si#. fSrre
P/. ferimini
Jlsp'erior.
Sin, fertor
P/. feriminor
T£r/i# Personx.
Sin. fertor,
P/. feruntor.
Nota. - The regular meaning offeror is / «« 6«* earned;** t rt _ B moj ft
auently employed idiomatically in the meaning of they say comadmg w.th ferunl
Romulus/"*" Romam condidisse," which in active vo.ee would sound, Romul
ferZ Romam condidisse," Romulus is said, or -Off ^ that Romans . „ , and »fl
application, as is seen, it is one of the verba senttendt and declarandr, wh.ch we
^'Tnott very frequent application of the verb is to express rapid movements of m
animals things, as: "Avesferuntur per aera, birds dash through the a,r.
132.
Verba vc
TPRA primitiva:
volo, velle
v6lui
MODVS INFINITIVVS,
Tps. Prcesens
7ps. Prceteritum
Tps. Futurum
velle
voluisse
caret
Verba VOLO, NOLO, Malo
nolo, nolle
n61ui
nolle
n oluisse
caret
malo, malle
malui
malle
maluisse
caret
PARTICIP.
Prcesentis
Prxt. & Fut.
volens
(voliturus)
nolens
caret
caret
caret
325
volo, vis, vult
vdlumus, vultis,
volunt
votebam, -bas, -bat
volebamus, -bitis, -bant
vdlui, voluisti, vdluit
voliiimus, -istis, -enint,
volume
MODVS INDICATIWS.
Tempus Prcesens.
nolo, non vis, non vult
n61umus, non vultis
nolunt
malo, mavis, mavult
ma'lumus, maviiltis
milunt
Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum.
notebam, -bas, -bat matebam, -bas, -bat
nolebamus, -bitis, -bant malebimus, -bitis, -bant
Tempus Prceteritum Perfectum.
ndlui, noluisti, ndluit milui, maluisti, miluit
noluimus, -istis, -emnt maliiimus, -istis, -eYunt
noluere malueYe
volueram, -eras, -erat
volueramus, -itis, -ant
'olam, voles, volet
•'olemus, -£tis, -ent
'oluero, -eris, -erit
r oluenmus, -itis, -int
Tempus Prceteritum Plus quam Perfectum.
nolueram, -eras, -erat
nolueramus, -itis, -ant
maliieram, -eras, -erat
maluerimus, -itis, -erant
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
ndlam, n61es, ndlet ma*lam, miles, malet
nolemus, -itis, ent malemus, mantis, malent
Tempus Futurum Exactum.
noliiero, -eris, -erit maluero, -eris, -erit
nolueVimus, -iritis, -erint maluenmus, -iritis, -erint
£lim, v£lis, vflit
elimus, velitis, v&int
MODVS CONIVNCTIWS.
Tempus Prcesens.
n61im, ndlis, n61it
nolimus, nolitis, n61int
milim, milis, milit
malimus, malitis, milint
326
v&lem, velles, vellet
vellemus, -6tis, -ent
voluerim, -is, -it
volueYimus, -itis, -int
Tempus Prceteritum Imperfectum.
ndllem, n611es, nollet mlllem, m flies, millet
nollemus, -etis, -ent mallemus, -etis, -ent
Tempus Prceteritutn Perfectum.
noluerim, -is, -it
noluerimus, -itis, -int
maluerim, -is, -it
maluenmus, -itis, -int
Tempus Prceteritum Plus quam Perfectum.
voluissem, -es, -et
voluissemus, -tis, -ent
voluero, -eris, -erit
voluerimus, -itis, -int
noluissem, -es, -et
noluissemus, -tis, -ent
Fututum.
noluero, -eris, -it
noluerimus, -itis, int
maluissem, -es, -et
maluissemus, -6tis, -ent
maluero, -eris, -erit
maluenmus, -eritis, -int
Temporibus Futuro Simplici atque Exacto carent.
MODVS IMPERATIVVS.
caret; eius loco
Praes. Coni. vilis,
velitis adhibentur
Leniot
Sing, noli!
PL nolito!
zAsperior
Sing, nolito!
PL nolitote!
caret
Tertia Persona.
nolunto!
Not* 1. The meanings of these three verbs are, / will, I will not, and I prefer.
to volo I will, is not synonymous with the English I will, in most cases an aux.l. ,
verb but rather with the verb / want, when used in its place, as what do you want, j
vis? I want to speak with you, tecum colloqui volo. Often / wish ,s subst.tuted n E.
lish as "more polite," but it is also more misleading; for to wish is e sentiment, no
act 'of the will, and in that sense it answers Latin cupio, - volo is often joined with
DatWus of the Pronomen Personale, tibi, sibi, thus: Quid tiU vis? what do you w .
quid ille sibi vult? what does that fellow want?
2 We often hear people quote nolens - volens; but this quotation does not res
Roman authority. The Roman equivalent is velle nolle, and vein- n^s. TheJ>a|
pium Prasentis volens, -tis is much more frequent than nolens, -tis, and, smce the g.
327
marians have not found same in the now known works of the so called "classical* '
mthors, they have dropped it from school grammars.
3. Gentler imperatives, as: "please do/' "please do not," are expressed in Latin by
:he Prasens Coniunctivi of volo and the imperative of nolo, as: velis mihi dicere, please
ell me! noli id facere, please, don't do that!
4. Two negations in Latin mean one affirmation, as: nonnihil, means some- haud
arum, not a little, some; non ignoro, \ am not unaware, &c, but ne, a prohibitive part-
cle, standing with nolo, does not form an affirmation, but remains negative, as: vereor
ie id facere nolit, I fear that he be unwillig to do, that, or, lest he refuse to .'. .
5. Malo is a contraction of magis volo, through another contraction, mavolo, almost
he regular form before Cicero's time, meaning / rather have, I prefer, as: esse, quam
rideri, bonus, malebat, he preferred to be, then to seem to be good- Hieronymus has also
anployed malens, the Participium Prsesentis but we do not know of another instance,
particularly in earlier authors. (Malo is often strengthened by the adverbia multo, longe,
typido, as: muri, quam d£decus ferre, longe malo, to die, than to bear disgrace, I much
prefer.
6. Part. Fut. Act., voliturus also occurs with later authors.
133. Verba Qveo et Neqveo.
A Queo.
rpRA primitiva — queo, quire, quivi (quii), quitum
40DVS INFINITIVVS
7pus prasens — quire, Tpus Prcet. quivisse,
Tpus Fut. quiturum, -am, -um, -os, -as, -a esse, fuisse
'Articipia — Prats., caret; Prat., quitus, -a, -um, Fut. quiturus, -a, -um
MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTlVVS.
Tempus Prasens.
queo, quis, quit, queam, queas, queat,
quimus, quitis, queunt queamus, queitis, qu£ant
Tempus PrceUritum Imperfectum.
quibam, -bas, -bat quirem , - es , -et
quibamus, -Mtis, -bant quiremus, -e*tis, -ent
.328
tempus Prmtkitutn Perfectunt.
quivi (quii), quivisti, quivit ^verim, quiveris, quiverit
quivimus, quivistis, quiverunt quiverimus, qmvent.s, qu.venr,
quivere, quidre
Tempus PrceVeritum Plus quarn Perfectum.
quiveram, -as, -at, quivissem, -es et
quiverimus, -ftis, -ant quivissemus, -ft* -ent
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
quibo, quibis, quibit, ^Woo, quiveris, quiverit,
quivenmus, -ltis, -mt
Futurum Exactum
quivero, -is, it,
quiverimus, -itis, -int
Supina.
Ace. quitum; AM. quitu
Vox Passive Tps. Frees. Indie, quitur - queuntur, Prat, quitus sum
Deponens: quitus est.
B Nequeo.
tpra primitiva — nequeo, nequire, nequivi (nequii), nequitum
modvs infinitiws — Pr&s., nequire; Prcet., nequivisse, —
participivm, Frees., nequiens, nequeuntis
MODVS INDICATIVVS. MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS.
Tempus Prcesens.
, . L .x n6queam, nequeas, nequeat,
nequeo, nequis neqmt, nejuelmus, -que^tis, -queant
nequimus, -quitis, queunt nequeamu ,
Tempus Proeteritum Imperfectum.
su w t%*f nequirem, -res, -ret,
nequibam, -bas, -bat ^ , . x
nequibamus, -Mb, bant neqmremus, -rete, rent
829
Tempus Pratt eritum Perfectum.
nequivi (nequii) -visti, -vit - .
nequivimus, -vistis, -verunt, neqmvenm, -veris, -verit,
nequivere, nequiere nequivenmus, -veritis, -verint
Tempus Prxtiritum Plus quam Perfectum.
nequiveram, -veras, -verat . ,
lequiveramus, atis, -ant neqmv.ssem, -visses, -visset,
neqmvissemus, -eHs, -issent
Tempus Futurum Simplex.
lequibo, -bis, -bit
lequibimus, -tis, -bunt neqmvero, -veris, -verit
Futurum Exactum
equivero, -is, -it,
equiverimus, -itis, -int
nequivenmus, -itis, int
Vox Passiva.
Tpus. Prms. nequitur, Pratt., nequitum est.
m ^^^^^^'^^^^ P-« witbtbe
* more implies physical power, might authS R, f th T"' While ^"
mswesay InUUiene aueo nr M y "* USed J> romis C"ously.
» ** Butwhen^et y^Z^L^ l^oSe ' the" ^"^ ^
sK^r ally —' «* « - - - ~ *J2?j«5
annotwT sThaSs?" '", "* "^^ With W " et haud > « *"» ««■ *«.
£ i:SS^ °~ - — * - 2nu century B.
134
Verbum Veneo
^-i-vvo, / ac^^., venire, rrcet. veniviss^ v^nkw
participiis caret- venivisse, venisse, -
330
^ „ MODVS CONIVNCTIVVS.
MODVS INDICATIVVS.
Tetnpus Pmsens.
. .. , -as, -at
vdneo ?' _lt ~ i ' V6neam ' -^us, -atis, -ant
veneo ' -imus, -itis, -eunt
Tetnpus Prceteritum Imperfectum.
venibam **> * at ^ f Venirem ' -emus, -etis, -irent
vemoam, _^ meS) .^ _ ant
7^w/)«s Pmteritum Petfectum.
venivi " iviSti ' " ivi V l f veniverim, ^imus, -itis, -int
venivi, „ iyimuS) -i s tis, -venint
venieVunt, veniv£re
venie*re
Tempus Pmteritum Plus quam Perfectum.
-vlsses, -set
veniveram " Vera$ ' "I * venivissem, _ viss6mus , . t is, -ent
veniveram, _ tous> -^tis, -ant
Tempus Fufurutn Simplex.
"riSi -rit
venibo " WSi w u f VenlVer0, -vfrimus, -itis, -int
venioo, . bimuS) .bitis, -bunt
Futurum Exactum.
-ris, -rit
venivero, . vMmus> _ tis> . in t
dropped, thus: venivi, becomes vmii, in the 1st person, Perl
nivisti, veniveram, venieram, &c. . and w# j f(! - i
2. This verb is compounded rom « «, J. f ^ ^ f
*h*m (see con ligation pp. 1U4—1U3). vuilc « ^ oww
r £. » «u»i.. s ».« »'»»: » ,: »— »x«%«s (i , :
- r-» SEES — ~» - — ;* ;rr.t: I
331
is ventimdo, dare, dedi, datum, the a is short throughout; to sell, to offer for sale, to
put up for sate. These two verbs seem to have been devised to take the places of prostu
tuo,ere f tut, tutum, from statue + pro, to place, to put forward, into sight, for sale
the intransitive of which is prosto, prostdre, prostiti, prostitum, to stand-for (sale, to be
on sale). The transitive form has immediately acquired an inmoral meaning, and had to
be replaced by venumdo, the intransitive form, particularly in the 3rd person sing. pro.
stat, is still a decent word, and is correctly used in the meaning of "for sale." Because
the verb really is eo, it is so conjugated.
3. The following examples will illustrate the practical usage of these verbs: domus
mea prostat, or v£num prostat, my house is for sale; domum meam venumd*bo, I shall
sell my house, that is, I shall offer it for sale; domum meam vendam, I shall sell my
house, i. e., I shall not keep it, or, I have a purchaser for it; domus mea venibit, my
house is going to be sold, i. e., it will be offered for sale.
135- Verbum Edo.
tpra primitiva: £do, <*dere, edi, £sum, or, edo, esse, edi, esum
MODVS INFINITIVVS.
Tps. Pmsens, e*dere, or, esse
Prcet., edisse
Put., esiirum, -am, -urn, -os, -as, -a esse, fuisse
PARTICIPIA,
Prxsentis. edens, -tis, Pt ^
eciimus, -istis, -enmt edenmus, -itis, -int
332
Tempus PrceUritum Plus quant Perfectum.
dderam, -as, -at edissem, -es, -et
ederamus, -tis, -ant edissemus, -tis, -ent
Simplex,
edam, edes, edet
edSmus, ed&is, £dent
Exactum,
£dero, £deris, Sderit
ed£rimus, -itis, int
Tempus Futurum.
Simplex,
£dero, £deris, 6derit
ederimus, -itis, -int
Petiphrdsticum Simplex
esurus, a, um ) sim, sis, sit
esuri, as, a ) simus, sitis, sint
Periphrasticum Exactum.
esurus, a, um \ essem, -es, -et
esuri, as, a [ -emus, -tis, -ent
MODVS IMPKRATIVVS.
Lenior.
Asp'erior.
Sing., 6de,
PI. edite
, £ste
Tertice Persona.
edunto
Sing., £dito, esto
PL edit6te, est6te
GBRVNDIVVM.
GKRVNDIVM.
Nom.
Gen
Dat
Ace.
Voc.
edendus, a, um
edendi, as, i
edendo, as, o
edendum, am, um
edende, a, um
-di, -as, -a
-d6rum, -arum, -6rum
-dis
-dos, -as, -da
-di, -as, -a
Nom. (mihi) edendum est
Gen. (voluptas) edendi
Dat. (idoneum) edendo
Ace. ad edendum
Abl. ab edendo
Abl.
(ab) edendo, i, o
-dis
Supina.
Ace. esum
tAbl. esu
Notce — 1. The verb edo means / eat, in the widest sense, of men, animals de
seases, rust, &c Because it is an active transitive verb, it is also used passively, both in
the regular 'and irregular forms, as, editut and estur.
333
2. The marks over £deo, £dere, &c, mean the accent alone, not the quantity except
ing in es, for the e is short throughout, excepting the irregular form, because these are
derived from sum, is, est. This must be well remembered, because there is the verb edo
from ex + do, to give forth, give out, to publish, in which the e is long, on account of
the contraction from ex. These two verbs are entirely parallel in all forms excepting
the Perfects, and the irregular forms, thus: edo, edis, edit; edebam edebas; edam, edes;
edam, edas; ederem, ederes and £do, £dis, fctebam, e'dam, &c; but in Prat. Perf. the
former is edi, the latter Midi, gderam, e^'deram; ederim, e^'derim, &c.
3. As some tempora of this verb are taken from sum, and these forms are very fre-
quent in the authors, even in Cicero, instead of referring to these as exceptional forms I
print the complete verb in both, regular and irregular forms, the deviations becoming far
more striking. Since, therefore, es, est, esse, & c ., thus have two meanings, in Latin
schools and circles many jokes, and plays on words are constructed, like Mea pater
suum matrem lupus est in sylva. Go, father, the wolf eats the swines' mother in the
forest. (£Meo,i r., to go, sus, suis, f., swine, est = edit &c.)
VEBBA DEFECTIVA.
Those verbs, which have no records of having been used in certain modi, tempora,
or persons, are called defectiva.
They can be divided into three groups: A, the group of Verba Maiora, which lack
but few tempora, particalarly the present, and its derivatives; B, Verba [Minora, which
have but a few fragmentary forms, and all the rest of the verbal forms are missing; and
C, Verba Singularia, parts of individual verbs-
A, Verba Maiora,
!36- Verba Memini, Ccepi, Odi, Novi
MODVS INDICATIWS.
Tps.Pmsens caret caret caret caret
fps. Prcet. Imp. caret caret caret caret
3>s. Prat. Perf. memini, -isti, -it coepi, -isti, -it odi, -isti, -it novi, -visti, -it
meminimus, -istis, -imus, -istis, -imus, -istis, -imus, -istis,
-erunt, -ere -erunt, -eYe, -erunt, -ere, -erunt, -eYe
r ps. Prcet. Plus, memineram, -as, -at coeperam, -as, -at oderam, -as, -at soveran., -as, -at
quam Perf. -amus, -atis, -erant -amus, -atis, -amus, -atis, -imus, -atis
-ant -erant -ant
334
Tps. Fut. Sim. caret caret carei caret
Tps. Fut. Exact, meminero, -is, -it coepero, -is, -it 6dero, -is, -it n6vero, -is, -it
-Primus, -itis, -imus, -itis, -Primus, -itis, -Primus, -itis,
-erint -int -int -int
MODVS CONIVNCTIWS.
Tps. Prces.
Tps. Prcet. Imp.
Tps. Prcet. Perf.
Pps. Prcet. Plus
quam Perf.
Tps. Futurum
caret caret caret
caret caret caret
meminerim, coeperim, 6derim,
-is, -ti., -Primus -is, -it, -imus -is, -it, -imus,
-itis -int -itis, -int -itis, -int
meminissem, coepissem ; 6dissem,
-isses, -isset, -isses, -isset, -isses, -isset
-issemus, -£tis, -issemus, -iss&is -iss£mus, -&is,
-issent -issent -issent
meminero, coepero, -is, -it, 6dero, -is, -it,
-is, -it, -Primus Primus, -itis, -imus, -itis,
-entis, -erint -erint -erint
caret
caret
noverim,
-is, -it, -imus
-itis, -int
novissem,
-isses, -isset,
iss£mus, -£tis>
• issent
novero, -is, -it,
-imus, -itis,
-erint
Sing.
PL
memento
mementote
Tps Prcet. meminisse
Tps Fut. caret
MODVS IMPERATIVVS.
caret
MODVS INFINITIVVS
coepisse
ccepturum,
-am, um, -esse
caret
odisse,
6surum,
-am, -um, -esse
caret
novisse
cant
Prcesentis
Prceteriti,
FutHri.
caret
caret
caret
PARTICIPIA
caret
coeptus, a, um
coepturus, a, um
caret
osus, a, um
exosus, a, um
6surus, a, um
caret
caret
caret
Notce. 1. The Tempora Primitiva, \. e., the way we quote these verbs, are:
mbnini, meminisse, coepi, cozpisse, odi, odisse, novi, novisse.
335
2. Their meaning: mkmini, I remember; ctzpi, I have begun; odi, \ ha te; novi I
know, I am acquainted w. a person, or thing.
3. As to quantity: Since the first persons, mbnini, & c ., are of Tps. Prcet Perf. the
final us are long, the * in memini is short, but I mark it for the accent; the eah Y dnm * ticw *^ when he turns from the past tenses to the present
;nd at the climax he puts all his verbs into Pras. Infinitivi, in this manner: hostes mira-
, oonsistete, pav.tare ac, denique, se in pracipitem fugam dare, the enemy to wonder
o stop, to shake with fear, and finally to give itself to headlong run . . . the main verb,'
336
which puts all the other verbs into Infinitive, is missing; this missing verb is cceperunt.
Abstract grammarians see in this Latinism a wonderful construction and call it "a histo-
rical Infinitive," whereas it is but an ellipsis, an idiomatic omission of cazpi.
7. Odi, odisse, to hate, to dislike, a very important verb, used anciently, as odto;
while the Christian writers largely disregarded its classical limitations, and used forms,
like odis, bdiant, odiebani, bdivi, bditur, odiremur, &c. but, since Latin is no vernacu-
lar to us' we are not allowed to follow such examples, and the classical usage must be
followed. As the verb has no Pr * iat
— — awnt — ~~ * iant
ips. Pmt. Imperf. Indicativi: Tps. Prczt Perf. Indicativu
ai£bam, -bas, -bat, £ aisti - i[t
aieba*mus, -bdtis, -bant
387
MODVS INDICATIVVS.
participivm Pmsentis, inquiens
Tps. Prczsem: ^ jnquam, inquis, inquit, inquimus, inquitis, inquiunt
tt
Prat. Imperf. - - i nqui £ bat _
toff, inquii, inquisti
put * — inquies, inquiet
MODVS IMPKRATIVVS.
Unbr, S-, inque Aspirior, S., inquito
Tpra Primitive for, fari, fatus sum
Tps. Prass. infinitivi, fari
partic. Prcesentis, fans, -tis
MODVS INDICATIVVS MoDVS CONIVNCTIVVS.
Tpus Prxsens, - faris, fatur Tpus. Prat. Imperf., farer
— — fantur
Tps. Prat. Perf., fatus, a, urn, sum, eram modvs impbrativvs
Tps.Futurum, fabor, - fabitur Unior, Ure
SVPINVM gbrvndivm
AbL fatu Gen., fandi
Abl., fando
The verb v,ded them mto three groups, Verba Maiora, Verba Minora, and Verba
.mgulana, spectfymg m each verb all the forms that occur, aiding the memory by vi ua
izmg them, and making them handy for reference
>us witf 2 T0Pn i y ™* nsfassert ' or ' 7 **, emphatically; but ordinarily it issynonym-
u don't sav"' W ^; e r meanmg ; n0t ^ W ° rdS ° f S ° meb0dy > is " uoted - "Q» id **?"
eaUv'honSv^, r C r terS aiSm tu? d0 you sa y ? d ° y°« »ean to say?
eally: honestly? ls very frequently contracted into ai'n lu?
838
3. Inquam, had an older form inquio, and also inquo, not used by the best authors,
and gradually the inquam form survived. The meaning is "say 1 popularly says 1, I
e qurt ne not the meaning but the words of some one, and it is put into the quotat.cn,
after the fust or second word parenthetically, in this manner: "Qu sibi," inquit, senu-
tarn non sapiunt, alteri monstrant viam." - The Part. Praesenhs, mqmins, does not oc-
cur excepting in the Vulgata, likely from Hebrew similar usage-
except.^ ; i ^ ^^ ^ ^ synonymous wlth loqu , to speak the
difference being that>» nearer expresses the ability and inclination to speak, and not tc
T2Z The fir toenson Pnes lndic, for, is not used, excepting as a part of the Tempo-
SSmitiva FromTpart .^enfe/««s, is ,«fans derived, because unable to speak-
BecaTe it has a Gerundium, we can assume that the verb has also had a Gerund.yum,
LTconLquently, a Part- Fut. Passivum, and that in a real passive meaning, when*
we have /3«s and, in particular, infandus, a, urn, as in "Infantum Reg.na, mbes re ;
™ dolorem » unutterable, unspeakable- The AM. /**>. is very frequent ,n vhras.
like, "ntfando quidem audivi," I have not heard it even from hearsay.
C. Verba Singular ia.
138 Under this head 1 have grouped certain verbs, »hich exist only in fragments
such 2': qui, ausimjorem, age, salve and ave, defit intit, cedctnd «*.
1 qLo, M, or U, is the older, therefore more solemn and religious form, c rf qua
ro ,3 qu *sivi, -Uum, to seek, to ask, to pray; in this form not used bu . rta fir**
Inns V^so and ««!««»«, particularly as an interjected request, as: tu, quaeso, creb
S T ? 1! 1 nr Att 7 10 10. It has passed into the Roman liturgy from the anc.e,
ler?" Answer: "A prassta-quaesumus."
" 2 Ausim,ausis,ausit,ausint, according to modern grammarians an ancient for.
of Prts Con! of «*<».• ««« s« W ; I dare; 1 maintaine that this form is a mere co
forem, from an old stem/wo, whence jm, 101 j j ^
bos, for honor and arbor), almost synonymous with «» . «s t» /«
future meaning; for instance: "Si id verum«*t, gauderem, if it were true,
339
begrad; "Si id verum/^/, if it should become true, if it were to become true .. ."
Used as auxiliary to sum.
4. Age and strengthened, agedum, age sis, the Imperat. of ago,* egi, actum, to act
o do, used along w,th/ f/ te (imperat, of facio and dico) * .,^>„**
fac abscedamus h.nc!" "say, hellow there, let's go away from here-"
5 Safe and L 26 - ,ts "<«■• «««•
ac cordWtf ' ? r t f t °. 2CCepted P hilol °^' an adaptation from Greek, macar, blessed"
iccordmg to our Latin tradition it is a pure Latin compound of magis + auctus and This
xplams why ,t is constructed with Abl. and esto, este, estote, whilethe other' exifn
•o hing. It has three forms, Norn., modus. Voc, made, in PI Tom. and Voc mS
and ,s very frequent both as a religious word, and a simple exclamation, brav^on
te°vi r tute y " U Cic Xe ^t P 12 ^T^ 7° "5* eSt °'" Cat ° *•*> 134 ' * M -
■irtuTe'la^jrad^^^T^' ** ^ ^ *> >* ™
13S - VERBA IMPERSONALIA.
A group of active transitive verbs is called Krba Impersondlia from the fact thaf
ch verbs cannot be used with subjects of the first and second persons; ndther cm thev
e used ,n plural number- They have several classes; as: hey
1«, of mental disposition; such are:
340
miseret, poenitet, pudet, Xcedet, piget, decet, libet, licet, oportet.
a) Miseret, -ere, -rtus sum (with the philologists, miser/tus) it makes me pity, I
pity, I feel merciful. This verb is simply the third person of misereo, -ere, -ui, -sertum,
the deponent form being misereor, -eri, -rtus, -sum. I pity, I take pity. Construction:
Subject Accusat., object Genit. of the noun or pronoun, Infmitivus with verbs, as: aegro-
ti me miseret, vestri, tui, sui nos miseret; id videre, or vidisse me miseret.
b) Poenitet, - r ere, -uit, -uerat, -eat, -ens, -urus, -endus (philologists, pae . . . ;
but it is derived from punio, hence poena, — ancient ce for u), to repent, to regret. Con.
struction like that of miseret. Ex.: poenitet me facti, ire, dedecoris; with verbs: pceni-
tuit eum id dixisse, neglexisse, fecisse.
c) Pudet, -ere, -uit (puditum est), -uerat, -bit, -eat, - r eret, -ens, -iturus, -endus, to
be ashamed: delicti, culpae eum pudet; pudet eum dixisse.
d) Tcedet, - r ere, -ebat, -uit (taesum est), -bit, -eat, -eret, to be loath, to be disgusted,
to suffer from nausea; taedet, -uit nos sermonis tui, sermonem eius audivisse.
e) Piget, -'ere, -uit (pigitum est), ixompigeo, and this from piger, pigra, pigrum,
lazy; pigibit, -uerat, -eat, -tret, &c, to be lazy, to lack sprightliness, to feel too lazy tc
do something; but the Romans themselves mixed it up with taedet, or used both together
Construction the same: piget me laborare, or laboris, I feel irksome, unwilling to work.
f) Decet, -ere, -uit, to be fitting, befitting, it behooves, it is becoming, can be usee
of clothes, as fitting a person, and of moral fittingness. Construction different from tto
others; with Accus.: mentiri neminem decet, it is unbecoming anybody to lie; with Dat
vestis angusta non te, or tibi decet; Infim: timere non decet.
g) Libet, or lubet, -ere, -uit (libitum est), German lieben, leben, English love, fron
Hebrew Veb (leV), heart The diversity of spelling, just as in all similar cases, is due tc
the "pingue quid sonat," the /sounding something fat; as some Romnn grammanai
says that is, it is neither our thin i 9 like English ee, nor is it an u, like French ou, but :
sound between the two, i. e., the French u, or German u. Therefore it is neither Ubet
norlwbet but tfbet. Its meaning: it agrees with my will, agreably to my will, becaus.
1 want it so. Construction: with Infmitivus of the verb, as: libet oiiari, it is my choic.
to lounge; with object: quod libeat, pete, ask what you choose; subject always Dativus
mihi id facere non lubet, I do not care to do that.
h) Licet, -ere, -uit, licitum est, not forbidden, can be done freely. Construction
Infinitivus verbi, subiectum cum Dativo: semel in anno insanire licet, one may make :
fool of himself once in a year, licet quidem mihi, sed non lubet, I am at liberty to do ll
but 1 am not willing, n. pi. Norn., multa licent, sed non omnia expediunt, many thing
are permissible, but all are not advisable.
i) Oportet, -ere, -uit, one must, it is necessary- We conjugate this and all the other
in this manner:
341
oportet
oport^bat
oportuit
oportuerat
oport£bit
oportuerit
properire
opdrteat
oporteret
oportuerit
oportuisset
oporteVe
oportuisse
me
te
se
nos
vos
se (illos)
properire
2. Verbs, otherwise regular, used impersonally; such are:
fit, it happens
iccidit, happens adversely
contingit, happens unexpectedly
£venit, happens, it comes to pass
acc^dit, in addition, add to it
restat ) moreover
superest J it remains
sufficit, it is enough
appiret, it appears
liquet, it is plain
patet, it is clear, evident
constat, it is certain, proven
fttinet, it is pertinent
cdnvenit, it is suitable, befitting
conducit, it is conducive, helpful
e\xpedit, it is timely, opportune
interest, it is advantageous
delectat, it affords pleasure
iuvat, it is profitable
placet, it meats my approval
prastat, it is better
2 I me > te > se i if ?t s my
tu S" y < attention, or
praeterit Jnos,vos,eos knowledge .
3. Verbs, expressing natural phoenomena; such are:
«fc pluere, pluit, -erat, -et, -at, -eret
-isset, -endo, to rain
«flfc -gere, -nxit, &c to snow
'Andinat, -are, -vit, -bit, &c. to hail
Pidat, -a* re , -vit, -datum est, -bit, -et, &c.
to rain stones
tonat, -are, -uit, abit, &c, tonans, to
thunder
fulgurat, -are, -vit, &c, to lighten
lucescit, -ere, illucesco, -ere, illuxit, to light-
en up, of the day
vesperascit, -ere, advesperascit, -avit, to
grow dark, evening
rfdSfn^ ^ C °" StmCted either with A ^us., as, pluit sanguinem, or with AM., lacte,
rained £; ~ f^*" ™ th0TS Several times mention la P Uat - la P id * bat > " atoned,
rained stones, as it was popularly believed.
-sonalt 1 " 1 ^ ^1 ^fl: ° r intransitive > ver b, if its meaning permits, can be used im-
o Passive f 1 1 * Z """^ be UXd paSSively > b * chin ^ the 3 <> P*™ n ™*
mest II PUgnat ' pusnztur ' P"gnato est; it, it«r, Hum est; laborer,
iueated likf^" '" °? P ™? s ™ (139 < *• CW, oportet) the Verba Impersonalia are
jugated hke other verbs m all Tempora et Modi, but in the 3d person sing, alone ex-
342
cepting, perhaps^**, for we can say "non te hsc pude«*?" but few of them have
Participia, such being specified in each verb; nor have they Modus Imperative for wh.ch
the Prss. Coni. is employed, as: pudeat te tail be ashemed of yourself
6 Grammarians think that Verba Impersonalia do really have subjects not expres-
sed, but understood, thus: pugnatur (a militibus); itur (via, iter), pluit, tonat, fulgurat
( ' UP 7 e We may count along with the Impersonalia two participial constructions, frequent
with the authors, one with o P us est, it is necessary, as: maturate opus est tact to opus
est, it is necessary to hurry, to keep silent; and the other, an Ab at.vus Absolute. And,
to regem in Ciliciam tendere; Sal.; desperato regionem posse ret.nen, Curt., ,. e, quurn
desperatum esset; cognito, quod insidi* sibi pararentur. lust., i. e., quurn cognovissel
insidias sibi parari.
PENSVM DECIMVM.
I.
G&MINOS 1 hie descripsi circulos alterum
intra alterum* Spatium 2 inter utrumque punctis
primum quatuor, a summo, ab imo, a dextro et a
lasvo in aequa intervalla interstinguo. Circuli
nunc in quatuor quadrantes sunt secti. Quern-
que quadrantem duobus punctis iterum in tria
asqualia intervalla dispertior, 3 singula autem in-
tervalla lineolis quatuor in quinque interestitia
partior.
(The teacher drawing these two circles should leave ample space between them, so
he can better visualize the operation described in the text. After placing the four hour-
marks, dividing the circles into four quarters, it will suffice if he marks out the hours
12, 1, 2, 3, and divides the spaces into minutes; he need not do it all around.)
1. -us, -a, -um, fr. gigno, 3 genui, -itum, double, two at a time, usually of two
children born at the same time, gemini fiat res, twin brothers, and so as a pi. noun, gt-
mini, -orum, twins; trigemini, triplets; frequently used of other things, as here, double.
2. -um, ii, a space; adv. at first; -urn, i, the top; -um, 4, from below; -urn, -i,
from the right; -um, 4, from the left; -um, 4, fr. the military language, the space
between the tents and the vallum, \. e . , pointed planks, or other timber, so sunk into the
mound, or earth-work, as to stand out some 5 6 feet, making a wooden fence and pro-
tection for the soldiers behind it; transferred to other spaces; -guo, 3 -nxi, -ctum, to mark
off, properly, to paint apart, like distinguo, to paint in two colors, so as to make the
thing conspicuous, fr. tingo, and this fr. tango.
3. -or* 4tus sum, to part asunder, to divide into parts, to distribute; a little more
than partior, 4 ' -itus sum, to partition, to divide up, fr- pars; interstitium, fr. inter —
si%io, standing between; a place, or space between things.
344
Si idem per totum circtiitum 4 fecero, atque
ex adverso singulis punctis niimeros adscripsero,
figiira istiusmodi notissima enascetur, quae ho-
rarium vocatur. Quodque enim punctum hie ho-
ram, qusequae autem lineola partes horarum, quae
miniita 5 prima appellantur, significant; numeri
autem du6decim totidem horarum ordinem, unum
scilicet diem, aut unam noctem, exprimunt.
H0RAR1VM
INDICES
Hor£rium lamella 6 est aenea vitre&ta, albo
nigroque distincta, omnes horas, omniaque mi-
niita diei exhibens. Sunt enim in die horae duo-
decim, hora autem quaeque sexaginta miniita pri-
ma, minutum denique quodque primum sexa-
ginta minutis secundis ab^61vitur. 7 Proinde, si
scire velimus, quota sit diei aut noctis hora, aut
quis 8 quadrans, quotumque minutum vel mo-
mentum, indicio opus est, quod nos doceat. In
4 .us, -6s. m. fr. circum 4- eo, to go around; the whole circumference; -urn, U
the opposite side; well known; -scor* naius sum, to be born; a dial.
I Minutum, -i, fr. minuo, 3 -i, -utum. fr. minus, what has been made very small, a
minute, used as a noun, fr. which are the neo-Latin mutilations. As the Romans knew no
cTocks in modern sense, they had no idea of any divisions of the hour, wherefore a very
short space of time they called punctum tem P oris, and momentum (contracted fr. mm-
mentul) temporis, but without a definite measure of its duration The invention of clocks
finally enabled mathematicians to divide time as we now have it, when the dial was ch-
SS into 12 (respectively 24) hours, the hour into ' 'sexaginta minuta prima because
th? minutum^ was again divided into further "minuta ucunda." i. e., secondary minu-
te — Exbrimo? -pressi, -ssum, to squeeze, press out, tu utter, to express.
6. I., a small plate; -us, -ft -urn, metal, metallic; -tus, 4a, -turn, a word used only
by me, to mean enamel.
7 -vo 3 -vi, -utum, to loosen, to finish, finish up, divide.
8* Quis? interrog. pron. properly applied to persons only; but because qui? which
would be the proper pronoun for things misc., was found by the Romans to cause a d*
3 ab hiatus with its vowel ending, they always employ quts in such places as ml
lerwor^;-^ bathing that gives away, betrays; opuses / aliqu ^ -something i.
needed, w. Abl., indicia, indicating device; -ceo- -ui, -ctum, to teach, to inform.
345
hac igitur figiira duo conspiciiintur indices, quorum brevior horas,
longior autem minuta indicat 9
Verum enim vero 10 tempus labitur, et perpe-
tuo fugit, nee indices stativf fugax tempus asse-
quiintur. Machilla 11 opus est, quae labidum tempus
pari passu comitetur, efficiatque ut indices circu-
eant, atque tempus nee antecedant, nee subse-
quantur, sed accurate, et ad amussim, tamquam
digiti, prodant et ostendant. Machinula huius ge-
neris horoltfgium 12 appellator. Est autem horolo-
gium pagmentum 13 e rotulis axiculisque dentatis,
inter se nexis, seseque in vices urgentibus, mira
arte fictum, quod pone horarium, in capsa recon-
HOROLOGIVM
9. Indico? r., fr. in + dico, 3 -dixi, -ctum, to tell in, to give away, to bring to one's
knowledge, to indicate; the thing that does it, is index % -ids, m.
10. Many write it in one word: alas! -bor? -psus sum, to slide, fall; adv. unbro-
kenly, constantly; -gio? fugijugitum, to run, flee; -us, -a, -urn, standing, that does not
move; -ax, -acts, adj. that is given to running, fleeting; to overtake, attain.
11. -Ua, and machinula, dim. of machina, a machine, an engine, abl. because opus
est; -dm, -a, -urn, slippery, liable to fall, or to run away; -tor* -atus sum, f r . con + i
to, eo — cum, to go along with, to follow along; antte'edo? -cessi, -ssum, to precede, to
go ahead of somebody, here: to be fast; -quor* cutus sum, to follow after, here: to be
slow; adv. exactly; 4s, 4s, f. , a string, snapped lengthwise on a log, struck a colored line,
or rule to be followed in squaring a round log, exactly, to precision; -do* -didi, -Hum,
to give away a secret, to betray, to disclose, to inform, in bonam partem; -do* -di, -turn]
-sum, to show.
12. -urn, ii, a clock; with the Romans the sun dial, water, or sand, for the word
does not limit its meaning to any one kind.
13. -urn, ii, f r . pango, 3 p£pigi, pactum, to bring, bind, beat, press, forge together
from many details and parts, like a book, from many pages, a house from many bricks,
&c. ; -necto? -xui, -xi, -xum, to tie, to bind, join, fasten; in vices, alternately, invicem,
adv. , one another reciprocally ; -geo* -sz, — , to coax, or, physically to press, squeeze, push,
force; jingo? -n x i, fictum, to feign, to mould, shape; I., a box; -do? -didi, -ditum, to
hide, conceal, put away; -ium, ii, really, a band-master, fr. chorus + ago, but in mecha-
nics, a spring, that causes hopping and jumping; chalybs, -ybis, f., steel, 4ius t a, urn,
tnough usually -ceus, disregarding Gr. etymology, of steel; I., a coil, a spring; -do* -di.
^um, .sum, to tighten, to stretch, wind up; -co? r., to unfold itself; -nor? -atus sum,
346
ditum, a choragio chalybeio in spiram intento, dum se explicare cona-
tur, inmotumagitur, cuius motus iustum modum et mensuram per-
pendiculum oscilldndo servat, in saccariis vero fraenum.
Haec omnia in id unum conspirant, 14 ut duos indices, quos t6tidem
axiculi, unus in altero, in medio horario prcminentes, dispari motu cir-
cumversent. Alter enim indicum, brevior, horarum est, minut6rum pri-
m6rum alter: hie semel omni hora, sive duodecies in die, circuitum to-
tum percurrit, ille semel in die.
Quod tempus indicat horologium istud? Istud horologium horam
duodecimam cum quadrante indicat. Quota esset hora si index longior
loco trium, quatuor indicaret? Tunc esset hora duodecima cum viginti
minutis. Quota esset hora si indices inter se permutati essent? Tunc
esset hora tertia. Quid si index minutalis sextam indicaret, horarius
autem inter septimam et octavam medium locum teneret? Tunc esset
hora septima cum dimidio, sive duobus quadrantibus. Quodsi vero mi-
nutalis nonae immineret, 15 horarius autem decim^? Esset nona cum
dodrante, sive tribus quadrantibus.
At sunt horologia, quae tempus non modo
visui nostro, verum etiam auditui indicant, quod
quidem in tenebris maximo sunt ilsuL 16 Talia
horologia partim campanulis, 17 vel nolis, partim
campAnvla autem sonantibus spiris, chalybeiis atque pulsa-
tn endeavor- -us, a, urn, just, fair, reasonable; -us, >i, a manner, moderation, curbing,
restraint, I. 'measure, limit; -w i, a pendulum; -W r., to swing; modum servo, to
temper, 'to keep regular; frcenum, i, here, escapement, bridle.
14. -ro,ir., to breath in common, in wider sense, to co-operate; axes parvi; -mi-
nco* -ui, — , to stand Out; -verso} r, frequ. of verto.
' 15 -neo? — , — , to overhang, to be hovering over, to point to, to approach.
16* -us,'-uS, a use, practice, application; usui est, is of use, with. Dat, very useful.
17 Campana, ce, a church-bell; -nula, x, a small bell, gong; -nola, ce, a little bell;
the first is so called from Campania, a province of Italy, where it was invented, the sec-
ond is its diminutive; the third is derived from the name of Nola, as, the capital of
Campania but the o in it was made short; Mum, i, fr. pulso, 1 r., to knock, as at a
door or strike beat, like on a musical instrument, a short and light little stick with a
wrapped head for beating, playing a stringed musical instrument with; -iw,*^w, to sound,
resound; as, ceris, any metal; ictus, -us, a stroke.
347
PVLSABVLAM
bulo sunt instructa, quoniam hasc resonantia a^ra
statis temporibus tot ictibus pulsant, quotam ho-
ram indices ostendunt. Idgenus horologium so-
nax 18 vocatur. Inter haec illud quoque genus re-
ferri potest, quod folliculo 19 inflatum, vocem coc-
cygis imitatur. His item annumeranda sunt et-
iam suscitabula, 20 quae nos eo quo expergefieri
tempore ciipimus, aut cato crepitu suscitant, aut
suavi musica.
Caeterum horologia partim sunt stataria, 21
siquidem in mensis, pegmatibus ac pluteis stare
solent; partim pendula, quae nempe e parietibus
pendent; partim, denique, saccaria, quandoqui-
dem horologiola istius generis nobiscum in sac-
culis genere solemus.
Quodque horologium bonum recte incedit, 22
tempus accurate indicat, pulsuque prodit; si vero id minus faciat, etnos
errore fallat, sive maturando, sive tardando, horologium vagum et erra-
SPIRA
CLAVIS
18. Sonax, acts, adj., resounding, striking.
19. Follis, is, m., a bellows, -cuius, i, a dimin. thereof; inflo, 1 r., to blow into;
coccyx, ygis (y long), mf., a cuckoo; -tor, 1 atus sum, to imitate.
20. -um, i, a Roman word, properly any tonic, anything inciting, waking up, used
by me in the sense of an alarm clock; expergefio, -fieri, -f actus sum, like expergiscor, to
become awake, the neutral forms, expergefacio, 3 -feci, -factum to wake up an other
person, is the active transitive form; catus, ~a, urn, shrill, loud; -us, -Us, rattling noise;
-to} r., to quicken up, wake up; -z's, -e, pleasant; I., music.
21. -us, -a, -um, fr. sto, statuo, standing; pegma, -atis f n., any wooden or other
stand, case, in furniture; -us, U, shelves, book-stand, desk; -ulus, -a, -urn, hanging
down; -drius, -a, -um, of pocket.
22. do, 3 -cessi, -ssum, fr. in + cedo, to be agoing, as a neuter, or intransitive verb,
but also used transitively w. Ace. and Dat.; one of the most prolific verbs with Us com-
pounds, as: abscedo, accedo (ad — c), decedo, excedo, concedo, praxedo, procedo, re-
cedo, secedo, succedo; adv., accurate (adcurate), carefully, exactly; si id minus facit =
whereas, if it does not; fallo, 3 fefellijalsum, to disappoint, to leave in lurch; -ro, 1 r.,
to hurry, to be fast; -do, 1 n, to tarry, to be slow; -us, -a, -um, to be roving about, ua,
reliable, indefinite; -icus, -a, -um, one given to roaming about aimlessly, stray.
348
ticum est. Fit etiam sspe, ut horologium ex neglects non intentum
omnloconsistatetobmutescat. Quum id animadyertimus, choragmrn
clavi saccarium autem cervicuia* intorquendo, intendimuset ad nor-
mal ftSattoris cuiusdam horol6gii adaptamus, et ad rec e inceden-
rmrestaur a a m us. Si verp non detentum- sit, sed ex qual.be causa
Seat nee id ad incedendum incitire queamus, almd superest mhl
nSut horologium chart* emporetiae, aut diurnari*. mvolvamus, et sub
axilla ad horopegum, causa reparations, deferamus.
ttecensio. — Cuiusmodi figuram descripsi initio huius Pensi? -
Quot in par es'divisi spatium inter geminos circolos? - Quid ind.can,
™S auid intervalla? - Quid vocatur horanum? - Ex qua mate-
rsolet esfe Sum? - Quot in partes dividitur hora? quot in parte,
StasectodaP-Statne tempos? - Quid est ho ologium? - Qu.c
det (movet) machillam horologii? quid moderator? - In quid conspi-
rnt oartes horologii? - Cuiusmodi horologia sunt sonacia? - Qua
unt soSabTa - Qu* genera sunt horologiorum? - Quale oporte
3S Tbonum esse? - Quid agimus si horologmm detentum est
-Quid si horol6gium in motum agere omnino nequimus?
•n us -us a neglect, negligence; -sco* -ui, to become dumb, silent.
24 I dimin *tf£**, «" U a neck, in mechanics, any joint resembhng a neck
here te stem of a watch; -gueo* -si, -rtum, to turn, to twist, ,n wmdmg a watch; I,
^'T^^ntXu^^^^si, -sum, to get stuck; ** ,,
• I ,m 2Z Tmud superest nihil = nothing else remains (to do); I., packing
" TwsL r v'o'-vi, -«*». to roll in, wrap in; I, the armpit, the arm; -us, ,
P w" d ckmak.; -ro> ,. to match, to pair a thing again; to .pan ( causa - f
The sake of, for - -): -™> 3 Mi, latum, to br.ng, carry down to.
VOCABVLARIVM 25
Nna. Snbst.
spitium, ii
interviillum, i
interstitium, ii
circuitus, us
adversum, i
horarium, ii
hora, x
minutum, i
lamella, x
momentum, i
indicium, ii
machilla, x
machinula, x
amiissis, is, f-
digitus, i
horol6gium, ii
pagmSntum, i
ars, artis, f.
capsa, x
349
horanum, fi
spira, x
campanula, x
nola, x
pulsibulum, i
ictus, Us
folliculus, i
coccyx, ygis, f.
suscitibulum, i
^r£pitus, us
musica, x
pSgma, atis, n.
pluteus, i
pulsus, us
error, is, m.
negl£ctus, us
clavis, is, f.
cervicula, x
norma, x
dusa, x
axilla, x
horop£gus, i
repadtio, nis, f.
Nna. Adi.
g£minus, a, um
summus, a, um
imus, a, um
dexter, tra, um
lasvus, a, um
aequus, a, um
notus, a, um
aureus, a, um
vitreltus, a, um
stativus, a, um
fug ax, -cis
llbidus, a, um
mirus, a, um
chalybe'ius, a, um
iustus, a, um
accanus, a, um
minuta*lis, e
horaYius, a, um
son ax, ids
catus, a, um
sua*vis, e
statlrius, a, um
pSndulus, a, um
vagus, a, um
errfticus, a, um
accurltus, a, um
empor£ticus, a, um
diurnanus, a, um
Adverbia.
nunc, iterum
scilicet
veYumenimvSro
perpe'tuo
accurate
ta*mquam
dum, tunc
partim
siquidem
nempe
quand6quidem
recte, ssepe
Verba.
interstinguo, 3 nxi, ctum
seco, 1 cui, ctum
dispe'rtior, 4 titus sum
paYtior, 4 -itus sum
en^scor, 3 tus sum
Sxprimo, 3 , pressi, ssum
exhibeo, 2 hibui,hibitum
absdlvo, 3 vi, utum
conspicio, 3 spexi,
spectum
indico, 1 r.
labor, 3 psus sum
fugio, 3 gi, itum
issequor, 3 cutussum
cdmitor, 1 atus sum
circumeo, 4 ivi, turn
antec£do, 3 cessi, ssum
subsequor, 3 cutus sum
prodo, 3 didi, itum
oste'ndo, 3 di, turn, sum
necto, 3 xui, xum
iirgeo, 2 — , — ,
fingo, 3 nxi, fictum
recondo, 3 didi, itum
interido, 3 di, turn, sum
eocplico, 1 r. & -cui,
-itum
conor, 1 atus sum
oscillo, 1 r.
sfrvo, 1 r.
conspiro, 1 r.
promineo, 2 ui, —
circumve'rsor, 1 r.
percurro, 3 rri, cucurri,
sum
permuto, 1 r.
t£neo, 2 ui, turn
immineo, 2 — , — .
re'sono, 1 vi, —
sono, 1 ui, itum
sisto, 3 stiti, statum
pulso, 1 r.
inflo^r.
imitor, 1 atus sum
annumero, 1 r.
expergefio, fieri, fa-
ctus sum
cupio, 3 ivi, itum
siiscito, 1 r.
p£ndeo, 2 pependi, —
gero, 3 ssi, stum
s61eo, 2 itus sum
ince'do, 3 cessi, ssum
fallo, 3 fefflli, ttlsum
350
mature 1 r.
tardo, 1 r.
consisto, 3 stiti, stitum
obmut£sco, 3 ui, —
animadv£rto,3 ti, sum
intorqueo, 2 si, rtum
adapto^r.,
restiuro, 1 r-
d£tendo, 3 di, turn, sum
haereo, 2 si, sum
incite 1 r.
involve 3 vi, utum
d£fero, 3 tuli, latum
. , • ., f . r,orc Hipi Diem autem illud tem-
uora est una vigesima quarta pars aiei. uiem au
1. Arctus, -a, -urn, (to philologists: artus), tight, narrow, restricted; IV., sense
meaning, AM.; adj. of dies- at the heels; .„, -a,
2. -urn, -«, twnight; ■*>.» -«*». ■«*». «* + £ ^^ transit . t o enlarge,
-urn, reddish, or bright red; -esco, -, » * * neutra l, 1 become larger, 1 grow,
make larger, the -sco ending makes he verb ntrans.to neuhra _^ . ^
longer, bigger; -turn, -.the outhnes opaco r to sh ad ^ ^^^ ^ sev .
3. Septimana, - f was
enth, belonging to the seventh, f ^^J5» ( 2^^ to ^«dnue doin*
used to express the Jewish idea of a ™*£™>™' £™ every seventh day, whence
(the reference being to the history of creatmn M- e ^ tor est y ^ ^.^
the idea of a week (Lev xxn,, 15), the ^O^SS* smaine> and the like . The
,o the Italians, Span.ards, French, &c- , have the ir , RomanS| m
Leek words MW««. ■-*- and »«. .^ ^ also kno ^ ^ ^
the meaning of seven days (A- Ge ^^V'the Roman Church Idiom, the pure Latin
meaning of a week and . also p es ent u. ^ ^ as ^ ^ Romance
SS. -Sft- WSmES. to denote, to d.stinguish.
351
pars septimanae est, et ut partes septimanae propriis nominibus insigni-
lintur. Nomina vero dierum septimanae sunt:
dies Solis 4
dies Lunae
dies Martis
dies Mercurii
dies Iovis
dies Veneris
dies Saturn i
Sex ex his diebus septem quotidiani, 5 sive septimanarii, vocantur,
quibus htfmines ad victum merendum muneribus fungi, negotiaque
quisque sibi prtfpria exercere solent. Dies Solis est sacer 6 et religiosus,
quo Christiani ad sacra facienda in templa coeunt, cultu autem divino
absolute, animos relaxant, seseque quieti tradunt
4. The fact that the names of the days of the week are pagan, of the sun, moon
and the planets, and the further fact that some of them are found on Roman stones, even
though the idea of a week was not Roman, it is plain that they are of ante-Christian origin
The Christians, however, have rejected the first and the last, and for Dies Solis have
adopted Dies Domini, or Dominica (Dimanche), and, for Saturni, have substituted Sab-
batum, or Dies Sabbati, the Hebrew Shabbas. The original gender of dies was masculi-
ne, which is conclusively proven by the word hodie, \. e. hoc + die, the Abl. of hie,
but the poets, personifying it, changed the gender to feminine. Even Cicero et Caesar use
it promiscuously, as, Bello Gall. 1, 6: diem dicunt qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes
conveniant; is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., both genders in one sentence, a good example
for those who insist on cast-iron uniformity!
5. -us, -a, -urn, of every day, -ius, -a, -urn, of weekday; IV., a living; -eo* Mi
-Hum, to earn; -us, -eris, n. , a duty, an office, Abl., fungor* -ctus sum, demands so. '
6. Sacer, -era, -urn, holy, sacred; -us, -a, -urn, pertaining to sacred things, oaths
duties, religion; -us, -a, -urn, a disciple, or follover of Christus, i, a Greek translation
of the Hebrew rpffo, mashiach, the Anointed one, the national hero, who was to lead
the Jews through a victorious revolution to political freedom, and national independence
the Liberator, the Redeemer; coco* -vi, -Hum, to go, or to gather together, whence c suis nunquam desunt, ad off.cia semper
tSnpori adsunt, qui ut alacres ac tempestivi omn.bus grab sunt. H6m,-
nis cordati 11 est hoc praeceptum vitas observare:
7 .us, -a, -urn, of holidays, festal, festive, jolly; > turn, i a holiday; -tus-ta
^teisure in letters, 1 am engaged in literary pur^its; ««» , no *, ^
= g ^ss , laziness;
8 .^.i .«te«, to be indolent, lazy; L, -«.«> f- ^^±.£^1
*£ A '<*-. to -Pture, ,ize to hold; -- ^^UTS^S
slaved by slotfulness and laziness are held, alt quern in a m
is counted among . . .; -er> '*> - um > ^zy. WomP o W oke- impiger, -gra, -urn,
9. Expergiscor* -perrectus sum, to wake up, to become awake, p& , s
non piger. oe ..^ MO i nffirisl duties, D at., on ace. of the
expected to be, punctual, an early riser; velcome to ah Genitivus js a
11. -«,-«.-«». ^o h« a heart, indent. lud^us.«Uon^
Latinism: boni pastoris est tondere pecus. "^^^ £, it , skin it); -m, <
dence, wisdom, duty) to shear the sheep, not to pluck it (or, pe
what is bidden; -vo, l r- = servo, to keep.
353
Seotem horas 12 dormire sat est iuvenique senique,
Octo damus pigris, novem at de stemmate natis,
Quatuor septimanas, superadditis 13 binis, alias ternis diebus, efffciunt
unum mensem, Mensis igitur est tempus duodetriginta, alias unius et
triginta dierum. Menses, in universum, 1 * sunt duodecim, quorum quis-
que nomine prtfprio insignitur. Nomina mensium h^ec sunt :
mensis Ianuarius 15 mensis Iulius
mensis Februarius mensis Augustus
mensis Martius mensis Septembris
mensis Aprilis mensis Octobris
mensis Maius mensis Novembris
mensis Iunius mensis Decembris
12. Although dormio is not a transitive verb, it cannot govern an Accusativus, yet,
there is a higher principle the duration of time, which demands an Accusativus (al-
though we could use an Ablativus here), and this puts the horn into Accusativus; sat,
satis, no endings, enough, demands a Dativus (iuven*, sen/); stemma, atis, a distin-
guished race, parentage, pedegree, -tus, -a, -urn, born, Dat. because damus, we give.
13. Super addo* -didi, -ditum, to add over and above; adv. , at another time
mensis, -is, m ., a month-
14. In uuiversum, in all, altogether, a little different from umversim.
15. The names of the months are adjectives, as, Mensis Ianuarius, the Ianusww
month, but they can be also employed as nouns, without changing the endings; from
Septembris on, the Nomina tivi become -ber, as, Septemfor, -bris, October, -bris, & c .,
all being m. Ianuarius is named after God I anus, not ianua, as though it were the door,
or entrance of the year, for, in fact, king Numa Pompilius has made (Martius, in honor
of God Mars, the first month of the year, and Februarius was the last month of the year,
until the time of the Decemviri. On the 15th of Februarius were celebrated the Luper-
cilia (Lupercus = Pan), with great orgies, the luperci, priests of Lupercus (lupos + ar-
ceo) running about naked, whence our "carnivale" (vale caro! good-by meat! for the
next 40 days, in the Christian system); whilst the name is from februo} r ., a Sabine
word, to purify, evidently from fevers, and Februalis, et Februata, is a surname of Iuno,
presiding over purifications; this feast of purification is also preserved in Christianity. —
Aprilis, -is, fr. aperilis, fr. aperio, I open, the opening at spring of nature. — Maius, -i,
supposed to be named after Maiesta, or Maia, the wife of Vulcanus. = Iunius, ii, prob-
ably named in honor of the lunii, whence the Decii, Bruti; Iulius, ii, in honor of Caius
Iulius Caesar, fr. lulus the grand-father and grand-son of >Eneas, whence the Gens Iulia
354
Tempus du6rum mensium est bimestrum; trium mensium, trime-
strum; quatuor mensium quadrimestrum; quinque mensium quime-
strum; denique, sex mensium semestrum; quod vero quoque mense
fit, est' menstruum. 16 Menses duodecim efficiunt annum. Annus, itaque,
est summa duodecim mensium, sive tercentorum sexaginta quinque di-
gram, aliquot horarum praeterea, atque paucorum minutorum, quae ho-
rse, quseque minuta, in annis quatuor unum integrum efficiunt diem ;
tunc annus e diebus tercentis sexaginta sex coalescit, 17 qui annus bis-
sextilis vocatur.
Quoniam vero mensis Februdrius est brevissimus, quod hie dies
nonnisi vigintiocto ntimerat, dies ille supernumerarius 18 huic attribuitur,
et inter vigesimum quartum et quintum intercalatur, et ob id etiam in-
tercalaris nominate, Hinc fit ut quartus quisque Februarius dies viginti
novem numeret
Annus, quern modo agimus, est, post Christum natum millesimu^
nongentesimus quindecimus, 19 mensis Februarius, dies vero hodiernus 20
has derived his origin; before the time of Caesar, who in 45 B. C, has reformed the ca-
lendar, called after him the Julian Calendar, still in vogue in Russia. Augustus, -i, is
named in honor of Emperor Octavianus Augustus. These two months were formerly
called Quintilis and Sextitis, Fifth and Sixth, respectively, and the remaining ones re-
tained their original numerical names, September, October, November, December, -bris,
as nouns, though, since Ianuarius and Februarius had been taken off as the last two
months, and had been transferred at the head, are no more the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th
mon t ns . __ 16. -ws, -a, -urn, adj of mensis, monthly.
17. -sco? -ui, -itum, to be formed into one from nuny parts, to cleave, or grow
into one whole. — Bissextilis, -e, annus, a leapyear; because sexto calendar CMartii, the
sixth day before March 1st, or the 24th of Februarii was twice proclaimed, i. e., the
24th of February was announced twice, whereby February had 29 days.
18. -us, -a, -um, super + numerus, over and above the regular number, -buo, 3 -ui,
-utum,\o apportion; intercalo, 1 r., fr. calo^tocall out, to proclaim, intercalaris, -e,
that which is proclaimed; the day is meant which was twice proclaimed by the Pontifices
as Febr. 24th.
19. Years, days, hours, any other serials, demand ordinal numerals. Our era dates
from the birth of Jesus, which is assumed to have been the 753d of the Roman era, i. e.
Annus Urbis Conditae, there it ceasing, the 30th of Octavianus Augustus (30 B. C. —
14 A. D.), though it is asserted that a mistake of 4 years has been discovered in the cal-
culation. — 20. Adj. of hodie, of to-day.
355
est Mercurii Februarii decimus. Mensi Februario dies homo* non in-
terca.atur, ideoque annus hornotinus bissextilis npn est, sed ordinarius.
pndie fuerat dies Solis, 7 -mus Februarii
nudius tertius fuit dies lume, 8-vus Februarii
hen erat dies Martis, 9-nus Februarii
H6die 2 2 est dies Mercurii, 10-mus Februarii
eras ent dies Iovis, 11-mus Februarii
perendie fiet dies Veneris, 12-mus Februarii
postridie futurus est dies Saturni, 13-mus Februarii
anni
millesimi
nongente-
simi
quindecimi
HiPm? T ~ QU ' d 6St h ° ra? - Quod tem P° ris s P at ^ vocamus
diem? - Arct.or, i autan sensu? - Quid vocamus, duos, tres, quatuor
quidque septem d.es? - Memora nomina dierum. - Quid interest inter
diem So is et easterns? - Quid solent agere homines diebus festL? 1
a 11 quid? -Qui sunt homines aiacres et tempestivi? - Recita pnece-
ptum quod homines cordati observant !- Quid est mensis? - Recita
rTt!^r nSiUm ' " Q uiestannus bissextilis? - Quo in loco inter-
calate dies supernumeranus? - Qui annus, mensis, dies est hodie?
of Jh C ° ntraction of hoc anno ' Abl - this year, adv., the adj. is hornotinus -a, -urn
of this year; -us, -a, -urn, regular, ordinary. .«.*»•
x Hif ■ i w he ^ aCherbe 5 inSat this WOrd ' goes backw ard, then foreward; hodie = hoc
cttaL eirtT 5 ' 'V 5 CUSt ° m 7 '" l f t0 add the endin * s to num ^ -*S
cltan gt h ei r reading; hen yesterday; nudius tertius, quartus, quintus, &c, = nunc
ZZl: ;' \ v = Pn0n d ' e; the day before; cras > to-morrow; perendi, a fter-to-
tzi :»: ith z : poster ° die> the day foi,owing < ° r ^ ** *■ ■**;
an oration of ct IT 7*" ^l™' " 0t " SUperi ° ri n0Cte '" as some think from
from nlw / ? \ I r rdS mea " a f0rmer ni£ht ' a ni £ht ago or so; whithin a week
4T r T; Sept,menaabhlnc ' aweek **> today, S epti m ana ex hinc; the other day,
x.W f w'dT an "° SUPen ° r i- t nn ° Praterit0 '' n6Xt year ' anno fut " ro > «*** pro-
d ebus oost to? H a£ t°' T* d ' ebUS 6X hinC; a feW days after > » aucos dies P«t, Pauc
diebus post, for the time being, imprasentiarum; in our davs, nostris tempdribu .
356
VOCABVLARIVM 26,
Nna. Subst.
lineamentum, i
biduum, i
triduum, i
quadriduum, i
septimana, x
hebdomada, x
victus, us, m
munus, -eris, n.
neg6tium, ii
cultus, us, m.
Animus, i
munia, orum
officium, ii
prasceptum, i
stemma, atis, n.
mensis, is, m.
bimestrum, i
trimestrum, i
quadrimestrum, i
quimestrum, i
semestrum, i
annus, i
Nna. Adi.
arctus, a, urn
rutilus, a, um
quotidianus, a, um
septimanarius.a, um
proprius, a, um
sacer, -era, -crum
divinus, a, um
festus, a, um
feria'tus, a, um
nimius, a, um
piger, gra, grum
serus, a, um
impiger, gra, rum
Placer, cris, ere
tempestivus, a, um
gratus, a, um
cordatus, a, um
sat, indecl.
menstruus, a, um
biss£xtilis, e
supernumerarius,
intercalates, e
hodiernus, a, um
horn6tinus, a, um
ordina'rius, a, um
Verba
intercede 3 cessi, ssum
succ£do, d cessi, ssum
perfundo, 3 di, sum
augesco, 3 — , — ,
minuo, 3 ui, utum
opaco, 1 r.
insignio, 4 vi, turn
mereo, 2 ui, itum
fungor, 3 ctus sum
exeVceo, 2 ui, itum
c6eo, 4 ivi, itum
absolve 3 vi, utum
relaxo, 1 r,
trado, 3 didi, itum
cesso, 1 r.
vaco, 1 r.
d£do, 3 d^didi, itum
a, um premo/ pressi, ssum
cubo, 1 ui, itum
pigror, x atus sum
expergiscon 3 rectus sum
d£sum, -esse, -fui
adsum, -esse, -fui
observo, 1 r-
supperaddo, 3 -didi
ditum
coalesce 3 ui, itum
attribuo, 3 ui. utum
intercalo, : r.
nascor, 3 -tus sum
Adverbia
raro, sero
vicissim, admodum
solerter, semper
alias, praeterea
tunc, modo
homo, hodie
heri, nudius
pridie, eras
per£ndie
postridie
Hi
VBI coelum est temperatum, 1 annus abipsa rerum natura in quatuor
partes dividitur. Unaquaeque pars spatium temporis trium mensium
complectitur. Has quatuor partes anni "Quatuor Tempora" 2 appellantur,
1. -ro, l r., prop., to keep time, to keep measure (like moderor, to keep within
bounds), to keep just distances, proportions, to keep equable grade of heat and cold, to
be moderate and just; coelum temp., temperate climate; birth, origin of things, often
natura alone.
2. Four seasons; corrupted in German into "Quatember," meaning the four sea-
sonal fast days in the Roman Church; the compilers of English dictionaries do not know
that the English "ember days" is the corruption of the German term.
357
Primum Tempus anni est Ver. 3 Initium capit 4 Ver a vigesimo pri-
mo die mensis Martii, qui dies /Equinoctium Vernum vocatur ideo, quia
dies et nox eo temporis puncto longitudinesuntasquales. Desinit 5 autem
Ver die vigesimo prinio Iunii; is dies Solstitium iEstivum dicitur, quod
turn secundum anni Tempus, nempe ^stas incipit, atque sol per ali-
quantum temporis, stare videtur. Tempus aestivum die vigesimo pri~
mo Septembris finem 6 accipit, quum tertium anni Tempus, Autumnus
instat, qui, vicissim, die vigesimo primo Decembris, Solstitio Hiemali,
qui dies, anni brevissimus, bruma vocatur, desinit, Hiems autem incipit
quae usque ad ^Equinoctium Vernum perdurat.
Vere, 7 lenioribus 8 ventis, uti Vulturno, Austro, Favonio, sive Ze-
phyro, atque Africo flantibus, aura sub temperato coelo tepescit, terram
3. Ver, v'eris, n., the spring, primum ver, early spring, Italian prima vera, French
printemps; it does not seem to occur in pi.
4. Takes its beginning, fr. in - eo, initium, the going in.
5. Desino* sii, situm, to cease, to come to an end; cestivum, -us, -a, -urn, adj. of
cestas, -atis, f., summer.
6. -nis, -is, m. an end; accipit, comes to an end. nus, i, like auctor, fr.
augeo* xi, ctum, to enlarge, increase, augment, is also spelled auctumnus, though the
prevalent spelling is without the c, whereas auctor never spelled as autor, or altogether
author; the word means the third season, fall, autumn, as it increases the possesions of
the farmer. — Insto, 1 stiti, statum, to stand in, to draw near, to approach, to enter;
— hiemalis, e, adj. of hiems, is, f., winter, wintry; solstitium, ii, sol — stat; bruma, ce,
the shortest day of the year, poetically, the winter; perdtiro, 1 r., to stay hard, that does
not melt, that stays, lasts, holds out.
7- Vere, tempore verno, cestate, tempore cestivo, &c. , all reference to a period of
time, is always expressed by the Ablativus, without a proposition, though we see in Ci-
cero, (Phil. V. 14, 38) in illo tempere civitatis, when, however, tempus means rather the
condition, than a year, month or day. Conditions of that kind are usually referred to by
ea tempestate, nostra tempestate, not nostris diebus, as in English, the reference always
implying something mournful, regretful.
8. -nis, e, mild, gentle; ventus, i, the wind, flo, flare, -vi, -turn, to blow, with gent-
ler winds blowing, a very frequent Latin construction, called the Ablativus Absolutus,
i., e , independent Ablativus, that is, an Abl. admitting no preposition, — Vulturnus, i f
a wind from the direction of Vultur, -is, a mountain in Apulia, south-east wind;
Auster, 4ri, the south wind, Favonius, -ii, is the same as Z'ephvrus, i, of the Greeks,
358
pltiviae tepidse humectant, atque si beneficus etiam solis calor accedit,
gramina in campis, pratis ac sylvis revirescunt, flores in hortis, in agns
pullulant, sata semina germinant, totaque rerum natura virorem rnduit
Plantis 9 sensim adolescentibus, lumbrici, erucEE, aliique vermes, turn ta-
bani, scarabgei, crabrones, apes, plantis vescentes nascuntur, quibus
aves ceu pabulo superveniunt, et mox sylva, campi, vines, omnisque
regio virens cantu avicul&rum resonat.
^stas tempus vernum excipit. Calore solis aer 10 concalescit, herb*
segetesque sensim crescunt, grana ac semina dmnium frugum adole-
scunt, sestateque procedente maturescunt, fnimenta autem matura tem-
the west wind, gentle and dry; Africus, i, the south-west wind, warm and moist, blow-
ing across the Mediterranean from Africa; aura, a, the atmosphere, a breeze, the air we
inhale; Upesco? to become lukewarm; -do} v., -dm, a, um, lukewarm; -do, r., to
moisten; -or, is, m., heat; goes to it, is added to it; -men, inis, n., the grass-covered-
eround; -us, i, grassy level land, whence German Kampf, English camp; pratum, t, a
meadow; -va, ce, a forest; -resco* to become green again; flos.flons, m. (not feminine)
a flower; -us, i, a garden; -get, -gri, m., field under cultivation; -lo} r., to sprout, to
come to the surface like grass, shoots, hence pullus of animals; ™,'™.*%»>*
S o W ; -en, -inis, n., a seed; -no} v., to sprout; -or, is, m., greenness, verdure; -duo, m,
Mum, to dress, to put on clothes.
9 i. properly foot-sole, but as the sower covers the seed with earth with his too
and stamps it down, the act is called "plantare," hence pUnta means what grows out
of the seed, a plant. Noticeably, little-by-little; -sco? levi, ultumir zd + oleum, oil, to
come to be oily, the image taken from the olive tree, with all philology ancient and
modern to the contrary notwithstanding, to ripen, to become of age, to grow up the pa-
It verb is oho? to smell of oil, to have a smell good or bad; olidus, a um, having a
bad smell, addleo* to sacrifice something of good smell, to bum in sacrifice; at Meo, to
outgrow Us smell to lose its usefulness, to blot Out, to "abolish," constr. Abl. Abs, -cus
i, an earth-worm, similar worms in the bowels; )., a caterpillar; -mts «, a worm; -nus
i ahorse-fly; -us, i, a beetle, a June-bug; -ro, nis, m., a hornet; -w is, f., a bee,
w LrT-to feed on, to live on, governs Abl.; scar? natus sum, to be born; ^ ,u.
f a bird; ceu = tamquam, as if, just as; come on top; vtnea, ce, a vineyard; regto
nis, f. ( properly a kingdom, a country, a region; -tus, us, m„ a song; d.m.n. of avts,
-ro. 1 r., to sound- ,. , ., ,. ,J
10. Aer, is, m., the air; -sco? ui, to warm up; I., grass; -ges, ehs, f all the ce-
reals in the state of grass; -co? crevi, turn, to grow; fruges, um, a the ea a bte the earth
reals mine siaicui &id^ f ~, > ~ »— ' ' . . cc y c y c i the harvest*
produces; -do? cessi, ssum, to go forward; -sco? ui, to ripen; -ssis, is, t., the harvest,
-to? messui, ssum, to mow down.
359
pore messis in agris demetuntur. Fit subinde ut temperies 11 aens aesti-
vo tempore ad gradum quadraginta Celsiacum et ultra, caloris exsurgat,
quo fit ut omnes plantae languescant, 12 fontes, rivuli, lacuna, exare-
scant, casspites et gramina exurantur, homines vero atque iumenta calore
aestuent, ac sudore madeant, omnisque regio ardore solis torreat Aridi-
tas 13 istiusmodi, si sit diuturna, plerumque sasva tempestate rumpitur.
Sub occasum 14 etenim solis aut submissum e longinquo murmur, dissi-
tum nempe tonitru, exaudiri solet, aut vero coelum micare animadverti-
tur, praenuntium appropinquantis tempestatis. Turn procella 15 exoritur,
pulveris nubes turbine correpta in altum rapitur et in furentem gyrum
11. -es, h, f., the right degrees of compounds, right proportions, properly mixed,
tempered, moderated, temperature; 40 C° forty degrees Celsius, = 32° Reaumur, 104
Fahrenheit. Dr. Evangelista Torricelli (Faenza, 1608—1647), invented the vacuum, Dr.
Ren£-Antoine de Reaumur (La Rochelle, 1683— 1757) has invented the thermometrum,
bearing his name; Gabriel, Daniel Fahrenheit, a Prussian physician (Danzig, 1686—
1736), has changed its scale, but has not improved it; Olaf Celsius, a famous Swedish
scientist (1670—1756), teacher of the illustrious Charles Linnaeus (1707—1778). It is a
strange ignorance in the English-speaking countries that neither the manufacturers of
thermometers, nor the compilers of dictionaries, ever so big, nor yet the schools and pub-
lic writers know that C in a thermometer means Celsius, they all repeat parrot-like centi-
grade. Celsius better deserves credit than Fahrenheit.
12. -sco,3 to become flabby; -ns, Us, m ., a well, a spring; I., a lakelet, a pool; -sco, 3
m, to dry out'^-es, Ms, a sod; -ro? ussu ustum, to burn out; -turn, i, a beast of bur-
den j^-kg,* r., "to feel roasting" with heat; -dor, is, m ., sweat; -deo? ui, to be "soak-
tag," to be wet; -or, is, m ., to be aflame, the burning, glowing; -reo? ui, tostum, to
parch, to toast.
13. -tas, Wis, f., driness, drought; -us, a, urn, fierce; -as, atis, f., a storm; -po?
rupi, r upturn, to disrupt, break, tear.
14. Sub occasum, towards sunset; -us, a, urn, subdued, low, -urn, i, a distance, -ut
uns, n., a grumbling, a rumble; -tus, a, urn, far off; tonitru, us, or indecl. in S. n. r.
•trua, pi. a thunder; -co} ui, to flash; -to* ti, sum, to notice; -urn, ii, a forerunner;
-quo, 1 v., to approach.
15. I., a wind-storm; -vis, eris, m.> dust, powder; -es, is, f., a cloud; -bo, inis, m.,
a whirle-wind, a top, a turbine; -ripio* rripui, reptum, to seize, -pio* pui, raptum, to
snatch; furo? to be raving; -go, inis, f., black darkness; -bo? cubui, itum, to lie upon;
-gor, is, m ., a crash; -no? ui, to thunder; -us, a, urn, brilliant; -ro? r., to be lightning'
-ber, ns, m ., a shower; I., a drop; -do, inis, m ., a hailstone; ruo? ui, turn, to dash, to
rush, tumble.
360
agitur quum interim atrae nubes s61em dbruunt, caligo incumbit terrae.
ccelum ingenti frag6re tonat, et cortiscis luminibus fulgurat, imber ma-
gnis guttis, subinde cum grandine, in terram ruit.
Exeunte 16 restate, autiimno autem ineunte, aestus sensim subsidit,
aer non parum refrigescit, prasertim noctiirno tempore, quum guttse ro-
ds in foliis plantarum colliguntur, quse coelo sereno et algido, nulhs fla-
bris temperantibus, in pruinam congelant, tenellasque plantas enecant.
Tempore autumnali e pomariis hortisque" omnes fructus, olera, cun-
ctaquequse terra gignit esculenta, in horrea, granaria, cellasque penuanas
agricolse olitoresque colligunt, et anndnam recbndunt, ut habeant unde
ipsi suique hieme ac vere se sustentent; siquid autem annonse supersit,
vendunt. „ , , , ..
Denique recedente 18 autiimno gelida flabra crebrescunt : Aquilo,
venti subsolani atque Eurus, venti humidi, nimbos cogunt, nebulas
agunt pluvias gelidas afferunt, non raro nive mixtas. Alias 1 *- fngidus
Caurus aut Boreas vapores aquarum atque pluvias in nivem congelat,
eamque alias leniori pulsu, alias sasva procella in terram depellit, quo
16 Exeo * ivi, ii, Hum, to go out; ineo* ivi, ii, itum, to go in, the »' of the SupU
num though of the 4th, in the compounds of to is short; AM. Abs.; -sido? s'edr, ses-
Z. to sit, or settle down, to subside; -sco? fixi, to cool down; I. a drop; res, ions
m the dew -turn, ii, a lief; -go? legi, tectum, to gather; -us, a, urn, cloudless; -us, a,
um, cool; -bra, orum, n. pi., breezes; I, hoar frost; -lo? r., to freeze; -us, a, um, di-
min of tener, era, um, tender; -co} -cui, -ctum, to kill out.
17 11 a garden- olus, eris, n., garden- vegetables; -gno? genm, itum, to beget, to
to produce,' bring forth; -us, a, um, and -um, i, eatables; -um, ei, a barn; -urn
gramary; I., a cha.nber, a cell, a larder; I., m., a farmer; -or, ts, a gardner, a truck-
farmer 1. a year's product, provisions; -do? MM, Hum, to store up; adv. whence,
who depend on them; Urns, is, f ., winter; -to? v., to support; is left over.
18 -do? cessi, ssum, to go back, to pass away; -us, a, um, frosty, cold; -sco?
rui, to become more frequent;-/*, nis, m., north, also north-east wind; -us. aum.
eas -winds, 11., southeast wind; -us, a, um, wet, damp; II., rainy, hangmg-down
clouds- 1., a fog; I, a rain; nix, nivis, f., snow; -sceo? cm, xtum, to mix.
19. Adv., at other times; -us, a, um, cold; II., north-west wind; -as *, north
wind- -or, is, m., steam, mist; IV., a driving; now - now; II., windstorm; -to? pepult
pulsum, to drive down; which done; -us, a, um white; -men, tm.n., a cover; adj. of
nix; iaceo? ui, to be lying down; stemo? strain, stratum, to spread out, to cove,.
361
facto, omnis regio candido tegmine niveo iacet strata. Frigora 20 nonnun-
quam ita ingravescunt, ut superficies aquarum ad crassitudinem plurium
digitorum, vel etiam pedum, in glaciem rigescat. Si raras 21 piantas sem-
pervivas, muscumque demas, iam nunquam virorem conspicis: folia ar-
borum ac dumorum frigore marcida et enecta iam pridem deciderunt,
niveque in altitudinem aliquot digitorum 6bruta iacent, totaque rerum
natiira in soporem hibernum recidisse videtur.
Dies verni atque autumnales aeque longi sunt ac noctes, suntque
duodecim horarum longitiidinis, quia tempore aequintfctii sol hora sexta
oritur matutina, eademque hora vespertina occidit. Sed successu 22 tem-
poris sol in dies maturius oritur ac tardius occidit, unde fit ut dies quo-
tidie incrementa accipiant, ac, denique, vigesimus primus lunii sit dies
anni longissimus, primus et vigesimus autem Decembris brevissimus,
nox vicissim longissima.
Annos duos, tres, aut plures etiam singularibus nominibus appella-
nts, uti, biennium, triennium, 23 decennium, vicennium, sed centum
anni nomen ferunt sasculi. Tempus du6rum, trium, quatuor annorum
est bimatus, 24 trimatus, quadriiMtus, quod vero tantum temporis vivit
vel durat, est bimulum, trimulum, quadrimulum; id autem quod omni
anno fit, est annuum; quod quovis anno fit, aut sine intercapedine an-
nue recurrit, est perenne, quod nunquam vel nusquam cessat, est per-
20. Lasting cold is expressed by the pi; -sco, 3 to increase; -es,ei,i., a surfaces
-tudo, nis, f. , thicknes; II., finger, inch; -es, H, f., ice, whence gla;e, gla^e, glass; -sco, 3 ui
to stiffen, harden.
21. -us, a, urn, scarce, a few; -us, a, urn, evergreen; moss; -mo^psi, ptum, to
except; adv. nowhere; -cio,^ spexi, ctum, to see; -us, a, urn, withered; long since; -do?
di, to fall down; -or, is, m ., slumber; -us, a, urn, wintry; -do* cidi, fall back.
22. IV., the coming up, following on the heels, in the course of time; day after
day; adv. earlier; later; adv. every day; -urn, i, growth, accession, gain.
23. Also: quadriennium, quinquennium, sexennium, septennium, octennium; but
neither centennium, nor millennium in Roman Latin.
24. IV., all, a two, three, four years time; -us, a, urn, all, puer bimulus, a two
years old child; -ro} r., to last; intercapedo, inis, f., tempus interceptum, an interrupted
time, interval, pause, cessation; adv., yearly; returns; -nis, e, annual, yearly, repeated
every year, or never ceasing; nusquam, nowhere; -us, a y urn, uninterrupted, perpetual
in time space, careo* ui, Hum, not having, lacking; -us, a, urn, everlasting.
362
petuum, quod, denique, fine omnino caret, est aeternum, vel sempiter-
Tempus, quod spatium vitae humanae circumscribe^ 25 ac terminare
creditur, ann6rum nempe sexaginta, aetas hbminis appellari solet, quam-
vis non omnes h6mines eandam aetatem pervivant; unde hominem vi-
cenarium, iuvenem, tricenarium 6ptimae aetatis, quadragenanum et quin-
quagenarium, mediae aetatis, sexagenarium seniorem, vel adultiorem,
septuagenarium et oetuagenarium, senem, senecionem, qui vero aerate
iam confectus sit quotcunque annos sit natus, pappum, vel, per lmpro-
bam contumeliam, silicernium appellare solent.
Certa intervalla temporum, quibus h6mines 6mnium terrarum vi-
vunt, etiam aetates vocitantur, 5 * S ed quaeque una aetas aevum audit. Pri-
scum 2 ? illud tempus, ubi genus, sive saeclum, humanum mcepit, est pn-
maevum; aevum quod ternis, quaternisque ab hinc annorum millibus
viguit, est vetustas; de tem P 6ribus Graeco-Romanis, ut de vetenbus,
vel de antiquitate, loquimur. Tempus quod a nato 2 * lesu Chnsto ad re-
25. To draw lines, setting limits; -noS r., to set limits, terminus, i, being a stone
marking the ends of one's field, what is believed, or supposed to . . .; cetas, axis t., an
age; vicenarius, a man of twenty years of age; -is, is, adj. and noun, no gender end-
ing, young, a youth; senior, is, compar. of senex, is, adj. and n., old, older, but the
compar. meaning less than the positive; -tus, a, um grown up, but also ,n compar-
"elderly;" -cto.nis, m ., still a diminutive, an "oldy," cetate confectus, done up,
"used up " with age; whatever; sum viginti annos natus, 1 am of twenty years ot age;
-us, i, a grandfather, Greek, more in joke, for the Latin is avus v, -us, a um w.cked
malicious; I., insult; -um, i, properly a burial feast, a contemptuous term for an old
m 26. -to, 1 r., frequentative of voco; or, unaquceaue; cevum, i. an epoch, itself a
Graco-Latin word, epocha, m; vocatur, a middle application of audio.
27. -us, a, um, ancient, primitive; sceclum, i, in this form = race, human race,
-um, i, primum + ^evum; from hence = ago; -geo* ui, to be living thnvmg flounsh-
ing, to exist; -as, atis, f., antiquity; veins, eris, adj., ancient, in pi., veteres, um, the
ancients; -tas, atis, f., antiquity.
28 Nascor 3 natus sum,- to be born; lesus, -«, -um, -u, no other case ending
Christus, i, Gr. '"the anointed one," lb, regular; a nato ... is a better form thai ' «
we said a nativitate, though that is also correct; usque ad reperam - *™™ m <^
same construction, where in English they resort to a noun, the discovery, the Latin form
"to the discovered America; America, Latinized from Amerigo, accent on i, and this .s
163
pertam usque a Christophoro Coltimbo Ameriaim effiuxit, Medium
Mvum, inde ad exitum Saeculi Decimi Noni Mvum Renascentium Litte-
rarum, quod vero inde effliixit, et quod modo vivimus, Tempora IV\o-
derna, ^Evum Modernum vocitamus.
Mensura annorum, mensium, dierum, ortus accasiisque solis atque
lunge, est calendarium. 29
Recensio. — Ubi solent quatuor anni tempora distingui? — Quod
est primum anni tempus? — ubi incipit? quo die desinit? — A quoto
die, cuius mensis incipit a^stas? — quando finem accipit? — Duo ulte-
riora tempora quando ineunt, et quando exeunt? — Narra aliquid de
vere; de hieme. — Narra de tempestate. — Memora ventorum nomina,
et unde quisque flet. — Quid est ros? — quid pruina? — Quando est
iEquinoctium Vernum? — quando Solstitium Hiemale? — Quid inter-
est inter bimulum et bimatum? — Quid est "perenne?"— Quo nomine
vocamus centum annos? — decern annos? — duos annos? — Quid
appellamus astatem hominis? — Quid vocamus aetatem viri quadrage-
narii? — Quid est asvum? — Quod vocatur Medium y£vum? — JEvum
Modernum?
a corruption of Enrico, Henrigo, fr. German Haiti + reich, Heinrich, Henri, Henry,
lastly Harry. — Christophorus, i, a Christ- bearer, a Christian name: Columbus, i, a
male pigeon; effluo? xi, xum, to flow away.
29. -urn, ii, a tablet in Rome, the Fasti, upon which the Calendce (the-to-be-pro-
claimed) first days of the months were engraved. Those who affect archaisms in parti-
cular few things, and disregard in others, write these words Kalendae and Kalendarium ,
I follow tradition, for K is an unnecessary letter in Latin throughout.
This would be the place to treat Roman Calendar, but space forbids, and insert it
all at the end of the book.
t
i -j
VOCABVLARIVM 27.
Nna. Subtt.
solstitium, ii
hiems, is, f.
gramen, inis, n.
natura, x
astas, atis, f.
ventus, i
campus, i
ver, veris, n.
finis, is, m.
aura, x
pratum, i
initium, ii
autumnus, i
pluvia, x
sylva, x
fcquinoctium, ii
bruma, x
calor, is, m.
flos, floris, m.
364
hortus, i,
ager, gri, m.
semen, inis, n-
viror, is, m.
planta, x
lumbricus, i
eruca, x
vermis, is, m.
tabinus, i
scarabasus, i
crabro, nis, m.
apis, is, f.
avis, is, f.
vinea, x
regio, nis, f.
cantus, us
avicula, x
aer, is, m.
herba, x
seges, etis, f.
fruges, urn, f.
messis, is, f .
temperies, £i, f.
gradus, us
fons, tis, m.
rivulus, i
lacuna, x
csespes, itis, m.
iumentum, i
sudor, is, m.
ardor, is, m.
ariditas, tis, f.
tempestas, tis, f.
murmur, is, n.
tonitru, us, n.
prasnuntium, ii
procella, x
pulvis, eris, m.
nubes, is, f.
turbo, inis, m.
caligo, inis, f.
fragor, is, m.
imber, bris, m.
gutta, x
grandoj inis, f.
asstus, us
ros, rods, m.
folium, ii
flabra, orum, n.
pruina, x
olus, eris, n.
horreum, i
granarium, ii
cell a, x
agricola, x, m.
61itor, is, m.
ann6na, x
nimbus, i
nebula, x
nix, nivis, f .
vapor, is, m.
pulsus, us
tegmen, inis, n.
superficies, e*i, f.
crassitude, inis, f.
glaxies, ei, f.
muscus, i
dumus, i,
sopor, is, m.
longitudo, inis, f.
successus, us
increm£ntum, i
biSnnium, ii
tri£nnium, ii
dec£nnium, ii
vicdnnium, ii
sasculum, i
bim&us, us
trimftus, us
quadrimitus, us
intercap£do, inis, f.
aetas, itis, f.
sen£cio, nis, m.
pappus, i
contumelia, x
silicernium, ii
asvum, i
sasclum, i
primaevum, i
vetustas, atis, f .
v&eres, um, m.
antiquitas, atis, f.
6xitus, lis
mensiira, x
calendarium, ii
Nna. Propria
Celsius, ii
Vulturnus, i
Auster, tri
Fav6nius, ii
Z6phyrus, i
Africus, i
Aquilo, nis, m.
Eurus, i
Caurus, i
Boreas, eas, m.
lesus Christus,
Christ6phorus
Columbus
America, x
Nna. Adi.
Tern per itus , a , um
vernus, a, um
asstivus, a, um
aliquintus, a, um
hiemilis, e
lenis, e
tSpidus, a, um
beneTicus, a, um
maturus, a, um
diutiirnus, a, um
sasvus, a, um
dissitus, a, um
coriiscus, a, um
nocturnus, a, um
ser£nus, a, um
ilgidus, a, um
tendllus, a, um
autumnalis, e
escul£ntus, a, um
penuirius, a, um
gelidus, a, um
subsolinus, a, um
humidus, a, um
frigidus, a, um
cindidus, a, um
niveus, a, um
rarus, a, um
sempervivus, a, um
maxcidus, a, um
hib£rnus, a, um
bimulus, a, um
trimulus, a, um
quadrimulus, a, um
innuus, a, um
per£nnis, e
perpetuus, a, um
asternus, a, um
sempiternus, a, um
huminus, a, um
iiivenis, is,
senex, nis
improbus, a, um
priscus, a, um
Graxus, a, um
m£dius, a, um
mod£rnus, a, um
Verba
complector, 3 xus
sum
d£sino, 3 sii, situm
365
insto, 1 stit, statum
perduro, 1 r.
flo, 1 !*.
tep£sco, 3 ui
hum^cto, 1 r.
tempero, 1 r.
acc£do, 3 cessi, ssum
reviresco, 3 ui
pullulo, 1 r.
sero, 3 sevi, satum
germino, 1 r,
induo, 3 ui, utum
adol£sco, 3 evi, ultum
vescor, 3
nascor, 3 -tus sum
superve*nio, 4 ni, turn
vireo, 2 ui
r^sono, 1 iv\
concal£sco, 3 lui
cresco, 3 vi, turn
proc£do, 3 cessi. ssum
matur£sco, 3 ui
d£meto, 3 ssui, ssum
exsurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum
langu£sco, 3 gui
exar£sco, 3 ui
exuro, 3 ussi, stum
aestuo, 1 r.
mideo, 2 ui
torreo, 2 rui, stum
rumpo, 3 rupi, ptum
mico, 1 cui
animadveVto, 3 ti, sum
appropinquo, 1 r,
corripio, 3 ripui, reptum
ra'pio, 3 pui, ptum
furo, 3 ui
incumbo, 3 cubui, itum
tono* 1 ui
fulguro, 1 r.
ruo, 1 rui, turn
exeo, 4 ivi, itum
ineo, 4 inivi, turn
subsido, 3 sedi ssum
r£frig£sco, 3 fixi
c611igo, 3 legi, lectum
congelo, 1 r.
e^ieco, 1 cui, ctum
gigno, 3 genui, itum
recondo, 3 didi, ditum
sust£nto, * r.
rec£do, 3 cessi, ssum
crebr£sco, 3 brui
cogo, 3 c66gi, coactum
misceo, 2 cui, mixtum
depello, 3 d£puli,
pulsum
iiceo, 2 cui
sterno, 3 stravi, stratum
ingrav£sco, 3
rigesco, 3 gui
demo, 3 psi, ptum
decido, 3 cidi
r£cido, 3 cidi
vivo, 3 xi, ctum
duro, 1 r.
recurro, 3 recurri, sum
cesso, 1 r.
cireo, 2 ui, itum
teYmino, ! r.
credo, 3 didi, itum
conficio, 3 feci, fectum
vigeo, 2 ui
repeVio, 4 peri, pertum
£ffluo, s fluxi, xum
r£nascor, 3 natus sum
vdcito,' 1 r.
Adverbia
ideo, vicissim
ceu, sensim
subinde, ultra
interim, praesertim
raro
31ias, nonnunquam
nusquam, pridem,
maturius, taVdius
innue, modo
366
EXERCITATIONES LEGEND!
154. Prima 1 salutantes atque altera continet hora,
Exercet raucos tertia 2 causidicos.
In quintam 3 varios extendit Roma labores;
Sexta quies lassis, septima finis erit
Sufficit in nonam nitidis octava palaestris; 4
Imperat exstructos frangere nona toros. 5
Hbra libellorum decima est, Eupheme, meorum, 6
Temperat ambrosias quum tua cura dapes.
Martialis, IV. 8.
1. Namely hora, which began with sunrise, the last, or twelfth being at sunset and
so hours were longer or shorter according to seasons. The clocks were either sun-dials,
solaria o"up of sand, or water (clepsidr*, water stealers) . The ', a fern, noun
but iSi^S laborers, we used in Pen, VI here it r^^SSf^
Publius Clodius Pulcher, Tribunus Plebis, a great enemy of Cicero), wh,ch is a contract
ed form of Claudius, a famous Roman gens-
2. -MclamaUo ordinarily implies approval, but like here, it often stands for shout
ing at somebody, as in this case, to interrupt.
g 3. Petoro, to come to the end of one's oration, to finish, complete, drxtt « •
e , all of what he intended saying; did accomplish with h,s mere authority and influenc ■
4 Did not consist, i. e„ he went to pieces, could not hold out- Ab hora sexta u •
que ad horam octavam, from 12 at noon, until 2 p. m.; versus, -us, a verse, ihymes,
insulting ditties, lampoons.
159 Si te grata quies et primam somnus in horam 1
Delectat; si te pulvis, strepitumque rotarum; 2
1 mprimam horam, = usque ad p. h., until sun rise, or 6 o'clock in the . morning-
2. Rome had no asphalted streets, and the two wheeled wagons tumbling through
the rough cobble stones, have caused much dust and noise.
869
Si laedit caupona:3 Ferentinum ire iubeba
Horatius, Epist. I, 17, 6—8.
3. If the corner saloon, over which you have your apartment, is too offensive to you
with its stale smell, and brawl of the drunken customers; I bid you to go to live at Fe-
rentinum, a little, solitary town of the Hernici, in Latium, as if quiet people of New York
were referred to Philadelphia, for sleeping.
160, De Crabrai quid agatur, etsi nunc quidem etiam nimium est
aquas, tamen velim scire. Horologium mittam et libros, si erit sudum.2
Cicero, Familiarium XVI, 18.
1. The aqueduct from the Tiberis to Tusculum, Cicero's countryplace.
; 2. -urn i, bright, cloudless sky, clear weather, otherwise the sun dial-kind of horo-
logium is of no use.
16 1# De Nominibus Septem Dierum.
Primum supremumque diem radiatus habet SoL 1
Proxima fraterna? succedit Luna corona.
Tertius assequitur Titania lumina Mavors, 2
Mercurius quarti sibi vindicat astra diei.
Illustrmt quintam Iovis aurea sidera zonam.
Cuncta supergrediens Saturni septima lux est
Octavum instaurat revolubilis orbita Solem,
D. Magnus Ausonius, Eclogarium, 5.
1. Primum diem habet Sol. As the idea of a week is Hebraic, unknown to the Ro-
mans, the days of the week had no names until Christian times, say, the IVth century
when Ausonius wrote. This fact also proves that the Neo-Latin nations have not inherit-
ed their languages from the Romans, but from the Christian Roman missionaries, though
ChrkriS ' Sund ^> the chief
2 M nl 7 n " • ° rdS ° ay StiH bdng Called DieS Solis > which > eventually, had to
g 1 ^ D ™ tm > of the Church, and Dies Saturni had to give place to Dies Sab-
^^ f Z? ^ ^ The on ^ ^t reference to the names of the Gods as
appLed to days is that of Plautus (Bacchides 2, 3, 21): "Vulcanus, Sol, Luna, Dies,
Dn quatuor, scelestiorem nullum illuxeYe alterum," these four Gods, as days, have ne-
ver shone upon another villain like him.
2. Mavors, mortis, is the old and poetical name of Mars,
370
162. De Mensibws et Quatuor Anni Temporibus.
JEternos menses, et tempora quatuor anni
Quatuor ista tibi subiecta monosticha 1 dicent :
Martius, 2 Aprilis, Maius sunt tempora Veris.
lulius, Augustus, nee non & Junius /Estas.
Septembri, 3 Octobri Autumnus totoque Novembri.
Brumales 4 lanus, Februarius, atque December.
D. Magnus Auaonius, Eclogarium, 7.
1. ZMonostichum, i, or -stichon, i, a verse of one kind, like the present, all hexa-
meters or six feet; subiecta, here below presented to you.
2 Beginning with Martius, not because that has been the first month since the be-
ginning of the Roman calendar, introduced by Numa Pompilius, the successor of Romulus,
no doubt, from Etruria, but because the first season is the Spring, which beg.ns in
Martius. . . _ .
3. These are Ablatives of time, i.e., tn Sept., &c.
4. Brumalis stands for hyemalis. For the sake of meter lanus, the two faced God
in whose honor lanuarius was named.
163 Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Qesarem de pace* ve-
nerunt His Csesar numerum obsidum, 2 quern antea imperaverat, du-
olicavit eosque in continentem 3 adduci iussit: quod propinquo dieaequi-
noctii/infirmis navibus, hyemi navigationem subiiciendam non existi-
mzbzt. Cxaar< BeUi gall. IV, 36.
1 About peace, in rererence to peace.
2 Obses -sidis, fr. ob + sedeo, to sit, or settle down against something; men,
™n or children taken as securities for the fulfilment of an obligation, a hostage.
^ m TcontintX fr. con + teneo, to hold together, the solid land, as opposed to
an island- although terra is understood, still the -ant. -ens ending is masculine and so
conZns is masculine. He ordered the living securities to be delivered on the continent
i ., I clarThen being in Britannia, bis transportation facilities were very poor, he could
"* "1 oul^rautumnal, in September, for he explains: navigationem, infirmis
•w/mnrh weakened, battered, patched ships) non existimabat hyemi subnaen-
^%o:ttZ7^^r,l,J^ the wintery tempests, stormy weather of
the Channel.
371
164. .Estus 1 duobus squinoctiis maxime tumentes, et autumnali
amplius quam verno.
Plinius, Hist. Nat. II, 97, 99, 215.
1 Astus Us, m., properly heat, but figuratively it means the heat, or anger of the
sea, the tide; tumeo? to swell.
165. Locis frigidis, ubi timor est, 1 ne autumnalis satio 2 hyemis ge-
licidus peruratur, arundinibus humiles canterii fmnt, iisque virgas trans-
versa imponuntur, & virgis stramenta supra iaciuntur, & sic a pruinis se-
mina defenduntur. Ubi vero apricis^ regionibus post pluvias noxia in-
cesserunt animalia, qua a nobis appellantur enicse, vel manu cdlligi de-
bent, vel matutinis tempdribus frutices olerum concuti.
Columella, De Re Rustica, XI, 3, 63.
1. Where there can be any fear. - 2. A sowing, a sown field; -dium, it, f r gelu,
frost + cxdo, to slash, slay, kill, a killing frost; -n? ussi, ustum, to burn to burn out
up, down; -do,tms,i„ a reed; -us, ii, properly a gelding, a horse, here a wooden
horse; virga, x , a switch, a twig, shoots of trees; straw; pruina, 3 edi , esum, to gnaw, to' bite into, to eat out,
sello m s, a specked, or starred little lizard, a newt; lucifuga, . Quid
est dies Solis? — 6. Casteri autem dies que nomine distinguuntur a die-
bus sacris ac feriatis? — 7. Quinam solent segnes ac pigri dies festos
observare? — 8. Qui sunt alacres & tempestivi? — 9. Recita przecepta
de horis dormiendi. — 10. Quid est mensis? — 11. Recita nbmina men-
sium. — 12. Quid est bimestrum? — trimestrum? — semestrum? —
13. E quot mensibus, septimanis, diebus consistit annus? — 14. Quid
scis de mense Februario? — 15. Qui dies est hodie? — 16. Edissere
(explica !) scripto quando natus sis, et quotum annum agas.
III.
1. Omnine in loco annus in quatuor partes dividitur? — ubi tan-
turn? — 2. Nomina Quatuor Tempora. — Quando incipit, et quando
desinit ver? — 4. A quibus diebus initia capiunt finiuntque sestas,
autumnus, atque hyems?— 5. Qui venti flant vere & restate? — 6. Quid
fit vere? — 7. Qualis solet esse temperies a solstitio aestivo? — 8. De-
scribe temoestatem. — 9. Autumno ineunte quae mutatio temperiei su-
pervenire solet? — 10. Unde est nomen "autumni?" — 11. Hyeme ap-
propinquante qui venti solent irruere? — 12. Quid fit vaporibus, rori
pluvias? — 13. Quid turn fit stagnis, fluviis, lacubus? — 14. Quid solet
& quemadmodum tegere montes, vailes, campos,agros tempore hyema-
li? — 15. Quomodo differunt dies hiberni ab aestivis? — 16. Qui dies
noctesque anni sunt aequales, qui differunt maxime? — 17. Quo nomi-
ne vocamus duos, decern, viginti annos? — centum? — 18. Quid est
bimatus, et bimulum? — 19. Quid significamus vocabulis "annuum,"
"perenne," "sempiternum?" — 20. Quid intelligimus per "astatem,"
"aevum?" — 21. Explica diversas States? — 22. Quid est calenda-
rium?
376
EXERCITATIONES LOQUENDL
THOMAS 1 Tempestivus.
T. Quonam curris Georgi? Nunquamte
ita properantem vidi.
T. Numquid 4 boni alicunde exspectas?
T. Itane? strenam? Interim recte mones,
perendie enim Annus Novus erit, sive pri-
mus Ianuarii, quum amici cognatique inter
se strenas dare solent. Ecquid strenae ex-
spectas?
T. ^Equum dicis. At iam hie sumus; in-
tremus tabellariam. Quonam sub numero
columbani 6 forulus tuus situs est?
T. Haudquaquam. Nihil exspecto, nisi
casu quis mini litteras vacuas mittat. Ta-
men inspiciamus! — A, prorsus nihil. Cx-
terum diribitor 8 usque diribet, speremus
itaque.
T. Siccine? Tunc planum est te manipu-
um, aut saltern pugillum 10 accepturum.
7. Ex aspectu rei iam suspicor quid id
sit.
T. Horologium id alicuis generis stativi 13
esse auguror.
7. At vero, Hercle, tu eo plane eges. Ne-
mo te plus
T. Scilicet, quod tu oppido nimium cur-
sas et properas.
T. Nae, 16 yEdepol, cursatores et prope
rantes segnes ac tardi sunt. Nemo enim sa-
nus currit. Is tantum currit qui est tardus,
tardus, autem est, quia sero munus inchoat.
Nemo tempestivus persultat caespites, et
anhelus advenit
GEORGI US* Tardus.
G. Eodem 3 pr6pero quo tu, nempe in
tabellariam.
G. E litteris nupcrnis 5 patrui colligo me
strenam aliquam ab eo accepturum.
G. Quinam ego sciam? Meo quidem iu-
dicio ineptissimum esset praenuntiare ^ quis
quid et quale cuiquam munusculum mittere
vellet.
G. Forulum conductum teneo rationa-
tum, sub numero 527. Tune, mi Thomas,
etiam strenam exspectas?
G. Ohe, ego iam video notitiam in foru-
lo, quae me ad fenestram refert manipula-
rem. 9 Curiosissimus sum; miror quid sit.
Exspectadum.
G. Erit, jEdopol, aliquid pulchri. En,
videdum, est potius pugillum- Sine 11 modo
ut resolvam.
G. Quidnam est? Divina! 12
G, Recte, me Hercule, divinasti mi Tho-
mas- Est enim suscitabulum prorsus bellu-
lum. 14 Quam gaudeo!
G. Ecquid ita?
G. Quin, si ita res esset, aliquid sedato-
rii, 15 aut soporiferi me accipere decebat,
quo sumpto minus cursarem, essemque se-
gnior.
G. Curiose tu ratiocinaris. Et tamen te
vera memorare agnosco. Revera nimis sae-
pe curro ac propero, quin et contra mores
caespitem persulto. Sed nunc iam meliora
doctus imposterum ne id faciam cavebo.
377
T. Optime statuis. At, cerne modo, et
Iitterse te exspectant. Procul 19 dubio ab au-
ctore munusculi. — Eho, et ego litteras
accepi, quin et pyxidiculam. Oppido miror
quid id sit, et quis id miserit.
T. Aspice, Georgi, est horologiolum sac-
carium aureum , ab avia 20 mea, quae me ob
tempestivos mores valde collaudat, mihi in
strenam missum, quae me etiam admonet
ut in iisdem moribus ulterius quoque per-
severem.
G. Proinde non mihi invidebis. At Tho
mas mi, litteras a patruo tuli 19 auctore stre-
nse, et me fateri pudet eum quoque me de
eadem re commonere, quam tu memorasti,
ut tempus mihi sumam, nee amplius cur-
sem ac properem. Ita et faciam. Sed quid
tu strense accepisti? Ostende sis!
G. Factum bene. Et ego tuos mores de-
inceps 21 asmulabor.
I. Thomas, oe, Hebrew, a twin. — 2. Georgius, ii, Greek, an "earth- worker," a
farmer, a paysan, peasant, in all modern languages in one or another form, whence also
the German form Georg, often pronounced as Jork, Jork, and hence the English York.
— 3. Eo, thither, -dem same, quo whither; tabellaria, ce, post office. — 4. Anything?
According to grammarians it always demands a negative answer. 1 say, it is not true-
Genitivus partitivus, because quid means a noun; from somewhere. — 5. -us, a, urn,
of the other day; -go, s egi, ectum, I gather; I., a New Year's gift. A Roman custom-
Christmas is not a day of gifts and of commercial rage, mixing up St. Nicolas' day (6th
of Dec.) and St. Lucia's (13th of Dec.) with the feast of the birth of Jesus, but a most
solemn religious holy day. And the Churches ought to vindicate it.
6. -um, ii, properly a dovecot, pigeon holes, like here, is used as in English for let-
ter boxes, &c; -us, i, a drawer, or pigeonhole. — 7. -tus, a t um, fr. rationor, reasoned,
a combination lock; conduco, to hire; abbreviated to Nro, nro, or No. on account of sub,
w. Abl.; quingentesimo vigesimo septimo.
8. -or, is, fr. diribeo, 2 — itum, to sort out votes, letters; a distributer, here of mailes.
9. Manipulus, i, a bundle, or handful; parcel window. — Just wait!
10. Pugillus, i, or -um, i, properly, a small fist, a fistful, a small parcel.
II. Sino* sivi, situm, just allow me, to open it.
12. Divino, 1 r., to guess, Imperativus.
13. -us, a, um, standing, that stands.
14. -us, a, um, pretty; how glad I am!
15. -us, a, um, fr. sedo, 1 r., to make settle down, sit down, to sooth, sedate; -fer*
f era, um, that brings upon sleep.
16. Imo, quin; inchoo, 1 r. to begin; -to, 1 r„ to jump, run, trample over grass plots,
lawns; -us, a, um, panting, out of breath.
17. Against good manners; adv., hereafter.
878
18. Far from doubt, without doubt; the author, sender of the gift; tWttobn.
Valde miror mitto. - 19. Litterasfero = 1- accipio, litteras do, scnbo mitto ad h-
quet commoneo = admoneo, tempus sibi sumere, to take time. Ostendo , monstro,
sis = si vis, velis, be kind enough.
20. Mater patris aut matris; persevero* r., permaneo.
21. Deinceps, in posterum, hereafter; xmulor} r., to emulate.
ELEGANTUE SERMONIS.
E
M. ATTIO PLAVTO, & P. TERENTIO AFRO
Congressus.
Al Ad te, Hercle, ibam commodum.
St' Atque ego, Hercle, ad te. — Cas. Ill, k, s, PLAVTTS.
Pe Bene, opportuneque obviam es. — Mil. Ill, s, 2k.
ve. FF M Tn Nunquam potuisti, mihi
Magis opportunus advenire, quam advenis. - Most. Ill, l, k6. _
Me Non'potuisti magis per tempos mihi advemre, ^arnjdvems.
Er Optime, in tempore advenis. - Cap. IV, 2,56.
Mi. Salvos sum; eccom; quern qusrebam; quid agis, bonevir? J
CL Pater, opportune advenis. - Heaut ^ muH _
La. Opportune te mihi,
Phidippe, in ipso tempore ostendis. - Hee. IV, k, k.
Si. Opportune hie fit mihi obviam.— And. Ill, k, n.
Be. Ehem! opportune; te ipsum quaerito. - Add. I, %, l.
Ge Te ipsam quasrito:
Te exspecto; oppido opportune te obtulisti mi °b™^ ^ ^ j
879
Da. Te ipsum quasro; euge, o Charine! ambo opportune: vos volo.
-— And. II, 2, 8.
Si. Atque adeo in tempore eccum ipsum obviarn Chremem.
— And. Ill, 2, 52.
Ge. Eccum ipsum video in tempore hue se recipere.
— Phor. II, 3, 2U.
Ch. Te ipsum quasrebam. — si et ego te.
Ch. Optato advenis. - And. Ill, s, i.
Ca. Per tempus advenis;
Ausculta. - And. IV, 5, U.
So. Te ipsum quasro. Ch. Loquere,
Quid velis. - Heaut. IV, 1, 9.
My. Hem, Pamphile, optime mihi, te offers.
— And. IV, 2, 3.
. Me. Optime,
Ipsos video. - Heaut. V, 5, 2.
Ch. Amice,
balve; nemo est omnium, quern ego magis nunc cuperem quam te.
t, ., . . Eun.III,5,13
Sy. I e mihi ipsum iam dudum optabam dari. - Heaut. IV, 5, 10.
Ge. Ipse est, quern volui obviarn. — phor. I, u, 19.
Ge. Ego obviarn conabar tibi, Dave. — phor. I, 2,2.
De. Nos ad te ibamus, Phormio. — Phor. V, 7, e. '
Egressus.
St. Foris crepuit, senex eccum aurum ef fert foras.
n c . . , — Aulvl. IV, 5, 5. PLAVTTS.
Pa. Fores vicini proximi crepuerunt — Mil II, 4, 56.
Pal. Foris concrepuit hinc a vicino sene; ipse exit. — Mil II, 1 73
Ch. Foris concrepuit nostra, quinam exit foras? - Bach II, 2 56
Do. Ibi concrepuit foris, quisnam egreditur foras? - Per.' ill, 2, 5-
e Pe. Aperitur ostium*
Eccum ipsum video, progreditur foras. - Men. 1, 1 32
Ly. Quis hincnam a nobis exit? aperitur foris/ 1 Mer. IV, 2, s.
380
Pa. Ecce, commode aperitur foris,
Hilarus exit. — Mil TV, 4 61.
Phil. Aperiuntur aedes, quo ibam; commode ipse exit. — Tri. II, s, 9.
Sa. Quern convenire maxime cupiebam, egreditur foras. —
Per. II, 4, 30.
Pa. Quos videre exoptabam me maxime,
Un& exeuntes video hinc e proximo. — Mil IV, 3, U%.
Am. Heus, ecquis hie est? ecquis hoc aperit ostium? — Am. IV, /, id
Me. Heus, ecquis hie est ianitor?
Aperite, atque Erotium aliquis ante evocet ostium. — Men. IV, 2, 109.
Ly. Pandite atque aperite propere ianuam. — 'Bach. Ill, 1, /.
Pe. lam fores ferio
Me. Placide pulta. p e . Metuis, credo, ne fores Samiae sient. —
Men. /, 2, 65.
Ct. Foris crepuit. Sy. Mane, mane, ipse exit foras. — Ad. II, 5, //.
TERENTIYS,
Ch. Quid crepuerunt fores?
Hinc a me quisnam egreditur? — Heaut. /, /, 121.
Ch. Quid est, quod tarn a nobis graviter crepuere
fores? — Heaut. Ill, 3, 53.
Ph. Ostium concrepuit abs te. An. Vide quis egreditur.
— Phor. V, 5, 12,
Sy. Quisnam a nobis egreditur foras? - Heaut. HI 2, 50.
La. Video Phidippum per tempus egredi. — Hec. IV, ■?, ri-
ch. Ipse egreditur; quam severus! — Heaut. V, ?, 20.
Heus, heus, iEschinus ego sum; aperite aliquis actutum ostium.
Prodit nescio quis. — Mel. IV, 4, 25.
Mi. Quisnam a me pepulit tarn graviter fores? — Add. V, 3, 2.
Ch. cesso pultare ostium
Vicini? — Heaut. Ill 1, 1.
381
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS.
DE PRONOM1NIBUS.
140. A pronomen, as its name suggests, is a word which is used in the place of the
name of the thing instead of repeating that name, as: Omnis Gallia est divisa in partes
tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgas, &c, instead of saying: trium Galliarum unam. The
man, who is approaching, is a physician.
The pronomina are thus divided:
1. Pronomina Personalia,
2. Pronomina Demonstrativa,
3. Pronomina Relativa,
4. Pronomina Interrogativa,
5. Pronomina Indefinita,
6. Pronomina Possessiva,
7. Pronomina Gentilitia.
1. PRONOMINA PERSONALIA.
As we have handled fairly all the Pronomina in all cases, I shall group them here
for easy reference, and systematically declined. The Pronomina Personalia stand in the
place of the names of persons. They are: ego, tu, — , in plural: nos, vos, — .
They are thus declined:
U^umerus Singularis.
Nominativus, ego
Genitivus,
Dativus,
Accusativus,
Vocativus,
Ablativus,
mei
mihi
me*
caret
(jQme*
Nominativus, n6s
(nostri
Gentttvus, j nostmm
Dativus, n6bis
Accusativus, n6s
Vocativus, caret
tAblativus, (i) n6bis
tu
—
till
sui
tibi
sibi
te*
s£
(6) tu
caret
(abs) tt
W)s6
rails.
vds
vestri
vestrum
sui
vdbis
sibi
vds
s£
(6) v6s
caret
(i) v6bis
00 s*
382
Not*. 1. Grammar distinguishes three persons, the first, which is the speaker, ',
ego; the second, to which we speak, thou, tu; and the third, m. he, f. she, n. it, wh.ch
latter, i. », the third person, has no Pronomen in Latin Nominativus either in Sing, or
PL Its place is filled by other Pronomina, to wit: hie, heec, hoc, ,f the .person or thing
referred to is nearer to me; is. ea, id, if nearer to thee; or near to us both or back of us
ilk, ilia, Mud, and ipse, ipsa, ipsum, of not present, or farther away. The most frequent
has always been ilk, as is seen in the Romance languages, of which the Italian retained
the first part, il, the French has split it into tl and le.
2 The speaker (the first person) always addresses the second person by tu, plur.,
«*. whether he (she), i. e., the second person, be God, a monarch, or a pauper, male
or female, old or young. That in the neo-Latin tongues almost exclusively the plur. is
used instead of the sing, is due to the Roman Church missionary w^ naturdly,
spoke to crowds. The Slavs under French influence do the same; those unde ^German
influence use the 3d person sing, and pi, while ^ ptnawm msnyv^W^*.
or among friends, and towards children use the Latin principle, in military and rural us
age address in the 3d pers. sing., in literary and social style they use 3d W-f'
3. Personal pronouns in Latin are not used at all, for the endings of he verbs su -
ficiently express them; they are resorted to only for the sake of emphasis, ^ ^ «pre»
contrasts, as: ego legebam, quum tu in horto ambulabas, one doing one thing, the other
someftmgdse. ^ ^^ ^ ^ and ^ ^^ 3d> nQ h <
social differences there may be between the persons; ""^^ ™?? y: *?' *' ™
pater, atque«*. On this same principle the male sex prece des the emale ^d so we
cannot say in Latin "ladies and gentlemen," but "men and women, vm ataue mulwres,
the same as in traditional German. Grammar does not ^^^^^
5. Tides, a matter of affectation and flattery, are not known i i Rom an g ywmx,
because such were not present in the severely simple Roman life. This subject will be
treated more fully at its proper place.
6. Take notice that the 2d pers. sing, and pi, are used also in Vocat.
7. Mark that the Genitivus PI. has two forms, nostn and nostrum vest rt£
sttum. in sing, they are met et Hi, but they have their counter-parts in rth Pronoro na
Possessiva, mus et turn. Their usage is best explained by examples: pars ma. my part,
port on ar share; pars mi. physically, are my limbs, morally, one dearest to me, my
wife, my child, my friend, who saved my life, my honor; pars nostra our part, our tot,
Z Portion, share! pars nostri, a companion, member of the same body politic a vk-
Z of the aL f te with us. Whereas nostrum is thus employed: nostrum nor, es ,ud -
care, it is not our privilege, duty, business, to judge; vestrum est curare, v.dere, it is
vour dutv, obligation, business, to attend, to see to it.
* 8 The prepositions a and at, have also a third form, abs. With the per, pronouns
m, te, se, /can be used with all, both in sing, and plur.; ab w. se only; abs only with
te and se, and this is also the best usage.
383
9. The preposition cum, with, does not precede, but follows the personal pronouns, and
is joined with them in one word, as: mecum, tecum , secum, nobiscum, vobiscum; but not
with other pronouns standing for se, such as is, ea, id, ipse, ipsa, ipsum, ille, ilia, illud,
they follow the rule, cum eo, ea, eo, cum ipso, cum Mo, &c.
10. The adj. similis y e, governs the Genitivus of the personal pronouns, as, mei,
tut, sui, nostri, vestri, similis, but of no others; its regular government is the Dativus,
as, filius similis est patri suo; discipulus similis est magistro. People given to affectation
and display of learning make an exception in the case of verum, i, and invariably write
simile verz, and in one word, verisimile, resembling truth, likely, probable, alleging Ci-
cero's authority, as having always used so. While I do not wish to deny it, for I could
not prove the contrary, as no manuscripts of Cicero are extant, I maintain that seizing
and displaying this one word does not make the faddist a Cicero, but it can make him
ridiculous, because he soon betrays himself, while grammar demands Dativus, and we
are quite sure that we are right if we say verosimile, simile vero.
11. The personal pronoun of the 3d person, sui, sibi, se, is also called Pronomen
Reflexivum, or Reciprocum, because it serves as the object of its own subject, as sol se
movet, homo se in pedes erigit. As indirect object: nescit quid sibi velit, he does not know
what he wants (for himself). The se is often doubled sese, in which case the first se has
the appearance of a Nominativus. Charisius thinks that we say se, when a person acts upon
another, and sese, when one acts upon himself, as, ille dicit se hoc 1111 fecisse and dicit
sese hoc sibi fecisse; but this is not observed. The real difference is but the emphasis. We
may say either "milites se ad Cassarem receperunt" or sese ad Cassarem receperunt,
12. When we wish to emphacise a Pronomen Personale, we attach the emphatic
syllable -met in the 1st and 3d persons, excepting Gen. sing, and pi., thus tgomet, mi-
himet, memet, nosmet, vosmet, &c. The second person, tu is strengthened by adding te
to it, as tute, in the Norn, tete in the Ace, while the -met syllable is attached to the tute
form, as, tutemet, and tibimet.
13. The Pronomen Personale is emphacised by bringing the Pronomen Demonstra-
tivum ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self, in person, he, she, it, in opposition with it, just as in all
other languages, as, ego ipse, I myself, tu ipse, thou thyself, is, or ille ipse, ea ipsa, ilia
ipsa, id ipsum, illud ipsum or inverted? ipse ego, ipsa ilia, ipsi nos, ipsa vos, ipsa ea,
&c, in all cases. But ipse does not exclude the -met syllable, and so we can heighten the
emphasis by employing both, as: ipsemet ego, I myself, my own self; tibimet ipsi, to
thy own self; semet ipsum, or, egomet ipse, ipsummet se, — Ipse however does not al-
ways follow the subject into Accusativus - apposition say, te ipsum, nos ipsos, se ipsum,
as the subject in such cases does not stand out sufficiently, and thus ipse must supply the
emphasis, by remaining in the Nominativus; for instance, amicus meus se ipsum occidit:
leaving out amicus, let us substitute ipse, and say, ipse se ipsum occidit; where the Accus.
is stronger than the Norn., therefore we strike out ipsum, but retain ipse, in Norn, se being
the Accus. and the sentence will be well balanced, as, se ipse occidit; as Cicero has it:
"Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit" (N. D. 2, 3, 7), it might have been sibi ipsi . . .
384
2. PRONOMINA DI
EMONSTRATIVA
HIC, HJEC, HOC
ILLE, ILL A, ILLUD
Numerus Singularis
U^umerus Singularis
m.
/•
n.
m.
/.
n.
Norn.
hie
hasc
hoc
Me
ilia
illud
Gen.
huius
illius
Dat.
huic
illi
Ace.
hunc
hanc
hoc
ilium
illam
illud
Abl.
(ab) h6c
d^um
hac
. Plur.
h6c
(ab) ill6
ilia
U^um. Plur.
ill6
Norn.
hi
hae
h#c
illi
ills
ilia
Gen.
h6rum
Mrum
hdrum
ill6rum illaVum
ill6rum
Dat.
his
illis
Ace.
h6s
his
hsec
ill6s
ilia's
ilia
Abl.
(ab) his
(ab) illis
IS, EA, ID
IDEM, EADEN, IDEM
V^um
Sing.
U^um. Sing.
m.
/.
n.
m.
f.
n.
Nom.
is
ea
id
idem
£adem
idem
Gen.
£ius
£iusdem
Dat.
ei
eidem
Ace.
eum
earn
id
eundem
eandem
idem
Abl.
(ab) e6
ei
e6
(ab) e6dem e^dem
e6dem
Num.
Plur.
Num. Plur.
Nom.
ii (ei)
tx
ea
iidem
eaedem
eadem
Gen.
e6rum
tirum
e6rum
e6rundem
earundem
e6rundem
Dat.
iis
(eis)
iisdem (eisdem)
Ace.
e6s
tis
ea
e6sdem
eisdem
eadem
Abl.
(ab) iis
(eis)
(ab) iisdem (eisdem)
IPSE, IPi
JA t IPSUM
m.
/.
n.
m.
/•
n.
Nom.
ipse
ipsa
ipsum
ipsi
ipsse
ipsa
Gen.
ipsius
ips6rum
ipsirum
ipsdrum
Dat.
ipsi
ipsis
Ace.
ipsum
ipsam
ipsum
ipsds
ipsa^
ipsa
Abl.
(ab) ips6
ipsa
ips6
(ab)
ipsis
385
3. PRONOMINA RELATIVA.
141. A Pronomen Relativum is a declinable particle, pointing back, or referring to,
the person, or thing, just mentioned, as: vir qui, mulier quce, animal quod. In a wider
sense also uter, utra, utrum, qualis, quale, quantus, a, urn, quot and quotus, a, urn, may
be classed with the Pronomina Relativa; but as we have treated them- as numerical ad-
jectives, what they really are, we omit them here, qui, quce, quod alone remaining for
consideration.
It is thus declined:
U^umerus Singularis.
m. f.
Casus Nominativus, qui, quae,
Genitivus, cuius
< «
n.
quod
11 Dativus, cui
" Accusativus, quern, quam, quod
" Vocativus, caret
" Ablativus, (a) qud, qua\ qu6
m.
qui,
quorum,
qu<5s,
humerus Pluralis.
f.
n.
quae, quae
quarum, quorum
quibus, (queis)
quis, quae
caret
(a) quibus, (queis)
V^ota. 1, The Dat. and Abl. Plur. have retained an old form, queis, favored by
writers in archaic, or solemn style.
2- The Abl. Sing, has also the form qui, only used when the preposition cum be
comes a postposition, which is always the case with the Pron6mina Personalia (mecum,
tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum) and with the Relativa, when qubcum, quacum, quo.
cum and quibuscum, are the regular forms, but, instead of the three first, some writers
use quicum.
3. The Pronomina Relativa, along with the Pronomen Interrogativum (quis? quae?
quid?) undergo various changes, and extension of meanings, when certain other particles
are attached to them, or when they are themselves reduplicated. Thus:
a. quisquis, quaequae, quidquid, whoever, whatever.
b. By adding the compound cum - que, contracted into -cunque: as: quicunque,
quaecunque, quodcunque, quiscunque, quidcunque, whoever, whichever, whatever; uter-
cunque, utdcunque, utrumcunque, whichever of the two; qualiscunque, qualecunque, of
whatever kind; quantuscunque, quantaciinque, quantumcunque, however much, ever so
much, or great; quotcunque, ever so many, no matter how many; quotuscunque quota-
cunque, quotumcunque, no matter how mznieth; quotquot, of whatever number.
c. The two nouns, modus, i, (o short), mode, manner, and genus, -eris, n (e in ge
short as well as in -£f ), a kind, sort, enter into conjunctions with several of the Prono-
mina in these forms: cuiusmodi, huiusmodi, eiusmodi. istiusmodi, illiusmodi, cuiuscun
quemodi, of this kind, or sort, of what kind, of whatever kind, but (instead of cuius,
386
cuiusmodi) cuicuimodi. These are used as indeclinable adjectives, as: homo eiusmodi,
hominis eiusmodi, homini huiusmodi, hominem, mulierem, animal istiusmodi, arborum
illiusmodi; cuiusmodi libros etnisti? what sort of books have you bought? Genus, on the
other hand is a noun in the Nominative, when connected with id, quod, hoc, and written
in one word, as: idgenus, hdcgenus, qu6dgenus, because the compound is pronounced
under one accent, while if we separate them, we must use two accents, just as if we se-
parated English words, like commonwealth, nevertheless, and the like, into their consti-
tuent parts, and say, common wealth, n'ever th f e less, under as many accents, the mean-
ings would change.
4. PRONOM1NA INTERROGATIVA.
142. Many particles are used for the purpose of asking questions, such as: qualis, e?
quot? quotus, a, um? uter, utra, utrum, quantus, a, um, and others, which under that
consideration could be classed under this head; but, properly speaking, the Pronomina
Interrogativa are only quis? and quid? who? and what? They are thus declined:
QUIS? QUID?
Numetus Singularis.
Casus Norn.
quis quid
" Gen.
cuius
'« Dat.
cui
" Ace.
quern quid
" Voc.
carei
" Abl.
(a) qu6
Numerus Pluralis.
qui quae
quorum
quibus
quos quae
cant
(a) quibus
Notce. — 1. Quis? is equivalent to English who? quid? means what? and, in principle
both are used like their English equivalents, i. e., the former only for male persons, the
latter for things; thus: quis ita dixit? who has said so? quid ille dixit? what did he say?
— quid novi? what news? — In fact, however, quis is also employed, at least by Plau-
tus, for women, as quis mulier? and, even the best authors, like Cicero himself, employs
it for masculine things, like, quis locus? quis mons? where grammar demands qui, as
qui oculos? qui mons? — Moreover, quis is an adjective, as: "quis puer gracilis?" where-
as, quid is a noun, as: "quid mulieris?" what kind of a woman? i. e., governing the fol-
lowing noun into the genitive, as do all nouns.
2. Quid differs from quod just as in English what? differs from which? Since quid is
a noun, it will always stand alone as the subject, or the object of a sentence, as: quid es
hoc? what is this? quid innuis? what are you alluding to? If it stands with a noun, as
above, quid mulieris? or, quid negotii habes? what is your business? the noun is put into
genitive. Quod, on the other hand, being an adjective, will always stand with a noun, as:
387
quod animal memoras? what animal are you talking about? — One is liable to confound
quod? interrogativum, with quod relativum. When it is so used, it will always refer to a
noun, expressed, as, palatium, quod vidisti, regis est, the palace, which you have seen, is
that of the king, or, at least, id will stand in the noun's place, either expressed, or under-
stood, as* non intelligo, quod dicis, I do not understand what (really, id is left out, i. e.,
that which) you say. In such constructions there are two sentences linked, I do not un-
derstand — that, wfrch you say. In Latin this means a world of difference, for the sec-
ond sentence is said to be dependent on the first, and grammarians call such a sentence a
dependent clause, the verb of which demands the Modus Coniunctivus- Example: Intelli"
gis, quod tibi dico? Do yon understand (id = that, which) what I am telling you? —
with quid it will sound: Intelligis quid tibi dicam? Non intelligo quod dicis; Non intelligo,
quid dicas.
3. The Abl. Sing, has also the form qui, with a sharp and emphacised i, employed
as an adverbium, answering the other adverbial question, quomodo? how? and is used ex-
actly like this, as: qui scis? how do you know?
4, All cases of quis and quid can be emphacised by attaching to them the particle
-nam, thus, quisnam, cuiusnam, quidnam, quemnam, quamnam, &c, as: quisnam ille
vir est, quocum venisti? who is the gentleman you came with? Quis is sit, scio; quid is
sit, nescio; who he is (be) I know; what he is (be) I do not know.
5. PRONOM1NA INDEFINITA.
143. The Pronomen Interrogativum quis, and the particles enumerated under the
Relativa, are further utilized, by the attachment of particles, to furnish the Latin lan-
guage with the Pronomina Indefinita, so called, because they cannot be grouped by their
meanings under any head, and so they are classed according to their forms. Of these
new formative particles the first is ali —
1. By attaching the formative particle ali- before quis, we obtain the new Prono-
men aliquis, aliqua (not aliqux), dliquid, somebody, something, declined regularly: *li-
cuius, ilicui, dliquem, iliquam, dliquid, &c,
Nota Bene: This ali- (contraction of alius) in certain connections is dropped, and
quis alone is employed in exactly the same meaning, as: dicet quis, some one will say (as
an objection, in criticism).
2. In the same manner iXiquantus, a, urn, some, of some size, pars aliqudnta, some
portion, and aliquantum as a noun, aliquantum temporis, some time, aliquantum virium,
some of the strength. — So also aliquot, & few, aliquot dies, a few days, not declined;
aliquot diebus, aliquot libellae, a few cents, pretio aliquot centussium emit, he bought it
at the price of a few dollars.
3. The other particles, used like ali-, are: si-, num-, and quum- in connection with
quis, in one word, under one accent, as explained above; thus: siquis, siqua (not siquce*
388
if divided into two words, this could be the case, but it cannot be divided) siquid. And
so we obtain the forms, siquis, siqua, siquid, if anybody, if anything; nequis, nequa, ne-
quid, lest anybody or anything; numquis, numquae (not numqutf), numquid, (is there,
perhaps?) anybody, or anything? quumquis, quumquai, quid, when a person, when any-
body, anything. All are declined like quis, the particles being indeclinable.
4. When the question is emphatic, the particle ec (an adaptation of et) is prefixed
to quis, thus: ecquis? ecqua? ecquid? Ecquis id mandavit? who (the thunder) ordered,
commanded, that? Ecquid hie vult? what (on earth) does he want?
5. Quis is also employed with the particles -dam, -piam, -quam, quidam, quaedam,
quiddam, quoddam, a certain one, as an adjective, or alone, as, quidam vir, quasdam mu-
lier, quoddam animal; but quidam alone will mean a certain one (person, masculine);
but quiddam is a noun. Quispiam, quaepiam, quidpiam, quodpiam, somebody, some-
thing; as quaeret quispiam, but some one will ask; quisquam, quidquam, any-
body, anything; quisquamne vidit? has anybody seen it? audivistine quidquam? have
you heard anything? — nihil quidquam audivi aut vidi, I have not heard or seen a single
thing. All of them are declined like quis and quid alone, the particles being all indeclin-
6. Another set of formatives attached to quis, and the other particles mentioned
among the Relativa, are -que, -vis, and -libet, producing the following Pronomina In-
deilnita:
quisque, quaeque, quidque, quodque, each, everybody, each one
quivis, quaevis, quidvis, quodvis, every one, whatever
quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet, quodlibet, each one, whoever, whatever
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of the two
utervis, utravis, utrumvis, whichever of the two
ut&rlibet, utralibet, utrumlibet, whichever of the two
quantusvis, quantavis, quantumvis, however much, or grate, ever so much
quantuslibet, quantalibet, quantumlibet, no matter how much, or big
qualislibet, qual&ibet, no matter of what kind
Nota Bene: quisque is strenghtened by joining to it unus, a, urn, as: unusquisque,
unaquaeque, unumqu6dque, unumquidque, each and every one, each single thing, govern-
ing genitive, as, unusquisque nostrum, vestrum, eorum, civium, militum. To these also
belongs quotusquisque, quotaquaeque, quotumquodque, the each "howmanieth, of a
row, or of a crowd, as: quotusquisque nostrum haec intelligit? the howmanieth each in
this row, or crowd of us understands these (things)? "Suae quisque fortunae faber est
* This much used quotation is found in the 2d (called 1st) letter (called oration),
ofC Sallustius Crispus - if the work is genuine - De Republica Ordinanda, to C
lulius Caesar, advising him what to do with the country, when he became the sole mas
every man is the maker of his own fortune; pro se quisque iudicet,
for himself.
6. PRONOMINA POSSESSIVA.
389
let every man judge
144. These are the following: meus, mea, meum, my, mine; tuus,
thine; suus, sua, suum, his, hers, its. They are thus declined:
tua, tuum, thy
MEVS, MEA, MEVM NOSTER, -TRA, -TRVM
Numerus Singularis.
tn.
/-
n.
m.
/.
n.
Cas.
Norn,
meus,
mea,
meum
noster,
nostra,
nostrum
tt
Gen.
mei,
meae,
mei
nostri,
nostras,
nostri
n
Dat.
me6,
meae,
me6
nostr6,
nostra,
nostr<5
tt
Ace.
meum,
meam
, meum
nostrum,
nostram,
nostrum
t*
Voc.
mi,
mea,
meum
noster,
nostra,
nostrum
tt
Abl.
(a) me6,
mei,
me6
Numerus
(a) nostrd,
Pluralis.
nostri,
nostr6
Cas.
Norn.
mei,
meae,
mea
nostri,
nostras,
nostra
"
Gen.
medrum,
meirum
, me6rurn
nostrorum,
nostrirum,
nostr6rum
tt
Dat
meis,
meis,
meis
nostris,
nostris,
nostris
"
Ace.
me<5s,
meis,
mea
nostrds,
nostris,
nostra
t*
Voc %
mei,
meae,
mea
nostri
nostras,
nostra
tt
Abl. (a) meis,
meis,
meis
(a) nostris,
nostris,
nostris
TVVS, TVA
TVVM
VESTER,
VESTRA, VESTRVM
Numerus .
Singularis.
tn.
f.
n.
m.
/.
n.
Cas.
Norn,
tuus,
tua,
tuum
vester,
vestra,
vestrum
t*
Gen.
tui,
tuae,
tui
vestri,
vestrae,
vestri
tt
Dat.
tu6,
tuae,
tu6
vestro,
vestrae,
vestrd
a
Ace.
tuum,
tuam,
tuum
vestrum,
vestram,
vestrum
"
Voc.
caret
caret
tt
Abl.
(a) tu6,
tui,
tu6
(a) vestro,
vestri,
vestrd
ter of Rome. The quotation is in oratio obliqua, and it reads: "Sed res docuit id verum
esse, quod in carminibus Appius zitfabrum esse suce quemque fortunce." This Appius
the real author of the sentence, seems to be the one, whom Cicero praised as a ' 'sapiens
poeta."
390
U^umerus Pluralis.
Cas.
Norn.
tui,
tuae,
tua
nostri,
nostrae,
nostra
tt
Gen.
tu6rum,
tuirum,
tu6rum
nostr6rum,
nostrirum,
nostr6rum
«
Dat.
tuis,
tuis,
tuis
nostris,
nostris,
nostris
tt
Ace.
tu6s,
tuis,
tua
nostras,
nostris,
nostra
tt
Voc.
c a
re t
caret
tt
AM.
(a) tuis,
tuis,
tuis
(a) nostris,
nostris,
nostris
SVVS, SVA, SVVM
frQumorus Singularis.
thQumerus Pluralis.
:as
. Norn
suus,
sua,
suum
sui,
suae,
sua
tt
Gen.
sui,
suae,
sui
su6rum,
suirum,
su6rum
tt
Dat.
su6,
suae,
su6
suis,
suis,
suis
tt
Ace.
suum,
suam,
suum
su6s,
suis,
sua
tt
Voc.
care
t
caret
41
AM.
(a)
su6,
sui
su6
(a) suis,
suis,
suis
Notce. — 1. The Latin Pronomina Possessiva have no regard for the sex, or gender
of the subject, and so we cannot say her , or it, hers, or its. The gender-endings refer
only to the possession, as: me* manus, my hand, manus being feminine; nostra manus,
our hands; tuum nomen, thy name, sua voluntas, his, her, or its will.
2. Like his in English, suus, a, urn, is often troublesome, in cases like "I called on
his brother, in whose house I met also his friend," where the latter his may refer to two
persons; this is avoided in Latin by saying: adivi suum fratrem, cuius domi et amicum
eius conveni; but if the amicus is of the brother, 1 would say huiusque, or isttusque; vi-
di mercatorem, eiusque uxorem, in such cases, where suus, a, urn would mean of the
same, eius is better used-
3. To strengthen the meaning in the Ablativus of su6, sui, su6, we attach the syl-
lable -pte t as: su6pte consilio, by his own determination; su6pte p6ndere, by its own
weight; suipte naturi, by its own nature, by the nature of the thing.
7. PRONOMINA GENTIL1TIA.
145 As their name indicates, these Pron6mina mean one's origin, family, or count-
ry, relationship, nationality, or other social or political connections. Only the following
ones are recognized:
cuias, -itis, of what country, place, clan
391
nostras, -4tis, of our kind, kinship, country, clan, crowd
vestras, -a*tis, of your kind, kinship, country, clan, crowd
They are declined regularly: cuia'tis, cuifti cuiftem, cuiate, cuiams, culatum, cui-
atibus, &c.
frCotce. -— 1. In colloquial Latin we add another, although not demonstrable by co-
dices and inscriptions, but a very useful word, huius, -atis, and its adjectival form, hu-
mus, -a, -um, of this place, town, or country. They are thus used: Quum quaererem ex
eo cuius esset, nee scirem utrum e nostrdtibus, e vestratibus, an omnino alienigenus esset»
ipse se huiatem (or huiatum) esse respondit, prorsusque nostratem; as 1 did not know
whether he was of our kind, or your kind, or altogether a foreign-born, he answered,
that he was a native of this place, and, what is more, he was belongig to our crowd.
2. Here I mention also the Adverbium tuutim, in thy way, in thy manner, a Plau-
tus-word, used thus: rem tuitim faaam, I shall do the thing in your way, as you would
doit.
8 PRONOMINA CORRELATIVA.
146. Some of the Pron6mina of the various groups have an interrelation among
themselves, which, because they mutually illustrate and help each other, is called correla-
tive By juxtaposition, and a few examples of their uses, their powers will easily be un-
derstood.
Pro, Intel rog.
Relativum.
Demonstrativum ,
Indefinitum,
quis? )
qui J
qui
is
iliquis
qualis?
qualis
talis
qualislibet
quantus?
quantus
tantus
aliquantus
quot?
quot
tot
aliquot
Noia. -— The student will notice that there is a hiatus, or something missing, in the
1 ndefinita, which would properly answer qualis? All the answers begin with ali-, but
qualis? has qualislibet. In traditional spoken Latin we have the proper answer, uliqualis,
of some kind, while qualislibet, in classical Latin, is no answer to it at all, for qualislibet
means, no matter what kind, whatever kind-
Examples: Quis fuit ille? — Quis (relat.) is (dem.) fuerit, nescio; sed certe fuit
aliquis (indef.).
Qualis est servus? — Qualis (rcl.), est dominus. talis (dem.) est et servus; qualisli-
bet (indef.) ille est, est et iste.
Quanta turba fuit in theatro* — Aliquanta (indef.) certe fuit; tanta (dem.) profecto,
quanta (relat.) merito exspectari poterat; surely of a size of crowd that reasonably could
be expected.
392
Quot centusses solvisti pro ista domo? - How many dollars have you paid for this
house' - Tot (derr. - non solvi, quot (relat.) tu existirnas; 1 have not pa.d as many as
you think; solvi tamen aliquot (indef.) millia; yet 1 paid a few thousands.
DE ADVERBIIS.
147 How a class of Adverbia are formed from Adiectiva, and how they are com-
pared we have already seen That class of Adverbia answers the question, qutoodo.
Walrecte longe late, breviter, feliciter, bene, male. Adverbia are so called because
5 + verbum! I, they primarily qualify verbs, but they also qualify adjecuves and
adverbl as in English, as, he writes mil; very good; fully well, or ent.rely «11; valde
"bene nimis celeriter, longe optime, bene multum, &c.
AdvTbia then, can best be grouped according the questions they answer.
A ADVERBIA LOCI.
This class of adverbia answers the questions M quo? (whither?) unde? whence?
ubi?
ubi (relat.)
ibi
hie
illic, there
istic, here, near you
alicubi, somewhere
ubique )
ubivis l wherev ? r
ubihbet | everywhere
£libi, elsewhere
utrobi? at which of the 2
places
utrobique, at both places
qui? by which way
el, by that way
hlc, this way
1. Ubi?
that way
this way
by some way
ill*
illic
ista
istic
aliqul, to somewhere
qulvis
qullibet
* spiam ) anywhere
usquam J
niisquam, nowhere
circa, about
contra, against
intra | inside
intus J within
supra, above
insuper, in addition
}
behind
infra, below
subtus, underneath
pone
post
prope, near
coram, in presence of,
openly
prxsto, present
6bviam, on one's way
foris, outdoors
procul- far
peregri, abroad
393
unde? whence?
unde (relat.) whence
inde, thence
nine, hence
qu<5? whither?
qu6, (relat )
e6, thither
hue, hither
m ) LU 1
ffluc f t0 that place
ist6 ) , . ,
blue / to this place
aliqu6, to somwehre
2. Unde?
illinc, thence
istinc, from here
aliciinde, from somewhere
undelibet, whence ver
3. Quo?
h
any place
whatever
qudpiam
quoquam
qudvis
quolibet
i\\6, to another place
utr<5? whither of 2 places?
utroque, to both places
n£utro, to neither of the 2
places
B ADVERBIA TEMPORIS.
rindique, from all sides
aliunde, from somewhere else
utrimque, from both sides
d£super, from above
intr6, inward
retr6, backward
foras, to outdoors
quatenus? how far?
eitenus, that far
Mctenus, thus far
protinus, forward, at once
peregre, to abroad
148. These Adverbia express relations of time. They are:
quando? when?
quando, when, since
(relat.)
interim )
inteVea hn the meanwhile
illico, \
stitim Vat once
ext£mplo J
quum mixime, as when
most
quam mixime, most of all
simul, as soon as
iam, already
tandem, at last
d£mum, finally
£lias, at some other time
nunc, now
etilmnum )
etiamnunc even now
quandocunque, whenever
aliqu^ndo, at some time
at the time, then
dnte |
a-nteaJ formerl y
tunc
turn
pridie, the day before
heri, yesterday
nudius tertius, the day be-
fore yesterday
postridie, the next day
eras, to-morrow
per£ndie, after to morrow
unquam, ever
nunquam, never
semper, always
pleriimque, for the most
Part
interdum
subinde
occassionally
m2ne, in the morning
int£rdiu, during the day
ve*speri, in the evening
noctu, at night
ex qu6? since when?
ex e6, since then
dein, deinde, then
exinde, thence on
deinceps, from thence
praetirea, besides
abhinc }
define |tom now on
idhuc as yet, so far
quamdiu? for how long?
quamdiu (relat.) as long as
tamdiu. until
394
h6die, to-day
modo, now, just
nuper, the other day
pridem, long since
qu6ndam, once upon a
time
prop£diem, by-and-by
p6sthac, hereafter
p6stea ")
postmodum V afterwards
postmodo J
mox, soon
quam mox? how soon?
aliqu£mdiu\ for some time
dudum, long since
usque, still
parumper, a little while
paulisper, for a little time
tantisper, just until
C ADVERBIA REPETITI^.
149. These Adverbia answer the question quoties? how many times?
qu6ties? how many times?
qudties, (relat.) as often as
toties, as many times as
aliqu6ties, a few times
iterum, again
rursus, again
de'nuo, anew
ssepe, often
id£ntidem, repeatedly
quotidie, daily
D ^ADVERBIA MODI.
quotinnis, every year
quotmensibus, every month
semel, once
iterum iterumque, again and
again
150. This class of Adverbia answers to the question, qu6modo? qui? quem4dmo-
dum? in what way? how? and so they belong to the category of the Adverbia, formed
trom the adjectives of the II., in e or o, as bene, male, merito, necessario, and of the III.
in -iter, as ccleriter, feleciter; to which we add the endings -im and -itus, as, parttm,
furtim, partly, stealthily, fitnditus, from the very foundations, divinitus, providentially;
and the -urn, the neutral of the adjectives, as, incassum, in vain, of no avail.
qu6modo?
qui?
quemadmodum?
qudmodo, \
Qui, >
quemadmodum )
ut, uti, as
sic ) so,
ita ) thus
item, ] also
itidem, > again
perinde ) alike
quam, how!
how?
rela-
tively
prsecipue ) above all
imprimis j particularly
frustra, in vain
nequiquam, to no avail
t£mere, recklessly
vix, scarely
sane, yes, indeed
modo, if only
dumtaxat, at least
fere, ]
ferme, > nearly, almost
paene )
saltern, at least
casterum ) as to the
cseter6quin J rest
nempe, that is
nimirum ]
scilicet V namely
videlicet )
utpote, as, since
plane, quite
omnino, altogether
nae, what is more
utique, of course
non, \ no,
haud ) not
395
tarn, so
v otherwise
secus j
satis, enough
valde ]
2d mod urn > very
perquam J
quantdpere, how very
tantopere, so very
nimis
nimium
too much
perhaps
forte
forsitan
fortasse
fortassis
clam )
clanculum J™ the sly
palam, openly
subito, on a sudden
repente, all at once
sensim, noticeably
alidquin, in contrary case
ne — quidem, not even
n£utiquam, not likewise
im6, on the contrary
cur? \ why?
quare? Vwhere-
quamobrem? J fore?
ideo, 1 therefore
idcirco \ for that
proptirea S reason
E ADVERis, by any
( qu^libet way
396
Mce.-l. TheAdverbia Interrogate can be emphadsed by adding the suffix
.nam to any of them, as, mnam? undenam? qudnam? quanam? - ub.narr, gentium
su ls> where (on earth) are we? -undenam venis? whence (,n to world are you
comtog? - qudnam me ducis? - whither (in the world) are you leading me? - qui-
nam is? bv what way (pray) are you going?
2 The Idverbia Relativa are modified either by reduplication, as, ubiubi? undeunde?
or by attaching the particle -cunque, thus: ubicunque habites, wherever you may be living,
te visum veniam. 1 shall come to see you.
3 The Adverbia Demonstrativa can be strengthened by adding to them the syl able
.dmJmZ. (the i becoming emphatic) at the same place: ubicunque tu sis, Undm
ero ei eeo wher ver thou be (vou shall, or happen to be) , I shall be at the same place.
1 The A verbalndefinita are formed from the Interrogate (.) putting be ore
them the particle alu, and filling out the gap thus arising between the final vowel J of
1 and the possible following other vowel, by ^^Vi^^'^T
where- or, (*), by subjoining the syllable -que, as, ub.que, he * becoming emphabc.
Examples: Ubi est file? (interrogative) - where is he? S, ; ipse A. non .* «M -
lative) eum reliquisti, certe est alkuM (indefinite) » vicuna; ; rftam do **«, ■*«
von left him surely he is somewhere in the neighborhood. - Unde iste venit «"«™
C doe Hh s (one or man) come? Undecunque (undelibet, undevis) vfaent, ex.*™,
eum fa£ veSe, «** tu venisti; - from wherever he came, 1 am of he opinion tot
became thence, whence you have come: which all may not be good Enghsh, but >t telh-
'^^^^^^tZ^Zo + ver-, in which direction?
andtoSnlg AdvLa of directions: sursum, ^J^^
nrorsum forward; retrdrsum, backward; dextrorsum, to he right, tevorsum,
left ahorsum, i„ some other direction, but quaquaversum, m every direction.
PARS
PAL^ESTRiE
ALTERA
399
PENSVM VNDECIMVM,
Mappa 1 Orbis Terrarum Antiqui.
I.
^QVA ilia vastissima* quae Europam ab America separat, est
mare. Maria magna dceatii* appellantur. Oceanus, quo
Europa ab America wiungitur,* est Oceanus Atlanticus. Multo tamen
u ■ L, in Roman Latin, a napkin; when maps were devised, their authors called them
nappa mundi;" hence its name in the modern languages; 4s, is, m., a ball, a globe
**s terrarum, the ball of the earth, the world; -us, a, urn, that goes before, the fore-
*osi nihil habibam anti quiu s, I had nothing more important; in old English, after
French, they used to write antient, fr. Latin ante - lent (ante iens, euntis, ient being
*Tong), foregoing, now, ancient.
2- Vastus, a, urn, vast, immense, vasto* v., to lay waste, properly, boundless de-
ts; mare, is, n ., a sea. — 3. II., a Gr. word, an ocean. — 4 Seiungo? n x i, ctum,
the opposite of coniungo, to disjoin. - Fr. Atlas, lantis, mythol,, who carries, or holds',
earth ' ba U on his shoulder, the name of the highest mountain in North Africa, the name
vastior oceanus is est, qui America e Asia f*"^"^ ° ™ '
Tranqmllus vocatur. Sunt, pdno* et din ocean., ut. Indicus Arcti us,
atque Antarctica ; prior Indiam alluit, postenorum vero .alter ad car
TZ terra, SeptemLnalem ad .^f^TZtlmntes- h*
Terrae auas oceani ab invicem? dividunt, sunt continenus nag
autem urtquinque: Europa, Asia, Africa, America, atque Australia
auretSL ? niaappellarisolet. Ex his America trifanam dispescitu^
t% eDtemtrLdlem, MediMam, sive Centralem, atque Australem seu
MerSm qu6niam ea continens ingenti longitudine ab Hyperbolas
Snfous ad Maria glacialia Antarctica pane se exporngit.
£a partes sunt oceanorum. Maximum et amplfss.mum mare est
ErvtSum quod inter Africam atque Asiam Meridianam s.ve Indiam,
SSrestque pars Oceani Indici. Maria alias smgulas partes cont -
I ™ iiS rema » dispescunt. Omnium marium celeberr.mum est
^Xtemm^kScL et Asiam ab Europa seiungit Ratione
c i .4. ;„f fl r -/>n 2 — • -us, a, urn. quiet. — 6.
of the ocean, adj. -icus, a, um. - 5. lacet - in to eo , ^ ^
the bear, 1. e., Ursa Maior, arcnc, . to stretch
on that account/., but also « : , because ■■am. ens.
8 . . SC0 ,3 cui , stun* to karate; -.^- ; * ; £d. jj^ out .
„«,, over - north, Or., far north; - s, «. .cy ^ ™^ *"£ ' name of tnat sea in
. ^ 'Z^^^f^Z:^ n^uXwhich means anyth*
chance, receive; 1 am using the name Data a rath ghan 11 lyr cu ^ ^ ^
name of a particular country, where* fflyncum^ J^J^ni^ now exist.
countries along the eastern shores of the Adnat c, neu er does y ^^
10. II., Hellespont HeUe's-M»nto, ttj-jrfH dfct ^^^
ft*), Black Sea; Sea of Azov, Crimea.
401
per Bosporum cum Ponto Euxino coniungitur, cuius extremitas Palus
Maeotidis 11 est, quae Chersonesum Tauricam alluit.
Sunt terras, quas aqua undique 12 incmgit; terra idgenus est insula.
Tales insulas sunt Sicilia, 13 Sardinia, Creta, Cyprus, Anglia, Hibernia,
multeque alias. Mas autem terrae, quas aqua a tribus lateribus cingit 14
ex una autem parte continenti hczret, est pceninsula; Italia, Hispania,
Grascia, Dania, atque Scandinavia sunt pasnfnsulas. Ubi peninsula
exigua^ in marese porrigit, atque continentem finit, promontarium dici-
tur, quasi montium pr^nuntium.
11. Mceotis, idis, palus, udis, % lake, swamp, the Sea of Azov; Chersonesus = pen-
insula, also Cherronesus, f.; Tauris, icus, a, urn, the peninsula of Crimea.
12. Adv. on all sides, from everywhere; -go, 3 nxi, ctum, fr. cingo, to encircle; I.
an island.
13. The inhabitants are Siculus, i; Scandia, ce, and -navia, ce, originally supposed
to be some northern island, but finally became the name of the great peninsula, inhabited
by the Norvegii and Sued, neither is of Roman origin, Norvegians and Swedes, who are
supposed to be the Gothi, one of the German tribes. — Creta, also Candia, whence
creta, ce, chalk; -us, i, still retains its ancient name. — Anglia, ce, the country of the
Angli, latinized from Eng-land, narrow land, Germans, formerly of Schleswig-Holstein
neighbors of the Dani, Tannenland, country of pines, spruces, all Germans calling them
selves from the character of their lands, as: Kothi (Gothi), Kothland, Tanneland, Jut-
land (Gtiteland), Holland (hollowland), England, angusta terra; it is no more Britannia
now since the invasion of six German colonies, any more than America, accidentally so
called, is India, or Americans are Mohawks, Iroquois, or Seminoles. — Hibernia, ce, win-
ter country, so called by the Romans, fr. hibernus, a, urn, fr. hyems, is, f., winter.
14. -go, 3 nxi, ctum, to surround; -reo, 2 si, sum, to stick; pcene, almost + insula. —
I-, has retained its name, although the inhabitants call themselves Italic/, inhabitants of
Italy, for they are the descendants of the Longobardi, Ostroghoti, Vandali, and other
German conquerors and later immigrants from the North, of Greeks, Arabs, other Africans
in Sicily and Southern Italy. — Hispania, now Espana, a little distorted from the Rom-
an; the inhabitants are also to a considerable rate Visigothi, Suevi, Vandals (hence An-
dalusia = Vandalitia), Arabs. — Grcecia, inhabitants Graeci, who call themselves Hel-
lenes, and their country Hellas, not so known to the Romans, though their language is
essentially Greek, but its pronunciation has strongly degenerated under Slav influence. —
Dania, the Tannenland, the pineland, in the Chersonesus Cimbrica, the peninsula of
the Cimbri, which word equally points to timber, or dimmer, in German, of the same
meaning.
15. -guus, a, uum, small; finio,* vi, ii, turn, to end; -urn, ii, pro -f mons, before,
402
Fit, vicissim, ut maria longe in terras petietrent™ proinde terrae
aquam a tribus lateribus claudunt, aqua vero a quarto latere mari hae-
ret mare istiusmodi sinus vocatur; tales sinus sunt Sinus Adnaticus,
Co'n'nthiacus, Arabicus, Persicus, atque Codanus, inter Sueciam, Ger-
mdniam et Russiam. Propria loquendo etiam Mare Internum haud
or preceding a mountain, despite all philological sophistry; mons, tis, a mountain; -us,
a, urn, a forerunner, a messenger. ,
16. -tro} r., to enter, to go in deep, to penetrate; on three sides; -do* si, sum, to
close; sinus, As, a bosom, a bay, folds of a garment; fr. an old town of Adna (or Ha-
driaV the gulf of Arabia, of Persia; Arabs, bis; Persa, «, Arabia, Persia, or Persis, idis;
the Baltic Sea- Suecia, as, Sweden, Suecus, i. - Germania, as, a'pure Latin word, ge-
nuine, real, xs in inter germanus, a brother by the same father and same mother as
aeainst tracer uterinus, a brother by the same mother only. The Romans so called the
Germans because their oneness and identity though divided into numerous clans with as
many different names. The attempt of the German philologists to explain this name
from words likv wehren, wahren, Eng. war, French guerre, Ital. guerra, &c., is irration-
al for these words are the mere corruptions of the Latin germ in the phrase bellumge
r'ere The worth of Germans as fighters and soldiers was very promptly recognized by
C Gear, and he quickly engaged them as cavalrymen in his army. They continued in
Roman service under the Emperors as cavalry and pretorian guards, whereas rew of the
GalU were so valued; and it is the only nation now surviving that has measured swords
with Rome and survived. In German imperialism we see Roman imperialism preserved.
They have colonized directly, and indirectly by infiltration as mechanics and tradesmen
during the last 2,000 years all countries of Europe, so that the northern countries are en-
Sy Germans, the rest very largely. - Russia, as, the country of the Rus* which has
no affinity with Latin russus, a, urn, red, rust color; they were not known to the Romans
for the name Sauromatas, and Sarmatas, was the generic name of all Slavs, as .bcymx
of the Tatars (not Tartars) Turcos, now called Turanians. By blood and bones the Kosst
(as they call themselves) are Tatars but they were Slavicized by their neighbors, the va-
rious Slav tribes, like the Roxolani, probably the Poles and Lithuanians, the latter the
most original Slavs. So, too, the Bulgars, were Turanians, lost their own language and
became the first Christian Slavs; their two Apostles, SS. Cyrillus e t Methodius have de-
vised a new alphabet, the Cyrillic, and converted the nation to Greek Christianity.
17 -rius, a, urn, one's own, proper, adv. -tie, properly, prop, speaking; cttcum-
cludo? si, sum, claudo, to close in all around; coarcto} v., con + arctus, a, urn, tight,
narrow, to make narrow, tight; -go.' » xi > ctum - to bind ' *° ^ ht f n; S Z *' V J
now Cadiz, Gades, ium, pi. only; the Strait of Gibraltar, Cal P e,es; the corruption o
the Arabic Dshebel al - Taric, the Mountain of Taric, a part of the rocks, called by the
Romans, Columns Herculis, the Pillars of H.
403
aliud est quam vastus sinus Oceani Atlantici, quandoquidem tribus
continentibus circumclusum tenetur, atque ex una tantum parte Oceano
haeret, a duobus promontoriis coarctdtum. Mare sic constrictum et co-
arctatum /return, vocamus, quorum omnium celeberrimum est Fretum
Gaditanum, prope ad Calpen, sive Columnas Herculis, quod fretum
Europam ab Africa seiungit.
Etiam fit, e contrario, ut maria terras sic coarctent & constringant,
ut duae continentes, aut regiones, angustus tantum terras tractus 18 con-
iungat. Eiusmodi terra angusta isthmus dicitur, uti est Isthmus Corin-
thius.
Alias autem aquae ita circumdatas sunt terris, ut easdem quasi in-
sula liquid^ 19 undique septce videantur ; aqua sic circumdata & circum-
septa lacus vocatur, qualis est Lacus Lemanus mfinibus Helvetia, La-
cus Hyrcanus, sive Caspiacus, qui et mare appellari solet.
Recensio: — Quid iacet inter Europam et Americam? — Nomina,
sis oceanos, et ubi ii siti sint. — Qui sunt continentes? memora earum
nominal — Quot in partes est America dispesta? — quare? — Enume-
ra praecipua maria! — Die, sodes, quasnam sint prascipuas partes Maris
Interni! — Ubi est Propontis? — Explica quid sit insula! — Eniimera
aliquot! — Describe, sis, pasninsulam! — Nomina aliquot peninsulas!
Quid intellfgimus sub nomine promontorii? — Doce nos, quid sit sinus
maris! — Proprie, quid est ipsum Mare Internum? — et cur ita? —
Velis nobis explicare quid fretum appelletur! — quod fretum, et ubi
situm, est omnium celeberrimum? — Explica, rogo, quid sit isthmus,
et memora unum! — Expone nobis quid sit lacus, et nomina aliquot!
18. Tractus, us, m., a drawing, a draught, fr. traho* xi, cturn, to draw, a tract of
anything, here, of land. — Isthmus, i } m., a narrow piece of land between two bodies
of water.
19. -us, a y urn, fluid, liquid; sepio,* ivi, ii, ptum, to enclose, to force in; -do, dare,
dedi, datum, (a short, e short), to surround; -us, us, m., a lake, a vat; the Lake of
Geneva, in Switzerland, fines, ium, pl„ the boundaries.
404
VOCABVLARIVM 28.
Nna Subst.
mappa, x
orbis, is, m.
aqua, x
mare, is, n.
6c£anus, i
cardo, inis, m.
continens, tis,
f. m.
longitudo, inis, f-
r£gio, nis, f.
regnum, i
ratio, nis, f.
extr£mitas, tis, f.
insula, x
latus, eris, n.
peninsula, x
promontorium, ii
sinus, us, m-
fretum, i
columna, x
tractus, us m.
isthmus, i, m.
lacus, us, m.
fines, ium, m.
Nna Adi.
antiquus, a, um
vastus, a, um
tranquillus, a, um
a'rcticus, a, um
anta'rcticus, a, um
medianus, a, um
centralis, e
austrilis, e
ingens, tis
hyperboreus, a, um
glacialis, e
amplus, a, um
celeber, bris, e
internus, a, um
diversus, a, um
exiguus, a, um
prasnuntius, a, um
liquidus, a, um
Verba
s^paro, 1 r.
seiungo, 3 nxi, ctum
interiiceo, 2
alluo, 3 ui
protendo, 3 di, turn, sum
dispesco, 3 cui, pestum
exporrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum
sortior, 4 itus sum
incingo, 3 nxi, ctum
cingo, 3 nxi, ctum
hsereo, 2 si, sum
p6rrigo, 3 rrexi, ctum
finio, 4 vi, turn
fio, fieri, factus sum
penetro, 1 r.
claudo, 3 si, sum
loquor, 3 cutus sum
circumcludo, 3 si, sum
teneo, 2 ui, turn
coarcto, 1 r.
constringo, 3 nxi, ctum
circumdo, 1 dedi, datum
s£pio, 4 psi, ptum
ndmino, 1 r.
sino, 3 sivi, situm
m^moro, 1 r.
enumero, 1 r.
explico, 1 ui, itum
describo, 3 psi, ptum
doceo, 2 ui, ctum
volo, velle, volui
rogo, 1 r.
expono, 3 posui, itum
Adverbia
multo, porro
invicem
trifiriam
pa^ne, a'lias
undique, quasi
vicissim, longe
proinde
prdprie
quand6quidem
e contrario
ita, sic
^QVA
II.
manna 1 est salsa & amdra nee potdtu apta ; sed sunt etiam
aquae dulces & potabiles. Aquae marfnae sunt semper sta-
1. -us, a, um, of the sea, marine; -us, a, um, salt, salty, fr. sal, is, m., salt, whence
also, salum, i, the salt, the sea; -us, a, um, bitter, hence, possibly mare; Abl. of the su-
pinum of poto, 1 r., to drink, to drink heavily, mostly used of animals and drunkards,
but it being a more flexible verb than hibo, in the odd forms is employed in its stead; 4s,
e, sweet, aqua dulcis, fresh water; aqua viva, flowing, drinking water.
405
twee, 2 dulces raro. Aquae dulces fere semper fluunt, et propterea etiam
thimiiid? fluvii, atque rM appellantur.
Origcfi omnis fluvii est fons. Fons autem est locus, si ve foramen,
in terra, vel in saxis, unde aqua, plerumque limpida & dlgida, saspe ta-
men etiam fervida & acidula ebullit & manat, atque scaturit, unde fons
etiam scatebra, atque scaturfgo vocatur. Aqua fontana, recens et gelida,
potatu maxime sdlubris & iucunda est, quia sttim sedat & restinguit.
Aqua, relicto fonte, loca humiliora quaerit, ac per saxa et lapillos 5
perstrepens, alifsque vents aquarum aucta in nvulum, turn fterum aliis
accedentibus, in amnem aut torrentem crescit, atque tandem in planam
terram, saepe non sine sonoris cataractis, delapsa, in rivum, fluvium,
denique in magnum flumen aucta, longis saspe atque tortuosis, itineri-
bus emensis, se in mare effundit.
2. -us, a, um, standing, stationary water; adv., seldom.
3. -en, iniSy n., a river. While not demonstrable from Roman usage in colloquial
Latin flumen designates a large river, directly flowing into the sea, all others are fluvii
rivi, &c.
4. -go, inis, f., the rise, start, origin; fons, tis, m., a spring, a fountain, a source,
— men, inisfn., a hole; -um, i, a rock; -us, a, um, cool; -us, a, um, hot; -us, a, um,
souerish, absolutely, sour mineral water; -Uo,± it, ivi, itum, to bubble, to b. up, fr. bul-
la, ce, a bubble; -no} r., to flow gently, to oose; -*V r., to flow gently and steadily,
hence the two nouns scatebra, and scaturigo, inis, f., a well, spring, also fons iugis (-is,
e), a never failing spring; -us, a, um, derived from a spring; -ens, tis, this is also the
form of adv., fresh; -us, a, um, cold, of water, frosty, of winds; -bar, bris, bre, whole-
some, healthy; -us, a, um, pleasant; -is, is, f., thirst; -do, 1 x., to cause to sit, or settle
down, to sedate; -guo* nxi, nctum, to quench.
5. II., a pebble; -po* ui, itum, to make noise; vina, ce, i vein; augeo, 2 xi, ctum>
to enlarge; -us, i, a brook; -do? cessi, ssum, to go to, with others joining; -is, is, m. ,
usually a swift creek, or large river, coming down from hills, also generally, river; -ens,
tis, a mountain brook, fr. totreo, 2 ui, tostum, to dry, to parch, to toast, any rivulet runn-
ing water in the street, in the rut of a wheel, all such as will eventually dry up; -us, a,
um, founding; delabor, 3 psus sum, to tumble down, fall, rush down; -osus, a, um, fr.
torqueo, 2 si, rtum, to twist, twisted, wound; iter, itineris, a rout, a road, passage, jour-
ney, course; emetior* nsus sum, to measure out, here, measure out a length, a Latin
idiom, to leave a long road behind, to pass through; -do, 6 fudi (u short), -fusum,
pour out {se, itself).
406
Tametsi 6 omnia flumina e fontibus derivantur, non omnia recta vid
in maria illabuntur, sed nonnulla lacus, aut lacunas efficiunt, non raro
etiam stdgna, ubi terra demissa est, aqua autem solutis nivibus, aut
pluviis nimis aucta, ut totam regionem diluvione perfundant, denique
in alia, se plerumque maiora flumina lnfluunt. Istiusmodi fluvii conflu-
entes, locus autem, ubi confluunt, confluens vocatur.
Europa multis & magnis rigdtur 1 fluminibus. Maximum horum est
Rha, quod in occidua Russia ortum, magnis circuitibus Orientem ver-
sus labitur, vocaturque Rha Occidental, dein Rha Orientali auctum,
cursum ad Meridiem flectit, ac, denique, in Mare Caspium illabitur.
Ultra hoc, ad orientem solem, e Montibus Hyperboreis deorsum fluit
Daix, qui per partem cursus sui Europam ab Asia dividit, ac se, deni-
que, in Mare Caspium effundit.
Haud procul a Boruscorum 8 sedibus exsurgit Tanais, cis flumen
6. Adv., although; -vo, 1 r., to flow down; also, simply rectd, straight way, direct-
ly; -bor*psus sum, to glide, slip, fall into; L, a lakelet; -urn, i, a pond; fr. demitto*
si! ssum, lew, flat; solvo? vi, utum, to untie, to loosen, to melt, with the snows melted,
when the snows melt; -vio, nis, f., a flood- — -ens, tis, m., a tributary; hence, where
the Mosel empties into the Rhine, being a confluens, the name of the city at that place is
now called Coblen^.
7. -go, 1 r., to water. — Rha, indecl., n., the Volga, the western branch is Volga pro-
per, the eastern is the Kama; the name, on account of a weed, very generally used in all
the' world as an article of food, originally brought from its shores, has been distorted in-
to many shapes: Celsus calls it Radix Pontica, Amm. Marc, rha; Linneus rheum Rha
Ponticum; popularly re barbara, ra barbarum, French, Rhubarbe, Eng., rhubarb, i. e.,
Rha Barbarum. — Montes Hyperborei, or Farnorth Mountains, the Ural Mountains;
Daix, ids, m., the Iaik, or Ural river.
8. Boruscus, i, a Slavic people'in central Russia, possible the ancestors of the Bo-
russi, popularly Prussi, now Germanized. — Tanais, is, m., the Don river; prapos. and
adv.,' on this side; ultra & citra, further and nearer, the other side and this side; -ium,
it, a' main door, entrance, mouth of a river; prep, and adv., across; the same as Caspi-
um; by scholastic writers confounded with Tartarus, they have nothing in common; with
the Romans all were Scythae, all the Slavs Sarmatx; Caucasius, -icus, a, urn, Armenius,
icus, a, urn; in these our times (hac nostra tempestate, a frequent phrase). — I., its name
is retained; I., Poland; I., Lithuania, the Lithuani are supposed philologically to be a
connecting link between Greeks and Slavs, whence their claim to be the most original
Slavs; the Baltic Sea; Sweden, Finland.
407
Rha, qui iam in Paludem Masotidem fnfluit. Ultra et citra ostia horum
Aluminum, et c.s et trans Mare Hyrcanum, sive Caspiacum, sedes sunt
Tatarorum qui se hinc in Asiam longissime protendunt, item Austrum
versus, in Montes Caucasios, et Armeniam, quamvis hac nostra tem-
pestate sub Russorum sint potestate. - Memorari, porro, meretur Vi-
stula, qua Poloniam & Lithuanian! perfluit, et in Germaniam egressa
inSinum Codanum, inter Sueciam, Finningiam, Russiam& Germaniam'
aquas suas diffundit.
Terra Germanic copiosis aquis fluentibus] est irrfgua. Licet hie
inter celeberrima flumina memorare Viadrum, sive Suevicum, qui se in
Sinum Codanum, sive Mare Suevicum infundit, Albim & Visurgim qui
in Mare Germanicum, illabuntur, atque longe celeberrimum, Rhenum
Hie in Helvetia onundus, confluentibus Nicro, Mceno ac Mosella auctus'
cursum paullo superius in Occasum flectit, ac Bataviam perfluens'
magnis ostns aquas suas cum Oceano Atlantico miscet.
Solurni" Francis quoque haud paucis navigabflibus flumfnibus hu-
in„ 1' '" , the n Un ! ry ,° f the Germani ' insisting of numerous tribes, but now all call,
ing themselves Deutsch, or, what the Romans called Teutones, or Teuton! i e Teut
"J- What teut means, is unknown, but the word likely is still present in some provin-
1 idiom as, for mstance in Dutch, Flemish, Vallon, Danish, &c It seems that, like in
faxc L^ m ? w nme ^ the W ° rd Wi " 6XpreSS the Charader of the ' a "d. ^ does
±axo, Rockland, a Latin word, a Rocklander, Holland, hollowland, & c -us, a urn wa
tered-Il., the Oder; Suabian; -is, is, Elbe; -is, is, Weser; Rhein, Rhine. - II Switz-
erland; -us a, um, originating; -er, cri, Neckar; Main, Moselle; I., Holland, although
he Hollanders are no more Batavi, who were Celts, but Germans; -sceo? scui, xtum
to mix, to blend.
10. -um, i, the ground, soil; I., the country of the Franks, the inhabitants calling
themselves Francenses; the Visigoths (442-507) settled there for some 70 years, the
Franks established themselves permanently (437), the Burgundians (444), the Alemanni
%) and numbers of Germans through all the countries, but an Ecclesiastical Latin lan-
guage has maintained itself, and on this account the French are called Neo Latins. - -is,
<•- tr. navis, is, f., a ship, navigable; to moisten; iuvat memorare (roS r ) an idiom it
is helpful to mention; I., the Seine; L, the Marne; I., the head-city, gens, Us, f a na-
hon called also Parisii, orum, which nieans the inhabitants, the nation, or tribes of the
Galh, who have inhabited France before the Roman, and, afterward, the German inva-
sion. - Liger, is, m> , the Loire; L, the Garonne; II., the Rhine.
408
mectatur, e quibus iuvat memorare Sequanam, quae confluente Matro-
na adaucta, Lutetiam, caput gentis, perfluit, et in Oceanum Atlanticum
effluit. Memorabile quoque flumen est Liger, ad Meridiem a superiori-
bus, qui perinde in Atlanticum se effundit. In idem mare vergit, mul-
to inferius, flumen Garumna. Denique celebre flumen est Rhodanus,
qui ab Aquilone in Austrum tendit, ac, tandem, ternis magnis ostiis in
Mare Internum illabitur.
Notissimum 11 Anglias flumen est Tamesis, qui caput nationis, Lon-
dinum, perfluit, ac mox post in Mare Germanicum se effundit. In par-
te insulas occfdua, Sabrfna e Septemtrione labitur, atque adversum Li-
bonotum in mare profunditur. Denique est etiam ad Aquilonem flumen
Abus.
Nee Iberia, 12 sive pasninsula Hispaniae, caret Claris flumfnibus.
11. Fr. nosco* novi, notum, to know, the most, or best known. By Anglia is the
entire kingdom is meant, i- e., all who in its territory speak the language, of the Angli.
Locally there is also a Scotia, a name, which unless it can be shown to be Celtic, 1 hold to
be Greek, for scotos, in Greek means dark, shady, and Scotia, a fugitive slave, keeping
in dark. As this people was subdued by the invading Germans, and other indications seem
to point that way. The Saxones, Rocklanders, are the German Sachsen, which is the La-
tin Saxo, Saxonis, their original German name being lost, must have migrated from mo-
dern Saxony, from the Bohemian mountains, whence the name, into the neighborhood
of the English, or eng - land - ish, the Narrow-land, which now is cut through by the
Kiel Canal. The Welsh, and their country Wales, had no Roman names. The Britanni
were but Celts of Bretagne, immigrated, as Csesar tells us, but conquered by Germans in
the first half of the VI. century. They are called Vallenses, and Cambri, Valksia and
Cambria; not Roman; — Hiberni, Hibernia, the Roman name of Erin, Ireland, which
ought to sound Eriland, and the inhabitants Erinish, or Erish, unless some grammatical
reason demands it so in Celtic, a language though classified into a group of Iberian,
Welsh and Scotch, seems to me to belong to the Graeco-Latin group, many of their words
being Latin, and the letters plain Latin, so that they can be recognized. — Tamesis, is,
the Themse; -tio, nis, a nation; -um, i, London; I., the Severn; II., the Humber.
12. I., name of the peninsula from the river Iberus, Ebro. I., Spain, Hispanus, i,
a Spaniard, the country's Roman name, whether from the language of the Iberi, or from
Latin hispidus,a,um, shaggy, hairy, as the Helvetii from helvus, a, um, blond, I cannot
tell. There are three distinct races in the country: the Caniabri, or Base, Vascon, Biscai-
an, probably a Turanian people; the Castellani, the Spaniards properly, in the center;
and the Catalauni, in the East (Barcino, Valentia, Barcellona, Valencia, &c.)- The latte
40<
Imprimis memorandus est Iberus, a quo paenfnsula nomen sortfta est:
hie a Cantabris Orientem versus defluit, et in Mare Internum se effun-
dit. In Meridiana Hispania clarissima duo flumina sunt Bastis, atque
Anas; utrumque in Oceanum Atlanticum, supra Gades ac Tartessum
se effundit. Tagus, ex Hispania in Portugalliam transfluit, et amplfssi-
mo orificio in Atlanticum elabitur. Est, denique, Durius, qui ad Caler
in mare dilabitur.
Italia 13 haud multis & magnis flumfnibus foecimddtur. Principerr
locum inter flumina Italiae tenet Padus, qui ex Alpibus delapsus, Tici-
no, plurimisque amnibus in se infusis in Orientem vergit, seque in
Mare Adriaticum diffundit. Longe minores eo sunt Arnus, qui Floren-
tiam, atque Tiberis, qui caput Italiae, Romam, perfluit, et hie se ad
speak a Latin idiom, much nearer to the Latin than the Castellani, the only nation using
Latin Nominatives, and they seem to be the descendants of the Suevi, Schwaben, or the
Alani, both having invaded Spain in 409. conquered by the Visigoths 419, who in turn,
were conquered by the Mauri, or Arabs, of Mauritania (our little map being copied by
the artist from a German map, has it Mauritania, a German fad), who have held Spain
until 1492. The Vandals, too, have stayed here for 20 years (409— 429) , when they
passed over to Africa. Thus the Spaniards have little in common with Rome, or Latin,
their language being derived from Christian Rome, through the missionaries. — Careo,'
ui, Hum, to lack; -us, a, um, celebrated, famous; -is, is, m., now Quadalquivir; Anas
&> m , now Quadiana (in Arabic IVadi, vallis, valley of Ana, river Ana); Tartessus, the
Biblical Tarshish, whence King Salomon obtained his valuable timber, silver, &c, for his
temple; both are situated on an island — Tajo. — Portugallia, i
aestuarium, ii
sapor, is, m.
Nna Propria.
Europa, se,continens
Rha, indecl-, n.
Russia, x f regnum
Mare Caspium
Montes Hyperborei
Daix, fluvius, m.
Asia, x, continens
Boruscus, i, gens
Tanais, is, m. fluv.
Palus Masotis
412
Mare Hyrcanum
Tatarus, i, gens
Russus, i. gens
Montes Caucasii
Armenia, as, regnum
Vistula, as, fluv.
Polonia, as, regnum
Lithuania, x,
regnum
Germania, x,
regnum
Sinus Codanus
Suecia, x, regnum
Finningia,as,regn.
Viadrus, i, fl.
Suevicus, a, um,
gens
Albis, is, fl. m.
Visurgis, is, fl. m.
Rhenus, i, fl., m.
Helvetia, x, regnum
Nicer, cri, fl. m.
Moenus, i, fl., m.
Mosella, as, fl., f.
Batavia, as, regnum
Oc£anus Atlanticus
Francia, as, regnum
S£quana, as, fl.
Matrona, as, fl.
LutStia, x, urbs
Liger, is, fl., m.
Garumna, as, fl. f.
Rhodanus, L fl., m.
Mare Internum
Anglia, as, regnum
Tamesis, is, fl. , m.
Londinum, i, urbs
Sabrina, 33, fl., f.
Lib6notus, i, m.
ventus, regio
Abus, i, fl., m.
j Iberia, as,
I Hispania, x, regn.
Iberus, i, fl., m.
Cantaber, bri, gens.
Bastis, is, fl., m.
Anas, as, fl., m.
Gades, ium,
oppidum
Tartessus, i, colonia
Tagus, i, fl., m.
Portugallia, as, regn.
Durius, ii, fl-, m.
Cale, £s, f., urbs
Italia, as, regnum
Padus, i, fl-, m.
Alpes, ium, f.,
montes
Ticinus, i, fl-, m.
Mare Adriaticum
Arnus, i, fl., m.
Florentia, as, urbs
Tiberis, is, fl., m.
Roma, as, urbs
Mare Inferum
Pisas, arum, urbs
Mare Superum
Aufidus, i, fl., m.
Vulturnus, i, fl. , m.
Danubius, ii, fl. , m.
Mons Abnoba
Bavaria, as, regn.
Austria, as, regn.
Hungana, as, regn.
Dravus, i, fl., m.
Tysia, as, fl., f.
Savus, i, fl., m,
Singidunum, i, urbs
Ister, tri, fl-, m.
Serbia, as, regnum
Bulgaria, as, regn.
Rumania, as, regn.
Pontus Euxinus.
Nna Adi.
marinus, a, um,
salsus, a, um
amarus, a, um
dulcis, e
potabilis, e
stativus, a, um
limpidus, a, um
algidus, a. um
f£rvidus, a, um
acidulus, a, um
recens, tis
gelidus, a, um
salubris, e
iucundus, a, um
sonorus, a, um
tortuosus, a, um
demissus, a, um
copi6sus, a, um
irriguus, a, um
celeber, bris, re, f.
oriundus, a, um
navigabilis, e
memora'bilis, e
notus, a, um
clarus, a, um
amplus, a, um
princeps, is
inferus, a, um
superus, a, um
contrarius, a, um
internus, a, um
proprius, a, um
reliquus, a, um
Verba.
potu, 1 r.
ebullio, 4 r.
mano, 1 r.
scaturio, 4 r.
sedo, 1 r.
restinguo, 3 nxi, ctum
relinquo, 3 qui, ctum
perstrepo, 3 ui, itum
augeo, 2 xi, ctum
accedo, 3 cessi, ssum
cresco, 3 crevi, turn
delabor, 3 psus sum
em^tior, 4 mensus sum
efTundo, 3 fudi, sum
derivo, 1 r.
illabor, 3 psus sum
solvo, 3 vi, litum
perfundo, 3 fudi, sum
influo, 3 xi, xum
confluo, 3 xi, xum
rigo, 1 r.
labor, 3 psus sum
exsurgo, 3 nexi, ctum
protendo, 3 di, sum,
turn
memoro, 1 r.
mereor, 2 itus sum
egredior, 3 ssus sum
liceo, 2 ui, itum
misceo, 2 ui, xtum
humecto, 1 r.
iuvo, 1 iuvi, turn
vergo, 3 xi (?)
tendo, 3 tetendi, sum,
turn
prof undo, 3 di, sum
careo, 2 ui, itum
sortior, 4 itus sum
foscundo, 1 r.
e^gero, 3 ssi, ssum
cedo, 3 ssi, ssum
attingo, 3 tigi, factum
pr6sequor, 3 cutus sum
verto, 3 ti, sum
413
assumo, 3 psi, ptum
muto, 1 r.
excipio, 3 cepi, ptum
intumesco, 3 ui
inundo, 1 r.
refluo, 3 xi, xum
relinquo, 3 qui, ctum
differo, 3 stuli. latum
enarro, 1 r.
scio, 4 r.
recede 3 cessi, ssum
Adverbia.
semper
raro, fere
propterea
unde, iterum
plerumque
tandem
saepe, de'nique
nimis, dein
deorsum
haud
longissime
porro, hie
longe, paullo
superius
perinde
multo
inferius, mox
post
imprimis
subito, diu
donee, late
admodum
subinde
recta'
maxime
satis, qui
Pr&positiones.
per, versus
ultra, procul
cis, citra
trans, sub
cum, adversum
supra, prope
circiter, pr aster
usque, de
Coniunctiones.
tametsi
quamvis
III.
DARTES continentum, quae pelagis 1 obiectce sunt, oraz maritime
* appellantur, mdrgines autem oras, quos aquae contingunt pe-
lagi, sunt litbra, fluminum autem, ripa. Ubi tamen nee rerum natura,
nee ars 2 humana, obiectis littoribus aut aggeribus, impetui aquarum mo-
dum ponit, fluctus libere diffunduntur, editiora & sicca loca, utinsulas,
ambiunt, casteram vero regionem ita uvidam & hiimidam reddunt, ut
praeter ulvas, carinas, arundines iuncosque nihil nisi herbas steriles, pe-
cori ingratas, invia gignat. Regiones tales lustra sunt pestiferorum in-
1. -us, i, n., a frequent Gr. name of mare, although -us, i, it is n., not masc; fr.
ob + iacio, to throw in the way, against, to oppose, obstruct, lying against; I., edge,
margin, sea shore; -us, a, urn, of the see, maritime; -go, inis, brink, border; -go, 3 tigi,
factum, to touch; -us, oris, shore, while or a, as to the sea, is the whole coast, littus, is
the shore, or beach; 1.. a river bank.
2. Ars, Us, fr., any occupation of man; -us, a, urn, pertaining to man, human, by
nature, or by human art; -ger, is, m., a dam, a dike; -us, us, m., a rush, a dash; -us,
414
sectorum, uti culices, qui hamana habitacula infestant etiam dissita,
qirusque febrium disseminant; item unguium venenato morsu lethalium.
Alterum 3 genus regionum littordlium est rupibus ac soxosis praeci-
pitiis aspernum et Rorridum. Saxa haec plerumque sunt exesa, summa
autem capita muscosa, quoniam spumantes fluctus ea per omne serum
eis irruentes mrberant, aspergineque in sublime elisa rigant. His in locis
saxa saepe etiam sub aquis dditescunt, quse scopulos et cautes appella-
mus, quibus si navigia, ventis adacta, aut navarchis deceptis, illidantur,
naufragium faciunt, itaque nunquam non sunt navigatoribus diro pe-
riculo.
Est, deuique genus littorum, ubi regio circum editor 4 et sicca est,
i, a mode, moderation, modum pono, 1 check, temper, moderate, refrain (by throwing up
dams, or dikes, to check the rush, of waters); adv. freely, unchecked; -us, a, um, raised,
elevated, higher; -us, a, um, dry; -us, i, in pi. becomes n., excepting when meaning
places in books; -bio,* ii, Hum, to go around, surround; -us, a, um, wet; -us, a, um,
moist; I., sedge grass; cane, reed; -do, inis, f., reed; -us, i, bull rush; herba sterilis,
weed; -us, oris, n., cattle; -us, a, um, unpleasing; -us, a, um, roadless, impassable;
-gno, 3 g'enui, Hum, to beget, to produce. um, i, a lair, hiding place; -fer, ra, urn,
bringing, bearing pestis, is, f., a pest, a desease; -um, i. fr. in 4- seco, 1 ui, ctum, to
make an incision, to carve, cleave, whittle, a bug, because its body has incisions, the
neck, the waist; as; -ex, ids, m., a mosquito; -ulum, i, a dwelling; -to, 1 r., to go into
w. a hostile mind, to infest; -us, a, um, far away (etiam = even); -us, i, n., venom,
poison; -is, is, f., a fever; -no, 1 r., to sow, disperse, disseminate; -is, is, m., a snake;
-no, 1 r., to poison, pp., poisoned, -us, us, m., a bite; -is, e, deathly (d. by their pois-
onous biting).
3. -er, a, um, ius, i, another; -us, eris, n-, a kind; -is, e, shory, littoral; -es, is, f.,
and -um, i, & rock; -um, it, fr. pras + caput, a downright dizzy height; -per, a, um,
harsh, rough; -us, a, um, hair raising. Ex'esus, a, um, fr. ex + edo, out eaten, washed
out; -osus, a, um, covered with moss; -mo 1 r., to foam; -ruo, 3 ui, to dash against, to
rush upon; -ro, 1 r., to beat, to keep beating; -go, inis, f., a spray; -me, is, n., fr. -mis, e,
lofty, high, height; -do, 3 si, sum, to fling, pitch, cast up, out. sco, 3 ui, to be hiding,
to be hidden; II., a cliff, a crag, a ledge, under water; -is, is, f., a sharp rock; -um, ii,
a vessel, a ship; 11., a ship captain; -io, 3 epi, ptum, to cheat, deceive, to lead into mis-
take (w. the captain deluded, mistaken); -do, 3 si, sum, to strike against, to run into; -um,
ii, shipwreck, nunquam non sunt = semper sunt; -or, is, m., a seafarer; -us, a, um,
dire, cruel -um, i, a danger.
415
littus autem leniter devexurn, arenosum ac sabulosum, subinde etiam
cretosum atque corallitica, ubi innumera teste testudinum, ostrearum,
conchas conchyliorum, purpuras, extivias cancrorum atque cammaro-
rum, nonnunquam etiam margaritas, vel uniones in conchis latentes
colligere potes. Littora idgenus multitudini, quae estate gratia se la-
vandi eo confluere solet, gratissima sunt; fit tamen subinde, ut incau-
tos quospiam cete rapiant.
Color aquae marine in alto 5 est, glaucus, propius autem littoribus
vfridis est, et super has aquas terra propiores fulicdrum turban, pisci-
culis inhiantes solent circumvolitare, unde nautce probe intelligunt se a
ierris haud procul versari, seque cautos esse oportere; namque navi-
gdtio in alto tonge tutior est quam in propinquitate terrarum. Flumina
^nim, ut et ipsi fluctus saepe magnam vim sabulonum atque gldrece, et
4. -us, a, urn, f r . edo, fr. ex + do, in comparat. -tor, ius, raised, elevated; -us, a
wn, dry; adv. gently; -us, a, urn, fr. de - veho, to drew down, slanting down (the
beach lying lower, slanting from the shore downward); -us, a, urn, sandy; -us, a, urn,
with wet sand; -us, a, urn, chalky; -us, a, urn, of corallic formation; I., a shell; -do,
**ts, f., a tortoise, a turtle; I., an oyster; I., a muscle; -urn, it, a shell fish; I., a purple
shell; 1., the shed shell or skin; II., a crab; 11., a lobster; I., a pearl; -to, nis, m., a soli-
taire pearl; -eo? ui, to be hiding; do, inis, maniness, multitude; -us, a, urn, reckless;
-**, *, pi. only cete, a shark; -pio? ui, ptum, seize, grab.
5. -urn, i, an adj. standing for a noun, mare to be understood, on the high (sea);
-us, a, urn, grayish blue, blue, said of the sea, of bodies bruised, of fruits; I., a sea gull;
I., a crowd; -us, i, dimin. of piscis, is, m ., "fishies;" -hio? r., to gape covetously; frequ.
of volo? r., to fly; I., m., a sailor; -ot? atus sum, to be, to find one's self; -to, nis, sail-
ing; magna vis (vis, vim, vi, f., force) an idiom, a great quantity; glarea, Dat. & Abl. pi portz/fcus, pronounced as ubus, in German; -eo? ivi, ii, itum, to go
under, to go in, to enter.
416
algdrum in aquis tranquillis converrunt, qua? in ingentes cumubs, totas
adeo insulas ac peninsulas accrescunt, que syrtes ac brevia appellan-
tur, navibus admodum vitanda, ne in vado capiantur ac desidant, ibf-
que herentes, tempestatibus supervenientibus conquassentur, et affli-
dentur. At loca hec modo iam cognoscuntur, nam etiam in promonto-
riis proximis phari lumine versatili regionem indicant noctu, interdiu
autem ratarm tinnientes. Ceterum nulla navigia prope littora accedunt,
nisi que portum subire velint.
Terre, quo magis ab equore 6 pelagi recedunt, eo altius assurgunt,
alias subito, alias leni fastigio. Simul ac planitiem udam ac desertam
littorum egrederis, campestremque assequeris regionem, virore herbo-
so, dumorum, frutioum arbustorumque laetum, aura sensim tepescen-
te, intelliges, arenosum solum te pone te reliquisse, pedibusque so-
lum terere argillosum, humo fertili generosum. Hie iam case cobmrum
inter arboreta ac f ruticeta albicant ; in pratis opimos conspfcies boves,
vaccas cum suis vitulis, hinnulos cum equabus, pascua lete persultan-
tes; in tumults bdlantes agnellos matres oves circumcursantes, unde
clarum erit te in regione fertili, frugum feraci, colonis grata, versari.
6. Aiquor, is, n», a level, a sea level, the sea, so in poetry frequent, re+cedo, 3 cessi,
ssum, back + go; quo - eo, the more — the higher; -go* rrexi, ctum, ad + surgo,
to rise, up; -urn, ii, the top, the summit of an elevation, steps, building, a terrace, gently
sloping. — Simul ac, before consonants, others than gutturals, (c, ch, g), atque, before
h and vowels, as soon as; -es, ei, f., a flat, or level ground; -«s, a, urn, wet, humid; fr.
desero? ui, turn, abandoned, deserted; -dior, 3 ssus sum, to step out, to leave; -ter, iris,
tre, plain, an open country, without hills, grassy plains, prairie; -quor? cuius sum, to
reach; 11., a bush; -tex, ids, f., a shrub; -um, i, young trees; -us, a, urn, glad, joyous;
-sco* to become lukewarm; prep., behind, w. Accus.; -ro? trivi, tritum, to wear out by
using, to tread (whence terra); fr. argilla, a, clay, claiy; humus, i, f., (because bearing)
the top soil, humus; -is, e, fr. fero, 3 tuli, latum, bearing, fruitful; -us, a, um, of a good
parentage, stock, pedigree, noble, liberal, generous. — II., one who cultivates the ground;
hence colbnia, a settlement of cultivators; -um, i, where arbores crescunt, so frutic&um,
dumetum, &c, where frutices and dumi are thick; -co} r., to peep out white from among
trees; -us, a, um, good and fat; bos, bovis, m., and f., an ox, or cow; I., a cow; II-, a
calf; II., and -ess,i, a colt; equa, a, a mare, Dat- and Abl., pi. -abus : -uum, i, a pasture;
-to, 1 r., transitive, to romp, to frisk about; II- , a hillock; -lo, 1 r-, to bleat; II , dimin. of
agnus, i, a lamb; -is, is, f., a sheep; -so, 1 r., to run about; frux, gis, f., usually pi. -ges,
um, farm produce; -ax, cis, adj. fertile of.
417
Si oculos tuos in horizonte occfduo circumferas, fncidunt 7 tibi li-
neamenta assurgentium collium, ultra quos iuga livescunt montium
plus minusque celsorum. Post plurium horarum iter secundum decur-
sum amnis eo si veneris, in vdllibus & anfrdctibus partim pecora repe-
ries in declivitatibus pascentia, casasque incolarum e virore candican-
tes; partim autem complura industries humane indicia. Una enim ope-
rarum caterva arbores credit, ac materiam in serrdria apparat; alia car-
ros ferr&oicv tabulis onerat; iterum alia in lapicidina lapides credit; alia
ccementum atque mortdrium fabricator; alia denique lactdriam exercet.
Alia in valle vise acclines 8 et arduae ducunt ad clibanos Idterum ac
teguldrum, et calcis, sive laterfnas, tegulinas, atque calcarias, item cat-
bondrias, quibus commodis producendis atque expediendis, multa homi-
num millia victum merentur, quasstumque exercent.
Superius, in convallibus, 9 fodfnae lithdnthracum conspiciuntur,
quarum ex amigiis metdllici, in capedulis suis pusillas lucernas geren-
7. -do, 3 di, to fall in, to come into sight, mind; -urn, i, the outlines; •«, is, m., a
hill; -um, i, a yoke, heights, chain of mountains; -sco, 3 to become, or appear blue; -us,
a, um, high. — -us, Us, the run, or flowing; thither if you come, arrive; -is, is, f., a
valley; -us, {is, m., a winding valley; -us, oris, n., cattle, including horses, asses, mules,
excluding sheep, hogs, goats, which are pecus, udis, f.; 4as, tis, f., a slope; -scot, 3 stus
sum, to be grazing; 1., m., -or, is, m., verdure; -co, 1 r., same as albico; 1., diligence;
de industria, aliquid agere, to do something purposely, deliberately, industry; -ium, ii t
a mark. — 1., workers, laborers; I-, a gang; -do, 3 cecidi, ccesum y to slash, to chop, to
cut; I., a matter, in general, lumber, building material, in particular; I., fr., serra, a, a
saw, a saw mill; ad + paro, to prepare for; II., a freight cart, or railway freight car;
compounded fr. ferrum + via, iron road, a modern Latin formation, not by me, a rail-
way; I., a board; -ro, 1 r., to burden, to load; I., a quarry; -urn, i, broken stone, for
roads or building; -urn, ii t mortar, cement; I., a dairy; -ceo, 2 ui, Hum, to practice.
8. -nis, e, rising upward; -uus, a, urn, steep; II., kilns, furnaces; -er, eris, m., a
brick; I., a tile; calx, cis, f., lime; 1., a brick kiln; I., a lime kiln; I., a charcoal kiln;
-urn, i, a commodity; -co 3 xi, ctum, to bring forth; -dto} ivi, itum, to transport; vi-
ctum (-us, us, m.) mereor, (-o, 2 ) itus sum to earn a living; -us, 6s t a gain, a lucrative
pursuit.
9. -is, is, f., a closed valley; I., a mine; -thrax, cis, m., coal, stone coal, a neo-
Latin word, not by me; I., a shaft, a pit of a mine; II., a miner, metallum, i, a mine
(fodina is a general term for any dugout); -urn, i, a cap; -us, a, um, little; I., a lamp;
-urn, it, a hundredweight (the um means a contraction of -orum); adv., yearly; -uo, 3 ui,
418
tes, centupondiGm centena ac mfllia annue eruunt, magnariisque per
aversionem vendunt, qui, vicissim, aucto pretio, minutulariis minuta-
tim evenditant, hi vero consumentibus.
^ Si his visis 10 etiam superius scandere statueris, sylvam circum te,
perinde atque auram rarescere, teporem dimfnui, algorem autem ingra-
vescere senties, ac tandem omnem virorem, prater museum, prorsus
cessare. Fissm ac ritnosa rupes in cautes exacuuntur; undique hian-
tes vordgines; pedetentim ingentes conspicies stlrias, in vertiginosa ba-
rdthra dependentes. Dispiciens, animadvertes vertices montium coni-
cos, prorsus steriles ac desertos te iam superasse, nunc vero te celsfs-
simum cacumen solitarii montis tentare, ubi nihil reperias nisi nives
sempiternas.
His etiam deteriores 11 sunt montes ignivorni, veluti Vesuvius, pro-
pe Neapolim, /Etna in Sicilia, aliique alibi, quorum vertices hiant era-
utum, to get out something from a tight place by force; II., a wholesaler; per aversionem,
by dumping, at wholesale; -urn, ii, a price; II., a retailer; 4o} r., to sell about little by
little; -mo*psi, ptum, to use up.
10. His visis = with these seen, the Latin needs no preposition, : ust plain Abl.,
which is, therefore, called Ablativus Absolutus, a bare Abl, very frequent in narrating
events; we shall come back to it at another place; adv., higher; -do? di t sum, to climb;
if you decide; I., a forest; -sco, 3 to become more scanty, thin; -or, is, m., lukewarm-
ness; -or, is, m., a chill; II., moss; -o, 1 r., to cease. — -do?fidi, ssum, to split; -ws,
a, urn, full of chinks, cracks; -cuo* ui, utum, to sharpen it, to make a thing pointed;
-go, inis, f„ a chasm; adv., gradually; I., an icycle; -us, a, urn, dizzy; -urn, i, an abyss;
-deo, 2 to hang down. — -io, 3 pexi, ctum, to look around; -to 3 ti, sum, to notice; -ex,
ids, m., the top, the turning point; -us, a, urn, coneshaped; -is, e, barren; ~ro, 1 r., to
overcome, to be higher; -en, inis, n., a peak; -us, a, urn, lonely, that is alone; -to, 1 r.,
to try, to attempt; -us, a, um, everlasting.
11. -ior, ior, ius, Comparativus, -Srrimus, a, um, Superlat, Gradus Positivus lack-
ing, worse; -us, a, um, fire- vomiting mountain; II., the wellknown volcano; -is, is, f.,
Accus. -im, or -in, Naples; crater, eris y m., in first meaning a deep wine vessel for mix-
ing wines, in secondary meaning, the mouth of a volcano; -po, 3 rupi, ptum, to break
forth; -um, i, here, a metal; -do, 3 dijusum, to pour, to melt, to smelt; -us, a, um, won-
derful, stupendous; vis, Ace, vim, Abl. w, no other cases in sing., reg. in pi. vires,
-ium, &c., force, strength, power, violence; -bro, 1 r., to fling out; -us, us, perdition,
destruction; adv. all over; -go, 3 si, sum, to scatter; advs., far and wide; -sco 3 ui, to be-
gin trembling, fr. tremo, 3 ui, to tremble.
419
Uribus, e quibus haud raro ater fumus, alias etiam flammas erumpunt,
metalla, saxaque fusa effluunt, aut vero prodigiosa vi in sublime evo-
muntur et evibrantur, interitum circumquaque spargentia, ita ut ipsa
terra longe lateque contremfscat.
Jtecensio. — Narra, sis, quid sint ora maritima, littus, ripa. —
Quonam modo solemus aquis modum ponere? — Quas res gignit regio
littoralis? — Culices quid? — Cuiusmodi est alterum genus regionis
littoralis? — Ubi et cur solent naufragia fieri? — Ubi reperies arenam?
— et quid aliud? — Ubi solent fulica* versari? — Ubi solent syrtes ef-
formari? quare? — Quomodo cavetur contra syrtes? — Ubi solet ter-
ra assurgere? — Ubi et quales sunt terrae fertiles? — qui scies? —
Quid cernes in occiduo horizonte? — Si propius accedes quid vides?
— Memora genus industriae in valle vigentis. — Quo ducunt vise ar-
duae? — quid ibi fit? — Ubi invenies fodinas lithanthracum? — qui et
quomodo earn vendunt? — Quid si altius ascendas? — Narra de mon-
tibus ignivomis.
VOCABVLARIVM 30.
Nna Subst.
p£lagus, i, n.
ora, x
margo, in is, m.
littus, oris, n.
ripa, x
ars, tis, f.
agger, is, m.
impetus, us, rru
ulva, x
carina, x
arundo, inis, f.
iuncus, i
pecus, oris, n.
lustrum, i
insectum, i
culex, ids, m.
habiticulum, i
virus, i, n.
febris, is, f.
anguis, is, m.
morsus, us, m.
prsecipitium, ii
caput, itis, n.
fluctus, us, m.
aspergo, inis, f,
sublime, is, n.
scopulus, i,
cautes, is, f.
navigium, ii
navarchus, i
naufra'gium, ii
navigator, is, m.
periculum, i
testa, x
testudo, inis, f.
6strea, x
concha, x
conchylium, ii
purpura, x
exuvise, arum
cancer, cri
cammarus, i
margarita, x
unio, nis, m.
multitudo, nis, f.
gratia, x
c£te, indecl.
color, is, m.
altum, i
fiilica, x
turba, x
pisciculus, i
nauta, x, m.
navigatio, nis, f.
propinquitas,is,f.
vis, vim, vi, f.
sabulo, nis, m.
glaYea, x
alga, x
cumulus, i
syrtis, is, f.
breVia, orum, n.
navis, is, f.
vadum, i
pharus, i, m.
rataVia, x
portus, us, m.
420
a iuor, is, n.
fastigium, ii
planities, ei, f.
dumus, i,
frutex, ids, f.
arbustum, i
humus, i, f-
col6nus, i
arboretum, i
frutic6tum, i
pratum, i
bos, bovis, m. f.
vacca, x
vitulus, i
hinnulus, i
equa, x
pascuum, i
tumulus, i
agnellus, i
ovis, is, f-
frux, gis, f.
lineamentum, i
collis, is, m.
iugum, i
mons, tis, m.
iter, itineris, n.
decursus, us, m.
vallis, is, f.
anfractus, us, m.
pecus, oris, n.
declivitas, tis, f .
incola, x, m.
viror, is, m.
industria, x
indicium, ii
operae, arum, f.
caterva, x
materia, x
sen-aria, x
carrus, i
ferr6via, x
tabula, x
lapicidina, x
lapis, idis, m-
caementum, i
morta*rium, ii
clibanus, i
later, is, m.
tegula, x
calx, cis, f.
laterina, x
tegulina, x
calca'ria, x
carbona'ria, x
c6mmodum, i
v ictus, us, m.
qusestus, us, m.
convallis, is, f.
fodina, x
lithanthrax,
acis, m.
arrugia, x
metallicus, i
capedulum, i
lucerna, x
magnaVius, ii
minutulirius, ii
aversio, nis, f.
premium, ii
sylva, x
tepor, is, m.
algor, is, m.
muscus, i
vora*go, inis, f.
stiria, x
barathrum, i
vertex, icis, m.
cacumen, inis, n.
crater, eVis, m.
flamma, x
metallum, i
sublime, is, n.
inteVitus, lis, m.
Nna Adi.
huma'nus, a, um
editus, a, um
siccus, a, um
easterns, a, um
uvidus, a, um
humidus, a, um
sterilis, e
ingratus, a, um
invius, a, um
pestifer, a, um
dissitus, a, um
venena*tus, a, um
lethalis, e
littodlis, e
sax<5sus, a, um
asper, a, um
hdrridus, a, um
exesus, a, um
summus, a, um
muscdsus, a, um
de*vexus, a, um
aren<5sus, a, um
sabuldsus, a, um
cret6sus, a, um
coralliticus, a, um
innumerus, a, um
gratus, a, um
incautus, a, um
glaucus, a, um
viridis, e
cautus, a, um
tutus, a, um
versitilis, e
lenis, e
udus, a, um
herb6sus, a, um
argil!6sus, a, um
fertilis, e
ge*ner6sus, a, um
opimus, a, um
ferax, cis
celsus, a, um
acclinis, e
irduus, a, um
pusillus, a, um
rim6sus, a, um
vertigin6sus, a, um
c6nicus, a, um
solita*rius, a, um
sempiternus, a, um
deterior, ius
ignivomus, a, um
prodigi6sus, a, um
Verba
obiicio, 3 ieci, ctum
contingo, 3 tigi, tactum
ambio, 4 r-
gigno, 3 genui, itum
infesto, 1 r.
dissemino, 1 r.
spumo, 1 r.
irruo, 3 ui
verbero, 1 r.
elido, 3 si, sum
rigo, 1 r.
delitesco, 3 ui
adigo, 3 egi, actum
decipio, 3 cepi, ptum
illido, 3 si, sum
lateo, 2 ui
colligo, 3 legi, lectum
lavo, 1 lavi, -vavi, atum
rapio, 3 ui, ptum
inhio, 1 r.
circumvtflito, 1 r.
imilligo, 3 xi, ctum
versor, 1 atus sum
421
oportet, 8 uit
converro, 3 rri, sum
accresco, 3 vi, turn
vito, 1 r.
capio, 3 cepi, captum
desido, 3 sedi, ssum
haereo, 2 si, sum
superv£nio, 4 ni, turn
conquasso, 1 r.
afflicto, 1 r.
cognosco, 3 novi, nitum
indico, 1 r.
tinnio, 4 r.
accedo, 3 cessi, ssum
subeo, 4 r.
recede, 3 cessi, ssum
assurgo, 3 rrexi, ctum
egr£dior, 3 ssus sum
a'ssequor, 3 cutus sum
tepesco, 3
relinquo, 3 liqui, ctum
tero, 3 trivi, turn
albico, 1 r.
conspicio, 3 spexi, ctum
persulto, 1 r.
balo, 1 r.
circumcurso, 1 r.
circumfero, 3 tuli, latum
incido, 3 cidi
livesco, 3
repeVio, 4 ri, turn
pascor, 3 pastus sum
candico, 1 r.
caedo, 3 cecidi, cassum
ipparo, 1 r.
6nero, 1 r.
exerceo, 2 cui, citum
duco, 3 xi, ctum
produce 3 xi, ctum
expe*dio, 4 r.
mereor, 2 itus sum
gero, 3 ssi, stum
eruo, 3 ui, utum
ev^ndito, 1 r.
consumo, 3 mpsi, ptum
scando, 3 si, sum
raresco, 3
diminuo, 3 ui, utum
ingravesco, 3
cesso, 1 r.
findo, 3 fidi, ssum
ex£cuo, 3 ui
dependeo. 2
dispicio, 3 pexi, ctum
animadverto, 3 ti, sum
de*sero, 3 rui, rtum
supero, 1 r.
tento, 1 r.
erumpo, 3 rupi, ptum
£vomo, 3 ui, itum
eVibro, t r-
spargo, 3 si, sum
contrSmisco, 3 ui
Adverbia
libere, leniter
subinde, nonnunquam
propius
probe, procul
a*deo, admodum
modo, caeterum
magis, i\t\us
alias, subito
simul, sensim
hie, laete
plus, minus
partim, iterum
supeVius, annue
minutatim
undique
pedetentim
alibi, raro
longe lat£que
422
EXERCITATIONES LEGENDI.
171. Omne hoc, quidquid est, cui Mundi Coelique nomen indfdi-
mus, 1 unum id est, et uno ambitu se, cunctaque amplectitur. — Huic
medio Terra sublimis cingitur undique mari ; eademque in duo latera,
quae Hemisphgeria nominantur, ab oriente divisa ad occasum Zonis
quinque distinguitur. Mediam asstus 2 infestat, frigus ultimas ; reliqu^e
habitabiles paria agunt anni tempora, verum non pariter. Antichthones 3
alteram, nos alteram incolimus. Illius situs ob ardorem intercedentis
plagas incognitus, huius, dicendus est. Haec ergo ab ortu porrecta ad
occasum, et quia sic iacet, aliquanto, quam ubi latissima est, longior,
ambftur omnis oceano, quatuorque ex eo maria recipit : unum a se-
ptemtrione a meridie duo, quartum ab occasu. — Hoc primum angu-
stum, necamplius decern millibus passuum patens, terras aperit, atque
intrat. Turn longe lateque diffusum, abigit vaste cedentia littora, fis-
demque ex diverso prope coeiintibus, adeo in arctum agitur, ut minus
mille pasbibus pateat. Inde se rursus, sed modice admodum, laxat,
rursusque, etiam quam fuit, arctius exit in spatium. Quo quum est
acceptum, ingens iterum, et magnae paludi, cseterum exiguo ore, con-
iungitur. Id omne, qua venit, quaque dispergitur, uno vocabulo, No-
strum 4 Mare dicitur. Angustias, introitumque venientis, Fretutn apella-
mus. Qua diffunditur, alia aliis locis cognomina acceptat. Ubi primum
se arctat, Hellespontus vocatur ; Propontis, ubi expandit. Ubi iterum
pressit, 5 Thracius Bosporus. Ubi iterum effundit, Pontus Euxinus. Qua
paludi committitur, Cimmerius Bosporus; palus ipsa Mseotis. Hoc
mari et duobus inclytis amnibus, Tanai, atque Nilo, 6 in tres partes
universa dividitur. Tanais a septemtrione ad meridiem vergens, in
1. fndo, 3 didi, ditutn, do, impono- — 2. Mediam zonam, terras tropicas; cesius,
calor; frigus infestat. Zonarum extrema, regiones Artcicas et Antarcticas. — 3. -nes, urn,
antipodes; incognitus est, huius situs describendus est. — 4. Mare Internum, vulgo Me-
diterraneum; praster Melam vix alii ita vocarunt. — Fretutn nempe Gaditanum. — 5.
Si textus germanus est, grammatica non est, se pressit, se compressit, coarctavit; se ef-
fundit. — 6. Ridiculum esset, nisi interpretaremur mentem auctoris veluti qui de Mar*
Interno scriberet, cuius et Pontus Euxinus pars esset, sic autem accepta mente auctoris,
clarum erit et Tanain, et Nilum in idem mare influere, ille e septemtrione, hie e meridie
423
mediamfereAfeotidadefluit; et ex diverso Nilus in pelagus Ouod
terrarum iacet a Freto ad ea flumina ab altera latere Africam vocamus
ab altera Europen; ad Nilum Africam, ad Tanain Europen. Ultra auid-
quid est, Asia est. M
Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, I. l.
172 Ac principle terra universa cernatur, locata in media mundi
sede, solida et globosa, et undique ipsa in sese nutibus suis congloba-
ta vestita floribus, herbis, arboribus, frugibus. Quorum omnium in-
credibilis multitudo, insatiabili varietate distinguitur. Adde hue fon-
tiumgehdas perennitates, Iiquores perlucidos amnium, riparum vestftus
vindissimos, speluncarum concavas altitudines, immensitatesque cam-
porum: adde etiam reconditas auri argentfque venas, infinitamque vim
marmons. — At vera quanta maris est, pulchritudo! qua? species
amoeniMesorarumetlfttoraml ~ Ipsum autem mare sic terram ap-
petens littonbus alludit.i ut una ex duabus naturis conflata videatun
1 I ,^,t ,a a vu L M - T - cieero < Nat. Deorum, II, 39.
1- Ludit ad, fluctibus verberat.
173. O, quam ridiculi sunt mortalium termini! Ultra Istrumi Da-
tici h tZ^T n traX " ^ ' Stria ' Parte ° Hm Gmx Cisalpins > P* ninsuIa M aris Adria-
tic, ab mcol.s lstns, quorum caput erat Tergeste, nunc Triest, ita nominata Aloes Car
mc* determinant Istriam ex una parte, ex altera autem Pannoniam aZe ilyr am Sa-
vusfluvmsonturexA.pibus Carnicis, in Pannonia, itaque non proprie in™, tlu t
Bemd) inn 6m K aCSi ,fJf ria r Venir6t ' 6t 3d SingidunUm - AiLt Alba' Arx
Belgrad) in Danub.um illabitur. Ab hoc confluent! ipse Danubius Ister vocatus est auas
ex Istna onundus. ' 4
■\ D J?h P ° PU,US Sarmaticus (Slavicus), qui quondam partes Hungarte (Transyl-
vamae), Moldav,* atque regiones usque ad Istrum a Singiduno ad Pontum Euxinum u -
Zu mTJf "f 1 T ra !° r TraianUS £0S Sub P0testatem Romanam red ^'t. Ponte per
strum conduo. Imp. Aurehanus .egiones inde reduxit. Terras has ex magna parte gens
.ncoht,q Ua; se/?«^m^ appellat, utiturque idiomate quodam Italico. Fabula quasi
gens o ri g lnem a , eg j onibus Traiani ducat) siveeliberis Mc ^.^ fida fertur a tribus q mo _
nachis Hunganc.s Romas, circa finem s*culi XVIII, e paucis sententiis unius Scriptorum Re-
run. Augustanarum. Scriptores Byzantini hane gentem Blax, per aversionem vocaverunt
Rnl^T "T 6 " Suum V,acs ' Valacs ' Walachs. qui tamen se ab ipsis incolis Imperii
Komam Byzantini Romaioi appellaverunt, unde Rumani.
424
cuss non exeat. Strymon^ et Haemus* Thracas includat. Parthis obstet
Euphrates. Danubius Sarmatica ac Romana disterminet. Rhenus Oer-
maniae modum facial Pyrenaeus medium inter Gallias et Hispamas
iugum extollat; inter ^gyptum et ^thfopas arenarum inculta vastitas
^ Ceat L. Ann. Seneca, Quasi. Nat. I., Pro!
3 Modo Struma fiuvius Macedonia;. - 4. Mons Hasmus, nunc Balkan, inter Thra-
ciam nunc ex parte Turcia, cetera omnis regie usque ad Istrum, est Bulgaria, qua= modo
t am ScythtanfMinorem, cuius pars nunc Dotru4sHa appellor, ~»~?£ JjJ
istri complectitur. Urbes illic notissim* lstropolis, atque Tom,, ub. P- Ov.d.us Naso
Poeia Romanus vitam in exsi.io degerat Oeterum regie > inter Hon- et Istrum ,n dua
partes erat divisa: Mcesiam Superiorem, nostris temponbus Serb.a, a gente, qua « i«
vocat, atque Mcesiam Inferiorem, modo Bulgaria, gens Tatanca, sed lmgua Sarmat.ca.
— 5. Modum facere, est moderari, fines imponere.
174 Itineribus extensis, Amazones ad usque Caspium Mare pro-
ducts circumcolunt Tanain, qui inter Caucasias oriens rupes, per si-
nuosos labitur circumflexus, Asiamque disterminans ab Europa, in
stagnis IVUeoticis delitescit. Huic Rha vicinus est amnis, in cuius su-
perciliis quasdam vegetabilis eiusdem nominisgignitur radix, proiiciens
ad usus multiplices medelarum. 1
Amm. Marcellinus, XX11, 8.
1. Medicatio, medicamentum-
175 Ortus Ister in Germania, iugis montis Abnobaa, ex Adverse
Raurici.'Galliae oppidi multis ultra Alpes mfllibus, ac per innumeras
lapsus gentes, Danubii, nomine, immenso aquarum auctu, et unde pn-
mum lllyricum alluit, Ister appellatus, sexagmta amnibus receptis, me-
dio ferme numero eorum navigabili, in Pontum vastis sex fluminibus
C. Plinius Secundus, Maior. Hist. Nat. IV, 12, 79-
176 Terrarum orbis universus in tres dividitur partes, Europam,
Asiam, Africam. Origo ab occasu solis et Gaditano Freto qua irrum-
pens Oceanus Atlanticus, in maria interiora diffunditur. H.nc mtrant.
425
dextera Africa est, lasva Europa, inter has, Asia; termini Tanais et Ni-
lus. Quindecim millia passuum in longitudinem, a vico Mellaria Hi-
spanias ad Promontorium Africa Album. — Nee profunda altitudo mi-
raculum minuit, frequentes quippe taeniae 1 candicantis vadi carinas
territant, qua de causa limen Interni Maris 2 multi eum locum appella-
vere. Proximis autem faucibus utrfmque impositi montes coercent
claustra, 3 Abyla Africa, Europe Calpe, laborum Herculis mete, 4 quam
ob causam indigent Columnas eius Dei vocant, creduntque perfossas,
excliisa antea admisfsse maria, et rerum naturae mutasse faciem.
C. Plinius Secundus, Maior, Hist. Nat. Ill, 2.
1. Tcenia, -oe, proprie, vitta, ligamentum, plerumque coloratum, ornamenti causa
vestium muliebrium, aut etiam crinium; hie, per similitudinem, ordines saxorum in fun-
do maris vadosi; candico, eniteo colore albo; carina, cz, est tabulatum subtus fund urn
navis, quas hanc in aqua sequilibrio sustinet, navis ipsa. — 2. Mare Internum, est nomen
proprium maris, quod vulgo Mediterraneum appellatur; eius Umen (-inis, n., est lignum,
aut lapis, inferior pars postis, quam domum intrantes transgredimur), quia per eum locum
naves Mare Internum intrant. — 3. Claustrum, i y id quod aliquid claudit, frustum lignL
quod intra ianuam transversum ponitur, ne ianua pandi possit; firmamenti instar Abyla
et Calpe, montes ex utroque latere Freti Gaditani. — 4. Finis; qui illic nati sunt; Colu-
mns Herculis; quasi Hercules ilia claustra perfregerit, oceanoque ostium ad ingredien-
dum aperuerit.
177. Namque perpetua vallis iacet usque ad Mare Caspium patens.
Duo terras eius velut brachia 1 excurrunt; media, flexu modico, sinum
faciunt* lunaa maxime similem, quum eminent cornua, nondum totum
orbem sydere 2 implente.
Qu. Curtius Rufus, VI, 8.
1. e Brachium i ii, pars corporis humani, supra manum, ad humerum usque. — 2.
Sidus, eris, n., (etiam scribitur sydus), lumen, pars luminosa, illuminata.
♦Since the German-made dictionaries, like that of Freund (Harper's), seem deliberately to
omit examples of facio with inanimate subjects, they mislead book-learned latinists into assuming,
that this verb can only stand after living, animate subjects. On this ground criticism has reached
me, because I used in Pens. III., "duae lineae obliquae faciunt angulum." Here C. Rufus, author of the
first half of the first century uses it so; so do Mela, of the same century, and Plinius of the same
age, and here is M. Cete Faventinus, an architect, using the very same expression as did I: "Mul-
ta variaque genera sunt horologiorum, sed Pelecini et hemicyclii magis aperta et sequenda ratio vi-
detur. Pelecinum enim horologium dicitur, quod ex duabus tabulis marmoreis, vel lapideis superiori
parte latioribus, inferiori angustioribus componitur; sed hae tabulae aequali mensura fiunt, et quinis
lineis directis notantur, ut angulum faciant, qui sextam horam signabit."
426
178. Aut stant omnes aquae, aut eunt, aut colliguntur, aut varias
habent venas: dliae sunt dulces, aliae variae, aspera quippe interveni-
unt, salsse, amaraeque, aut medicate, ex quibus sulphuratas dicimus,
ferratas, aluminosas: indicat vim sapor.
L. An, Seneca, Quaest. Nat. Ill, 3.
179. In eadem Campaniae regione Sinuessanae aquae — virorum
insaniam abolere produntur; in yEnaria insula calcinosis mederi, et
qua? vocatur Acfdula, a Teano Sidicino quatuor millibus passuum —
hsec frigida, — item in Stabicano, quae Dimidia vocatur, et in Vena-
frano ex fonte acfdulo.
Crannone est fons calidus citra summum fervorem, qui vino tn-
duo addito calorem potionis custodit in vasis. Sunt et Matiaci 1 in Ger-
mania fontes calidi trans Rhenum, quorum haustus trfduo fervet, circa
margines vero pumlcem fdciunt aqu<£.
C Plinim Secundum, Maior, Hist. Nat. XXXI, 9.
1. Wiesbaden.
180. Sarmatia intus, quam ad mare, latior, ab his, quae sequuntur,
Vistula amne discreta, qua retro abit usque ad Istrum flumen immitti-
tur. Gens habitu armisque Parthicae proxima, verum ut coeli asperioris,
ita ingenii: non se urbibus tenent, et ne statis quidem sedibus. Ut in-
vitavere pabula, ut cedens et sequens hostis exigit, ita res opesque
secum trahens, semper castra habitat; bellatrix, libera, indomita, et
usque eo immanis, ut foemin^ etiam cum viris bella ineant.
Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III. 4.
SCYTHIA,
Inde Aste sonfinia, 1 nisi ubi perpetuae nives sedent et intolerdbi-
lis rigor, Scythici populi incolunt, fere omnes etiam in unum Sagae 2
1. Fines, limites; rigor, is, m.^gelu, congelata terra, glacies. — 2. Ita Graeci, Au-
ctor, alios imitatus, scripsit "Belcae."
427
appellati. In Asidtico littore primi Hyperborei, 3 super a aquilonem Rhi-
pseosque montes, sub ipso siderum cardine iacent, ubi sol non quoti-
die, ut nobis, sed primum verno aequinoctio exortus, autumnali de-
mum occidit, et ideo sex mensibus dies, et totidem aliis nox usque
continua est. Terra angusta, apnea, per se fertilis. Cultores iustissimi,
et diutius quam ulli mortalium, et beatius vivunt. Quippe festo sem-
per otio laeti, non bella novere, non iurgia; sacris oper&ti — habitant
lucos sylvasque, et ubi eos vivendi satfetas magis quam taedium cedit,
hilares, redimiti 4 sertis, semet ipsi in pelagus ex certa rupe prascipites
dant — Mare C&spium — in tres sinus diffunditur; contra os ipsum
in Hyrcanum, ad sinistram in Scythicum, ad dextram in eum, quern
proprie, et totius nomine, Caspium appellant. — Multi in eo sinu ma-
gni parvique amnes fluunt, sed qui famam habent, ex Cerauniis 5 mon-
tibus uno alveo descendit, duobus exit in Caspium, Rha.
Pompdnius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III 6.
3. Ita, sine discrimine, gentes ad extremam Septemtrionem appellant, utique de Lap-
ponibus, Samoiedis, Zyrienis et caeteris Fennicis tribubus haec aceipienda sunt, fabulis
exornata. Montes autem sunt Ural, nulli enim alii sunt. Habitant lucos, auctoris est pro-
prium, habito enim non est transit! vum, /whabito, atque /»colo, sunt- — 4- Exornati,
adornati manipulis florum, — 5. Hie non de Caucasiis montibus agitur ut volunt intei-
pretes.
182. Germani quoque, qui usque a fontibus istri terras ad Sinum
Adriaticum spectantes habitant, legatos miserant. Nam Ister in Ger-
mania oritur; ipsi, patrio vocabulo, T>aniibium appellant. Magnitudi-
nem corporum, animorumque alacritatem admiratus Alexander, inter-
rogavit: Quidnam omnium mdxime vererentur? putans suam potentiam
formidabilem ipsis esse, eamque se confessionem expressurum. Illi
nihil se magnopere vereri responderunt, nisi, forte, ne caelum in ipsos rti-
eret; cceterum virorum fortium amicftiam plurimi facere. Perculsus im-
proviso responso, paulum retfeuit; deinde hoc unum effatus: Germd-
nos arrogdntes esse; foedus, ut petiere, iunxit.
Qu. Curtius Rufus, De Reb. Ges. Alex. M., I., 12.
428
183. Nunc de Suevis dicendum est, quorum non una, ut Catt6-
rum,Tenchterorumve gens, maiorem enim Germ&niae partem obtinent,
propriis adhuc nationibus, nominibusque discreti, quamquam in com-
mune Suevi vocantur. — Vetustissimos se nobilissimosque Suevorum
Semnones memorant. — Adiicit auctoritatem fortuna Semnonum:
centum pagis habitatur, magnoque corpore efficitur, ut se Suevorum
caput credant. Contra, Longobardos paucitas nobilitat. — Reudigni de-
fnde et Aviones, et Angli, et Varfni, et Eudoses, et Suardones, et Nui-
thones fluminibus aut sylvis muniuntur, nee quidquam notabile in
singulis, nisi quod in commune Hertham, i. e. Terram matrem colunt,
eamque intervenire rebus hominum, invehi populis arbitrantur. •
C. Corn. Tacitus, De Morib. Germ. Cap. 6.
184. Eo tempore Picti, in duas gentes divisi, Dicalfdonas et Ve-
ctoriones, itidemque Attacotti, bellicosa hominum natio, et Scotti, per
diversa vagdntes, multa populabantur, Gallicanos vero tractus Franci
et Saxones, iisdem confines, quo quisque erumpere potuit, terra et
mari, prsedis acerbis, incendiisque et captivorum funeribus omnium
violabant.
Amm. Marcel., XVI 1, 8.
G E R M A N I A.
185. Germania hinc ripis eius usque ad Alpes, a meridie ipsis
Alpibus, ab Oriente Sarmaticarum confinio gentium, qua Septemtrio-
nem spectat Oceanico littore obducta est. Qui habitant, immanes sunt
animis atque corporibus, et ad insitam feritatem vaste utraque exer-
cent bellando animos, corpora ad consuetudinem laborum. Maxima fri-
gora nudi agunt antequam puberes sint, et longissima apud eos puerf-
tia est: viri sagis velantur, aut libris 1 drborum. Quamvis s^va hyeme,
1. Liber, bri, m-, primus ac proprius sensus verbi est, ut hie, fibrce, Ucia arborum
sub cortice, e'quibus primitus vestes, deinde charta, parari solebant, unde sensus secunda-
rius libri, libelli, scripti.
429
nandi non patientia tantum Mis, studium etiam est. Bella cum finiti-
mis gerunt; causas eorum ex libidine arcessunt; neque imperitandi
prolatandique quae possident (nam ne ilia quidem enixe colunt), sed
ut circa ipsos quae iacent, vasta sint. Ius in viribus habent, adeo, ut
ne latrocinium quidem pudeat; tantum hospftibus boni, mitesque sup-
plfcibus. Victu ita asperi incultique, ut cruda etiam carne vescantur,
aut recenti, aut quum rigentem in ipsis pecudum ferarumque coriis,
manibus pedibusque subigendo 2 renovarent.
Terra ipsa multis impeditur flumfnibus, multis montibus aspera et
magna ex parte sylvis ac paludibus invia. Pallidum Suesia, Estia et
Malsiagum maximae ; sylvarum Hercynia, et aliquot sunt, quae nomen
habent, sed ilia dierum sexaginta iter occupans, ut maior aliis, ita et
notior. Montium altissimi Taunus, et Rhetico, nisi quorum nomina vix
est eloqui ore Romano. Amnium in alias gentes exeuntium, Danubius
et Rhodanus, in Rhenum, Moenis et Lupia, in Oceanum, Amisius, 3 Vi-
surgis, et Albis clarfssimi. Super Albim Codanus ingens sinus, magnis
parvisque insulis referctus est. Hac re mare, quod gremio littorum ac-
cipitur, nusquam late patet, nee usquam mari simile, verum aquis pas-
sim interfluentibus, ac saepe transgressis, vagum atque diffusum facie
omnium spargitur, qua littora attfngit, ripis contentum insularum non
longe distantibus, et ubique p^ene tantundem, it angustum et par freto,
curvansque se subinde longe supercilio 4 inflexum est. In eo sunt Cim-
bri et Teutoni; 5 ultra, ultimi Germanise, Hermiones.
, Pomponius Mela, De Situ Orbis, III, 3.
2. Subigo t 3 egi, actum, macerando, aut depsendo; dicimus de massa, quam qui pa-
nem faciunt, pugnis suis tractant, subigunt, depsunt. Ita carnem crudam veteres trive-
runt manibus vel pedibus, et ita emolliveiunt. — 3. Nunc Ems, alii scriptores Amisiaw
vocant. — 4. Est ripa editior, in similitudinem dorsi montis, vel iugi. — 5. Alii eos-
Teuton^s vocant.
430
EXERCITATIONES SCRIBENDI
I.
1. Doce, sis, quid appellenter vastae illae aquae, quae terris interia-
cent. — 2. Velis nominare cunctos oceanos atque maria, item, situm
eorum. — 3. Enumera continentes. — 4. Die, quaenam sint partes
Maris Interni. — 5. Explica, velim, quid sit insula, quid paeninsula;
nomina aliquot. — 6. Declara quid sit sinus, fretum; nomina celebri-
ora. — 7. Quidnam est isthmus? — 8. Quidnam ut "insula liquida?"
— 9. Nomina aliquot lacus.
II.
1. Estne aqua marina potabilis? — si non, quare non? — 2. Quae-
nam aquae sunt potabiles? — 3. Unde prodeunt illae aquae, et quo illinc
vergunt? — 4. Denique qua via, quo omnes aquae deveniunt! — 5.
Quid et quales sunt aquae stativae? — 6. Memora maxima flumina in
Europa orientali. — 7. Quas regiones incolunt Tatari? — 8. Memora
flumina Germaniae. — 9. Enumera flumina Franciae. — 10. Habetne
Anglia flumina navigabilia? quae sunt ea? — 11. Enarra quid scias de
fluminibus Hispaniae atque Lusitaniae. — 12. Quae sunt flumina clario-
ra Italiae? — 13. Describe quidquid scias de Danubio. — 14. Praeter
haec suntne et alterius generis flumina? quae et qualia sunt ea?
III.
1. Velis explicare, quid intersit inter oram et ripam. — 2. Ubinam
diffunduntur aquae marium atque fluminum libere? — Terrae ob earn
rationem uvidae et palustres quid gignunt? — 4. Quodgenus animalia
eiusmodi in locis habent sua lustra? — 5. Quaenam plantae gignuntur in
saxis humidis? — 6. Quaenam res sunt navigatoribus diro periculo? —
7. Nonnunquam qualia sunt littora, et quid in arenis reperiuntur? —
8. Quidnam est pharus? ubi solet stare? — quamobrem? — 9. Ubi
solent stare casae colonorum? — 10. Quae animalia solent pasci in tu-
mulis? — 11. Ubinam sunt valles et anfractus? — 12. Quae potissimum
431
humane industrial genera vigent in regionibus montanis? describe ali-
quot. — 13. Ubinam vigent fodin^e lithanthracum? — 14. Quid vides
in summis verticibus et cacuminibus celsorum montium? — IS. Qui
montes sunt deteriores aliis?
EXERCITATIONES LOQVENDI,
Duo Studios! Colloquuntur.
P. Campestris. — Diis habeo grates, 1
quod schol^ finita, iam feriari licet.
Cam. — Quonam tibi in animo est 4 ire
his feriis.
Cam. — Urbs 5 ne mihi quidem solum
natale est, sed ut tu, scholarum causa, domi
mat£rteraj ha*bito, quas hie convictum susti-
net. Nunc vero rus paternum redibo.
Cam. — Sedes 7 nostras haud procul ab
ostiis fluminis Flavi s\tx sunt, ubi nulli col-
les, ne grumi quidem, videntur. Aquas> fe-
re sine ripis, centena navigia 8 omnis gene-
ris sulcant, orbte ferroviarum eo concur-
runt, duoque ingentes pontes, alter ferreus,
lapideus et arenaceus alter, magnis arcubus
flumen traiiciunt.
Cam. — Recte memoras. Ubi enim so-
lum, praesertim aliquanto retrorsum 9 a flu-
mine, editius est, prasdia multa vigent, et
agricolatus floret; sed apud nos, ubi solum
satis siccum est, fabric* chalybeiae, fusoria,
mote, textrinas sedulo operantur.
Cam. — ita, sane. Apud nos certe fer-
vet 11 labor. Verumtamen nos et pradiolum
Z.. 2 Montanus. — Tibi pemtus 3 assentior,
nam et ego volo ruris voluptatibus frui.
Mon. — Nos, utique, domum proflcisc6-
mur, quoniam parentes, totaqne familia,
gratia' scholarum, 5 hyemem in urbe agunt,
aestate autem intra montes nostros remigra-
mus. Et quo tu?
Mon. — Rus tuum paternum, ut e ver-
bis tuis coniecto, non est regio montana,
sed campestris, ubi agricolatus exercetur,
non autem fabricatus. Ego, ex mea parte,
monta'nam regidnem campestri 6ppido an-
tep6no.
Mont. — A, id quoque iucundissimum
videtur esse aspectu. Prseterea, si tot navi-
gia, totque ferroviarum orbitaa ad vestrum
flumen concurrunt, nee illic videntur homi-
nes oti6si vitam d£gere.
Mont. — At locus eius generis iam non
rus vocandus est, sed potius alvear 10 fabro-
rum, quippe ubi nulla quies, otium, nullus
rusticatus est, ut in urbe remanere satius
videri debeat. Apud nos res longe aliter se
habet
Mont. — Mira narras. Qualenam illud
praedium esse potest, quod in parvulas in-
432
habemus, a ferrovia haud procul, quae ibi
stationem habet. JEdes nostras stant in in-
sula; et sive in stabula, sive in horrea, sive
in hortulum, vel quocunque te conferre ve-
lis, pontem transeas necesse est.
Cam. — Eheu, tu rem male intellixisti,
et p£rperam 13 interpretaris. Situs is nostri
habitaculi est a patre meo, geometra, sic
effictum; quum enim solum udum esset,
elicibus ductis. insula et rivuli nati sunt; in-
sulae vero quum essent spatiosae arbustis,
dumis ac fruticibus consitae sunt, aedificia-
que commoda erecta, ut alteram Venetiam
putares.
Cam. — Culicibus non affligimur. Pro-
ximum nobis est praediolum, tamquam men-
sa haec plana, quod easdem quas memoras
res, nobis ubertim 15 suppeditat.
Cam. — Nonne meministi Magistrum
quondam ex Tullio 17 recitasse: "Patria est,
ubicunque est bene?" Si ergo tu montibus
tuis contentus es, ego certe contentus sum
nostra planitie. Faustas ac felices tibi fe-
rias !
sulas est discerptum. 13 Ibi certe non aratis,
occatis, sed pala foditis, rastris occatis, li-
gonibus humum vertitis. et agellos ex sac-
culo conseritis- Ecquis tale quid excogi-
tavit?
(Mont. — Locus certe perquam curiosus
ali6quin 16 tamen egregius esse videtur. Ve-
reor tamen ne agminibus culicum sit infe-
stus; quodsi ita sit, montes nostros longe
pluns facio: utpote ubi aer est purus, ubi
armenta vaccarum saluberrimum )ac, ca-
seum, florem lactis atque butyrum mini-
strant.
Mont. — Itaque, ut ex tuis verbis facile
colligo, nihil refert, 16 utrum quis in monti
bus aut vallibus, aut vero loco campestri
vivat et mari proximus, dummodo locus
habitabilis sit.
(Mont — Idem et ego tibi vicissim pre-
cor.
1. Used only in Norn. Ace and Abl. pi- towards the Gods; toward men we say,
gratias ago, habeo, nuntio, I thank, I render thanks. Ferior, 1 atus sum, to take a rest,
cease to work, have a holyday.
2 Lucius, ii, Roman proper name.
3. Adv., entirely, thoroughly; -or, 4 assensus sum, to agree. Rus, ruris, n., fields,
country, country place. Fruor, frui, fructus, or fruitus sum, to enjoy, gov- Abl. and
Accus.
4- In animo (mihi, tibi, sibi) est, it is in my (thy, his, &c.) mind, it is my inten-
tion. Feria, arum, holydays.
5 Gratia scholarum, for the sake of schools. (Migro,* r., re - migro, to transfer
one's domicile. Quo? whither?
6. Urbs, urbis, f., a city; solum natale, native soil, birth place; causa, like gratia;
matertera, ce, a mother's sister; convictus, us, a boarding place; -neo? ui, tentum, to
maintain, to support.
433
7. -ium, pi. f., a seat, family seat; flavus, a, urn, yellow, here the name of a river;
grumus, i, a hillock, said also of an ant hill.
8. -ium, ii, any ship; -co, x r., tu furrow; I., properly a rut, the rails of a railroad
track; of iron; of stone; of sand (concrete); IV., an arch; do* ieci, iactum, to throw
over, to cross- to span.
9. Adv., back, backward, -tus, a t urn, more raised, higher: turn, ii, a farm; IV.,
farming; -reo* ui, to bloom, to flourish; prasp. with apud nos, with us; -us, a, urn, dr> ;
of steel; -urn; i, smelting; 1., weaving factory (called mills, but not properly, for Latin
mola, can be used only of grist mills, fr. molere, to grind cereals, or generally, crush-
ing), -ror,' 1 atus sum, to be working.
10. -ar, is, n., a bee hive; -her, bri, a worker at some trade, a mechanic; IV., a
field occupation, an engagement in farming, summering.
11. -veo* bui, to be boiling, a great activity; horreum, i, a barn; -us, i, dimin. of
kortus, i, a garden; whitherever; to betake thyself.
12. -po,*psi,ptum, to tear into bits; -ro* r., to plough; -co* r., to harrow; I., a
spade, -rum, /, (in pi. m., rastri), a rake; -go, nis, m., a hoe; -us, i, dimin. of ager, a
cultivated field; -us, i, a pocket; -ro, 3 sevi, satum, situm, to sow, to fo-sow; to think
out.
13. Adv., falsely, wrongly; -tor,' 1 atus sum, explain, translate, interpret; IV., loca-
tion, place; 1., m-, an engineer; -ngo? nxi,fidum, to devise, to feign, to plan, to shape;
elix, pi. elices, urn, m., a drain, a trench to lead off water.
14. Adv. otherwise; -us, a, urn, prominent, eminent, splendid, fine; -stus, a, urn,
disturbed, bothered, harrassed; pluris facere, to esteem higher; as where; -urn, i, a drove;
-us, t f cheese; flos lactis, cream; butter.
15. Plentifully; -toj r., tu supply.
16. It makes no difference.
17. Marcus Tullius Cicero, Quasstiones Tusculanas, 5,37,108, quoting some an-
cient poet.
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATICS.
DE PR>EPOSITIONIBVS.
152. A Prapositio is a part of speech, which modifies the relation of the word be-
fore which it stands The word itself is compounded from prce, fore, before, and po-
no* posui, positum, so prcepono, pmponere, prxpbsui, prcepositum, I put, place before,
ptcepositio, the placing, or the thing placed before.
153. The Praepositiones are divided into two general classes: A. Prcepositiones Se-
parators, i. e ., independent words, by themselves; and, B. Prcepositiones Inseparables*
i. e., syllables, which cannot stand alone.
434
A. PRsEPOSITIONES SEPARABILES.
154. The group of Propositions Sepadbiles is divided into three classes: 1, of
those, which govern Quart um Casum, that is Accusativum; 2, of those, which govern
Sextum Casum, i. e. Ablativum; and, 3, of those, which govern now the Quartum,
now the Sextum, according to che meaning to be conveyed.
1. The Praepositiones demandig Quartum Casum, are comprised in the following
memorial verses * to be studied by heart:
155. Trans, apud, adversus Quarto iungantur & ante;
Pone, per, adversum, iuxta, prope, versus et infra,
Ad, post et circum, circa, cis, circitei , extra;
Prceter, ob, intra, erga, citra, secus, usque, secundum-,
Et propter, contra, supra, penes, inter et ultra.
As to their meanings:
Trans, across, over, trans montem, across the mountain.
Apud, by, by the side, with, apud nos, with us.
Adversus, and adversum, toward, adversum mare, toward the sea.
Ante, before, of place and time, ante Christum, ante helium, before Christ, before
the war; ante pedem, before the foot, ante portam, before the gate.
Pone, behind, pone tergum, behind the back.
Per, through, ire per pontem, to go through the bridge; per me licet, it may be
done, as far as I am concerned.
Iuxta, beside, iuxta mensam, beside the table.
Prope, near, prope urbem, near the city.
Versus, towards, in the direction of; it follows its noun, according to Roman usage,
as: Romam versus, Italiam versus; in later Latin, used promiscuously.
Infra, beneath, under, infra terram, under the earth.
Ad, to, eo ad patrem, 1 am going to my father.
Post, after, post Christum; post meridiem, after noon.
Circum, around, circum insulam, around the island.
Circa, about, circa meridiem, about noon time, circa domum, about the house.
Cis, on this side, cis lacum, on this side of the lake.
Circiter, about, circiter mensem, about a month; octavam circiter horam, at about
eight o'clock.
♦These memorial verses are taken from the Institutiones Grammaticse, by the Royal Hunga-
rian University of Budapest, 1823, in four volumes. They are far more suitable, being in hexameters,
as Latin didactic matter should be, than the rhythmic German verses of Latin words, now so gener-
ally made use of.
435
Extra, outside, extra ictum, outside of shooting (firing) distance; sum extra me, 1
am beside myself (unconscious).
Ptceter, besides, excepting, praeter viam, on the roadside; prater nos nemo, no one,
excepting us-
Ob, for, on account, ob eius diligentiam, for his diligence.
Intra, within, intra domum, within the house; intra horam, within an hour.
Erga, towards, erga parentes, .towards our parents.
Citra, on this side (like cis) citra Rhenum, on this side of the Rhine.
Secus, otherwise, also along, res longe secus est, the thing is very differently.
Usque, as far as, usque Romam, until, all the way to Rome; also with other pre-
positions: usque ad sylvam, until, as far as the forest.
Secundum, according, along, secundum mentem auctoris, according to the mind of
the author; secundum parietem, flumen, along the wall, the river-
Propter, like prope, propter viam, on the road side; on account, propter tempestates,
owing to bad weather.
Contra, against, contra voluntatem, against one's will; contra hostes, against the
enemy; contra leges, against the laws.
Supra, over, above, supra terram, above the ground; super, on, upon, super men-
sam, on the table; super caput, on the head.
Penes, beside, with, in the power of, summa potestatis penes Imperatorem est, the
supreme power is with (in the possession of) the Commander in chief.
Inter, between, among, whether two or more, inter duas fenestras; between the two
windows; inter omnia animalia, amongst all the animals.
Ultra, over, beyond, ultra vires humanas, beyond human power.
2. The Praspositiones governing Sextum Casum:
156. Abs, ab et a poscunt cum clam sibi sumere Sextum;
Et tenus atque palam, procul, absque fruuntur eodem;
Ex, e, de, coram, pro, prise, sine. Ponitur apte
Post Patrium ferme numero tenus una Secundo.
Their meanings:
A, before consonants, ab, before vowels and h, abs, before s and t, from, off, away,
by, venio a fratre; ab urbe, abs te, I am coming from my brother, from the city, from
thee; locus ab hostibus captus est, the place has been taken by the enemy.
Clam, on the sly, clam patre without the knowledge of my father.
Tenus, as far as, up to, pectore, collo, capite tenus, up to the breast, neck, head.
Palam, openly, palam populo, before the people, palam omnibus, before (in pres-
ence) of all; palam te, in your presence, to your face.
436
Procul, far, procul castris, urbe, moenibus, away, far from the camp, city, the
walls, fortifications of a town.
Absque, without, absque me perivisses, only for me (without my help) you would
have perished; absque praeiudicio, prejudice being absent, witout prejudice.
E, before consonants, ex, before vowels and h, out, out of, e manibus, out of the
hands;' ex ore, from the mouth; ex auro, of, out of, gold, e domo, out of the house.
De, down from, de coelo, down from the heavens; de me, about me; de Bello Gal-
lico, about (concerning, down from) the Gallic War.
Coram, in the presence, coram Deo, before God; te coram (or, coram te) in thy
presence; coram populo, in the presence of the people.
Pro, many meanings: Wktprce (next below), before, pro porta, before the gate; pro
rostris, before the speaking stand; on behalf, for the benefit of, pro Archia Poeta, in be-
half of the Poet Archias; pro patria, for (in behalf) the country; pro me, for me (for
my good) ; pro me, in my place.
Prce, fore, before, in preference, for: prae foribus, before the door, prae caeteris, be-
fore (in preference) the rest of them; pr* gaudio flere, to weep for joy.
Sine, without, sine fine, without an end; sine studio, without partiality.
Tenus, same as above, as far as, up to, the rule saying, that "una numero Secundo,
that is, with Numerus Pluralis, tenus is properly joined with the Casus Patrius (which is
the Casus Genitivus), and we say: genuum tenus, i. e., placing same post Patrium Ca-
sum, after the Genitivus, up to the knees, whereas in Nrus. Sing, it would be genu te-
nus, up to tee knee; so manuum tenus, humerorum tenus, up to the shoulders. We pro-
nounce this word always like an enclitic, without any accent, the stress falling upon the
end-syllable of the preceding word, as: digit6 tenus, digitorum tenus, up to the fingers,
or finger.
3. The Praepositiones, which govern both, Quartum and Sextum, Accusativus and
Ablativus. .
157 The following prepositions have two powers: one is that of tending, moving
towards; the other is that of being, standing still. As the Accusativus case is the case of
the direct object of the action of transitive verbs, it will be the Accusativus that these
prepositions will demand when they exert their power of tending, moving towards. But
when they imply nothing more than being, being in or at a place, they will demand an
Ablativus. They are:
In, into, upon: eo in hortum, I go into the garden; ieci librum in mensam, I have
thrown the book upon the table.
Its other power is to denote the condition of being, of being somewhere, when it
stands with an Ablativus: sum in horto, I am in the garden; liber iacet in mensa, the
book lies on the table.
In other words: When in is to answer the question quo, whither, it will be followed
437
by an Accusafivus; when, on the other hand, it answers the question ubi, where, Ablati-
vus is used.
Sub, under, quo is? whither dost thou go? eo sub arborem, 1 go under the tree; ubi
sedes? where dost thou sit, sedeo sub arbore, I sit under the tree.
Subter, under, underneath: pulli confugiunt subter alas matris; the chickens flee
under the wings of their mother; Abl., subter littore> down at the shore, only in poetry.
Super, over, above, upon: super mensam, montem, upon the table, on the moun-
tain; a'gere super re aliqua (Abl.) to treat, act about a thing, mostly in the language of
the lawyers.
NotsB ad Prospositiones Separabiles.
Nota 1. — There are two general tendencies, or not formulated principles through-
out the language, governing the usage of prepositions. We omit the prepositions when
not compounded, wherever we can without causing ambiguity; and we repeat them in
many cases, when they are compounded with verbs. This principle applies both to Accu-
sative and to Ablativus, to the latter more than to the former, when namely the natural
power of either Casus suffices to express the relation implied in the preposition. Such is
the case in particular with the names of cities, some islands, domus, rus, and the Supi-
num being the Accus- of the IVth Declension, as: eo Romam, dornum, rus, emptum
chartam, I am going to Rome, to the country, to buy paper.
In the Ablativus: si essem tuo loco, if I were in your place, suo quisque modo,
everybody in his own way; toto ccelo, by a whole heavens, &c A bare Ablativus, depend-
ing on its own power, is called an Ablativus Absolutus, an Independent Ablative, which
has many details, with corresponding names, such as, Ablativus Medii, Ablativus Instru-
ment!, Ablativus temporis, Ablativus cum Participio, &c, which we shall treat in their
places.
On the other hand, in compounds we duplicate, by repeating, the prepositions, as:
abto a fratre, 1 go away from my bi other, exto ex horto: I go out of the garden; addo ad
earn rem, I add to that thing; intro in cubiculum, 1 enter (into) my room; convenlo
cum amico, I come together with my friend; &c, K e., 1 meet my friend.
2- When prepositions lose their cases, that is, when they can be used without any
case government, by themselves, independently, they are considered as Adverbia, thus:
Id factum est longo post tempore, that happened a long time after. Such are ante, area,
clam, coram, contra, infra, intra, iuxta, palam, pone, post, propter, secus, subter, super,
supra, ultra.
3. Prepositions of two syllables, such as ante, contta, inter, propter can be placed
after the Proncmen Relativum, as: quern ante, quern contra, quos inter. Those of one
syllable are often placed after the Pronomen Relativum, or Demonstrativum, and between
an Adiectivum and its noun, in this manner: quam ob causam, quam ob rem, certis de
causis, magna ex parte, aliquot post menses.
438
4. Proposition cum regularly follows a Pronomen Personale and connected there
with, thus: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum; also with Pron. Relativa, as:
quocum, quacum, quibuscum (also quicum, instead of quocum); yet, occasionally we
also find cum quo, and this of necessity, when the relative pronoun is followed by its
noun, as: cum quo viro, not quocum viro.
5 The preposition cum, with, along with, is used only when it denotes accompani-
ment, in society with, and not as with is used in English. Ibo cum fratre ambulatum,
shall go awalking with my brother. So also: cum prima luce, with the first light; i.e.
(with) early morning; id cum malo tuo facies, you will do that with (at) your penljfe-
rendum hoc opus est cum labore, this burden has got to be carried with great hardship;
multis cumlacrymis obsecrare, to beseach with many tears. On the other hand, the
with in sentences, like he threatens me with death, 1 write with a pen, with my right
hand with lamplight, come under other considerations: the first means a simple govern-
ment of the verb minors atus sum, to threaten, and is to be thus expressed: mortem
mihi minatur. The others belong under the head "Ablativus Absolutus," under the sub-
divisions Abl. Medii, and Abl. Instrument!, i. e., an independent Ablative (without a
preposition), manu dextra, ad lumen lUcernas, calamo scribo.
De Prsepositionibus in Compositis.
158 Several of the prepositions are prefixed to verbs, some to nouns, whereby
changes in powers and relations are brought about in the words so prefixed. Many in
transitive verbs, by receiving a preposition, become transitive, or change their govern-
ments, sometimes their conjugations.
As many of the prepositions end in a consonant, and the words to which they are
joined begin with consonants, in practical use by the Roman people, these concurrences
of consonants were worn down by assimilating the final consonant of the preposition to
that of the initial of the verb, or noun; thus, for 2d + loquor, they said a/loquor, but
arfvenio, a^miror, a^probo, a^clamo, a^necto, a/figo, assequor, but a^iudico, a^stnngo,
a/tento, &c. , M , , .
This condition of things has opened a wide field for German philology for specula-
tion, to devise a cast iron principle of generalization, as to what particular consonants
are assimilated into what other consonants. As the result is an intolerable vexation to
students and readers, and, because these conclusions are mere puerilities, vain hairsplitt-
ings, and historically as well as philologically not true, I simply ignore them. For, it i
be true, that cow (from cum, com) must stand before lego, and we must say cowligo, tor
co/ligo,' collegium, for co/legium, co^paro, inpar, then, this principle must first apply
to modern tongues, so that the Germans themselves, then the French, English &c>
must say, respectively, Konlegium, conlege, conlege, conlegio, &c, before we should do
it in Latin. Since, however, all the world will never acknowledge that it was mis
taken through all these centuries until German philologists discovered this light, students
439
need take no notice of this preposterous claim. Hearing, and common sense will
show the way.
Ante, does not change, as: antepono, antecedo, anteeo.
Circum, as: circumdo, circumnavigo; but it throws out the m in circueo, I go around,
circiiitus, the going around.
Inter, with lego, combines into intilligo, otherwise it remains unchanged, as, inter-
cludo, interficio, intereo, interimo, intercalo.
Ob changes: occupo, occurro, officium, ofTero, but, omitto, oblector, obmutesco, ob-
sequor.
Per does not change, as, perfero, with adjectives, permagnus, peramplum; but one
may say pelluceo, pellucidum, though this is needless. Also pelliceo is used, to lure on e
over to some other party.
Post has but two changes pomosrium, pomurium, from post, or pone murium, a
space beyond the town walls; and pomeridianum, for postmeridianum.
Trans, suffers some contractions: trado, for transdo, I hand over, traduco, I lead
over, traiicio, 1 throw, shoot through, trano, I swim oven the former from trans +
iacio, the latter from trans + no, no, nare, navi, to swim, to float-
159. A, ab, abs, do not differ in meaning, the only question is the form to be
changed in compounding. A stands usually before m and v, as, amoveo, amolior, to
move away, avolo, I fly away; ab is used with vowels, and before many consonants, as
aberro, I go astray; abiudico, ablaqueo; before fero and fugio the ab changes into an, as
aufero, auferre, but abstulu and ablatum, whence Casus Auferendi, or Ablativus; aufugio^
I run away. Before s and t the form abs is used, as, abscondo, I hide, I conceal, absti-
neo, I withhold myself, I keep myself away.
E , ex, out, out of, from, will employ its latter form before vowels and many con-
sonants (c, p, q, s, t, and assimilates its x with f), as, exeo, exaudio, excandesco, exci-
pio, expono, exporto, exquiro, exsolvo, exspecto; but effero, extuli, elatum, educo,
eligo, edo.
In, in, within, in some cases it retains its form, as, incido, I fall in, induo, I dress,
I put on dress; infligo, I inflict; ingero, I insert, or I meddle; inspicio, I look into; infit,
says; but before m and p its n changes into m, as: imbuo, improbo, impudicus, immitto,
impero; illaqueo, illegitimus, iilabor, illudo; it loses its n altogether in ignarus. Before r
the n is assimilated, as, irruo, irrumpo, irrogo, irretio.
Sub, under, assimilates its b with many consonants, as: succurro, succino, suffoco,
suggero, suppono, suppeto; before vowels, and several consonants it does not change,
subeo, subacidum, subiicio, subiaceo, subodoro, subligo, submoveo, subnitor, subnoto,
subrideo; in other cases, surripio, surrigo (and subrlgo) ; still in other cases it changes
into sus- as, suscipio, suspicor, sustineo, and once subscus (for sub + cudo), a dove-
tail (in carpentery) .
440
B. PRJEPOS1TIONES INSEPARABLES.
160. The small group of monosyllabic propositions, inseparably connected with
Adiectiva and Verba, producing the same changes in those words, consists of the follow-
ing particles:
Amb- around, on both sides, from Gr. amphi- whence Latin ambo, both, as, am-
bio, I go around a thing, ambitus, us, the going around, ambitio, nis, the act, the habit of
going around, in good or bad sense; ambigo, ere, to be in doubt as to which way to go,
to hesitate in choosing; ambiguus, a, urn, doubtful, uncertain, a thing that has two ways
about it; amputo, to chop off all around; anfractus, us, a winding valley, through
woods, with pastures; anceps, itis, dubious, doubtful, not sure which way is better.
Dis or di- t asunder, apart, separation on the same level, hence, fundamentally dif-
ferent from de down from above; yet, for this very leason deliberately confounded by
German philology, and by ignorance, as in English, when people insist en saying and
writing distill, for Estill. De word is compounded from de + still a, down + drop,
drip, whereas distWXo would mean to scatter to drop asunder, instead of dripping down.
So, too, German philologists insist that we should say and write on account of two things.
Ob oculos versari, to be (rolling, turning)
before the eyes.
Pretium ob stultitiam fero, I am getting my
reward for my folly.
PENES
Penes quern est summum imperium, in
whose hands is the supreme power.
Penes usum est arbitrium, usage holds the
decisive power.
Fides sit penes auctorem, the author is re-
sponsible for the statement (not I)
Penes quern non est culpa, who (the person
I am speaking about) is not at fault.
Non est penes me, I have not the authority.
PER
Per se sibi quisque charus est, by nature
everybody is dear to himself.
Per se, sine alio, all by himself, with no-
body else.
Per se expetenda virtus, virtue is desirable,
(to be sought) by itself.
Per idem tempus, at that same time-
Per negligentiam, quae fit, turpissima iactu-
ra est, the loss, one sustains by negli-
gence, is the most shameful.
Per iocum, by joking, as a joke.
Per litteras, by letter, correspondence.
Per simulationem, perspeciem, by a make-
believe, by appearance.
Per avaritiam id appetit, he covets it from
avarice.
Per aetatem potuit, he could, owing to his
age.
Per insidias (interna), to be slain by an
ambush.
Per eos dies, all through those days.
Per legem licet, it is allowed, as far as the
laws are concerned.
444
Per te stetit, it depended on you.
Per partes, piecemeal.
Per manus aliquid tradere, to deliver, to
hand down to posterity.
Per Deum te oro, I beseach you for God's
sake.
Per Deum iuro, 1 swear by God.
Per valetudinem non potuit, he was unable
owing to his (bad) health.
Per tres annos, during three years.
Per vim, by force-
Per otium, by leisure time.
Per vices, in turns.
Per occasionem, when convenient.
PONE, PROPE, TRANS
Pone nos recede, get behind us.
Prope diem, by and by.
Trans f return, across the ferry.
POST
Post tergum, behind the back.
Post aliquod tempus, after some time.
Post homines natos, since the beginning of
mankind.
Post hominum memoriam, within the me-
mory of men.
PILETER
Praeter morem, beyond measure.
Praeter hoc, besides this.
Praeter opinionem, against all expectation.
PROPTER
Propter metum parere legibus, to obey
laws for fear.
Propter earn causam, on account of that,
for that reason.
Propter viam, near the road.
Propter te qui sedet, vel dormit, the one,
who is sitting or sleeping beside you.
Propter officium datur beneflcium, remune-
ration is given for duly performed.
SECVNDVM
Secundum Platonem, according to Plato.
Secundum facta sua laudari, to be praised
according to one's deeds.
Secundum patrem tu es proximus, you are
the next to me after my father.
Vulnus in capite secundum aurem, a wound
on the head along the car.
Secundum arbitrium tuum, at your own
free will-
SVPRA
Supra terram, above the earth.
Supra modum, beyond measure.
Supra numerum, beyond counting.
Supra vires, beyond one's strength.
Quae supra nos, nihil ad nos, things beyond
us, do not concern us.
VLTRA
Ne sutor ultra crepidam, a shoemaker
(should not reach out) beyond the
sandals.
Ultra terminum vagari, to roam beyond
the limits.
Ultra primas litteras progressus est, he has
reached beyond the rudiments.
Viret ultra gramen, he is more green (more
thriving) than grass.
VERSVS
Meridiem versus, toward the South.
Romam versus, toward Rome.
445
Cum Ablativo.
A, AB, ABS, ABSQVE
A praeceptore castigari malo, quam torque-
ri a carnifice, I prefer to be chastized
by the teacher, then to be tortured by
the hangman (to choose the lesser
evil).
Ab eo tempore, from that time on.
A nobis stetit, he stood on our side.
Ab aliis exemplum cape, take example from
others.
A sole dolet caput, my head aches from the
sun.
A me est hoc totum, all this is water on
my mill.
Ab obitu eius, since the time of his death.
A coena, from supper on.
A teneris, ab adolescentia, ab incunabulis,
a puero, a pueris, ab unguiculo, ab in-
eunte astate, from childhood.
A rege proximus (primus) the next after
the king.
A capite piscis, the fish (begins to rot) from
the head.
A necessariis instructus, provided with all
the needs.
A pecunia imparatus, unprovided with
money.
A fronte, from the front.
A tergo, from the back.
A poena liber, free of punishment.
Ab amicis inops, lacking friends.
Abs te hanc ne segreges, you must not
part with her.
CVM
Cum prima luce, early morning.
Cum imperio esse, to be in power.
Cum telo esse, to be armed.
Cum virtute esse, to be virtuous.
Cum patre esse, to be with the father.
Cum aliquo facere, to make a common
cause with somebody.
Cum animo statutum habere, to have one's
mind made up.
Cum illo quid ages? what can you begin
with him?
Cum illo mihi nihil est, 1 have nothing in
common with him.
Cum bona gratia dimissus, he was allowed
to depart with much courtesy.
CLAM
Clam patre, without the father's knowl-
edge.
Clam me omnia fecit, he has done all with-
out my knowledge.
Clam vos (Accus.) ilia sunt, this all is with-
out your knowledge.
CORAM
Coram Senatu, in the presence of the Sen-
ate.
Coram illis, in their presence.
DE
De integro (to do it) anew.
De industria, purposely.
De improviso, to happen unforeseen.
De caetero (and caeterum), as for the rest.
Hac de re, about this thing-
Gravi de causa, for a grave reason.
De grege illo est, he is one of the gang.
De plebe est, he is a plebeian.
De tua sententia, according to your mind.
De manu in manum, from hand to hand.
De prandio, immediately after dinner.
446
De facie aliquem noscere, to know one by
sight.
De scripto dicit, he is reading his speech.
De nihilo est, it is almost nothing.
De civitate bene meritus, well deserving of
his country.
De lana caprina rixari, to quarrel about
goat's wool, (which does not exist)
nothing.
E, EX
E medio tolli, to be done away with.
E regione solis, from the direction of the
sun.
E regione mihi, opposite to me.
E re tua est, it concerns you.
Ex hoc die, from to-day on.
Ex necessitate facere, to act from necessity.
Ex asse hseres, sole heir.
Ex omnibus unus, one from among all.
Ex insperato, inopinato, all unexpectedly,
unhoped for.
Ex industria, deliberately.
Ex me saluta eum, greet him on my part.
Ex ordine, in right order.
Ex ingenio suo habet, by his own inge-
nuity.
Ex supervacuo, for no purpose.
Ex pacto, e conventione, according to
agreement.
Ex professo (or de) professedly-
E contrario, quite the opposite.
E vestigio, forthwith.
Ex voto, like by charm (as was wished).
Ex animo, from one's heart.
Ex tempore, on the spur of the moment.
Ex usu tuo, according to your practice.
Ex usu tibi est, helpful to you.
Ex obliquo, from an oblique direction.
Ex occasione ementium, varia sunt pretia,
prices vary according to demand-
Ex continenti, instantly.
Ex equo labi, to fall from the horse.
Annus est ex quo regnavit, it is a year now,
since he has been reigning.
Ex improviso, unforeseen.
Ex insidiis capi, to be caught from an am-
bush.
Ex Platonis sententia, according to P's
mind.
E pedibus laborat, his feet hurt him.
Aliud ex alio malum, one trouble begets
another.
Ex eo tempore, since that time.
Poculum ex auro, a goblet of gold-
Ex eo die, ever since that day.
Ex me nemo sciat, no one shall know it
from me.
Ex asquo et bono, from what is just and
right.
Ex toto, by its entirety.
Ex xquo, from what is fair.
Ex parte, in part.
Ex abundantia, out of plenty.
Ex longinquo, from afar.
Ex lege, by the law.
Ex arte, in accordance with art.
Ex ad verso loci alicuius, in the opposite
direction of a place.
Ex consuetudine, from habit.
Ex composito, in accordance with an under-
standing.
Ex pacto, as per contract.
Ex quo (of time), since.
PRO
Pro mercede vel prasmio mihi hoc erit, this
1 shall consider as my reward or pay.
Pro ratione nostrorum temporum, consi-
dering the conditions of our times.
Pro tua prudentia, humanitate, by reason
of your prudence (kindness).
447
Pro re nata, for the occasion.
Pro re ac tempore consilium capere, to
take measures according to conditions
and times.
Pro se quisque, everybody on his own part.
Pro vectura solvere, co pay for transpor-
tation.
Pro eo ac debui, in the manner it was my
duty.
Pro certo habere, to consider it as certain.
Satis pro imperio, enough of (your) domi-
neering!
Pro cive se gerere, behaving as a citizen.
Pro beneficio hoc habeo, I regard this as a
good deed toward me.
Pro me est, it works for my good.
Pro tuo in me amore, for your great favor
toward me.
Pro ancilla earn habet, he treats her like a
servant girl.
Pro sua quisque facultate, every one to the
extent of his ability.
Pro mentis gratias referre, to render thanks
for benefits.
Pro more, according to custom.
Pro viribus, to the extent of one's ability.
Pro concione, before an audience.
Pro curia, foribus, before the court, door.
Pro patria mori, to die for one's country.
Pro tempore et loco, with regard to time
and place.
PRiE
Prae se agere gregem, to drive a flock be-
fore one's self.
Pras gaudio, ubi sim, nescio, I do not know
for joy where 1 am.
Pras lacrymis loqui non possum, I cannot
speak for (on account of) tears.
Viri boni speciem pras se ferre, he bears the
appearence of a good man.
Ilium prae se contempsit, he despised the
man as compared with himself.
Prae nobis beatus.. est, he is more happy
than we.
Pras se putare neminem, to regard as no-
body, compared to himself.
Prse manu alicui dare pecuniam, to advance
money to somebody.
Similitudinem pras se fert, to bear resem-
blance to somebody.
SINE
Sine ullo dubio, dubitatione, without any
doubt.
Sine cortice natare, able to support himself.
TENVS
Capulo tenus, up to the hilt,
Titulo tenus, by title alone.
IN, cum Accusative*.
Ivit in urbem, has gone to town.
In postremum, to the last-
In quintum annum, into the fifth year.
In perpetuum, forever.
In speciem, for appearance.
In os aliquem laudare, to praise one in face.
In manus sumere, to take into hand.
Miserandum in modum, in a pitiful man-
ner.
In horas mutatur, changing hourly.
In rem nostram hoc est, this is helpful to
our cause-
In dies singulos crescit numerus, their num-
ber is increasing every day.
Pius in Deum, devout to God.
Crudelis in victos, cruel toward the van-
quished.
DifTerre in crastinum (diem), to postpone
till the next day.
448
In apricum, in lucem proferre, to bring it
out to daylight.
In aliquem dicere, to hold an oration against
somebody.
In singulosdies, annos, for every day, year.
In universum, in general, altogether.
In Deum peccat, he sins against God.
IN, cum Ablativo.
In culpa est, he is at fault.
In ore omnium est, it is all the town-talk.
In periculo sum, I am in danger.
In tempore (or, tempori) venire, to come
in time.
In libris perdius et pernox, he is in his books
day and night.
In sere alieno sum, I am in debt.
In ambiguo hoc est, this is in doubt.
In incerto hoc est, this is not certain.
In vitiis hoc est, this is counted among
faults.
In loco pecuniam negligere, to be ignorant
of where and how to employ money.
Est in manu nostra, it is in our power.
In more est, it is so customary.
In sinu gaudere, to rejoyce over something
in secret.
SVB, cum ^Accusative*.
Sub idem tempus, simultaneously.
Sub lucem, at daybreak.
Sub noctem cura recurrit, at nightfall wor-
ries return.
Sub vesperam, towards evening.
Sub finem, toward the end.
Sub adventum, at about home coming.
Sub iugum mittere, to force one under yoke,
to humiliate one.
Sub manus hoc bene succedit, this goes off
the hands quite smoothly.
Sub oculos cadit, it falls under the eyes.
SVB, cum Ablativo.
Sub dio, under open sky.
Sub poena capitis, under punishment of
death.
Sub iudice lis est, the case is still in court,
the matter is undecided-
Sub imperio alicuius esse, to be under the
jurisdiction of somebody.
Sub specie pacis, under the guise of peace.
Sub manu habere tabellarios, to have mes-
sengers at command.
SVPER, cum A ecus, et Ablat.
Super coenam, during supper.
Alias litterae super alias, one letter after an-
other.
Super hac re scripsi, I have written on this
subject.
Super me tarn multa rogat, he is asking so
many questions about me.
Super se collocare aliquem, to place some
one over one's self.
Super fronde viridi, about a green bough.
Super octingentos annos, over eight hund-
red years.
Super somnum servus, a guard over the
master's sleep.
SVBTER, cum Accus. et Ablat.
Subter terram, lunam, under the earth,
moon.
Subter testudine densa, under the shelter of
a strong vault.
449
PENSVM DVODECIMVM.
1. Avis. 2. Sciurus. 3. Rana. 4. Anguis. 5. Vespertilio. 6. Nidus et ova. 7. Papiliones.
8. Aranea. 9. Formica. 10. Musca. 11. Asilus, sive Tabanus. 12. Cicada.
Ti
ANIMALIA AERIA.
ERRA circumfusa undique est hac animali spirabilique natura,
cui nomen est aer. 1 Omne id, quod hunc aerem animalem spiritu du-
cit, sive spiral, est dnimans, quia habet dnimam: dnima 2 enim est qua
1. Cic, N. D. 2.36,91, expressing most concisely the thoughts here implied. Its
words: -do, 3 di, sum, to pour around; -lis, e, animating, life-giving; -bilis, e, what can
be breathed; aer, is, m., the air.
2. This other fundamental conception is expressed by Ennius (169 B. C), and it
sets clear what the Romans understood by anima, ce, animans, tis, (m. f. n.), and ani-
mus, i; accordingly, anima is the breath of life (originally meaning but breath, a breeze,
light wind), life itself, last breath; -ans, is a living being, also comprising plants; animus,
is, by which we are rational beings, i. e., sapimus, for sapio, 3 ivi, ii % ui, originally, to
have a taste, bene sapit, it tastes well; therefore, to have the power of discernment, to
know, to understand, sapiens, Us, wise, a wise man.
450
vivimus, animus autem, quo sapimus. Omne animans, quod motu
cietur interno et suo, animal appellator. 3
Sunt qusedam animalia aeria^ quippe quae in sublimi aere moven-
tur, non quidem pedibus eundo, sed voldndo. Animalia autem volantia,
sive volatilia, adminfculo duarum alarum volant, et ob id etiam dhtes,
atque wlucres, aut vero communi vocabulo, aves, vel avicula vo-
cantur.
Aves animalia sunt bipeda, 5 attta, plumis, saepe pictis, ac versico-
loribus vestita. Alae atque caudae dvium pennis firmis sunt munitae,
quarum ope corpora sua levia in sublime facile et celeriter attollere, et
perniciter quaquaversum agitdre possunt. Ora avium rostra appel-
lantur.
Volucres, ut cetera animalia cuncta, secundum sexum,* sunt ma-^
resetfamince, sive, masculas et foemellae. Mares et foeminas, collate
opera, uni nidificant, hoc est, materiam comportant, sibique ntdos fa-
ciunt. Earum aliqu^e in rands drborum, alia- in cavis arborum, aut in
saxis ac prsecipftiis montium ; aliqua- tamen etiam humi, in virguttis
atque dumetis nidificant.
Nido parato, foemella avis ova 7 parit, ea calore corporis, us mcu-
bando, fovet, pullosque ex iis excludit, dum mascula ei alimentum
3. Again Cicero's (Tusc. 1,23,54); its words: cieo? civi } citum, to move, to set into
motion; -al, is, n., a breathing, living being, an animal, with man included.
4 -us, a, urn, adj. of aer: -me is, n., -mis, e, adj., high aloft, on high; -lo t r-, to fly;
•tilts, e, given to flying; -urn, i, the means, in scholastic Latin, along with this, but more
frequently, media, orum, is used, whence English means, pi.; I., a wing; -es, tns, adj ana
noun, a winged thing, a bird; -oris, is, f., a flying thing, a bird, the adj. being volucer,
oris, e % fleeting, flying; -is, is, f., a bird; its diminutive.
5. .pes, dis, two feeted; I , feather; -us, a, urn, colored; -lor, is, of many colors,
-/w/ r., to clothe; I., a quill, whence a pen; -io? r., to strengthen, to be fitted; ops, opts
only opis, opem et ope, by the means of; -lo? to lift, to raise up; adv.. nimbly; os, oris,
n., a mouth; -urn, i, a beak.
6 -ws, rfs, the sex; mas, maris, male; I., a female; confero, <#***, «, with con
certed effort; -«V r„ to nest; -«s, i a nest; -«s, /, a branch; -urn, i, a cavity; hum,
in genit., on the ground; -urn, i, a copse, a place full of switches, osiers; -urn, i, bushes,
a thicket. h x
7. -ww, i, an egg; -io* peperi, partum, to give birth, to bring forth, to lay; -™%
451
supportat. Dein, pullis exclusis, tarn pater, quam mater alimentum
quassitum avolant, repertum autem magno gaudio reportant. Pulliceni
famelici nudique, rostellis hiantibus pipientes prsestolantur parentes,
qui repertos vermfculos, lumbricos, muscas, aut quaslibet insecta, aut
aliud quod esculenti genus, patulis oribus immittunt, sicque suos cha-
ros pipiones cibant ac nutriunt.
Secundum vitas rationem 8 aliquas aves sunt rapdces acpmdatorice;
prsedas autem quas rapiunt, sunt varia animalcula minora, sive alata,
sive humi repentia, sive vero quadrupeda, quorum cdrnibus vescuntur,
et eapropter carnivorcz appellantur. Taleb sunt dquilce, 9 accipitres, milvi,
vultures, fakones; item ordo nocturnarum avium, quales sunt noctuce,
bubones, sive ululce, item buteones; bubones enim noctu in sylvis bu-
biunt et circumvolitant, interdiu autem in cavis suis dormitant. Eodem
fere modo vitam agunt et vespertiliones, 10 qui aves quidem non sunt,
sed volatiles, fereque mures, quique sera vespera volitant, et vappo-
nes, nocturnos papiliones, captant.
Corvi 11 et cornfces nocte quiescunt, ut plerasque volucres in perti-
ui, Hum, (also, r.\ to lie upon, to hatch; -veo? vi, turn, to foster, to keep, or to make
warm; -us, i, the young, the brood; -do, 3 si, sum, to hatch out; -urn, i, the means of
living, the feed; -to, 1 r., to keep bringing on; -lo, x r., to fly away; -us, i, the little
chicks; -us, a, nm, hungry; -us, a, um, bare, naked; -urn, i, little beak; hio, 1 r., to
gape, -io* r., to pipe, chirp; -or, 1 atus sum, to be waiting; -us, i, little worms; -us, i,
an earth-worm; I., a fly; -um, i, an insect; -um, i, eatable; -us, a, um, open, gaping;
-us, a, um dear (by affection, carus, a, um, dear by price); -to, nis, m. f., chickies;
-bo, 1 r., to feed; -*'o, 4 r., to nourish.
8. According to their way of living; -ax, cis, given to grabbing, to plunder; -ius, a,
um, living of prey, spoil, plunder, booty; I., a booty, prey; -to* ut, turn, to grab, to
rob; -po, 3, psi,ptum, to creep; -ro, mis, f., flesh, meat; -scor, 3 to feed on, usually gov.
abl.; -us, a, um, flesh-gulper.
9. I., an eagle; -ter, iris, a hawk; -us, i, a kite; -tur, is, a vulture; -co, nis, a fal-
con; -do, nis, m., an order, class, family; I., an owl; -bo, nis, m., a horned owl; II.,
same; -teo, nis, a buzzard; -io, 3 to hoot; -to, 1 r., to slumber.
10. -to, nis, m., a bat; mus, ris, m., a mouse; -us, a, um, late; -po, nis, m., a
moth; -io> nis, m., a butterfly.
11. II., a raven; -nix, ids, f., a crow; I , a perch; -to, 1 r., to stay overnight; -us,
a, um, fallen, or about to fall, shaky, ramshackel; -ver, is, n., a dead body; II., a squir-
452
cis pernoctantes, et praedam suam, sive caduca cadavera speculantes,
sive vero sciuros, mures, glires, sorices, aut minores aves, interdiu
persequentes. Autumno praesertim tempore catervatim rura grocantes
et cornicantes pervolant. — Pica garrula et furax ex arboribus stre-
pens et ganniens pullicenos observat.
Omnium longe maxima et fortissima avis est struthiocatnelus, 12
qui propter longum collum, parvum caput, staturamque corporis simi-
litudinem cameli prae se ferre videtur, nee volare valet, sed pennae et
plumae eius in pretio habentur. Sunt etiam alise aves, quas potius pro-
pter externam speciem, ac pennarum pulchritudinem, cristas et cirras
gestimantur, uti upupa, olor, sive cygnus, pavo, cassita, palumbes, at-
que turtures. Perinde alias aves circa, aut intra domos aluntur plerum-
que in caveis, quae hominibus alio quodam modo oblectamento sunt,
uti monedula, sive grdculus, atque psittacus, quae aves humanum ser-
monem imitari discunt. - Cuculus vero, sive coccyx, avis Europaea eo
se infamem reddit, quod sibi nidum non facit, sed in nido alieno ova
parit, atque facit, ut alia avis suam sobolem excludat, nutriat atque
educet.
Sunt complura genera volucrum, qu^ gregatim 13 in planitie, in
solitariis campis et pratis humi nidificant, seminibus herbarum, granis
rel; glis,gliris, m., a dormouse; sorex, ids, m., a shrew-mouse, as the Romans knew
no'distinction between a mouse and a rat; in scholastic Latin these two words are used
to signify a rat, particularly glis. — Catervatim, adv., in crowds; -co, 1 r., to croak;
the voice of a crow. — Pica, a 9 a very common bird in Italy and central Europe, the
magpie; -us, a, urn, prattling, babbling, prating; -ax; acts, thievish ; po* ui, to rattle;
-w, 4 to prate.
12. -us, i, an ostrich; -urn, i, a neck; I., shape, standing; II., a camel; prx sefert,
has theappearance; in pretio esse, v. habere = is valued. — Potius, adv., rather; I., a
crest; II., a tuft of feathers; -mo, 1 r., to value; I., a hoopoe, a handsome European
bird;' -or, is, m., or -us, i, a swan; -vo, nis, a peacock; I., the tufted lark; -bes, is, f.,
a ring-dove; -tor, is, a turtle dove. — I., a cage; -um t i, pleasure, delight; L, or -us, i t
a jackdaw; II., a parrot; -tor, 1 atus sum, to copy, imitate. — II., or -cyx, ygis, f., a
cuckoo; -mis, e, of bad reputation; -es, is, f., an offspring; -co 1 r., to rear, to bring up.
13. Adv., in flocks; -us, a, urn, lonely; -urn, i, a meadow; -men, inis, n., a seed;
-urn, i, a grain; -um, i t cereals; -nix, ids, f., a quail; -dix, ids, f., a partridge; I.,
a lark.
453
frumentorum herbisque vescuntur, cuiusmodi sunt coturnices atque
perdfces ; alaudas quoque idem agunt, sed magnam partem diei in sub-
lfme se extollunt dulcique cantu se audientes oblectant.
Avicularum plurima^ cantillant, 14 ac trissant, et quum hoc modo
aures nostras delectabili cantu permulcent, turn etiam summam utilita-
tem hortis, segetibus arboribusque afferunt, quoniam deterrimas pestes
frugum terr«, erucas, locustas, cicadas, asilos sive tabanos, larvas
vermium, ipsos vermes, scarabaeos, insecta omnigena, muscas, culi-
ces, devorando, fertilitatem agrorum atque hortorum tuentur. Inter
has memorare iuvat hiriindines, fringillas, tnerulas, sturnos, scolopaces.
Notissimas 15 omnium alitum illas aviculas sunt, quae in areis ac
tectis domuum obstrepunt, frumenta granatim avidissime vorant, nee
quidquam utilitatis afferunt: hi sunt pdsseres, sive passerculi. Turn
sunt canariae, quas propter suavem modulationem, qua fere luscinias,
sive philomelas, sequant, turn etiam propter pulchras plumas flavas,
homines in caveis captfvas servant.
Sunt et mercatores avium, prassertim cantantium, quia et multi
concupfscunt 16 aves cantantes, quas ipsi capere nequeunt, et sunt ho-
14. -lo, 1 r., -sso, 1 r., to warble, to twitter; -ceo, 2 si, sum, to charm, to sooth; ~tas,
tis, i., usefulness; -us, i, a garden; -es, etis, f., the standing crops; -rior, ius, superlat
-errimus, a, um, worse, worst, an adj. without positive degree; -is, is, f., a plague;
frux, gis, f., Nomin. not in use, pi. -es um, produce of the land; I., a caterpillar; I., a
locust; I., a grashopper; -us, i, and II., a horsefly; I., prop., a ghost, also a mask,
otherwise persona , of insects, when they are grubs, in transition, maggots; -is, is, m.,
and its abbrev., -cuius, i> a worm; II., a June-bug, a bug, or beetle; ~um y i, fr. in +
seco, an insect; -us, a, um, all kinds; I., a fly, -ex, icis, m., a mosquito; -tas, atis, f.,
the power of bearing fruit; -er, gri, m., a cultivated field; or, 2 itus sum, to defend, to
assert; memorare iuvat, a Latin idiom, it is serviceable, or helpful to mention; -do, inis,
f., a swallow; I., a red-breast, a robin; 1., a merle, a blackbird; II., a starling; -pax %
cis, f. , a snipe.
15. Fr. nosco y tus, a, um, best known; I., a yard, a garden-bed; -po, 3 ui, itum y to
rattle, clatter, to make such noise by loud and rapid talk; adv., grain by grain; adv. of
-us, a, um, eager; to gobble; -er, is, m., a sparrow. us, a, um, of dogs, doggish, the
Dog Islands (Canary Islands, so called on account of their breed of dogs), a canary
bird, originally from those Islands; -tio, nis, f., singing; 1., a nightingale; I., same in
Gr.; -us, a, um, yellow; -us, a, um, a captive, a prisoner; -vo, 1 r., to keep.
16. -sco 3 ivi, Hum, to covet; laqueus, i, a noose; I., a snare; I., a trap; -do, 3 teten
454
mines, qui aves capere sciunt, et sua arte pecuniam mereri cupiunt.
Hi itaque partim laqueos, pedicas et tendiculas aviculis tendunt, par-
tial visco, cassibus, aut aliis insidiis, inter has fistula, eas allectant et
capiunt; de his carmen scriptum est:
"Fistula dulce canit, volucrem quum decipit auceps."
Recensio. — Quanam re est ista terra nostra circumfusa? —
Quidnam vocamus omne id quod aerem animalem spirat? — Quidnam
interest inter animam et animum? — Quae animalia vocamus aeria? —
Qua re vestiuntur volucres? — Quid est avis, et ubi solet habitare?
— Sexu quomodo inter se differunt? — Quid agit avis foemella in ni-
do? — Quomodo, et quibus rebus aluntur pipiones? — Quas volucres
vocamus rapaces? — Quid est vespertilio? quid et quando hie captat?
— Quid solent corvi insectari? — Statura corporis quae avis est ma-
xima?— Quodgenus volucres solent homines ob pulchritudinem potius
quam ob utilitatem domi suae servare? — Quae aviculae vivunt grega-
tim? — Quid scis de cuculo? — Quaenam est utilitas avicularum quae
canorae (singing) sunt? — Novistine passerem? quid scis de eo? —
Qui, et ubi emunt homines aviculas canoras? — quare? — Recita car-
men de aucupe 1
di, turn, sum, to stretch, to set up; -scum, i, a birdlime; -es, ium, m., a net, a hunting-net;
-dice, arum, an ambush, plot; I., a whistle; -do, 1 r., to lure; -men, inis, n., a verse*
-pio* cepi, ptum, to deceive; auceps , aucupis, m , a bird-catcher, a fowler.
VOCABVLARIVM 31.
Nna Subst.
motus, us
avicula, x
mas, maris, m
natura, x
animal, is, n.
pluma, x
foemina, x
aer, aeris, m.
adminiculum, i
penna, x
opera, x
spiritus, us
ala, x
ops, is, f .
materia, x
animans, tis
ales, itis, f.
sublime, is, n.
nidus, i
£nima, x
volucris, is, f.
rostrum, i
ramus, i
animus, i
avis, is, f.
sexus, us
cavum, i
455
humus, i, f.
virgultum, i
ovum, i
calor, is, m.
pullus, i
alimentum, i
gaudium, ii
pullicenus, i
rostellum, i
vermiculus, i
lumbricus, i
musca, x
insectum, i
os, oris, n.
pipio, nis, m.
vita, x
ratio, nis, f.
praeda, x
animalculum, i
humus, i, f .
caro, nis, f.
aquila, x
accipiter, tris, m.
milvus, i
vultur, uris, m.
falco, nis, m.
ordo, inis, m.
noctua, x
bubo, nis, m.
ulula, x
buteo, nis, m.
cavum, i
vespertilio, nis,m.
mus, ris, m.
vappo, nis, m.
papilio, nis, m.
curvus, i
cornix, icis, f.
p£rtica, x
cadaver, is, n.
sciiirus, i
glis, gliris, m.
s6rex, icis, m.
rus, ruris, n.
pica, x
struthiocamelus, i
collum, i
statura, x
similitudo, inis, f .
camelus, i
species, ei, f.
pulchritudo,
inis, f .
crista, x
cirrus, i
upupa, x
olor, is, m.
cygnus, i, m.
pavo, nis, m.
cassita, x
palumbes, is, mf.
turtur, is, mf,
caVea, x
oblectamentum, i
mon£dula, x
gr^culus, i
psittacus, i
sermo, nis, m.
cuculus, i
coccyx, ygis, mf .
s6boks, is, f.
semen, inis, n.
coturnix, icis, f.
perdix, icis, f.
alauda, x
auris, is, f.
utilitas, atis, f.
hortus, i
seges, etis, f.
pestis, is, f .
frux, gis, f.
locusta, x
cicada, x
asilus, i
tab^nus, i
larva, x
vermis, is, m.
scarabasus, i
fertilitas, atis, f.
hirundo, inis, f.
fringilla, x
meVula, x
sturnus, i
scolopax, cis, f.
irea, x
passer, is, m.
modulatio, nis, f.
luscinia, x
philome*la, x
laqueus, i
p£dica, x
tendicula, x
viscum, i
casses, ium, m.
insidia% arum
fistula, x
carmen, inis, n.
auceps, aucupis,
m.
Nna. Adi.
animalis, e
spirabilis, e
internus, a, um
aerius, a, um
sublimis, e
volatilis, e
bipes, dis
alatus, a, um
versicolor, is
firmus, a, um
masculus, a, um
fam£licus, a, um
nudus, a, um
pitulus, a, um
charus, a, um
rapax, cis
pr£datorius,a,um
carnivorus, a, um
serus, a, um
caducus, a, um
garrulus, a, um
furax, cis
externus, a, um
humanus, a, um
infamis, e
ali£nus, a, um
complures, es, a
solitarius, a, um
dulcis, e
delectabilis, e
summus, a, um
deterior, ius
omnigenus, a, um
notus, a, um
canarius, a, um
suavis, e
flavus, a, um
captivus, a, um
Verba
circumfundo, 3 di, sum
spiro, 1 r.
sapio, 3 ivi, ii
cieo, 2 civi, turn
volo, 1 r.
vestio, 4 r.
munio, 4 r.
attollo, 3 — , —
confero, 3 tuli, latum
nidifico, 1 r.
comparo, 1 r.
pario, 3 peperi, partum
incubo, 1 ui, itum
456
foveo, 2 vi, turn
excludo, 3 si, sum
supporto, 1 r.
dvolo, 1 r.
reporto, 1 r.
hio, 1 r.
pipio, 4 r.
prxstolor, 1 atus sum
immito, 3 si, sum
cibo, 1 r.
nutrio, 4 r.
rapio, 3 ui, ptum
repo, 3 psi, ptum
vescor, 3 — , —
bubio, 3 — , —
dormito, 1 r.
volito, 1 r.
capto, 1 r.
speculor, 1 atus sum
persequor, 3 cutus sum
groco, 1 r.
cornico, 1 r.
pervolo, 1 r.
strepo, 3 ui, itum
gannio, 4 r.
observo, 1= r.
valeo, 2 ui, itum
aestimo, 1 r.
alo, 3 ui, itum
imitor, 1 atus sum
reddo, 3 didi, itum
nutrio, 4 r.
educo, 1 r.
extollo, 3 — , —
oblecto, 1 r.
cantillo, 1 r.
trisso, 1 r.
permulceo, 2 si, sum
4rTero, 3 tuli, latum
dSvoro, 1 r.
tueor, 2 itus sum
memoro, 1 r.
iuvo, iuvi, iutum
obstrepo, 3 ui, itum
voro, 1 r.
aequo, 1 r.
servo, 1 r.
canto, 1 r,
concupisco, 3 ivi, itum
capio, 3 cepi, captum
mereor, 2 itus sum
cupio, 3 ivi, itum
tendo, 3 tetendi, tentum
allecto, 1 r.
decipio, 3 cepi, ptum
Adverbia
perniciter
p6tius
perinde
gregatim
avide
fere
dulce
Prsepositiones
secundum
propter
45 7
II
1. Piscis. 2. Ardea. 3. Tursio. 4. Testudo. 5. Crocodilus. 6. Phoca.
ANIMALIA AQVATICA,
A.
.QVA: marinas perinde ac fluviatiles 1 innumera pasne genera
animalium alunt et sustinent, quorum aliqua aqudtioa vocantur, quod
aquam nunquam relinquunt, alia autem, quae partim in terra sicca vi-
tal agunt, amphibia appellantur.
Multigena 2 animalia, praesertim aquatica, aut omnino testis inclusa
1. Adj. of fluvius; -lo, 3 ui, itum, to feed; -neo, 2 ui, tentum, to support; -ticus, a,
urn, watery, living in water, or derived from w«; -quo, 3 reliqui, ctum } to leave; -us, a,
um f dry; -bium, ii, Gr. two lives.
2. -us, a, urn, many kinds; I., a shell; -is, is, f„ a skin; -us, a, urn, horny; -us,
a, urn, hard; -is, e, soft; -us, a, urn, made of shell; -is, e, light, thin; -us, a, urn, soft-
shelled; -to,* r. , are called. — Crustum, i, a hard bark, shell, crust; adi. of calx f cis, f.
lime; -do, inis, f., a tortoise; -cer, ai, a crab; II., a lobster; nepas, ce, and nepa, a shark; II., a dolphin; -to, nis, m., a porpoise; II., a many-
feet, polypus.
5. I., a multitude; -is, is, m., a fish; no, nare, navi, to swim; its frequentative is
more frequent, nato, y r. ; -mo, nis, m., a lung; -chix, atum, the gills; I., a feather; II.,
a hair; -Ho* r., to clothe; -ma, ce, the scales of fishes; I , the fins; -culum, i, the go-
vernment, a rudder. — Migro? r., to wander; -um, i, the salt water, the sea (nempe =
that is to say). — Esculentus, a, urn, eatable, fit to be a food; -bilis, e, that can be
eaten; adv. accordingly; est cibo belluis, serves as food to the big beasts; principem lo-
cum vindicat, it claims the most important place; -do, inis, f., Gr. alcyon, the king-
459
— Piscis est animal aquaticum sine pedibus et alis, proinde nee it, nee
volat, sed nat; porro, nee pulrnonibus, sed branehiis spirat, nequeplu-
mis aut pilis vestitum est ut eastern animalia, sed squammis, nat autem
tiinnis, versatque se gubernaeulo eaudae. Aliqui pisees migrant, tam-
quam aves, ex salo nempe in aquas dulces, et vieissim. — Plenque
pisees sunt esculenti, hoe est, edibiles, proinde eibo sunt magnis bel-
luis, et etiam eompluribus alitibus, inter quas prineipem loeum sibi
vindieat alcedo, quales sunt lari, fulieae; aliae alites non supervolant
maria, sed longis eruribus invadunt asstuaria atque vada, uti ardeae, et
eieoni's, et sie piseieulos eaptant. Hae aves palmipedes sunt.
Verum etiam homines, non tantum fabulosi ichthyophagi 1 vetusta-
tis, piseibus, eseterisque aquatieis, animalibus libenter veseuntur, sal-
tern semel aut bis per septimanam. Gratissimi autem pisees Romanis
fuemnt, — hodieque nobis fere sunt, — truetae, thynni, seomber,
asellus, perea, salmo, dein sarda- atque saperdae, quas, ut salsamenta,
salsugine eondfta, nos haud minus libenter edimus quam Romani; ta-
men, fortasse delicatissimi atque sapidissimi existimantur aeipenser,
elupea, atque turdus.
Crudele 8 et inhumanum est piseieulos, avieulas, aut quodlibet m-
nocuum animaleulum sive eausa gulae, sive ex inerti otio,animi eausa,
fisher; -us, i, the sea gull, according to zoologists; 1., a coot, usage makes this bird the
sea gull; cms, cruris, n„ a leg; -do? si, sum, to enter; I., a heron; I-, a stork; -pes, dis,
web foot. , , .
7. II., fish-eaters; -fas, Us, f., antiquity; I., a trout; II., a tunny; -bet, bn, m., a
mackarel; II., a cod; I., a perch; -mo, nis, m., a salmon; I., a sardine; I., a herring;
turn, i, a pickle; -go, inis, f., salt water, brine; -dio? r., to season; -tus, a, urn, fine,
delicate; -us, a, urn, tasty; -mo* r., to deem, consider; -ser, eris, m., a sturgeon, I., a
shad; II., a thrush.
8. -is, e, cruel; -us, a, urn, unmanly, not befitting a man; -us, a, urn, harmless; !•,
a throat, for the sake of gluttony; -ers, Us, idle, inactive; -urn, it, leisure; animt causa
for a pass-time; "one should deem enough," -mo} r., to deem; I., the catching; I., fish-
ing; -us, us, a living; IV., a gain, earning; -urn, i, gain, profit; -or, is, a fisher. 0«-
losus, a, urn, gluttonous; II., a fish-hook; arundo, inis,, f., a reed, a fishing-rod; I., a
bait; II., a fishmonger; -urn, i, a market-place; -of, is, a customer; -us, a, urn, here,
-ww, i, muddy, stirred, confusion, disorder = a man utilizing the disturbed, unsettled
conditions for his personal gain; do not bear a good reputation.
460
occidere. Satis existimandum est si pisces ab iis capiantur qui captu-
ram piscium, siv e piscaturam, tamquam victum atque quaestum, lucri
causa, exercent; ii sunt piscatores. Gulosi piscatores hamo, arundine
et esca piscibus insidiantur, eosque inique, per dolum ac fraudem ca-
piunt. Piscatores ex quaestu retibus, sagenis, atque everriculis, veluti
vi, eosdem capiunt, quos dein cetariis vendunt, a quibus, vicissim, in
foris et tabernis a cetariis adventores emunt.
Homines denique, qui in turbido piscari amant, apud cives suos
non bene audiunt.
Recensio. — Quid alunt et sustinent aqua?? — Aqua marina tan-
turn? — Quo nomine designamus ea animalia, quas et in aqua et in
arido solent vivere? — Ad quod genus animalium pertinet testudo? —
Quod genus animal est ostrea? — Quod genus animal est phoca? —
Memora quasdam magnas belluas marinas! — Describe piscem! —
Memora aliquot volucres quas piscibus vescuntur! — Suntne omnes
pisces esculenti? — Qui vocabantur antiquitus (anciently) ichthyo-
phagi? — Memora nomina quorundam piscium, quos Romani in delitiis
habueruntl — Qui pisces solent ut sdlgama (-orum, pickles in brine)
condiri? — qui in oleo? — Quid existimamus esse crudele et inhuma-
num? — Quibus rebus piscantur gulosi piscatores? — Piscatores
autem pro qusestu (who practice it is a living)? — Quid de piscatori-
bus in turbido?
VOCABVLARIVM 32.
Nna. Subst.
amphibium, ii
testa, x
pellis, is, f.
crustum, i
testudo, inis, f.
cancer, cri
cammarus, i
nepa (-as), as
ostrea, a?
familia, x
musculus, i
conchylium, ii
concha, x
pompa, x
color, is, m.
matrix, icis, f.
margarita, x
unio, nis, m.
crocodilus, i
hippopotamus, i
phoca, x
bellua, x
cete, n.
phys£ter, £ris, m.
oleum, i
"spermaceti"
balaena, x
carcharus, i
delphinus, i
tursio, nis, m.
polypus, i
frequentia, x
piscis, is, m.
pulmo, nis, m.
branchiae, arum
461
pilus, i
squamma, x
pinna x
gubernaculum, i
cauda, x
salum, i
cibus, i
ales, itis, f-
alcedo, inis. f.
larus, i
fulica, x
crus, ris, n.
ardea, x
ciconia, x
pisciculus, i
ichtyophagus, i
vetustas, atis, f-
tructa, x
thynnus, i
scomber, bri
asellus, i
perca, x
salmo, nis, m-
sard a, x
saperda, x
salsamentum, i
salsugo, inis, f.
acipenser, is, m.
clupea, x
turdus. i
gula, x
otium, ii
captura, x
piscatura, x
victus, us
quasstus, us
lucrum, i
piscator, is, m.
hamus, i
arundo, inis, f.
esca, x
dolus, i
fraus, dis, f.
rete, is, n.
sagena, x
everriculum, i
vis, vim, vi, f.
cetarius, ii
forum, i
civis, is, mf.
turbidum, i
Nna Adi.
fluviatilis, e
innumeri, x> a
aquaticus, a, um
multigenus, a. um
corneus, a, um
durus, a, um
mollis, e
uni versus, a, um
testaceus, a, um
molluscus, a, um
calcarius, a, um
crustaceus, a, um
niloticus, a, um
memorabilis, e
immanis, e
generalis, e
ceratus, a, um
mercatorius, a, um
esculentus, a, um
edibilis, e
princeps, ipis
palmipes, edis
fabulosus, a, um
gratus, a, um
delicatus, a, um
sapidus, a, um
crudelis, e
inhumanus, a, um
innocuus, a, um
iners, tis
gulosus, a, um
Verba.
sustineo, 2 ui, tentum
relinquo, 3 liqui, lictum
includo, 3 si, sum
vivo, 3 xi, ctum
munio, 4 r.
pertineo, 2 ui, —
sono, 1 ui, itum
invenio, 4 ni, turn
accresco, 3 crevi, turn
suppedito, 1 r.
insignio, 4 r.
adnumero, 1 r.
no, nare, navi, —
vestio, 4 r.
verso, 1 r.
migro, ' r.
vindico, 1 r.
invado, 3 si, sum
condio, 4 r.
edo, 3 edi, esum
existimo, 1 r.
occido, 3 di, sum
exerceo, 2 cui, citum
insidior, 1 atus sum
piscor, 1 atus sum
audio, 4 r.
Adverbia
pasne
nunquam
partim
praesertim
omnino
loco
aliquando
prorsus
saepe
proinde
porro
libenter
saltern
fere
fortasse
inique
vicissim
Pr&positiones
sine
per
ab, ex
apud
462
1. Vaccae. 2. Taurus. 3. Vitulus. 4. Oves. 5. Equus.
ANIMALIA TERRESTRIA.
A,
.NIMALIA quidem, sensu proprio, terrestria sunt omnia, quippe
quae cuncta hunc terrarum orbem incolunt, arctiori tamen sensu ea
tantum ita vocamus, quae aut in humana societate circa domos habi-
tant, et ideo domestica appellantur, quod sunt manibus hominum as-
sueta, 1 unde et "mansueta," et cicura vocantur; aut vero fera, et li-
bera, quae in sylvis, aut montibus, in cavis, antris, lustris ac latibulis
vitam agunt, atque foramfnibus, saepe abs se scalptis et effossis, eaque
uno verbo fern nominantur.
Domesticorum animalium quadrupedum maiora, uno verbo peco-
1. -sco, 3 suevi, turn, to get used to; -tus, a, um, used to hand, tame; -ur, is, tame;
-us, a, um, wild; -er, a, um, free; -M 3 P s ^ ptum, to scratch; -do, or ~dio, 3 di, ssum, to
dig out; I . , a wild animal.
463
ra, 2 minora, pecudes appellamus. Ad priora pertinent equi, asini, muli,
item, cornfgera, nempe boves. Multi equi, asini et muli sunt grex;
multi boves, sunt artnenturn. Utrumque genus pecorum vocatur iumen-
ta, sive adiumenta laborum; nam utrumque adiuvat hominem labo-
rando.
Equus et equa progignunt 3 parvos equos et equas, sive pullos
equinos, quos hinnulos vocamus a voce sua, quia equi hinniunt.
Bos est animal cornutum; 4 mas vocatur taurus, foemina autem
vacca, pulli vero, sive soboles, buculi, iuvencae, vel vituli. Hoc gene-
re pecorum nihil homfnibus est utilius. Viva enim labores maxime ar-
duos mira patientia perferunt, vili aluntur, lac, florem lactis, butyrum,
caseumque ad victum nostrum suppeditant: mortua vero tergora sua
nobis pnebent, quibus, sub nomine bubulcecarnis, vescimur, pelles autem
in carium conversa, calceos, pluresque alias res nobis subministrant.
Laborum patientissima iumenta sunt asini et muli. Sunt enim la-
bores, ad quos perficiendos nee equi, nee boves valent, sunt etiam loca
aliseque conditiones, quibus hi soli apprime 5 conveniunt. Ut equi hin-
niunt, boves bovant et mugiunt, sic aselli rudunt, vel meant.
2. Pecus, oris, n., cattle; pecus, udis, f , the smaller house-animals, particularly
the sheep; -asinus, i, an ass; II., a mule; corniger, a, urn, horn-bearing; bos.bovis, pi.,
boves, bourn, bobus (bubus), &c, m. and f., an ox, or a cow. — Grex, gregis, m., a
flock; -urn, i, a drove.
3. -gno? genui, g'enitum, to beget, to bring forth; -us, i, or, -leus, i, a colt; -mo,
r., to neigh, to whinny.
4. -us, a, urn, horny, having horns; II., a bull; I., a cow; II., a young bullock; a
steer; II.. a calf. — -us, a, urn, alive, living; I , a patience; to endure; vilis, e, abl. vih
(scil pretio), cheaply; lac, tis, n., milk; flos lactis, cream; -urn, i, butter; II., cheese;
-to* r., to supply, to furnish; -us, a, urn, dead; -us, oris, n., a carcass; -eo* ui t Hum,
to give, to hand over; II , (scil. caro, mis, flesh) beef; -urn, i, leather; -to, 3 ti, rsum, to
turn into; II-, a shoe; -tro, 1 r., to put to our service.
5. Adv. most exactly; -mo* ni, ntum, to tally, to fit; boo, 1 r., or, bovo,boare,
boavi, boatum, boo, boat, &c, boant, bovant, and mugio* r., to bellow, to roar, said of
cattle, of storms, seas, also of men; rudo 3 ivi, Hum, properly, like onco* r., is said of
an ass, whereas of a lion we say rugio,* r., even Roman authors confuse these two
words.
464
Pecudum primae sunt oves, 6 hae quidem sunt foeminae, mares sunt
arietes, aries autem castratus est veroex, pulli autem sunt agni, agnelli,
et agnellse, quse balantes solent matres suas quaerere. Haec est pecus
lanigera, qu« hominibus tarn carne sua ooilla, quam lana, unde no-
stra vestes, tarn viva quam mortua multifariam se utilem praebet.
Alterum genus pecudum sunt caprce, 1 quarum mares vocantur
capri, sive hirci, animalia cornuta et barbata, quod hirci sub mento bar-
bam, sive aruncum gerunt. Pulli horum sunt hoedi, hoeduli, atque ca-
pellce. Summa utilitas horum est lac, atque pellis.
Tertium genus pecudum sunt sues* quarum mares, si domestici,
vocantur verves, si ferae, apri; foeminae autem sunt scrofoe, quarum
pulli nomen ferunt porcorum, porcellorum, atque nefrendum. Genus hoc
pecudum admodum sordidum et squdlidum existimatur, quod nee in
eligendo cibo, nee in seligendo ad cubandum loco quidquam fastidiat.
Qeterum, si vivum nihil homini prodest, tergus magno beneffcio ho-
mini est. Vergora enim suum saginatarum suppeditant hominibus pin-
guedinem, laridum, petasones atque pernas, suillamque tarn recentem,
quam salitam atque fumatam, gratissimum cibum omnibus fere genti-
6. Ovis, is, f., a sheep; dries, etis, m., a ram; -tro, 1 r., to castrate; vervex, (ber-
bex, verbex)', £cis, m., a wether, its meat, in English is called mutton, another Latin
wor ' d; _ ii., II., a lamb, and its diminutive, in fern., I., -lo, x r., to bleet. — -ger,
a urn, Una, x, wool + gero, to wear; -us, a, urn, adj. of ovis, flesh, meat of a sheep,
as ag'nina is of lambs; vestis, is, f., clothes; adv., in many ways; utilis, e, f r . utor*
usus sum, useful.
7. I., a she goat; -per, pri, a he goat; II., a buck; -us, a, urn, bearded, II., the
beard of a goat; II., and dimin., a kid; I., a little she-goat.
8. Sus, suis, m. f., (subus, suibus), a hog, swine; -es, is, m., a boar; -per, pri, m .,
a wild* boar; I., a sow; II., a pig; dimin., II., -frens, dis, an adj. , that cannot crack
beans, little pigs, teethless, at the stage of being no more sucklings, then killed, roasted
and served whole; both -us, a, urn, dirty, filthy; eligo, to choose, and seligo* legi, ctum,
to select, pick out; -bo, 1 ui, Hum, to lie down; -dio* r., to feel loath, to be particular
about food, or personal matters. — Sagino,* r., to fatten, by forced feeding; -do, inis,
f., lard; -urn, i, bacon; -so, nis, m-, a shoulder (of a hog, as meat); I., a ham; I. pork;
■ens, Us, adj.', fresh; salio* r.» to salt; -mo} r., to smoke; -us, a, urn, pleasing, wel-
come; seta, ce, a bristle, hair of hogs, as well as the mane and tail of horses, so also
brushes made of them; -ro* rri, sum, to sweep, to brush; scopes, arum, a broom, parti-
cularly of seta, bristles; the other kinds are genista, ce, and spartum, i.
465
bus; e setis autem penicilli pictorum, seteque ad verrendas vestes,
atque scopse domibus verrendis apte fiunt.
Nullum pecus domesticum est carnivorum; cuncta herbis vescun-
tur, sive frugibus terras. /Estate greges et armenta in campos herbi-
dos, 9 in colles et anfractus virentes, sive in pdscua dimittuntur, turn
ad pascendum, turn ad quiescendum, ubi, post pasturam, iam herbis
saturi, equi se in gramine volutare solent, boves vero in amnem aut
stagnum ad potandum descendunt, in aqua autem genuum tenus stan-
tes, delectantur, suamque voluptatem longo mugitu enuntiant. lllinc,
denique ascendentes, perambulant pascuum, et umbroso sub arboribus
loco reperto, boves decumbunt, conquiescunt, sorteque sua contenti,
rumindntur.
Aliud genus animalium terrestrium sunt ferze.
Homo quoque animal est, sed rationis 10 compos; quod vero ani-
mal rationis compos non est, vocatur animal brututn; omnia quidem
bruta possunt et bestice appellari, verumtamen eo vocabulo prassertim
bruta agrestia, sive fera, propter saevitiam et immanitatem ita appel-
lamus.
Bestir enim procul ab omni societate 11 curaque humana, instin-
9. -us, a, um, grassy; -urn, i, a grazing ground; -to,* si, ssum, to send forth; -tur,
a, um, full, replenished; -en, inis, n., the grass, ground, -to, 1 r., to roll one's self;
to, 1 r., to drink; genu, us, or u, the knee; -tas, talis, f., delight; -tio, x r., to express;
•us, a, urn, shady; -bo, 3 cubui, Hum, to lie down; sors, Us, f., one's lot; -us, a, um,
satisfied: -nor,* atus sum, to chew the cud.
10. -do, nis, f., reason; -pos, potts, to be in possession; -us, a, urn, raw, and, as a
noun; -urn, i, an untrained, raw animal; I., an untamed animal; -is, e, ix^ager, field-
animal, not domesticated; -tia, is
ferus, a, um
liber, era, um
corniger, a, um
equinus, a, um
cornutus, a, um
utilis, e
vivus, a, um
arduus, a, um
minis, a, um
vilis, e
mortuus, a, um
bubulus, a, um
patiens, tis
solus, a, um
laniger, a, um
barbatus, a, um
summus, a, um
sordidus, a, um
squalidus, a, um
recens, tis
gratus, a, um
aptus, a, um
carnivorus, a, um
herbidus, a, um
satur, a, um
umbrosus, a, um
contentus, a, um
compos, otis
brutus, a, um
agrestis, e
humanus, a, um
securus, a. um
sempiternus,
a, um
celer, is, e
venenosus, a, um
taster, tra, um
adversarius, a, um
subtilis, e
pauci, ae, a
Verba
incolo, 3 ui, —
assuesco, 3 vi, turn
469
scalpo, 3 psi, ptum
efT6dio, 3 di, ssum
pertineo, 2 ui, —
adiuvo, 1 vi, iutum
progigno, 3 genui,
g£nitum,
hinnio, 4 r.
perfero, 3 tuli, latum
alo, 3 ui, altum, alitum
suppedito, 1 r.
prsebeo, 2 ui, itum
subministro, 1 r.
perficio, 3 feci, fectum
valeo, 2 ui, itum
convenio, 4 ni, turn
boo, boare, vi, turn
mugio, 4 r.
rudo, 3 ivi, itum
onco, 1 r.
castro, 1 f.
balo, 1 r.
gero, 3 ssi, stum
existimo, 1 r.
£ligo, 3 £gi, ctum
s£ligo, 3 legi, lectum
cubo, 1 ui, itum
fastidio, 4 r.
prosum, desse, fui
sagino, 1 r.
suppedito, 1 r.
salio, 4 r.
fumo, 1 r.
verro, 3 rri, sum
vireo, 2 ui, —
dimitto, 3 si, ssum
pasco, 3 pavi, stum
quiesco, 3 evi, turn
volute, 1 r.
soleo, 2 itus sum
poto, 1 r.
delector, 1 atus sum
enuntio, 1 r.
reperio, 4 ri, rtum
ruminor, 1 atus sum
indo, 3 didi, turn
sequor, 3 cutus sum
incolo, 3 ui, —
scalpo, 3 psi, ptum
fodico, 1 r.
delitesco, 3 tui, —
obsopio, 4 r.
hiberno, 1 r.
immineo, 2 — , —
tutor, 1 atus sum
arceo, 2 cui, ctum
instruo, 3 xi, ctum
domo, 1 ui, itum,
morsum
mordeo, 2 momordi
lacero, 1 r.
horreo, 2 ui, —
simulo, 1 r.
depello, 3 puli, lsum
pugno, 1 r.
instituo, 3 ui, litum
texo, 3 xui, xtum
demo, 3 psi, ptum
tueor, 2 itus sum
armo, 1 r.
caedo, 3 cecidi, caesum
orno, 1 r
supero, 1 r.
Adverbia
apprime
multifariam
fere illinc
prsesertim
per pet uo
providenter
EXERCITATIO LEGENDI.
186. Bellua immanis, crocodilus ille, qui in Nilo gfgnitur, 1 ut
comperior, purgandos sibi dentes innoxio hiatu prasbet. Nam quod est
ore amplo, 2 sed elingui, et plerumque in aqua recluso, multe hirudi-
1. -gno* g&nui, Hum, to beget, begotten, born; -rior f * rtus sum (also -rid peri,
turn), to find out, = as 1 find (reading in my books); -go, 1 r., to cleanse; -us, a, urn,
not dangerous; - IV., gaping. - 2. -us, a, urn, wide, large, abl., = as he is with a
large mouth; -«, e, tongueless; re + claudo, -«s, a, urn, open; -do, mis, f., a leech;
470
nesdentibus implectuntur; eas illi quum egressus in praerfpia flumi-
nis hiavit, una ex avibus fluvialibus, arnica eius, iniecto rostro sine
noxse perfculo, exscalpit.
L. Apuleius, Apol.
-cto* xi, xum t to get tangled into; illi, dat., prae + ripa, -ium, ii, the banks; hio, 1 r.,
to gape; noxa, ce, harm; scalpo? psi, ptum, to scratch out, pick out.
187. Est bos, cervi 1 figura, cuius a media fronte, inter aures,
unum cornu exsistit excelsius, magisque directum his, quae nobis no-
ta sunt, cornibus. Ab eius summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late dif-
funduntur. Eadem est foeminae, marisque natura. eadem forma, ma-
gnitudoque cornuum.
Sunt item, quas appellantur Alces. 2 Harum est consimilis capris
figura, et varietas pellium, sed magnitudine paullo antecedunt, muti-
l^que bunt cornibus, et crura sine nodis articulisque habent; neque
quietis causa procumbunt, neque si, quo afflictae casu conciderint, eri-
gere sese, aut sublevare possunt. His sunt arbores pro cubilibus: ad
eas se applicant, atque ita paullum modo reclinate quietem capiunt;
quarum ex vestigiis quum est animadversum a venatoribus, quo se re-
cipere consueverint, omnes eo loco, aut a radicibus subruunt, aut ac-
cidunt arbores tantum, ut summa species earum stantium relinquatur.
Hue quum se consuetudine reclinaverint, infirmas arbores pondere
affligunt, et und ipsse concidunt.
1. -us, i, a stag; from, Us, f., forehead; -«, is, f., an ear; -s/o, 3 stiii, stitum, to
exist, to be, often used for est; higher, n., qualifying cornu; rectum, straight; his =
illis, referring to cornibus. — At about the top (summo); L, a palm, latissime; are
spread out.
2. Alces, is, f., (Gr.) an elk; antecedo, \ go before, it surpasses; -us, a, urn,
maimed; nodus, i t articulus, i, both, a joint; lie down; siquocasu afflicts, if they suffer
from any mishap; -do,* di, to tumble, collapse; -go* exi, ctum, to straighten up; -le, is,
a bunk, a sleeping place (to them trees serve as ); -ium, ii, footsteps; whither
were they wont to betake themselves; omnes arbores; radix, ids, f., a root; subruo, 3 ui,
rutum, to undermine; accido, = incido, ad + casdo, cut in; so much; be left as stand-
ing. Hither, ex consuet . . .; in their usual way; to lean back; weak, overturn; along
with; concido, I fall, tumble.
471
Tertium est genus eorum, qui uri 3 appellantur. Hi sunt magnitu-
dine paullo infra elephantos ; specie et colore, et figura tauri. Magna
vis eorum, et magna velocitas; neque homini, neque ferae, quam con-
spexerint, parcunt. Hos studiose foveis captos, interficiunt. Hoc se la-
bore durant homines adolescentes, atque hoc genere venationis exer-
cent; et qui plurimos ex his interfecerunt, relatis in publicum corni-
bus, quse sint testimonio, magnam ferunt laudem ; sed adsuescere ad
homines, et mansuefieri ne parvuli quidem excepti possunt. Amplitu-
do cornuum, et figura, et species, multum a nostrorum bourn cornibus
differt. Hsec studiose conquisita, a labris argento circumcludunt, at-
que in amplissimis epulis pro poculis utuntur.
C. /. Csesar, De Bello Gallico, Lib. VI., 26, 27, 28.
3. Urus, i, a buffalo, same as bubalus, i, velocitas, = celeritas; -co,* peperci, par-
sum, to spare, to give quarters. — I., a ditch; -io? feci, fectum, to kill; Iuvenes Germani,
isto labore se obdurant, harden themselves, and by this kind of hunting; Abl. Absolutus:
cornua referunt in suos conventus, ut sint testimonio (for a proofs magnam laudem fe-
runt (domum, bring home, earn, receive); excepti parvi = when caught young. — Bourn*
see our note to "Bos. — Conquisita = con + quiro, to search out, to hunt up, and
gather in; labrum, i, the edge, i. e., the wide opening, the mouth of the horn; they
mount in silver; epulce, arum, great public dinners; for a goblet.
These stories are related by Caius Cassar, as he heard them, possibly from Roman
merchants, coming back from Germany. Students of Palasstra, I hope, will find them
not much different from our own, with few new words and phrases, and may not need
all these detailed notes, which are added to make sure of the correct reading.
188. Rebus meis in illo cubiculo 1 conditis, pergens ipse ad bal-
neas, ut prius aliquid nobis cibatui prospicerem, forum cupedinis peto,
1. -urn, i, a room; -do? didi, ditum, to put away; I., (really -um, i), a bath; IV.,
feeding, a meal; -cio? pexi, ctum, to look out for, to provide; -do, inis, f , Forum Cu-
pedinis, a market place for food delicacies in Rome, or elsewhere; -to? ivi, Hum, to go;
IV., fishery; -us, a, urn, gorgeous, rich, fine. — Percontor, 1 atus sum, to inquire (a de-
ponent used passively, a poetical license, or, in the language of the people) \-um, ii, the
price: centum nummi, about 40 cents; -co} r., to indicate, to express in words, to tell;
-nor, atus sum} to refuse, to despise; viginti denarii, at the time of Apuleius, (about
472
inque eo piscatum opiparum expositum video. Et percontato pretio,
quod centum nummis indicaret aspernatus, viginti denariis praestinavi.
Inde me commodum 2 egredientem continuatur Pytheas, condiscipulus
apud Athenas Atticas meus, qui me post aliquam multum temporis
amanter agnitum invadit, amplexusque et comiter deosculatus,
"Mi Luci," ait, "sat, Pol, diu est quod intervfsimus 3 te."
"At Hercules, exinde, 4 quum a magistro digressi sumus."
"Quae autem tibi causa peregrinationis 5 hums?"
"Crastino die scies," inquam. "Sed quid istud? Voti 6 gaudeo. Nam
et lixas, 7 et virgas, et habitum prorsus magistratui congruentem in te
video.' '
"Annonam 8 curamus," ait, "et aedflem gerimus; et siquid obso-
nare cupis, utique commodabimus."
Abnuebam, 9 quippe qui iam ccenge dffatim piscatum prospexera-
mus. Sed enim Pytheas, visa sportula, succusisque in aspectum pla-
niorem piscibus,
100 to 160 after Christ), a copper coin, say, one cent, was understood by this word,
otherwise denarius was a silver coin, worth about 16 American cents; as the other fish
was too expensive, he bought some for less money.
2. Adv., at leisure; -nuo* r., to continue, but it has a deponent form, the one em-
ployed here, meaning to follow and come up to, to join, -as, ce, his friend's name; 11
a school-mate; aliquam — multum, somewhat many, or much; agnosco, recognized.
3. Interviso, 3 si, urn, to see, to visit, to meet, both are speaking in pi.
4. Since the time, when; digredior, 3 ssus sum, to step apart, to separate, since we
left school.
5. Travel. — 6. The phrase is, voti sum compos, or v. s. c f actus, I have attained
my aim, my ambition is fulfilled, and so, voti gaudeo = gaudeo te voti tui compotem
esse factum.
7- I., m., properly a kitchen aid to the cook; also a suttler, a dealer of victuals fol"
lowing a military camp; here an official as a food-expert; I., the fasces, for an aedilis;
IV., outfit, equipment.
8. I., the food supply; cedilis, is, m., a superintendent, inspector of buildings,
markets, weight and measures; gero, 3 ssi, stum, \ am functioning as an aedilis am an
acting aedilis; -sono? r., to be shopping victuals; -do,t r-, to lend (our authority) to
you.
9. -nuo 3 ui, ntitum, to shake the head in the negative, to decline; I., a small bas-
ket; 'Ho 3 ssi, ssum, to shake up; into fuller sight.
473
"At has quisquilias 10 quanti parasti?"
"Vix," inquam, "piscatori extorsimus 11 accfpere viginti dena-
rios. ,,
Quo audito, statim arrepta dextra, postliminio 12 me in forum cupe-
dinis reducens.
"Et a quo," inquit, "istorum nugamenta haec comparasti?"
Demonstro seniculum in angulo sedentem. Quern confestim, pro
asdilitatis imperio, voce asperrima increpans, inquit:
"lam nee amicis quidem nostris, vel omnino ullis hospitibus par-
citis, qui tarn magnis pretiis pisces frfvolos 13 venditatis, et florem
Thessaliae regionis instar solitudinis et scopuli edulium caritate dedu-
citis; sed non impune. lam enim faxo scias, quem&dmodum sub meo
magisterio mali debeant coerceri."
Et profusa in medium sportula, iubet officialem suum insuper pi-
sces inscendere, ac pedibus suis totos obterere. 14 Qua contentus mo-
rum severitudine meus Pytheas, ac mihi, ut abirem, suadens.
"Sufficit mihi, o Luci," inquit, "seniculi tanta haec contumelia."
His actis consternatus, ac prorsus obstupidus, 15 ad balneas me re-
fero, prudentis condiscipuli valido consflio et nummis simul privatus
et coena.
L. Apuleius, Metamor. Lib. I.
10- -lice, arum, sweepings, trash; for how much? paro = comparo, to acquire, to
procure.
11. Extorqueo, 2 si, turn, to wrest out, Inf., instead of ut acciperet.
12. Adv., anew, again, leading me back.
13. -us, a, um y silly, paltry, empty, worthless; florem Thessalice, a garden-spot,
-Hum, -liorum catitate, by dearth, high prices of eatables, you make a barren desert. —
I shall do it, I am going to teach you; coerceo 2 ui, Hum, to force, to compel, to subdue.
14. Obtero? trivi, tritum, to tread upon with his feet, and to trample on, to
crush.
15. -us, a, um t stupens; by the mighty advise, or wisdom, I was now out both of
my money and supper.
474
189. OAusca et ZMula.
Musca in temone sedit, et Mulam increpans, 1
Quam tarda es! inquit; non vis citius progredi?
Vide, ne dolone collum compungam 2 tibi.
Respondit ilia: Verbis non moveor tuis;
Sed istum 3 timeo, sella qui prima sedens,
Iugum flagello temperet lento meum,
Et ora frenis continet spumantibus.
Quapropter aufer frivolam insolentiam :
Namque, ubi tricandum, et ubi currendum sit, scio.
Hac derideri fabula merito potest,
Qui sine virtute vanas exercet minas. 4
Phmdrus, Fab. Lib. III., 6.
1. -M 1 ui > iium > t0 scold * "~ 2 * Compungo, pungo* pupugi, punctum, to prick, to
stick. — 3- This one, the mulio, a mule-driver; lento flagello meum iugum temperat,
who with tardy whip rules over my yoke, et os meum fraeno spumanti tenet; quare, tolle
tuam stultam impudentiam; quia, ubi fatuari (tempus terere) mihi liceat, rite novi.
4- Mince, arum, threats.
EXERCITIA SCRIBENDI.
I.
1. Explica scripto, quid aerem esse dixerimus. — 2. Doce nos,
quid animus vocetur, et quamobrem. — 3. Die, velim, quid intersit
dnimam inter et animum. — 4. Defini, velis, quid sit animal. —5.
Fac, explices, quae animalia vocentur aeria. — 6. Age, die paucis qui-
bus vocabulis insigniamus animalia aeria, volantia. — 7. Ratione se-
xus, quomodo dividimus volucres? — 9. Scribe nobis aliquid de pul-
licenis: v. c. (verbi causa), quemadmodum alentur. — 10. Memora,
sis, aliquot aves praedatorias, sive rapaces. — 11. Agedum, scribe,
quid de corvis et cornicibus scias. — 12. Velis memorare aliquot vo-
475
lucres, quas homines alicuius oblectamenti causd circa domos suas,
aut vero in domibus, servare soleant. — 13. Doce nos, quibus potissi-
mum rebus aviculae canorae (-us, a, urn, singing) in agris et sylvis
vesci soleant. — 14. Explica, sis, quis sit auceps, et quemadmodum
is suam artem exerceat.
II.
1. Doce nos propriis verbis, quid alent aquae marinae atque flu-
viatiles. — Explica, sis, nobis, quae animalia Graeco vocabulo amphibia
appellentur. — 3. Fac, memores, crustaceum quoddam, cuius testa
binis valvis (Pens. III.) claudatur. — 4. Age, memora aliquot animalia,
quae bifariam vitam ducunt, nempe aquaticam et terrestrem. — 5. Die,
sodes, quam belluam in omni mari (in the whole see) maximam esse
arbitreris. — 6. Describe, sis, piscem. — 7. Potesne aliquot volucres
quae piscibus vescuntur, memorare? — 8. Explica, sis, cuiusmodi pe-
des hae volucres habeant. — 9. Quosnam pisces putas Rom&nis maxi-
me placuisse? — 10. Quosnam vocavimus piscatores "gulosos?" —
11. Quonam apparatu captant pisces gulosi piscatores? — 12. Piscato-
res autem ex quaestu quibus utuntur instrumentis piscatoriis?
III.
1. Explica, quaeso, quaenam animalia, proprio sensu, vocemus
terrestria, et quae sensu arctiori. — 2. Quaeritur, ubi ferae habitent. —
3. Quidnam interest inter pecora atque pecudes? — 4. Quonam nomi-
ne vocamus foetus (soboles) mares taurorum et vaccarum? — foemi-
nas? — 5. Quaenam sunt utilitates bourn foeminarum? — 6. Ad quod-
genus labores adhibentur asini atque muli? — 7. Quibus nominibus
cognoscimus oves mares, atque pullos ovium utriusque sexus? — 8.
Refer, sis, nomina suum marium ac foeminarum senum atque sobolum.
9. Quaenam genera carnium e tergoribus suum obtinemus? — 10. Post
pasturam quid solent equi agere, quid boves? — 11. Quonam modo
parant sibi foramina ferae minores? — 12. Quo genere alimenti vescun-
tur ursi, leones, tigrides? — 13. Memora, sis, varios modos, quibus
476
ferae suam vitam tuentur. — 14. Recita, sis, carmen, quo docemur,
aliqua bruta quibusdam sensuum facultatibus homines superare.
EXERCITIA LOQVENDI.
P. Apronius, 1 atque Com. Verres, studios! colloqunntur.
P. Apr. — Quemnam
es, Corneli Verres?
video! Tune is
Apr. — Heri tantum rure expedite* 3 tra-
ctu in urbem redivi. Sed, Hercle, minime
te iam reversum et hicce me offensurum
exspectavi. Es salvus !
Apr. — Quam optime, 5 mi Corneli.
Pater, mater, sororcute optime valent, nun-
quam melius. Spero idem de tuis prsedicarj
posse.
Apr. — Casterum, quo potissimum 6 mo-
do dies aestivos feriarum trivisti?
Apr. — Mira narras. Atqui ego nequa-
quam scivi te plantas omnino curare.
Apr. — Atqui botanicam, 10 quantum
scio, in vestra classe discitis. Ergo novum
studium non videtur esse.
tApr . — Ecquis te ad studium suscitavit?
Si ego studio vermium, vapponum atque
papilionum ardeam, 12 certe non adeo ma-
gistro, quam patri meo in acceptis refero,
quod pater meus medicus est, atque eo ge-
nere studiorum tenetur. Sed perge!
Apr. — Quid? assecla es f actus? Num-
quid novi docet? Num tu con versus ad eius
sacra es? u
Apr. — Ecqui poteras intra duos men-
Corn. Ver. — Sum, equidem. Et ego
miror te hie versari. Unde et quando ve-
nisti? Te reducem 2 esse gaudeo.
Ver. — Tu quoque salvus sis, mi Publi!
Salvusne ac vegetus 4 totas ferias egisti?
Multum aveo scire, quemadmodum tu, tui-
que omnes ferias egeritis.
Ver. — Facis humaniter et amice, Publi
mi, meos memorando. Omnes valemus at-
que prosperamus.
Ver. — Quin ego tempus nequaquam
trivi, sed utilissime exegi millenas fere
omnis generis plantas colligendo, grande-
que herbarium 7 instituendo.
Ver. — Vera memoras. Novum hoc stu-
dium his feriis in accepta refero. 9
Ver. — Utique, et ego debut discere, sed
non feci; non mihi satis cordi 11 fuit, quod
aut initia neglexi, aut magister rem somno-
lenter tractavit.
Ver. — Casu factum est, ut pater meus
quemdam magistrum in nostro pago rusti-
cantem agnovisset, 13 cuius studia quum
perspexisset, ad nobiscum coenandum invi-
tavit. Is tanto ardore apud nos de plantis
disseruit, ut eum omnes mirati essemus, et
ab eo die assecla eius f actus essem.
Ver. — Nequaquam. Sed quod antea
non fui, modo botanicus sum.
Ver. — Haud est tarn mirum, ut tibi vi-
477
ses botanicus factus fuisse. Res mihi incre-
dibilis videtur.
Apr. — Libenter inspiciam; quum vero
me visum veneris, ego quoque exhibebo
tibi thesauranum 15 meorum papilionum,
vapponum atque erucarum, cuius, certo
scio, similem vidisti nunquam.
Apt. — Sic, profecto. Ad vappones ni-
mirum colligendos, magnum in horto sus-
pendimus lumen electricum, superaddito
reverberatorio, 16 ex cassitero. Lumen erat
fulgidissimum, ad quod millena quoque
vespere vapponum, scarabaeorum, et omni-
genum animantium alatorum convolarunt,
e quibus nos reticulis afTatim, quantum vo-
luimus, cepimus, dum interea bufones hu-
mi, vesperciliones in aere bene se paverunt.
Apr. — Ego, profecto, nos longe utilius
atque iucundius nos ferias egisse arbitror 18
quam qui ex innata feritate, aut gula, pisci-
culos aut aviculas vexant et fatigant.
E.
159. et ) ac \ etiam > nee )
-que f and atque f and quoque \ also neque \ nor
Notaz: — 1. Instead of following the bickerings and philological hair-splittings of
the grammarians, 1 am following my own experience, and will say: et is fully equival-
ent with English and; but it differs when et is repeated twice, as, et longum et latum,
when the English will say, both, long and wide; or three, or many times, as: et longum,
479
et latum, et crassum, et rectum, in which case modern languages just separate the words
by commas, or use a conjunction before the last; hence, et, really, is a conjunction of
enumeration. Its abbreviation, &.
2. The -que is an enclitic syllable, corresponding to Greek te, but likely a translite-
ration of Greek hat, = and, pronounced as ce t like ecce. Its real power is a closer join-
ing of words than**, and therefore it is employed with cognate subjects, almost synonym-
ous, or things going together; as: pater mater«£, "fidem rectumque colebant" (Ovid.
Met. 1, 90) "poena metusque aberant," (same 91), faith and rightousness; punishment
and fear, &c.
3. Ac and atque have a variety of powers, but I confine myself to the most com-
mon usage of both. They mean and, not of enumeration, but of placing the second
subject on at least at par with the first; and particularly atque demands a new attention,
new emphasis, which would be denied, or neglected by both et and -que. So, Vulpis et
Uva; Canis et Lupus; we can also say puer et felts, a boy and a cat; but, puer tiusque
felis, the boy and his cat, puer, felisque sua; but if I say: puer ac felis, and above all,
puer, atque felis, I mean to say : a boy and (an important) cat, a cat, emphacised, as
important as the boy. One must bear in mind, that ac can never stand before a vowel
or h, c, g, q, it must be followed by a consonant, atque must take its place before vowels and
h, c, g, q- So also simul ac, ccque ac, iuxta ac, will be simul atque, &c, before vowels
and h, c, g, q.
4. Etiam, compounded from et + iam, and so it must be parted. It goes before the
word it emphacised, while quoque follows the same; as: etiam 'ego, I, too; but igo quo-
que, I too; neither of them can bear the emphasis, and both are pronounced like enclitics,
scarcelly heard. — Etiam very frequently abbreviated into et t as: id et ego scio, I, too,
know that; timeo Danaos et dona ferentes, I fear the Greeks, even when bringing pres-
ents. It is also used [like yes; as: audivistine nova? have you heard the news? — etiam!
— yes!
5. Nee and neque are used as we have used them in Pensum I, and all other explan-
ation is superfluous.
II. CONIVNCTIONES DISIVNCTIV>£.
160. aut, or, vel, or, -ve, sive (seu), or
D^Qotce: — 1. All of these particles serve to connect two or more words, or sets of
words, disjoining them into two or more opposing, or contrasting propositions. They
are thus used: "Fallens aut fallor; non fallor; falleris ergo," either I am mistaken, or
thou art; but I am not, therefore thou art. Hoc aut Mud, this or that (but one must
be, objectively), hoc, vel[\\ud t this or that (as you will, I care not, subjectively); volu-
cris, sive (seu) avis, a flying thing, or (wiih another word) a bird; sive ego sive tu,
either I or thou (whichever of us). — Vel is also used thus: si vel maxime, if at all; sj
vel verbum proferat, if he dared say but a word.
480
2. The particle — ve is again a matter of philological controversy. Accordingly, it
is but a syncopated form of vel, as is apparent from the phrase, plus minusve, more or
less. But other examples point to -que s as: quercum tempestas vetustasve consumpserit,
when storms and (not or) old age have consumed the oak; nullum membrum reperies
Reipublicse perfecti, quod non fractum debilitatum^ sit, broken and (not or) weakened-
— This same -ve occurs with the adv. neve, or neu; caveto, ne quam materiam doles,
neu caedas, neu tangas, nisi siccam, neu gelidam, neu rosulentam (Cato, De Re Rust.
37), beware, lest you hew the lumber, nor should you cut it, nor touch it, excepting
when dry, nor when it is frosty, nor when it is dewy, in which all, we can substitute
neque, neque, so that neve, neu, -ve. are but the older forms of neque, and -que.
III. CONIVNCTIONES COMPARATIVE.
161. ut, uti t as, like prout, as quasi, as though
sicut, sicuti, just as, quam, than acsi, as if
velut, veluti, like tamquam, like
Examples: fac, ut (uti) melius videbitur; do as it will seem best to you; sicut pro-
misit, fecit; he did, as he had promised; agit velut puer, he acts like a boy; statues prout
res secum feret, you will decide as the thing will brng with itself (will suggest or de-
mand); age quam potes optime, do the best you can; se gerit tamquam rusticus, he be-
haves like a hayseed; ita loquitur, quasi dicat se interfuisse, he speaks as though saying
that he was present; acsi nos nunquam vidisset, as if he had never seen us.
IV. CON1VNCTIONES CONCESSIVE.
162. etsi \ quamquam |even quamvis 1 albeit
tametsi j although etiamsi /though quum j since
licet, though, although
Perhaps the only difference between them is, that some of them demand Modus
Coniunctivus, more frequently than the others.
Examples: etsi video, non satis intelligo; although I see it, I do not quite understand
it; non, mehercule, haec, quae loquor, crederem; tametsi vulgo audieram, Cic. Verr. 2,
25; occasionally also with Coniunctivus: memini, tametsi nullus moneas, Ter., Eun., 2,
1, 10. — Etiamsi, like etsi and tametsi, is used partly with Indicativus, partly with
Coniunctivus: gaudeo, etsi nihil scio quod gaudeam, Plaut. Capt 4, 2, 62; etsi taceas,
palam id quidem est, Plaut , Aul. 3, 2, 7; ista Veritas etiamsi iucunda non est, mihi ta-
men grata est; Cic, Att. 5, 24; quae etiamsi essent, quae nulla sunt; Ci:., N. D., 1, 39,
110. — Quamquam with Indie, quamquam id est minime probandum; Cic, Rep, 1,
481
26, 42; quamquam sint in quibusdam malis; Cic, Tusc. 5, 30, 85. — Quamvis, in
Cicero regularly with Coni-, in other good authors, Indie: homines, quamvis in turbi-
dis rebus sint; Cic., Phil. 2, 16, 39; erat inter eos dignitate regia, quamvis carebat no-
mine; fl\V/>., Milt. 2, 2; quamvis infesto animo et minaci perveneras; Ldv., 2, 40, 7. —
Quum, as a Coniunctio Concessiva, i. e-, granting, allowing conjunction, originally, i. e.,
before the age of Caesar and Cicero, was followed by the Indie., but since Caesar and
Cicero, is always joined with Coni., as: testis est Graecia, quae quum eloquentiae studio sit
incensa, iamdiuque excellat in ea , Cic., Brut. 7, 26. — Licet, properly an impersonal
verb, it is licit, it is allowed, as a concessive conjunction has always governed the Con-
iunctivus, later, in technical writings it was used with Indie.: licet saepius tibi huius ge-
neris litteras mittam; Cic., Fam. 13, 27,1; licet inter gesta et facta videtur quaedam
esse subtilis differentia; Dig. (Pandectae) 50, 16, 58.
We learn from these facts, that no cast-iron rules can, or should be dictated, and
the volumes of books on this subject prove nothing. The best authors have differed, for
it was a matter of individual taste and habit to suspend (by employing Coniunctiones)
a sentence after coniunctiones of certain kinds, or let the same pass as a matter of fact
(by employing Indicativus), and so we are free to follow either taste, as long as the sen-
tence is grammatically correct, and Roman.
V. CONIVNCTIONES CONDITIONALES.
163. si, if nisi, ni, unless simodo, if only
sin, if however siquidem, since, in view dummodo, so long
Exempla: si vales, bene est, if you are well, good; but this if, i. e., the condition
we put, often suspends the sentence, and then we change to Coniunctivus, as: si valeas
(as I heard you did) bene est: sin autem aliter res habeat, but, however, if the thing be
otherwise . . . Nisi litteras ab eo accipiam, unless I receive (be receiving) a letter from
him ... Ita rem arbitror esse (I deem the king so to be), siquidem ipse frater sic fassus
est (since his own brother has so confessed). — Simodo culpa* vacet, if he only be free
of blame. — Etiamsi aeger, modo, or dummodo adveniat; even though sick, so long,
if only, he arrive, be present.
VI. CONIVNCTIONES CONCLVSIV^.
164. ergo, therefore, itaque, accordingly, eb, for the reason
igitur, so then, proinde, consequently, ideo, on the account
idcirco \ for quart \ quocirca )
proptttea ] that cause quamobrem ) wherefore qm propttr ] wherefore
482
Of these igitut usually stands after* the word, it refers to; as: noster, igitur ami-
cus . . . and so our friend . . . ; but it can also begin a sentence.
VII. CONIVNCTIONES CONSECVTIViE.
165. ut, uti, so that ut non )
ita ut, so that quin \ so as not
As their name indicates, these Coniunctiones introduce some inference, or deduction
wherefore they always suspend the sentence, making it depend on the foregoing, not
indicating anything, but suspending, or enunciating conditionally, consequently their
verbs must be in Modus Coniunctivus; as: adeo gaudebat, ut illi lacrymas oborirentur,
he was so joyful, that tears were rolling from his eyes; ita erat caliginosum, ut nihil cer-
nere possemus, it was so dark, that we could not see a thing; nemo inter nos fuit, quin
id vidisset, there was not one of us, but who saw it.
VIII. CONIVNCTIONES CAVSALES.
166. nam } quia ) quum, as quando
enim j * or quod j Decause qubniam, seeing that quandoquidem
siquidem
Of these nam, or namque, always'begin a sentence, while, on the other hand, enim,
never; but if et is attached, it can stand in front; as: nam, or, etenim, si verum faten-
dum sit, for, if the truth must be confessed . . . ; but: ego enim, . . . for, I . . . —
Quia does not govern. Quod is followed by Indie, excepting when somebody else's opi-
nion is expressed, as the grammarians say, it will govern Coni. — Quum also in this
application, i. e., when the cause of the preceding assertion is to follow, will again de-
mand the Coni.: quum hxc ita sint, since these hings be so . . . Qubniam, when stating
a fact, is followed by Indie, giving a cause, or other people's opinion, it demands the
Coni. — Quando, ita tibi visum est since this is your view, Indie- ; very seldom with
Coni.; quandoquidem is always followed by Indie-; siquidem is also stands with Indie
IX. CONIVNCTIONES FINALES.
167. ut, uti, that ne, lest, that not quo, by that
in order that neve, or neu and lest quominus, from, lest
By the term finalis the grammarians mean the end, aim, or purpose contained in
the sentences connected by these particles, which, owing to their uniformity in governing
483
the Coniunctivus, and their frequency, are the most simple, and the most easily learned.
— Exempla; hasc dico tibi, ut scias, I am telling you these (things), so you may know;
cave, ne id credas, beware, lest (that you may not) believe it, — ne*ve putes eum id si-
gnificare velle, nor should you think that he means to convey that idea; namque ego
probe intelligo quo id dicas, dicis enim eb, ut tibi fidem habeamus, for 1 understand very
well to what purpose you be speaking, for you speak with the purpose that we may have
faith in you; nihil obstat, nihil prohibet, nemo vetat, qubminus tecum ambulatum earn,
nothing is in the way, nothing forbids (hinders), nobody forbids rat from (that I should
not) take a walk with you.
X. CONIVNCTIONES ADVERSATIVE.
168. sed, but at, ast, but now veto ) on the tamen f yet
verum, however at qui, and yet autem \ other hand cceterum, for the rest
To express simple contrasting of subjects, sed is employed as an adversative con-
junction, thus: non ego id dixi, sed magister, not / — but . . . When the contrast is
greater, or something is brought in with a startling novelty; or a new departure is intro-
duced with some striking features, at, or ast is the adversative conjunction, as: At perfi-
dus ensis Frangitur in medio, Virg., JEn. 12, 731, but lo! the treacherous sword breaks
in the middle! Ast is less frequently used. — ■ An equally strong adversative particle is
verutn (enimvero, verum enimvero, the strongest), no equivalent in English, contrasting
rather the argument, than merely sharpening a turn; as: merito maledicas mihi, si id ita
factum est: Verum haud mentior, resque, uti acta, dico; Plant., Am. 2, 1, 23; deserv-
edly will you curse me, if that so happened: However, \ do not lie, and I am telling the
thing, as it happened. — Atqui can be thus illustrated: non credo quod dicis; atqui tu
mihi ita dixisti! I do not believe what you say; yet (why, it was yourself who) told me
so. — The two most frequent adversatives autem and veto (has no reference whatever to
verum, as above, nor verum f i, truth), are thus used: ego sum vir, tu autem puer, I am
a man (an adult) while (on the other hand, in turn) you are a boy; ego doceo, vos vero
discitis, I am teaching, whilst (in turn) you are learning; though in English we often
hear adversative sentences joined by and, as, I am teaching and you are learning, it must
not be attempted in Latin, nor expressed by while I am teaching. — Tamen, yet, still,
naturam furca expellas, tamen usque recurret, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 24; drive out nature with
a pitchfork, jM it will again return (run back). Cceterum, and, de ccetero, are used to
change the subject of which the speaker, or author is disserting, as for the rest: foedera
alia, aliis legibus, cceterum eodem modo omnino fiunt;Zix>. 1,24, 3; other alliances under
other conditions, but, otherwise, all go on in the same way.
To this we may add alioquin, otherwise, and cxteroquin, otherwise; as: laborandum
tibi est, alioquin punieris, you must work; otherwise you get punished; and: cceteroquin
484
regio est satis irrigua, et ad colendum apta; in other respects the land is sufficiently moist
and suitable for cultivation.
XI. CONIVNCTIONES TEMPORALES.
169.
quutn,
ubi }
ut } as
ut
ubi
quum
quam
when
primum
y as soon
as
simul ac \
as soon
dum t while,
when
simul atque
as
donee
) while,
priusquam f
sooner,
usque dum
Until
antequam (
before
quoad
) as long as
postea
posteaquam
! after
Exempla: — ubi ea dies venit, when that day arrived, Cces., B. G. , 1, 8; qui ut
hue venit, — hominesque ut vidit incensos, Cic, Rep. 2, 13, 25; Sicubi, ut primum vi-
dere vulgari morbos, Uv ., 25, 26, 13; qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius, Cic., Q. Fr., 2,
3, 2; huic mandat, ut ad se quamprimum revertatur, to come back to him as soon as
possible {Cces. B. G. 4 t 21); Simul atque eo perveneris, mihi scribas, as soon as you
arrive there, write me. Priusquam aggrediar, Cic., Balb. 7, 18. Antequam ad sententiam
redeo, Cic, Cat. 4. 20; before returning to my subject. — Posteaquam ego in Siciliam
veni, Cic, Verr. 2, 2, 56. — Ut sua sponte, dum sine periculo liceret, excederet Gadibus,
Cces., B. C 2, 20, 3. — Donee eris felix, multos numerabis amicos; Tempora si fuerint
nubila, solus eris, as long as you will be happy, you will count many friends, when the
weather (times) will be cloudy, you will be alone {Ovid., Trist. 1, 1, 40). — Ferrum us-
que eo retinuit, quoad renuntiatum est vicisse Boeotios, Nepos, Epam. 9, 3.
XII. CONIVNCTIONES INTERROGATIVE.
There are also a few particles by which questions are formed. These
trum t the enclitic -ne t nonne, and the syllable ec-\ but I shall treat them
chapter.
DE INTERIECTIONIBVS.
are: num, u-
in a separate
170- The particles, expressing joy, surprise, grief, disgust, &c, are the following:
1. For joy: io, euge! well done! good! euoe!
2. For pain: vce! heu! 'eheul pro!
3- For surprise: 6, 'en, ecee, hem, hui, a.
4. For addressing, or appeal: heus y 6 } eho, pro.
5. For tiredness: ohe, pax (supposed to be Greek)!
6. For disgust: fi t ft,foetet (for stench).
485
Also the names of the Gods, nomina appellativa, adiectiva and verba are so employ-
ed; as: Hercules, Mehercule, Hercle, Mecastor, Pol, iEdepol (by the temple of Pollux),
per Deos; Dii Immortales! Faxint, Dii, may the Gods grant! Dii Meliora! God forbid*
Medius Fidius! so help me God. Dii te ament! Ita vivam! [Malum! oh evil; nefas!
indignumt miserum! macte! bravo. Verba: quceso, pray; oro, precor, obsecro,age, age-
dum (agite, agitedum); apage! get away; cedol here, hand it to me! — sodes (sup-
posed to mean si audes) , if you please; sis (si vis), do, please !
PENSVM TREDECIMVM.
(P WEAlHtfUMK;
COLONICA.
I.
G
.OLONICA 1 domus rusticana est, quod earn rusticus, eiusque
familia, incolunt. Haud magno intervallo 2 a colonica, ad meridiem, fe-
re in circuitu, plura stant aedificia, usui rerum rusticarum destinata, in-
1. I., a farm-house; -us, a, urn, the 2nd adj. of riis, the first being rusticus, a, urn,
of the country; — II , a peasant, a farmer.
2 -urn, i y a space; IV., a use; -wo, 1 r., to tie down, to be for some purpose; -io,
nis, f., in later Latin, a dwelling, or stopping place, station.
486
ter qua* manstonemque ipsam, cors* est, quam ab habitaculo domini
sepes tigillina dirimit, binis portis pervia.
E regione domicilii horreum 4 est, spatiosum asdificium duarum
contignationum, quarum superior receptaculum foeni, sive fcenile, est,
pedeplanum autem tarn a fronte, quam a tergo magnis ionbus patulum,
cum mandris equorum a laevo, cornigertim autem a dextro, cumque
omni supellectili stabuli. Vaccae quidem cum suis vitulis totos dies in
pascuis oberrant, 5 nee nisi ad occasum solis ad stabula redeunt parata
pabula e prassepibus capture, dum eas interea bubulcus mulget, lac au-
tem mactris in ladariam contiguam defert.
Vicinum horreo a lasvo est grandriurn? in quo, ex utroque latere
magnae conspiciuntur cumerce ligneae, ianuis supemis acclinibus, sera-
que clausis tectae, quae post messem, magnamque partem hyemis plense
sunt, quippe quae grana sementwa cuiusque generis frumenti celant,
quae, nisi penuria premat viliorum, raro attrectantur. Caeterum spatia
ab ingressu postico utrimque saccis expleta sunt, qui omnem pr to level.
492
autem machina satoria, quo perfecto, occam, sive cratem, aliquando
cumulis terrae oneratam, perductant, et sic satum semen terra conte-
gunt, ne semina volucres iis inhiantes diripiant. Haud pauci agricolae
sata etiam volgiolis lsevigant.
Quum vero segetes rnaturuerunt? messores conducuntur, qui eas
machinis messoriis, aut vero fdlcibus demetunt, nihil nisi stipulas relin-
quentes, secundum strigas in manipulos eas colligunt, hos in mergi-
tes thomicibus colligant, colligatas in metas comportant et coacervant, et
paucos post dies, quum spicce et aristce exaruerunt, in aream conve-
ctant. Stato tempore mergites ligaturis solvuntur, stramen cum spicis
sibi obversis humi sternitur duoque ordines operarum tribulis triturant,
hoc est, grana excutiunt, stramen autem iterum colligunt, et asportant.
Alias 7 equis aut bobus super stratam segetem ad exculcanda grana cir-
cumagunt, extritum autem stramen mergis colligunt et avehunt. No-
stra tamen tempestate iam machinis rustici triturant. Nihilo tamen se-
cius multis in locis grana extrita, aut exculcata, lfgneis vannis* in subli-
me iactant, quo fit, ut mrapdleatn difflet ac diripiat, frumentum autem
sic discretum in cumulum recidat, quod deinceps saccis et cumeris
committitur. Alias idem ventilabris manu actis perficitur. Sunt praeterea
loca, ubi frumenta in skis colligunt et in tuto servant.
Solum horti olerarii 9 non arari, sed palis fodi solet, turn rastris pe-
6. {Maturesco, 3 ui, to ripen; -or, is, m-, a mower, an harvester; -co, 3 xi, ctum, to
hire; falx, cis, f., a scythe; -to,}.ssui, ssum y to mow, L, a stubble; I., a swath; II., a
bundle; -ges, itis, f. , a sheaf; thomex, ids, f., a cord, a string, part, of straw; I., a
stack; I., an ear; I., the awn, beard of grain; -sco* ui, to dry out; I., the thrashing
ground; I., binding; -vo, 3 vi, lutum, to untie; -to 3 rti, sum, to turn against (ear against
ear); -no 3 stravi, turn, to lay down, to spread out; -urn, i, a flail; -*V r., to thrash;
-cutio*cussi, ssum, to strike, beat out; -to} r., to carry away.
7- Adv. the other places, other times; -co, 1 r„ to tread out; -tero* trivi, turn, to
tread out; I., a fork, pitchfork; -ho, 3 xi, ctum, to haul away. — A Latin phrase, "in ou r
times "
8. II. , f., a wooden shovel; -me, is, a height, to toss up into the air; 1., the moving
air, a breeze; I., the chaff, -flo, x r., to blow asunder; -pio 3 ripui, reptum, to snatch
away; discerno, 3 crevu cretum, to pick out, to separate; II., a pile; -do 3 rkidi, recasum,
to fall back; adv., thereafter; sirus, i, a grain-pit.
9. Olus, eris, n., a garden vegetable; -atius, a t urn, its adj.; I., a spade; -dio t 3 di,
493
cti, pexum autem solum in areolas, semitis tritis, dividi. Semina dein
sive late, sive in strigis, sparguntur, bulbi autem atque radices plantu-
laeque sive foraminibus, acubus factis, sive vero scrobiculis, runcone
aut ligone csesis inseruntur, plantaque inculcantur. Nonnulas plantulas,
postquam germinarunt atque pullularunt, adminiculis alligant, alias
autem circum culmos ac radices humo opplent, iisque grumos cir-
cumdant.
Prater instrumenta his laboribus accommodata 10 in eadem camera
etiam multa alia apparata ac digesta conspiciuntur, veluti secures, bi-
pennes, ascias, ascicute, terebrae, serrse, mallei, marci, paviculas, caeli,
cribra, sidles, furcae fimatorise, dolabrae, nasiternae, sparta, aliaque
complura.
ltecensio. — Quibus rebus indiget agricola in subigendis agris?
— Die, sodes, cur soleat agricola, sua instrumenta rustica in camera
recondere. — Describe, sis, aratrum, et quae ad illud pertinent. —
Praeter rudectum quaiia genera soli cognoscuntur? — Cuiusmodi res est
rallum? — quid stimulus? — Cui usui putas esse hirpicem? — Quid-
nam est occa, sive crates? — Cur ea utuntur? — Narra nobis, qui sint
messores, et quibus muneribus ii fungantur. — Ad quern usum est
vannus? — Edissere, quomodo solum horti olararii colatur. — Quo-
nam modo serunt semina? — bulbi et radices? — Quae sunt adtnini-
cula? — Quid est ventilabrum? sirus? — Enumera alia instrumenta
rustica?
ssum, to dig; -urn, i, (pi. m., rastti, orum), a rake; dimin. of area, I. , a bed; I., a
path; scrobs, is, m- (denied by philologists, according to them it is scrobes, or scrobis, is,
m.), a little hollow, a little round hole, made with an acus, us, a needle, a planting pin,
stick; a hoe, ligo, nis, m«, or, runco, nis, a weeding hoe\ here the dimin. form, scrobi-
culus, i; 1., the sole of the foot, whence the name planta, ce, and the verb -to} x., to
plant; -co? r-, fr. calcof r., fr. calx, cis, f., a heel to stamp down. — Germino,* r., to
sprout; -/o, 1 r., to sprout; -urn, i, a stake; -go-* r., to tie to; II., the stem; -ix t kis,
f., the root; -pleo, 2 vi, turn, to fill up; II., a hillock
10. -do? r., to adapt; -ro, 3 gessi, stum, arranged; -is, is, f., an axe; -nis, is, m., a
double edged axe; I., a larger hatchet; I., a hatchet; 1., a gimlet; I., a saw; 1I-, a ham-
mer; II., a sledge hammer; L, a mallet; II., a chisel; -um,i, a sieve; -is, is,i. t a
sickle; I., a manure-fork; I., a pick-axe; L, a watering pot; -turn, i, a broom.
494
VOCABVLARIVM 35.
Nna. Subst.
agricola, x, m.
ager, gri, m.
opera, x
i amentum, i
instrumentum, i
inclementia, x
neglectus, us
mercenarius, ii
rubigo, inis, f.
camera, x
utensilia, um, n.
artrum, i
iugum, i
bos, bovis, mf .
arvum, i
solum, i
semen, inis, n.
novale, is, n.
vervactum, i
vomer, is, m.
caespes, itis, m.
culter, tri, m.
buris, is, m.
humus, i, f .
arator, is, m.
sulcus, i
lira, x
arbitrium, ii
stiva, x
rallum, i
stimulus, i
sententia, x
gleba, x
hirpex, icis, m.
burdo, nis, m-
colonus, i
sementis, is, f.
occa, x
crates, is, f.
sata, orum
volgiolus, i
seges, etis, f.
messor, is, m.
falx, cis, f.
stipula, x
striga, x
manipulus, 1
merges, itis, f.
thomex, icis, f .
meta, x
spica, x
arista, x
area, x
ligatura, x
stramen, inis, n
operae, arum
tribulum, i
merga, x
tempestas, acis, f.
vannus, i, f .
aura, x
palea, x
ventilabrum, i
sirus, i
tutum, i
cumulus, i
sublime, is, n.
pala, x
rastrum, i
areola, x
se*mita, x
bulbus, i
radix, icis, f.
plantula, x
foramen, inis, n.
pastinum, i
scrobiculus, i
runco, nis, m.
ligo, nis, m.
planta, x
adminiculum, i
culmus, i
grumus, i
securis, is, f.
bipennis, is, f.
ascia, x
ascicula, x
teVebra, x
serra, x
malleus, i
marcus, i
pavicula, x
callus, i
cribrum, i
sicilis, is, f.
furca, x
dolabra, x
nasiterna, x
spartum, i
Nna Adi.
fructuosus, a, um
rusticus, a, um
idoneus, a, um
securus, a, um
princeps, ipis
putris, e
accommodatus,
a, um
argillosus, a, um
aequus, a, um
iustus, a, um
satorius, a, um
messonus, a, um
status, a, um
ligneus, a, um
olerarius. a, um
complures, a
Verba
subigo, 3 egi, actum
reddo, 3 didi, itum
cupio, 3 ivi, itum
egeo, 2 ui
vitio, 1 r.
servo, 1 r.
proscindo, 3 cidi, scissum
sulco, 1 r.
verto, 3 ti, rsum
findo, 3 fidi, ssum
infigo, 3 xi, xum
penetro, ' r.
deprimo, 3 pressi, pressum
rego, 3 xi, ctum
moderor, 1 atus sum
iaceo, 2 ui
derado, 3 si, sum
hsereo, 2 si, sum
instigo, 1 r.
peraro, 1 r.
lacero, 1 r.
comminuo, 3 ui, utum
divello, 3 vulsi, sum
perducto, 1 r.
pecto, 3 xi (ui), xum,
pectitum
consero, 3 sevi, situm,
satum
contego, 3 texi, ctum
inhio, 1 r.
diripio, 3 ripui, reptum
495
laevigo, 1 r.
maturesco, 3 ui
conduce 3 xi, ctum
dimeto, 3 ssui, ssum
colligo, 1 r.
coacervo, * r.
exaresco, 3 ui,
convecto, 1 r.
solvo, 3 vi, utum
obverto, 3 ti, sum
sterno, 3 stravi, stratum
trituro, 1 r.
excutio, 3 cussi, sum
asporto, 1 r.
exculco, 1 r.
extero, 3 trivi, turn
aveho, 3 xi, ctum
iacto, 1 r.
difflo, 1 r.
diripio, 3 pui, reptum
discerno, 3 crevi, turn
recido, 3 di, casum
committo, 3 si, ssum
f odio, 3 di, ssum
tero, 3 trivi, turn
spargo, 3 si, sum
caedo, 3 caecidi, sum
insero, 3 rui, rtum
inculco, 1 r.
germino, 1 r.
pullulo, 1 r.
aligo, 1 r.
oppleo, 2 vi, turn
apparo, 1 r.
digero, 3 gessi, stum
Adverbia
nonnunquam
ilias, unde
recte, rite
aliquando
iterum
ilias, secus
deinceps
496
III.
/V/»
>/&fty
g*fff
1
6£N WCAMRWM
"■" — - ~i- "- >«- ~" - ' "r- wr .»» IV W - V
«• « * *>■* <& * -* 4$ «£ ^
«• *• 4$ «.'^ '*> * % & **•
PR>EDIVM.
Jl VNDI cuiusque prasdii plerumque dividi solent in viltam, 1 sive
colonicam, cum hortulo cohorteque, sedes videlicet famfliae rustics,
turn hortum olerarium, dein pomarium, ac demum in agros et pascua.
T)omniprazdius 2 noster universim centum et sexaginta iugera pos-
sidet, quorum pars sylvestris est, ne lignum ac materies ei unquam de-
f iciant ; pars est pascuum ad alendum pecus ; pars pratiim, ad foenum
gignendum, pars ager frumentarius; denique pars est hortus oletdriusl
atque pomarium.
Horto olerario, quaternorum iugerum, hortuldnus 3 praeest, cui ter-
1. I., a gentleman's country-residence; II-, dimin. of hortus, here in the meaning
of a small flower-garden, in front of the house; same as cors, lis, a barn-yard; -es, W
f., pi. a family-seat; -us, a, urn, adj. of olm, eris, n., vegetables, a veg. garden; -urn, i,
an orchard; -cuum, i, grazing lands.
2. II., a landlord; adv., in all; iugerum, i, an acre; -deo? sedi, sessum, to own, to
hold; -iris, e, timberland, woody; both 1., and V., lumber; -ficio* feci, fectum, govern-
both Dat. et Ac, to be deficient, to lack; -urn, i, a meadow; -gno? genui, Hum, to be-
get, to produce; -«s, u, urn, grain-bearing. — Pomum, i, all fruits grown on trees.
' 3. II., a gardner; -or, is, m., a vegetable gardner; II , a hired man; -tia 9 f, a shrubby variety of clover, much valued; I, the clover, the chief fodder,
originally from Media, hence its name, hence, mi - dica; -um, i, flax; -is, is, f., hemp.
500
Quomodo irrigatur hortus? — Quae genera olerum ac leguminum na-
scuntur in horto? — Quidnam sunt adminicula et ridicae? .— Hortum
inter et pomarium qui agri sunt?— Ubi et quid est maceria?— Ad dex-
trum et laevum intranti quaenam res iacent?— quo proposito? — Qu#
pomiferae arbores virent et vegent in isto pomario? Ob quam causam
subegerunt omnes partes agrorum ad fructificandum in isthoc praedio?
— Enumera sis genera f rumentorum quae hie coluntur ! — Memora ge-
nera pabulorum. — Et praeterea quid?
VOCABVLARIVM 36.
Nna. Subst.
fundus, i
praedium, ii
villa, ae|
hortulus, i
cohors, tis, f.
sedes, ium, f.
pomarium, ii
ager, gri, m.
pascuum, i
domniprasdius, ii
iugerum, i
lignum, i
materies, ei, f.
pratum, i
hortulanus, i
olitor, is, m.
mercenarius, ii
olus, eris, n.
indigentia, ae
jegumen, inis, n.
fructus, us, m.
fruges, um, f.
quadrum, i
pergula, ae
trames, itis, m.
spftium, ii
sumptus, us, m.
ubertas, tatis, f.
sterquilinium, ii
vehes, is, f .
fimus, i
canaliculus, i
hamula, as
palanga, as
foetus, us, m.
antes, ium, f.
porca, as
lycopersicum, i
faba, as
phaseolus, i
pisum, i
cicerculum, i
siliqua, ae
adminiculum, i
ridica, ae
caspulla, ae
thallus, i
porrus, i
Allium, ii
a*pium, ii
pastina'ca, ae
petroselinum, i
carota, as
radicula, as
armoracia, as
r^phanus, i
rapum, i (-pa, as)
viror, is, m.
caulis, is, f.
brassica, as
crambe, es, f .
botrytis, is, f.
lens, tis, f.
lactuca, as
capsicum, i
piper, is, n.
vicia, ae
lupinus, i
intybus, i
varietas, tatis, f.
asparagus, i
vitis, is, f.
cucumis, eris, m.
cucurbita, as
pepo, onis, m.
melo, 6nis, m.
citrullus, i
solanum, i
zea, as
alimentum, i
maceVia, as
ingressus, us
seminirium, ii
plantarium, ii
hypocausis,| is, f.
flos, floris, m.
bulbus, i
tuber, b, n.
inclementia, ae
frig us, oris, n.
surculus, i
turio, nis, f.
truncus, i
coma, as
malus, i, f.
pirus, i, f ,
prunus, i, f.
persica, as
armenica, as
sorbus, i, f.
morus, i, f.
iuglans, dis, f.
amygdalus, i, f.
cerasus, i, f.
castanea, as
mespilus, i, f.
SOI
caritas, tatis, f.
annona, x
triticum, i
siligo, inis, f.
secale, is, n.
hordeum, i
av£na, x
milium, ii
fagopyrum, i
cytisum, i
m£dica, x
linum, i
cannabis, is, f.
Nna Adi.
sylvestris, e
uber, is
salubris, e
tener, a, um
par, is
acer, cris, e
prasinus, a, um
vegetus, a, um
di versus, a, um
laevus, a, um
apricus, a, um
algidus. a, um
ex6ticus, a, um
formidus, a, um
pull us, a, um
fructifer, a, um
iucundus, a, um
pomifer, a, um
mundus, a, um
caducus, a, um
canosus, a, um
laetus, a, um
restibilis, e
aliquantus, a, um
Verba
possideo, 2 sedi, ssum
deficio, 3 feci, fectum
alo, 3 ui, itum (altum)
gigno, 3 genui, itum
subsum, esse, fui
safisfa'cio, 3 feci, factum
procreo, 1 r.
supersum, esse, fui
convergo, 3
occo, ' sui, ctum,
parco, 3 peperci, parsum
p^rcitum
convecto, 1 r.
dispergo, 3 si, sum
germ i no, 1 r.
adolesco, 3 levi, ultum
rigo, 1 r.
humecto, 1 r.
supporto, 1 r.
foecundo, 1 r.
laetifico, 1 r.
cerno, 3 crevi, turn
pastino, 1 r.
runco, 1 r.
expurgo, 1 r.
rubeo, 2
tumeo, 2
egeo, 2 ui
deligo, 1 r.
vigeo, 2
vegeo 2
delecto, 1 r.
serpo, 3 psi, ptum
cedo, 3 cessi, ssum
sepio, 4 ivi, septum
convalesce 3 ui
transplant^, 1 r.
prasbeo, 2 ui, itum
ablaqueo, 1 r.
puto, 1 r.
gaudeo, 2 visus sum
insero t 3 sevi, situm
novello, 1 r.
consero, 3 sevi, situm
satum
sero, 3 sevi, satum
Adverbia
demum
universim
unquam
a'ffatim
s£duIo
late, bifariam
circiter, hinc
6bviam, ilias
longe, horno
postremo
propius
praesertim
Prxpositiones
pone contra
propter
502
EXERCITATIONES LEGENDI.
190. Quid geris, 1 extremis positus telluris in oris
Cultor arenarum vates? cui littus arandum,
Oceani finem iuxta, Solemque cadentem:
Vilis arundineis cohibet quem pergula tectis,
Et tingit piceo lacrymosa cobnica fumo.
Decius Magnus Ausonius, Ep. 4, 7.
1. Quidnam agis, mi Theo, amice, collocatus in dissitissimis finibus terras, tu poeta,
agricola, terra? sabulosae? qui in Occidente, oras maris arare debes; quem casula misella,
arundinibus tecta continet, et quem domuncula rustica, sine fumario (camino), plena
fumo, lacrymas cogente, qui fumus te atro colore tingit, inficit tibi vultum.
191. Pecudibus fient stabuia, qu
vum, centum iugera patris sunt, cumrivulo
iugi, 4 atque colle, ultra. Illic vides stabula,
foenilia, gallinaria, cum hortulo ac poma-
rio. H cce tractus secundum alterum rivu-
lum, meus est, ad latitudinem quinquagin-
ta pedum, quern ego ricis a reliquo dister-
minavi.
Colon. Quoniam hie coelum asperius est,
fine veris, initioque autumni. gelicidia 6 ti-
menda sunt; hinc vides curmulos fabalium
termitum, sarmentorum, ramentorum, ari-
darumque frondium, qui ubi gelicidium
imminere suspicor, vesperi, in plura loca
digestos succendo, atque fumo quoquover-
su;n difTuso, plantulis meis contra gelu pro-
spicio.
Colon. Hoc remedium 8 contra vim frigo-
l. Fabritius. Num me adventurum du-
bitasti? Hie in suburbanum 2 excursus non
solum oblectamento mihi fore existimavi,
sed etiam incrementum doctrinal hinc me
relaturum scio.
Fabr. Perlibenter. 3 Tuum prsesertim agel-
lum cupio videre, indeque discere, quid pu-
er solers agricolatu possit.
Fabr. Longitudo itaque ad minimum mil-
le pedes esse videtur soli eximii secundum
ripam, sicque fere nimium tractum suscepi-
sti. Ut video tractus meridiei obiectus est, a
cauro 5 autem et ab aquilone arboribus at-
que arbustis tectus. Turn gemini rivuli!
per Deorum fldem, quid prastantius? Sed
cernamus singula.
Fabr. Factum praestanter. Et unde hoc
didicisti? Equidem aedere vix queo solum
fumum satis tutelar 7 contra frigus prasstare
posse. Tamen, quum te sic facere video, id
non perperam fieri facile mihi persuadeo.
Sed video hie arbusculas ac rubetum sub ul-
mis ac fagis secundum supercilium. Colisne
haac arbusta, an sunt agrestia?
Fabr. Teneo. Id optime statuisti. Hie tra-
518
ris partim ipse ego excogitavi, partim a vi-
cinis audivi, partim etiam ita legi. Ut mox
experieris, hie non solum rubi nascuntur,
sed et aliae baccae, quas colimus.
Colon. Sic et nos existimamus 10 ego nem-
pe sororque mea, item duo consobrini, qui
buscum opus hoc lucri causa suscepimus,
quod ego solus, etiam scholar distentus,
tantos labores perficere utique non possem.
Colon. Libenter 12 faciam. Ut vides, tota
ista area, ac plures iuxta, fragis consitae
sunt. Primordias autem plantulas e semi-
nario naturae, e sylvis vicinis, comparavi-
mus, utpote quarum baccae dulcioreset etiam
fragrantiores sunt, quamquam minores.
Colon. Huic rei nos satis cavimus et pro-
speximus. 14 Cerne modo rubos, arbusculas
totumque fruticetum ad extremum usque
agellum. Aspice praesertim arbusculas.
Colon. Tunc sequentur vaccinia! 16 Nihil
a nobis neglectum. Praeterea, cernedumfru-
teta nostra!
Colon. Recte mones. Haec sunt nostra
mora Idea, quae fragis simillima sunt, et
ut ea, in pretio habentur, et iis abolitis suc-
cedunt.
Colon. Quid illas existimas arbusculas*
sub ulmis?
Colon, Scite coniectasti. Ribis tria genera
colimus, rubrum, album atque nigrum, quod
vulgo uva passa 11 * Corinthiaca vocatur.
Nos ista pulchre pressa et pacta victuariis
vendimus.
Colon. Scio varias esse species, sed nos
purpurea, caeteraque minora in nullo pretio
habemus, nee nisi viridia et maxima coli-
mus.
Colon. Eae arbusculas ut virgulas et tu-
ctus, soli obiectus, vix posset ad maiorem
utilitatem converti, quam ad colendas bac-
cas, quippe quas omnes appetimus, 9 et in
foris, apud pomarios victuariosque nun-
quam non quaeritamus.
Fabr. Vos istud negotium, profecto, ma-
gnifice geritis- Ostende modo quae genera
baccarum colatis, si ita placet. 11
Fabr, Ut rei sum ignarus, tamen et ego
ita suspicabar, nam fraga fimo artefacto 13
in enormem magnitudinem coacta, iactu-
ram ferunt tarn odoris, quam saporis.
Quum vero fraga tempore obsoleverunt,
loco eorum quidnam in emporium mittes?
Fabr. lam video quid hie satum habeas,
lllae plantulae nonne mora 15 sunt rubi ni-
gra? Quid autem quum et ista suo tempore
aboleverunt?
Fabr. Video sane mora ldaea, 17 quaequi-
dem omnes haud minus quam fraga aesti-
mamus.
Fabr, Ita esse solet; mora ldaea excipiunt
fraga, moris autem Idaeis duae species vac-
ciniorum succedunt, glauca atque nigra. Et
quid post haec?
Fabr, Ilia iam pridem speculatus sum
esse ribes 18 Coiinthiacum, iis autem pro-
ximae ribes grossularia esse coniecto, quod
aliud genus nihil scio.
Fabr. Et quot genera grossulariorum co-
litis? sunt enim plura genera, quantum ego
sciam.
Fabr . At vero ego illic quasdam arbuscu-
las conspicor, quae certe baccifera non sunt.
Species earum, aut aliquarum duntaxat,
nota mihi videtur.
Fabr. Cornus? Nee arbusculam cornum,
519
riones ex Italia comparavimus; sunt autem
ex cornus, 20 tu eas vix unquam vidisti.
Colon. Corn a sunt cerasa parva, oblon-
ga, esu sapida; sed lignum admodum est
rectum, sine nodis, 21 tenax, lentum ac re-
cellens, Romanis, ut manubria telorum gra-
tum.
Colon. Proximae abusculae sunt nucum
avellanarum, 22 quae tibi notae sunt, perinde
ac nuces ipsae.
Colon. Recte memoras; illud est vinetum
nostrum, cum uvis usque immaturis-
Colon. Sic et nos speramus, saltern pro
magnitudine vineae, quae certe haud magna
est Quidquid futurum sit, partem u varum
in usum domesticum conservabimus, reli*
quam venumdabimus.
Colon. Fecimus quod potuimus. Agellus
patris est, locarium 26 non solvimus, opus
autem cum sorore, atque duobus consobrinis
partiario suscepimus, proinde et lucrum
dispertiemur. Faciam ex condicto. Vale plu-
nmum
nee fructum corna unquam vidi; nomen
tamen, sed quo in nexu, nescio, saepe me
audisse certe memini.
Fabr. Inde ergo memini. Quod de ligno
eius me doces, valde placet, et siquid super-
flui eius habueris, velim mihi dederis. Quid
ulterius?
Fabr. Sic, prorsus. Lignum' quoque du-
rum ac lentum. At etiam vineam 23 video ve-
strarn, cum pimpinis ac palmitibus viren-
tibus, inter eas vero pulchros racemos, viri-
desque icinos!
Fabr. Sed quum maturuerint, auguror 24
fore ut vind£mia uberrima fiuimini.
Fabr. Visis 25 magnopere gaudeo, opus
insigne praestitistis, magnos sumptus tolera-
vistis, et labores arduos pertulistis, unde et
magno praemio digni estis. Caeterum, ut
conventum est. proxime te in opificina mea
te me conventurum confido.
1. Dimin. of ager. Promissis stare, to keep one's word.
2. -urn, i (prcedium, understood), a nearby country place; -turn, i, delight, pleasure;
-turn, i, growth, increase.
3. Most cheerfully; IV., the cultivating of the field, what is (he) able to accomplish.
4. -is, £, never failing.
5. II., the Northwest; -us, a, urn, properly twins, double, two; singula, in detail.
6. Gelicidiutn, ii, a killing frost; Ma, um t bean stalks; -es, itis, m., branches, with-
out leaves, cut off the trees; fr., sarpo? — . sarptum, to trim a tree, dry twigs, boughs,
brushwood; -turn, i, fallen, dead, broken branches, fagots; -do, 3 di, sum, to light, set on
fire; -cio, 3 pexi, ctum, to look forward, to look out, to take care.
7. I-, a protection; adv., in vain, uselessly; rubetum, i, generally bushes, in particu-
lar, blackberry bushes and fruit; II., f., an elm tree; II., f., a beech tree.
520
8. -urn, ii, a means, remedy; I , a berry.
9. -to, 3 ivi, itum; forum, i, prop, a public square, a market place, market; II., a
dealer in victuals, a grocer; we seek.
10. -mo, 1 r. to deem, to be of that opinion; II., a male cousin on the mother's side;
-urn, i, a gain, a profit; -tineo, 2 ui, tentum, to hold away, detain, to be kept away.
11. If you please.
12. Adv. cheerfully; fraga, orurn, a strawberry; -us, a, urn, first, original; -ro,* r.,
to acquaire, to procure; -gto, 1 r., to be of sweet scent.
13. Artefacio? feci, factum, artificial; -mis, e, not in accordance with its pattern;
too \Ag\cogo* coigi, coactum, to force; I., a loss, a damage; -or, is, m., a taste; aboleo?
evi, olitum, and aboleseo* ui (evi) — , prop. , to lose fragrancy (philologists think other-
wise), fr. oleo, fr. oleum, oil, to get out of season, to wither and die; -urn, ii, the market
also its place.
14. Caveo, 2 vi, cautum, to take measures before hand (Dat.); -picio,s xi, ctum, to
exercise foresight; I., small trees, both which will grow large, and those which stay small,
such as cornel and filbert trees; -urn, i, a place grown over with bushes.
15. Moms, i, f., the mulberry tree; -urn, i, the fruit; the word further means also
black berry, i. e., tubus, proper, both bush and fruit.
16. -urn, ii, a blueberry; -turn, i, and frutectum, i, a place of shrubs, bushes.
17. Morum Idxum an ldaean (Mons Ida, now Psilori, in Crete) mulberry, a rasp-
berry.
18. Kibes, is, n., Linnaeus' word, but used in Latin throughout, the origin of which
is unknown to me, the currant , which English word is the corruption of Corinthiacum,
of Corinthus, a city in Greece, whence the black variety, dried, is imported; the tibes
(not declined in pi.) grossularium, so called, whether after Linnseus, or also before him,
I am not able to say, is the goosberry ; grossulus, i, properly is the fig in its first stage of
growth, resembling a goosberry; -cto,i r., to conjecture.
19. Uvapassa (pando, 3 di. pansum, passum, to throw open, to spread out, here,
to spread out for drying in the sun), dried grapes, raisins; premo* pressi, pressum, to
squeeze, to press; -go, 3 pepigi, pactum^ to bind, to pack.
20. II., f., -urn, i, the tree and fruit of the cornel cherry, small, oblong cherries,
growing wild, not cultivated.
21. II., a knot in the wood; -ax, cis, tough; -us, a, urn, plyable, -lo, 3 — , to spring
back, elastic; -urn, i, a weapon.
22. Nux avellana, a filbert.
23. I., a vineyard; II., m. f., a vine sprig; -mes, itis t m., a tendril, a shoot of
grapevines; II., a bunch of grapes, also called bothrus, i, a Greek word; II, grape
berries. — 24. -or, 1 atus sum, to foretell; I., a vintage, the harvest of grapes.
25. Part. prat, of video, what I have seen; -do*fisus sum, 1 trust.
26. -urn, i, ground rent; adv., on shares of the profit, earnings; 4ior* titus sum,
to divide; ex condicto, as agreed.
521
PRINCIPIA GRAMMATIC/E.
VERSVS MEMORIALES
EM MAN VEL IS A L V A R I, S. J.
DE GENERIBVS NOMINVM.
[This is the famous Qv^E Maribvs, so called from the first two words of its text,
of EMMANVEL Alvarvs, or Alvarez, one of the first members of the Society of
Jesus, when founded in Spain, in 1534, author of the Institutiones Grammatical, the
most popular Latin grammar in all countries, the last edition of which seems to be the
one published in Paris, about 1843 or 45. That grammar was reprinted over and over
again in all countries, partly in original, partly abridged, adapted, translated, and used up
to our own times until elaborate and more learned German grammars crowded it oui
everywhere.
Although the Society did not take kindly to these memorial verses, for in its Ratio
Sludiorum or Method of Instruction, they are called "incondita," awkward, the educa-
tional world, all over Europe, despite of many competitors, has taken them up very
promptly surviving the grammar itself, and we all have memorized them even in my boy-
hood, whence I have gained the experience and conviction, that nothing can take their
place in aiding our memory to holding fast on the general principles of the genders of the
nouns, of the exceptions, of the prasterita of the verbs, &c-, and enriching our vocabu-
lary. Now, when the adulterine learning and false pretences of the German professors
seem to be definitely wrecked, and will soon be repudiated in our schools, I consider it
opportune to show the way to our old Latin traditions.
Teachers may begin to assign 5 — 10 lines of these verses to be memorized from Pen-
sum Quintum on, as they will find them in instalments in the subsequent sheets, till all
will be completed, and they should add the explanation of the verbal meaning of the
verses, over and above the explanation of the subject matter in my notes.]
A. DE GENERIBVS NOMINVM,
quae significatione cognoscuntur.
201. Masculini Generis.
1. Qv^E Maribvs solum tribuuntur, mascula sunto.
2. Mascula censentur specie depicta virili.
3. Et quibus appositum tribuisse virile
4. Credibile est veteres, ut lotto } pmsul et hospes.
522
Some nouns are masculine by meaning; such are:
1. All nouns that mean men, \. e., persons of the male sex, as:
a, Proper names of men, as: Caius, Publius, Marcus, Tullius, Dolabella.
b y Nomina appellativa, as: vir,puer, miles, pater, poeta, magister.
c, Names of nations, as: Persa, Belga, Celta, Romanus, Grcecus, Gallus.
d, Names of trades, professions, occupations, usually engaged in by males, such as:
agricola, mercator, scriba, auriga, nauta, opifex. — A few are excepted, in which not the
occupation, but the grammatical ending decides the gender, as: opera, laborers; excubia*
sentinels; vigilix, watchmen, guards; custodier, guards, these are feminine of the I. pi.
2. Names of real or mythological figures or persons, represented by sculptors and
painters as men, as: lupiter, Mercurius, Apollo, Hannibal, Scipio.
3—4. Words, which the ancient authors used in masculine gender, by attributing
male properties to those designated by such words, such are, latro, a highwayman; prx-
sul (prae 4- salto, 1 dance before others), a high-priest; hospes, a guest, and many
others.
202. Fozminini Generis.
5. Foemineum dices, quod foemina sola reposcit.
6. Iungito foemineis muliebri prasdita forma;
7. Quseque adiectivum tantum muliebre requirunt.
Of feminine gender are
5. All nouns, which can be applied to women alone; such are,
a, Nouns, denoting occupations, or callings of women, as: impcrairix, an empress;
regina, a queen; nonna y a nun, nutrix, a nurse.
b, Nomina Propria of women, as: Tertullia, the name of the wife of Cicero; Tullio
la, the daughter of Cicero; Calpurnia, Cornelia, Volumnia, Corinna, Irene.
c, National names of women, as: Laccena, a Lacedemonian (or Spartan woman);
Threissa, a female Thracian.
d, Every nomen appellativum, signifying a woman, as: mater, a mother, uxor, a
wife; soror, a sister; cosmeta, a hair dresser; nutritia, a governess; sutrix, a seamtress;
saga, a witch; fatidica, a fortune teller; lotrix, a laundress.
6. All names and nouns signifying personification of some idea, and are represented
by painters, sculptors and poets in woman's shapes, as: Minerva, Venus, Victoria, lusti-
tia, Furia, Medusa, Temperantia, Ceres, Vindicta, Aurora-
7- Also all nouns, or words standing for nouns, which are qualified by grammar,
owing to their endings, as feminine, as: proles, children; soboles, an offspring; progenies,
a race, descendants, a progeny; virgo, an adult girl; such will not take but a fern, ending
of an adjective.
523
203.
Neutrius Generis.
8. Quae neutro apposito gaudent, neutralia sunto,
Of neuter gender are,
8. All nouns, which, mainly on account of ending, grammar considers as neutrals;
such are: tempus, the time; malum, the evil; fulmen, a thunderbolt; cadaver, a dead
body; culmen, the top; caput % a head; animal, a living being.
204. Communis Gineris.
9. Est commune duOm, sexum quod claudit utrumque.
10. Articulo gemino, veluti, bos,fortis, et hostis,
11. ^Antistes, iuvenis, vales, patruelis et infans,
12. Affinis, miles, cum cive, cliente, sacerdos,
13. Et comes atque cants, sus, dux, auclorque, parensque,
14. Mtlncipi coniux, adolescens, augur adherent.
Nouns of common gender, i. e., masc and fern, hie and hxe, 9—14. To this class
belong all nouns, which may mean males and females, without special gender-ending;
such are:
hie
bos, an ox
hcec bos, a cow
do ion montes Auri pollicens, Ter. Phor. 1, 17 Cui (Fulviae) quum (Canlina) mi
nus gratus esset — repente glorians, maria montesque polliceri coepit, Sail. Cat. 23, 3.
Iusiurandum pollicitus est dare, Plaut. Most. 5, 1. 36- — Hoc vos scire, hoc postens
memoriae traditum iri, Liv. 3, 67. Idem (Thucydides) Ossa eius clam in Attica ab arm-
cis esse sepulta — memoriae prodidit, Nep Them. 10. — Certiorem eum fecit id agi, ut
pons - dissolveretur. Nep. Them. 5. Factus deinde per filiam certior, sine aunbus esse
regem lust. 1,9. Fabius Rusticus auctor est scriptos esse ad Cascinam Tuscum codicillos,
Tac- A- 13 20. Auctores sunt ter novenis punctis interna hommem, Phn. 11, lu IA.
534
— Asserentes — ex huiusmodi necessitatibus Maleum morbum solere generari, Veg. Mu-
lom. 1, 17. Asserit idem (Columella) noxia animalia ultra praedictam mensutam non
posse generari, Pall. 1, 18 — Alii Tarquinium a Cicerone immissum aiebant, Sail. Cat.
48. Ty. Am* verbero, Me rabiosum? atque insectatum esse hastis meum memoras patrem?
Plaut. Capt 3, 4, 20. — Quern infestum ac odiosum sibi esse memorabat mala, Plaut.
True. 1, 1, 65 Herculem in eo loco boves abegisse memorant, Liv. 1, 7, 4. — Ostendit
se cum rege colloqui velle, Nep. Con. 3, 2. Tanti eius apud se gratiam esse ostendit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20. — Docui per litteras, id nee opus esse, nee fieri posse, Cic. Att. 16,
8. Levique certamine docet, vanam sine viribus iram esse, Liv. 1. — Ne pudeat, quae
nescieris, te velle doceri: Scire aliquid laus est; culpa est nil discere velle, Dion- Cat. Dist.
29. — Fateor me duci ventre, Hor. Sat. 2, 7, 37. Siquis contra Remp. se amici causa
fecisse fateatur, Cic. Lael. 12, 40. Me despexe ad te per impluvium tuum, Fateor, Plaut.
Mil. 2, 6, 73. — Accepimus eum nihil hominis esse, Cic. Tusc. 3, 52, 47. Quinam illi
fuerunt viri, quos ab elephantis primo proelio obtritos accepimus? Flor. 1, 18.
4. The Verba Impersonalia, as: constat, decet, dedecet, iuvat, licet, oportet, necesse
est, fugit, fallit, praeterit, latet me; interest, refert, convenit, conducit, expedit praestat*
pcenitet, pudet, piget, taedet, as:
Constat inter omnes, qui de eo memoriae prodiderant, nihil illo fuisse excellentius,
vel in vitio, vel in virtutibus, Nep. Alcib. 1, 2; id te facere non decet; olim et hoc me-
minisse iuvabit; non licet me isto tanto bono uti (Cic Verr. 2, 5, 59); iam me domum
ire oportet; non me fugit (latet, praeterit, fallit) mihi earn rem te misisse; eum bene va-
lere, non solum mea* (tua', sul nostra*, vestrd), sed omnium interest; pueros voluntati
parentum obtemperare, plurimum refert; omnia, quae in buccam veniunt, efTutire, non
expedit; poenitet (pudet, piget, taedet) me id egisse.
5. Some of the Verba Sentiendi et Declarandi are also used in Passive Voice, imper-
sonally, i. e., only in the 3rd Person sing, and plural; such are: videtur, traditur, credi-
tur, dicitur, but such are scarce.
Roman Examples: Non mihi videtur, ad bene vivendum, satis posse virtutem, Cic.
Tusc. 5, 5, 12. Convertentem se inter hanc venerationem, traditur memoriae, prolapsum
cecidisse, Liv. 5, 21. Credetur abesse ab eo culpam, Quint. 11, 1. Quern (Athin) pepe-
risse Limnate creditur, Ov. M. 5, 49. Non sine causa dicitur, ad ea referri omnes nostras
cogitationes, Cic. Fin. 3, 18. — Dicitur eo tempore matrem Pausaniae vixisse, Nep.
Paus, 5, 3.
6. There are a few nouns and adjectives, which, with the copula est, erat, fuit, fu-
esat in combination, demand the same construction, such are: laus, f acinus, fas, nefas,
mos, opinio, spes, par, difficile, manifestum, utile, iucundum, verum, aequum, fa-
cile, etc.
Roman bxamples: Apud quos (Persas) summa laus esset fortiter venari, Nep.
Tras. 11 Et quibus aurata mos est fulgere Iacerna? Iuv. 10, 212. Pronum et sumptuo-
su m in libidines fuisse constans opinio est, Suet. Caes. 49. Neque me id facere fas existi-
mo, Plaut. As. 3, 1, 11. Nee scire fas est omnia, Hor- Car. 4, 4, 12. Quibus nefas est
535
deserere patronos, B. G. 7, 40. Spes est eum melius facturum, Plaut Stich. 1, 1, 22. —
Tempus est iam hinc abire me, Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99. Nunc corpora curare tempus est,
Liv. 21, 54, 2. iEquum esse illos viros bonos nobilesque mittere, Nep. Them- 7. Perfacile
esse — totius Gallic imperio potiri, B. G. 1. Sic par est agere cum civibus, Cic Off 2,
23, 83. Quid me facere par sit, Suet. Aug. 9, 2. Manifestum est, ab exordio matutino
latitudines scandi, Plin. 2, 16, 13. Nunquam est utile peccare, Cic. Off. 3, 11, 64. Meti-
ri se quemque — suo modulo, ac pede, verum est, Hor. Eps. 1, 7, 98.
U^ota. Verbs, that lack their Supinum, consequently their Partic Praeteriti ~tus, ta,
tum t or-sus t sa t sum, like disco, cannot be employed in Futurum Infinitivi, -turum, -am,
-urn, -surum, -am, -urn esse, in which case we resort to the ut — construction, thus:
Spero futurum (or fare), ut deinceps diligentius discas, 1 hope, that hereafter you will
study more diligently. — Mark here, that esse after futurum is left out; this happens
very often, whereby the sentence gains in neatness.
Nominativus cum Infinitivo.
218. The Nominativus cum Infinitivo is a construction, directly the reverse of the
Accusativus cum Infinitivo- For, while we say Scio te militem esse, fuisse, futurum esse,
Dicunt, credimus, putatis, audivistis, mercatorem domum novam emere, vendidisse, re-
paraturum esse, if we change the Introductory Verb into Passive Voice, ve transform the
Accus. c Infinitivo into Nominativus c Infinitivo, thus:
Tu dicm's mites esse, fuisse, futures esse.
idicor esse
putor 2LUctor eius libri fuisse
credor futurus esse
When a sentence, having a Subject and an Object is passively introduced, like the
merchant buys, builds, sells or rents a new house, mercator emit, sedificat, vendit, locat
domum novam, such will be its Nominativus cum Infinitivo construction :
creditur
emi, empta esse, -turn
y m
xdificari, -ta -turn
dlc ' tur vendi,-dita " -turn
Domus nova scitur a mercatore ^^ _^ „ _ tum
fert " r u reparari,-ta " -turn
perhibetur mutari, -ta " -turn _
While all the Verba Sentiendi et Declarandi admit such a construction, not all of
them can be employed promiscuously, i. e., personally and impersonally, that is, of the
first and second persons, as well as of the third, the nature of the thing wants it so. For
536
while I can well say of myself dicor, I am said, or told; credor, I am believed, iudicor,
I am judged, and many others; we cannot well say, scribor, feror, trador, narror, perhi-
beor, & c ., i. e., it is being written about me, it is being related, handed down, reported,
narrated, or, there is a tradition about me; such words clearly belong to v/riters of histo-
ry. Non but Q. Horatius Flaccus could say, Dicar ex humili potens Princeps
Solium Carmen ad Italos Deduxisse modos; I shall be told (my renoun, fame, will be
spread), as from small beginnings, a mighty Chief, as who has first introduced into Italy
the Alcaic form of verse (Carm. 3, 30, 10). Or, Publ. Ovidius Naso (Met. 85, 875 ss):
Parte tamen, meliora mei super alta perennis kstr^ferar, Ore legar populi, perque
omnia saxula faml but by the better part of me I shall be borne above the stars on
high, to live for ever; I shall be red by the lips of the people, and by fame I shall out-
*ast all ages.
Otherwise, in all styles, such are the usages of these Verbs:
credor scribere, scripsisse, scripturus ^
ego f 0r has litteras ,e f re ' ' e . g j SSe - le 4 ct " rus [
ducor edere, edidisse, editurus
iubeor ferre, tulisse, laturus
esse
crederis, creditus, ta es
scribere, -psisse, -pturus, a
tu
diceris, baris, ctus, ta es hunc m legere, -legisse, -turns, a
duceris, -baris, ctus, ta es
iuberis, -bare, -sus, sa es
vertere, -tisse, surus, a
accipere, -cepisse, -turus, a
>- esse
hie liber
creditur, -batur, -ditus
putatur, -batur, -tus
fertur, -batur, latus
dicitur, -batur, -ctus
lectus
scriptus
versus
emptus /
missus \
perditus /
esse
Roman Examples: Creditus est optime dixisse, Quint. 3, 1, 11. Creditur olim, Ve-
lificatus Athos; luv. 10, 173. Etiam causa mortis fuisse ei per Cn. Pisonem, legatum
Synap, creditur; Suet. Tib. 52. Ut nos dicamur duos omnium dignissimi esse; Plaut.
As. 2, 2, 47. Dicitur acinace stricto, Darius dubitasse, an fugae dedecus honesta morte
vitaret, Curt. 4, 59. Stella Crinita, quae summis potestatibus exitium portendere puta-
tur, per continuas noctes oriri coeperat; Suet. Claud. 36, 2. Vos eritis iudices, Laudine
vel vitio duci factum id oporteat; Tei. Adel. Prol. 5. Macedones vero milites ea tunc
erant fama\ qui nunc Romani feruntur; Nep. Eum. 3. Fide ad alios sublevandos saspe
sic usus est, ut possit iudicari, omnia ei cum amicis fuisse communia; Nep. Ep. 4. The-
mistocles princeps, civitatum testimonio iudicatus, gloriam patriae suae auxit, lust. 2, 14.
Traditur autem puer (Lenaeus) adhuc catenis subreptus, refugisse in patriam; Suet. 111.
537
Gr. 15, 2. Quorum (Aboriginum) rex Saturnus, tantae iustitiae fuisse traditur; ut neque
servierit sub illo quisquam, neque quidquam private rei habuerit; lust- 43, 1. Unice qui
unus Civibus ex omnibus probus perhibetur; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 13. Neque ille sibi mere-
at Persarum Montes, qui esse aurei perhibentur, Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 24-
Nota. — The Verbs iubeo and euro, used as Introductory Verbs, serving as circum-
locution (periphrasis) for the factitive, which neither Latin, nor any of the Western lan-
guages possess, meaning to get a thing done by others, demand an Accusativus cum Infi-
nitivo construction, but the Predicate Verb must be Passive, thus: I shall get new clothes
to be made for me, novas vestes mihi fieri (parari) euro; the merchant is getting a new
store to be built for him: mercator novam sibi tabernam asdificari curat; Cassar orders a
new bridge to be built across the Rhine: Caesar per Rhenum novum pontem fieri iubet;
orders the bridge to be cut down: pontem rescindi iubet.
The Verb coepi governs both, passive and active Infinitives, as: lure coepta apellari
est Canis, Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 18. Ante petitam esse pecuniam, quam esset coepta deberi,
Cic de Or. 1, 37, 168. Quae (res) inter eos agi cceptae neque perfectae essent; Caes. B-
G* 1, 47. Bello premi sunt coepti, Nep. Tim. 3, 1. Mitescere discordiae intestinae cneptae,
Liv. 5, 17, 10.
ABLATIVVS ABSOLVTVS.
219. The Casus Auferendi. as its name indicates (cf. Pens. 111.) is the case of taking
away, moving away, the opposite of Casus Dandi. This power of the case is modified by
prepositions, as, in horto, ex agro, de die, prx foribus, cum magistro, to denote the con-
dition of being, in, at, before, with, and other relations. Accordingly we say: obambulo
in agro, I am walking about in the field; moror in horto, I am staying in the garden,
cum magistro, with the master, prae foribus, before the door. There are many relations
when no prepositions are used, as, when we say: sol surgit hor# sexttf maturing; toto dtf,
the whole day; scribo manu recti, I write with my right hand, &c. The Casus Ablativus
then, often requires a preposition, and often it does not. Here we consider that phase of
the Ablativus, when it admits no prepositions.
The Ablativus without a preposition has a kind of mechanical meaning and appli-
cation on one hand, while, on the other, it serves like a clasp in narratives, or relating
events, contracting sentences, just as Accusativus cum Infinitivo does. We quite as fre-
quently introduce a sentence in English with the adverbium when as: When I was a boy,
When Numa Pompilius was the king of Rome, When Cicero was Consul; or, In my
opinion, As I should judge; or Without the order of my father &c, single sentences,
with one subject, although mere introductions to something else we expect to say. Such
sentences are contracted in Latin very neatly into terse and concise forms, as: me puero;
Num^ Pompilitf Romas regnante; Ciceroni consul^; me iudice; iniussu patris, &c. This
latter sentence is a double contraction; the original would be, Quum pater non iubet, or
538
Quin pater iubeat, contracted into: Non iubente patre, and this in turn, into iniussu
patris.
This kind of contracting construction, exceedingly frequent in Latin, is called Abla-
tivus Absolutus, an Independent Ablative, which is not unknown in English for it is
quite idiomatic to say in English "(with) this done" instead of "after this thing was
done," a correct rendition of the Latin idiom, hoc facto, instead of , postquam hoc fa-
ctum est.
After a Latin narrative is once started, the succeeding sentences are very seldom be-
gin abruptly. There are always connecting links joining the new sentences to the complet-
ed ones. Such things are the particles: itaque, etenim, quoniam, verum, attamen, quan-
doquidem, siquidem, enimvero, antequam, priusquam, postquam, nam, namque, equi.
dem, verum enimvero, then the phrases: hoc facto, hoc dicro, his dictis, quibus auditis"
his peractis. These examples sufficiently show, that such contractions are only introduc-
tions to the real sentences which are to follow, whence it must be self evident that of
two or more sentences only the linking ones, the less important ones are so contracted
as though forming a bridge for the really important sentence.
Events narrated are expressed either in Present, or in the Past, or in the Future
happening to two or more different subjects either at the same time, or in succession to
one another, as: When the sun rises, birds sing; When the sun rose, the birds were sing-
ing; When the sun will rise, the birds will sing. In Latin, Quum sol oritur, aviculse ca-
nunt; Quum sol ortus est, avicute cecinerunt; Quum sol orietur, aviculae canent. When
we contract them, the following figures are obtained:
oriente 1 ( canunt
Sole °rto V avicute < cecinerunt
orituro ) ( canent
The way we contract a sentence into an Ablativus Absolutus is this: The Subjectum
of the sentence so to be contracted is put into Ablativus — singular or plural as the case
may be — the Verbum Pradicativum is turned into a Participium — Praesens, Praeteri-
tum or Futurum — it is turned into Ablativus, like an Adjectivum agreeing with its Sub-
iectum in gender number and case. Should there be no verb in the sentence as a Praedica-
tum, but the copula sum -es -est, this is simply left out and the noun - Praedicatum is
put into Abl. as in apposition, thus: When Cicero was Consul, Cicerone Consule; when
I was a boy, me pueto; After the City (of Rome) v/as built Urbe condita, After Troy
was captured, Troia capta; After Carthago was wiped out, Carthagine deleta, &c.
Roman Examples: M. Messala, M. Pisone Coss. (to be read: Marco Messala, et
Marco Pisone, Consulibus, i. e., when, more correctly, Marcus Pupius Piso, and Marcus
Valerius Messala were Consuls, i. e., anno ab Urbe Condita, after the founding of the
City of Rome, 692, according to the Christian era, 58, B. C) Cses. B. G. 1, '2. His
responsis ad Ca?sarem relatis, Ca*.s. B. G. 1, 35. Omnibus rebus ad profectionem com-
539
paratis, diem dicunt; Cass. B. G. i, 6. Eo opere perfecto, prsesidia disponit, Caes. B. G.
I. 8 Catunges, locis, superioribus occupatis, itinere exercitum prohibere conantur. Com-
plunbus his prceliis pulsus, — in fines Vocontiorum — pervenit, Caes B- G. 1, 10. Hoc
proelio facto, — pontem in Arari faciendum curat. Convocatis eorum principibus, — in
his Divihaco, et Lisco, - graviter eos accusat, Caes. B. G. 1, 16. Quibus rebus cognitis
— satis esse causae arbitrabatur, Caes. B. G. 1, 19. Bello Helvetiorum confecto, totius
fere Galhae legati — ad Caesarem gratulatum convenerunt, Caes. B- G. 1, 30. Hac ora-
tione a Divitiaco habita, omnes, qui aderant, magno fletu auxilium a Caesare petere coepe-
runt, Caes. B. G. 1, 32. His responsis ad Caesarem relatis, iterum ad eum (Ariovistum)
Caesar legatos cum his mandatis mittit, Caes. B. G. 1, 35.
In these, and similar sentences the Subject is not found, until we reach the Praedicate
Verb of the principal, or Introduced sentence, as in "Omibus rebus — diem dicunt,"
where the verb shows that it is they, i. e ., the Helvetii, so that it is they, who gather and
collect all the material bearing on the starting out, and it is again they, who set a day,
both sentences having the same Subject, while in other sentences both the Introductory
and the Introduced sentence have separate Subjects, as: Bello Helvetiorum confecto —
with the war of the Helvetii finished, completed (namely by Caesar) = after Caesar had
completed the war of the Helvetii, — legati convenerunt, representatives nearly from alj
Gaul have gathered and met, to congratulate Caesar.
Some times the Abl. Abs., particularly in not strictly historical narratives, is not so
conspicuous, consisting some times of single verbs, or nouns, or adjectives, enclosed in
the sentence; as:
Non ego Daphnim, ludice U, metuam, Virg. E. 2, 27- Laureolum Velox etiam bene
Lentulus egit, ludice me, dignus vera cruce, Iuv. 8, 187—8. lamque cinis, vivis ftatri-
bus, Hector erat, Ov. Am. 2, 6, 42. Me suasore atque impulsore hoc factum Plaut. Most.
3, 3, 13. Sylvam tu Scantiam vendas, nobis Consulibus, atque hoc Senatu? Cic Agr. 1,
1. Haud cuiquam dubio opprimi posse; Liv. 28, 17. Multi adnantes navibus, incerto,
prae tenebris quid peterent, aut vitarent, fdede interierunt; Liv. 28, 36, 12. Ubi Censores censu
admittant populum; Varro De Re R. 3, 2. Dcdit iura, queis, pace et Principe, uteremur;
Tac. An. 3, 5, fin. Qui proscriptions pecunias ex aerario acceparant; Suet. Iul. 11. Rege
incolumi mens omnibus una est: Amisso, rupere fidem; Virg. Geor. 4, 212. Nihil te ad
me postea scripsisse demiror, praesertim tarn novis rebus; Cic. Fam. 7, 18. Nee dubitare
debes, quin aliqua Republica, sis futurus, qui esse debes: Cic Fam. 6, 1. Exposito quid
iniquitas loci posset; Caes. B. G. 7, 52.
With Part. Fut. Act.: Caesare venturo, Phosphore, redde diem; Mart. 8, 21. Diony-
sium ad commentanda omnia in Orientem praemisit Augustus, ituro in Armeniam rraiore
filio; Plin. 6, 27.
In addition, there are phrases with Abl. Abs. construction, such as: invito Minerva^
Deo volente, Diis volentibus, propitiis, me ignaro, coelo sereno, aspera* hyeme, excepto
quod . . ., and others.
Quite frequently the sentence, which seems to be introductory, is emphatic, and
more important than the sentence introduced. In such cases, it must be evident, that
540
such a sentence canno e contracted, and so such must be introduced with particles, like
Quum, Postquam, Dum, Interea, Nam, Siquidem, Verum, Igitur, Itaqne, and the like;
as: Sed, postquam Cn Pompeius ad bellum maritimum, atque Mithridaticum, missus
est: plebis opes imminutse, paucorum potentia crevit; Sail. Cat. 39, 1, this could not be
contracted into "Cn Pompeio ad bellum — misso," for that fact is the very cause of
what is said in the Introduced sentence.
There is a construction in Latin, based on the Participia Prseteriti, which demands
the Subject into ZN^ominativus, instead of Ablativus, the Participium agreeing with its
noun in gender, number and case, otherwise the construction is an exact counterpart of
the Ablativus Absolutus. While the Part. Praet. of the regular passive verbs always qua
lifies the object of the original sentence, as in hoc dido, his auditis, and has no bearing
on the Subject, a few Participia Praeteriti of Active verbs, and of Deponent verbs, are
used with active meaning; such are: ccenatus, pransus, potus, iuratus, coniuratus, con-
spiratus, concretus, adultus, deflagratus, obsoletus, inveteratus, prceteritus, nupta, ex-
osus, perosus, consuetus, assuetus; and of Deponents: ratus, nactus, usus, secutus, veri-
ties, and semi-Deponents: fisus, diffisus, ausus, gavisus, solitus (rarely solens).
Roman Examples: Ccenatus, ut pransus, ut potus, ut lotus, i- e., confecta coena;
Varro, ap. Non. p. 94, 14. Coenati atque appoti, tabs sibi poscit in manum, Plaut. Cure.
2, 3, 75. Domum bene potus redire, Cic Fam. 7, 22. Ut viri equique curati et pransi
essent, Liv. 28, 14. Adde inscitiam pransi, poti, oscitantis ducis, Cic Mil. 21, 56 Nactus-
que silentia ruris, Exululat, Ov. M. 1, 232. Nactus idoneam ad navigandum tempesta-
tem, tenia fere vigilia* solvit, Caes. B. G. 4, 23, 1. Utilissimum ratus impendentem evi-
tare tempestatem, clam se a custodibus subduxit, Nep. Ale 4. Alii rem incredibilem rati,
— plerique Crasso ex negotiis privatis obnoxii, conclamant, indicem falsum esse; Sail
Cat. 46 Quum meum iusiurandum tale atque tantum, iuratus ipse (Populus Romanus)
una voce et consensu approbavit; Cic. L. C. Piso 3, 7. Ego adolescentes bonos et for-
tes, sed usos ea conditione fortunae — comitiorum ratione privavi; Cic L. C. Piso, 2, 4.
DE INTERROGANDO.
220. Questions can be divided into real, and unreal. Real questions are those, to
which we expect answers, i- e , by which we seek information, as: Quis es tu? Ubi habi-
tas? Quo is? Quid dicis? Unde venis? Unreal are those questions, to which we expect
no answer, and are mere rhetorical figures, such as: Quousque tandem abutere, Catilina,
patientia nostra? Quamdiu etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet? Ubinam gentium sumus?
Two general principles govern the asking of questions in Latin, one is by the em-
phasis of the voice, or changing the order of words; the other is by employing interroga-
tive particles.
Roman Examples of the first group: Pro lignea salute vis argenteam Remittere ilii?
Plaut. Pseud- 1, 1, 45. Non audis quas hie loquitur? Plaut. Pseud. 1, 3, 1. Non licet
olloqui te? Id. ib. 1, 3, 22. Tibi ego credam? Id. ib. 84. Patere tua consilia non sentis?
541
Cic Cat. 1, 1. Vis pugnare? Pi. Rud. 4, 3, 72. Maledicere audes? Plaut. True. 2, 7,
52. Tu etiam mentionem facies Consulatus tui? aut te fuisse Romas Consulem dicere
audebis? — Ego Consulem esse putem, qui Senatum esse in Republica non putavit? —
Huius tu Clodiani canis insignibus Consulatum declarari putas? Cic. Piso, 10, 23.
Howcer, by far the most questions, like in all languages, are formed in connection
with interrogative particles, such as the Pronomina Interrogativa, and the Adverbia of
the various kinds, thus: Quis es tu? Quae est ilia mulier? Quid dicis? — Cuius colons?
Qualem chartam emisti? ubi? quando? quant i? Quomodo dicis? Quot pueri sunt in ve-
stra classe? Quotus es tu? Quoties debebo te monere?
Roman Examples: Quid ais, furcifer? Plaut. Cap. 3, 4, 45. Qui tu scis? Id. ib. 3,
4, 96. Quid hoc est negotii? Id. ib. 3, 5, 2. Quid rides, berbex? Petr. p. 62. Quid cla-
ims, insane? Plaut. True. 2, 3, 31. Quo vocatus sum ire ad coenam? Quid taces? Id. ib.
2, 6, 66. Etiam clamas, carnifex? Plaut. Amph. 1, 1, 120. Cur id ausus facere? Plaut.
Ps. 1, 3. 104. Carnifex, qux loquitur? Ter. And. 1, 2, 12. Quid novi? Petr. 5. Quae-
nam est haec audacia? ubi fabulas et antecessa latrocinia didicistis? Petr. 22. Quando vi-
'cesimam numerasti? Petr. 64. Qui vocare? Ter. Adel. 5, 6, 3. Unde is? Chce. Egone?
Nescio, Hercle, neque unde earn, neque quorsum earn; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 14. Unde hxc
igitur gentium est; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 47. Qui genus, unde domo? Virg. A. 8, 114. At has
quisquilias quanti parasti? Apul. M. 1, p. 156.
While the preceding two principles of forming questions are common to Latin with
all ocher languages, there are other interrogative particles, which are specifically Latin.
Such are:
1. The particle ni, some times written separately, but usually joined with quid, as
quidni, always governing Coniunctivus. Its meaning is, how, ox why could not I? or
would not 1? requiring no answer. It is used in this manner: Videsne? Quidni videam?
how or why shouldn't 1 tct it?
Roman Examples: Clinia haec fieri videbat? Me. Quidni? una mecum simul, Ter.
Heaut. 5. 1, 33; Has Clinia, seen these things happen? (Me. Why, how could he not?
(why) he was with me together. — Nostin' porticum apud macellum hanc deorsum?
De. Quidni noverim? Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 34. Do you know that colonnade down there by
the butcher shop? De. Why, how shouldn't I know? — Sane liceat; ut quidem iudicetis
et feratis de meliore sufTragium, quidni non permittam? Sen. Ep. 52; why shouldn't I
permit? — Quidni meminerim? nunquam enim recepissem, nisi tu perdidisses; Cic de
Or. 2. 67, 273; How couldn't I remember? for I could never have retaken (Tarentum,
from Hannibal), had you not lost it.
2. The enclitic particle -ne, always attached to the emphatic word, upon which the
stress of the question rests, as: egone is fui? was it // vidistiw rem? have you seen the
thing? nonne dixi tibi? isn't it (a fact that) I told you so? Sicciw* mihi respondes? Is this
the way you answer me? Itawtf factum est? Has it really so happened? In poetry and
colloquial Latin this -ne is often contracted by omitting the e t saving one syllable, when
542
the apostrophe indicates its omission in this manner: Sed scin' (for scisne) quid nos vo-
lumus? Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 42. But do you know what we want? Tun* te Philocratem esse
ais? for tu«£ te. Pergin' (pergisne, are you going to) servum me exprobrare? Viden' (vi-
desne) tu illi maculari corpus totum? Audin' (audisne) lapidem quaeritare? Fuistin' (fui-
stine) liber? Satin' isthuc mihi exquisitum est? Certon' (certone), Plaut. Capt. 3, 4. —
Vin' (visne) tute mihi esse obsequentem, an nevis (non vis)? Do you want to be obedient
to me, or not? Ch. Siccine mihi obsequens es? Ac. Quid vis faciam? Ch. tun'? (tune)
id quod volo. Egon' (egone) ausim? Should I dare? Plaut. Merc. 1, 2.
As the examples show, either no answer is expected, the questions being mere rhetor-
ical figures, or the answers would be in the affirmative.
3. The particles Num, Numquis, Numquid, Numne, in most cases these interrogative s
precede sentences, but often they are preceded by some verb suspending the question, and
making it indirect, as: quxro, videanius, etc. Direct answer is usually not expected to
such questions, for they are but figures of rhetoric, but they mean that the hearers' mind
should turn to the negative. We have no equivalent particles in English, but the English
phrase "do you mean to say?" does similarly impress the hearer. However, these par-
ticles are frequently real questions, expecting negative answers, but not exclusively, just
like &Qonne dixi tibi? Didn't I tell you? may also be answered by "No, you didn't" so
also "Numquid me vis?" "Do you want something of me?" or, "Do you want further
to see me, talk with me?" may be answered, "Yes, 1 do."
Roman Examples, real and unreal questions: Da. Num videntur hxc con venire nu-
ptiis? Ter. And. 2, 2, 29. Answer: Pa. Non, opinor, Dave. — Num ille furor tribuni
Plebis — fraudi Metello fuit? Certe non fuit. Cic. Pro Domo, 123. Num eum veternus
tut aqua intercus tenet? Plaut. Men. 5, 3, 14. Num igitur, si ad centesimum annum vi-
xisset, senectutis eum sua* poeniteret? Cic. Cato M, 6, 19. Numquis hie est? nemo est,
Ter. Eum. 3, 5, 1. Numquae trepidatio? numqui tumultus? Cic. Dei. 7, 20. Numquando
perditis civibus vexillum defuturum putatis? Cic Phil. 5, 11, 29. Numquid vis? Al.
Etiam; ut actutum advenias, Plaut. Amph. 1, 1, 44. Ps. Eho, numquid tu huius nupsisti
patrif *Ba. Dii melius faciant, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 80. Numquid xger laudat medicum se-
cantem? Sen. Ep. 52. Numquid sol magnitudini sua3 adiicit? numquid ultra quam solet
luna procedit? Sen. Ep. 10, 79, 8. Numquid aliud? Pa. Intro ut abeas; Plaut. Miles, 2,
2, 104. Numquid igitur is bona Lentuli religionibus obligavit? Cic. Pro Domo, 124. —
Scribes ad me, — num Clodia — vixerit, Cic Att. 12, 22. Num censes igitur subtiliore
ratione opus esse ad hsec refellenda? Cic. N. D. 3, 24, 61. Num larvatus, aut cerritus?
fac sciam; Plaut. Men. 5, 3, I4.
Num with an or: Num furis, an prudens ludis me obscura canendo? Hor. Sat.
2, 5, 58.
4. The particle an or, or perhaps, is it perhaps, introduces the second part of a split,
or disjunctive question, or leads a second or third question, the first of which was intro.
duced by -ne, utrum (whether), or some verb, like nescio; it is repeated at the head of
every additional portion of a continued question; thus: egone an tu? Is it I or you? In-
543
certum est utrum is usque vivat, an sit iam mortuus. Similar sentences are usually wound
up with an non, or annon, or necne.
Roman Examples: Quid ergo? — nihil interest, utrum Pharsalica acie Cato vinca-
tur an vincat? Sen. Ep. 71, & O stultitiamne dicam, an impudentiam singularem? Cic.
Coel. 30, 71. Utrum hostem an vos, an fortunam utrimque populi ignoratis? Liv. 21, 10-
An, and anne, often begin an interrogative sentence, or the second half of the sen-
tence, like utrum, when either of the two parts is either understood, or, as self evident,
is not expressed, as, when we say, "I wonder, whether he knows that I am here? (oF
whether he does not, is omitted), Miror, utrum me hie esse sciat (nee ne), the question
not being direct. An, quia pauper, sum etiam infortunatus? because poor, am I also un-
fortunate? (or not?)
Roman Examples: An vero P. Scipio Ti. Gracchum privatus interfecit, Catilinam
vero nos Consules perferemus? Cic. Cat. 1, 1. An siquis Hispanorum, aut Gallorum,
aut Thracum, mille, aut duo millia occidisset, non eum hac consuetudine, quae increbruit,
Imperatorem saluteret Senatus? Cic. Phil. 14, 5, 12. An vero, si actio ista popularis es-
set, et, si ullam partem aequitatis haberet, aut iuris, C. Gracchus earn reliquisseU — An
pietas tua maior quam Gracchi? an animus? an consilium? an opes? an auctoritas? an
eloquentia? Cic. Rab. Perd. 5, 14. Anne est intus Pamphilus? Ter. And. 5, 2, 10. Anne
tu dicis qua ex causa vindicaveris? Cic. Mur. 26. Isne est quern quaero annon?Ter. Phorm.
5, 6, 12. Hoccine agis an non? Ter. And. 1, 2, 15. Tibi ego dico an non? Ter. And.
4, 4, 23.
5. The particle ec — , an assimilation of et, to the gutturals, whith which the inter-
rogative particles begin, and joined to them, imparting to them an emphasis and strength,
as: ncur (et cur?), why, then? nquando? when, then? acquis? ecqux? liquid? nqnft
how, then? or, how, in the world? ecquo, whither in the world? It is not attached to par-
ticles beginning with other sounds.
Interrogatio Directa atque Indirecta.
Questions are either direct, or indirect; the indirect are also called Interrogatio Obli-
qua; the former ones alone ate marked with an Interrogation Mark (?) the latter are not-
Interrogations Directce:
Quis es tu? who art thou?
quid es tu? what art thou?
ubi habitas? where dost thou live?
qui vocaris? what is thy name (how art thou called?)
quo is? whither dost thou go?
544
unde venis? whence dost thou come?
quid dicis? what dost thou say?
Interrogationes Indirect^:
Such and similar questions are often introduced by some words or phrases being
placed before them, in this manner: "I wonder," "I ask you," "I know," "I do not
know," "Who can tell," "We do not care," in which cases we shall hive Indirect, or
Oblique Interrogations, as: "I do not know who you are," "Tell me, where do you
live," "This man wants to know, where your home is, whence you come, whither you
go, ,; &c.
When we attempt to form such questions in Latin, the following principles will have
to be observed:
1. That we now have two sentences, the Introductory, and the dependent, and tha*
each of them has either a verb, or a copula.
2. That we be conscious what Tempus (tense) we are using in the Introduction. The
modus is indifferent. We must divide our Tempora into two groups: Group A- Tempus
Praesens, and Tempus Futurum Simplex. Group B. The Tempora Praeterita, i. e. , Tps.
Praet. Imperf., Tps. Praet. Pert, Tps. Praet. Plusqu. , and Tps. Fut. Exactum.
3. As a general rule, the verb-predicate, or the copula of the Dependent Sentence
will stand in the modus Coniunctivus, the sole question will be the Tempora. With the
verb of the Introduction belonging to Group A, the verb of the Dependent will stand in
any of the following Tempora, Tps. Praes., Praet., Fut. Coniunctivi, according to what
the speaker or writer may wish to say. Should the verb of the Introduction be in any o*
the tenses of Group B, the verb of the Dependent will stand in Tps. Praet. Imperf., or
;n Tps. Praet. Plusquam perfectum Coniunctivi. This is the general principle, with occas-
sional exceptions when the Tps. Praet. Perf. is also employed.
Putting the above examples into practice, we change them into Interrogationes Obli*
quae, and in so doing, we obtain the following Paradigma:
Introductio. Modus Indicati-
ve aut Coniunctivus.
Tps. Pices. | Tps. Fut.
Scio, nesco, sciam quaero,
euro, curabo, non euro, volo
audire, die velim, interrogo,
-bo.
Interrogatio
Modus Coni
untivus
Tps.
Tps.
Frees.
Price. Per.
Tps. Fut. S.
fueris
fueris, futurus sis
quis tu
-sis
fueris, futurus sis
quid tu
-sis
fueris
-taveris, -taturus
ubi habi-
-tes
-taveris
sis
qui voc-
-eris
-tus sis
-tus, -eris, -and us
sis
iveris, iturus sis
qu6 e-
-as
iveris
unde ve-
-nias
-neris
-neris,- turus sis
quid di-
-cas
-xeris
-xeris, -cturus sis
I-
Tps. Praet. Imperf.
Perfectum
Plusquam
Fut. Exactum
nesciebam, nesci-
vi, nesciveram,
sciebam, scivi,
sciveram, audie-
bam, audivi, au-
di veram, intelli-
gebam, intellexi,
intellexeram, in-
tellexero, scivero,
&c
quis tu
quid tu
ubi habi-
qui voca-
qu<5 i-
unde ve-
quid di
545
Imperfectum
esses, -reris
esses, -res, -nires
tares, ceres
Plusquam perfectum
-fuisses, fuisses
-tavisses, -visses
-tus esses, -nisses
-xisses
Other examples: Do you hear what he says? Audisne quid ille dicat? Do you und-
erstand what I say? Intelligis (intelligisne) quid dicam? But: Do you understand what I
say? Intelligis quod (that thing which) dico. Have you heard what I said? Audivistine
quid dixessem? Do you see who is coming? Vidisne quis veniat? Did you see who came
in? Vidistine quis introvenisset, intrasset? Do you remember what I had taught you?
Meministine quid te docuissem? Could you recite the words I wrote on the blackboard
the other day? Meministisne vocabula, quae nuper in tabulam scripseram? Have you co-
pied the words I had dictated to you last Friday? Descripsistisne vocabula, qua? ego vobis
prseterito Die Veneris dictaveram?
Notcz. 1. In the above Paradigma the Praet. Perf. Coni. and the straight Fut. Simpl
differ only in the first person sing., the former is -erim, the latter is -ero. The student is
supposed to know that the Fut. Simpl. in the Coniunctivus has also an other form, by
circumlocution, or compounded form, called Periphrasticum.
2. What is said here of the Interrogatio Obliqua, applies also to the Oratio Obli-
qua, to be treated later, and all other similarly compounded sentences, like: Vide quid fa-
cias, or feceris, look out, what you do, or say. Vide quid es capturus consilii, Plaut. Stich.
4, 2, 51.
3. One must be careful on these compounded questions to distinguish quid and quod,
which is not difficult in plural neuter* both being quce, for the former will be in most
cases Interr. Obliqua, the latter never; as: Non audis qu?e hie loquitur? Plaut. Ps. 1, 3,
1, a direct question.
4 A very frequent Introduction is Die, after which often follows an Interrogatio
Obliqua, but not always, almost as often is an Interrog. Directa is introduced by it, as:
Die, quis est? Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 29. Die mihi, quis tu es. Id. ib. 4, 2, 19. And, gen-
erally, I must warn students, lest they be misled by grammars, which seem to make the
principle of the Interrogatio Oliqua a cast iron rule, which it is not, as: Die mihi, isne
isthic fuit, quern vendidisti meo patri? Plaut. Cap. 5, 3, 10, Cedo mihi, quid es factu-
rus? Id. Ps. 1, 3, 153. Sed scin' quid nos volumus? Id. ib. 42. Quid,illud quod dico? Ar.
Hem, scio iam quid vis dicere; Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 36. Men' rogas, hem, qui sim? Ph. Quin
546
ego hoc, rogem, quod nesciam? Pa. Quis ego sum igitur, si tu hunc ignoras? Ph. Mihi
odiosus, quisquis es. Id. ib. 2, 5, 16.
5. The following examples illustrate also the answers by ita and sic, and the gen-
eral principle of repeating the noun, adjective or other particles emphacized in the Inter-
rogation :
Gn. Quid agitur? Pa. Statur. Gn. Video: Numquidnam hie, quod nolis, vides? Pa.
Te. Gn. Credo; at numquid aliud? Pa. Quidum. ? Gw. Quia rristis es. Ter. Eun. 2, 2 38.
Factum hoc est, Dave? Da. Factum est. Ter. And. 4, 1, 42. Ubi voles, accerse. Si. Bene,
sane. — Etiam tu hoc respondes. Quid isthic tibi negotii est? Da. Mihin7 Si. Ita. Da.
Mihine? Si. Tibi ergo. Ter. And- 5, 2, 7. Itane patris ais conspectum veritum hinc abi-
isse? Ge. Admodum- Ph. Phanium relictam solam? Ge. Sic. Ph. Et iratum senem. ? Ge.
Oppido-
ir
Certa ig
Romanvs-. Scisne Latine,^
Barbara?
BakB. Ye-es. to spell, parse
and translate, if you write
Palaestra,
to learn Latin to
SPEAK; for clasr
and self instruction
Some 25 numbers-
more than one half
issued. Full set $5.
No samples
ARCAOIUS AVELLANUS.
851 Lafayette Ave.. Brooklyn. N. Y.
lessor C. A* I
University of 2
[jrbana,
Lear Sir;-
I hai
'the continuation of Pa lad
In re pi 3/ I wish 1
since, nor an 3
ill bs consul
prevent it, for the schco
lie permits their, tc thriv
st do other m
out in 1&$4 for no cause
pi eminent as a private
Latin . ce for
f
bat in pros: ids , I
:
, o:
o=
COPYRIGHTED. 1919. BY ARCAD1VS AVELLANVS
Certa igii illi qui a t* lotut d&versus est.— Acad.
RomanvS: Scisne Latine,
B.irbare?
Bakls. Ye- es. to spell, parse
and translate, if you write.
Palaestra,
to learn Latin to
SPEAK; for clasf
and self instruction
Some 25 numbers-
more than one half
issued. Full set «5.
No samples.
ARCADIUS AVELLANUS.
851 Lafayette Ave.. Brooklyn. N
'Brooklyn, U\[. K., i* I l} 2
Professor . .
i LLi?,ois,
brbana, III.
I have jour est cricerr.i
the continuation of ^tra fron, Noi
In ret sey, that I
iir.e since, nor an I sole even to reproc . ., and ni* p]
themselves will be consumed bv disintegration for J not
prevent it, for the schools "chejri.se i\ ., knowledge, so 1 I • pub-
lic permits then, to thrive on false pretence. I am nor.
lo other work for a In . 'or even Bt. Jo) T oil
out 3 4 for no oaue I knci , ' sndent on ny
~s a private tux. or, without utcrin
neon Crusoe for , .: in
- /
I b care^
he none , ... ere.
call t<
school, or
, or tc
CUc
cu^aua $ArtM